MA, H.K. (1989). Moral orientation and moral judgment in adolescents : Hong Kong, Mainland China, and England. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 20, 152-177.
MA, H.K. (2003). The relation of moral orientation and
moral judgment to prosocial and antisocial behavior of
Chinese adolescents. International Journal of
Psychology, 38, 101-111.
MA, H.K., CHEUNG, P.C. & SHEK, D.T.L. (2007). The
relation of prosocial orientation to peer interactions, family social environment and personality of Chinese
adolescents. International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 31 (1), 12-18.
MA, H.K. (2009). Moral development and moral education : an integrated approach. Educational Research Journal,
24 (2), 293-326.
MA, H.K., LI, S.C. & POW, J.W.C. (2011). The relation of Internet use to prosocial and antisocial behaviour in Chinese adolescents. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking, 14 (3), 123-130.
Macaque (Macaca mulatta, Macaca arctoides, Macaca fuscata, Macaca fascicularis, Macaca nigra, Macaca
nemestrina) : Singe.= Magot, singe des neiges.
( ): Macaque japonais, macaque rhésus, macaque bonnet, macaque à queue de cochon des îles de la Sonde.
Macaque.
WARDEN, C.J. & JACKSON, T.A. (1935). Imitative
behavior in the rhesus monkey. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 46, 103-125.
SILK, J.B. (1999). Why are infants so attractive to others
? The form and function of infant handling in bonnet
macaques. Animal Behaviour, 57, 1021-1032. [PDF]
WARDEN, C.J., FJELD, H.A. & KOCH, A.M. (1940).
Imitative behavior in the cebus and rhesus monkeys. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 56, 311-322.
SAKURAI, Y. (1999). Behavioral analysis of delayed
matching to samples of stimulus duration by rhesus
monkeys. Neuroscience Research, 23 (S), 255.
WARDEN, C.J., KOCH, A.M. & FJELD, H.A. (1940).
Instrumentation in Cebus and Rhesus monkeys. The
Pedagogical Seminary & Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 56 (2), 2987-310.
SILK, J.B. (1999). Male bonnet macaques use information
about third-party rank relationships to recruit allie. Animal
Behaviour, 58, 45-51. [PDF]
WEINSTEIN, B. (1941). Matching-from-sample by rhesus
monkeys and by children. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 31, 195-213.
SUOMI, S.J. (1999). Attachment in rhesus monkeys. In J.
Cassidy & P.R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of
attachment : Theory, research, and clinical applications
(pp. 181-197). New York : Guildford.
DARBY, C.L. & RIOPELLE, A.J. (1959). Observational
learning in the rhesus monkey. Journal of Comparative
Physiological Psychology, 54, 94-98.
CALL, J., AURELI, F. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (1999).
Reconciliation patterns among stumptail macaques : A
multivariate approach. Animal Behaviour, 58, 165-172.
WIESEL, T.N. & HUBEL, D.H. (1966). Spatial and
chromatic interactions in the lateral geniculate body of
the rhesus monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 29,
1115-1156.
BACHEVALIER, J., BEAUREGARD, M. & ALVARADO, M.C.
(1999). Long-term effects of neonatal damage to the
hippocampal formation and amygdaloid complex on object
discrimination and object recognition in rhesus monkeys
(Macaca mulatta). Behavioral Neuroscience, 113,
1127-1151.
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1967). A field study of the pigtail
monkey (Macaca nemestrina). Primates, 8,
217-228.
BRANNON, E.M. & TERRACE, H.S. (2000). Representation
of the numerosities 1-9 by rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 25,
31-49.
STEPHENSON, G.R. (1967). Cultural acquisition of a
specific learned response among rhesus monkeys. In D.
Starek, R. Schneider & H.J. Kuhn. (Eds.), Progress
in primatology (pp. 279-288). Stuttgart : Fischer.
WRIGHT, A.A., RIVERA, J.J., HULSE, S.H., SHYAN, M. &
EIWORTH, J. (2000). Music perception and octave
generalization in rhesus monkeys. Journal
Experimental Psychology General, 129, 291-307.
MEDIN, D.L. & DAVIS, R.T. (1967). Color discrimination
by rhesus monkeys. Psychonomic Science, 7,
33-34.
SANTOS, L.R., HAUSER, M.D. & SPELKE, E.S. (2001).
Recognition and categorization of biologically significant
objects by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) : The domain of
food. Cognition, 82, 127-155.
THOMPSON, N.S. (1967). Some variables affecting the
behavior of irus macaques in dyadic encounters. Animal
Behavior, 15, 307-311.
MUNAKATA, Y., SANTOS, L.R., SPELKE, E.S., HAUSER, M.D.
& O'REILLY, R.C. (2001). Visual representation in the
wild : How rhesus monkeys parse objects. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 13 (1), 44-58. [PDF]
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1969). Introductory techniques in the
formation of pigtail monkey troops. Folia
Primatologica, 10, 1-19.
SNAPPER, A.G., POMERLEAU, O.F. & SCHOENFELD, W.N.
(1969). Similarity of cardiac CR forms in the rhesus
monkey during several experimental procedures. Conditional
Reflex, 4, 212-220.
BUTTER C.M., SNYDER, D.R. & McDONALD, J.A. (1970).
Effects of orbitalfrontal lesions on aversive and
aggressive behaviors in rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 72,
132-144.
SAKURAI, Y. (2001). Working memory for temporal and
nontemporal events in monkeys. Learning & Memory,
8, 309-316. [PDF]
SUOMI, S.J., HARLOW, H.F. & LEWIS, J.K. (1970). Effect
of bilateral frontal lobectomy on social preferences of
rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 70, 448-453.
BELISLE, P. & CHAPAIS, B. (2001). Tolerated co-feeding
in relation to degree of kinship in Japanese macaques. Behaviour,
138 (4), 487-509.
JARRARD, L.E. & MOISE, S.L. (1970). Short-term memory
in the stumptail macaque : Effect of physical restraint of
behavior on performance. Learning & Motivation, 1
(3), 267–275.
SUOMI, S.J., SACKETT, J.P. & HARLOW, H.F. (1970).
Development of sex preferences in rhesus monkeys. Developmental
Psychology, 3, 326-336.
CHAPAIS, B., SAVARD, L. & GAUTHIER, C. (2001). Kin
selection and the distribution of altruism in relation to
degree of kinship in Japanese macaques. Behavioral
Ecology & Sociobiology, 49, 493–502.
SUOMI, S.J., HARLOW, H.F. & KIMBALL, S.D. (1971).
Behavioral effects of prolonged partial social isolation
in the rhesus monkey. Psychology Reports, 29,
1171-1177.
TANAKA, H.K., ONOE, H., TSUKADA, H. & FUJITA, I.
(2001). Attentional modulation of neural activity in the
macaque inferior temporal cortex during global and local
processing. Neuroscience Research, 39, 469-472.
GOLDBERG, S.R., HOFFMEISTER, F., SCHLICHTING, U.U. &
WUTTKE, W.A. (1971). comparison of pentobarbital and
cocaine self-administration in rhesus monkeys : Effects of
dose and fixed-ratio parameter. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 179,
277-283.
SANTOS, L.R. SULKOWSKI, G.M., SPAEPEN, G.M. & HAUSER,
M.D. (2002). Object individuation using property/kind
information in rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta).
Cognition, 83, 241-264. [PDF]
SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1971). Effects of
differential removal from group on social development of
rhesus monkeys. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 16, 149-164.
ALVARADO, M.C., WRIGHT, A.A. & BACHEVALIER, J. (2002).
Object and spatial relational memory in adult rhesus
monkeys is impaired by neonatal lesions of the hippocampal
formation but not the amygdaloid complex. Hippocampus,
12, 421-433. [PDF]
BERNSTEIN, I. (1972). Daily activity cycles and weather
influences on a pigtail monkey group. Folia
Primatologica, 18, 390-415.
ALVARADO, M.C., WRIGHT, A.A. & BACHEVALIER, J. (2002).
Object and spatial relational memory in adult rhesus
monkeys is impaired by neonatal lesions of the hippocampal
formation but not the amygdaloid complex. Hippocampus,
12, 421-433. [PDF]
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J., KLIESE, K.A. & MORAN,
E.C. (1973). Can psychopathology be reinduced in rhesus
monkeys ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 29,
630-634.
CALL, J., AURELI, F. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (2002).
Postconflict third-party affiliation in stumptailed
macaques. Animal Behaviour, 63, 209-216. [PDF]
DOWNS, D.A. & WOODS, J.H. (1974). Codeine-and
cocaine-reinforced responding in rhesus monkeys : effects
of dose on response rates under a fixed-ratio schedule. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 191,
179-188.
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1974). Birth of two second generation
hybrid macaques. Journal of Human Evolution, 3,
205-206.
ROSE, R., BERNSTEIN, I.S. & GORDON, T. (1975).
Consequences of social conflict on plasma testosterone
levels in rhesus monkeys. Psychosomatic Medicine, 37,
50-61.
TAFFE, M.A. DAVIS, S.A., GUTIERREZ, T. & GOLD, L.H.
(2002). Ketamine impairs multiple cognitive domains in
rhesus monkeys. Drug Alcohol Depend, 68,
175-187.
LAWRENCE, D.G. & HOPKINS, D.A. (1976). The development
of motor control in the rhesus monkey : Evidence
concerning the role of corticomotor-neuronal connections.
Brain, 99, 235-254.
GOLDBERG, S.R. & KELLEHER, R.T. (1976). Behavior
controlled by scheduled injections of cocaine in squirrel
and rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 93-104. [PDF]
JOHANSON, C.E. (1977). The effects of electric shock on
responding maintained by cocaine injections in a choice
procedure in the rhesus monkey. Psychopharmacology,
53 (3), 277-282.
BENDER, D.B. & YOUAKIM, M. (2001). Effect of attentive
fixation in macaque thalamus and cortex. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 85 (1), 219 234. [PDF]
STEVENSON-HINDE, J. & ZUNZ, M. (1978). Subjective
assessment of individual rhesus monkeys. Primates,
19, 473-482.
ZEKI, S.M. (1978). Functional specialization in
visual-cortex of rhesus-monkey, Nature, 274, 423.
AIGNER, T.G. & BALSTER, R.L. (1978). Choice behavior
in rhesus monkeys : Cocaine versus food. Science, 201,
534-535.
WAITT, C., LITTLE, A.C., WOLFENSOHN, S., HONESS, P.,
BROWN, A.P., BUCHANAN-SMITH, H.M. & PERRETT, D.I.
(2003). Evidence from rhesus macaques suggests that male
coloration plays a role in female primate mate choice. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of London Series B-Biological
Sciences, 270 (S), 144-146.
SILK, J.B. (1980). Kidnapping and female competition among
captive bonnet macaques. Primates, 21, 100-110.
TERRACE, H.S., SON, L.K. & BRANNON, E. (2003). Serial
expertise of rhesus macaques. Psychological Science,
14 (1), 66-73. [PDF]
STEVENSON-HINDE, J., STILLWELL-BARNES, R. & ZUNZ, M.
(1980). Individual differences in young rhesus monkeys :
Consistency and change. Primates, 21, 498-509.
BERNSTEIN, I.S & GORDON, T.P. (1980). The social
component of dominance relationships in rhesus monkeys
(Macaca mulatta). Animal Behaviour, 28, 1033-1039.
SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1981).
Hierarchical organization of female Macaca radiata. Primates,
22, 84-95.
SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1981). The
influence of kinship, rank, and sex upon affiliation and
aggression among adult females and immature bonnet
macaques (Macaca radiata). Behaviour, 78,
112-137.
SUOMI, S.J. (2004). How gene-environment interactions
shape biobehavioral development : Lessons from studies
with rhesus monkeys. Research in Human Development,
1, 205-222.
JOHANSON, C.E. & AIGNER, T. (1981). Comparison of the
reinforcing properties of cocaine and procaine in rhesus
monkeys. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior,
15, 49-53.
SUBIAUL, F., CANTLON, J., HOLLOWAY, R. & TERRACE, H.S.
(2004). Cognitive imitation in rhesus macaques.
Science, 305, 407-410.
[PDF]
SIDMAN, M., RAUZIN, R., LAZAR, R., CUNNINGHAM, S., TAILBY,
W. & CARRIGNAN, P. (1982). A search for symmetry in
the conditional discriminations of rhesus monkeys,
baboons, and children. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 3 (1), 23-44. [PDF]
FLOMBAUM, J.I. & ANTOS, L.R. (2005). Rhesus monkeys
attribute perceptions to others. Current Biology, 15,
447-452.
[PDF]
SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1982).
Altruism among adult female bonnet macaques : explanation
and analysis of patterns of grooming and coalition
formation. Behaviour, 79, 162-187.
SUOMI, S.J. (2005). Genetic and environmental factors
influencing the expression of impulsive aggression and
serotonergic functioning in rhesus monkeys. In R.E.
Tremblay, W.W. Hartup & J. Archer (Eds.),
Developmental origins of aggression (pp. 63-82).
New York : Guilford.
FEGIDAN, L.M., GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (1983).
Population dynamics of Arashiyama west Japanese macaques.
International Journal of Primatology, 4. 307-321.
NEGUS, S.S. (2005). Effects of punishment on choice
between cocaine and food in rhesus monkeys.
Psychopharmacology, 181, 244-252.
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Reproductive activity in relation to
male dominance and the likelihood of ovulation in rhesus
monkeys. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 12,
215-228.
MAESTRIPIERI, D., LINDELL, S.G., AYALA, A., GOLD, P.W.
& HIGLEY, J.D. (2005). Neurobiological characteristics
of rhesus macaque abusive mothers and their relation to
social and maternal behavior. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 29, 51-57.
DE LA GARZA, R. & JOHANSON, C.E. (1983).The
discriminative stimulus properties of cocaine in the
rhesus monkey. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior, 19, 145-148.
SANTOS, L.R., NISSEN, A.G. & FERRUGIA, J. (2006).
Rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) know what others can and
cannot hear. Animal Behaviour, 71 (5),
1175-1181. [PDF]
SIDMAN, M., RAUZIN, R., LAZAR, R., CUNNINGHAM, S., TAILBY,
W. & CARRIGAN, P. (1982). A search for symmetry in the
conditional discriminations of rhesus monkeys, baboons,
and children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 37 (1), 23-44. [PDF]
WOODS, J.H, YOUNG, A.M. & HERLING, S. (1982).
Classification of narcotics on the basis of their
reinforcing, discriminative, and antagonist effects in
rhesus monkeys. Federation Proceedings, 41, 221-227.
ROMA, P.G., RIGGIERO, A.M., SCHAWANDT, M.L., HIGLEY, J.D.
& SUOMI, S.J. (2006). The kids are alright : Maternal
behavioral interactions and stress reactivity in infants
of differentially reared rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Developmental Processes, 1 (1), 103-122. [PDF]
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Mate selection among the Cayo Santiago
rhesus monkeys. American Journal of Primatology, 4,
328.
SUOMI, S.J. (2006). Risk, resilience, and gene X
environment interactions in rhesus monkeys. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 1094, 52-62. [PDF]
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & JOHANSEN, C.E. (1984). Preference
in rhesus monkeys given a choice between cocaine and d,1-
cathinone. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 41 (1), 35-43. [PDF]
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2006). Observations
of meat eating by captive juvenile macaques.
Laboratory Primate Newsletter, 45 (1), 1-4.
MURRAY, R.D., BOUR, E.S. & SMITH, E.O. (1985). Female
menstrual cyclicity and sexual behavior in stumptail
macaques (Macaca arctoides). International Journal of
Primatology, 6, 101-113.
RAOS, V., UMILTÀ, M.A., FO, GASSI, L. & GALLESE, V.
(2006). Functional properties of grasping-related neurons
in the ventral premotor area F5 of the macaque monkey.
Journal of Neurophysiology, 95, 709-729. [PDF]
YOSHIKUBO, S. (1985). Species discrimination and con- cept
formation by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Primates,
26, 285-299.
WOOLVERTON, W.L., MYERSON, J. & GREEN, L. (2007).
Delay discounting of cocaine by rhesus monkeys. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15, 238-244. [PDF]
MICHAEL, R.P., BONSALL, R.D. & ZUMPE, D. (1984). The
behavioral thresholds of testosterone in castrated male
rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Hormones &
Behavior, 18 (2), 161-176.
FUJITA, K. (1987). Species recognition by five macaque
monkeys. Primates, 28, 353-366.
LECA, J.B., GUNST, N., WATANABE, K. & HUFFMAN, M.A.
(2007). A new case of fish-eating in Japanese macaques :
Implications for social constraints on the diffusion of
feeding innovation. American Journal of Primatology,
69, 821-828. [PDF]
ESTRADA, A., SANDOVAL, J.M. & ESTRADA, R. (1987).
Further data on predation by free ranging stumptail
macaques (Macaca arctoides). Primates, 19,
401-407.
LECA, J.B., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Japanese
macaque cultures : Inter- and intra-troop behavioural
variability of stone handling patterns across 10 troops. Behaviour,
144, 251-281. [PDF]
DE WAAL, F.B.M. & REN, R. (1988). Comparison of the
reconciliation behavior of stumptail and rhesus macaques.
Ethology, 78, 129-142.
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Acquisition
and development of stone handling behavior in infant
Japanese macaques. Behaviour, 144, 1193-1215.
RIZZOLATTI G., CAMARDA, R., FOGASSI, L., GENTILLUCCI, M.,
LUPPINO, G. & MATELLI, M.L. (1988). Functional
organization of inferior area 6 in the Macaque monkey. II.
Area F5 and the control of distal movements.
Experimental Brain Research, 71, 491-507.
LECA, J.B., NAHALLAGE, C.A.D., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN,
M.A. (2008). Stone-throwing by Japanese macaques : form
and functional aspects of a group-specific behavioral
tradition. Journal of Human Evolution, 55,
989-998. [PDF]
GOUZOULES, H., GOUZOULES, S. & FEDIGAN, L. (1989).
Japanese monkey group translocation : Effects on seasonal
breeding. International Journal of Primatology, 2
(4), 323-334. [PDF]
FUGARE, J.M.B., GOUZOULES, H. & NYGAARD, L.C. (2008).
Recognition of rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta) noisy
screams : evidence from conspecifics and human listeners.
American Journal of Primatology, 70, 1-11.
COOK, M. & MINEKA, S. (1989). Observational
conditioning of fear to fear-relevant versus
fear-irrelevant stimuli in rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 98 (4), 448-459. [PDF]
SCARF, D. & COLOMBO, M. (2009). Eye movements during
list execution reveal no planning in monkeys (Macaca
fascicularis). Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 35 (4),
587-592.
BACHEVALIER, J., BRICKSON, M., HAGGER, C. & MISHKIN,
M. (1990). Age and sex differences in the effects of
selective temporal lobe lesion on the formation of visual
discrimination habits in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta).
Behavioral Neuroscience, 104, 885-899.
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (2010). Body size
effects on the acoustic structure of pigtail macaque
(Macaca nemestrina) screams. Ethology, 85 (4),
324-340.
CORRADINO, C. (1990). Proximity structure in a captive
colony of Japanese monkeys Macaca fuscata : an application
of multidimensional scaling. Primates, 31 (3),
351-362.
GUNST, N., LECA, J.-P., BOINSKI, S. & FERAGASZY, D.
(2010). The ontogeny of handling hard-to-process food in
wild brown capuchins (Cebus apella apella) : Evidence From
foraging on the fruit of maximiliana maripa. American
Journal of Primatology 72, 960–973. [PDF]
COOK, M. & MINEKA, S. (1990). Selective associations
in the observational conditioning of fear in rhesus
monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal
Behavior Processes, 16 (4), 372-389.
LECA, J-B. (2011). Approche intégrée des comportements
culturels : Le cas de la manipulation de pierres chez le
macaque japonais (macaca fuscata). Techniques &
Culture, 57, 3-23. [PDF]
HABER, S.N., LYND, E., KLEIN, C. & GRONEWEGEN, H.J.
(1990). Topographic organization of the ventral striatal
efferent projections in the rhesus monkey : an anterograde
tracing study. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 293
(2), 282-298.
NELSON, E.L., BERTHIER, N.E., METEVIER, C.M. & NOVAK,
M.A. (2011). Evidence for motor planning in monkeys :
Rhesus macaques select efficient grips when transporting
spoons. Developmental Science, 14, 822-831.
[PDF]
TROISI, A., AURELI, F. & SCHINO, G. (1990). The
influence of age, sex, rank on yawning behavior in two
species of macaques. Ethology, 86, 303-313.
WEISS, A., ADAMS, M.J., WIDDIG, A. & GERALD, M.S.
(2011). Rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta) as living fossils
of hominoid personality and subjective well-being.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 125, 72-83.
POVINELLI, D.J., PARKS, K.A. & NOVAK, M.A. (1991). Do
rhesus monkeys attribute knowledge and ignorance to others
? Journal of Comparative Psychology, 105, 318-325.
SCARF, D. & COLOMBO, M. (2011). Sequential planning in
rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Animal
Cognition, 14 (3), 317-324.
SUOMI, S.J. (1991). Early stress and adult emotional
reactivity in rhesus monkeys. Ciba Foundation
Symposium, 156, 171-189.
WASBURN, M.F. & RUMBAUGH, D.M. (1991). Ordinal judgments of numerical symbols by Macaques (Macaca Mulatta) sychological Science, 2 (3), 190-193.
SWARTZ K.B., HEN, S.F. & TERRACE, H.S. (1991). Serial
learning by rhesus monkeys : I. Acquisition and retention
of multiple four-item lists. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 17 (4),
396-410 [PDF]
NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2012). Stone
handling behavior in rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta), a
behavioral propensity for solitary object play shared with
Japanese macaques. Primates, 53, 71-78. [PDF]
HIGLEY, J.D., SUOMI, S.J. & LINNOILA, M. (1992). A
longitudinal assessment of CSF monoamine metabolite and
plasma cortisol concentrations in young rhesus monkeys. Biological
Psychiatry, 32, 127-145.
TAFFE, M.A. (2012). Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabinol attenuates
MDMA-induced hyperthermia in rhesus monkeys. Neuroscience,
201, 125-133.
HUFFMAN, M.A. (1992). Influences of female partner
preference on possible reproductive outcome in Japanese
macaques. Folia Primatologica, 59, 77-88.
DUBUC, C., HUGHES, K.D., CASCIO, J. & SANTOS, L.R.
(2012). Social tolerance in a despotic primate :
co-feeding between consortship partners in rhesus
macaques. American Journal of Physical Anthropology,
148 (1), 7-80. [PDF]
BUTOVSKAYA, M. (1993). Kinship and different dominance
styles in groups of three species of the genus Macaca (M.
arctoides, M. mulatta, M. fascicularis). Folia
Primatologica, 60, 210-224.
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere
dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not
infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
JENSEN, G., ALTSCHULl, D. DANLY, E. & TERRACE,
H.S. (2013). Transfer of a serial representation
between two distinct tasks by rhesus macaques. PLOS
One 8 (7) 1-9. [PDF]
PETIT, O., ABEGG, C. & THIERRY, B. (1990).
Reconciliation in a group of black macaques (Macaca
nigra). Dodo : Journal of the Wildlife Preservation
Trusts, 30, 89-95.
PARRISH, A.E., PERDUE, P.M., EVANS, T.A. & BERAN,
M.J. (2013). Chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) transfer
tokens repeatedly with a partner to accumulate rewards in
a self-control task. Animal Cognition, 16, 627-636.
[PDF]
PRUD'HOMME, J. & CHAPAIS, B. (1996). Development of
intervention behavior in Japanese macaques : Testing the
targeting hypothesis. Revue International Journal of
Primatology, 7 (3), 429-443.
SMITH, J.D., COUTINHO, M.V.C., CHURCH, B. & BERAN,
M.J. (2013). Executive-attentional uncertainty responses
by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 142, 458-475. [PDF]
WESTERGAARD, G.C & SUOMI, S.J. (1996). Hand preference
for a bimanual task in tufted capuchins (Cebus apella) and
rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 110, 406-411.
SUOMI, S.J. NOVAK, M.A. & WELL, A. (1996). Aging in
rhesus monkeys : Different windows on behavioral
continuity and change. Developmental Psychology, 32,
1116-1128.
AVDAGIC, E., JENSEN, G., ALTSCHULl, D. & TERRACE, H.S.
(2014). Rapid cognitive flexibility of rhesus macaques
performing psychophysical task-switching. Animal
Cognition, 17 (3), 619-361.
[PDF]
PETIT, O., ABEGG, C. & THIERRY, B. (1997). A
comparative study of aggression and conciliation in three
cercopithecine monkeys (Macaca fuscata, Macaca nigra,
Papio papio). Behaviour, 134 (5), 415-432.
CHAPAIS, B., GAUTHIER, C., PRUD'HOMME, J. & VASEY, P.
(1997). Relatedness threshold for nepotism in Japanese
macaques. Animal Behaviour, 53 (5), 1089-1100.
EVANS, T.A., PERDUE, B.M., PARRISH, E.A. & BERAN, M.J.
(2014). Working and waiting for better rewards :
Self-control in two monkey species (Cebus apella and
Macaca mulatta). Behavioural Processes, 103,
236-242. [PDF]
SHANNON, C., CHAMPOUX, M. & SUOMI, S.J. (1998).
Rearing condition and plasma cortisol in rhesus monkey
infants. American Journal of Primatology, 46,
311-321.
PARRISH, A.E., BROSNAN, S.F. & BERAN, M.J. (2015). Do
you see what I see ? A comparative investigation of the
Delboeuf illusion in humans (Homo sapiens), Rhesus monkeys
(Macaca mulatta), and capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Learning &
Cognition, 41 (4), 395-405. [PDF]
DAWKINS,
R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to
the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New
York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette.
Maccarthysme
: Idéologie
anticommuniste extrême et souvent irrationnel qui a cours
aux États-Unis au début des années cinquante, notamment en raison
de l'activisme du sénateur américain McCarthy. McCarthyisme.
SOLBERG, W.U. & TOMLINSON, R.W. (1997). Academic
McCarthyism and Keynesian economics : The Bowen
controversy at the University of Illinois. History of
Political Economy, 29, 55–81.
MacARTHUR, C.A. & SHNEIDERMAN, B. (1986). Learning
disabled students' difficulties in learning to use a word
processor : Implications for instruction and software
evaluation. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 19, 248-253.
MacARTHUR, C.A. & SCHWARTZ, S.S. (1990). An integrated
approach to writing instruction : The computers and
writing instruction project. LD Forum, 16 (1),
35-41.
MacARTHUR, C.A., FERRETTI, R.P. & OKOLO, C.M. (2002).
On defending controversial viewpoints : Debates of
sixth-graders about the desirability of early 20th century
American immigration. Learning Disabilities Research
& Practice, 17, 160-172.
MacARTHUR, C.A. KONOLD, T., GLUTTING, J. & ALAMPRESE,
J. (2010). Reading component skills of learners in adult
basic education. Journal of Learning Disabilities,
43, 108-121.
MacARTHUR, C.A. PHILLIPAKOS, Z.A. & IANETTA, M.
(2015). Self-regulated strategy instruction in college
developmental writing. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 107, 855-867.
MacCALLUM, R.C. & TUCKER, L.R. (1991). Representing
sources of error in the common factor model : Implications
for theory and practice. Psychological Bulletin, 109,
502-511.
MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & SUGARAWA, H.M. (1996).
Power analysis and determination of sample size for
covariance structure modeling. Psychological Methods,
1 (2), 130-149. [PDF]
MacCALLUM, R.C. & HONG, S. (1997). Power analysis in
covariance structure modeling using GFI and AGFI. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 32, 193-210.
MacCALLUM, R.C., WIDAMAN, K.F., ZHANG, S. & HONG, S.
(1999). Sample size in factor analysis. Psychological
Methods, 4 (1), 84-99. [PDF]
MacCALLUM, R.S., ZHANG, S., PREACHER, K.J. & RUCKER,
D.D. (2002). On the practice of dichotomization of
quantitative variables. Psychological Methods, 7 (1),
19-40. [PDF]
MACCOBY, E.E. JOHNSON, J.P. & CHURCH, R.M. (1958). Community integration and the social
control of juvenile delinquency. Journal of Social
Issues, 14, 38-51.
MACCOBY, E.E. & JACKLIN, C.N. (1974). The
psychology of sex differences. Stanford : Stanford
University Press.
MACCOBY, E.E. (1988/90). Gender as a social category / Le
sexe, catégorie sociale. Developmental Psychology, 24
(6), 755-765/Actes de la Recherche en Sciences
Sociales, 83, 16-26. [PDF]
MACCOBY, E.E. (1990). Gender and relationships : A
developmental account. American Psychologist, 45,
513-520.
MACCOBY, E.E. (1991). Gender and relationships : A
reprise. American Psychologist, 46 (5), 538-539.
[PDF]
MacCORQUODALE, K. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948). On a
distinction between hypothetical constructs and
intervening variables. Psychological Review, 55, 95-107.
[PDF]
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). On the
elimination of cul entries without obvious reinforcement.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
44, 367-371.
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. & MEEHL, P.E. (1953). Preliminary
suggestions as to a formalization of expectancy theory. Psychological
Review, 60, 55-63.
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. (1969). Skinner's Verbal Behavior : a
retrospective appreciation. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (5), 831-841.
[PDF]
MacQUORDALE, K. (1970). A reply to Chomsky's review of
Skinner's Verbal Behavior.Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (1), 83-99.
[PDF]
THOMPSON, T. (1987). Obituary : Kenneth MacCorquodale
(1919-1986). American Psychologist, 42 (6), 601.
MacDougal
Duncan (1866-1920) :
Médecin américain, célèbre pour ses expériences
visant à mesurer le poids
de l'esprit (21
grammes). Il a obtenu ce résultat en pesant six de ses
patients juste avant et après leur mort.
MacDOUGAL, D. (1907). The soul : Hypothesis concerning
soul substance together with experimental evidence of the
existence of such substance. American Medicine,
April.[LIRE]
MacDOUGAL, D. (1907). Soul has weight, physician thinks. The
New York Times, 11 March, 5.
MacDUFF, G.S. (1987). Hands-on training : A key issue in
program quality. Spectrum, 1, 3, 8.
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J., MacDUFF, M.A. &
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1988). Providing incidental teaching
for autistic children : A rapid training procedure for
therapists. Education & Treatment of Children, 11
(3), 205-217.
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E.
(1993). Teaching children with autism to use photographic
activity schedules : maintenance and generalization of
complex response chains. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26 (1), 89-97. [PDF]
MacDUFF, G.S., LEDO, R., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN,
L.E. (2007). Using script and script-fading procedures to
promote bids for joint attention by young children with
autism. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1,
281-290.
MACE, F.C. & KNIGHT, D. (1986). Functional analysis
and treatment of severe pica. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 19 (4), 411-416. [PDF]
MACE, F.C. & BELFIORE, P. (1990). Behavioral momentum
in the treatment of escape-motivated stereotypy. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 23 (4), 507-514. [PDF]
MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive
and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre
speech. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 24
(3), 553-562. [PDF]
MACE, F.C., NEEF, N.A., SHADE, D. & MAURO, B.C.
(1994). Limited matching on concurrent-schedule
reinforcement of academic behavior. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Analysis, 27 (4), 585-596. [PDF]
MACE, F.C., PRATT, J.L., PRAGER, K.L. & PRITCHARD, D.
(2011). An evaluation of three methods of saying "no" to
avoid an escalating response class hierarchy. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 83-94. [PDF]
MACH, E. (1883/1960). The science of mechanics : A
critical and historical account of its development.
Lasalle, IL : Open Court.
MACH, E. (1898/1986). Popular scientific lectures.
La Salle, IL: Open Court.
MACH, E. (1996). L'analyse des sensations. Le rapport du physique au psychique. Nîmes : Jacqueline
Chambon.
ERNSTEIN, J. (1986). Introduction : Ernst Mach and the
Quarks. In E. Mach (Ed.). Popular scientific lectures
(pp. v-xix). La Salle, IL : Open Court.
SMITH, L.D. (1995). Inquiry nearer the source : Bacon,
Mach, and The Behavior of Organ- isms. In J.T. Todd &
E.K. Morris (Eds.), Modern perspectives on B.F.
Skinner and contemporary behaviorism (pp. 39–50).
Westport, CT : Greenwood.
BLÜH, O. (1970). Ernst Mach—His life as a teacher
and thinker. In R.S. Cohen & R.J. Seeger (Eds.),
Ernst Mach : Physicist and philosopher (pp.
126-164). Dordrecht,
Holland : Reidel.
SLOAN, P. (2000). Mach’s phenomenalism and the British
reception of mendelism. Comptes Rendus de l’Académie
des Sciences, 323 (3), 1033–1196.
HOLTON, G.J. (1970). Mach, Einstein and the search for
reality. In R.S. Cohen & R.J. Seeger (Eds.), Ernst
Mach : Physicist and philosopher (pp. 126-164).
Dordrecht, Holland: Reide
COHEN, R.S. (1970). Ernst Mach : Physics, perception and
the philosophy of science. In R.S. Cohen & R.J.
Seeger (Eds.), Ernst Mach : Physicist and philosopher
(pp. 126-164).
Dordrecht, Holland : Reidel.
MARR, M.J. (2003). The what, the how, and the why : the
explanation of Ernst Mach. Behavior & Philosophy,
31, 181-192. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (1985). 'Tis the gift to be simple : A
retrospective appreciation of Mach's The Science of
Mechanics. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 44 (1), 129-138. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (2003). The what, the how, and the why : the
explanation of Ernst Mach. Behavior & Philosophy,
31, 181-192. [PDF]
SHULL, R.L. (1993). Boring's Mach and state variables. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60 (2),
485-487. [PDF]
MACHADO, A. (1989). Operant conditioning of behavioral
variability using a percentile reinforcement schedule. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (2),
155-166. [PDF]
MACHADO, A. (1997). Learning the temporal dynamics of
behavior. Psychological Review, 104 (2),
241-265. [PDF]
MACHADO, A. & SILVA, F.J. (1998). Greatness and misery
in the teaching of the psychology of learning. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 70,
215-234. [PDF]
MACHADO, A., LOURENÇO, O. & SILVA, F.J. (2000). Facts,
concepts, and theories : The shape of psychology’s
epistemic triangle. Behavior & Philosophy, 28,
1-40. [PDF]
MACHADO, A., MALHEIRO, M.T. & ERLHAGEN, W. (2009).
Learning to time : A perspective. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 92 (3), 423-458.
[PDF]
Machiavel Nicolas (1469-1527) :Philosophe
et politologue
avant la lettre. Il s'intéresse notamment aux straégies qui
permettent de prendre le pouvoir
et de s'y maintenir. En ce sens, le concept de machiavélisme,
tel qu'utilisé de nos jours - donc presque toujours de manière
péjorative - ne rend pas justice à son oeuvre.
MACHIAVEL, N. (1571/2003). Le Prince. Paris :
Mille et une nuits.
PROLONGEAU, H. (2010). Machiavel. Paris :
Gallimard.
Machiavelisme : Capacité de manipuler
autrui, souvent à des fins personnelles ou pour des motifs qui
semblent moralement discutables, voire inacceptables.
Machiavélisme, pouvoir et
influence sociale. = Fin renard.
Machiavellianism.
MACHIAVEL, N. (1571/2003). Le Prince. Paris :
Mille et une nuits.
McHOSKEY, J.W. (1995). Narcissism and machiavellianism. Psychological
Reports, 77, 755-759.
SINGER, J.E. (1964). The use of manipulative strategies :
Machiavellianism and attractiveness. Sociometry, 27,
128-150.
MOORE, S. & KATZ, B. (1995). Machiavellianism scores
of nursing faculty and students. Psychological
Reports, 77, 383-386.
CHRISTIE, R. & GEIS, F.L. (1970). Studies in
Machiavellianism. New York : Academic Press.
SIU, W.S. & TAM, K.C. (1995). Machiavellianism and
Chinese banking executives in Hong Kong. International
Journal of Bank Marketing, 13, 15-21.
EXLINE, R., THIBAUT, J., HICKEY, C. & GUMPERT, P.
(1970). Visual interaction in relation to Machiavellianism
and an unethical act. In P. Christie and F. Geis (Eds.), Studies
in Machiavellianism (pp. 53-75). New York :
Academic Press.
MOORE, S., KATZ, B. & HOLDER, J. (1995). Machiavel-
lianism and medical career choices. Psychologica
Reports, 76, 803-807.
GUTERMAN, S.S. (1970). The Machiavellians : A social
psychological study of moral character and
organizational milieu. Lincoln : University of
Nebraska Press.
GEIS, F.L., CHRISTIE, R. & NELSON, C. (1970). Search
of the Machiavel. In R. Christie & F.L. Geiss (Eds.),
Studies in machiavellianism. New York : Academic
Press.
TOUHEY, J.C. (1971). Machiavellians and social mobility. Psychological
Reports, 29, 650.
WILSON, D.S., NEAR, D.C. & MILLER, R.R. (1996).
Machiavellianism : A synthesis of the evolutionary and
psychological literatures. Psychological Bulletin,
119, 285-299.
SOLAR, D. & BRUEHL, D. (1971). Machiavellianism and
locus of control : two conceptions of interpersonal power.
Psychological Reports, 29, 1079-1082.
BAKIR, B., YILMAZ, R. & YAVAS, S. (1996). Relating
depressive symptoms to Machiavellianism in a Turkish
sample. Psychological Reports, 78, 1011-1014.
GEMMILL, G.R. & HEISLER, W.J. (1972). Machiavellianism
as a factor in managerial job strain, job satisfaction,
and upward mobility. Academy of Management Journal,
15, 51-62.
TOUHEY, J.C. (1973). Intelligence, machiavellianism and
social mobility. British Journal of Social &
Clinical Psychology, 12, 34-37.
SHEPPERD, J.A. & SOCHERMAN, R.E. (1997). On the
manipulative behavior of low machiavellians : Feigning
incompetence to "sandbag" an opponent. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 73, 1448-1459.
WILLIAMS, M.L., HAZELTON, V. & RENSHAW, S. (1975). The
measurement of machiavellianism : A factor analytic and
correlational study of Mach IV and Mach V. Speech
Monographs, 42, 151-159.
McHOSKEY, J.W., WORZEL, W. & SZYARTO, C. (1998).
Machiavellianism and psychopathy. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 192-210.
STEININGER, M. & EISENBERG, E. (1976). On different
relationships between dogmatism and Machiavellianism among
male and female college students. Psychological
Reports, 38, 779-782.
WILSON, D.S., NEAR, D.C. & MILLER, R.R. (1998).
Individual differences in machiavellianism as a mix of
cooperative and exploitative strategies. Evolution
& Human Behavior, 19, 203-212.
SMITH, C. (1976). Machiavellianism and achievement
motivation. British Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 15, 327-328.
CORZINE, J.B., BUNTZMAN, G.F. & BUSCH, E.T. (1999).
Machiavellianism in U.S. bankers. International
Journal of Organizational Analysis, 7, 72-83.
SKINNER, N.F., GIOKAS, J.A. & HORNSTEIN, H.A. (1976).
Personality correlates of machiavellianism : I. Consensual
validation. Social Behavior & Personality, 4,
273-276.
McHOSKEY, J.W. (1999). Machiavellianism, intrinsic versus
extrinsic goals and social interest : a self-determination
theory analysis. Motivation & Emotion, 23,
267-283.
TURNER, C.F. & MARTINEZ, D.C. (1977). Socioeconomic
achievement and the Machiavellian personality. Sociometry,
40, 325-336.
RICKS, J. & FREADRICH, J. (1999). The paradox of Ma-
chiavellianism : Machiavellianism may make for productive
sales but poor management reviews. Journal of
Business Ethics, 20, 197-205.
KUO, H.K. & MARSELLA, A.J. (1977). The meaning and
measurement of machiavellianism in Chinese and American
college students. Journal of Social Psychology, 101,
165-173.
CORRAL, S. & CALVETE, E. (2000). Machiavellianism :
Dimensionality of the Mach IV and its relation to
self-monitoring in a Spanish sample. Spanish Journal
of Psychology, 3, 3-13.
GLEASON, J.M., SEAMAN, F.J. & HOLLANDER, E.P. (1978).
Emergent leadership processes as a function of task
structure and machiavellianism. Social Behavior &
Personality, 6, 33-36.
SUMAN, B.J., SINGH, S. & ASHOK, K. (2000). Machia-
vellians : Their manifest need patterns.
Psycho-Lingua, 30 (1), 21-24.
HANSON, D.J. (1978). Machiavellianism as a variable in
research : A bibliography. JSAS Catalog of Selected
Documents in Psychology, 8 (1), 1-17.
MACROSSON, W. & SEMPLE, J. (2001). FIRO-B,
machiavellianism, and team. Psychological Reports, 88,
1187-1193.
JONES, W.H., NICKEL, T.W. & SCHMIDT, A. (1979).
Machiavellianism and self-disclosure. Journal of
Psychology, 102, 33-41.
MACROSSON, W.D.K. & HEMPHILL, D.J. (2001).
Machiavellianism in Belbin team roles. Journal of
Managerial Psychology, 16, 355-363.
COOPER, S. & PETERSON, C. (1980). Machiavellianism and
spontaneous cheating in competition. Journal of
Research in Personality, 14, 70-76.
JOHNSON, P.B. (1980). Need achievement and
Machiavellianism. Psychological Reports, 46,
466.
SUTTON, J. & KEOGH, E. (2001). Components of Ma-
chiavellian beliefs in children : Relationships with
personality. Personality & Individual
Differences, 30, 137-148.
SKINNER, N.F. (1981). Personality correlates of
machiavellianism : 11. Machiavellianism and achievement
motivation in business. Social Behavior &
Personality, 9, 155-157.
DELUGA, R.J. (2001). American presidential Machia-
vellianism : Implications for charismatic leadership and
rated performance. Leadership Quarterly, 12,
339-363.
GEIS, F.L. & MOON, T.H. (1981). Machiavellianism and
deception. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 41, 766-775.
McHOSKEY, J.W., WORZEL, W. & SZYARTO, C. (2001).
Machiavellianism and personality dysfunction. Personality
& Individual Differences, 31, 791-798. [PDF]
WOLFSON, S. (1981). Effects of machiavellianism and
communication on helping behaviour during an emergency. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 189-195.
LOFTUS, S.T. & GLENWICK, D.S. (2001). Machiavel-
lianism and empathy in an adolescent residential
psychiatric population. Residential Treatment for
Children & Youth, 19, 39-57.
SYPHER, H.E., NIGHTINGALE, J.P., VIELHABER, M.E. &
SYPHER, B.D. (1981). The interpersonal constructs of
Machiavellians : A reconsideration. British Journal
of Social Psychology, 20, 219-220.
AZIZ, A., MAY, K. & CROTTS, J.C. (2002). Relations of
Machiavellian behavior with sales performance of
stockbrokers. Psychological Reports, 90, 451-460.
SKINNER, N.F. (1982). Personality correlates of
machiavellianism : III. A simulation procedure for
identifying high Machs. Social Behavior &
Personality, 10, 197-199.
GUNNTHORSDOTTIR, A., MCCABE, K. & SMITH, V. (2002).
Using the Machiavellianism instrument to predict
trustworthiness in a bargaining game. Journal of
Economic Psychology, 28, 49-66.
HUNTER, J.E., GERBING, D.W. & BOSTER, F.J. (1982).
Machiavellian beliefs and personality : Construct
invalidity of the machiavellianism dimension.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43,
1293-1305.
PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2002). The dark triad
of personality : Narcissism, machiavellianism, and
psychopathy. Journal of Research in Personality, 36,
556-563. [PDF]
SKINNER, N.F. (1982). Personality correlates of
Machiavellianism : IV. Machiavellianism and
psychopathology. Social Behavior & Personality,
10, 201-203.
VALENTINE, S. & FLEISCHMAN, G. (2003). The impact of
self-esteem, machiavellianism, and social capital on
attorneys' traditional gender outlook. Journal of
Business Ethics, 43, 323-335.
ZENKER, S.I. & WOLFGANG, A.K. (1982). Relationship of
Machiavellianism and locus of control to preferences for
leisure activity by college men and women.
Psychological Reports, 50, 583-586.
REPACHOLI, B., SLAUGHTER, V., PRITCHARD, M. & GIBBS,
V. (2003). Theory of mind, machiavellianism, and social
functioning in childhood. In B. Repacholi & V.
Slaughter (Eds.), Individual differences in theory of
mind (pp. 67-97). New York : Psychology Press.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1983). A factor-analytic study
of measures of Machiavellianism. Personality &
Individual Differences, 4, 569-571.
McLLWAIN, D. (2003). By passing empathy : A Machia-
vellian theory of mind and sneaky power. In B. ReRacholi
& V. Slaughter (Eds.), Individual differences in
theory of mind (pp. 13-38). New York : Psychology
Press.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1984). An investigation of the
items in the Machiavellian scales. Journal of Social
Psychology, 124, 251-252.
AZIZ, A. (2004). Machiavellianism scores and self-rated
performance of automobile salespersons. Psychological
Reports, 94, 464-466.
ICKES, W., REIDHEAD, S. & PATTERSON, M. (1986).
Machiavellianism and self-monitoring : As different as
"me" and "you". Social Cognition, 4, 58-74.
WINTER, S.J., STYLIANOU, A.C. & GIACALONE, R.A.
(2004). Individual differences in the acceptability of
unethical information technology practices : The case of
machiavellianism and ethical ideology. Journal of
Business Ethics, 54, 275-296.
LEARY, M.R., KNIGHT, P.D. & BARNES, B.D. (1986).
Ethical ideologies of the machiavellian. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 75-80.
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy,
machiavellianism, and narcissism in the Five-Factor model
and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality
& Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF]
PODERICO, C. (1987). Machiavellianism and anxiety among
Italian children. Psychological Reports, 60, 1041-1042.
AZIZ, A. (2005). Relationship between machiavellianism
scores and performance of real estate salespersons. Psychological
Reports, 96, 235-238.
ZOOK, A. & SIPPS, G.J. (1987). Machiavellianism and
dominance : Are therapists in training manipulative ? Psychotherapy,
24, 15-19.
CORZINE, J.B. & HOZIER, G.C. (2005). Exploratory study
of Machiavellianism and bases of social power in bankers.
Psychological Reports, 97, 356-362.
SKINNER, N.F. (1988). Personality correlates of machiavellianism : VI. Machiavellianism and the psychopath. Social Behavior & Personality : An International Journal, 16 (1), 33–-37.
BYRNE, R. & WHITEN, A. (Eds.) (1988). Machiavellian
intelligence. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
SHERRY, S.B., HEWITT, P.L., BESSER, A., FLETT, G.L. &
KLEIN, C. (2006). Machiavellianism, trait perfectionism,
and perfectionistic self-presentation. Personality
& Individual Differences, 40, 829-839.
GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M. (1989). Machiavellianism and job satisfaction of retailing executives in a specialty retail chain. Psychological Reports, 64, 107-112.
HAWLEY, P.H. (2006). Evolution and personality : A new
look at Machiavellianism. In D. Mroczek & T. Little
(Eds.), Handbook of personality development (pp.
147-161). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
McNAMARA, P., DURSO, R. & HARRIS, E. (2007).
"Machiavellianism" and frontal dysfunction : Evidence from
Parkinson's disease. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12,
285-300.
GRAMS, L.C. & ROGERS, R.W. (1990). Power and
personality : Effects of machiavellianism, need for
approval, and motivation on use of influence tactics.
Journal of General Psychology, 117, 71-82.
OJHA, H. (2007). Parent-child interaction and machia-
vellian orientation. Journal of the Indian Academy of
Applied Psychology, 33, 285-289.
SIMON, L.J., FRANCIS, P.L. & LOMBARDO, J.P. (1990).
Sex, sex-role, and machiavellianism as correlates of
decoding ability. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 71,
243-247.
BECKER, J.A. & O'HAIR, H.D. (2007). Machiavellians'
motives in organizational citizenship behavior. Journal
of Applied Communication Research, 35, 246-267.
O'CONNOR, E.M. & SIMMS, C.M. (1990). Self-revelation
as manipulation : The effects of sex and machiavellianism
on self-disclosure. Social Behavior &
Personality, 18, 95-100.
PAAL, T. & BERECZKEI, T. (2007). Adult theory of mind,
cooperation, machiavellianism : The effect of mindreading
on social relations. Personality & Individual
Differences, 43, 541-551.
GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M.T. (1991). Machiavellian managers : Do they perform better ? Journal of Business & Psychology, 5 (3), 355–-365.
TEVEN, J.J. (2001). Teacher machiavellianism and social
influence in the college classroom : Implications for
measurement. Communication Research Reports, 24,
341-352.
GABLE, M., HOLLON, C. & DANGELLO, F. (1992). Managerial structuring of work as a moderator of the
Machiavellianism and job performance relationship. Journal
of Psychology, 126, 317-325.
SAKALAKI, M., RICHARDSON, C. & THEPAUT, Y. (2007).
Machiavellianism and economic opportunism. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 37, 1181-1190.
FEHR, B., SAMSOM, D. & PAULHUS, D.L. (1992). The
construct of machiavellianism : Twenty years later. In
C.D. Spielberger & J.N. Butcher (Eds.), Advances
inpersonality assessment (Vo1.9, pp.77-116). Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. [PDF]
BECKER, J.A. & O'HAIR, H.D. (2007). Machiavellians'
motives in organizational citizenship behavior. Journal
of Applied Communication Research, 35, 246-267.
RIM, Y. (1992). Machiavellianism and coping styles.
Personality & Individual Differences, 13 (4),
487-489. [PDF]
LIU, C.C. (2008). The relationship between machia-
vellianism and knowledge-sharing willingness. Journal
of Business Psychology, 22, 233-240.
SHULTZ, C.J. (1993). Situational and dispositional
predictors of performance : A test of the hypoth- esized
Machiavellianism x structure interaction among
salespersons. Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
23, 478-498.
VERNON, P.A., VILLANI, V.C., VICKERS, L.C. & HARRIS,
J.A. (2008). A behavioral genetic investigation of the
dark triad and the Big 5. Personality &
Individual Differences, 44, 445-452.
GABLE, M. & DANGELLO, F. (1994). Locus of control,
Machiavellianism, and managerial job performance. Journal
of Psychology, 128, 599-608.
JONES, D.N. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2009). Machiavellianism.
In M.R. Leary & R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of
individual differences in social behavior (pp.
93-108). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF]
LEONE, C. & CORTE, V. (1994). Concern for self-
presentation and self-congruence : Self-monitoring,
Machiavellianism and social conflicts. Social Behavior
& Personality, 22, 305-312.
ESPERGER, Z. & BERECZKEI, T. (2011). Machiavellianism
and spontaneous mentalization : One step ahead of oithers.
European Journal of Personality, 26 (6), 580-587.
[PDF]
SPARKS, J.R. (1994). Machiavellianism and personal success
in marketing : The moderating role of latitude for
improvisation. Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science, 22, 393-400.
JONASON, P.K. & McCAIN, J. (2012). Using the HEXACO
model to test the validity of the Dirty Dozen measure of
the Dark Triad. Personality & Individual
Differences, 53, 935-938. [PDF]
FURNHAM, A., RICHARDS, S.C. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2013).
The Dark Triad of Personality : A 10 Year Review.
Social & Personality Psychology Compass, 7 (3),
199–216. [PDF]
HUTTER, K., FÜLLER, J., HAUTZ, J., BILGRAM, V. &
MATZLER, K. (2015). Machiavellianism or morality : Which
behavior pays off in online innovation contests ? Journal
of Management Information Systems, 32, 197–228.
WILLIAMS, M.L., HAZELTON, V. & RENSHAW, S. (1975). The
measurement of Machiavellianism : A factor analytic and
correlational study of Mach IV and Mach V. Speech
Monographs, 42, 151-159.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1983). A factor-analytic study
of measures of Machiavellianism. Personality &
Individual Dvferences, 4, 569-571.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1984). An investigation of the
items in the Machiavellian scales. Journal of Social
Psychology, 124, 251-252.
Machine : Au sens strict, mécanisme qui décuple une énergie naturellement disponible (pétrole, vent,
marée, chute d'eau, soleil) pour produire un travail ou accomplir une tâche, toujours
de la même façon (si on exclut les bris et l'usure). De nos jours,
on a tendance à utiliser ce terme pour désigner tout type de mécanisme,
qu'il soit mécanique, biologique ou informatique. Cependant,
au sens strict, le mot «machine» s'oppose à «organisme»,
à «vivant». La principale
différence est qu'un être provient d'un autre organisme semblable
à lui (naissance), alors qu'une machine est construite en usine
(création). Les machines simples ont des fonctions limitées,
déterminées en usine (faire du café, produire de la vapeur, etc),
ce qui les distinguent des organismes; toutefois les machines
complexes peuvent apprendre
artificiellement à faire de nouvelles choses (Intelligence
artificielle), comme les humains (EX: robots). En ce sens, la frontière entre les organismes vivants et les machine (organisme artificiel ?) est
de plus en plus tenue. Machine, robotet ordinateur./Organisme.Machine.
NEISSER, U. 1963. The imitation of man by machines.
Science, 139, 193-197.
CHURCHLAND, P.M. & CHURCHLAND, P.S. (1990). Could a
machine think ? Scientific American, 262, 32-37.
WEIZENBAUM, J. (1965). Eliza-A computer program for the
study of natural language communication between man and
machine. Comrnunication of the Association for
Computing, 9, 36-45.
LE NY, J.-F. (1999). Intelligences naturelle et
artificielle : Puissance et temps. In V. Bloch (Ed.), Cerveaux
et machines (pp. 197-215). Paris : Hermès.
WISE, M.N. (1988). Mediating machines. Science in
Context, 2, 77-113.
NASS, C. & MOON, Y. (2000). Machines and
mindlessness : Social responses to computers. Journal
of Social Issues, 56 (1), 81-103.
HARNAD, S. (1989). Minds, machines and Searle. Journal
of Theoretical & Experimental Artifical
Intelligence, 1, 5-25.
BODEN, M.A. (2006). Mind as machine : A history of
cognitive science. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
VICEDO, M. (2009). Mothers, machines, and morals : Harry
Harlow's work on primate love from lab to legend. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 45, 193-218.
CUBAN, L. (1986). Teachers and machines : The class
room use of technology since 1920. New York :
Teachers College Press.
SKINNER, B.F. & HOLLAND, J.G. (1960). The use of
teaching machines in college instruction (Parts
II-IV). In A.A. Lumsdaine & R. Glaser (Eds.), Teaching
machines and programmed learning : A source book
(pp. 159-172). Washington, DC : Department of
Audio-Visual Instruction, National Education
Association.
BENJAMIN, L.T.(1988). A history of teaching
machines. American Psychologist, 43, 703-712.
HOLLAND, J.G. (1960). Teaching machines :
an application of principles from the laboratory. Journal
of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3 (4),
275-287.
McDERMOTT, L.C., SHAFFER, P.S. & SOMERS, M.D. (1994).
Research as a guide for teaching introductory mechanics :
An illustration in the context of the Atwoods's machine. American
Journal of Physics, 62, 46-55.
SKINNER, B.F. (1961). The theory behind teaching machines.
Journal of the American Society of Training Directors,
15, 27-29.
SKINNER, B.F. (1961). Why we need teaching machines. Harvard
Educational Review, 31, 377-398.
[PDF]
NEISSER, U. (1963). The imitation of man by machines.
Science, 139, 193-197.
SKINNER, B.F. (1963). Reflections on a decade of teaching
machines. Teachers College Record, 65, 168-177.
SKINNER, B.F. (1963). L'avenir des machines à enseigner.
Psychologie Francaise, 8, 170-180.
Machine à poker : Voir Jeu
de hasard. Slot machine, electronic
gaming machine, slot-machine gambler, fruit machine.
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (1991). Amusement machine playing in
childhood and adolescence : A comparative analysis of
video games and fruit machines. Journal of
Adolescence, 14, 53-73.
FERNÀNDEZ-ALBA, A. & LABRADOR, F. (2005).
Sociodemographic, psychopathological and clinical
characteristics of pathological slot-machine gamblers in
treatment : A descriptive study of Spanish male gamblers.
International Gambling Studies, 5, 113-122.
DOWLING, N., SMITH, D. & THOMAS, T. (2005). Electronic
gaming machines : Are they the "crack-cocaine" of gambling
? Addiction, 100, 33-45.
WEATHERLY, J.N. & DERENNE, A. (2007). Rats playing a
slot machine : a preliminary attempt at an animal gambling
model. Analysis of Gambling Behavior, 1 (2),
79-89. [PDF]
BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P., GAINSBURY, S. & KARLOV, L. (2014).
Blue Gum gaming machine : an evaluation of responsible
gambling features. Journal of Gambling Studies, 30, 697-712.
Machine à vapeur : Machine à vapeur
inventée par Papin (le digesteur en 1679 et la machine à piston en
1707), Savery (pompe à soupapes en 1698), Newcomen (machine à
balancier en 1711) et Watt (1736–1819), à l'origine de la
révolution industrielle. = Moteur à vapeur Boulton et Watt.
Watt steam machine.
Machine binaire : Ensemble des machines
qui traitent l'information
selon un code binaire.
La fonction d'une machine est de transformer un objet plus
efficacement qu'un humain
(plus vite, en faisant moins d'erreur donc à moindre coût). Pour
certains psychologuescognitivistes,
le cerveau est une machine
binaire complexe, qui sert à résoudre
des problèmes(cerveau
virtuel). ( ): Ordinateur,
calculatrice, lecteur CD/DVD, teléphone mobile. etc. Binary system, computing machinery.
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1943). Logical calculus
of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. Bulletin
of Mathematical Biophysics, 5, 115-153. [PDF]
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1949). The brain as a computing machine.
Electrical Engineering, 68, 492-497.
TURING, A.M. (1950). Computing machinery and intelligence.
Mind, 59, 433-460.
McCARTHY, J. & HAYES P.J. (1969). Some philosophical
problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence.
In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine
intelligence (pp. 463-502). Edinburgh : Edinburgh
University Press. [PDF]
McGINN, C. (1987). Could a machine be conscious ? In C.
Blakemore & S. Greenfield (Eds.), Mindwaves (pp.
279-288). Oxford : Blackwell.
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1993). Human and machine
thinking hillsdale. NJ : Erlbaum Press.
FRAGOSO, J.M. & KASHUBECK, S. (2000). Machismo, gender
role conflict, and mental health in Mexican American men.
Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 1 (2),
87-97.
MAZUR, A. (2002). Does testosterone cause machismo ? Contemporary Psychology, 47, 275-276.
MacKINNON, S.P., SHERRY, S.B., STEWART, S.H., ANTONY, M.M.
& SHERRY, D.L. (2012). Caught in a bad romance :
Perfectionism, conflict, and depression in romantic
relationships. Journal of Family Psychology, 26
(2), 215-225. [PDF]
MacKINNON, S.P. & SHERRY, S.B. (2012). Perfectionistic
self-presentation mediates the relationship between
perfectionistic concerns and subjective well-being : A
three-wave longitudinal study. Personality &
Individual Differences, 53, 22-28.
MacKINNON, S.P., SHERRY, S.B., PRATT, M.W. & SMITH,
M.M. (2014). Perfectionism, friendship intimacy, and
depressive affect in transitioning university students : A
longitudinal study using mixed methods. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science/Revue Canadienne des
Sciences du Comportement, 46, 49-59.
MacKINNON, S.P., KEHAYES, I., LEONARD, K., FRASER, R.
& STEWART, S.H. (2017). Perfectionistic concerns,
social negativity and subjective well-being : A test of
the social disconnection model. Journal of
Personality, 85, 326-340.
MacKINNON, S.P., RAY, C.M., FIRTH, S.M. & O'CONNOR,
R.M. (2018). Perfectionism and drinking to cope : A 21-day
diary study. Journal of Research in Personality, 78,
177-178.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1962). The effects of overtraining on a
reversal and a nonreversal shift. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 55, 555-559.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1975). A Theory of attention :
Variations in the associability of stimuli with
reinforcement. Psychological Review, 82 (4),
276-298. [PDF]
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1981). A new measure of intelligence ? Nature, 289, 529-530.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & BENNETT, E.S. (2005). What do
Raven's matrices measure ? An analysis in terms of sex
differences. Intelligence, 33, 663-674. [PDF]
WEISMAN, R.G. (1975). The compleat associationist : a
review of N.J. Mackintosh's The Psychology of Animal
Learning. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior 24 (3), 383-389.
PLOMIN, R. (1999). IQ and human intelligence : Reviewed by
Robert Plomin. The American Journal of Human Genetics,
65 (5), 1476-1477. [PDF]
MacCLEAN, P.D. (1949). Psychosomatic disease and the
visceral brain : Recent developments bearing on the Papez
theory of emotion. Psychosomatic Medicine, 11,338-353.
MACLEAN, P.D. (1990). The triune brain in evolution :
Role in paleocerebral functions. Springer.
MAcLEAN, P.D. (1993). Cerebral evolution of emotion. In M.
Lewis and J.M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions
(pp. 67-83). New York, NY : Guilford Press.
MacLEOD, C.M. (1975). Long-term recognition and recall
following directed forgetting. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory,
104 (3), 271-279. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & DUNBAR, K. (1988). Emergence of Stroop
interference with training. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 14 (1),
26-135. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. (1991). Half a century of research on the
Stroop effect : An integrative review. Psychological
Bulletin, 109, 163-203. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & MacDONALD, P.A. (2000).
Interdimensional interference in the Stroop effect :
Uncovering the cognitive and neural anatomy of attention.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4, 383-390. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & BODNER, G.E. (2017). The production
effect in memory (PDF). Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 26 (4), 390-395. [PDF]
MacPHAIL, E.M. (1982). Hyperstriatal lesions in pigeons
(Columba livia): effects on retention and perseveration. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 96,
725-41.
MacPHAIL, E.M. & REILLY, S. (1982). Probability
learning in pigeons (Columba livia) is not impaired by
hyperstriatal lesions. Physiology & Behavior,
31, 279-284.
MacPHAIL, E.M. (1985). Vertebrate intelligence : the null hypothesis. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London, Biological Science, 308, 37–51.
MacPHAIL, E.M. (1987). The comparative psychology of intelligence. Behavioral & Brain Science, 10, 645–695.
MacPHAIL, E.M., GOOD, M., HONEY, R.C. & WILLIS, A.
(1995). Relational learning in pigeons : The role of
perceptual processes in between-key recognition of complex
stimuli. Animal Learning & Behavior, 23,
83-92.
MacRAE, C.N. (1989). The good, the bad, and the ugly :
Facial stereotyping and juridic judgments. The Police
Journal, 62, 194-199.
MacRAE, C.N. (1992). A tale of two curries :
Counterfactual thinking and accident-related judgments. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 84-87.
MacRAE, C.N., HEWSTONE, M. & GRIFFITHS, R.J. (1993).
Processing load and memory for stereotype : based
information. European Journal of Social Psychology,
23 (1), 77-87.
MacCRAE, C.N., MITCHELL, J.P. & PENDRY, L.F. (2002).
What's in a forename ? Cue familiarity and stereotypical
thinking. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
38, 186-193. [PDF]
MacRAE, C.N. CHRISTIAN, B.M., GOLUBICKIS, M., KARANASIOU,
M., TROKSIAROVA, L., MCNAMARA, D.L. & MILES, L.K.
(2014). "When do i wear me out ?" Mental simulation and
the diminution of self-control. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 143 (4),
1755-1764.
RAND, A.L. (1935). On the habits of some Madagascar
mammals. Journal of Mammalogy, 16 (2), 89-104.
JOLLY, A. & LANTING, F. (1990). Madagascar : A
world out of time. Aperture.
ASTUTI, R. (1995). People of the sea : Identity and
descent among the Vezo of Madagascar. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press.
ASTUTI, R. (1995). The Vezo are not a kind of people :
Identity, difference, and "ethnicity" among a fishing
people of Western Madagascar. American Ethnologist,
22, 464-482.
ASTUTI, R. (2000). Les gens ressemblent-ils aux poulets ?
Penser la frontière homme / animal à Madagascar. Terrain,
34, 89-105.
ASTUTI, R. (2007). Weaving together culture and cognition
: An illustration from Madagasca. Intellectica, 46-47,
173-178. [PDF]
SUSSMAN, R.W., GREEN, G.M. & SUSSMAN, L.K. (1996). The
use of satellite imagery and anthropology to assess the
causes of deforestation in Madagascar. In L.E. Sponsel,
T.N. Headland & R.C. Bailey (Eds.), Tropical
deforestation : the human dimension (pp. 296-315).
New York : Columbia University.
MADDEN, G.J., PETRY, N., BADGER, G.J. & BICKEL, W.K.
(1997). Impulsive and self- control choices in
opiate-dependent patients and non-drug-using control
participants : Drug and monetary rewards. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 5 (3), 256-262.
[PDF]
MADDEN, G.J. & PERONE, M. (1999). Human sensitivity to
concurrent schedules of reinforcement : The role of
schedule-correlated stimuli. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 71 (3),
303-318. [PDF]
MADDEN, G.J. & PERONE, M. (2003). Effects of
alternative reinforcement on human behavior : The source
does matter. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 79 (2), 193-206. [PDF]
MADDEN, G.J., PETRY, N.M. & JOHNSON, P. (2009).
Pathological gamblers discount probabilistic rewards at
lower rates than matched controls. Experimental &
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 17, 283-290. [PDF]
Maddi Salvatore R. (New York 1933-2020) :Psychologue américain
et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité, notamment de la persévérance
(hardiness). Étudiant de McClelland.
Collaborateur de Haier et Kobasa.
MADDI, S.R., CHARLENS, A.M., MADDI, D. & SMITH, A.J.
(1962). Effects of monotony and novelty on imaginative
productions. Journal of Personality, 30, 513-527.
MADDI, S.R. (1978). Existential and individual
psychologies. Journal of Individual Psychology, 34, 182-191.
MADDI, S.R. (1981). Myth and personality. Journal of
Mind & Behavior, 2, 145-153.
MADDI, S.R. (2006). Hardiness : The courage to grow from
stresses. Journal of Positive Psychology, 1,
160–168.
MADDI, S.R. (2006). Taking the theorizing in personality
theories seriously. American Psychologist, 61, 330-331.
MADDOX, K.B. & GRAY, S. (2002). Cognitive
representations of African Americans : Re-exploring the
role of skin tone. Personality & Social
Psychological Bulletin, 28 (2), 250-259. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. & CHASE, S.G. (2004). Manipulating
subcategory salience : Exploring the link between skin
tone and social perception of Blacks. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 533-546. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. (2004). Perspectives on racial
phenotypicality bias. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 8, 383-401. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. (2006). Rethinking racial stereotyping,
prejudice, and discrimination. The Psychological
Science Agenda, 20, 3-5. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B., RAPP, D.N., BRION, S. & TAYLOR, H.A.
(2008). Social influences on spatial memory. Memory
& Cognition, 36, 479-494. [PDF]
MADDOX, W.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1993). Comparing decision
bound and exemplar models of categorization.
Perception & Psychophysics, 53, 49-70. [PDF]
MADDOX, W.T., MOLIS, M.R & DIEHL, R.L. (2001).
Generalizing a neuropsychological model of visual
categorization to auditory categorization of vowels. Perception & Psychophysics, 64, 584-597.
MADDOX, W.T. & BOHIL, C.J. (2001). Feedback effects on
cost-benefit learning in perceptual categorization. Memory
& Cognition, 29, 598-615.
MADDOX, W.T., ASHBY, F.G. & WALDRON, E. (2002).
Multiple attention systems in perceptual categorization. Memory
& Cognition, 30 (3), 325-339.
[PDF]
MADDOX, W.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (2004). Dissociating
explicit and procedural-learning based systems of
perceptual category learning. Behavioural Processes,
66, 309-332. [PDF]
MADHAVAN P., WIEGEMANN, D.A. & LACSON, F.C. (2003).
Automation failures on tasks easily performed by operators
undermines trust in automated aids. In Proceedings of
the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society 47th Annual
Meeting-2003 (pp. 335-339). Santa Monica, CA :
Human Factors and Ergonomics Society.
MADHAVAN P., WIEGEMANN, D.A. (2004). A new look at the
dynamics of human-automation trust : Is trust in humans
comparable to trust in machines ? Proceedings of the
Human Factors & Ergonomics Society Annual Meeting,
48 (3), 581-585.
MADHAVAN P. & WIEGMANN, D.A. (2005). Effects of
information source, pedigree, and reliability on
operators' utilizaton of diagnostic advice. Human
Factors & Ergonomics Society Annual Meeting
Proceedings 49 (3), 487-491.
MADHAVAN P., WIEGEMANN, D.A. & LACSON, F.C. (2006).
Automation failures on tasks easily performed by operators
undermine trust in automated aids. Human Factors, 48
(2), 241-256.
MADHAVAN P. & WIEGMANN, D.A. (2007). Similarities and
differences between human-human and human-automation trust
: An integrative review. Theoretical Issues in
Ergonomics Science, 8, 277-301.
MADON, S., JUSSIM, L. & ECCLES, J. (1997). In search
of the powerful self-fulfilling prophecy. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 72 (4),
791-809. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M., ABOUFADEL, K., MONTIEL, E., SMITH,
A., ALUMBO, P. & JUSSIM, L. (2001). Ethnic and
national stereotypes : The Princeton trilogy revisited and
revised. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
27 (8), 996-1010. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M. & SPOTH, R. (2004). The
self-fulfilling prophecy as an intrafamily dynamic.
Journal of Family Psychology, 18 (3), 459-469. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M., BULLER, A.A., SCHERR, K., WILLARD,
J. & SPOTH, R. (2008). The mediation of mothers’
self-fulfilling effects on their children’s alcohol use :
Self-verification, informational conformity, and modeling
processes. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 95, 369-384. [PDF]
MADON, S., WILLARD, J., GUY, M. & SCHERR, K.C. (2011).
Self-fulfilling prophecies : Mechanisms, power, and links
to social problems. Social & Personality
Psychology Compass, 5 (8), 578-590. [PDF]
COURTNEY, A.E. & LOCKRENTZ, S.W. (1971). A woman's
place : An analysis of the roles portrayed by women in
magazine advertisements. Journal of Marketing
Research, 8, 92-95.
WILLEMSEN, T.M. (1998). Widening the gender gap : Teenage
magazines for girls and boys. Sex Roles, 38
(9-10), 851-861.
VANKATESAN, M. & LOSCO, J. (1975). Women in magazine
ads : 1959-1971. Journal of Advertising Research, 15
(5), 49-58.
DUKE, L.L. & KRESHEL, P.J. (1998). Negotiating
femininity : Girls in early adolescence read teen
magazines. Journal of Communication Inquiry, 22, 48-71.
WINICK, C. (1985). A content analysis of sexually explicit
magazines sold in an adult bookstore. Journal of Sex
Research, 21, 206-210.
DURHAM, M.G. (1998). Dilemmas of desire : Representations
of adolescent sexuality in two teen magazines. Youth
& Society, 29 (3), 369-389.
LYSONSKI, S. (1985). Role portrayals in British magazine
advertisements. European Journal of Marketing, 19, 37-55.
GARNER, A., STERK, H.M. & ADAMS, S. (1998). Narrative
analysis of sexual etiquette in teenage magazines.
Journal of Communication, 48 (4), 59-78.
CLARK, R.L. (1987). Changing perceptions in sex and
sexuality in traditional women's magazines, 1900-1980.
Thèse de doctorat, Arizona, Arizona State University.
SCHLENKER, J.A., CARON, S.L. & HALTEMAN, W.A. (1998).
A feminist analysis of Seventeen magazine : Content
analysis from 1945 to 1995. Sex Roles, 38 (1/2),
135-149.
SCOTT, J.E. & CUVELIER, S. (1987). Violence in Playboy
magazine : A longitudinal content analysis. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 16, 279-288.
CARPENTER, L.M. (1998). From girls into women : scripts
for sexuality and romance in Seventeen Magazine,
1974-1994. Journal of Sex Research, 35 (2),
158-168.
THOMSEN, S.R. (2002). Health and beauty magazine reading
and body shape concerns among a group of college women. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 79, 988-1007.
SCOTT, J.E. & CUVELIER, S. (1987). Sexual violence in
Playboy magazine : A longitudinal content analysis.
Journal of Sex Research, 23, 534-539.
WALSH-CHILDERS, K., GOTTHOFFER, A. & LEPRE, C.R.
(2002). From "just the facts" to "downright salacious" :
Teens and women's magazine coverage of sex and sexual
health. In J.D. Brown, J.R. Steele & K. Walsh-Childers
(Eds.), Sexual teens, sexual media : Investigating
media's influence on adolescent sexuality (pp.
153-171). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
MASSEÍ, M.A. & ROSENBLUM, K. (1988). Male and female
created they them : The depiction of gender in advertising
of traditional women's and menís magazines. Women's
Studies International Forum, 11 (2), 127-144.
OGLE, J.P. & THORNBURG, E. (2003). An alternative
voice amidst teen "zines" : An analysis of body-related
content in Girl Zone. Journal of Family & Consumer
Sciences, 95, 47-56.
FERGUSON, J.H., KRESHEL, P.G. & TINKHAM, S.F. (1990).
In the pages of Ms. : Sex role portrayals of women in
advertising. Journal of Advertising, 19 (1),
40-72.
TIGGEMANN, M. (2003). Media exposure, body dissatisfaction
and disordered eating : Television and Magazines are not
the same ! European Eating Disorders Review, 11, 418-430.
PEIRCE, K. (1990). A feminist theoretical perspective on
the socialization of teenage girls through Seventeen
magazine. Sex Roles, 23 (8-9), 491-500.
VAUGHAN, K.K. & FOUTS, G.T. (2003). Changes in
television and magazine exposure and eating disorder
symptomatology. Sex Roles, 49 (7-8), 313-320.
LOKKEN, K.L., WORTHY, S.L. & TRAUTMANN, J. (2004).
Examining the links among magazine preference, levels of
awareness and internalization of sociocultural appearance
standards, and presence of eating-disordered symptoms in
college women. Family & Consumer Sciences
Research Journal, 32, 361-381.
EVANS, E.D., RUTHBERG, J., SATHER, C. & TURNER, C.
(1991). Content analysis of contemporary teen magazines
for adolescent females. Youth & Society, 23
(1), 99-120.
REICHERT, T. & CARPENTER, C. (2004). An update on sex
in magazine advertising : 1983 to 2003. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 81, 823-837.
LABRE, M. (2005). The male body ideal : perspectives of
readers and non-readers of tness magazines. The
Journal of Men's Health & Gender, 2, 223-229.
ANDERSEN, A.E. & DIDOMENICO, L. (1992). Diet vs. shape
content of popular male and female magazines : A
dose-response relationship to the incidence of eating
disorders ? International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 11, 283-287.
TAYLOR, L.D. (2005). All for him : Articles about sex in
American lad magazines. Sex Roles, 52, 153-163.
KATZ, B. & STERNBERG-KATZ, L. (1992). Magazines
for libraries. New York : R.R. Bowker.
VAN DEN BERG, P., NEUMARK-SZTAINER, D., HANNAN, P.J. &
HAINES, J. (2007). Is dieting advice from magazines
helpful or harmful ? Associations with weight-control
behaviors and psychological outcomes in adolescents. Pediatrics,
119 (1), 30-37.
TIGGEMANN, M., POLIVY, J. & HARGREAVES, D. (2009). The
processing of thin ideals in fashion magazines : A source
of social comparison or fantasy ? Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 28, 73-93.
McCRAKEN, E. (1993). Decoding women's magazines :
From Mademoiselle to Ms. London : MacMillan Press.
LUFF, G.M. & GRAY, J.J. (2009). Complex messages
regarding a thin ideal appearing in teenage
girls'magazines from 1956 to 2005. Body Image, 6,
133-136.
HATTON, E. & TRAUTNER, M.N. (2011). Equal opportunity
objectification ? The sexualization of men and women on
the cover of rolling stone. Sexuality & Culture,
15, 256-278. [PDF]
PEIRCE, K. (1993). Socialization of teenage girls through
teen-magazine fiction : The making of a new woman or an
old lady ? Sex Roles, 29 (1-2), 59-69.
SLATER, A., TIGGERMANN, M., FIRTH, B. & HAWKINS, K.
(2012). Reality check : An experimental investigation of
the addition of warning labels to fashion magazine images
on women's mood and body dissatisfaction. Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 31, 105-122.
NOBLOCH-WESTERWICK, S. & HOPLAMAZIAN, G.J. (2012).
Gendering the self : Selective magazine reading and
reinforcement of gender conformity. Communication
Research, 39, 358-384.
GUILLEN, E.O., BARR, S.I. & BARR, S.I. (1994).
Nutrition, dieting, and fitness messages in a magazine for
adolescent women. Journal of Adolescent Health, 15
(6), 464-472.
JOSHI, S.P. (2012). Adolescent sexual Ssocialization
and teen magazines : A Cross-national study between the
United States and the Netherlands. Boca Raton,
Florida : Universal-Publishers. [PDF]
NEMEROFF, C.J., STEIN, R.I., DIEH, N.S. & SMILACK, K.M
(1994). From the Cleavers to the Clintons : role choices
and body orientation as reflected in magazine and article
content. International Journal of Eating Disorders,
16 (2), 167-176.
GRAFF, K.A., MURNEN, S.K. & KRAUSE, A.K. (2013).
Low-cut hirts and high-heeled shoes : increased
sexualization across time in magazine depictions of girls.
Sex Roles, 69 (11/12), 571-582. [PDF]
SHAW, J. (1995). Effects of fashion magazines on body
dissatisfaction and eating psychopathology in adolescent
and adult females. European Eating Disorders Review,
3, 15-23.
OGDEN, J. & RUSSELL, S. (2013). How Black women make
sense of "White" and "Black" fashion magazines : a
qualitative think aloud study. Journal of Health
Psychology, 18, 1588-1600. [PDF]
CUSUMANO, D.L. & THOMPSON, J.K. (1997). Body image and
body shape ideals in magazines : exposure, awareness, and
internalization. Sex Roles, 37 (9-10), 701-721.
SWIATKOWSKI, P. (2016). Magazine influence on body
dissatisfaction : Fashion vs. health ? Cogent Social
Sciences, 2, 1-17. [PDF]
MAGENDIE, F. (1809). Quelques idées générales sur les
phénomènes particuliers aux corps vivants. Bulletin
des Sciences Médicales, 4, 145-170.
MAGENDIE, F. (1809). Examen de l'action de quelques
végétaux sur la moelle épinière. Nouveau Bulletin
Scientifique de la Société Philomatique, 1,
368-405.
MAGENDIE, F. (1813). Mémoire sur le vomissement. Paris.
MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Précis élémentaire de
physiologie. Paris.
MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Leçons sur les fonctions et les
maladies du système nerveux. Paris.
RANDI, J. (1990/93). The mask of Nostradamus / Le
vrai visage de Nostradamus. Prometheus
books/Éditeur Balzac-Le Griot Éditeur.
RANDI, J. (1992). Conjuring. New York : The St.
Martin's Press.
ANDRUS, J. & HYMAN, R. (2000). Andrus card
control. Eugene, OR : Chazpro Magic.
Magie :
Tout procédé systématique qui donne à croire
à l'existence d'une chose qui n'existe manifestement pas. Ces
procédés exploitent les "faiblesses" perceptives
et la naïveté de l'auditoire... au grand plaisir de tous. Magie, illusionet superstition.Magic, magical belief.
CATTELL, J.M. (1899). Review of magic, stage illusions and
scientific diversions, by A.F. Hopkins, and Spirit Slate
Writing and Kindred Phenomena, by W.B. Robinson. Psychological
Review, 6, 554.
VYSE, S.A. (1997). Believing in magic : The
psychology of superstition. New York : Oxford
University Press.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1955). Magic, science, and religion.
New York : Doubleday.
[PDF]
WYNN, K. & CHIANG, W.-C. (1998). Limits to infants'
knowledge of objects : the case of magical appearance.
Psychological Science, 9, 448-455.
BANDLER, R. et GRINDER, J. (1975). The structure of
magic I: A book about language and therapy. Palo
Alto, CA : Science & Behavior Books.
LAMONT, P. & WISEMAN, R. (1999). Magic in theory
: an introduction to the theoretical and psychological
elements of conjuring. Hatfield : University of
Hertfordshire Press.
BANDLER, R. et GRINDER, J. (1975). The structure of
magic II : A book about communication and change. Palo
Alto, CA : Science & Behavior Books.
LAMONT, P. (2004). The rise of the Indian rope trick
: biography of a legend. London : Little, Brown.
WOMACK, M. (1992). Why athletes need ritual : A study
of magic among professional athletes. In S. Hoffman
(Ed.), Sport and religion (pp. 191-202). Champaign, IL :
Human Kinetics.
LINDEMAN, M. & AARNIO, K. (2007). Superstitious,
magical, and paranormal beliefs : An integrative model.
Journal of Research in Personality, 41, 731-744. [PDF]
CAVENDISH, R. & INNES, B. (Eds.) (1994). Man,
myth and magic. New York : Marshall Cavendish.
COLLINS, R. (2008). The four M's of religion : Magic,
membership, morality and mysticism. Review of
Religious Research, 50, 5-15.
AGLIOTI, S., DESOUZA, J. & GOODALE, M. (1995).
Size-contrast illusions deceive the eye but not the hand.
Current Biology, 5, 679-685.
LAMONT, P., HENDERSON, J.M. & SMITH, T. (2010). Where
science and magic meet : the illusion of a "science of
magic". Review of General Psychology, 14 (1),
16-21.
WISEMAN, R. & LAMONT, P. (1996). Unravelling the rope
trick. Nature, 383, 212-213.
LINDEMAN, M. & SVEDHOLM, A.M. (2012). What's in a term
? Paranormal, superstitious, magical and supernatural
beliefs by any other name would mean the same. Review
of General Psychology, 16, 241-255.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J., MORRISON, J.H., SHOEMAKER, W.J., SAPIN,
V. & BLOOM, F.E. (1981). Vasoactive intestinal
polypeptide induced glycogenolysis in mouse cortical
slices : a possible regulatory mechanism for the local
control of energy metabolism. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences USA, 78, 6535-6539.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J. & SCHORDERET, M. (1984). VIP and
noradrenaline act synergistically to increase cyclic AMP
in cerebral cortex. Nature, 308, 280-282.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J., PELLERIN, L., ROTHMAN, D.L. &
SHULMAN, R.G. (1999). Energy on demand. Science, 283
(5401), 496-497.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J. & PELLERIN, L. (1999). Cellular
mechanisms of brain energy metabolism and their relevance
to functional brain imaging. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological
Sciences, 354, 1155-1163.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J. (2006). Neuron-glia metabolic coupling
and plasticity. Journal of Experimental Biology, 209,
2304-2311.
BARON, R.A. (1971). Magnitude of victim's pain cues and
level of prior anger arousal as determinants of adult
aggressive behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 17, 236-243.
LABERBERA, J.D. & CHURCH, R.M. (1974). Magnitude of
fear as a function of expected time to an aversive event.
Animal Learning & Behavior , 2, 199-202.
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2001). Relationship
between magnitude of damage to the hippocampus and
impaired recognition memory in monkeys. Hippocampus
11, 92-98. [PDF]
MAGNUSON, K.A. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2005). Early childhood
care and education, and ethnic and Racial Test Score Gaps
at school entry. The Future of Children, 15,
169-196.
MAGNUSON, K.A., LAHAIE, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2006).
Preschool and school readiness of children of immigrants.
Social Science Quarterly, 87, 1241-1262.
MAGNUSON, K.A., RUHM, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2007). The
persistence of preschool effects : Do subsequent classroom
experiences matter ? Early Childhood Research
Quarterly, 22, 18-38.
MAGNUSON, K.A., RUHM, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2007). Does
prekindergarten improve school preparation and performance
? Economics of Education Review, 26, 33-51.
MAGNUSON, K.A., SEXTON, H., DAVIS-KEAN, P.E. & HUSTON,
A.C. (2009). Increases in maternal education and young
children's language skills. Merrill Palmer Quarterly,
55, 319-350.
MAGOUN, H.W., HARE, W.K. & RANSON, S.W. (1937). Role
of cerebellum in postural contractions. Archives of
Neurology & Psychiatry, 37 (6), 1237-1250.
MAGOUN, H.W. (1938). Excitability of the hypothalamus
after degeneration of corticifugal connections from the
frontal lobes. American Journal of Physiology, 122,
530-532.
MAGOUN, H.W. & RHINES, R. (1946). An inhibitory
mechanism in the bulbar reticular formation. Journal
of Neurophysiology, 9, 165-171.
MORUZZI, G. & MAGOUN, H.W. (1949). Brain stem
reticular formation and activation of the EEG. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 1 (4), 455-473.
MAGOUN, H.W. (1958). The waking brain.
Springfield, IL : Thomas.
MARSHALL, L.H. (2004). Horace Winchell Magoun : A
biographical memoir. Washington D.C. : National
Academy of Sciences. [PDF]
BIEDERMAN, I., COOPER, E.E., FOX, P.W. & MAHADEVAN,
R.S. (1992). Observation : Unexceptional spatial memory in
an exceptional memorist. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18 (3),
654-657.
[PDF]
ERICCSON, K.A., WEAVER, G., DELANEY, P.F. & MAHADEVAN,
R.S. (1996). The memorist Rajan’s memory for digits
and other materials. Paper presented at the 37 th
annual meeting of the Psychonomic Society, Chicago, IL.
MAHADEVAN, R., MALONE, J. & BAILEY, J. (2002). Radical
behaviorism and exceptional memory phenomena. Behavior
& Philosophy, 30, 1-13. [PDF]
GORDON, P., VALENTINE, E. & WILDING, J. (1984). One
man’s memory : A study of a mnemonist. British
Journal of Psychology, 75, 1-14.
MAHONEY, M.J. (1974). Cognition and behavior
modification. Cambridge, MA : Ballinger.
MAHONEY, M.J. (1977). Publication prejudices : An
experimental study of confirmatory bias in the peer review
system. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 1 (2),
161-175. [PDF]
MAHONEY, M.J. (2000). How therapists change : Personal and
professional reflections In M.R. Goldfried (Ed.), Behaviorism,
cognitivism, and constructivism : Reflections on Persons
and Patterns in my intellectual development (pp.
183-200). Washington, DC. : American Psychological
Association. [LIRE]
MAHONEY, M.J. (2002). Constructivism and positive
psychology. In C.R. Snyder & S.J. Lopez (Eds.), Handbook
of positive psychology (pp. 745-750). Oxford, UK :
Oxford University Press.
MAHONEY, M.J. (2003). Minding science : Constructivism and
the discourse of inquiry. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 27, 105-123.
CATANIA, A.C. (1991). The gifts of culture and of
eloquence : An open letter to Michael J. Mahoney in reply
to his article, "Scientific psychology and radical
behaviorism". Behvior Analyst, 14 (1), 61-72. [PDF]
SMUCKER, M.R. (2008). Michael J. Mahoney (1946-2006) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 63 (1), 53-54.
MAHUT, H. (1971). Spatial and object reversal learning in
monkeys with partial temporal lobe ablations.
Neuropsychologia keys with partial temporal lobe
ablations. Neuropsychologia, 9, 409-424.
MAHUT, H. (1972). A selective spatial deficit in monkeys
after transection of the fornix. Neuropsychologia,
10, 65-74.
MAHUT, H. & ZOLA, S. (1973). A non-modality specific
impairment in spatial learning after fornix lesions in
monkeys. Neuropsychologia, 11, 255-269.
MAHUT, H. & ZOLA, S. (1976). Effects of early
hippocampal damage in monkeys. Society for
Neuroscience, 829.
MAHUT, H., MOSS, M. & ZOLA, S. (1981). Retention
deficits after combined amygdalo-hippocampal and selective
hippocampal resections in the monkey.
Neuropsychologia, 19 (2), 201-225.
Mai 1968 : Expression qui désigne à la fois un moment historique et un mouvement social.
MOSCOVICI, S. (1980). Mai 1968 et la psychologie sociale.
Connexions, 29, 127-141.
MAIBACH, E.W., MAXFIELD, A., LADIN, K. & SLATER, M.
(1996). Translating health psychology into effective
health communication : The American Healthstyles Audience
Segmentation Project. Journal of Health Psychology, 1,
261–277.
MAIBACH, E.W., NISBET, M., BALDWIN, P., AKERLOF, K.
& DIAO, G. (2010). Reframing climate change as a
public health issue : An exploratory study of public
reactions. BMC Public Health, 10 [299], 1-11. [PDF]
MAIBACH, E.W., LEISEROWITZ, A.A., ROSER-RENOUF, C. &
MERTZ, C.K. (2011). Identifying like-minded audiences for
climate change public engagement campaigns : An audience
segmentation analysis and tool development. PLOS One, 6
(3), 1-9. [PDF]
MAIBACH, E.W., LEISEROWITZ, A.A., COBB, S., SHANK, M.,
COBB, K. & GULLEDGE J. (2012). The legacy of
"climategate :" Revitalizing or undermining climate
science and policy ? Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews :
Climate Change, 3 (3), 289-295.
MAIBACH, E.W., KRESLAKE, J., ROSER-RENOUF, C.,
ROSENTHAL, S., FEINBERG, G. & LEISEROWITZ, A.A.
(2015). Do Americans understand that global warming is
harmful to human health ? Evidence from a national survey.
Annals of Global Health, 8 (3), 396-409.
MAIER, S.F., SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & SOLOMON, R.L. (1969).
Pavlovian fear conditioning and learned helplessness. In
B.A. Campbell & R.M. Church (Eds.), Punishment
and aversive behavior (pp. 299-343). New York :
Appleton-Century Crofts.
MAIER, S.F., ANDERSON, C. & LIEBERMAN, D.A. (1972).
Influence of control of shock on subsequent shock-elicited
aggression. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 81, 94-100.
MAIER, S.F. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1976). Learned
helplessness : Theory and evidence. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 105 (1), 3-46.
[PDF]
MAIER, S.F. & WATKINS, L.R. (2010). Role of the medial
prefrontal cortex in coping and resilience. Brain
Research, 1355, 52-60. [PDF]
MAIER, S.F. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (2016). Learned
helplessness at fifty : insights from neuroscience. Psychological Review, 123, 349-3667. [PDF]
Mailick Marsha R. ( ) : Spécialiste
américaine de l'autisme.
Collaboratrice de Greenberg.= Seltzer.
SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S., FLOYD, F., PETTEE, Y.
& HONG, J. (2001). Life course impacts of parenting a
child with disability. American Journal on Mental
Retardation, 106, 265-286.
SELTZER, M.M., ALMEIDA, D.M., GREENBERG, J.S., SAVLA, J.,
HONG, J. & TAYLOR J.L. (2009). Psychosocial and
biological makers of daily lives of midlife parents of
children with disabilities. Journal of Health &
Social Behavior, 50, 1-15
SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S., HONG, J., SMITH, L.,
ALMEIDA, D., COE, C. & STAWSKI, R.S. (2010). Maternal
cortisol levels and behavior problems in adolescents and
adults with ASD. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 40, 457-469.
SELTZER, M.M., FLOYD, F., SONG, J., GREENBERG, J.S. &
HONG, J. (2011). Midlife and aging parents of adults with
intellectual and developmental disabilities : impacts of
lifelong parenting. American Journal on Intellectual
& Developmental Disabilities, 116 (6),
479-499. [PDF]
MAILICK, M.R., HONG, J., GREENBERG, J., SMITH, L. &
SHERMAN, S. (2014). Curvilinear association of CGG repeats
and age at menopause in women with FMR1 premutation
expansions. American Journal of Medical Genetics.
Part B, Neuropsychiatric Genetics, 165B (8),
705-711.
Maillon faible : Expression utilisée pour désigner dans un groupe
l'individu le plus susceptible de changer son
opinion ou
ses comportements sous la pression
sociale des membres
du groupe ou d'individu extérieur à celui-ci. On l'utilise
également pour identifier l'individu qui, sous la pression
sociale, se retourne contre son groupe, le trahit
ou en devient l'ennemi.
Weak link.
KERR, N.L. & HERTEL, G. (2011). The Köhler group
motivation gain : How to motivate the "weak links" in
groups. Social and Personality Psychology Compass, 5,
43-55.
MAIN, M. & WESTON, D.R. (1981). The quality of the toddler's relationship to mother and to father : Related to conflict behavior and the readiness to establish new relationships. Child Development, 52 (3), 932-940.
MAIN, M., KAPLAN, N. & CASSIDY, J. (1985). Security in infancy, childhood and adulthood : a move to the level of representation. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 50 (1-2), 66-104.
MAIN, M. & SALOMON, J. (1986). Discovery of an insecure-disorganized/disoriented attachment pattern. In T.B. Brazelton & M.W. Yogman (Eds.), Affective development in infancy (pp. 95-124). Ablex Publishing.
MAIN, M. & SALOMON, J. (1990). Procedures for identifying infants as disorganized/disoriented during the Ainsworth strange situation. In M.T. Greenberg, D. Cicchetti, & E M. Cummings (Eds.), Attachment in the prescchool years : Theory, research, and intervention (pp. 121-160). The University of Chicago Press.
MAIN, M. & HESSE, E. (1990). Parents' unresolved traumatic experiences are related to infant disorganized attachment status: Is frightened and/or frightening parental behavior the linking mechanism ? In M.T. Greenberg, D. Cicchetti, & E.M. Cummings (Eds.), Attachment in the preschool years : Theory, research, and intervention (pp. 161-182). The University of Chicago Press.
ALKALAY, S. & SAGI-SCHWARTZ, A. (2024). The legacy of Mary Main in attachment and developmental research in Israel. Attachment & Human Dévelopment, 7 (3), 1-33.
GRANT, A.M. & HOFMANN, D.A. (2011). It's not all about
me : Motivating hospital hand hygiene by focusing on
patients. Psychological Science, 22, 1494-1499.
NAPIER, J.R. (1962). The evolution of the hand.
Scientific American, 207, 156-162.
CONNOLLY, K.J. & ELLIOTT, J.M. (1972). Evolution and
ontogeny of hand function. In N. Blurton-Jones (Ed.), Ethological
studies of child behavior (pp. 329-383). London :
Cambridge University Press.
VON HOFSTEN, C. & FAZEL-ZANDY, S. (1984). Development
of visually guided hand orientation in reaching.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 38,
208-219.
LOCKMAN, J.J., ASHMEAD, D.H. & BUSHNELL, E.W. (1984).
The development of anticipatory hand orientation during
infancy. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 37,
176-186.
HATWELL, Y. (1987). Motor and cognitive functions of the
hand. International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 10, 509-526.
JOHNSON, D.D.P., PRICE, M.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2013).
Darwin's invisible hand : Market competition, evolution
and the firm. Journal of Economic Behavior &
Organization, 90 (S), 128-140. [PDF]
ASTROEM, J., THORELL, L., HOLMLUND, U. & D'ELIA, G.
(1993). Handshaking, personality, and psychopathology in
psychiatric patients : A reliability and correlational
study. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 77, 1171-1186.
CHAPLIN, W.F., PHILLIPS, J.B., BROWN, J.D., CLANTON, N.R.
& STEIN, J.L. (2000). Handshaking, gender,
personality, and first impressions. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 79, 110-117. [PDF]
Main invisible :Métaphore
proposée par Smith pour
expliquer les variations de l'économie. Le principe régulateur de
la "main" stipule qu'en poursuivant son intérêt
individuel, les agents
économique contribueraient à la réalisation du bien
commun. Invisible hand.
JOHNSON, D.D.P., PRICE, M.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2013).
Darwin's invisible hand : Market competition, evolution
and the firm. Journal of Economic Behavior &
Organization, 90 (S), 128-140. [PDF]
Maintenance : Toute activité psychologique qui a pour but de maintenir fonctionnel, en l'état, un objet, un processus. EX:
Maintenir la fréquence d'un comportement.
= Stabilité.
Maintenance.
KALL, R.J., KAYE, J.H., WHELAN, A.P. & HOPKINS, B.K.
(1968). The effects of prompts and reinforcement on the
modification, maintenance, and generalization of social
responses. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1
(3), 307-314. [PDF]
BARTON, E.J. & ASCIONE, F.R. (1979). Sharing in
preschool children : Facilitation, stimulus
generalization, response generalization, and maintenance.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (3),
417-430 [PDF]
CHANDLER, K.L., LUBECK, R. & FOWLER, S.A. (1992).
Generalization and maintenance of preschool children's
social skills : A critical review and analysis. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (2), 414-428.
[PDF]
MAIO, G.R. & ESSES, V.M. (2001). The need for affect :
Individual differences in the motivation to approach or
avoid emotions. Journal of Personality, 69 (4),
583-615. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R., OLSON, J.M., ALLEN, L. & BERNARD, M.M.
(2001). Addressing discrepancies between values and
behavior : The motivating effect of reasons. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 104-117. [PDF]
BAKER, R.A. (2000). The case of the missing poltergeist.
Skeptical Briefs, 10 (2), 12-29.
WISEMAN, R., WATT, C., STEVENS, P., GREENING, E. &
O’KEEFE, C. (2003). An investigation into alleged
"hauntings". British Journal of Psychology, 94, 195-211.
[PDF]
FRENCH, C.C., HAQUE, U., BUNTON-STASYSHYN, R. & DAVIS,
R. (2009). The "Haunt" project : An attempt to build a
"haunted" room by manipulating complex electromagnetic
fields and infrasound. Cortex, 45 (5), 619-629.
PICOTTE, F. (1992). Une histoire de la psychanalyse à la
Maison Jacques-Ferron : Le dur désir de durer. Filigrane,
10 (1), 109-120. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
PICOTTE, F. (1999). Éléments d'intervention auprès des
personnes dites psychotiques à la maison Jacques-Ferron. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 20 (3), 129-140.
Maîtrise
(Psychologie) :Diplôme
de deuxième cycle d'une durée de 2 à 3 ans. Au Québec, ce diplôme
ou l'équivalent était jusqu'à tout récemment une condition
nécessaire, mais non-suffisante, à l'obtention du titre
de psychologue et au
droit de pratique qui en découle. Depuis le 27 juillet 2006,
il faut désormais un doctorat
pour devenir membre de l'Ordre
des psychologues du Québec. Toutefois, les individus qui ont
une maîtrise reconnue par l'Ordre, qu’'ils soient ou non membres au
moment de l’entrée en vigueur de ce nouveau règlement,
continueront d’être admissibles à l'Ordre en tout temps selon les
procédures d’'admission en vigueur. Maîtrise et doctorat.Master.
LANDRUM, R.E., JEGLUM, E.B. & CASHIN, J.R. (1994). The
decision-making processes of graduate admissions
committees in psychology. Journal of Social Behavior
& Personality, 9, 239-248.
CATANIA, A.C., DELEON, I.G. & CATALDO, M.F. (2000). A
master's program in applied behavior analysis :
Contingencies for initiation and maintenance. Behavior
Analysis Today, 1, 58-63.
LANDRUM, R.E. & HARROLD, R. (2003). What employers want
from psychology graduates. Teaching of Psychology,
30, 131-133.
LANDRUM, R.E. & CLARK, J. (2005). Graduate admissions
criteria in psychology : An update. Psychological
Reports, 97, 481-484. [PDF]
FAUCHEUX, C. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1967). Le style de
comportement d'une minorité et son influence sur les
réponses d'une majorité. Bulletin du C.E.R.P., 16
(4), 337-360.
GROFMAN, B. (1969). Some notes on voting schemes and the
will of the majority. Public Choice, 7, 65-80.
GROFMAN, B., FELD, S.L. & OWEN, G. (1984). Group size
and the performance of a composite group majority :
Statistical truths and empirical results.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes,
33, 350-359.
GROFMAN, B. (1985). Research note : The accuracy of group
majorities for disjunctive and conjunctive decision tasks.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision
Processes, 35, 119-123.
THIJS, J., KEIM, A. & GEERLINGS, J. (2019). Classroom
identification in ethnic minority and majority students :
Effects of relationships and ethnic composition. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 89, 707-725.
Majorité qualifiée : Lors d'une élection,
un candidat ou un
parti obtient la majorité
qualifiée s'il est choisi par un nombre de votants supérieur à la
majorité absolue mais dont la proportion exacte peut variée. EX
: Le 2/3 des suffrages.
Majorité relative Lors d'une élection,
un candidat ou un
parti obtient la majorité
simple s'il est choisi par une part plus grande des votants
que ses adversaires.
= Majorité simple.
Si 100 électeurs votent...
Gagnant
Perdant
Perdant
Parti X
Parti Y
Parti Y
40 électeurs ont voté pour X
35 électeurs ont voté pour Y
25 électeurs ont voté pour X
FAUCHEUX, C. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1967). Le style de
comportement d'une minorité et son influence sur les
réponses d'une majorité. Bulletin du C.E.R.P., 16 (4),
337-360.
Maladie : Ensemble des troubles qui menace l'équilibre et l'intégrité biologique ou psychologique d'un organisme,
et ultimement sa vie.
Une maladie se traduit par des symptômes
et engendre généralement (mais pas nécessairement) de la douleur ou de la souffrance.Disease.
DUPONT, R.L., RICE, D.P., SHIRAKI, S. & ROWLAND, C.R.
(1995). Economic costs of obsessive compulsive disorder. Medical
Interface, 8 (4), 102-109.
KATON, W. (1996). Panic disorder : relationship to high
medical utilization, unexplained physical symptoms, and
medical costs. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 57
(S10), 11-18.
SOLOMON, R., SOLOMON, J., MICHELI, L.J. & McGRAY, E.
(1999). The "cost" of injuries in a professional ballet
company : A five-year study. Medical Problems of
Performing Artists, 14, 164-169.
BONANNO, G.A., BREWIN, C.R., KANIASTY, K. & LA GRECA,
A.M. (2011). Weighing the costs of disaster :
Consequences, risks, and resilience in individuals,
families, and communities. Psychological Science in
the Public Interest, 11, 1-49. [PDF]
Maladie administrative : Expression utilisée pour désigner une fausse maladie attribuée à des individus
qui éprouvent des difficultés de toute nature, mais qui, dans les
faits, ne sont pas vraiment malade. Cette attribution résulte de
la conjonction de deux phénomènes : les faux diagnostics et la
distribution conditionnelle des ressources, notamment en santé
mentale et dans le milieu scolaire. En effet dans ces milieux,
pour obtenir de l'aide (des ressources), il faut généralement un
diagnostic. Les pressions exercées par les plaignants
pour obtenir ces ressources peuvent parfois nuire à la pertinence
du jugement clinique et conduire à des erreurs
de diagnostics.
Maladie biologique : Par opposition à la maladie mentale, ensemble de maladies dont les origines sont clairement et essentiellement de nature
organique ou génétique. EX: la grippe est une
maladie biologique même si ses effets peuvent engendrer de la
déprime ou des comportements ou des effets inhabituels (délire ou
hallucination
engendré par la fièvre). Certaines de ces maladies ont cependant
des conséquences psychologiques (EX: cancer);
alors que d'autres peuvent être amplifiée par des facteurs de
nature psychologique (EX: asthme, eczéma).
Certaines maladies sont d'origine virale, alors que d'autres sont de nature bactérienne.
= Maladie, maladie organique, maladie physique, maladie somatique.
/Santé,santé physique.
Disease, illness, physical disease.
JANIS, L.L. & LEVENTHAL, H. (1965). Psychological
aspects of physical illness and hospital care. In
B.B. Wolman (Ed.), Handbook of clinical psychology
(pp. 1360-1377). New York : McGraw-Hill.
BOORSE, C. (1975). On the distinction between disease and
illness. Philosophy & Public Affairs, 5, 49-68.
LINK, B.G. & PELAN, J. (1995). Social conditions as
fundamental causes of disease. Journal of Health
& Social Behavior, 35 (S), 80-94.
TURK D.C., RUDY, T.E. & SALOVEY, P. (1986). Implicit
models of illness. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 9,
453-474.
BROWN, P. (1995). Naming and framing : The social
construction of diagnosis and illness. Journal of
Health & Social Behaviour, 35, 34-52.
COHEN, S. (1988). Psychosocial models of social support in
the etiology of physical disease. Health Psychology,
7, 269-297. [PDF]
MOSS, P. & DYCK, I. (2003). Women, body, illness.
Lanham, MD : Rowman and Littlefield.
SIEGAL, M. (1988). Children’s knowledge of contagion and
contamination as causes of illness. Child
Development, 59 (5), 1353-1359.
LYNCH, E. & MEDIN, D. (2006). Explanatory models of
illness : A study of within-culture variation.
Cognitive Psychology, 53 (4), 285-309. [PDF]
DAVEY-SMITH, G. (2007). Lifecourse epidemiology of disease
: a tractable problem ? International Journal of
Epidemiology, 36, 479-480.
SPRINGER, K. & RUCKEL, J. (1992). Early beliefs about
the cause of illness : Evidence against immanent justice.
Cognitive Development, 7 (4), 429-443.
COHEN, S., JANICKI-DEVERTS, D. & MILLER, G.E. (2007).
Psychological stress and disease. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 298, 1685-1687. [PDF]
Maladie cardiovasculaire : Maladies du coeur. Maladie cardiovasculaire,
infarctus du myocardeet type A et B.Cardiovascular disease, coronary heart disease.
ROSENHAM, R.H., FRIEDMAN, M., STRAUS, R., WURM, M.,
KOSITCHEK, R., HAHN, W. & WERTHESSEN, N.T. (1964). A
predictive study of coronary heart disease. Journal
of American Medical Association, 189 (1), 15-22.
KRANTZ, D. & McCENEY, M.K. (2002). Effects of
psychological and social factors on organic disease : a
critical assessment of research on coronary heart disease.
Annual Review of Psychology, 53 (1), 341-369.
KRANTZ, D.S. & MANUCK, S.B. (1984). Acute
psychophysiologic reactivity and risk of cardiovascular
disease : a review and methodologic critique. Psychological
Bulletin, 96 (3), 435.
COHEN, S. & MATTHEWS, K.A. (1987). Social support,
Type A behavior and coronary artery disease. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 49, 325-330. [PDF]
EVERSON-ROSE, S.A. & LEWIS, T.T. (2005). Psychosocial
factors and cardiovascular diseases. Annual Review of
Public Health, 26, 469-500.
BLUMENTHAL, J.A. & KRANTZ, D.S. (1987). Behavioral
assessment and management of cardiovascular disorders. Professional
Resource Exchange, Inc.
BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (2007). Psychosocial training and cardiac
rehabilitation. Journal of Cardiopulmonary
Rehabilitation & Prevention, 27 (2), 104-107.
BERLIN, J.A. & COLDITZ, G.A.æ (1990). A
meta-analysis of physical activity in the prevention of
coronary heart disease. American Journal
of Epidemiology, 132, 612-628.
MELAMED, S., KUSHNIR, T. & SHIROM, A. (1992). Burnout
and risk factors for cardiovascular diseases. Behavioral
Medicine, 18, 53-60.
WOLFGANG, L. (2009). Review of Psychotherapy with cardiac
patients : Behavioural cardiology in practice. Canadian
Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 50 (3), 214.
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., MAHANNA, E., MADDEN, D.J. & WHITE,
W.J. (1995). Methodological issues in the assessment of
neuropsychological function after cardiac operations. Annals
of Thoracic Surgery, 59, 1345-50.
GRUENEWALD, T.L., COHEN, S., MATTHEWS, K.A., TRACY, R.
& SEEMAN, T.E. (2009). Association of socioeconomic
status with inflammation markers in black and white men
and women in the Coronary Artery Risk Development in Young
Adults (CARDIA) study. Social Science & Medicine,
69, 451-459. [PDF]
NEWMAN, M.F., BLUMENTHAL, J.A. & MARK, D.B. (2004).
Fixing the heart; Must the brain pay the price. Circulation,
110 (22), 3402-3403.
KRANTZ, D.S. & BURG, M.M. (2014). Current perspective
on mental stress-induced myocardial ischemia.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 76 (3), 168-170.
Maladie dégénérative : Maladie neurodégénérative : Maladie biologique qui entraîne la dégradation progressive et inéluctable de certains organes,
notamment du cerveau.Neurodegenerative disease.
Maladie chronique : Chronic health condition, chronic disease.
LEVENTHAL, H. (1973). Changing attitudes and habits to
reduce risk factors in chronic disease. American
Journal of Cardiology, 31, 571-580.
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS (AAP)/Committee on Children
with Disabilities and Committee on Psychosoial Aspects of
Child and Family Health. (1993). Psychosocial risks of
chronic health conditions in childhood and adolescence. Pediatrics, 92, 876-877.
DEARY, I.J., WEISS, A. & BATTY, G.D. (2010).
Intelligence and personality as predictors of illness and
death : how researchers in differential psychology and
chronic disease epidemiology are collaborating to
understand and address health inequalities. Science in
the Public Interest, 11 (2), 53-79.
Maladie de Huntington : Découverte par Huntington en 1872, cette maladie, dégénérative,
est héréditaire. = Danse de St-Guy, chorée de Huntington.
Huntington syndrome, Huntington's chorea.
HAYDEN, M.R. (1981). Huntington's chorea. New York :
Springer.
PHILLPS, J.G., BRADSHAW, J.L, CHIU, E. & BRADSHAW,
J.A. (1994). Characteristics of handwriting of patients
with Huntington's disease. Movement Disorders, 9, 521-530.
GUSELLA, J.F., WEXLER, N.S., CONNEALLY, P.M.,TAYLOR, S.L.,
ANDERSON, M.A., TANZI, R.E., WATKINS, P.C., OTTINA, K.,
WALLACE, M.R., SAKAGUCHI, A.Y., YOUNG, A.B.,
SHOULSON, I., BONILLA, E. & MARTIN, J.B. (1983). A
polymorphic DNA marker genetically linked to Huntington's
disease. Nature, 306, 234-238.
SNOWDEN, J.S., CRAUFURD, D., GRIFFITHS, H., THOMPSON, J.C.
& NEARY, D. (2001). Longitudinal evaluation of
cognitive disorder in Huntington's disease. Journal of
the International Neuropsychological Society, 7
(1), 33-44.
HARPER, P.S. (1983). A genetic marker for Huntington's
chorea. British Medical Journal, 287, 1567-1568.
JOEL, D. (2001). Open interconnected model of basal
ganglia-thalamocortical circuitry and its relevance to the
clinical syndrome of Huntington's disease. Movement
Disorders, 16 (3), 407-420. [PDF]
HAYDEN, M.R. & FOX, S.L. (1985). Predictive testing
in Huntington's disease. Bulletin of the Hereditary
Disease Program of Alberta, 4, 1-3.
SNOWDEN, J.S., GIBBONS, Z.C., BLACKSHAW, A., DOUBLEDAY,
E., THOMPSON, J., CRAUFURD, D., FOSTER, J., HAPPÉ, F.
& NEARY, D. (2003). Social cognition in frontotemproal
dementia and Huntington's disease. Neuropsychologia,
41 (6), 688-701.
FRANK, N. (1986). Diagnosis of Huntington's chorea. Nature,
320, 676.
SEEMAN, P., BZOWEJ, N.H., GUAN, H.C., BERGERON, C.,
REYNOLDS, G.P., BIRD, E.D., RIEDERER, P, JELLINGER, K.
& TOURTELLOTTE, W.W. (1987). Human brain D1 543 and D2
dopamine receptors in schizophrenia, Alzheimer's,
Parkinson's, and 544 Huntington's diseases. Neuropsychopharmacology, 1 (1), 5-15.
SNOWDEN, J.S., AUSTIN, N.A., SEMBI, S., THOMPSON, J.,
CRAUFURD, D. & NEARY, D. (2008). Emotion recognition
in Huntington's disease and frontotemporal dementia. Neuropsychologia, 46 (11), 2638-2649.
COHEN, S., LINE, S., MANUCK, S.B., RABIN, B.S., HEISE, E.
& KAPLAN, J.R. (1997). Chronic social stress, social
status and susceptibility to upper respiratory infections
in nonhuman primates. Psychosomatic Medicine, 59,
213-221. [LIRE]
MALAGODI, E.F. (1986). On radicalizing behaviorism; A call
for cultural anaysis. Behavior Analyst, 9 (1),
1-19. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F., GARDNER, M.L. & PALERMI, G. (1978).
Responding maintained under fixed-interval and fixed-time
schedules of electric shock presentation. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3),
271-279. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F., GARDNER, M.L., WARD, S.E. & MAGYAR,
R.L. (1981). Responding maintained under intermittent
schedules of electric-shock presentation : "Safety" or
schedule effects ? Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 36 (2), 171-190. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F. & JACKSON, K. (1989). Behavior analysis
and cultural analysis : Troubles and issues. The
Behavior Analyst, 12, 17-33. [PDF]
PITTS, R.C. & MALAGODI, E.F. (1991). Preference for
less frequent shock under fixed-interval schedules of
electric-shock presentation. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 56 (1), 21-32.
[PDF]
PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1997). Edward F. Malagodi (1935-1995).
Behavior Analysist, 20 (1), 37-38. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N. (1979). Violence and responsibility. Contemporary
Psychology, 8, 651-652.
MALAMUTH, N.M. & CHECK, J.V.P. (1981). The effects of
mass media exposure on acceptance of violence against
women : a field experiment. Journal of Research in
Personality, 15, 436-446. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N. & BRIERE, J. (1986). Sexual violence in
the media : Indirect effects on aggression against women.
Journal of Social Issues, 42 (3), 75-92. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N.M., CHECK, J.V.P. & BRIERE, J. (1986).
Sexual arousal in response to aggression : Ideological,
aggressive, and sexual correlates. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 50 (2),
330-340. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N., ADDISON, T. & KOSS, M. (2000).
Pornography and sexual aggression : Are there reliable
effects and can we understand them ? Annual Review of
Sex Research, 11, 26-91. [PDF]
MALCUIT, G., GRANGER, L. et LAROCQUE, A. (1972). Les
thérapies behaviorales. Québec : Presses de
l'Université Laval.
POMERLEAU, A. et MALCUIT, G. (1983). L'enfant et son
environnement. Montréal : PUQ.
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. Paris :
Edisem.
POMERLEAU, A., MALCUIT, G. et JULIEN, M. (1996). Contextes
de vie familiale au cours de la petite enfance. In R.
Tessier, C. Bouchard et G.M. Tarabulsky (Eds.),
Enfance et famille : contextes de développement.
Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval.
POMERLEAU, A., LACROIX, V., MALCUIT, G. & SÉGUIN, R.
(1999). Content of mothers' speech, child's language
and cognitive development in different socioeconomic
groups : A longitudinal study. New Mexico : Society
for Research in Child Development (SRCD).
MALINOWSKI, B. (1921/2001). La sexualité et sa
répression dans les sociétés primitives. Paris :
Éditions Payot.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1930/70). La vie sexuelle des sauvages
du Nord-ouest de la Mélanésie. Description
ethnographique des démarches amoureuses, du mariage et
de la vie de famille des indigènes des Iles Trobriand de
la Nouvelle-Guinée. Paris : Payot Éditeur.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1922/89). Les Argonautes du
Pacifique occidental. Paris : Gallimard.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1927/32/76/90). La sexualité et
sa répression dans les sociétés primitives. Paris
: Payot.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1933/68/2001). Trois essais sur la
vie sociale des primitifs. Paris : Payot.
MALLE, B.F. & HOROWITZ, M. (1995). The puzzle of
negative self-views : An explanation using the schema
concept. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 68, 470-484.
[PDF]
MALLE, B.F. (1999). How people explain behavior : A new
theoretical framework. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 3, 23-48. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F., KNOBE, J., O’LAUGHLIN, M., PEARCE, G.E. &
NELSON, S.E. (2000). Conceptual structure and social
functions of behavior explanations : Beyond
person-situation attributions. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 79, 309. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F. (2006). The relation between judgments of
intentionality and morality. Journal of Cognition
& Culture, 6, 61-86. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F., KNOBE, J. & NELSON, S.E. (2007).
Actor-Observer asymmetries in explanations of behavior :
New answers to an old question. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 93, 491-514.
[PDF]
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2005). CEO Overconfidence
and corporate investment. Journal of Finance, 60
(6), 2661-2700.
MALMENDIER, U. (2005). Does overconfidence affect
corporate investment ? CEO overconfidence measures
revisited. European Financial Management, 11
(5), 649-659. [PDF]
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2008). Who makes
acquisitions ? CEO overconfidence and the market's
reaction. Journal of Financial Economics, 89
(1), 20-43.
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2009). Superstar CEOs. Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 124 (4), 1593-1638.
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2015). Behavioral CEOs : On
the Role of Managerial Overconfidence. Journal of
Economic Perspectives, 29 (4), 37-60.
Malnutrition
: Malnutrition.
BROWN, J.L. & POLLITT, E. (1996). Malnutrition,
poverty and intellectual development. Scientific
American, 274, 38-43.
[PDF]
MALONE, T.W. (1981). Toward a theory of intrinsically
motivating instruction. Cognitive Science, 5
(4), 333-369.
MALONE, T.W., YATES, J. & BENJAMIN, R.I. (1987).
Electronic markets and electronic hierarchies. Communications
of the ACM, 30 (6), 484-497.
MALONE, T.W. & LEPPER, M.R. (1987). Making learning
fun : A taxonomy of intrinsic motivations for learning.
Aptitude, Learning, & Instruction 3, 223-253.
MALONE, T.W., CROWSTON, K.G., LEE, J., PENTLAND, B.,
DELLAROCAS, C., WYNER, G., QUIMBY, J., OSBORN, C.S.,
BERNSTEIN, A., HERMAN, G., KLEIN, M. & O'DONNELL, E.
(1999). Tools for inventing organizations : Toward a
handbook of organizational processes. Management
Science, 45 (3), 425-443.
MALONE, T.W, LAUBACHER, R.J. & DELLAROCAS, C. (2010).
The collective inttelligence genome. Sloan Management
Review, 5 (3), 21-31.
MALOTT, R.W. & CUMMING, W.W. (1966). Concurrent
schedules of interresponse time reinforcement :
probability of reinforcement and the lower bounds of the
reinforced interresponse time intervals. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9 (4),
317-325. [PDF]
MALOTT, R.W. (1989). The achievement of evasive goals :
control by rules describing contingencies that are not
direct acting. In S.C. Hayes (Ed.), Rule-governed
behavior : Cognition, contingencies & instructional
control (pp. 269-319). New York : Plenum Press.
MALOTT, R.W., SHIMAMUNE, S. & MALOTT, M.E. (1993).
Rule-governed behavior and organizational behavior
management : An analysis of interventions. Journal of
Organizational Behavior Management, 12, 103-116.
MALOTT, R.W. (1993). A theory of rule-governed behavior
and organizational behavior management. Journal of
Organizational Behavior Management, 12, 45-65.
MALOTT, R.W. (2004). Autistic behavior, behavior analysis,
and the gene. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20, 31-36.
[PDF]
Malpighi Marcello (Bologne 1628-1694 Rome) : Biologiste
et anatomiste italien,
spécialisé dans l'étude des
insectes. Il est le père de l'histologie et l'un des
inventeurs du microscope.
MEYER, A.W. (1930). Malpighi as anatomist. Science,
72 (1862), 234-238.
PICCOLINO, M. (1999). Marcello Malpighi and the difficult
birth of modern life sciences. Endeavour, 23
(4), 175-179.
MALTBY, J., LEWIS, C.A. & ILL, A.P. (1998). Oral
pessimism and depressive symptoms : A comparison with
other correlates of depression. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 71, 195-200.
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2001). The Irrational Beliefs
Survey, one factor or four ? A replication of Mahoney's
(1997) findings. The Journal of Psychology, 135,
462-464.
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., GILL, P., COLLEY, A. & WODD, A.M.
(2008). Beliefs around luck : Confirming the empirical
conceptualization of beliefs around luck and the
development of the Darke and Freedman Beliefs Around Luck
scale. Personality & Individual Differences, 45,
655-660. [PDF]
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., PINTO, D.G., HOGAN, R.A. & WODD,
A.M. (2013). Beliefs in being unlucky and deficits in
executive functioning. Consciousness & Cognition,
22, 137-147.
[PDF]
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2017). Regulatory motivations in
celebrity interest : Self-suppression and self-expansion.
Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 6 (2),
103-112.
[PDF]
Malthus Thomas (1766-1834) : Économiste
avant la lettre. Ses travaux ont porté sur la démographie
et la compétition
entre les individus pour l'obtention des
ressources. Ses travaux sur la surpopulation aurait
influencé Darwin.
MALTHUS, T. (1798). An essay on the principle of
population as it affects the future improvement of
society, wth remarks on the speculations of Mr Godwin,
M. Condorcet, and other writers/Essai sur le principe de
population.
MALTHUS, T. (1803). An essay on the principle of
population; or, a view of its past and present effects
on human happiness; with an inquiry into our prospects
respecting the future removal or mitigation of the evils
which it occasions.
Maltraitance : Désigne l'ensemble des mauvais traitements infligés à une personne dépendante (enfants,
certains handicapés,
certaines femmes,
certains personnes agées,
etc.) par les parents, les
proches ou les individus responsables de cette personne (soignants
et autorités des hôpitaux et des instituts psychiatriques). Ce
concept englobe les sévices physiques, psychologiques, sexuels,
ainsi que la négligence
(absence ou insuffisance de soins). NDLR : En ce
sens, le mot abus est un anglicisme. Maltraitance, violence
etnégligence./Bientraitance.
Abuse, physical abuse.
HARPER, R. & EYBERG, S.M. (1976). Child abuse :
Psychological evaluation and court testimony. Journal
of Pediatric Psychology, 1, 80-82.
APPLEBAUM, A.S. (1977). Developmental retardation in
infants as a concomitant of physical child abuse. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 5, 417-423.
De JONG, T.L. & GOREY, K.M. (1996). Short-term versus
long-term group work with female survivors of childhood
sexual abuse : A brief meta-analytic review. Social
Work with Groups, 19 (1), 19-27.
BELSKY, J. (1980). Child maltreatment : an ecological
integration. American psychologists, 35,
320-336.
TESSIER, R., TARABULSY, G.M. et ETHER, L.S. (1996). Dimensions
de la maltraitance. Québec : Presses de
l'Université du Québec.
EGELAND, B. & SROUFE, L.A. (1981). Attachment and
early maltreatment. Child Development, 52,
44-52.
ORNSTEIN, P.A., CECI, S.J. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1996).
Adult recollections of childhood abuse : Cognitive and
developmental perspectives. In J.L. Alpert, L.S. Brown,
S.J. Ceci, C.A. Courtois, E.F. Loftus & P.A. Ornstein
(Eds.), Working group of investigation of memories of
childhood abuse : Final Report. American
Psychological Association.
EGELAND, B. & SROUFE, L.A. (1981). Developmental
sequelae of maltreatment in infancy. In D. Cicchetti &
R. Rizley (Eds.), New directions in child development
: Developmental approaches to child maltreatment. San
Francisco : Jossey Bass.
ISAACS, C.D. (1982). Treatment of child abuse : a review
of the behavioral interventions. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 15 (2), 273-294. [PDF]
KEANEY, J. & FARLEY, M. (1996). Dissociation in an
outpatient sample of women reporting childhood sexual
abuse. Psychological Reports, 78, 59-65.
EGELAND, B., SROUFE, L.A. & ERIKSON, M. (1983).
The developmental consequences of different patterns of
maltreatment. Child Abuse & Neglect, 7,
155-157.
ROSS, S. (1996). Risk of physical abuse to children of
spouse abusing parents. Child Abuse & Neglect,
20, 589-598.
OATES, R., FORREST, D. & PEACOCK, A. (1985).
Self-esteem of abused children. Child Abuse &
Neglect, 9, 159-163.
GRAYSTON, A.D. & DE LUCA, R.V. (1996). Social validity
of group treatment for sexually abused boys. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 18 (2), 1-16.
FINKELHOR, D. & BROWNE, A. (1985). The traumatic
impact of child sexual abuse : A conceptualization. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55, 530-541.
ROMANO, E., GRAYSTON, A.D., DE LUCA, R.V. & GILLIS,
M.A. (1996). The Thematic Apperception Test as an outcome
measure in the treatment of sexual abuse : Preliminary
findings. Journal of Child & Youth Care, 10 (4),
37-50.
WOLFE, D. (1985). Child-abusive parents : An empirical
review and analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 97,
462-482.
ROMANO, E. & DE LUCA, R.V. (1997). Exploring the
relationship between childhood sexual abuse and adult
sexual perpetration. Journal of Family Violence, 12
(1), 85-98.
FINKELHOR, D. (1986). Abusers : Special topics. Dans D.
Finkelhor (Ed.), A sourcebook on child sexual abuse
(pp. 119-142). Beverley Hills : Sage.
FENDRICH, M., MACKESY-AMITI, M.E., WISLAR, J.S. &
GOLDSTEIN PJ. (1997). Childhood abuse and the use of
inhalants : differences by degree of use. American
Journal of Public Health, 87 (5), 765-769. [PDF]
BROWNE, A. & FINKELOR, D. (1986). Impact of child
sexual abuse : A review of the research. Psychological
Bulletin, 99 (1), 66-77.
CHEASTY, M., CLARE, A.W. & COLLINS, C. (1998).
Relation between sexual abuse in childhood and adult
depression : case-control study. British Medical
Journal, 316 (7126), 198-201.
[PDF]
GARBARINO, J., GUTTMANN, E., GUTTMANN, S. & WILSON, J.
(1986). The psychologically battered child. San
Francisco : JosseyBass.
BOLGER, K.E., PATTERSON, C.J. & KUPERSMIDT, J.B.
(1998). Peer relationships and self-esteem among children
who have been maltreated. Child Development, 69
(4), 1171-1197. [PDF]
BURGESS, R.L. (1986). Social incompetence as a precipitant
to and consequence of child maltreatment. Victimology
: An International Journal, 10, 72-86.
SEAGULL, E. (1987). Social support and child maltreatment
: A review of the evidence. Child Abuse &
Neglect, 11, 41-52.
BURGESS, R.L. & DRAIS, A.A. (1999). Beyond the
"Cinderella Effect" : Life-history theory and child
maltreatment. Human Nature, 10, 373-398.
FINKELHOR, D. (1987). The sexual abuse of children :
Current research reviewed. Psychiatric Annals : The
Journal of Continuing Psychiatric Education, 17 (4),
233-241.
COOPER, R. (2000). The impact of child abuse on children’s
play : A conceptual model. Occupational Therapy
International, 7, 259-276.
WALKER, C.E., BONNER, B.L. & KAUFMAN, K.L. (1988). The
physically and sexually abused child : Evaluation and
treatment. New York : Pergamon Press.
ANETZBERGER, G.J., PALMISANO, B.R., SANDERS, M., BASS, D.,
DAYTON, C., ECKERT, S. & SCHIMER, M.R. (2000). A model
intervention for elder abuse and dementia. Gerontologist,
40, 492-497.
BURGESS, R.L. KURLAND, J.A. & PENSKY, E.E. (1988).
Ultimate and proximate determinants of child maltreatment
: Natural selection, ecological instability and coercive
interpersonal contingencies. In K. MacDonald (Ed.), Sociobiological
perspectives on human development (pp. 293-319).
New York : Springer-Verlag.
MOLNAR, B.E., BURKA, S.L. & KESSLER, R.C. (2001).
Child sexual abuse and subsequent psychopathology :
Results from the National Comorbidity Survey.
American Journal of Public Health, 91 (5), 753-760.
[PDF]
CAVAIOLA, A.A. & SCHIFF, M. (1988). Behavioral
sequelae of physical and/or sexual abuse in adolescents. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 12, 181-188.
FARLEY, M. & PATSALIDES, B. (2001). Physical symptoms,
posttraumatic stress disorder, and healthcare utilization
of women with and without childhood physical and sexual
abuse. Psychological Reports, 89, 595-606.
REECE, R.M. (2001). Child abuse : Medical dagnosis
and management. Williams and Wilkins.
ZURAVIN, S. (1988). Child maltreatment and teenage forst
births : A relationship mediated by chronic
sociodemographic stress ? American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 58, 91-103.
VAN CAMP, C.M., BORRERO, J.C. & VOLLMER, T.R. (2002).
The role of behavior analysis in the assessment and
treatment of abused and neglected children. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 3, 389-404.
FANTUZZO, J.W. & LINQUIST, C.U. (1989). The effects of
observing conjugal violence on children : A review and
analysis of research methodology. Journal of Family
Violence, 4, 77-94.
BRIERE, J. (2002). Treating adult survivors of severe
childhood abuse and neglect : Further development of an
integrative model In J.E.B. Myers, L. Berliner, J.,
Briere, C.T. Hendrix, T. Reid & C. Jenny (Eds.),
The APSAC handbook on child maltreatment (pp.
175-202). Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. [PDF]
PARADISE, J.E. (1989). Predictive accuracy and the
diagnosis of sexual abuse : A big issue about a little
tissue. Child Abuse & Neglect, 13, 169-176.
EGELAND, B., YATES, T., APLEYARD, K. & VAN DULMEN, M.
(2002). The long-term consequences of maltreatment in the
early years. Children’s Services : Social Policy,
Research & Practice, 5 (4), 249-260.
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & BELSKY, J. (1989). Child
maltreatment, infant-parent attachment security, and
dysfuntional peer relationships in toddlerhood. Topics
in Earlh Childhood Special Education, 9, 1-15.
GIBB, B.E., ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2003).
Global reports of childhood maltreatment versus recall of
specific maltreatment experiences : Relationships with
dysfunctional attitudes and depressive symptoms. Cognition
& Emotion, 17, 903-915.
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & BELSKY, J. (1990). Social and
emotional consequences of child maltreatment. In R.T.
Ammerman and M. Hersen (Eds.), Children at risk : An
evaluation of factors contributing to child abuse and
neglect (pp. 109-148). New York : Plenum.
BOLGER, K.E. & PATTERSON, C.J. (2003). Sequelae of
child maltreatment : Vulnerability and resilience. In S.S.
Luthar (Ed.), Resilience and vulnerability :
Adaptation in the context of childhood adversities
(pp. 156-181). New York : Cambridge University Press.
FINKELHOR, D. (1990). Early and long-term effects of child
sexual abuse : An update. Professional Psychology :
Research & Practice, 21, 325-330.
MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2003). Co-occurrence
between marital aggression and parents’ child abuse
potential : The impact of cumulative stress. Violence
& Victims, 18, 243-258.
BRIERE, J.N. & RUNTZ, M. (1990). Differential adult
symptomatology associated with three types of child abuse
histories. Child Abuse & Neglect, 14, 357-364.
MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2004). Children's
violence exposure in the family and community. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 152-155.
CLAUSSEN, A.H. & CRITTENDEN, P.M. (1991). Physical and
psychological maltreatment : Relations among types of
maltreatment. Child Abuse & Neglect, 15,
5-18.
STERMAC, L.,DEL BOVE, G. & ADDISON, M. (2004).
Stranger and acquaintance sexual assault of adult males.
Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 19, 901-915.
HIEBERT-MURPHY, D., DE LUCA, R.V. & RUNTZ, M. (1992).
Group treatment for sexually abused girls : Evaluating
outcome using parent and self report measures. Families
in Society, 73 (4), 205-213.
LACHS, M.S. & PILLEMER K. (2004). Elder abuse.
Lancet, 364, 1263-1272.
GRAYSTON, A.D., DE LUCA, R.V. & BOYES, D.A. (1992).
Self-esteem, anxiety, and loneliness in preadolescent
girls who have experienced sexual abuse. Child
Psychiatry & Human Development, 22 (4),
277-287.
GOLDSMITH, R. & FREYD, J.J. (2005). Awareness for
emotional abuse. Journal of Emotional Abuse, 5
(1), 95-123.
YAMA, M.F., TOVEY, S.L. & FOGAS, B.S. (1993).
Childhood family environment and sexual abuse as
predictors of anxiety and depression in adult women.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 63, 136-141.
CHAFFIN, M. (2006). The changing focus of child
maltreatment research and practice within psychology. Journal
of Social Issues, 62, 663-684. [PDF]
BELSKY, J. (1993). Etiology of child maltreatment : A
developmental-ecological analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 114, 413-434.
CICCHETTI, D. & VALENTINO, K. (2006). An
ecological-transactional perspective on child maltreatment
: Failure of the average expectable environment and its
influence on child development. In D. Cicchetti & D.J.
Cohen (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology : Risk,
disorder, and adaptation (Vol 3 pp. 129-201).
Hoboken, NJ, US : John Wiley & Sons.
MALINOSKY-RUMMELL, R. & HANSEN, D.J. (1993). Long-term
consequences of childhood physical abuse. Psychological
Bulletin, 114, 68-79.
TOURIGNY, M., DOMOND, P., TROCMÉ, N., SIOUI, B. &
BARIL, K. (2007). Incidence of maltreatment of aboriginal
children in Quebec reported to youth protection :
Intercultural comparison. First Peoples Child &
Family Review, 3 (3), 103-119. [PDF]
FINKELHOR, D. (1994). Current Information on the scope and
nature of child sexual abuse. The Future of Children,
4 (2), 31-53. [PDF]
PRATHER, W. & GOLDEN, J.A. (2009). A behavioral
perspective of childhood trauma and attachment issues :
Toward alternative treatment approaches for children with
a history of abuse. International Journal of
Behavioral & Consultation Therapy, 5 (1),
56-74. [PDF]
LINDSAY, D.S. & READ, J.D. (1994). Psychotherapy and
memories of childhood sexual abuse : A cognitive
perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8,
281-338.
TOURIGNY, M. & HÉBERT, M. (2007). Comparison of open
versus closed group interventions for sexually abused
adolescent girls. Violence & Victims, 22 (3),
335-350. [PDF]
HACK, T.F., OSACHUCK, T.A. & DE LUCA, R.V. (1994).
Group treatment for sexually abused preadolescent boys.
Families in Society, 75, 217-228.
ALAGGIA, R. & MILLINGTON, G. (2008). Male child sexual
abuse : A phenomenology of betrayal. Clinical Social
Work Journal, 36, 265-275.
FINKELHOR, D. (1994). Current Information on the scope and
nature of child sexual abuse. The Future of Children,
4 (2), 31-53. [PDF]
UNGER, J.M., NORTON, G.R. & DE LUCA, R.V. (2009). The
relationship between a history of child abuse and gender
role attitudes. Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 18
(6), 641-654.
BRIERE, J. & ELLIOTT, D.M. (1994). Immediate and
long-term impacts of child sexual abuse. The Future of
Children, 4 (2), 55-69. [PDF]
SHAFFER, A., YATES, T.M. & EGELAND, B.R. (2009). The
relation of emotional maltreatment to early adolescent
competence : Developmental processes in a prospective
study. Child Abuse & Neglect 33, 36-44. [PDF]
HAYNES-SEMAN, C. & BAUMGARTEN, D. (1994). Children
speak for themselves. Using the Kempe Interactional
Assessment to evaluate allegations of parent-child
sexual abuse. New York : Brunner/Mazel.
EGELAND, B. (2009). Taking stock : Childhood emotional
maltreatment and developmental psychopathology. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 33, 22-36.
GRAYSTON, A.D. & DE LUCA, R.V. (1995). Group therapy
for boys who have experienced sexual abuse : Is it the
treatment of choice ? Journal of Child &
Adolescent Group Therapy, 5 (2) 57-82.
UNGER, J.M., NORTON G.R. & De LUCA, R.V. (2009). The
relationship between a history of child abuse and gender
role attitudes. Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 18
(6), 641-654.
ELLIOTT, D.M. & BRIÈRE, J. (1995). Posttraumatic
stress associated with delayed recall of sexual abuse : A
general population study. Journal of Traumatic Stress,
8, 629-647. [PDF]
BRIÈRE, J. & JORDAN, C.E. (2009). Childhood
maltreatment, intervening variables, and adult
psychological difficulties in women : An overview. Trauma,
Violence & Abuse, 10 (4), 375-388. [PDF]
POOLE, D.A., LINDSAY, D.S., MEMON, A. & BUUL, R.
(1995). Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of
childhood sexual abuse : U.S. and British
practitioners'opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63,
426-437.
TOURIGNY, M., JACOB, M., MAYER, M., DAIGNEAULT, I.,
HÉBERT, M. & WRIGHT, J. (2009). Facteurs associés à la
rétention des signalements impliquant une situation d’abus
sexuel. Child Abuse & Neglect, 33 (12),
888-896. [PDF]
DE LUCA, R.V., BOYES, D.A., GRAYSTON, A.D. & ROMANO,
E. (1995). Sexual abuse : Effects of group therapy on
preadolescent girls. Child Abuse Review, 4, 263-277.
WILSON, H.W. & WIDOM, S.C. (2010). The role of youth
problem behaviors in the path from child abuse and neglect
to prostitution : A prospective examination. Journal
of Research on Adolescence, 20 (1), 210-236. [PDF]
DE LUCA, R.V., BOYES, D.A., GRAYSTON, A.D. & ROMANO,
E. (1995). Sexual abuse : Effects of group therapy on
preadolescent girls. Child Abuse Review, 4,
263-277.
HERRENKOHL, T.I., KLIKA, J.B., HERRENKOHL, R.C., RUSSO,
M.J. & DEE, T. (2012). A prospective investigation of
the relationship between child maltreatment and indicators
of adult psychological well-being. Violence &
Victims, 27 (5), 764-776. [PDF]
MAMMARELLA, N., RUSSO, R. & AVONS, S.E. (2002).
Spacing effects in cued-memory tasks for unfamiliar faces
and nonwords. Memory & Cognition, 30 (8),
1238-1251. [PDF]
MAMMARELLA, N., AVONS, S.E. & RUSSO, R. (2004). A
short-term perceptual priming account of spacing effects
in explicit cued-memory tasks for unfamiliar stimuli. European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 16 (3), 387-402.
MAMMARELLA, N., FAIRFIELD, B. & CORNOLDI, C. (2007).
Does music enhance cognitive performance in healthy older
adults ? The Vivaldi effect. Aging Clinical &
Experimental Research, 19 (5), 394-399.
MAMMARELLA, N., FAIRFIELD, B. & DI DOMENICO, A.
(2014). Does emotion modulate the efficacy of spaced
learning in recognition memory ? Cogent Psychology,
1. [PDF]
MAMMARELLA, N., BORELLA, E. & FAIRFIELD, B. (2014).
Applying the concept of cognitive style to cognitive
aging. Annals Gerontology Geriatric Research, 1
(2), [PDF]
Mammifère :Classe
d'animaux vertébrés et
vivipares, qui se caractérise par la présence de mamelles, d'un coeur
à quatre cavités, de poumons, d'un système
nerveux et encéphalique. La température interne de leur
corps est constante. Certains mammifères sont herbivores, alors
que d'autres sont carnivores.
( ) : Voir tableau ci-dessus.Mammal.
SIMPSON, G.G. (1935). The first mammals. Quarterly
Review of Biology, 10, 154-180.
LIPP, H.P., PLESKACHEVA, M.G., GOSSWEILER, H., RICCERI,
L., SIRNOV, A.A., GARIN, N.N., PEREPIOKINA, O.P.,
VORONKOV, D.N., KUPTOV, P.A. & DELL'OMO, G. (2001). A
large outdoor radial maze for comparative studies in birds
and mammals. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 25, 83-99. [PDF]
SPINKA, M., NEWBERRY, R.C. & BEKOFF, M. (2001).
Mammalian play : Training for the unexpected. Quarterly
Review of Biology, 76, 141-168.
BURT, W.H. (1943). Territoriality and home range concepts
as applied to mammals. Journal of Mammalogy, 24, 346-352.
DE VRIES, G.J. & SIMERLY, R. (2002). Anatomy,
development and function of sexually dimorphic neural
circuits in the mammalian brain. In D.W. Pfaff, et al.
(Eds.), Hormones, brain and behavior. New York :
Elsevier.
ALTMAN, J. (1962). Are neurons formed in the brains of
adult mammals ? Science, 135, 1127-1128. [PDF]
PROVENCIO, I., ROLLAG, M.D. & CASTRUCCI, A.M. (2002).
Photoreceptive net in the mammalian retina : This mesh of
cells may explain how some blind mice can still tell day
from night. Nature, 415, 493.
GOULD, E. & GROSS, C.G. (2002). Neurogenesis in adult
mammals : some progress and problems. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 22, 619-623.
[PDF]
GOTTLIEB, G. (1971). Ontogenesis of sensory function in
birds and mammals. In E. Tobach, L.R. Aronson & E.
Shaw (Eds.), The biopsychology of development
(pp. 67-128). New York : Academic Press.
ZHAO M., MOMMA, S. & DELFANI, K. (2003). Evidence for
neurogenesis in the adult mammalian substantia nigra. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 100 (13),
7925-7930.
GAMBARYAN, P. (1974). How mammals run : Anatomical
adaptations. New York : Wiley.
SHARPE, L.L. (2003). Play does not enhance social cohesion
in a cooperative mammal. Animal Behaviour, 20, 551-558.
ZEPELIN, H. & RECHTSCHAFFEN, A. (1974). Mammalian
sleep, longevity, and energy metabolism. Brain
Behavior & Evolution, 10, 425-470.
PARENT, J.M. (2003). Injury-induced neurogenesis in the
adult mammalian brain. Neuroscientist, 9, 261-272.
DELANY, M.J. (1974). The ecology of small mammals.
London : Edward Arnold.
BARTON, R.A., AGGLETON, J.P. & GRENYER, R. (2003).
Evolutionary coherence of the mammalian amygdala. Proceedings
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 270
(1514), 539-543.
[PDF]
BANFIELD, A.W.F. (1974). Les mammifères du Canada. Québec
: Les Presses de l'Université Laval.
ROSENWASSER, A.M. (2003). Neurobiology of the mammalian
circadian system : Oscillators, pacemakers and pathways.
In S.J. Fluharty & H. Grill (Eds.), Progress in
psychobiology and physiological psychology (Vol.
18). New York : Elsevier.
ALLISON, T. & CICCHETTI, D.V. (1976). Sleep in mammals
: Ecological and constitutional correlates. Science,
194, 732-734.
BAYER, S.A. & ALTMAN, J. (2004). Development of the
preoptic area : Time and site of origin, migratory routes,
and settling patterns of its neurons. The Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 265 (1), 65-95.
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical
conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B, 329, 161-170.
MING, G.-L. & SONG, H. (2005). Adult neurogenesis in
the mammalian central nervous system. Annual Review of
Neuroscience, 28, 223-250. [PDF]
BROWN, R.E. (1979). Mammalian social odors : A critical
review. Advances in the Study of Behavior, 10,
103-162.
O’REGAN, H.J., ANDREW C. & KITCHENER, A.C. (2005). The
effects of captivity on the morphology of captive,
domesticated and feral mammals. Mammal Review, 35 (3-4),
215-230. [PDF]
GALEF, B.G. (1983). Costs and benefits of mammalian
reproduction. In H. Moltz & L. Rosenblum (Eds.), Symbiosis
in parent-offspring interactions (pp. 249-278).
New York : Plenum Press.
CURLEY, J.P. & KEVERNE, E.B. (2005). Genes, brains and
mammalian social bonds. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 20 (10), 561-567. [PDF]
BEAUDIN, L. et QUINTIN, M. (1983). Guide des
mammifères terrestres du Québec, de l'Ontario et des
Maritimes. Waterloo : Éditions du Nomade.
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H., HODGE, S.J., SPONG, G., RUSSELL,
A.F., JORDAN, N.R., BENNETT, N.C., SHARPE, L.L. &
MANSER, M.B. (2006). Intrasexual competition and sexual
selection in cooperative mammals. Nature, 444
(7122), 1065-1068.
POOLE, T.B. (1985). The social behavior of mammals.
London : Chapman & Hall
FISHER, H.E., ARON, A. & BROWN, L.J. (2006). Romantic
love : A mammalian brain system for mate choice. Philosphical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Bioloical Science,
361, 2173-2186. [PDF]
BROWN, R.E. & MacDONALD, D.W. (Eds.) (1985).
Social odours in mammals. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
BROAD, K.D., CURLEY, J.P. & KEVERNE, E.B. (2006).
Mother-infant bonding and the evolution of mammalian
social relationships. Philosophical Transactions of
the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 361,
2199-2214. [PDF]
ALTMANN, S.A. (1987). The impact of locomotor energetics
on mammalian foraging. Journal of Zoology, 211,
215-225.
TRAILL, R.R. (1988). The case that mammalian intelligence
is based on sub-molecular memory coding and fibre-optic
capabilities of myelinated nerve axons. Speculations
in Science & Technology, 11 (3), 173-181.
SILK, J.B. (2007). The adaptative value of sociality in
mammalian groups. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society B, 362, 539-559. [PDF]
WILKINSON, G.S. (1988). Reciprocal altruism in bats and
other mammals. Ethology & Sociobiology, 9,
85-100.
REEP, R.L, FINLAY B.L. & DARLINGTON, R.B. (2007). The
limbic system in mammalian brain evolution. Brain,
Behavior, Evolution, 70, 57-70. [PDF]
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical
conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B, 329, 161-170.
TREVES, A, TASHIRO, A., WITTER, M.E. & MOSER, E.I.
(2008). What is the mammalian dentate gyrus good for ? Neuroscience,
154, 1155-1172.
GOMENDIO, M. & ROLDAN, E.R.S. (1991). Sperm
competition influences sperm size in mammals. Proceedings
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 243,
181-185. [PDF]
HOLLÉN, L.I. & RADFORD, A.N. (2009). The development
of alarm call behaviour in mammals and birds. Animal Behaviour, 78, 791-800.
[PDF]
GOODFELLOW, P.N. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1993). SRY and
sex determination in mammals. Annual Review of
Genetics, 27, 71-92.
LOUYS, J. (2012). Mammal community structure of Sundanese
fossil assemblages from the Late Pleistocene, and a
discussion on the ecological effects of the Toba eruption.
Quaternary International, 258, 80-87.
REPPERT, S.M., WEAVER, D.R. & EBISAWA, T. (1994).
Cloning and characterization of a mammalian melatonin
receptor that mediates reproductive and circadian
responses. Neuron, 13, 1177-1185.
COOK, R.G., WRIGHT, A.A. & DRACHMAN, E.E. (2013).
Categorization of birds, mammals, and chimeras by pigeons.
Behavioural Processes, 93, 98-110. [PDF]
KURTA, A. (1995). Mammals of the Great Lakes region.
Toronto : Fitzhenry & Whiteside.
MARTIN, J.G.A., FESTA-BIANCHET, M., CÔTÉ, S.D. &
BLUMSTEIN, D.T. (2013). Detecting between-individual
differences in hind-foot length in populations of wild
mammals. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 91,
118-123. [PDF]
SWAIM, A. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1999). Mammalian sex
determination : a molecular drama. Genes Development,
13, 755-767. [PDF]
KUHN, H.G. (2015). Control of cell survival in adult
mammalian neurogenesis. Cold Spring Harbor
Perspectives in Biology, 7 (12),
BURNIE, D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi.
Mammifère marin :Classe d'animaux vertébrés et
vivipares, qui se caractérise par la présence de mamelles, d'un coeur
à quatre cavités, de poumons, d'un système
nerveux et encéphalique. La température interne de leur
corps est constante. Certains mammifères sont herbivores, alors
que d'autres sont carnivores.
( ) : Voir tableau ci-dessus.
Mammal.
SCHUSTERMAN, R.J., KASTAK D.A. & REICHMUTH, C. (1995).
Equivalence class formation and cross-modal transfer :
Testing marine mammals. In R.A. Kastelein, J.A. Thomas
& P.E. Nachtigall (Eds.), Sensory systems of
aquatic mammals (pp. 579-584). Woerden, The
Netherlands : De Spil Publishers.
MANDLER, G., MANDLER, J.-M. & UVILLER, E.-T. (1958).
Autonomic feedback : The perception of autonomic activity.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 56,
367-373.
MANDLER, G. (1975/82). Mind and emotion. New
York : Wiley.
MANDLER, G. (2001). Apart from genetics : What makes
monozygotic twins similar ? Journal of Mind &
Behavior, 22, 147-159.
MANDLER, G. (2002). Organization : What the levels of
processing are levels of. Memory, 10, 333-338.
MANDLER, G. (2005). The consciousness continuum : From
"qualia" to "free will". Psychological Research, 56,
330-337. [PDF]
KESSEN W., ORTONY, A. & CRAIK, F. (1991). Memories,
thoughts, and emotions : Essays in honor of George
Mandler. Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates.
MANDLER, J.M. & MANDLER, G. (1964/82). Thinking :
From Association to Gestalt. New York : John Wiley
& Sons/Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press.
MANDLER, J.M. (1992). How to build a baby II : Conceptual
primitives. Psychological Review, 99, 587-604. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2000). Perceptual and conceptual processes
in infancy. Journal of Cognition & Development,
1, 3-36. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2008). On the birth and growth of concepts.
Philosophical Psychology, 21, 207-230. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2012). On the spatial foundations of the
conceptual system and its enrichment. Cognitive
Science, 36, 421-451. [PDF]
Mandrill (Mandrillus sphinx) : Singe.= Diable de forêt, tête de chien.
Mandrill.
JOUVENTIN, P. (1975). Observations sur la socio-ecologie
du mandrills. Revue d'Ecologie Appliquée, 29,
493-532.
HARRISON, M.J.S. (1988). The mandrill in Gabon's rain
forest-ecology, distribution and status. Oryx, 22
(4), 218-228.
HOLT, N. (1980). Social dominance in a group of
captive mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx) : An analysis of
behaviour indices Thèse de doctorat/Mcmaster
University. [PDF]
NORRIS, J. (1988). Diet and feeding behavior of semi-free
ranging mandrills in an enclosed Gabonais forest. Primates,
29 (4), 449-463.
MELLEN, J.D., LITTLEWOOD, A.P., BARROW, B.C. & STEVENS
V.J. (1981). Individual and social behavior in a captive
troop of mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx). Primates, 22
(2), 206-220.
FEISTNER, A.T.C. (1990). The behaviour of a social group
of mandrills Mandrillus sphinx. Primate Eye, 41,
25-26.
LAHM, S.A. (1985). Mandrill ecology and the status of
Gabon's rainforests. Primate Conservation, 6,
32-33.
KUDO, H. & MITANI, M. (1985). New record of predatory
behavior by the mandrill in Cameroon. Primates, 26
(2), 161-167.
FEISTNER, A.T.C., COOPER, R.W. & EVANS, S. (1990). The
establishment and reproduction of a group of
semifree-ranging mandrills. Zoo Biology, 11,
385-395.
LAHM, S.A. (1986). Diet and habitat preference of
Mandrillus sphinx in Gabon : Implications of foraging
strategy. American Journal of Primatology, 11,
9-26.
WICKINGS, E.J., BOSSI, T. & DIXSON, A.F. (1993).
Reproductive success in the mandrill, Mandrillus sphinx :
correlations of male dominance and mating success with
paternity, as determined by DNA fingerprinting. Journal
of the Zoological Society of London, 231, 563-574.
KUDO, H. (1987). The study of vocal communication of wild
mandrills in Cameroon in relation to their social
structure. Primates, 28 (3), 289-308.
ROGERS, M.E., ABERNETHY, K.A., FONTAINE, B., WICKINGS,
E.J., WHITE, L.J.T. & TUTIN, C.E.G. (1996). Ten days
in the life of a mandrill horde in the Lope Reserve,
Gabon. American Journal of Primatology, 40, 297-313.
SETCHELL, J.M. (2005). Do female mandrills (Mandrillus
sphinx) prefer brightly coloured males ? International
Journal of Primatology, 26, 713–732.
DAWKINS,
R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to
the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New
York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette.
VERPLANCK, W.S. & HAYES, J.R. (1953). Eating and
drinking as a function of maintenance schedule.
Journal of Comparative Physiology & Psychology, 46
(5), 327-333.
ROZIN, P., KABNICK, K., PETE, E., FISCHLER, C. &
SHIELDS, C. (2003). The ecology of eating : Part of the
French paradox results from lower food intake in French
than Americans, because of smaller portion sizes.
Psychological Science, 14, 450-454.
ZEILER, M.D. & JERVEY, S.S. (1968). Development of
behavior : self-feding. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 32, 164-168.
ROZIN, P. (2005). The meaning of food in our lives : A
cross-cultural perspective on eating and well-being. Journal
of Nutrition Education & Behavior, 37, 107-112.
[PDF]
BERKOWITZ, S., SHERRY, P.J. & DAVIS, B.A. (1971).
Teaching self-feeding skils to profound retardates using
reinforcement and fading procedures. Behavior
Therapy, 2, 62-67.
ROZIN, P. (2005). A history of eating : The movement to
suppress passive eating and the risks of side-plate-food.
American Psychological Society Observer, 18 (1),
18-19.
O'BRIEN, F. & AZRIN, N.H. (1972). Developing proper
mealtime behaviors of the institutionalized retarded. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5, 389-399.
[PDF]
ROZIN, P. (2007). Food and eating. In S. Kitayama & D.
Cohen (Eds.), Handbook of cultural psychology
(pp. 391-416). New York : Guilford.
O'BRIEN, F., BUGKE, C. & AZRIN, N.H. (1972). Training
and maintaining a retarded child's proper eating.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5, 67-72.
[PDF]
LUECHA, T. (2011). The effect of using token economy and
social reinforcement to stimulate preschool students'
vegetable and fruit consuming behavior. International
Conference on Social Science & Humanity IPEDR, 5
(2), 19-21. [PDF]
AZRIN, N.H. & ARMSTRONG, P.M. (1973). The "mini-meal"
method for teaching eating skills to the profoundly
retarded. Mental Retardation, 11, 9-13.
VAN KONINGSBRUGGEN, G.M., VELING, H., STROEBE, W. &
AARTS, H. (2014). Comparing two psychological
interventions in reducing impulsive processes of eating
behaviour : Effects on self selected portion size. British
Journal of Health Psychology, 19 (4), 767-782.
LOGUE, A.W. (1986/2015). The psychology of eating and
drinking. New York : Brunner-Routledge.
LOGUE, A.W. (2016). Eating and drinking. In H. Miller
(Ed.). The Sage encyclopedia of theory in psychology.
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
STUART, R.B. (1967). Behavioral control of overeating. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 5, 337-365. [PDF]
PROCHASKA, J.O., VELICER, W.F., REDDING, C.A., ROSSI,
J.S., GOLDSTEIN, M., DEPUE, J., GREENE, G.W., ROSSI, S.R.,
SUN, X., FAVA, J.L., LAFORGE, R., RAKOWSKI, W. &
PLUMMER, B.A. (2005). Stage-based expert systems to guide
a population of primary care patients to quit smoking, eat
healthier, prevent skin cancer and receive regular
mammograms. Preventive Medicine, 41, 406-416.
MCCLURE, J.T., MOSS, R.A., MCPETERS, J.W. &
KIRKPATRICK, M.A. (1986). Reduction of hand mouthing by a
boy with profound mental retardation. Mental
Retardation, 24 (4), 219-222.
REID, D.H., PARSONS, M.B., PHILLIPS, J.F. & GREEN,
C.W. (1993). Reduction of self injurious hand mouthing
using response blocking. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26 (1), 139-140.
[PDF]
VOLLMER, T.R., MARCUS, B.A. & LEBLANC, L. (1994).
Treatment of self-injury and hand mouthing following
inconclusive functional analyses.Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 31-44. [PDF]
MAZALESKI, J.L., IWATA, B.A., RODGERS, T.A., VOLLMER, T.R.
& ZARCONE, J.R. (1994). Protective equipment as
treatment for stereotypic hand mouthing : sensory
extinction or punishment effects ? Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 345-355. [PDF]
GOH, H.L., IWATA, B.A., DELEON, I.G., LERMAN, D.C.,
ULRICH, S.M. & SMITH, R.G. (1995). An analysis of the
reinforcing properties of hand mouthing. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (3), 269-283. [PDF]
IRVIN, D.S., THOMPSON, T.J., TURNER, W.D. & WILLIAMS,
D.E. (1998). Utilizing increased response effort to reduce
chronic hand mouthing. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 31 (3), 375-385. [PDF]
ROSCOE, E.M., IWATA, B.A. & ZHOU, L. (2013).
Assessment and treatment of chronic hand mouthing.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46 (1),
181-198.
HENRIKSEN, K. & DOUGHTY, R. (1967). Decelerating
undesired mealtime behavior in a group of profoundly
retarded boys. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
72, 40-44.
LENNOX, D., MILTENBERGER, R. & DONNELLY, D. (1987).
Response interruption and DRL for the reduction of rapid
eating. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (3),
279-284. [PDF]
WRIGHT, C.S. & VOLLMER, T.R. (2002). An evalution of a
treatment package to reduce rapid eating. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (1), 89-94.
[PDF]
ANGLESA, M.M., HOCH, H. & TAYLOR, B.A. (2008).
Reducing rapid eating in teenagers with autism : Use of a
pager prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
41 (1), 107-111. [PDF]
Manie : Maniaque : Du grec mania qui signifie «habitude». État pathologique qui
constitue l'une des deux phases du trouble bipolaire. Elle se caractérise par un sentiment exagéré de bien-être, d'euphorie et de confiance en soi ou d'irritabilité.
Les symptômes de la manie sont : la fuite des idées ou la
sensation que les pensées défilent trop vite, l'augmentation de
l'estime de soi, la réduction du besoin de sommeil, une
augmentation démesurée de l'appétit, des difficultés de
concentration, le désir de parler constamment, l'irritabilité, des
idées de grandeur, la crainte de perdre le contrôle de son esprit,
la prise de décisions irrationnelles.
Mania.
Symptômes de la manie
Difficulté de concentration
Décision irrationnelle
Crainte de perdre le contrôle de son esprit
Sentiment exagéré de bien-être
Défilement trop rapide des idées
Difficulté de concentration
Parler constamment
Idées de grandeur
BINSWANGER, L. (1963). Mélancolie et manie.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A.
(1978). A rating scale for mania : reliability, validity
and sensitivity. British Journal of Psychiatry, 133,
429-435.
WRIGHT, J.B.D. (1993). Mania following sleep deprivation.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 196, 679- 680.
ATHANASSIOU-POPESCO, C. (1996). La défense maniaque.
Presses Universitaires de France.
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A.
(2000). Young Mania Rating Scale. In Handbook of
psychiatric measures (pp. 540-542). Washington, DC
: American Psychiatric Association.
LAM, R.W., MICHALAK, E.E. & SWINSON, R.P. (2005). Assessment
scales in depression, mania and anxiety. London,
UK : Taylor and Francis.
Manifeste : Texte qui conteste l'orthodoxie,
notamment en science, en faisant appel au changement,
généralement en proposant de nouvelles idées, un nouveau point
de vue, une nouvelle solution à de "vieux problèmes" jugés
non-résolus.
= Appel aux changements, à la révolution. Manifesto.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1847/1962). Le manifeste du
Parti communiste. Paris : Plon.
GOTTFREDSON, L. (1997). Mainstream science on
intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23.
[PDF]
MOLENAAR, P.C.M. (2004). A manifesto on psychology as
idiographic science : Bringing the person back into
scientific psychology, this time forever.
Measurement : Interdisciplinary Research &
Perspectives, 2 (4), 201-218.
[PDF]
QUARTZ, S. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (2010). The neural
basis of cognitive development : A constructivist
manifesto. D. Hauptmann & W. Neiderich (Ed.), Cognitive
architecture. From biopolitics to noopolitics.
Architecture and Mind in the Age of Communication and
Information (pp. 100-115). 010 Publishers.
[PDF]
Manifeste des 52 : Manifeste
rédigé par Gottfredson
et signé par un groupe de 52 psychologues
spécialisés dans l'étude de l'intelligence
- le groupe des 52 - qui appuient l'essentiel des conclusions du livre The
Bell curve de Herrnstein
et Murray.NDLR :
Il convient de préciser que les dites conclusions ne
sont pas partagées par l'ensemble des psychologues, loin de là ! =
manifeste du groupe des 52. Mainstream
Science on Intelligence.
GOTTFREDSON, L. (1997). Mainstream science on
intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23.
[PDF]
Manipuler : Manipulation : Ce terme a quatre acceptions : a)
En méthodologie, dans
le cadre d'une expérience
scientifique ou d'une quasi-expérience,
manipuler est une opération
de la méthode expérimentale qui consiste à modifier la nature d'un objet d'étude (ou son milieu),
donc à lui faire volontairement subir un changement, afin de mieux
l'étudier (comprendre sa nature ou ses propriétés). L'aspect de
l'objet ou du milieu manipulé par le chercheur se nomme variable indépendante provoquée (ou manipulée). Manipuler consiste donc à soumettre les sujets
d'une expérience à l'effet de cette variable manipulée.
EX: Manipuler la quantité de nourriture donnée à un rat
afin de mieux comprendre les mécanismes d'apprentissage.
= manipulation expérimentale.
Experimental manipulation. b) Le terme a
également une signification voisine en analyse du comportement. Il
désigne la modification de l'environnement que le chercheur ou le
clinicien effectue dans le but de modifier la fréquence d'un
comportement donné. Manipulating antecedent
conditions. c) En psychologie
sociale, le terme renvoie aux stratégies
qui visent à influencer
volontairement le comportement des autres, afin de les exploiter,
souvent à des fins monétaires. En principe, la différence entre
influence et manipulation réside dans le caractère volontaire et
parfois amoral ou immoral de la manipulation. Dans les faits, il
faut admettre qu'il n'est pas toujours aisé d'établir clairement
cette distinction.
= Manipulation sociale.Manipulation, social manipulationd) Finalement, ce terme
englobe l'ensemble des comportements
exploratoires à l'endroit d'un objet.
Object manipulation.
a
WADE, N.J. & HELLER, D. (1997). Scopes of perception :
The experimental manipulation of space and time. Psychological
Research, 60, 227-237.
DUKE, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M. (2001). The
effects of routine cage-changing on cardiovascular and
behavioral parameters in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Contemporary Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 40 (1),
17-20.
SHARP, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G., AZAR, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M.
(2003). Are "by-stander" female Sprague-Dawley rats
affected by experimental procedures ? Contemporary
Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 42 (1), 19-27.
[PDF]
KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior : An
ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of
Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46. [PDF]
KENNEDY, C.H. (1994). Manipulating antecedent conditions
to alter the stimulus control of problem behavior. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (1), 161-170. [PDF]
BARD, K.A. & VAUCLAIR, J. (1984). The communicative
context of object manipulation in Ape and Human
adult-infant pairs. Journal of Human Evolution, 13,
181-190. [PDF]
ROCHAT, P. (1989). Object manipulation and exploration in
2- to 5-month old infants. Developmental Psychology,
25, 871-884. [PDF]
VAUCLAIR, J. & FAGOT, J. (1993). Manual and
hemispheric specialization in the manipulation of a
joystick by baboons. Behavioral Neuroscience, 107,
210-214. [PDF]
BUXBAUM, L.J. & SAFFRAN, E.M. (2002). Knowledge of
object manipulation and object function : Dissociations in
apraxic and non-apraxic subjects. Brain &
Language, 82, 179-199.
VAUCLAIR, J. & IMBEAULT, C. (2009). Relationships
between manual preferences for object manipulation and
pointing gestures in infants and toddlers. Developmental
Science, 12, 1060-1069. [PDF]
Manipulation (sociale) : En psychologie
sociale, le terme renvoie aux stratégies qui visent à influencer
volontairement le comportement des autres, afin de les exploiter,
souvent à des fins monétaires. En principe, la différence entre
influence et manipulation réside dans le caractère volontaire et
parfois amoral ou immoral de la manipulation. Dans les faits, il
faut admettre qu'il n'est pas toujours aisé d'établir clairement
cette distinction.
= Manipulation
sociale. Manipulation etpersuasion
sociale.Social manipulation.
SINGER, J.E. (1964). The use of manipulative strategies :
Machiavellianism and attractiveness. Sociometry, 27,
128-150.
KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior : An
ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of
Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46.
BUSS, D.M. (1987). Selection, evocation, and manipulation.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53 (6),
1214-1221. [PDF]
BENTLEY-CONDIT, V. & SMITH, E.O. (1996). Female-female
competition and social manipulation in baboons (Papio
cynocephalus cynocephalus). American Journal of
Physical Anthropology Supplement, 22, 69.
PASCUAL, A. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). La technique du
"Vous êtes libre de..." : Induction d'un sentiment de
liberté et soumission à une requête ou le paradoxe d'une
liberté manipulatrice. Revue Internationale de
Psychologie Sociale, 15 (1), 45-82.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2004). Psychologie de la manipulation et
de la soumission. Paris : Dunod.
D'AlMEIDA, F. (2005). La manipulation. PUF/Que
sais-je ?
MANN, D.M.A. & ESIRI, M.M. (1988). The site of the
earliest lesions of Alzheimer's disease. New England
Journal of Medicine, 318, 789-790.
MANN. D.M.A., SOUTH, P.W., SNOWDEN, J.S. & NEARY, D.
(1993). Dementia of frontal lobe type; neuropathology and
immunohisto-chemistry. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 56, 605-614. [PDF]
MANN. D.M.A., McDONAGH, A.M., PICKERING, S., KOWA, H.
& IWATSUBO, T. (2001). Amyloid protein deposition in
patients with frontotemporal lobar degeneration :
relationship to age and apolipoprotein E genotype. Neuroscience
Letters, 304, 161-164.
MANN. D.M.A. (2007). Frontotemporal lobar degeneration - a
coming of age. Acta Neuropathologica, 114, 1-4.
MANN. D.M.A., DAVIDSON, Y.S., ROBINSON, A.C., ALLEN, N.,
HASHIMOTO, T., RICHARDSON, A., JONES, M., SNOWDEN, J.S.,
PENDLETON, N., POTIER, M.-C., LAQUERRIÈRE, A., PRASHER,
V., IWATSUBO, T. & STRYDOM, A. (2018). Patterns and
severity of vascular amyloid in Alzheimer's disease
associated with duplications and missense mutations in APP
gene, Down syndrome and sporadic Alzheimer's disease. Acta
Neuropathologica, 136, 569-587. [PDF]
Mannheim Karl (Budpest 1893-1947 Londres) :
Sociologue et philosophe allemand d’origine hongroise, et chef de
file de la sociologie de la connaissance. Étudiant de Simmel.
MANHEIMM, K. (1928/2011). Le problème des générations.
Paris : Armand Colin.
MANHEIMM, K. (1936/2001). De la concurrence et de sa
signification dans le domaine intellectuel. L'Homme
et la Sociéte, 55-102, 140-141.
MANHEIMM, K. (1936). Ideology and utopia : An
Introduction to the sociology of knowledge. Martino
Fine Books.
MANHEIMM, K. (1938). Les sciences sociales et la
sociologie. Dans P. Hartmann (Dir.), Les convergences
des sciences sociales et l'esprit international. Centre
d'Études de politique Étrangère.
MANHEIMM, K. (1951). Freedom, power and democratic
planning, Londres : Oxford Press.
BASTOCK, M. & MANNING, A. (1955). The courtship of
Drosophila melanogaster. Behaviour, 8, 85-111.
MANNING, A. (1965). Drosophila and the evolution of
behaviour. View points in Biology, 4, 125-169.
MANNING, A. (1989). The ontogeny of an ethologist. In D.A.
Dewsbury (Ed.), Studying animal behavior :
Autobiographies of the founders (pp. 289-313).
Chicago : Chicago University Press.
MANNING, A. & DAWKINS, M.S. (1998). An
introduction to animal behaviour. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press.
MANNING, A. (2005). Four decades on from the "four
question". Animal Biology, 55, 287-296.
Mannoni Maud (Courtrai 1923-1998 Paris) : Psychanalyste
française d'origine néerlandaise, spécialisée dans l'étude et le
traitement de la maladie mentale infantile. Étudiante et patiente
de Lacan.
MANNONI, M. (1973). Éducation impossible. Paris
: Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1979). Le psychiatre, son fou, et la la
psychanalyse. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1981). L'enfant arriéré et sa mère.
Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1984). Enfance aliénée. Paris :
Denoel.
MANNONI, M. (1991). Le nommé et l'innommable.
Paris : Denoel.
BOUKOBZA, C. (1999). Maud Manoni and the retarded child.
In J. de Groefj and E. Heinemann (Eds.), Psychoanalysis
and mental handicap (pp. 7-22). London : Free
Association Books.
CARETTE, V. (2001). Le manuel scolaire : outil pour
l’élève ? In Y. Lenoir, B. Rey, G.-R. Roy et J. Lebrun
(Dirs.), Le manuel scolaire et l’intervention
éducative : regards critiques sur ses apports et ses
limites. Sherbrooke : Éditions du CRP.
GERARD, F.-M. et ROEGIERS, X. (2003). Des manuels
scolaires pour apprendre : Concevoir, évaluer, utiliser,
Bruxelles : De Boeck Université.
GERARD, F.-M. (2003). Les manuels scolaires d'aujourd'hui,
de l'enseignement à l'apprentissage. Option, 4,
27-28.
LEBRUN, M. (Dir.) (2006). Le manuel scolaire. Un outil
à multiples facettes. Québec : Presses de
l’Université du Québec.
GERARD, F.-M. (2010). Le manuel scolaire, un outil
efficace, mais décrié. Éducation & Formation :
Manuels scolaires et matériel didactique, 292,
13-24.
Manuscrit scientifique : En science, un manuscrit est une version achevée mais
non-définitive d'un livre ou d'un article scientifique qu'un auteur soumet à un éditeur et à son comité de lecture pour fins de d'évaluation et de communication.Manuscript, preparing a publication paper.
BORDAGES, G. (1989). Considerations in preparing a
publication paper. Teaching & Learning in
Medicine, 1, 47-52.
RAY, J., BERKWITS, M. & DAVIDOFF, F. (2000). The fate
of manuscripts rejected by a general medical journal. American
Journal of Medicine, 109 (2), 131-135.
CHEW, F.S. (1991). Fate of manuscripts rejected for
publication in the AJR. American Journal of
Roent-Genology, 156 (3), 627–632.
BORDAGES, G. (2001). Reasons reviewers reject and accept
manuscripts : The strengths and weaknesses in medical
education reports. Academic Medicine, 76 (9),
889-896. [PDF]
STERNBERG, R.J., HOJJAT, M., BRIGOCKAS, M.G. & GRIGORENKO, E.L. (1997). Criteria for acceptance of
manuscripts in Psychological Bulletin, 1993-1996. Psychological
Bulletin, 121 (2), 321-323.
HAMES, I. (2007). Peer review and manuscript
management in scientific journals : Guidelines for good
practice. Oxford : Blackwell.
PETTY, R.E. & FLEMING, M.A. (1999). The review process
at PSPB : correlates of intereviewer agreement and
manuscript acceptance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 25 (2), 188-203.
McDONALD, R.J., CLOFT, H.J. & KALLMES, D.F. (2007).
Fate of submitted manuscripts rejected from the American
Journal of Neuroradiology : outcomes and commentary. American
Journal of Neuroradiology, 28 (8), 1430-1434.
ALEXANDROV, A.V., HENNERICI, M.G. & NORRVING, B.
(2009). Suggestions for reviewing manuscripts. Cerebrovascular
Diseases, 28 (3), 243–246.
ROSENFELD, R.M. (2010). How to review journal manu-
scripts. Otolaryngology-Head & Neck Surgery, 142 (4),
472–486.
OPTHOF, T., FURSTNER, F., Van GEER, M. & CORONEL, R.
(2000). Regrets or no regrets ? No regrets! The fate of
rejected manuscripts. Cardiovascular Research, 45
(1), 255-258.
KHOSLA, A., MCDONALD, R.J., BORNMANN, L. & KALLMES,
D.F. (2011). Getting to yes : the fate of neuro- radiology
manuscripts rejected by Radiology over a 2-year period. Radiology, 260 (1), 3-5.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, P.H. (1980). Self-management as a
substitute for leadership : A social learn- ing theory
perspective. Academy of Management Review, 5, 361
367.
MANZ, C.C. (1986), Self leadership : Toward An expanded
theory of self influence processes in organizations. Academy
of Management Review, 11, 585-600.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, P.H. (1987). Leading workers to
lead themselves : the external leadership of self- managed
work team. Administrative Science Quarterly, 32,
106-128.
MANZ, C.C. (1990). Self-leading work teams : moving beyond
self-management myths. Human Relations, 45, 1119-1140.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, H.P. (1991). Superleading : Beyond
the myth of heroic leadership. Organizational
Dynamics, 22 (2), 18-35. [PDF]
MAPLE, T.L. (2000). Saving the giant panda.
Atlanta : Longstreet Press.
MAPLE, T.L. (2003). Behavioral and developmental
consequences of early rearing experience for captive giant
pandas (Ailuropoda melanoleuca). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 117, 235-245.
BLOOMSMITH M. A., MARR, J.M. & MAPLE, T.L. (2006).
Addressing nonhuman primate behavioral problems through
the application of operant conditioning : Is the human
treatment approach a useful model ? Applied Animal
Behaviour Science, 102, 205-222.
PERDUE, B.M., SNYDER, R.J., PRATTE, J., MARR, M.J. &
MAPLE, T.L. (2009). Spatial memory recall in the giant
panda (Ailuropoda melanoleuca). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 123 (3), 275-279.
CLAY, A.E., BLOOMSMITH, M.A., MARR, J.M. & MAPLE, T.L.
(2009). Systematic investigation of the stability of food
preferences in captive orangutans : Implications for
positive reinforcement training. Journal of Applied
Animal Welfare Science, 12 (4), 306-313.
Maquillage : Modification de son apparence
au moyen de teinture, de peinture ou de cosmétique. Maquillage,
attirance etbeauté.= Cosmétique.
Make-up, cosmetic.
WAX, M.L. (1957). Themes in cosmetics and grooming. American
Journal of Sociology, 62, 588-593.
RICHETIN, J., HUGUET, P. & CROIZET, J.C. (2007). Le
rôle des cosmétiques dans les premières impressions : le
cas particulier du maquillage. L'Année Psychologique,
107, 65-86. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
GRAHAM, J.A. & JOUHAR, A.J. (1981). The effects of
cosmetics on person perception. International Journal
of Cosmetic Science, 3 (5), 199-210.
NASH, R., FIELDMAN, G., HUSSEY, T., LÉVÈQUE J-L. &
PINEAU, P. (2006). Cosmetic : They influence more than
Caucasian female facial attractiveness. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 36, 493-504.
COX, C.L. & GLICK, W.H. (1986). Resume evaluations
and cosmetics use : When more is not better. Sex
Roles, 14 (1-2), 51-58.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2008). The effects of women's cosmetics on
men's approach : an evaluation int the bar. North
American Journal of Psychology, 10 (1), 221-228. [PDF]
CASH, T.F., DAWSON, K., DAVIS, P., BOWEN, M. &
GALUMBECK, C. (1989).Effects of Cosmetics Use on the
Physical Attractiveness and Body Image of American College
Women. The Journal of Social Psychology, 129
(3), 349-355.
RUSSELL, R. (2009). A sex difference in facial contrast
and its exaggeration by cosmetics. Perception, 38, 1211-1219.
WORKMAN, J.E. & JOHNSON, K.K.P. (1991). The role of
cosmetics in impression formation. Clothing &
Textiles Research Journal, 10 (1), 63-67.
RUSSELL, R. (2010). Why cosmetics work. In R. Adams, N.
Ambady, K. Nakayama & S. Shimojo, S. (Eds.), The
science of social vision. New York : Oxford
University Press. [PDF]
KYLE, D.J. & MAHLER, H.I.M. (1996). The effects of
hair color and cosmetic use on perceptions of a female's
ability. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 20,
447-455.
JACOB, C., GUÉGUEN, N., BOULBRY, G. & ARDICCIONI, R.
(2010). Waitresses' facial cosmetics and tipping : A field
experiment. International Journal of Hospitality
Management, 29, 188-190.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001), The effect of perfume on prosocial
behavior of pedestrians. Psychological Reports, 88, 1046-1048.
[PDF]
UEDA, S. & KOYAMA, T. (2010). Influence of make-up on
facial recognition. Perception, 39, 260-264.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). La force du maquillage. Cerveau
& Psycho, 30, 24-28. [PDF]
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2011). Enhanced female
attractiveness with use of cosmetics and male tipping
behavior in restaurants. Journal of Cosmetic Science,
62 (3), 283-290. [PDF]
ETCOFF, N.L., STOCK, S., HALEY, L.E., VICKERY, S.A. &
HOUSE, D.M. (2011). Cosmetics as a feature of the extended
human phenotype : modulation of the perception of
biologically important facial signals. PLOS One, 6 :e25656.
[PDF]
MULHERN, R., FIELDMAN, G., HUSSEY, T., LÉVÉQUE, J.L. &
PINEAU, P. (2003). Do cosmetics enhance female Caucasian
facial attractiveness ? International Journal of
Cosmetic Science, 25 (4), 199-205.
JONES A. & KRAMER, R. (2015). Facial cosmetics have
little effect on attractiveness judgments compared with
identity. Perception, 44, 79-86.
HUGUET, P. CROIZET, J.C. & RICHETIN, J. (2004). Is
"What has been cared for" necessarily good ? Further
evidence for the negative impact of cosmetics use on
impression formation. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 34 (8), 1752-1771.
TAGAI, K., OHTAKA, H. & NITTONO, H. (2016). Faces with
light makeup are better recognized than faces with heavy
makeup. Frontiers in Psychology, 7 [226], 1-8.
[PDF]
JONES A. & KRAMER, R. (2016). Facial cosmetics and
attractiveness : Comparing the effect sizes of
professionally-applied cosmetics and identity. PloS
One, 11, 1-17. [PDF]
LABBÉ, Y. et MARCHAND, A. (1987). Modification du
comportement et retard mental. Brossard :
Behaviora.
MARCHAND, A. (1992). Le trouble panique avec ou sans
agoraphobie : introduction. Science et Comportement,
22 (2).
MARCHAND, A. et COMEAU, S. (1992). Une recherche clinique
sur le traitement en groupe de l'agoraphobie avec et sans
partenaire. Science et Comportement, 22 (2).
MARCHAND, A., IUCCI, S., BRILLON, P., MARTIN, M. et
MARTIN, A. (2003). Intervention de crise et débriefing :
Controverses et défis. Stress et Trauma, 3 (3),
141-153.
MARCHAND, A., GERMAIN, V. et DUPUIS, G. (2004). Le TPA
et la qualité de vie : impact de différents traitements du
trouble panique avec agoraphobie sur la qualité de vie.
Revue Francophone de Clinique Comportementale et
Cognitive, 9 (1), 12-22.
Marchandisation du savoir : Tendance à considérer toute connaissance
comme une marchandise que l'on peut vendre dans le but de faire du
profit (plutôt que de la diffuser
gratuitement ou à peu de frais cette connaissance au sein de la communauté
scientifique et à l'ensemble de la population). EX
: Certaine découverte en biologie semble davantage aux
entreprises pharmaceutiques qu'à l'ensemble de la population.
=
marchandisation de la connaissance.
BORDAGES, G. (1989). Considerations in preparing a
publication paper. Teaching & Learning in
Medicine, 1, 47-52.
BORDAGES, G. (2001). Reasons reviewers reject and accept
manuscripts : The strengths and weaknesses in medical
education reports. Academic Medicine, 76 (9),
889-896. [PDF]
Marche : Marcher : Type de locomotion
qui consiste en un double mouvement
de balancier des jambes et des bras, d'abord en basculeant son
corps et ses bras devant-derrière, puis en projetant ses jambes
par alternance vers l'avant, tout en maintenant son équilibre.
Marcher, ramper et
falaise
visuelle. Walk, walking.
ZELAZO, P.R., ZELAZO, N.A. & KOLB, S. (1972).
“Walking” in the newborn. Science, 176, 314-315.
ADOLPH, K.E. & AVOLIO, A.M. (2000). Walking infants
adapt locomotion to changing body dimensions. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 26 (3), 1148-1166. [PDF]
ZELAZO, P.R. (1983). The development of walking : New
findings and old assumptions. Journal of Motor
Behavior, 15, 99-137.
KINGSNORTH, S. & SCHMUCKLER, M.A. (2000). Walking
skill versus walking experience as a predictor of barrier
crossing in toddlers. Infant Behavior &
Development, 23, 331-350. [PDF]
THELEN, E. (1984). Learning to walk : Ecological demands
and phylogenetic constraints. Advances in Infancy
Research, 3, 213-260.
GUÉGUEN, N. & PICHOT, N. (2001), The influence of
status in the failure to observe a road safety rule among
pedestrians. The Journal of Social Psychology, 141 (3),
413-415. [PDF]
ZELAZO, P.R. (1984). Learning to Walk: Recognition of
Higher Order Influences. Advances in Infancy Research
3: 251-260.
THOMPSON, P.G. (2002). Injury caused by baby walkers : the
predicted outcomes of mandatory regulations. Medical
Journal of Australia, 177 (3), 147-148. [PDF]
CROUCHMAN, M. (1986). The effects of babywalkers on early
locomotor development. Developmental Medicine &
Child Neurology, 28 (6), 757-761.
ADOLPH, K.E., VEREIJKEN, B. & SHROUT, P.E. (2003).
What changes in infant walking and why. Child
Development, 74 (2), 474-497. [PDF]
ADOLPH, K.E., EPPLER, M.A. & GIBSON, E.J. (1993).
Crawling versus walking infants' perception of affordances
for locomotion over sloping surfaces. Child
Development : Special Issue on Biodynamics, 64,
1158-1174. [PDF]
CLEARFIELD, M.W. (2004). The role of crawling and walking
experience in infant spatial memory. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 89 (3), 214-241. [PDF]
THEIN, M.M., LEE, J., TAY, V. & LING, S.L. (1997). Infant walker use, injuries and motor development. Injury
Prevention, 3 (1), 63-66. [PDF]
GILL, S.V., ADOLPH, K.E. & VEREIJKEN, B. (2009).
Change in action : How infants learn to walk down slopes.
Developmental Science, 12, 888-902.
BRIL, B. & LEDEBT, A. (1998). Head coordination as a means to assist sensory integration in learning to walk. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 22, 555-563.
MULVEY, G.M., KUBO, M., CHANG, C.-L. & ULRICH, B. D.
(2011). New walkers with Down Syndrome use cautious but
effective strategies for crossing obstacles. Research
Quarterly for Exercise & Sport, 82, 210-219.
ADOLPH, K.E., COLE, W.G., KOMATI, M., GARCIAGUIRRE, J.S.,
BADALY, D., LINGEMAN, J.M., CHAN, G.L.Y. & SOTSKY,
R.B. (2012). How do you learn to walk? Thousands of steps
and dozens of falls per day. Psychological Science,
23, 1387-1394.
SIEGEL, A.C. & BURTON, R.V. (1999). Effects of
babywalkers on early locomotor development in human
infants. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 20 (5), 355-361.
FRANCHLAK, J.M. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2012). What infants
know and what they do : Perceiving possibilities for
walking through openings. Developmental Psychology,
48, 1254-1261. [PDF]
KRETCH, K.S., FRANCHAK, J.M. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2014).
Crawling and walking infants see the world differently. Child
Development, 85, 1503-1518.
ADOLPH, K.E. & TAMIS-LEMONDA, C.S. (2014). The costs
and benefits of development : The transition from crawling
to walking. Child Development Perspectives, 8, 187-192.
Marché : En économie,
désigne non pas un lieu - qui existait jadis - mais un ensemble
d'interactions entre des individus,
d'une part des acheteurs (consommateurs)
qui souhaitent acquérir des biens
et des services
(demande), et d'autres part des vendeurs (artisan, marchand,
producteur, industriel, etc.) en mesure de produire et de rendre
disponible ces biens/services (offre). Ces échanges d'objets et de
services peuvent se faire grâce à un système
monétaire ou non (troque).
Les biens et services échangés peuvent être concrets (marché du
blé, tonne de fer, café, sucre, etc) ou abstrait (obligation,
action bons du trésor, etc).= économie
de marché. Market, free market.
BATOR, F.M. (1958). The anatomy of market failure.The Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 72 (3), 351-379. [PDF]
BUCHANAN, J.M. (1972). Social choice, democracy, and free
markets. Journal of Political Economy, 62,
114-23.
HERMAN, E.S. (1995). Triumph of the market : essays on
economics, politics, and the media. Boston. South
End Press.
WILIAMSON, O.E. (1973). Markets and hHierarchies : Some
Elementary Considerations. American Economic
Review, 63, 316-25.
WILIAMSON, O.E. (1975). Markets and hierarchies
: A study of the economics of internal
organization. New York : Free Press.
WHITE, H.C. (1981). Where do markets come from ? American
Journal of Sociology, 87, 517-547.
IMAI, K.I. & HIROYUKI, I. (1984). Interpenetration of
organization an market. International Journal of
Industrial Organization, 2, 285-310.
MORAN, M. & WRIGHT, M. (Eds.) (1991). The market
and the state : Studies in interdependence. London
: Macmillan.
EREV, I. & RAPOPORT, A. (1998). Coordination, "magic",
and reinforcement learning in a market entry game. Games
& Economic Behavior, 23, 146-175. [PDF]
ROTH, A.E. (1991). A natural experiment in the
organization of entry-level labor markets : Regional
markets for new physicians and surgeons in the United
Kingdom. American Economic Review, 81 (3),
415-440.
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1999). Capitalism, the market, the
"underclass" and the future. Society, 37, 33-42.
NANTEL, J. & COLBERT, F. (1992). Positioning cultural
arts products in the market. Journal of Cultural
Economics, 16 (2), 63-71.
FEHR, E. KIRCHSTEIGER, G. & RIEDL, A. (1993). Does
fairness prevent market clearing ? An experimental
investigation. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108,
437-460.
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). The costs of living : How
market freedom erodes the best things in life. New
York : Norton
WILSON, R. (2002). Architecture of power markets. Econometrica,
70 (4), 1299-1340.
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). On morals and markets. Criminal
Justice Ethics, 13, 61-69.
LEVITT, S.D. (2004). Why are gambling markets organised so
differently from financial markets ? The Economic
Journal, 114, 223-246.
LOPES, L.L. (1994). Psychology and economics :
Perspectives on risk, cooperation, and the marketplace.
Annual Review of Psychology, 45, 197-227.
JOHNSON, D.D.P., PRICE, M.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2013).
Darwin's invisible hand : Market competition, evolution
and the firm. Journal of Economic Behavior &
Organization, 90 (S), 128-S140. [PDF]
MARCIA, J.E. (1966). Development and validation of ego
identity status. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 3 (5), 551-558. [PDF]
MARCIA, J.E. (1980). Identity in adolescence. In J.
Adelson (Ed.), Handbook of adolescent. psychology (pp.
159-187). New York : Wiley. [PDF]
MARCIA, J.E. (1993). The ego-identity status approach to
ego-identity. In J.E. Marcia, A.S. Waterman, D.R.
Matteson, S.L. Archer & J.L. Orlofsky (Eds.), Ego
identity. A handbook for psychosocial research (pp.
3-21). New York : Springer.
MARCIA, J.E. (2002). Identity and psychosocial development
in adulthood. Identity, 2 (1), 7-28.
MARCIA, J.E. (2009). Education, identity and iClass : From
education to psychosocial development. Policy Futures
in Education, 7 (6), 670-677.
MUUSS, R.E. (1996). Marcia's expansion of Erikson's theory
of identity formation. In R.E. Muuss (Ed.), Theories
of adolescence (pp. 260-270). McGraw-Hill.
LUYCKX, K., GOOSSENS, L., SOENENS, B., BEYERS, W. &
VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2005). Identity statuses based upon
four rather than two identity dimensions : Extending and
refining Marcia's paradigm. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 34, 605-618.
MARECEK, J. & KRAVETZ, D.F. (1977). Women and mental
health : A review of feminist change efforts. Psychiatry,
40 (3), 323-329.
MARECEK J., PILIAVIN, J.A., FITZSIMMONS, E., KROGH, E.C.,
LEADER, E. & TRUDELL, B. (1977-78). Women as experts
in television commercials : a three year study. Journal
of Communication, 28, 159-168.
CRAWFORD, M. & MARECEK, J. (1989). Feminist theory,
feminist psychology : A bibliography of epistemology,
critical analysis, and applications. Psychology of
Women Quarterly, 13, 477-491.
MARECEK, J. & HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (1994). Asking the
right questions : Feminist psychology and sex differences.
Feminism & Psychology, 14 (4), 531-537.
MARECEK, J. FINE, M. & KIDDER, L. H. (1997). Working
between worlds : Qualitative methods and social
psychology. Journal of Social Issues, 53, 29-44.
STEEDMAN, I. (2006). Jevons's theory of political economy
and the"marginalist revolution". Journal The European
Journal of the History of Economic Though, 4 (1),
43-64.
MARGOLIN, G. & PATTERSON, G.R. (1975). Differential
consequences provided by mothers and fathers for their
sons and daughters. Developmental Psychology, 11, 537-538.
MARGOLIN, G. & PATTERSON, G.R. (1975). Differential
consequences provided by mothers MARGOLIN, G. (1981). The
reciprocal relationship between marital and child
problems. In J.P. Vincent (Ed.), Advances in family
interventions, assessment and theory (Vol. 2, pp.
167-222). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
MARGOLIN, G. (1998). The effects of domestic violence on
children. In P.K. Trickett & C. Schellenbach (Eds.), Violence against children in the family and the community (pp. 57-102). Washington, DC : APA.
MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2000). The effects of
family and community violence on children. Annual
Review of Psychology, 51, 445-479.
MARGOLIN, G. (2004). Children's exposure to violence :
Exploring developmental pathways to diverse outcomes. Journal
of Interpersonal Violence, 20, 72-81.
MARGOLIS, E. (1994). A reassessment of the shift from the classical theory of concepts to prototype theory. Cognition, 51, 73-89.[PDF]
MARGOLIS, E. (1998). How to acquire a concept. Mind & Language, 13 (3), 347-369. [PDF]
MARGOLIS, E. & LAURENCE, E. (2008). How to learn the natural numbers : Inductive inference and the acquisition of number concepts Cognition, 106, 924-939. [PDF]
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2012). Abstraction and the origin of general ideas. Philosophers' Imprint, 12, (19), 1-22. [PDF]
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2024). The building blocks of thought : A rationalist account of the oigins of concepts. Oxford : Oxford University Press. [PDF]
Margolis Joseph (Newark 1924-2021) : Épistémologue
américain. Collaborateur de Harré.
MARGOLIS, J. (1970). Scientific realism, ontology, and the
sensory modes. Philosophy of Science, 37,
114-120.
MARGOLIS, J. (1978). The problems of similarity : realism
and nominalism. Monist, 61, 384-400.
MARGOLIS, J. (1984). Philosophy of psychology. Foundations
of Philosophy Series. Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall.
MARGOLIS, J., MANICAS, P. & HARRÉ, R. (1986). Psychology
: Designing the discipline. Oxford : Basil
Blackwell.
MARGOLIS, J. (1991). The truth about relativism.
Oxford : Basil Blackwell.
Mariage : Marier : Contrat moral/religeux ou civil entre deux personnes (couple), souvent de sexe
opposé, reconnu par l'état ou l'église (institution),
qui fixe certaines obligations et partage les biens des parties en
présence. Un mariage brisé se solde souvent par une divorce
ou un séparition.=
couple marié. Mariage,
relation intime etunion
libre. Marriage, married couple,
marital status, for better or worse.
ELLIS, A. (1961). How much sex freedom in marriage ? Sexology,
28, 292-296.
BRADBURY, T.N., FINCHAM, F.D. & BEACH, S.R.H. (2000).
Research on the nature and determinants of marital
satisfaction : A decade in review. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 62, 964-980. [PDF]
BRADBURY, T.N., ROGGE, R. & LAWRENCE, E. (2001).
Reconsidering the role of conflict in marriage. In A.
Bootj, A.C. Crouter & M. Clements (Eds.), Couples
in conflict (pp. 59–82). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
LEVINGER, G. (1964). Task and social behavior in marriage.
Sociometry, 27, 433-448. [PDF]
LAZARUS, A.A. (2001). Marital myths revisited : A
fresh look at two dozen mistaken beliefs about marriage.
Atascadero, CA : Impact Publishers.
LEVINGER, G. & BREEDLOVE, J. (1966). Interpersonal
attraction and agreement : A study of marriage partners. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 3, 367-372.
BEAN, R.A., PERRY, B.J. & BEDELL, T.M. (2001).
Developing culturally competent marriage and family
therapists : Guidelines for working with Hispanic
families. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 27
(1), 43-54. [PDF]
LEVINGER, G. & SENN, D.J. (1967). Disclosure of
feelings in marriage. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 13, 237-249.
[PDF]
HETHERINGTON, E.M. & KELLEY, J. (2002). For
better or worse. New York : Norton.
ORDEN, S.R. & BRADBURN, N.M. (1968). Dimensions of
marriage happiness. American Journal of Sociology, 73,
715-731.
STEVEN, G. & TYLER, M. (2002). Ethnic and racial
intermarriage in the United States : Old and new regimes.
In N.A. Denton and S.E. Tolnay (Eds.), American
diversity : A demographic challenge for the twenty-first
century (pp. 221-242). Albany, NY : State
University of New York Press.
ELLIS, A. (1968). Let's change our marriage system ! Sexology,
34 (7), 436-439.
PINDERHUGHES, E.B. (2002). African American marriage in
the 20th century. Family Process, 41, 269-282.
ELLIS, A. (1969). How to increase sexual enjoyment in
marriage. In B.N. Ard & C. Ard (Eds.), Handbook
of marriage counseling (pp. 375-378). Palo Alto, CA
: Science and Behavior.
ROTHBLUM, E.D. (2002). Boston Marriage among Lesbian. In
M. Yalom, L. Carstrnsen, E., Freedman & B. Gulpi
(Eds.), Inside the american couple : New thinking/new
challenges. Berkeley CA : University of California
Press. [PDF]
JACKSON, D.D. & LEDERER, W. (1968). Mirages of
marriage. New York : W.W. Norton & Co.
RHOLES, W.S., SIMPSON, J.A. & RHOLES, W.S. (2002).
Attachment orientations, marriage, and the transition to
parenthood. Journal of Research in Personality, 36,
622-628.
WASHINGTON, J.R. (1970). Marriage in black and white.
Boston : Beacon Press.
WEISS, R.L. (1975). Contracts, cognition, and change : A
behavioral approach to marriage therapy. The
Counseling Psychologist, 5 (3), 15-26.
LEVINGER, G. (1976). A social psychological perspective on
marital dissolution. Journal of Social Issues, 32 (1),
21-47.
FINCHAM, F.D., PALEARII, G. & REGALIA, C. (2002).
Forgiveness in marriage : The role of relationship
quality, attributions and empathy. Personal
Relationships, 9, 27-37.
SPANIER, G.B. (1976). Measuring dyadic adjustment : New
scales for assessing the quality of marriage and similar
dyads. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 38, 15-28.
JALOVAARA, M. (2002). Socioeconomic differentials in
divorce risk by duration of marriage. Demographic
Research, 7 (16), 537-564.
PATTERSON, G.R., WEISS, R.L. & HOPS, H. (1976).
Training of marital skills : Some problems and concepts.
In H. Leitenberg (Ed.), Handbook of behavior
modification and behavior therapy. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall.
MARGOLIN, G. & WEISS, R.L. (1978). Communication
training and assessment : A case of behavioral marital
enrichment. Behavior Therapy, 9, 508-520.
BLOOM, B., ASHER, S. & WHITE, S. (1978). Marital
disruption as a stressor : A review and analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 85, 867-894.
GOTTMAN, J.M. (1979). Marital interaction :
Experimental investigations. New York : Academic
Press.
WEISS, R.L. (1979). Resistance in behavioral marriage
therapy. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 7, 3-6.
ROBINSON, E.A. & PRICE, M.G. (1980). Pleasurable
behavior in marital interaction : An observational study.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48, 117-118.
WEISS, R.L. (1980). Strategic behavioral marital therapy :
Toward a model for assessment and intervention. In J.P.
Vincent (Ed.), Advances in family intervention,
assessment and theory (Vol. 1, pp. 229-271).
Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
MANSER, M. & BROWN, M. (1980). Marriage and household
decision-making : A bargaining analysis. International
Economic Review, 21 (1), 31-44.
BEAN, R.A., PERRY, B.J. & BEDELL, T.M. (2002).
Developing culturally competent marriage and family
therapists : Treatment guidelines for non-African-American
therapists working with African-American families.
Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 28,
153-164.
RANDS, M., LEVINGER, G. & MELLINGER, G.D. (1981).
Patterns of conflict resolution and marital satisfaction.
Journal of Family Issues, 2, 297-321.
HIBBLER, D.K. & SHINEW, K.J. (2002). Interracial
couples' experience of leisure : A social network
approach. Journal of Leisure Research, 34 (2),
135-156. [PDF]
NOLLER, P. (1982). Couple communication and marital
satisfaction. Australian Journal of Sex, Marriage
& Family, 3 (2), 69-75.
PORTEFIELD, E. (1982). Black-American intermarriage in the
United States. Marriage & Family Review, 5
(1), 17-34.
NORTON, R. (1983). Measuring marital quality : A critical
look at the dependent variable. Journal of Marriage
& the Family, 45, 141-151.
MARTIN, P.D., SPECTER, G., MARTIN, D. & MARTIN, M.
(2003). Expressed attitudes of adolescents toward marriage
and family life. Adolescence, 38, 359-367.
SOBAL, J. (1984). Marriage, obesity and dieting. Marriage
& Family Review, 7 (1), 115-139.
GARCIA, D.R. (2003). Mixed marriages and transnational
families in the intercultural context : A case study of
African/Spanish couples in Catalonia. Journal of
Ethnic & Migration Studies, 32 (3), 403-433. [PDF]
WEISS, R.L. (1984). Cognitive and strategic interventions
in behavioral marital therapy. In K. Hahlweg & N.S.
Jacobson (Eds.), Marital interaction : Analysis and
modification. New York : Guilford.
MAKMAN, H.J., FLOYD, F.J., STANLEY, S.M. & JAMIESON,
K. (1984). A cognitive-behavioral program for the
prevention of marital and family distress : Issues in
program development and delivery. In K. Hahlweg & N.
Jacobson (Eds.), Marital interaction (pp.
396-428). New York : Guilford Press.
HETHERINGTON, E.M., COX, M. & COX, R. (1985).
Long-term effects of divorce and remarriage on the
adjustment of children. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 24 (5), 518-530. [PDF]
GARDNER, J. & OSWALD, A. (2004). How is mortality
affected by money, marriage, and stress ? Journal of
Health Economics, 23 (6), 1181-1207.
[PDF]
NOLLER, P. & VENARDOS, C. (1986). Communication
awareness in married couples. Journal of Social
& Personal Relationships, 3 (1), 31-42.
BAXTER, J. (2005). To marry or not to marry : marital
status and the household division of labor. Journal
of Family Issues, 26, 300-321.
ZOLLAR, A. & WILLIAMS, J. (1987). The contribution of
marriage to the life satisfaction of black adults. Journal
of Marriage & the Family, 49, 87-92.
VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., ICKES, W.DE CLERCQ, A.
& PEENE, O.J. (2005). Conflict and support
interactions in marriage : An analysis of couples
interactive behavior and on-line cognition. Personal
Relationships, 12, 23–42. [PDF]
FINCHAM, F.D. & BRADBURY T.N. (1988). The impact of
attributions in marriage : Empirical and conceptual
foundations. British Journal of Clinical Psychology,
27, 77-90.
KARNEY, B.R. & BRADBURY T.N. (2005). Contextual
influences on marriage : Implications for policy and
intervention. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 14, 171-174.
MAKMAN, H.J., FLOYD, F.J., STANLEY, S.M. & STORAASLI,
R.D. (1988). Prevention of marital distress : A
longitudinal investigation. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 56, 210-217.
SILVERN, L. & KAERSVANG, L. (1989). The traumatized
children of violent marriages. Child Welfare, 68, 421-439.
KALMIJN, M., DE GRAAF, P.M. & JANSSEN, J.P.G. (2005)
Intermarriage and the risk of divorce in the Netherlands :
the effects of differences in religion and in nationality,
1974-94. Population Studies, 59, 71-85.
WEST, P.C. (1989). Urban region parks and black minorities
: Subculture, marginality, and interracial relations in
park use in the Detroit metropolitan area. Leisure
Sciences, 11, 11-28.
BAUCOM, D.H., EPSTEIN, N., SAYERS, S. & SHER, T.G.
(1989). The role of cognitions in marital relationships :
Definitional, methodological, and conceptual issues. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 31-38.
WEST, P.C. (1989). Urban region parks and black minorities
: Subculture, marginality, and interracial relations in
park use in the Detroit metropolitan area. Leisure
Sciences, 11, 11-28.
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1989). Behavior and
satisfaction in marriage : Prospective mediating
processes. Review of Personality & Social
Psychology, 10, 119-143.
[PDF]
WOOD, N.D., CRANE, D.R., SCHAALJE, G.B. & LAW, D.D.
(2005). What works for whom : A meta-analytic review of
marital and couples therapy in reference to marital
distress. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 33
(4), 273-287. [PDF]
NOTARIUS, C.I., BENSON, P.R., SLOANE, D., VANZETTI, N.A.
& HORNYAK, L.M. (1989). Exploring the interface
between perception and behavior : An analysis of marital
interaction in distressed and non distressed couples. Behavioral
Assessment, 11, 39-64.
MANNING, J.C. (2006). The impact of internet pornography
on marriage and the family : A review of the research. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 13, 131-165.
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1990). Attributions in
marriage : Review and critique. Psychological
Bulletin, 107 (1), 3-33. [PDF]
VOLLING, B.L., BLANDON, A.Y. & KOLAK, A.M. (2006).
Marriage, parenting, and the emergence of early
self-regulation in the family system. Journal of
Child & Family Studies, 15, 493-506.
FINCHAM, F.D., BRADBURY, T.N. & SCOTT, C.K. (1990).
Cognition in marriage. In F.D. Fincham & T.N. Bradbury
(Eds.), The psychology of marriage (pp.
118-149). New York : Guilford Press.
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. & MORGAN, E.M. (2006). Who wants to
marry a millionaire ? Reality dating television programs,
attitudes toward sex, and sexual behaviors. Sex
Roles, 54, 1-17. [PDF]
BELSKY, J. & ROVINE, M. (1990). Patterns of marital
change across the transition to parenthood : Pregnancy to
three years postpartum. Journal of Marriage and the
Family, 52, 5-20.
PETERSON, B.E. & DUNCAN, L.E. (2007). Midlife women's
generattivity and authoritarianism : Marriage, motherhood,
and 10 years of aging. Psychology & Aging, 22,
411-419.
STEPHAN, W.G. & STEPHAN, C.W. (1991). Intermarriage :
Effects on personality, adjustment, and intergroup
relations in two samples of students. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 53, 241- 250.
AMATO, P.R. & MAYNARD, R. (2007). Decreasing
nonmarital births and strengthening marriage to reduce
poverty. Future of Children, 17, 117-142.
ETAUGH, C. & BIRDOES, L.N. (1991). Effects of age,
sex, and marital status on person perception. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 72, 491-497.
STEVENSON, B. & WOLFERS, J. (2007). Marriage and
divorce : Changes and their driving forces. Journal
of Economic Perspectives, 21 (2), 27-52.
NOLLER, P. & RUZZENE, M. (1991). Communication in
marriage : The influence of affect and cognition. In
G.J.O. Fletcher & F.D. Fincham (Eds.), Cognition
and close relationships (pp. 203-234). Hillsdale,
NJ : Erlbaum.
VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., DEVOLDRE, I. & DE
CORTE, K. (2007). The influence of personal
characteristics and relationship properties on marital
support. Psychologica Belgica, 47 (3), 195-217.
BURMAN, B. & MARGOLIN, G. (1992). Analysis of the
association between marital relationships and health
problems. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 39-63.
HETHERINGTON, E.M. & CLINGEMPEEL, W.G. (1992). Coping
with marital transitions : A family systems perspective.
Monographs of the Society for Research in Child
Development, 57 (2-3, Serial No. 227).
SCHOEN, R. (1992). First unions and the stability of first
marriages. Journal of Marriage & Family, 54,
281-284.
ROEBUCK, B.J. & BROWN, S.L. (2007). Race-ethnic
differences in marital quality and divorce. Social
Science Research, 36, 945-967.
SCHWAB, R. (1992). Effects of a child's death on the
marital relationship : A preliminary study. Death
Studies, 16, 141-154.
AMATO, P.R. & HOHMANN-MARRIOTT, B. (2007). A
Comparison of high and low-distress marriages that end in
divorce. Journal of Marriage & Family, 69,
621-638.
GOTTMAN, J.M., COAN, J., CARRIÈRE, S. & SWANSON, C.
(1998). Predicting marital happiness and stability from
newlywed interactions. Journal of Marriage & the
Family, 60, 5-22.
CHERLIN, A. (1992). Marriage, divorce, and
remarriage. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University
Press.
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1992). Attributions
and behavior in marital interaction. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 63 (4),
613–628.
WOLFINGER, N. & WILCOX, W. (2008). Happily ever after
? Religion, marital status, gender and relationship
quality in urban families. Social Forces, 86,
1311-1337. [PDF]
VEROFF, J., SUTHERLAND, L., CHADIHA, L. & ORTEGA, R.
(1993). Newlyweds tell their stories : A narrative method
for assessing marital experiences. Journal of Social
& Personal Relationships, 10, 437-457.
MUENCH, D.M. & LANDRUM, R.E. (1994). Family dynamics
and attitudes toward marriage. Journal of Psychology,
128, 425-431.
HAWKINS, A.J., BLANCHARD, V., BALDWIN, S. & FAWCETT,
E. (2008). Does marriage and relationship education work ?
A meta-analytic study. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 76 (5), 723-734.
BEHRENS B.C. & SANDERS, M.R. (1994). Prevention of
marital distress : Current issues in programming and
research. Behavior Change, 11, 82-93.
NOLLER, P., FEENEY, J.A., BONNELL, D. & CALLAN, V.J.
(1994). A Longitudinal-Study of conflict in early
marriage. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 11 (2), 233-252.
HWANG, S.S., SAENZ, R. & AGUIRRE, B.E. (1994).
Structural and individual determinants of outmarriage
among Chinese-, Filipino-, and Japanese-Americans in
California. Sociological Inquiry, 64 (2),
396-414.
VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., DAVIS, M., ICKES, W. &
DEVOLDRE, I. (2008). Support provision in marriage : The
role of emotional similarity and empathic accuracy.
Emotion, 8 (6), 792-802. [PDF]
LEVINE, R.V., SATO, S., HASHIMOTO, T. & VERMA, J.
(1995). Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26 (5), 554-571.
BLANCHARD, V.L., HAWKINS, A.J., BALDWIN, S.A. &
FAWCETT, E.B. (2009). Investigating the effects of
marriage and relationship education on couples'
communication skills : A meta-analytic study. Journal
of Family Psychology, 23 (2), 203-214. [PDF]
BRADBURY, T.N., BEACH, S.R.H., FINCHAM, F.D. & NELSON,
G. (1996). Attributions and behavior in functional and
dysfunctional marriages. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 64, 569-576. [PDF]
GOLD, K.J., SEN, A. & HAYWARD, R.A. (2010). Marriage
and cohabitation outcomes after pregnancy loss.
Pediatrics, 125 (5), 12002-1207. [PDF]
KARNEY, B.R. & BRADBURY, T.N. (1995). The longitudinal
course of marital quality and stability : A review of
theory, method, and research. Psychological Bulletin,
118, 3-34.
SULLIVAN, K.T. & BRADBURY, T.N. (1996). Preventing
marital dysfunction : The primacy of secondary strategies.
The Behavior Therapist, 19, 33-36.
HUMBAD, M.N., DONNELLAN, B., IACONO, W.G. & BURT, A.
(2010). Externalizing psychopathology and marital
sdjustment in long-term marriages : Results from a large
combined sample of married couples. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 119 (1), 151. [PDF]
GIBLIN, P. (1997). Marital spirituality : A quantitative
study. Journal of Religion & Health, 36, 333-344.
HARKNETT, K. & SCHEIDER, D. (2012). Is a bad economy
good for marriage ? The relationship between macroeconomic
conditions and marital stability from 1998-2009. National
Poverty Center Working Paper Series. [PDF]
GOTTMAN, J.M., COAN, J., CARRIÈRE, S. & SWANSON, C.
(1998). Predicting marital happiness and stability from
newlywed interactions. Journal of Marriage & the
Family, 60, 5-22.
MU, Z. & XIE Y. (2014). Marital age homogamy in China
: A reversal of trend in the reform era ? Social
Science Research, 44, 141-157.
KALMIJN, M. (1998) Intermarriage and homogamy : causes,
patterns, trends. Annual Review of Sociology, 24,
395-421.
SAARELA, J. & FINNÄS, F. (2014). Transitions within
and from ethno-linguistically mixed and endogamous first
unions in Finland. Acta Sociologica, 57, 77-92.
FINCHAM, F.D. & BEACH, S.R. (1999). Conflict in
marriage : Implications for working with couples. Annual
Review of Psychology, 50, 47-77. [PDF]
BREWER, P.R., WILSON, D.C. & HABEGGER, M. (2016).
Wedding imagery and public support for gay marriage.
Journal of Homosexuality, 63,1041-1051.
SHAPIRO, A.F., GOTTMAN, J.M., COAN, J. & CARRIÈRE, S.
(1999). The baby and the marriage : Identifying factors
that buffer against decline in marital satisfaction after
the baby arrives. Journal of Family Psychology, 14, 59-70.
VON RUEDEN, C.R. & JAEGGI, A.V. (2016). Men's status
and reproductive success in 33 non-industrial societies :
effects of subsistence, marriage system and reproductive
strategy. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 113, 10824-10829.
GOTTMAN, J.M. (1999). The seven principles for making
marriage work. Harmony : Dedication page.
VAN NIEKERK, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2019). Interfaith
marriage attitudes in Muslim majority countries : A
multilevel approach. The International Journal for
the Psychology of Religion, 28 (4), 257-270.
Mariage homosexuel :Mariage entre
individus de même sexe. Marriage among lesbian
or gays.
ROTHBLUM, E.D. (2002). Boston marriage among Lesbian. In
M. Yalom, L. Carstrnsen, E., Freedman & B. Gulpi
(Eds.), Inside the american couple : New thinking/new
challenges. Berkeley CA : University of California
Press. [PDF]
Mariage-couple mixte : Mariage entre individus
d'ethnie ou de religions
différentes. Intermarriage, Ethnic and
racial intermarriage, interracial relation, bi-racial coupe.
DAVIS, K. (1941). Intermarriage in caste societies. American
Anthropologist, 43, 376-395.
HIBBLER, D.K. & SHINEW, K.J. (2002). Interracial
couples' experience of leisure : A social network
approach. Journal of Leisure Research, 34 (2),
135-156. [PDF]
WASHINGTON, J.R. (1970). Marriage in Black and White.
Boston : Beacon Press.
STEVEN, G. & TYLER, M. (2002). Ethnic and racial
intermarriage in the United States : Old and new regimes.
In N.A. Denton and S.E. Tolnay (Eds.), American
diversity : A demographic challenge for the twenty-first
century (pp. 221-242). Albany, NY : State
University of New York Press.
PORTEFIELD, E. (1982). Black-American intermarriage in the
United States. Marriage & Family Review, 5
(1), 17-34.
GARCIA, D.R. (2003). Mixed marriages and transnational
families in the intercultural context : A case study of
African/Spanish couples in Catalonia. Journal of
Ethnic & Migration Studies, 32 (3), 403-433. [PDF]
WEST, P.C. (1989). Urban region parks and black minorities
: Subculture, marginality, and interracial relations in
park use in the Detroit metropolitan area. Leisure
Sciences, 11, 11-28.
HARRIS, D.R. & HIROMI, O. (2005). How many interracial
marriages would there be if all groups wwere of equal size
in all places ? A new look at national estimates of
interracial marriage. Social Science Research, 34,236
PICKARD, P.R. (1989). Mixed blood : Intermarriage and
ethnic identity in twentieth-century America.
Madison : The University of Wisconsin Press.
KALMIJN, M., DE GRAAF, P.M. & JANSSEN, J.P.G. (2005)
Intermarriage and the risk of divorce in the Netherlands :
the effects of differences in religion and in nationality,
1974-94. Population Studies, 59, 71-85.
STEPHAN, W.G. & STEPHAN, C.W. (1991). Intermarriage :
Effects on personality, adjustment, and intergroup
relations in two samples of students. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 53, 241- 250.
GULLICKSON, A. (2006). Black/White interracial marriage
trends, 1850-2000. Journal of Family History, 31
(3), 212-865.
KALMJIN, M. (1993). Trends in black/white intermarriage. Social
Forces, 72 (1), 119-146.
QIAN, Z. & LICHTER, D.T. (2007). Social boundaries and
marital assimilation : Interpreting trends in racial and
ethnic intermarriage. American Sociological Review
72, 68–94.
BOWLES, D.D. (1993). Bi-racial identity : Children born to
African-American and white couples. Clinical Social
Work Journal, 21 (4), 417-428.
FU, V.K. (2010). Remarriage, delayed marriage, and
Black/White Intermarriage, 1968-1995. Population
Research & Policy Review, 29, 687-713.
HWANG, S.S., SAENZ, R. & AGUIRRE, B.E. (1994).
Structural and individual determinants of outmarriage
among Chinese-, Filipino-, and Japanese-Americans in
California. Sociological Inquiry, 64 (2),
396-414.
SCHAWARTZ, C.R. & MARE, R.D. (2012). The proximate
determinants of educational homogamy : The effects of
first marriage, marital dissolution, remarriage, and
educational upgrading. Demography, 49, 629-650.
KALMIJN, M. (2012). The educational gradient in
intermarriage : A comparative analysis of immigrant groups
in the United States. Social Forces, 91,
453-476.
ROSENBLATT, P.C., KARIS, T.A. & POWELl, R D. (1995). Multiracial
couples : Black and white voices. Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage.
SAARELA, J. & FINNÄS, F. (2014). Transitions within
and from ethno-linguistically mixed and endogamous first
unions in Finland. Acta Sociologica, 57, 77-92.
TELLES, E. & PASCHEL, T. (2014). Who is Black, White,
or mixed race ? How skin color, status, and nation shape
racial classification in Latin America. American
Journal of Sociology, 120, 864-907.
RODRIGUEZ-GARCIA, D. (2015). Introduction : Intermarriage
and integration revisited : International experiences and
cross-disciplinary approaches. The Annals of the
American Academy of Political & Social Science, 662,
8-36.
QIAN, Z. (1997). Breaking the racial barriers : Variations
in interracial marriage between 1980 and 1990. Demography,
34,263-276.
TELLES, E. & ESTEVE, A. (2019). Racial intermarriage
in the Americas. Sociological Science, 6,
293-320. [PDF]
KALMIJN, M. (1998) Intermarriage and homogamy : causes,
patterns, trends. Annual Review of Sociology, 24,
395-421.
VAN NIEKERK, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2019). Interfaith
marriage attitudes in Muslim majority countries : A
multilevel approach. The International Journal for
the Psychology of Religion, 28 (4), 257-270.
MARKHAM, E.M. & HUTCHINSON, J. (1984). Children's sensitivity to constraints on word meaning: Taxonomic vs thematic relations. Cognitive Psychology, 16, 1-27.
MARKHAM, E.M.(1990). Constraints children place on word meanings. Cognitive Science, 14, 57-77.
MARKHAM, E.M., WASOW, J.L. & HANSEN, M.B. (2003). Use of the mutual exclusivity assumption by young word learners. Cognitive Psychology, 47, 241-275.
ATKINSON, R.C. (1958). A Markov model for discrimination
learning. Psychometrika, 23, 309-322.
HEYMAN, G.M. (1979). A Markov model description of
changeover probabilities on concurrent variable-interval
schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 31 (1), 41-51. [PDF]
ATKINSON, R.C. (1959). Applications of a Markov model to
two-person non-cooperative games. In R.R. Bush and W.K.
Estes (Eds.), Studies in mathematical learning
theory. Stanford, California : Stanford University
Press.
KURAVSKY, L.S. & MALYKH, S. (2004). Application of
Markov models for analysis of development of psychological
characteristics. Australian Journal of Educational
& Developmental Psychology, 4, 29-40. [PDF]
SUPPES, P. & ATKINSON, R.C. (1960). Markov
learning models for multiperson interactions.
Stanford : Stanford University Press.
LINK, D. (2006). Chains to the West : Markov's theory of
connected events and its transmission to Western Europe.
Science in Context, 19, 561-589.
LEE, H.E. (1972). A Markov chain model for Asch-type
conformity experiments. Journal of Mathematical
Sociology, 2, 131-142.
PAGEL, M. & MEADE, A. (2006). Bayesian analysis of
correlated evolution of discrete characters by
reversible-jump Markov chain Monte Carlo. American
Naturalist, 167, 808–825.
SENETA, E. (1981). Non-negative matrices and Markov
chains. New-York : Springer-Verlag.
DIACONIS, P. (2009). The Markov chain Monte Carlo
revolution. Bulletin of the American Mathematical
Society, 46, 179-205.
[PDF]
MARKOVITS, H. (1993). The development of conditional
reasoning : A piagetian reformulation of the theory of
mental models. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly :
Invitational issue on the Development of Rationality
& Critical Thinking, 39 (1), 133-160.
MARKOVITS, H. & BARROUILLET, P. (2002). The
development of conditional reasoning : A mental model
account. Developmental Review, 22 (1), 5-36.
[PDF]
MARKOVITS, H. & HANDLEY, S. (2005). Is inferential
reasoning just probabilistic reasoning in disguise ? Memory
& Cognition, 33 (7), 1315-1323. [PDF]
MARKOVITS, H., BENENSON, J. & WHITE, S. (2006). Gender
and gender priming differences in speed of processing of
information relating to dyadic and group contexts.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 42, 662-667.
[PDF]
MARKOVITS, H. & THOMPSON, V.A. (2008). Different
developmental patterns of simple deductive and
probabilistic inferential reasoning. Memory &
Cognition, 36 (6), 1066-1078.
[PDF]
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (1996). Organic and psychogenic
retrograde amnesia : two sides of the same coin ? Neurocase,
2, 357-371.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J., KESSLER, J., VAN DER VEN, C.,
WEBER-LUXEMBURGER, G., ALBERS, M. & HEISS, W.D.
(1998). Psychic trauma causing grossly reduced brain
metabolism and cognitive deterioration. Neuropsychologia,
36, 77-82.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2011). Amygdala in
action : Relaying biological and social significance to
autobiographic memory. Neuropsychologia 49,
718-733.
MARKS, D.F. (1973). Visual imagery differences in the
recall of pictures. British Journal of Psychology,
64, 17-24.
MARKS, D.F. (1981). Imagery, knowledge and the individual.
Journal of Mental Imagery, 5, 47-50.
MARKS, D.F. (1983). Mental imagery and consciousness : A
theoretical review. In A.A. Sheikh (Ed.), Imagery :
Current theory, research, and application (pp.
96-130). New York : Wiley.
MARKS, D.F. (1996). Health psychology in context.
Journal of Health Psychology, 1 (1), 7-21.
[PDF]
MARKS, D.F. (1999). Consciousness, mental imagery and
action. British Journal of Psychology, 90, 567-585.
MARKS, I.M. & GELDER, M.G. (1966). Different ages of
onset in varieties of phobias. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 123, 218-221.
MARKS, I.M., HODGSON, R. & RACHMAN, S. (1975).
Treatment of chronic obsessive-compulsive neurosis by in
vivo exposure : a two year follow-up and issues in
treatment. British Journal of Psychiatry, 127,
349-364.
MARKS, I.M. (1981). Psychiatry and behavioural
psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 39,
74-78.
MARKS, I.M. & O'SULLIVAN, G. (1988). Drugs and
psychological treatments for agoraphobia/panic and
obsessive-compulsive disorders : a review. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 650-658.
MARKS, I.M. (1997). Behaviour therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : A decade of progress. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 42, 1021-1027. [PDF]
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2005). The sexual double
standard : Fact or fiction ? Sex Roles, 52 (3-4),
175-186.
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2006). Confirmation bias
and the sexual double standard. Sex Roles, 54
(1-2), 19-26.
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2007). The impact of
social interaction on the sexual double standard. Social
Influence, 2, 29-54.
MARKS, M.J. (2008). Evaluations of sexually active men and
women under divided attention : A social cognitive
approach to the sexual double standard. Basic &
Applied Social Psychology, 30, 84-91.
MARKS, M.J. (2009). Double standards in relationships. In
H.T. Reis and S. Sprecher (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
human relationships (Vol. 1, pp. 468-469). Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage.
MARKUS, H.R. (1977). Self-schemata and processing
information about the self. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 35, 63-78. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R., SMITH, J. & MORELAND, R.L. (1985). Role
of the self-concept in the perception of others. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 49,
1494-1512.
MARKUS, H.R. & KUNDA, Z. (1986). Stability and
malleability in the self-concept in the perception of
others. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 51 (4), 858-866. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R. & KITAYAMA, S. (2008). Culture and the
self : Implications for cognition, emotion, and
motivation. Psychological Review, 98 (2),
224-253. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R. (2008). Pride, prejudice, and ambivalence :
Toward a unified theory of race and ethnicity. American
Psychologist, 63, 651-670. [PDF]
MARLATT, G.A. (1979). A cognitive-behavioral model of the
relapse process. NIDA - Research Monographs,
(25), 191-200.
MARLATT, G.A. SOMERS, J.M. & TAPERT, S.F. (1993). Harm
reduction : application to alcohol abuse problems. NIDA
- Research Monographs, 137, 147-166.
MARLATT, G.A. (1996). Harm reduction : come as you are.
Addictive Behaviors, 21 (6), 779-788.
MARLATT, G.A. (2001). Should abstinence be the goal for
alcohol treatment ? Negative viewpoint. The American
Journal on Addictions, 10, 291-293.
MARLATT, G.A. & WITKIEWITZ, K. (2002). Harm reduction
approaches to alcohol use : health promotion, prevention,
and treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 27 (6),
867-886.
LONGABAUGH, R., RUBIN, A., STOUT, R.L., ZWIAK, W.H. &
LOWMAN, C. (1996). The reliablity of Marlatt's taxonomy
for classifying relapses. Addiction, 91 (S),
73-88.
MAISTO, S.A., CONNORS, G.J. & ZYWIAK, W.H. (1996).
Construct validation analyses on the Marlatt typology of
relapse precipitants. Addiction, 91 (S), 89-98.
LOWMAN, C., ALLEN, J. & STOUT, R.L. (1996). The
Relapse Research Group. Replication and extension of
Marlatt's taxonomy of relapse precipitants : Overview of
procedures and results. Addiction, 91 (S),
51-72.
DONOVAN, D.M. (1996). Marlatt's classification of relapse
precipitants : is the Emperor still wearing clothes ? Addiction,
91 (S), 131-138.
LARIMER, M.E, PALMER, R.S. & MARLATT, G.A. (1999).
Relapse prevention : An overview of Marlatt's
cognitive-behavioral model. Alcohol Research &
Health, 23 (2), 151-160.
[PDF]
PINÊRO, B. & BECONA, E. (2013). Relapse situations
according to Marlatt’s taxonomy in smokers. The
Spanish Journal of Psychology, 16.
MARLEY, A.A.J. & COOK, V.T. (1986). A limited capacity
rehearsal model for psychophysical judgements applied to
magnitude estimation. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 30 (4), 339-390.
MARLEY, A.A.J. (1988). Random utility models with binary
tree decomposable rank orders satisfy Tversky's
elimination-by-aspects model. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 32, 436-448.
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1995). A mapping model
of bow effects in absolute identification. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 39 (4), 383-395.
MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). Probabilistic choice as a
consequence of nonlinear (sub) optimization. Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 41 (4), 382-391.
MIGNAULT, A. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). A real-time
neuronal model of classical conditioning. Adaptive
Behavior, 6 (1), 3-61.
MARMOT, T. (2005). Social determinants of health
inequalities. The lancet, 365 (9464), 1099-1104.
[PDF]
MARMOT, T., FRIEL, S., BELL, R., HOUWELING, T.A. &
TAYLOR, S. (2008). Health CoSDo. Closing the gap in a
generation : health equity through action on the social
determinants of health. The lancet, 372 (9650),
1661–1669.
MARMOT, T. (2015). The health gap. London :
Bloomsbury.
MARMOT, T. & BELL, R. (2016). Social inequalities in
health : a proper concern of epidemiology. Annals of
Epidemiology, 26 (4), 238–-240.
MARMOT, T. (2015). The health gap : The challenge of an
unequal world : The argument. International Journal of
Epidemiology 46 (4), 1312-1318. [PDF]
McKENNA, C. (2021). Michael Marmot : the health of
nations. British Psychological Journal, 47 (1),
1-4. [PDF]
Marmotte (Marmota marmota) :
Mammifère rongeur qui vit dans les bois et les villes.= Siffleux.
Marmot.
BARASH, D.P. (1973). The social biology of the Olympic
marmot. Animal Behaviour Monographs, 6, 171-245.
BARASH, D.P. (1974). The social behaviour of the hoary
marmot (Marmota caligata). Animal Behaviour, 22,
256-261.
BARASH, D.P. (1976). Social behaviour and individual
difference in free-living Alpine marmots (Marmota
marmota). Animal Behaviour, 24, 27-35.
NOWICKI, S. & ARMITAGE, K.B. (1979). Behavior of
juvenile yellow-bellied marmots : Play and social
integration. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 51,
85-105.
Marque : Marquer : Ensemble des caractéristiques et des signes distinctifs d'un produit ou d'une entreprise,
que l'on associe généralement à des qualités (ou à des défauts
lorsque la valeur de la marque est en déclin). Marque, consommationet
fidélité à la marque.Label, brand
label.
MITCHELL, A.A. (1986). The effect of verbal and visual
components of advertisements on brand attitudes and
attitude toward the advertisement. Journal of
Consumer Research, 13, 12-24.
GARNER, R. (2005). What's in a name ? Persuasion perhaps.
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15 (2), 108-116.
PIERCE, W.D. & BELKE, T. (1988). Stimulus control of
consumer opinion by brand names : A social conditioning
analysis. The Psychological Record, 38, 227-236.
BRENDL, M., CHATTOPADHYAY, A., PELHAM, B.W. &
CARVALLO, M. (2005). Name letter branding : Valence
transfers when product specific needs are active.
Journal of Consumer Research, 32, 405-415. [PDF]
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1993). What's in a name ? The moderating
role of public self-consciousness on the relation between
brand label and brand preference. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 78, 857-861.
MANDEL, N., PETROVA, P.K. & CIALDINI, R.B. (2006).
Images of success and the preference for luxury brands. Journal
of Consumer Psychology, 16 (1), 57-69. [PDF]
SEMPRINI, A. (1995). La marque. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France.
CAMELIS, C. (2009). L'influence de l'expérience sur
l'image de la marque de service. s Vie & sciences de
l'entreprise. Vie et Sciences de l'Entreprise, 182
(2), 57-74.
[PDF]
AAKER, J.L. (1997). Dimensions of brand personality. Journal
of Marketing Research, 34, 347-356.
WILCOX, K., KIM, H.M. & SEN, S. (2009). Why do
consumers buy counterfeit luxury brands ? Journal of
Marketing Research, 46 (2), 247-259.
[PDF]
KLEIN, N. (2000/02). No logo : La tyrannie des
marques. Paris : Actes Sud.
TORELLI, C.J., ALOKPARNA, B.M. & KAIKATI, A.M. (2011).
Doing poorly by doing good : Corporate social
responsibility and brand concepts. Journal of
Consumer Research, 38 (5), 948-963.
FOXALL, G.R. & SCHREZENMAIER, T.C. (2003). The
behavioural economics of consumer brand choice :
Establishing a methodology. Journal of Economic
Psychology, 24, 675-695.
NELISSEN, R.M.A. & MEIJERS, M.H.C. (2011). Social
benefits of luxury brands as costly signals of wealth and
status. Evolution & Human Behavior, 32 (5),
343-355.
SEGHIR, A. (2013). La marque comme référent ultime de la
publicité. Communication, 32 (1),
Marqueur : Signe ou indice
de l'existence d'un phénomène, souventinobservable ou difficilement observable.
La nature de ces signes varient selon l'objet d'étude : ils
peuvent être de nature sémantique, génétique, neurophysiologique,
etc. Marker.
MÉLANÇON, M.J. (1991). Les marqueurs génétiques : les
dilemmes éthiques du savoir/non-savoir sur la condition
génétique pour les personnes et familles à risque. Dans G.
Bouchard et M. de Braekeleer (Dirs.), Histoire
d'un génome. Population et génétique dans l'est du
Québec (p. 543-593). Québec : Presses de
l'Université Laval.[PDF]
GUSELLA, J.F., WEXLER, N.S., CONNEALLY, P.M.,TAYLOR, S.L.,
ANDERSON, M.A., TANZI, R.E., WATKINS, P.C., OTTINA, K.,
WALLACE, M.R. & SAKAGUCHI, A.Y., YOUNG, A.B.,
SHOULSON, I., BONILLA, E. & MARTIN, J.B. (1983). A
polymorphic DNA marker genetically linked to Huntington's
disease. Nature, 306, 234-238.
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. &
PATTATUCHI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers
on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science,
261, 320-326. [PDF]
HARPER P. S. (1983). A genetic marker for Huntington's
chorea. British Medical Journal, 287, 1567-1568.
RICE, G., ANDERSON, C., RISCH, N. & EBERS, G. (1999).
Male homosexuality : absence of linkage to microsatellite
markers at Xq28. Science, 284 (5414), 665-667.
McGUFFIN, P. & STUART, E. (1986). Genetic markers in
schizophrenia. Human Heredity, 16, 461-465.
QUINN, P.C., WESTERLUD, A. & NELSON, C.A. (2006).
Neural markers of categorization in 6-month-old infants. Psychological Science, 17, 59-66.
MULLEN, P.E., LINSELL, C.R. & PARKER, D. (1986).
Influence of sleep disturbance and calorie restriction on
biological markers of depression. Lancet, 2, 1051-1054.
BRISBOIS, T.D., FARMER, A.P. & McCARGAR, L.J. (2012).
Early markers of adult obesity : A review. Obesity
Reviews, 13 (4), 347-367. [PDF]
Marqueur neurophysiologique :Signe
ou indice de nature
neurophysiologique qui témoigne de l'existence d'un phénomène,
souvent inobservable
ou difficilement observable.
Marqueur etsymptôme. Neurophysiological marker, neural marker, biophysiological marker.
WIMBER, M., BÄUML, K.-H., BERGSTRÖM,Z., MARKOPOULOS, G.,
HEINZE, H.-J. & RICHARDSON-KLAVEHN, A. (2008). Neural
markers of inhibition in human memory retrieval. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 28, 13419-13427. [PDF]
DENNIS, T.A. (2010). Neurophysiological markers for child
emotion regulation from the perspective of
emotion-cognition integration : Current directions and
future challenges. Developmental Neuropsychology, 35
(2), 212-230. [PDF]
GREENWALD, A.G., DRAINE, S.C. & ABRAMS, R.L. (1996).
Three cognitive markers of unconscious semantic
activation. Science, 273, 1699-1702.
BISHOP, D.V.M., NORTH, T. & DONLAN, C. (1996). Nonword
repetition as a behavioural marker for inherited language
impairment : Evidence from a twin study. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 37, 391-403.
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1935). Acquisition,
extinction, and retention of the conditioned response to
light in dogs. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 19,
29-58.
MARQUIS, D.G. (1944). Social psychologists in national war
agencies. Psychological Bulletin, 41, 115-126.
WOODWORTH, R.S. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1949). Psychology
: a study of mental life. London : Methuen.
MARQUIS, D.G., KELLY, E.L., MILLER, J.G. & RAPOPORT,
A. (1957). Experimental studies of behavioral effects of
meprobamate on normal subjects. Annals of New York
Academy of Sciences, 67 (10), 701-711.
KIMBLE, G.A. (1961). Hilgard and Marquis'
conditioning and learning. New York : Appleton-
Century-Crofts.
MARR, D. (1970). A theory for cerebral neocortex. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of London B, 176, 161-234.
MARR, D. (1975). Approaches to biological information
processing. Science, 190, 875-876.
MARR, D. (1977). Artificial intelligence : A personal
view. Artificial Intelligence, 9 (1), 37-48.
MARR, D. & NISHIHARA, H.K. (1978). Representation and
recognition of spatial organization of three-dimensional
shapes. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London,
B, 200, 269-294.
MARR, D. (1982/90). Vision : A computational
investigation into the human representation and
processing of visual information. San Francisco :
W.H. Freeman.
SHAPIRO, L.A. (1993). Content, kinds, and individualism in
Marr's theory of vision. The Philosophical Review,
102 (4), 489-513.
[PDF]
MARSH, H.W., FLEINER, H. & THOMAS, C.S. (1975).
Validity and usefulness of student evaluations of
instructional quality. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 67, 833-839.
MARSH, H.W. (1987). The big-fish-little-pond effect on
academic self-concept. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 79, 280-295.
[PDF]
MARSH, H.W. & REDMAYNE, R.S. (1994). A
multidimensional physical self-concept and its relations
to multiple components of physical fitness. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 15, 43-55. [PDF]
MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (1997). Making students’
evaluations of teaching effectiveness effective. American
Psychologist, 52, 1187-1197. [PDF]
MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (2000). Effects of grading
leniency and low workload on students' evaluations of
teaching : Popular myth, bias, validity, or innocent
bystanders ? Journal of Educational Psychology, 92
(1), 202-228.
[PDF]
ABRAMI, P.C. & d'APOLLONIA, S. (1991).
Multidimensional students’ evaluations of teaching
effectiveness - Generalizability of "N = 1" research :
Comment on Marsh (1991). Journal of Educational
Psychology, 30, 221-227.
Marshall Alfred (Londres 1842-1924 Cambridge) : Économiste
anglais. Professeur de Keynes
et Pigou.
MARSHALL, A. (1879). The pure theory of foreign trade
: The pure theory of domestic values.
MARSHALL, A. (1890). Principles of Economics/Principes
d'économie politique.
MARSHALL, A. (1919). Industry and trade.
DIAMOND, A.M. (2001). Marshall Alfred, 1842-1924. English
economist. In A. Hessenbruch (Ed.), Reader’s guide to
the history of science (pp. 437-438). London :
Fitzroy Dearborn Publishers. [PDF]
Marshall Henry Rutgers (New York 1852-1927 New York) :
Psychologue et
architecte américain. Président de
l'APA en 1907.
MARSHALL, H.R. (1894). Pain, pleasure, and esthetics.
MARSHALL, R.D. & CLOITRE, M. (2000). Maximizing
treatment outcome in post-traumatic stress disorder by
combining psychotherapy with pharmacotherapy. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 2, 335-340.
MARSHALL, R.D., OLFSON, M., HELLMAN, F., BLANCO, C.,
GUARDINO, M. & STRUENING, E.L. (2001). Comorbidity,
impairment, and suicidality in subthreshold PTSD. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1467-1473.
MARSHALL, R.D. & SUH, E.J. (2003). Contextualizing
trauma : Using evidence-based treatments in a
multicultural community after 9/11. Psychiatric
Quarterly, 74, 401-420.
MARSHALL, R.D., POSNER, K. & GRRENHILL, L. (2006). Risk perception
research and the black box warning for SSRIs in children.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 765.
MARSHALL, R.D., BRYANT, R.A., AMSEL, L., SUH, E.J., COOK,
J.M. & NERIA, Y. (2007). The psychology of ongoing
threat : relative risk appraisal, the September 11
attacks, and terrorism-related fears. American
Psychologist, 62 (4), 304-316. [PDF]
MARSHALL, W.L. (1973). The modification of sexual
fantasies : A combined treatment approach to the reduction
of deviant sexual behavior. Behaviour Therapy, 11, 557-564.
MARSHALL, W.L. & LIPPENS, K. (1977). The clinical
value of boredom : A procedure for reducing inappropriate
sexual interests. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Diseases, 165, 283-287.
MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : A procedure for
reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 12 (3), 10-22. [PDF]
MARSHALL, W.L. & ECCLES, A. (1991). Issues in clinical
practice with sex offenders. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 6, 68-93.
MARSHALL, W.L. & FERNANDEZ, Y.M. (2000). Phallometric
testing with sexual offenders : Limits to its value. Clinical
Psychology Review, 20, 807-822.
MARSONET, M. (2013). Pragmatism and science.
Academicus International Science Journal, 8,
101-109. [PDF]
MARSONET, M. (2016). Science and different images of the
world. Academicus International Science Journal, 14,
14-27. [PDF]
MARSONET, M. (2017). Pragmatism and evolutionary
epistemology. Academicus International Science
Journal, 16, 105-112.
[PDF]
MARSONET, M. (2018). Post-empiricism and philosophy of
science. Academicus International Science Journal,
18, 26-33. [PDF]
MARSONET, M. (2019). Philosophy and logical positivism. Academicus
International Scientific Journal, 19, 32-36. [PDF]
Marston William Moulton (Saugus 1893-1947 New York) :
Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des émotions.
En inventant le test de pression
sanguine systolique, il a contribué à la mise au pointd u détecteur
de mensonge. Il est aussi l'inventeur du personnage de
bande-dessinée (comics) Wonder Women. =
William Moulton.
MARSTON, W.M. (1917). Systolic blood pressure symptoms of
deception. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 2
(2), 117-163.
MARSTON, W.M. (1920). Reaction time symptoms of deception.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3, 72- 87.
MARSTON, W.M. (1921). Psychological possibilities in the
deception tests. Journal of Criminal Law &
Criminology, 11, 551-570.
MARSTON, W.M. (1924). A theory of emotions and affection
based upon systolic blood pressure studies. American
Journal of Psychology, 35, 469-506.
MARSTON, W.M., KING, D. & MARSTON-HOOLOWAY, E. (1931).
Integrative psychology : A study of unit respones. London
: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner & Co.
MARTELL, C.R. (1999). Behavior therapy and sexual
minorities : Thoughts on progress and future directions.
The Behavior Therapist, 22 (10), 194-195.
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001).
Depression in context : Strategies for guided action.
New York : W.W. Norton & Co.
MARTELL, C.R. (2003). Behavioral activation therapy for
depression. In W. O’Donohue, J. Fisher & S. Hayes, S.
(Eds.), Cognitive behavior therapy : Applying
empirically supported techniques in your practice
(pp. 28-32). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
MARTELL, C.R. & PPRINCE, S.E. (2005). Treating
infidelity in same sex couples. Journal of Clinical
Psychology/In Session, 61 (11), 1429-1438.
MARTELL, C.R. (2008). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual women and
men. In M. Whisman (Ed.), Cognitive therapy for
complex and comorbid depression : Assessment and
treatment (pp. 373-393.) New York : Gulford.
MARTENS, B.K., LOCHNER, D.G. & KELLY, S.Q. (1992). The
effects of variable-interval reinforcement on academic
engagement : a demonstration of matching theory.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25
(1), 143-151.
[PDF]
MARTENS, B.K., GERTZ, L.E., WERDER, C.S. & RYMANOWSKI,
J.L. (2010). Agreement between descriptive and
experimental analyses of behavior under naturalistic test
conditions. Journal of Behavioral Education, 19,
205-221.
MARTENS, B.K., WERDER, C.S., HIER, B.O. & KOENIG, E.A.
(2013). Fluency training in phoneme blending : A
preliminary study of generalized effects. Journal of
Behavioral Education, 22, 16-36.
MARTENS, B.K., GERTZ, L.E., WERDER, C.S., RYMANOWSKI, J.L.
& SHANKAR, K.H. (2014). Measures of association in
contingency space analysis. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 59, 114-119.
MARTENS, B.K., LAMBERT, T.L. SULLIVAN, W.E., MAGNUSON,
J.D., MORLEY, A.J., SALADA, S.J. & BAXTER, E.L.
(2016). Choice in transition : Replication and extension
to preschool children in a naturalistic setting. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 105 (2),
307-321.
MARTENS, M.P. & LEE, F. (1998). Promoting life-career
development in the student athlete : How can career
centers help ? Journal of Career Development, 25, 123-134.
MARTENS, M.P. & COX, R.H. (2000). Career development
in college varsity athletes. Journal of College
Student Development, 41, 172-180.
MARTENS, M.P., ROCHA, T.L., MARTIN, J.L. & SERRAO,
H.F. (2008). Drinking motives and college students :
Further examination of a four-factor model. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 55, 289-295.
MARTENS, M.P., HATCHETT, E.S., MARTIN, J.L., FOWLER, R.M.,
LEMING, K.M., KARASHIAN, M.A. & CIMINI, M.D. (2010).
Does trait urgency moderate the relationship between
parental alcoholism and alcohol use ? Addiction
Research & Theory, 18, 479-488.
MARTENS, M.P., SMITH, A.E. & MURPHY, J.G. (2013). The
efficacy of single-component brief motivational
interventions among at-risk college drinkers. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 81, 691-701
MARTIN, A.J. (2001). The Student Motivation Scale : A tool
for measuring and enhancing motivation. Australian
Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 11, 1–20.
MARTIN, A.J. (2007). Examining a multidimensional model of
student motivation and engagement using a construct
validation approach. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 77, 413-440,
MARTIN, A.J. (2009). Motivation and engagement across the
academic life span : A developmental construct validity
study of elementary school, high school, and
university/college students. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 69, 794-824.
MARTIN, A.J., ANDERSON, J., BOBIS, J., WAY, J. &
VELLAR, R. (2012). Switching on and switching off in
mathematics : An ecological study of future intent and
disengagement among middle school students. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 104, 1-18.
MARTIN, A.J., PAPWORTH, B., GINNS, P. & LIEM, G.A.D.
(2014). Boarding school, academic motivation and
engagement, and psychological well-being. American
Educational Research Journal, 51, 1007-1049.
MARTIN, B. (1986). Bias in awarding research grants. British
Medical Journal, 293, 550-552.
MARTIN, B. (1991). Scientific knowledge in
controversy : The social dynamics of the fluoridation
debate. Albany : State University of New York
Press.
MARTIN, B. (1998). Strategies for dissenting scientists. Journal
of Scientific Exploration, 12 (4), 605-616. [PDF]
MARTIN, B. (1998). Information liberation :
Challenging the corruptions of information. London
: Freedom Press.
[PDF]
MARTIN, B. & RIFKIN, W. (2004). The dynamics of
employee dissent : whistleblowers and organizational
jiu-jitsu. Public Organization Review, 4, 221-238.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. (1992). A computational
account of deep dysphasia : Evidence from a single case
study. Brain & Language, 43, 240-274.
MARTIN, N., DELL, G.S., SAFFRAN, E.M. & SCHWARTZ, M F.
(1994). Origins of paraphasias in deep dysphasia : Testing
the consequences of a decay impairment to an interactive
spreading activation model of language. Brain &
Language, 47, 609-660.
MARTIN, N. (1996). Models of deep dysphasia. Neurocase,
2 (1), 73-80.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. & DELL, G.S. (1996).
Recovery in deep dysphasia : Evidence for a relation
between auditory-verbal STM capacity and lexical errors in
repetition. Brain & Language, 52, 83-113.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. (1997). Language and
auditory-verbal short-term memory impairments : Evidence
for common underlying processes. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 14, 641-682.
MARTIN, P. (1993). La nouvelle dynamique de la politique
commerciale aux États-Unis et l'Accord de libre-échange
nord-américain. Études internationales, 24, 767-785.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Industrial structure, coalition
politics, and economic policy : The rise and decline of
the French popular font. Comparative Politics, 24,
45-75.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Association after sovereignty ?
Canadian views on economic association with a sovereign
Quebec. Canadian Public Policy/Analyse de Politiques,
21, 53-71.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Représentation des intéréts et
législation commerciale au Sénat des États-Unis. Revue
Canadienne de Science Politique, 28, 277-292.
MARTIN, P. (2012). U.S. elections and the Canadian economy
: Is a Republican in the White House really what's best
for the Canadian economy ? International Journal, 67,
685-695.
MARTIN, R.R. & SIEGEL, G.M. (1966). The effects of
simultaneously punishing stuttering and rewarding fluency.
Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 9, 466-475.
MARTIN, R.R., ST-LOUIS, K.O., HAROLDSON, S. &
HASBROUCK, J. (1975). Punishment and negative
reinforcement of stuttering using electric shock. Journal
of Speech & Hearing Research 18 (3), 478-490.
MARTIN, R.R. & HAROLDSON, S.K. (1979). Effects of five
experimental treatments on stuttering. Journal of
Speech & Hearing Research, 22, 132-146.
MARTIN, R.R. & HAROLDSON, S.K. (1981). Stuttering
identification : standard definition and moment of
stuttering. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research,
24, 59-63.
MARTIN, R.R. & LINDAMOOD, L. (1986). Stuttering and
spontaneous recovery : implications for the speech &
language pathologist. Language Speech & Hearing
Services in the Schools, 17, 207-218.
INGHAM, R. & SIEGEL, G.M. (2002). Richard R. Martin —
an appreciation of his career. Journal of Fluency
Disorders, 27 (1), 87-91.
MARTIN, R., GARDIKIOTIS, A. & HEWSTONE, M. (2002).
Levels of consensus and majority and minority influence. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 645-665.
MARTIN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. (2003). Majority versus
minority influence : When, not whether, source status
instigates heuristic or systematic processing. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 313-330.
MARTIN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. & MARTIN, P.Y. (2003).
Resistance to persuasive messages as a function of
majority and minority source status. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 585-593.
MARTIN, R., HEWSTONE, M. & MARTIN, P.Y. (2007).
Systematic and heuristic processing of majority- and
minority-endorsed messages : The effects of varying
outcome relevance and levels of orientation on attitude
and message processing. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 33 (1), 43-56. [PDF]
MARTIN, R., THOMAS, G. & HEWSTONE, M. (2018). When
leaders are in the numerical majority or minority :
Differential effects on problem-solving. Journal of
Social Issues, 74 (1), 93-111.
MARTIN, R.A. & LEFCOURT, H.M. (1983). Sense of humor
as a moderator of the relation between stressors and
moods. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 45, 1313- 1324.
MARTIN, R.A. (1988). Humor and the mastery of living :
Using humor to cope with the daily stresses of growing up.
Journal of Children in Contemporary Society, 20,
135-154.
MARTIN, R.A. (1996). Humour as therapeutic play :
Stress-moderating effects of humor. Journal of
Leisurability, 23, 8-15.
MARTIN, R.A. & KUIPER, N.A. (1999). Daily occurrence
of laughter: Relationships with age, gender, and Type A
personality. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 12, 355-384.
MARTIN, R.A., PUHLIK-DORIS, P., LARSEN, G., GRAY, J. &
WEIR, K. (2003). Individual differences in uses of humor
and their relation to psychological well-being :
development of the Humor Styles Questionnaire. Journal
of Research in Personality, 37, 48-75.
Martyr : Celui ou celle qui souffre
pour une cause qui le dépasse, parfois jusqu'à la mort.Martyr.
RAPOPORT, A. (1967). Exploiter, leader, hero, and martyr :
the four archetypes of the 2 X 2 game. Behavioral
Science, 12, 81-84.
Marx Karl (Trèves 1813-1883 Londres) :Philosophe
et économiste allemand.
Co-fondateur avec Engels du socialisme scientifique (ou marxisme).
Collaborateur d'Engels.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1844). La sainte famille.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1845). L'idéologie allemande.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1847/1962). Le manifeste du
Parti communiste. Paris : Plon.
MARX, K. (1867/965). Le capital. La Pléiade.
MARX, K. (1977). Contribution à la critique de
l’économie politique. Paris : Éd. Soc.
CALVEZ, J.Y. (1965/(2006). La pensée de Karl Marx.
Paris : Seuil.
ALTHUSSER, L. (1965/69). Pour Marx. Paris : La
Découverte. /For Marx. London : Verso.
ULMAN, J.D. (1991). Toward a synthesis of Marx and
Skinner. Behavior & Social Issues, 1 (1),
57-70. [PDF]
CLARKE, S. (1991). Marx, marginalism and modern
Sociology, London : Macmillan. [PDF]
BALIBAR, E. (1993). La philosophie de Marx.
Paris : La Découverte.
DURAND, J.-P. (1995). La sociologie de Marx.
Paris : La Découverte.
MARX, M.H. & BROWNSTEIN, A.J. (1963). Effects of
incentive magnitude on running speeds without competing
responses in acquisition and extinction. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 65, 182-189.
MARX, M.H. (1967). Interaction of drive and reward as a
determiner of resistance to extinction. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 64 (3),
488-489.
MARX, M.H. & HILLIX, W.A. (1973). Systems and
theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill.
MARX, M.H. & BUNCH, M.E. (1977). Fundamentals and
applications of learning. Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
HILLIX, W.A. & GOODSON, F. (2005). Melvin H. Marx
(1919-2005) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 60
(7), 730.
NAVILLE, P. (1946). Psychologie, marxisme,
matérialisme. Paris : Librairie. Marcel Rivière.
ULMAN, J.A. (1986). A behavioral-marxist reply to Schwartz
and Lacey. Behaviorism, 14 (1), 45-50. [PDF]
MEYER, A.G. (1954). Marxism : The unity of theory and
practice. - A critical essay. Cambridge : Harvard
University Press
BRAUN, C.M.J. (1986).The foundations of psychology :
Marxist approaches to psychology. Science &
Nature, 8, 66-78.
NIEBUHR, R. (1960). Liberals and the Marxist heresy. In G.
B. de Huszar (Ed.), The intellectuals : A
controversial portrait. (pp. 302-307). Glencoe, IL
: Free Press.
KOLAKOWSKI, L. (1987). Histoire du marxisme.
Paris : Fayard.
FROMM, E. (1961). La conception de l'homme chez Marx.
Paris : Payot.
ULMAN, J.D. (1991). Toward a synthesis of Marx and
Skinner. Behavior & Social Issues, 1 (1),
57-70.
MILLS, C.W. (1962). The marxists. New York :
Penguin Books.
PIETTRE, A. (1966). Marx et marxisme. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France.
POULAIN, R. (1997). Les fondements du marxisme.
Hull : Vents d'Ouest.
GOLDMANN, L. (1970). Marxisme et sciences humaines. Paris
: Gallimard.
MONOD, J., CAVEING, M., HALBWACHS, F. & ROGER, J.
(1972). Épistémologie et marxisme. Paris : Union
Générale d'Éditions.
KERBO, H. (1976). Marxist and functionalist theories in
the study of stratification : A comment. Social
Forces, 55, 191-192.
CLARKE, S. (1977). Marxism, sociology and Poulantzas's
theory of the state. Capital & Class, 2, 1-31.
[PDF]
CLARKE, S. (1999). Was Lenin a marxist ? The populist
roots of Marxism-Leninism. Historical Materialism,
3, 3-27. [PDF]
BLOCK, F. (1977). The ruling class does not rule : Notes
on the marxist theory of the state. Socialist
Revolution, 7 (3), 6-28.
RILEY, D. (1978). Developmental psychology, biology and
marxism. Ideology & Consciousness, 4, 73-92.
RUBEL, M. (2000). Marx critique du marxisme. Paris
: Peyot.
WRIGHT, E.O. & PERONE, L. (1978). Marxist class
categories and income Inequality. American
Sociological Review, 42 (1), 32-55. [PDF]
HOLLOWAY, J. & PICCIOTTO, S. (Eds.) (1978). State
and capital : A Marxist debate. London : Edward
Arnold.
SINGER, P. (2000). Marx : A very short introduction. Oxford
: Oxford University Press.
SÉVE, L. (1978). Man in Marxist theory and the
psychology of the personality. Hassocks, Sussex :
Harvester Press.
STORPER, M. (2001). The poverty of radical theory today :
from the false promises of Marxism to the mirage of the
cultural turn. International Journal of Urban &
Regional Research, 25 (1), 155-179.
[PDF]
COHEN, G.A. (1978). Karl Marx's Theory of history :
A defence. Oxford : Princeton University Press.
HARTMAN, H. (1979). The unhappy marriage of marxism and
feminism : towards a more progressive union. Capital
& Class, 8, 1-33. [PDF]
WILLHEM, S.M. (1980). Can marxism explain America's
racism. Social Problem, 28 (2), 98-112.
WRIGHT, E.O. (1980). Varieties of marxist conceptions of
class structure. Politics & Society, 9 (3),
323-370. [PDF]
LIPIETZ, A. (1980). Conflits de répartition et changement
technique dans la théorie marxiste. Économie
Appliquée, 2, 511-537. [PDF]
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1981). Marxist theories of law : A
survey, with some thoughts on women and law. Canadian
Criminology Forum 4 (1), 1-12.
[PDF]
CRAMER, C. (2002). Capitalism, violence, and war. In A.
Saad-Filho (Ed.), Anti-capitalism : a Marxist
introduction. London : Pluto Press.
MACKINNON, C. (1982). Feminism, marxism, method and the
state : an agenda for theory. Signs, 7, 515–544.
MACKINNON, C. (1982). Feminism, marxism, method and the
state : toward feminist jurisprudence. Signs, 8
(4), 635–658.
GERAS, N. (1983). Marx and human nature : Refutation
of a Legend. London : Verso Editions.
GATENS, M. (1983). A critique of the sex/gender
distinction. In J. Allen & P. Patton (Eds.),
Beyond marxism ? Intervention after Marx (pp.
142-161). Sydney : Ingtervention Publications.
FLEETWOOD, S. (2012). Laws and tendencies in marxist
political economy. Capital & Class, 36 (2),
235-262.
CALVEZ, J.Y. (1965/(2006). La pensée de Karl Marx.
Paris : Seuil.
Masculinisme : Mouvement de défense et de
promotion des droits et de la condition des hommes.
Masculinisme etantiféminisme.
Masculinity, masculinity ideology.
GUILLOT, P. (2004). La cause des hommes. France
: Viamédias.
MORAWSKI, J.G. (2003). Men crazy : Making theories of
masculinity. In N. Stephenson, L. Radtke, R. Jorna &
H. Stam (Eds.), Theoretical psychology : Critical
contributions (pp. 335-346). New York : Captus
Press.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (2004). Can we demystify theory ?
Examining masculinity discourses and feminist postmodern
theory. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical
Psychology, 24 (1), 14-29.
BLAIS, M. & DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2008). Le mouvement
masculiniste au Québec. Les Éditions du
Remue-Ménage.
WADE, J.C. (2008). Masculinity ideology, male reference
group identity dependence, and African American men’s
health-related attitudes and behaviors. Psychology of
Men & Masculinity, 9 (1), 5-16. [PDF]
DEVREUX, A.-M. (2004). Les masculinistes face à la
réussite scolaire des filles et des garçons : À; propos de
la réception des résultats d'une recherche par Pierrette
Bouchard (Entrevue). Cahier du Genre, 36 (1),
21-44. [PDF]
Masculinité : Ensemble des caractéristiques physiques et
psychologiques que l'on attribue généralement aux hommes., parfois même de manière caricaturale ou stéréotypée.
/Feminité.Masculine traits.
CONSTANTINOPLE, A. (1973). Masculinity-femininity : an
exception to a famous dictum ? Psychological
Bulletin, 80 (5), 389-407.
BOUCHARD, P., ST-AMANT, J.C. & GAGNON, C. (2000).
Pratiques de masculinité à l'école québécoise. Revue
Canadienne de L'Éducation 25 (2), 73-87. [PDF]
LIPPA, R.A. (1977). Androgyny, sex-typing, and the
perception of masculinity-femininity in handwritings. Journal
of Research in Personality, 44, 541-559.
IMMS, W.D. (2000). Multiple masculinities and the
schooling of boys. Canadian Journal of Education, 25
(2), 152-165. [PDF]
LIPPA, R.A. (1978). The naive perception of
masculinity-femininity on the basis of expressive cues.
Journal of Research in Personality, 12, 1-14.
LIPPA, R.A. MARTIN, L. R. & FRIEDMAN, H.S.
(2000). Gender-related individual differences and
mortality in the Terman longitudinal study : Is
masculinity hazardous to your health ? Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1560-1570.
HALL, J.A. & HABERSTADT, A.G. (1980). Masculinity and
femininity in children : Development of the Children's
Personal Attributes Questionnaire. Developmental
Psychology, 16, 270-280.
LIPPA, R.A. (2001), On deconstructing and reconstructing
masculinity-femininity. Journal of Research in
Personality, 35, 168-207.
LIPPA, R.A. & BEAUVAIS, C. (1983). Gender jeopardy :
The effects of gender, assessed femininity and
masculinity, and false success/failure feedback on
performance in an experimental quiz game. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 344-353.
LITTLE, A.C. & HANCOCK, P.J. (2002). The role of
masculinity and distinctiveness on the perception of
attractiveness in human male faces. British Journal of
Psychology 93, 451-464.
LIPPA, R.A., VALDEZ, E. & JOLLY A. (1983). The effects
of self-monitoring on the expressive display of
masculinity-femininity. Journal of Research in
Personality, 17, 324-338.
SPENCE, J.T. (1984). Gender identity and its implications
for masculinity and femininity. In T.B. Sonderegger (Ed.),
Nebraska Symposium on Motiuation : Psychology and Gender
(pp. 59-95). Lincoln : University of Nebraska Press.
WELLARD, I. (2002). Men, sport, body performance and the
maintenance of "exclusive masculinity". Leisure
Studies, 21, 235-248. [PDF]
CARRIGAN, T., CONNELL, B. & LEE, J. (1985). Toward a
new sociology of masculinity. Theory & Society,
14, 551-604. [PDF]
OLIVARDIA, R. (2001). Why now ? How male body image is
closely tied to masculinity and changing gender roles. Society
for the Psychological Study of Men & Masculinity
Bulletin, 6 (4), 11-12.
DEAUX, K. (1987). Psychological constructions of
masculinity and femininity. In J.M. Reinisch, L.A.
Rosenblum, S.A. Sanders (Eds.), Masculinity/femininity
: basic perspectives (pp. 289-303). New York :
Oxford University Press.
NOAR, S. & MOROKOFF, P. (2002). The relationship
between masculinity ideology, condom attitudes, and condom
use stage of change : A structural equation modeling
approach. Journal of Men's Health, 1, 43-58.
CONNELL, R.W. (1989). Cool guys, swots and wimps : The
interplay of masculinity and education. Oxford Review
of Education, 15, 291-303.
ADDIS, M.E. & MAHALIK, J.R. (2003). Men, masculinity,
and the contexts of help seeking. American
Psychologist, 58 (1), 5-14. [PDF]
FEJES, E.J. (1992). Masculinity as fact. In S. Craig
(Ed.), Men, m asculinity, and the media. Newbury
Park, CA : Sage.
PASCOE, C.J. (2003). Multiple masculinities ? Teenage boys
talk about jocks and gender. American Behavioural
Scientist, 46 (10), 1423-1428.
THOMPSON, E., PLECK, J. & FERRERA, D. (1992). Men and
masculinities : Scales for masculinity ideology and
masculinity-related constructs. Sex Roles, 27, 573-607.
ADDIS, M.E. (2004). Teaching an advanced undergraduate and
graduate level seminar in the psychology of men and
masculinity. Society for the Psychological Study of
Men & Masculinity Bulletin, 10 (1), 47-53.
CONNELL, R.W. (1992). A very straight gay : masculinity,
homosexual experience and the dynamics of gender. American
Sociological Review, 57 (6), 735-751. [PDF]
CONNELL, R.W. (1993). Big picture : Masculinities in a
recent world history. Theory & Society, 22
(S5), 597-623. [PDF]
ADDIS, M.E. & COHANE, G.H. (2005). Social scientific
paradigms of masculinity and their implications for
research and practice in men's mental health. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 61, 1-15. [PDF]
LIPPA, R.A. (2005). How do lay people weight information
about instrumentality, expressiveness, and gender-typed
hobbies when judging masculinity-femininity in themselves,
best friends, and strangers ? Sex Roles, 53,
43-55.
CONNELL, R.W. (1995). Masculinities : Knowledge,
power and social change. Berkeley : University of
California Press.
ANDERSON, E. (2005). In the game : Gay athletes and
the cult of masculinity. New York, NY : State
University of New York Press.
BRITTON, D.M. & WILLIAMS, C.L. (1995). Don’t ask,
don’t tell, don’t pursue : Military policy and the
construction of heterosexual masculinity. Journal of
Homosexuality, 30 (1), 1-21.
PRINGLE, R. & MARKULA, P. (2005). No pain is sane
after all : A Foucauldian analysis of masculinities and
men's experiences in rugby. Sociology of Sport
Journal, 22 (4), 472-497.
CONNELL, R.W. (1997). Gender politics for men. The
International Journal of Sociology & Social Policy,
17 (1), 62-77. [PDF]
MARTIN, B.E. & HARRIS, F.I. (2006). Examining
productive conceptions of masculinities : Lessons learned
from academically driven African American male
student-athletes. The Journal of Men's Studies, 14, 359-378.
TWENGE, J.M. (1997). Changes in masculine and feminine
traits over time : A meta-analysis. Sex Roles, 36, 305-325.
WHORLEY, M. & ADDIS, M.E. (2006). Ten years of
research on the psychology of men and masculinity in the
United States : Methodological trends and critique. Sex
Roles, 55, 649-658. [PDF]
LIPPA, R.A. & ARAD, S. (1997). The structure of
sexual orientation and its relation to masculinity,
femininity, and gender diagnosticity : Different for men
and women. Sex Roles, 37, 187-208.
SING, K. & AGRAWAL, P. (2007). Masculinity and
femininity among working women in Indian urban culture. Journal
of Human Ecology, 21 (2), 135-138. [PDF]
LIPPA, R.A. (1997). The display of masculinity,
femininity, and gender diagnosticity in self-descriptive
photo essays. Journal of Personality, 65, 137-169.
KILMARTIN, C.T. (2007). The masculine self.
Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York : Sloan Publishing
TOKAR, D.M. & JOME, L.M. (1998). Masculinity,
vocational interests, and career choice traditionality :
Evidence for a fully mediated model. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 45 (4), 424-435.
ANDERSON, E. (2008). "Being masculine is not about who you
sleep with... : " Hetero-sexual athletes contesting
masculinity and the one-time rule of homosexuality.
Sex Roles, 58 (2), 104-115. [PDF]
LIPPA, R.A. (2008). The relation between childhood gender
nonconformity and adult masculinity-femininity and anxiety
in heterosexual and homosexual men and women. Sex
Roles, 59, 684-693.
CONNELL, R.W. (1998). Masculinities and globalization. Men
& Masculinities, 1 (1), 21-23.
PEPLAU, L.A. & HUPPIN, M. (2008). Masculinity,
femininity and the development of sexual orientation in
women. Journal of Gay & Lesbian Mental Health, 12
(1/2), 147-167.
[PDF]
LIPPA, R.A. (1998). The nonverbal display and judgment of
extraversion, masculinity, femininity, and gender
diagnosticity : A Lens Model analysis. Journal of
Research in Personality, 32, 80-107.
LEAPER, C. & VAN, S. (2008). Masculinity ideology,
covert sexism, and perceived gender typicality in relation
to young men's academic motivation and choices in college.
Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 9, 139-153.
WEDGWOOD, N. (2009). Connell's theory of masculinity - its
origins and influences on the study of gender.
Journal of Gender Studies, 18 (4), 329-339. [PDF]
LIPPA, R.A. & HERSHBERGER, S. (1999). Genetic and
environmental influences on individual differences in
masculinity, femininity, and gender diagnosticity :
Analyzing data from a classic twin study. Journal of
Personality, 67, 127-155.
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2010). Rape, war, and the socialization
of masculinity : Why our refusal to give up war ensures
that rape cannot be eradicated. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 35, 538-549.
McGUFFEY, C.S. & RICH, B.L. (1999). Playing in the
gender transgression zone : Race, class, and hegemonic
masculinity in middle childhood. Gender & Society,
13 (5), 608-627.
DUNCANSON, C. (2015). Hegemonic masculinity and the
possibility of change in gender relations. Men &
Masculinities, 18, 231-248.
Masculinité hégémonique : Ensemble des valeurs
et des pratiques qui justifient et confirment la dominance des hommes sur les femmes.
= masculinité dominante. Hegemonic
masculinity, toxic masculinity.
CONNELL, R.W. KESSLER, S.J., ASHENDEN, D. & DOWSETT,
G. (1982). Ockers et disco-maniacs : a discussion of
sex, gender and secondary schooling. Stanmore, New
South Wales : Inner City Education Centre.
CONNELL, R.W. (1993). Big picture : Masculinities in a
recent world history. Theory & Society, 22
(S5), 643-657. [PDF]
DONALDSON, M. (1993). What is hegemonic masculinity ? Theory
& Society, 22 (5), 643-657. [PDF]
MASLACH, C. & LEITER, M.P. (2016). Understanding the
burnout experience : recent research and its implications
for psychiatry. World Psychiatry, 15 (2),
103-111. [PDF]
MASLING, J. (1989). Empirical studies of
psychoanalytic theories. Hillsdale, NJ : The
Analytic Press.
MASLING, J. & BORNSTEIN, R.F. (Eds.) (1996). Psychoanalytic
perspectives on developmental psychology.
Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J. (Eds.) (1998). Empirical
perspectives on the psychoanalytic unconscious :
Empirical studies of the therapeutic hour. Washington,
D.C. : American Psychological Association.
MASLING, J. (1999). Empirical perspectives on object
relations theory. Washington, D.C. : American
Psychological Association.
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J. (Eds.) (2002). The
Psychodynamics of gender and gender role.
Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
Maslow Abraham H. (New York 1908-1970 Menlo Park) :Psychologue américain
et chef de file de la
perspective humaniste américaine. Il a proposé une théorie
des besoins (que l'on
représente souvent sous forme de
pyramide). Président de l'APA
en 1968. Étudiant de Harlow.
MASLOW, A.H. (1943). A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review, 50, 370-396. [PDF]
MASLOW, A.H. (1950/73). Self-actualizing people : A study
of psychological health. In R.J. Lowry (Ed.), Dominance,
self-esteem, self-actualization : Germinal papers of
A.H. Maslow (pp. 177-201). Monterey, CA :
Brookes/Cole Publishing Company.
MASLOW, A.H. (1954/1970). Motivation and personality.
New York : Harper & Row. [PDF]
MASLOW, A.H. (1962). Lessons from the peak- experiences. Journal
of Humanistic Psychology, 2 (1), 9-18.
MASLOW, A.H. (1968/72). Maslow, A.H. (1968). Toward a
psychology of being. New York : D. Van Nostrand Company. /Vers
une psychologie de l'être. Paris : Fayard.
STEAD, B. (1972). Berlo's communication process model as
applied to the behavioral theories of Maslow, Herzberg,
and McGregor. Academy of Management Journal, 15 (3),
389-394.
KOHN, A. (1999). A look at Maslow’s "basic propositions".
In H.J. Freiberg (Ed.), Perceiving, behaving,
becoming : Lessons learned. Alexandria, VA : ASCD.
[LIRE]
WAHBA, M.A. & BRIDWELL, L.G. (1976). Maslow
reconsidered : a review of research on the need hierarchy
theory. Organizational Behaviour & Human
Performance, 15, 212-240. [PDF]
LOUART, P. (2002). Maslow, Herzberg et les théories
du contenu motivationnel. Lille : Les Cahiers de la
Recherche. [PDF]
ADLER, S. (1977). Maslow's Need Hierarchy and the
Adjustment of Immigrants. The International Migration
Review, 11, 444-451.
HOFFMAN, E. (1988). The right to be human : A
biography of Abraham Maslow. Los Angeles : Jeremy
P. Tarcher.
RENNIE, D. (2008). Two thoughts on Abraham Maslow. Journal
of Humanistic Psychology, 48 (4), 445-448.
SCHOTT, R.L. (1992). Abraham Maslow, humanistic
psychology, and organization leadership : a Jungian
perspective. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 32,
106-120.
HOFFMAN, E. (2008). Abraham a biographer's reflections. Journal
of Humanistic Psychology, 48 (4), 439-443.
WICKER, F.W., BROWN, G., WIEHE,J.A., HAGEN, A.S. &
REED, J.L. (1993). On reconsidering An examination of the
deprivation/domination proposition. Journal of
Research in Personality, 27, 118-133.
UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover : Of
Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory.
Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. [PDF]
CALABRO, R.E. (1997). "First Things First": Maslow's
Hierarchy as a framework for REBT in promoting disability
adjustment during rehabilitation. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 15
(3), 193-213.
NYAMEH, J. (2013). Application of the Maslow's hierarchy
of need theory; impacts and implications on organizational
culture, human resource and employee's performance. International
Journal of Business & Management Invention, 2 (3),
39-45. [PDF]
HOFFMAN, E. (1999). The right to be human : A
biography of Abraham Maslow. New York :
McGraw-Hill.
OZGUNER, Z. & OZGUNER, M. (2014). A managerial point
of view on the relationship between of Maslow's hierarchy
of needs and Herzberg's dual factor theory.
International Journal of Business & Social Science,
5 (7), 207-215. [PDF]
HALL, D. & NOUGAIM, K. (1968). An examination of
Maslow’s hierarchy of needs in the organizational setting.
Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 3
(1), 12-35.
CALABRO, L.E. (1997). "First things first" : Maslow's
Hierarchy as a framework for REBT in promoting disability
adjustment during rehabilitation. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 15 (3),
193-213.
LAWLER, E.E. & SUTTLE, J.L. (1972). A causal
correlational test of the need hierarchy concept. Organizational
Behavior & Performance, 7 (2), 265-287.
AJILA, C.O. (1997). Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory :
applicability to the Nigerian industrial setting. IFE
Psychology, 5, 162–174.
WAHBA, A. & BRIDGEWELL, L. (1976). Maslow reconsidered
: A review of research on the need hierarchy theory. Organizational
Behavior & Human Performance, 15, 212-240. [PDF]
GAMBREL, P.A. & CIANCI, R. (2003). Maslow's hierarchy
of needs : Does it apply in a collectivist culture.
Journal of Applied Management & Entrepreneurship, 8
(2), 143-161.
[PDF]
WANOUS, J.P. & ZWANY, A. (1977). A cross-sectional
test of the need hierarchy. Organizational Behavior
& Human Performance, 18, 78-97.
KOLTKO-RIVERA, M.E. (2006). Rediscovering the later
version of Maslow's hierarchy of needs :
Self-transcendence and opportunities for theory, research,
and unification. Review of General Psychology, 10
(4), 302-317.
[PDF]
ADLER, S. (1977). Maslow's Need Hierarchy and the
Adjustment of Immigrants. The International Migration
Review, 11, 444-451.
UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover: Of
Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory.
Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. [PDF]
MATHES, E. (1981). Maslow's hierarchy of needs as a guide
for living. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 21,
69-72.
KENRICK, D.T., GRISKEVICIUS, V., NEUBERG, S.L. &
SCHALLER, M. (2010). Renovating the pyramid of needs :
Contemporary extensions built upon ancient foundations.
Perspectives on Psychological Science, 5 (3),
292-314. [PDF]
LESTER, D., HVEZDA, J., SULLIVAN, S. & PLOURDE, R.
(1983). Maslow's hierarchy of needs and psychological
health. Journal of General Psychology, 109,
83-85.
NYAMEH, J. (2013). Application of the Maslow's hierarchy
of need theory; impacts and implications on organizational
culture, human resource and employee's performance. International
Journal of Business & Management Invention, 2 (3),
39-45. [PDF]
NEVIS, E.C. (1983). Using an American perspective in
understanding another culture : Toward a hierarchy of
needs for the People's Republic of China. The Journal
of Applied Behavioral Science, 19, 249-264.
OZGUNER, Z. & OZGUNER, M. (2014). A managerial point
of view on the relationship between of Maslow's hierarchy
of needs and Herzberg's dual factor theory.
International Journal of Business & Social Science,
5 (7), 207-215. [PDF]
Masochisme : Jouissance,
la plupart du temps sexuelle, que l'on obtient en s'infligeant une
souffrance volontaire.
Un écrivain autrichien du 19e siècle, Sacher-Masoch, a
décrit le plaisir particulier que procure cette souffrance. Pour Natcht,
le masochisme a aussi une dimension morale, Masochisme etsadisme.Masochism.
STEKEL, W. (1929). Sadism and masochism : the
psychology of hatred and cruelty. New York (NY) :
Liveright Publishing Corporation.
CAPLAN, P.J. (1984). The myth of women's masochism. American
Psychologist, 39 (2), 130-139.
HORNEY, K. (1935). The problem of feminine masochism. Psychoanalytic Review, 22, 241-257.
WEINBERG, M.S., WILLIAMS, C.J. & MOSER, C.A. (1984).
The social constituents of sadomasochism. Social
Problems, 31 (4), 379-389.
LOEWENSTEIN, R.M. (1938). L'origine du masochisme et la
théorie des pulsions. Revue Française de
Psychoanalyse, 10, 293-321.
GLENN, J. (1984). A note on loss, pain, and masochism in
children Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 32, 63-73.
DOOLEY, L. (1941). The relation of humor to masochism. Psychoanalytic Review, 28, 37-46
MALESON, F.G. (1984). The multiple meanings of masochism
in psychoanalytic discourse. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 32, 325-356.
NACHT, S. (1938/2008). Le masochisme. Paris :
Peyot.
REIK, T. (1941). Masochism and modern man. New
York : Toronto, Farrar & Rinehart.
NOVICK, K.K. & NOVICK, J. (1987). The essence of
masochism. The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 42,
353-384.
BRENMAN, M. (1952). On teasing and being teased: and the
problem of "moral masochism.The Psychoanalytic Study
of the Child, 7, 264-285
SILVERMAN, K. (1988). Masochism and male subjectivity. Camera
Obscura 17, 30–67.
LOEWENSTEIN, R. (1957). A contribution to the
psychoanalytic theory of masochism. Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association, 5, 197-234.
GROSSMAN, W.I. (1991). Pain, aggression, fantasy, and
concepts of sadomasochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
60, 22-51. [PDF]
BERNSTEIN, I. (1957). The role of narcissism in moral
masochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 26,
358-377.
ZILLMANN, D., BRYANT, J. & CARVETH, R.A. (1981). The
effect of erotica featuring sadomasochism and bestiality
on motivated intermale aggression. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 153-159.
KERNBERG, O.F. (1991). Sadomasochism, sexual excitement,
and perversion. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 39, 333-362.
QUINSEY, V.L., CHAPLIN, T.C. & UPFOLD, D. (1984).
Sexual arousal to nonsexual violence and sadomasochistic
themes among rapists and non-sex offenders. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52,
651-657.
Masquage : Masquer : En conditionnement
répondant, lorsque deux stimuli
neutres A et B sont associés simultanément (stimulus
composite) avec un stimulus
inconditionnelle, l'un des deux stimulis neutres, devenus
conditionnées, a souvent un effet moindre sur la réponse
conditionnelle. Si A est plus efficace, on dira alors qu'il
masque l'effet de B. EX: Vous associez un bruit
de cloche (A) et une lumière rouge (B) à une décharge électrique
(SI), et vous constatez, après le conditionnement, que la cloche
provoque davantage de réponse de peur (RC) que la lumière rouge;
la cloche masque donc l'effet de la lumière. Masquage et
effet de
masquage.Overshadowing.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1971). An analysis of overshadowing and
blocking. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 23, 118-125.
BOUTON, M.E., JONES, D.L., McPHILLIPS, S.A. &
SWARTZENTRUBER, D. (1986). Potentiation and overshadowing
in odor-aversion learning : Role of method of odor
presentation, the distal-proximal cue distinction, and the
conditionability of odor. Learning & Motivation,
17, 115-138.
MILES, C.G. & JENKINS, H.M. (1973). Overshadowing in
operant conditioning as a function of discriminability. Learning
& Motivation, 4 (1), 11-27.
SPETCH, M.L. (1995). Overshadowing in landmark learning :
Touch-screen studies with pigeons and humans. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes,
21, 166-181.
TENNANT, W.A. & BITTERMAN, M.E. (1975). Blocking and
overshadowing in two species of fish. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 1,
22-29.
COLE, R.P., OBBERLING, P. & MILLER, R.R. (1999).
Recovery from one-trial overshadowing. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 6, 424-431.
GARRUD, P., GOODALL, G. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1981).
Overshadowing of a stimulus-reinforcer association by an
instrumental response. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 33B, 123-135.
OBERLING, P., BRISTOL, A., MATUTE, H. & MILLER, R.R.
(2000). Biological significance attenuates overshadowing,
relative validity, and degraded contingency effects.
Animal Learning & Behavior, 28, 172-186.
SCHMAJUK, N.A., SPEAR, N.E. & ISSACSON, R.L. (1983).
Absence of overshadowing in rats with hippocampal lesions.
Physiological Psychology, 11, 59-62.
DE HOUWER, J. & BECKERS, T. (2002). Second-order
backward blocking and unovershadowing in human causal
learning. Experimental Psychology, 49 (1),
27-33. [PDF]
HAYWARD, A., MCGREGOR, A., GOOD, M. A. & PEARCE, J.M.
(2003). Absence of overshadowing and blocking between
landmarks and the geometric cues provided by the shape of
a test arena. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
56 (B), 114-126.
CHAMIZO, V.D. BLACKMAN, D.E. & THOMAS, G.V. (1985).
Blocking and overshadowing between intra-maze and
extra-maze cues : A test of the independence of locale and
guidance learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
37 (B), 235–253.
PEARCE, J.M., GRAHAM, M., GOOD, M.A., JONES, P.M. &
McGREGOR, A. (2006). Potentiation, overshadowing, and
blocking of spatial learning based on the shape of the
environment. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 32, 201-214.
CHAMIZO, V.D., STERIO, D. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1985).
Blocking and overshadowing between intra-maze and
extra-maze cues : A test of the independence of locale and
guidance learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 37B, 235-253.
McGREGOR, A., HORNE, M., ESBER, G.O. & PEARCE, J.M.
(2009). Absence of overshadowing between a landmark and
geometric cues in a distinctively shaped environment : A
test of Miller and Shettleworth (2007). Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 35,
357-371.
MATZEL, L.D., SCHACHTMAN, T.R. & MILLER, R.R. (1985).
Recovery of an overshadowed association achieved by
extinction of the overshadowing stimulus. Learning
& Motivation, 16 (4), 398-412.
CHAMIZO, V.D., RODRIGUEZ, C.A., ESPINET, A. &
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (2012). Generalization decrement and not
overshadowing by associative competition among pairs of
landmarks in a navigation task. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 38
(3), 255-265.
Masse critique : Expression empruntée à la physique nucélaire qui sert à désigner le fait que pour qu'un changement puisse se
produire - habituellement une modification du comportement ou un
changement collectif - il faut réunir plusieurs conditions ou faire
en sorte qu'un facteur X devienne déterminant. Le mot masse
est ici utilisé par analogie pour exprimer l'idée qu'un facteur X
doit être assez "lourd" ou "nombreux" pour faire "basculer"
le facteur Y que l'on cherche à expliquer. Masse critique, facteur
déterminant etaction
collective.= Seuil d'action,
point critique, goutte qui fait déborder le vase.
Critical mass.
MARWELL, G. & OLIVER, P. (1993). The critical mass
in collective action. Cambridge, England :
Cambridge University Press.
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2011). Critical mass and the
dependency of research quality on 500 group size. Scientometrics,
86 (2) 527-540.
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2011). Critical masses of
research groups in the mathematical N sciences. Mathematics
Today, 47, 114-116.
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2011). Critical mass of
education research groups. Research Intelligence 114,
14.
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2012). Masse critique d'une
groupe de recherche. Reflets de la Physique, 27,
21-23. [PDF]
MASSEY D.S. & DENTON, N.A. (1985). Spatial
assimilation as a socioeconomic outcome. American
Sociological Review, 50 (1), 94–105.
MASSEY D.S. & FISCHER, M.J. (2004). The ecology of
racial discrimination. City & Community, 3
(3), 221–243.
MASSEY D.S. (2013). Inheritance of poverty or inheritance
of place ? The emerging consensus on neighborhoods and
stratification. Contemporary Sociology, 42,
690–697.
MASSEY D.S. & TANNEN, J. (2015). A research note on
trends in black hyper- segregation. Demography, 52
(3), 1025–1034.
MASSEY D.S. & TANNEN, J. (2017). Suburbanization
and segregation in the United States : 1970–-2010.
Ethnic & Racial Studies, 41 (9), 1594–1611.
MASSICOTTE, L. & BLAIS, A. (1997). Electoral formulas
: A macroscopic perspective. European Journal of
Political Research, 32, 107-129.
MASSICOTTE, L. & BLAIS, A. (1999). Mixed electoral
systems. A conceptual and empirical survey. Electoral
Studies, 18 (3), 341-366.
MASSICOTTE, L. (2000). Le pouvoir exécutif : La monarchie
et le conseil des ministres. In M. Tremblay, M.R.
Pelletier et R. Pelletier (Dirs.), Le système
parlementaire canadien (p. 265-296). Québec :
Presses de l'Université Laval.
MASSICOTTE, L. (2001). Legislative unicameralism : A
global survey and a few case studies. Journal of
Legislative Studies, 7 (1), 151-170.
MASSICOTTE, L., BLAIS, A. & YOSHINAKA, A. (2004). Establishing
the rules of the game. Election laws in democracies.
Toronto : University of Toronto Press.
Massoud Sami Gabriel (1962-) :Politologue,
historien et
professeur de science politique québécois d'origine libanaise. Il enseigne au
Collège Ahuntsic. Il se spécialise dans l'étude de la
civilisation mamluk.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2003). Al-Maqrizi as a historian of the
reign of Barquq. Mamluk Studies Review, 7 (2),
119-136.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2006). Notes on the contemporary sources of
the year 793. Mamluk Studies Review, 9 (1),
163-206.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2007). The chronicles and annalistic
sources of the early Mamluk circassian period.
Herndon, VA : Brill Academic Publishers.
[PDF]
MASSOUD, S.G. (2009). Ibn Qadi Shuhbah's Al-Dhayl,
Al-Mutawwhal : The making of an all Mamluk chronicle. Quaderni
di Studi Arabi, 4, 61-79.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2010). "al-'Ayn ?". In G. Dunphy (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of the medieval chronicle (pp.
137-138). Leiden : Brill.
LEWICKA, P. (2009). Sami G. Massoud, The chronicles
and annalistic sources of the early Mamluk Circassian :
a review. Chicago : Middle East Documentation
Center, The University of Chicago. [PDF]
MASTEN, A., BEST, K. & GARMEZY, N. (1990). Resilience
and development : Contributions from the study of children
who overcome adversity. Development &
Psychopathology, 2, 425-444.
MASTEN, A.S. & OBRADOVIC, J. (2006). Competence and
resilience in development. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 1094, 13-27. [PDF]
MASTEN, A.S. (2009). Ordinary magic : Lessons from
research on resilience in human development. Education
Canada, 49 (3), 28-32.
MASTEN, A.S. (2012). Risk and resilience in the
educational success of homeless and highly mobile children
: Introduction to the special section. Educational
Researcher, 41, 363-365.
MASTEN, A.S. (2019). Resilience from a developmental
systems perspective. World Psychiatry, 18 (1),
101-102. [PDF]
MASTRO, D.E. & GREENBERG, B.S. (2000). The portrayal
of racial minorities on prime time television. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 44 (4),
690-703. [PDF]
MASTRO, D.E. & BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. (2005). Latino
representation on primetime television. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 82, 110-130. [PDF]
MASTRO, D.E. & KOPACZ, M. (2006). Media
representations of race, prototypicality, and policy
reasoning : An application of self-categorization theory.
Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 50,
305-322.
MASTRO, D.E., BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. & ORTIZ, M. (2007).
The cultivation of social perceptions of Latinos : A
mental models approach. Media Psychology, 9,
1-19.
MASTRO, D.E., BEHM-MORAWITZ E. & KOPACZ, M. (2008).
Exposure to TV portrayals of Latinos : The implications of
aversive racism and social identity theory. Human
Communication Research, 34, 1-27. [PDF]
Masturbation : Masturber : Manipulation des organes génitaux qui permet l'obtention d'un plaisir ou d'un orgasme. Pour Woody Allen, «C'est la manière la plus sûre de faire l'amour avec
quelqu'un qu'on aime». Masturbation et onanisme.= Auto-érotisme, auto-stimulation,
branlette, seul-avec-dieu.
Masturbation.
TISSOT, S.A.D. (1766). L'onanisme. Dissertation sur
les maladies produites par la masturbation. Paris :
Garnier et frères. / Onanism, or a treatise upon the
disorders of masturbation. London : J. Pridden.
MARQUIS, J.N. (1970). Orgasmic reconditioning : Changing
sexual object choice through controlling masturbation
fantasies. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 1, 262-264.
GELEERD, E.R. (1943). The analysis of a case of compulsive
masturbation in a dhild. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
12, 520-540.
HALPERT, E. (1973). On a particular form of masturbation
in women : Masturation with water. Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association, 21, 526-542.
LAMPL-DE GROOT, J. (1950). On masturbation and its
influence on general development. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 5, 153-174.
KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1974). Directed masturbation and the
treatment of primary orgasmic dysfunction. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 3, 349-356.
REICH, A. (1951). The discussion of 1912 on masturbation
and our present-day views. Psychoanalytic Study of
the Child, 6, 80-94.
GRABER, B., ROHRBAUGH, J.W., NEWLIN, D.B., VARNER, J.L.
& ELLINGSON, R.J. (1985). EEG during masturbation and
ejaculation. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 14,
491-503.
LEVINE, M.I. (1951). Pediatric observations on
masturbation in children. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 6, 117-124.
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1987). The semantics of success : Do
masturbation exercises lead to partner orgasm ?
Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 13, 3-14.
BORNSTEIN, B. (1953). Masturbation in the latency period.
Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 8, 65-78.
BRENOT, P. (1997). Éloge de la masturbation. Zulma.
ARLOW, J.A. (1953). Masturbation and symptom formation. Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 1, 45-58.
MARCUS, I.M. & ISAY, R.A. (1980). Adult masturbation :
Clinical perspectives. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 28, 637-652.
ELLIS, A. (1955). Masturbation. Journal of Social
Therapy, 1 (3), 141-143.
LAUFER, M.E. (1982). Female masturbation in adolescence
and the development of the relationship to the body. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 63, 295-302.
HAMMERMAN, S. (1961). Masturbation and character. Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 9,
287-311.
GRABER, B., ROHRBAUGH, J.W., NEWLIN, D.B., VARNER, J.L.
& ELLINGSON, R.J. (1985). EEG during masturbation and
ejaculation. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 14,
491-503.
BERNSTEIN, I. (1962). Dreams and masturbation in an
adolescent boy. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 10, 289-302.
HURLBERT, D.F. & APT, C. (1995). The coital alignment
technique and directed masturbation : A comparative study
on female orgasm. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 21 (1), 21-29.
MARCUS, I.M. (1962). Masturbation. Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association, 10, 91-101.
PINKERTON, S.D., BOGART, L.M., CECIL. H. & ABRAMSON,
P.R. (2002). Factors associated with masturbation in a
collegiate sample. Journal of Psychology & Human
Sexuality, 14, 103-121.
NOCK, M.K. (2003). Compulsive masturbation. In E.
Fletcher-Janzen & C. R. Reynolds (Eds.), Childhood
disorders : diagnostic desk reference (pp.
398-399). New York : Wiley.
EVANS, D.R. (1968). Masturbatory fantasy and sexual
deviation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6,
17-19.
BACAK, V. & STULHOFER, A. (2011). Masturbation among
sexually active young women in Croatia : Associations with
religiosity and pornography use. International
Journal of Sexual Health, 23 (4), 248-257.
Matarazzo Joseph Dominic (Calazzo 1925-2025) : Psychologue
américain d'origine italienne et spécialiste de la
médecine béhaviorale. Président de l'APA
en 1989. Collaborateur de Saslow.
MATARAZZO, J.D. & PRIFITERA, A. (1989). Subtest
scatter and premorbid intelligence : Lessons from the
WAIS-R standardization and sample. Psychological
Assessment : A Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 1, 186-191.
MATARAZZO, J.D. (1990). Psychological Assessment vs
Psychological Testing : Validation from Binet to the
School, clinic and courtroom. American Psychologist,
45, 999-1017.
MATARAZZO, J.D. (1992). Psychological testing in the 21st
century. American Psychologist, 47,1007-1018.
MATARAZZO, J.D. (1994). Health and behavior : The coming
together of science and practice in psychology and
medicine after a century of benign neglect. Journal
of Psychology in Medical Settings, 1, 7-39.
MATARAZZO, J.D., HESS, H.F. & SASLOW, G. (2006).
Frequency and duration characteristics of speech and
silence behavior durling interviews. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 18 (4), 416-426.
MATEO, J.M. (1996). Early auditory experience and the
ontogeny of alarm-call discrimination in Belding's ground
squirrels (Spermophilus beldingi). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 110, 115-124. [PDF]
MATEO, J.M. & HOLMES, W.G. (1997). Development of
alarm-call responses in Belding's ground squirrels : the
role of dams. Animal Behaviour, 54, 509-524. [PDF]
MATEO, J.M. (2004). Recognition systems and biological
organization : The perception component of social
recognition. Annales Zoologici Fennici, 41,
729-745. [PDF]
MATEO, J.M. (2007). Ecological and hormonal correlates of
anti-predator behavior in Belding's ground squirrels
(Spermophilus beldingi). Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 62 (1), 37-49. [PDF]
MATEO, J.M. (2009). The causal role of odours in the
development of recognition templates and social
preferences. Animal Behaviour, 77, 115-121. [PDF]
Matérialisme : Le terme a deux acceptions : a) En
épistémologie, il s'agit d'unedoctrine
philosophique qui n'admet dans ses explications que des substances
ou des objets matériels. Le cerveau est un objet matériel,
l'esprit, non. Le matérialisme postule donc que nous sommes
constitués d'une seule substance, le corps, de nature biologique,
donc matériel. En conséquence, le matérialisme nie l'existence de
l'esprit, et en réduit les
fonctions (mentales ou cognitives) à des propriétés biochimiques
du cerveau ou à la relation entre ce cerveau et son milieu. Le
matérialisme se décline en deux formes qui reposent respectivement sur une thèse forte (Type-type theory) et
sur une thèse faible (Type-token theory) : La première, la thèse forte, affirme que
pour tout événement mental x, il existe un événement y dans le
cerveau, donc x = y, alors que la seconde, la thèse faible, postule que...
= Monisme, physicalisme.
/Mentalisme,immatériel. ( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Materialism.b) En psychologie et en sociologie, le
matérialisme est une valeur
qui place l'accumulation des biens au-dessus de tout ou qui
considère cette accumulation comme une condition à l'atteinte du
bonheur. Materialistism, materialistic value.
HARDIN, C.L. (1987). Qualia and materialism : Closing the
explanatory gap. Philosophy & Phenomenological
Research, 48, 281-298.
LANGE, F.-A. (1877). Histoire du matérialisme et
critique de son importance à notre époque. Paris :
Reinwald et Cie.
TOLMAN, C.W. (1988). Theoretical unification in psychology
: A materialist perspective (pp. 29-36). In L.P. Mos, W.J.
Baker, H.V. Rappard & H.J. Stam (Eds.), Recent
trends in theoretical psychology. New York :
Springer-Verlag.
McDOUGALL, W. (1929). Modern materialism and emergent
evolution. London : Methuen.
BACHELARD, G. (1990). Le matérialisme rationnel.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
LAMY, P. (1939). Claude Bernard et le matérialisme.
Paris : F. Alcan.
ONFRAY, M. (1991/2003). L'art de jouir : Pour un
matérialisme hédoniste. Paris : Grasset.
NAVILLE, P. (1946). Psychologie, marxisme,
matérialisme. Paris : Librairie. Marcel Rivière.
STEMMER, N. (1993). Behavioral materialism, the success of
folk psychology, and the ambiguous first-person case. Behavior
& Philosophy, 21, 1-14.
BACHELARD, G. (1953). Le matérialisme rationnel.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
LOCKE, E.A. (1995). Beyond determinism and materialism, or
isn't it time we took consciousness seriously ? Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 26,
265-273.
PLACE, U.T. (1960). Materialism as a scientific
hypothesis. Philosophical Review, 69, 101-104.
BLOCH, O. (Dir.) (1995). Épistémologie et
matérialisme. Méridiens Klincksieck.
LE NY, J.-F. (1963). Le matérialisme et la psychologie
sociale. La Pensée, 112, 62-82.
LEWIS, D. (1995). Should a materialist believe in qualia ?
Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 73, 140-44.
SMART, J.J.C. (1963). Materialism. The Journal of
Philosophy, 60, 651-662.
BLOCH, O. (1995). Le matérialisme. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France.
HOCUTT, M. (1967). In defense of materialism. Philosophy
& Phenomenological Research, 27, 366-385.
CHALMERS, D.J. (1999). Materialism and the metaphysics of
modality. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research,
59, 473-93.
ARMSTRONG, D. (1968). A materialist theory of mind. London
: Routledge et Kegan Paul.
MOSER, P.K. (1995). Contemporary materialism : A
Reader. Routledge.
WILSON, M. (1974). Leibniz and materialism. Canadian
Journal of Philosophy, 3, 495-513.
BUNGE, M. (2004). Matérialisme et humanisme. Montréal : Liber.
KIRK, R. (1979). From physical explicability to
full-blooded materialism. The Philosophical Quarterly,
29 (116), 229-237.
QUINIOU, Y. (2004). Athéisme et matérialisme
aujourd'hui. Nantes : édition Pleins feux.
HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism. New
York : Random House : Random House.
CHALMERS, D.J. (2005). The two-dimensional argument
against materialism. In B. McLaughlin (Ed.), Oxford
handbook of the philosophy of mind. Oxford :
University Press.
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1981). Eliminative materialism and the
propositional attitudes. Journal of Philosophy 78,
67-90.
PLANTIGA, A. (2006). Against materialism. Faith &
Philosophy, 23 (1), 3–32.
LEVINE, J. (1983). Materialism and qualia : The
explanatory gap. Pacific Philosophical Quarterly, 64,
354-361.
BUNGE, M. (2006). Le matérialisme scientifique.
Paris : Syllepses.
VACHER, L.M. (1984). Pour un matérialisme vulgaire.
Montréal : Les Herbes rouges.
GREENWOOD, J.D. (2009). Materialism, strong continuity and
early American psychology. Theory & Psychology,
19, 544-564.
LEONARD, P. (1984). Personality and ideology :
Towards a materialist understanding of the individual.
London : Macmillan.
SILBERSTEIN, M. (Dir.) (2013), Matériaux
philosophiques et scienti ques pour un matérialisme
contemporain. Éditions Matériologiques.
LANESSAN, J.-L. de (1918). L'idéal moral du
matérialisme et la guerre. Paris : F. Alcan.
BAUER, M.A., WILKE, J.E., KIM, J.K. & BODENHAUSEN,
G.V. & (2012). Cuing consumerism : Situational
materialism undermines personal and social well-being.
Psychological Science, 23, 517-523.
ARNDT, J., SOLOMON, S., KASSER, T. & SHELDON, K
(2004). The urge to splurge : A terror management account
of materialism and consumer behavior. Journal of
Consumer Psychology, 14, 198-212.
KASSER, T., RYAN, R. M., COUCHMAN, C. & SHELDON, K.M.
(2004). Materialistic values : Their causes and
consequences. In T. Kasser & A. Kanner (Eds.), Psychology
and consumer culture : The struggle for a good life in a
materialistic world (pp. 11-28). Washington, DC,
US : American Psychological Association.
Matérialisme culturel : Forme de matérialisme
proposé par Harris.Cultural
materialism.
HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism : The
struggle for a science of culture. New York :
Random House.
GLENN, S.S. (1988). Contingencies and metacontingencies :
Toward a synthesis of behavior analysis and cultural
materialism. The Behavior Analyst, 11, 161-179.
[PDF]
LLOYD, K.E. (1985). Behavioral anthropology : A review of
Marvin Harris’ cultural materialism. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (2),
279-287. [PDF]
FRALEY, L.E. (1988). Introductory comments : Behaviorology
and cultural materialism. The Behavior Analyst, 11
(2), 159-160. [PDF]
VARGAS, E.A. (1985). Cultural contingencies : A review of
Marvin Harris’s Cannibals and Kings. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (3), 419-428.
[PDF]
GUERIN, B. (1992). Social behavior as discriminative
stimulus and consequence in social anthropology. The
Behavior Analyst, 15, 31-41. [PDF]
HARRIS, M. (1986/2007). Cultural materialism and behavior
analysis : Common problems and radical solutions. The
Behavior Analyst, 30, 37-47. [PDF]
WARD, T.A., EASTMAN, R.L. & NINNESS, C. (2009). An
experimental analysis of cultural materialism : The
effects of various modes of production on resources
sharing. Behavior & Social Issues, 18,
58-80. [PDF]
Matérialisme dialectique : Forme de matérialisme,
soutenu par Hegel,
puis repris par la plupart des marxistes.Dialectical materialism.
LEFEBVRE, H. (1940/46). Le matérialisme dialectique.
Presses universitaires de France/ Dialectical
materialism. London : Cape.
ACTON, H.B. (1967). Dialectical materialism. In P. Edwards
(Ed.), The encyclopedia of philosophy (Vol. 2).
New York : Macmillan.
LE NY, J.-F. (1970). Psychologie et matérialisme
dialectique. Bruxelles : Éditions Le Pavillon.
TOLMAN, C.W. (1987). Dialectical Materialism as
psychological metatheory. In H. Stam, T. Rogers & K.
Gergen (Eds.), The Analysis of Psychological theory.
New York : Hemisphere.
Matérialisme éliminatif : Forme de matérialisme
qui soutient que les états mentaux - y compris la conscience
- ne correpondent à aucune réalité neurale (propriété matérielle);
elles ne seraient en fait que des étiquettes ou des mots vides de
contenu, mais dont l'usage serait renforcé par la communauté
verbale (donc une forme de psychologie populaire). EX:
Il n'y a peut-être rien dans le cerveau qui corresponde au
désir.
= Éliminativisme.
Eliminative materialism.
DENNETT, D.C. (1969/86). Content and consciousness. Routledge & Kegan Paul Books Ltd.
RORTY, R. (1970). In defence of eliminative materialism. Review
of Metaphysics, 24, 112-121.
LYCAN, W. & PAPPAS, G. (1972). What is eliminative
materialism ? Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 50,
149-159.
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1981). Eliminative materialism and the
propositional attitudes. Journal of Philosophy, 78,
67-90.
Matériel : Dans la théorie cognitive du traitement
de l'information, ensemble des structures (mémoires,
circuits, filtres et unité centrale) qui permettent le traitement
de l'information. Matériel et
logiciel.= Cerveau, machine.
Hardware.
POMERANTZ, J.R. (1976). Where hardware meets software.
Human information processing : Tutorials in performance
and cognition. Contemporary Psychology, 21, 274-275.
Maternelle : En éducation,
désigne le lieu où l'on prépare les enfants
à entrer à l'école. Cette
préparation consiste à socialiser
les enfants et à leur enseigner les rudiments de l'activité
intellectuelle (EX: compter jusqu'à 10,
reconnaître des lettres, écrire son nom, classer des objets,
observer, éveil de la curiosité, etc) et motrice
(EX: découper, coller, peindre, etc.).
Maternelle, centre de la
petite enfanceet
garderie.= Maternel 5 ans.
Preschool, kindergarten.
ELLIOTT, R. (1964). Physiological activity and
performance. A comparison of kindergarten children with
young adults. Psychological Monographs, 10.
NAGIN, D.S. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2001). Parental and
early childhood predictors of persistent physical
aggression in boys from kindergarten to high school.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 389-394.
KURDEK, L.A. & SINCLAIR, R. (2001). Predicting reading
and mathematics achievement in 4th-grade children from
kindergarten readiness scores. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 93, 451-455.
DIN, F. & CALAO, J. (2001). The effects of playing
educational video games on kindergarten achievement. Child
Study Journal, 31 (2), 95-102.
SIBLEY, S.A., ABBOTT, M.S. & COOPER. B.P. (1969).
Modification of the classroom behavior of a disadvantaged
kindergarten boy by social reinforcement and isolation. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 7 (2), 203-219.
EARLY, D.M., PIANTA, R.C. & COX, M.J. (2001).
Transition practices : Findings from a national survey of
kindergarten teachers. Early Childhood Education
Journal, 28, 199-206.
SCHUTTE, R.C. & HOPKINS, B.L. (1970). The effects of
teacher attention on following instructions in a
kindergarten class. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 3 (2), 117-122.
[PDF]
BARNETT, W.S. (2001). Preschool education for economically
disadvantaged children : Effects on reading achievement
and related outcomes. In S. Neuman & D. Dickinson
(Eds.), Handbook of early literacy research (pp.
421-443). New York, NY : Guilford Press.
ANASTASIOW, N.J., SIBLEY, S.A., LEONHARDT, T.M. &
BORICH, G.D. (1970). A comparison of guided discovery,
discovery and didactic teaching of math to kindergarten
poverty children. American Educational Research
Journal, 7, 493-510.
NOLEN, S.B. (2001). Constructing literacy in the
kindergarten : Task structure, collaboration and
motivation. Cognition & Instruction, 19,
95-142.
SALZBERG, B.H., WHEELER, A.J., DEVAR, L.T. & HOPKINS,
B.L. (1971). The effect of intermittent feedback and
intermittent contingent access to play on printing of
kindergarten children. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 1 (3), 163-171. [PDF]
LIN, H., LAWRENCE, F.R. & GORRELL, J. (2003).
Kindergarten teachers' views of children's readiness for
school. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 18,
225-237.
CHENEY, T. & STEIN, N. (1974). Fading procedures and
oddity learning in kindergarten children. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 17, 313-321.
FOREST, E.J., HORNER, R.H., LEWIS-PALMER, T. & TODD,
A.W. (2004). Transitions for young children with autism
from preschool to kindergarten. Journal of Positive
Behavior Interventions, 6 (2), 129-154.
VEDELER, L. (1976). The relationship between pre-school
and primary education. Education & Culture, 31, 9-13.
ZAFRANAS, N. (2004). Piano keyboard training and the
spatial-temporal development of young children attending
kindergarten in Greece. Early Child Development &
Care, 174, 199-211.
HURTIG, M.-C. (1976). Attitudes des enfants d'école
maternelle envers leur propre sexe et le sexe opposé en
fonction de la perspective de la mixité à l'école
primaire. Enfance, 29, 155-170.
XUE, Y. & MEISELS, S.J. (2004). Early literacy
instruction and learning in kindergarten : Evidence from
the Early Childhood Longitudinal Study-Kindergarten Class
of 1998-1999. American Educational Research Journal,
41, 191-229.
KONLE, C. & PILIAVIN, J.A. (1976). Vocational
aspirations in kindergarten children : early sex
differences. Wisconsin Sociologist, 13, 119-124.
SCHATSCHNEIDER, C, FRANCIS, D.J., CARLSON, C.D., HETCHER,
J.M. & FOORMAN, B.R. (2004). Kindergarten prediction
of reading skills : A longitudinal comparative analysis.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 96 (2),
265-282.
RUBIN, K.H., WATSON, K. & JAMBOR, T. (1978). Free play
behaviors in preschool and kindergarten children. Child
Development, 49, 534-536.
RATHBUN, A., WEST, J. & GERMINO-HAUSKEN, E. (2004). From
kindergarten through third grade : Children's beginning
school experiences. Washington, DC : National
Center for Education Statistics.
AHAMMER, I.M. & MURRAY, J.P. (1979). Kindness in the
kindergarten : The relative influence of role playing and
prosocial television in facilitating altruism. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 2, 133-157.
MAGNUSON, K.A. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2005). Preschool child
care and parents' use of physical discipline. Infant
& Child Development, 14, 177-198.
PELLEGRINI, A.D. (1980). The relationship between
kindergartner's play and achievement in prereading,
language, and writing. Psychology in the schools, 17
(4), 530-535.
YAN, W. & LIN, Q. (2005). Effects of class size and
length of day on kindergartners' academic achievement :
Findings from early childhood longitudinal study. Early
Education & Development, 16 (1), 49-68.
LUNDBERG, I., OLOFFSSON, A. & WALL, S. (1980). Reading
and spelling skills in the first school years predicted
from phonemic awareness skills in kindergarten. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 21 (1), 159-173.
VITARO, F., LAROSE, S., BRENDGEN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E.
(2005). Kindergarten disruptive behaviors, protective
factors, and educational achievement by early adulthood. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 97 (4), 617-629.
CANTOR, G.N., DUNLAP, L.L. & RETTIE, C.S. (1982).
Effects of reception and discovery instruction on
kindergarteners' performance on probability tasks. American
Educational Research Journal, 19, 453-463.
JUSTICE, L.M., MEIER, J. & WALPOLE, S. (2005).
Learning new words from storybooks : An efficacy study
with at-risk kindergartners. Language, Speech, &
Hearing Services in Schools, 36, 17-32. [PDF]
OLOFSSON, A. & LUNDBERG, I. (1983). Can phonemic
awareness be trained in kindergarten ? Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 24, 35-44.
MANTZICOPOULOS, P. (2005). Con ictual relationships
between kindergarten children and their teachers :
Associations with child and classroom context variables.
Journal of School Psychology, 43, 425-442.
RUBIN, K.H. & DANIELS-BEIRNESS, T. (1983). Concurrent
and predictive correlates of sociometric status in
kindergarten and grade 1 children. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 29, 337-351.
SCHULTING, A.B., MALONE, P.S. & DODGE, K.A. (2005).
The effect of school-based kindergarten transition
policies and practices on child academic outcomes.
Developmental Psychology, 41 (6), 860-871. [PDF]
BLASKE, D.M. (1984). Occupational sex-typing by
kindergarten and fourth-grade children. Psychological
Reports, 54, 795- 801.
ACKERMAN, D.J., BARNETT, S. & ROBIN, K.B. (2005).
Making the most of kindergarten : Present trends and
future issues in the provision of full-day programs. National
Instiute for early Education Research. [PDF]
OETTINGEN, G. (1985). The influence of the kindergarten
teacher on sex differences in behavior. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 8, 3-13. [PDF]
HERRERA, M. & LITTLE, E. (2005). Behaviour problems
across home and kindergarten in an Australian sample. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
5, 77-90. [PDF]
RIBOWSKY, H. (1985). The effects of a code emphasis
approach and a whole language approach upon emergent
literacy of kindergarten children. Alexandria, VA :
Educational Document Reproduction Service.
ARAM, D. (2005). Continuity in children's literacy
achievements : A longitudinal perspective from
kindergarten to school. First Language, 25 (3),
259-289. [PDF]
DICKINSON, D.K. & SNOW, C.E. (1987).
Interrelationships among prereading and oral language
skills in kindergartners from two social classes. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 2, 1-25.
VERHALLEN, M.J.A.J., BUS, A.G. & DE JONG, M.T. (2006).
The promise of multimedia stories for kindergarten
children at-risk. Journal of Educational Psychology,
98, 410-419.
SMITH, M.L. & SHEPARD, L.A. (1988). Kindergarten
readiness and retention : A qualitative study of teachers'
beliefs and practices. American Educational Research
Journal, 25 (3), 307-333. [PDF]
MAGNUSON, K.A., LAHAIE, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2006).
Preschool and school readiness of children of Immigrants.
Social Science Quarterly, 87, 1241-1262.
ELLER, R.G., PAPPAS, C.C. & BROWN, E. (1988). The
lexical development of kindergartners : Learning from
written context. Journal of Reading Behavior, 20, 5-24.
ROBIN, K.B., FREDE, E. & BERNETTIS, W.S. (2006). Is
more better ? The effects of full-day vs. half-day
Preschool on early school achievement. National
Instiute for early Education Research.[PDF]
LEUNG, C.B. & PIKULSKI, J.J. (1990). Incidental
learning of word meanings by kindergarten and first-grade
children through repeated read aloud events. National
Reading Conference Yearbook, 39, 231-239.
ROUSE, H.L. & FANTUZZO, J.W. (2006). Validity of the
dynamic indicators for Basic Early Literacy Skills as an
indicator of early literacy for urban kindergarten
children. School Psychology Review, 35 (3),
341-355. [PDF]
FISCHER, F.E. & BECKEY, R.D. (1990). Beginning
kindergartners' perception of number. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 70, 419-425.
MILESI, C. & GAMORAN, A. (2006). Effects of class size
and instruction on kindergarten achievement. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 28 (4), 287-313.
TRUDEL, M., STRAYER, S.S., JACQUES, M. et MOSS, E. (1991).
Influence de la socialisation précoce en garderie sur le
tempérament de l'enfant à deux ans. Apprentissage et
Socialisation, 14 (2), 105-115.
LEFEVRE, J.A., SMITH-CHANT, B.L., FAST, L., SKWARCHUK, S.,
SARGLA, E., ARNUP, J.S., ENNER-WILGER, M., BISANZ, J.
& KAMAWAR, D. (2006). What counts as knowing ? The
development of conceptual and procedural knowledge of
counting from kindergarten through Grade 2. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 93, 285-303.
PELLEGRINI, A.D. (1992). Kindergarten children's
social-cognitive status as a predictor of rst-grade
success. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 7
(4), 565-577.
MAGNUSON, K.A., RUHM, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2007). The
persistence of preschool effects : Do subsequent classroom
experiences matter ? Early Childhood Research
Quarterly, 22, 18-38.
CRYAN, J.R., SHEEHAN, R., WIECHEL, J. & BANDY-HEDDEN,
I. (1992). Success outcomes of full-day Kindergarten :
More positive behavior and increased achievement in the
years after. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 7, 187-203.
PELLEGRINI, A.D., ROSETH, C.J., MLINER, S., BOHN, C.M.,
VAN RYZIN, M., VANCE, N., CHEATHAM, C.L. & TARULLO, A.
(2007). Social dominance in preschool classrooms. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 121 (1), 54-64. [PDF]
ACHILLES, C.M., NYE, B.A. & PATE-BAIN, H. (1994/95).
Test-score "value" of kindergarten for pupils in thre
class conditions at grades 1,2, and 3. National Forum
of Educational Administration & Supervision Journal,
12 (1), 3-15.
MAGNUSON, K.A., MEYERS, M. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2007). The
effects of expanded public funding for early education and
child care on preschool enrollments during the 1990s.
Social Service Review, 81, 47-83.
O'CONNOR, R.E., SLOCUM, T.A. & JENKINS, J.R. (1995).
Transfer among phonological tasks in kindergarten :
Essential instructional content. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 87 (2), 202-217.
MAGNUSON, K.A. (2007). Maternal education and children's
academic achievement during middle childhood. Developmental
Psychology, 43, 1497-1512.
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1995). Behavior problems in preschool
children : A review of recent research. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 36 (1), 113-149.
TRENTACOSTA, C.J. & IZARD, C.E. (2007). Kindergarten
children's emotion competence as a predictor of their
academic competence in first grade. Emotion, 7
(1), 77-88. [PDF]
SNOW, C.E., TABORS, P.O., NICHOLSON, P.A. & KURLAND,
B.F. (1995). SHELL : Oral language and early literacy
skills in kindergarten and first-grade children.
Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 10, 37-48.
FU, G. & LEE, K. (2007). Social grooming in the
kindergarten : the emergence of flattery behavior. Developmental
Science, 10 (2), 255-265. [PDF]
FLORIN, A., VERNIER, N. et BERNOUSSI, M. (1996). Garçons
et filles à l'école maternelle : Quelles compétences ?
Quelles représentations ? In O. Lescarret et M. de
Léonardis (Dirs.), Séparation des sexes et
compétences (p. 77-96). Paris : L'Harmattan.
MAGNUSON, K.A., RUHM, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2007). Does
prekindergarten improve school preparation and performance
? Economics of Education Review, 26, 33-51.
FAVAZZA, P.C. & ODOM, S.L. (1997). Promoting positive
attitudes of kindergarten-age children toward people with
disabilities. Exceptional Children, 63 (3),
405-418.
BLAIR, C. & RAZZA, R.P. (2007). Relating effortful
control, executive function, and false belief
understanding to emerging math and literacy ability in
kindergarten. Child Development, 78 (2),
647-663.
MÂSSE, L.C. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (1997). Behavior of boys
in kindergarden and the onset of substance use during
adolescence. Archives of General Psychiatric, 54,
62-68.
PELLEGRINI, A.D., ROSETH, C.J., MLINER, S., BOHN, C.M.,
VAN RYZIN, M., VANCE, N., CHEATHAM, C.L. & TARULLO, A.
(2007). Social dominance in preschool classrooms. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 121 (1), 54-64. [PDF]
CIHON T.M., GARDNER R., MORRISON, D. & PAUL, P.V.
(2008). Using visual phonics as a strategic intervention
to increase literacy behaviors for kindergarten students
at-risk for reading failure. Early Intensive Behavior
Interventions, 5 (3), 138-155.
ELICKER J. & MATHUR, J. (1997). What do they do all
day ? Comprehensive evaluation of a full-day kindergarten.
Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 12, 459-480.
ROYER, N., PROVOST, M.A., TARABULSY, G. & COUTU, S.
(2008). Kindergarten children's relatedness to teachers
and peers as a factor in classroom engagement and early
learning behaviours. Journal of Applied Research on
Learning, 2 (1), 1-20.[PDF]
LADD, G.W. & KOCHENDERFER-LADD, B.J. (1998). Parenting
behaviors and the parent-child relationship : Correlates
of peer victimization in kindergarten ? Developmental
Psychology, 34, 1450-1458.
SÉNÉCHAL, M. & YOUNG, L. (2008). The effect of family
literacy interventions on children's acquisition of
reading from kindergarten to grade 3 : A meta-analytic
review. Review of Educational Research, 78,
880-907. [PDF]
ELBRO, C., BORNSTROMI, L. & PETERSEN, D.K. (1998).
Predicting dyslexia from kindergarten : The importance of
distinctness of phonological representations of lexical
items. Reading Research Quarterly, 33, 36-60.
BOLDUC, J. (2009). Effects of a music programme on
kindergartners' phonological awareness skills. International
Journal of Music Education, 27 (1), 37-47. [PDF]
DUKE, N. & KAYS, J. (1998). Can I say "Once upon a
time"?" : Kindergarten children developing knowledge of
information book language. Early Childhood Research
Quarterly, 13, 295-318.
SANTOS, A.J., VAUGHN, B.E. & BOST, K.K. (2008).
Specifying social structures in preschool classrooms :
descriptive and functional distinctions between
affiliative subgroups. Acta Ethologica, 11 (2),
101-113.
[PDF]
GAVIN, K.M. & GREENFIELD, D.B. (1998). A comparison of
levels of involvement for parents with at-risk African
American kindergarten children in classrooms with high
versus low teacher encouragement. Journal of Black
Psychology, 24 (4), 403-417.
DE BOISSIEU, C. (2009). Sexes et genres à l'école
maternelle : un essai de modélisation du concept de genre
scolaire. Recherches et Éducations, 2, 23-43.
BAKER, S. & SMITH, S. (1999). Starting off on the
right foot : The influence of four principles of
professional development in improving literacy instruction
in two kindergarten programs. Learning Disabilities
Research & Practice, 14, 239-253.
MAGNUSON, K.A., SEXTON, H., DAVIS-KEAN, P.E. & HUSTON,
A.C. (2009). Increases in maternal education and young
children's language skills. Merrill Palmer Quarterly,
55, 319-350.
WADDINGTON, E.M. & REED, P. (2009). The impact of
using the ‘‘Preschool Inventory of Repertoires for
Kindergarten’’ (PIRKH on school outcomes on children with
autism spectrum disorders. Research in Autism
Disorders, 3, 809–827.
KULP, M.T. (1999). Relationship between visual motor
integration skill and academic performance in kindergarten
through third grade. Optometry & Vision Science,
76, 159-163.
FUNKOUSER, E. (2009). The effect of kindergarten classroom
size reduction on second grade student achievement :
Evidence from California. Economics of Education
Review, 28 (3), 403-414.
PIANTA, R.C., RIMM-KAUFMAN, S.E. & COX, M.J. (1999).
Introduction : An ecological approach to kindergarten
transition. In R.C. Pianta, M.J. Cox (Eds.), The
transition to kindergarten (pp. 3-12). Baltimore :
Brookes.
ELDER, T.E. & LUBOTSKY, D. (2009). Kindergarten
entrance age and children's achievement : Impacts of state
policies, family background, and peers. Journal of
Human Resources, 44 (3), 641-683. [PDF]
PIANTA, R.C., COX, M.J., TAYLOR, L. & EARLY, D.
(1999). Kindergarten teachers' practices related to the
transition to school : Results of a national survey. Elementary School Journal, 100, 71-86.
LEFEVRE, J.A., POLYZOI, E., SKWARCHUK, S., FAST, L. &
SOWINSKI, C. (2010). Do home numeracy and literacy
pratices of Greek and Canadian parents predict the
numeracy skills of kindergarten children ? International
Journal of Early Years Education, 18 (1), 55-70.
VERSCHUREN, K. & MARCOEN, A. (1999). Representation of
self and socioemotional competence in kindergartners :
Differential and combined effects of attachment to mother
and to father. Child Development, 70 (1),
183-201.
MIEYAA, Y., ROUYER, V. et LE BLANC, A. (2010). Identités
sexuées et expériences scolaires : le point de vue des
jeunes enfants scolarisés à l'école maternelle. In V.
Rouyer, S. Croity-Belz et Y. Préteur (Dirs.), Genre
et socialisation de l'enfance à l'âge adulte : expliquer
les différences, penser l'égalité (p. 63-72).
Toulouse : Erès.
LADD, G.W., BIRCH, S.H. & BUHS, S.E. (1999).
Children's social and scholastic lives in kindergarten :
Related spheres of influence ? Child Development, 70
(6), 1373-1400.
DONALDSON, J.M., VOLLMER, T.R., KROUS, T., DOWNS, S. &
BERARD, K. (2011). An evaluation of the good behavior game
in kindergarten classrooms. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 44 (3), 605-609. [PDF]
ZILL, N. (1999). Promoting educational equity and
excellence in kindergarten. In R.C. Pianta & M.J. Cox
(Eds.), The transition to kindergarten (pp.
67-105). Baltimore : Brookes.
RAFDAL, B.H., MCMASTER, K.L., MCCONNELL, S.R., FUCHS, D.
& FUCHS, L.S. (2011). The effectiveness of
kindergarten peer-assisted learning strategies for
students with disabilities. Exceptional Children, 77,
299-316.
STREIN, W., SIMONSON, T. & VAIL, L. (1999).
Convergence of views : self-perceptions of african
american and white kindergartners. Psychology in the
Schools, 36 (2), 125-134. [PDF]
VOLPE, R.J., BURNS, M.K., DUBOIS, M. & ZASLOFSKY, A.F.
(2011). Computer-assisted tutoring : Teaching letter
sounds to kindergarten students using incremental
rehearsal. Psychology in the Schools, 48 (4),
332-342.
AMIGUES R. & ZERBATO-POUDOU M.-T. (2000). Comment
l'enfant devient élève : les apprentissages à l'école
maternelle. Paris : Retz.
PAGANI, L.S., FITZPATRICK, C., BELLEAU L. & JANOSZ, M.
(2011). Predicting academic achievement in fourth grade
from kindergarten cognitive, behavioural and motor skills.
In Québec Longitudinal Study of Child
Development/From Birth to 10 Years of Age (Vol.
6). Québec : Institut de la statistique du Québec. [PDF]
GULLO, D.F. (2000). The long term educational effects of
half-day vs full-day kindergarten. Early Child
Development & Care, 160, 17-24.
MIEYAA, Y., ROUYER, V. et LE BLANC, A. (2012). La
socialisation de genre et l'émergence des inégalités à
l'école maternelle : le rôle de l'identité sexuée çons. L'orientation
scolaire et professionnelle, 41 (1), 1-16. [PDF]
RIMM-KAUFMAN, S.E., PIANTA, R.C. & COX, M.J. (2000).
Teachers' judgments of problems in the transition to
kindergarten. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 15,147-166.
KLEEMANS, T., PEETERS, M., SEGERS, E. & VERHOEVEN, L.
(2012). Child and home predictors of early numeracy skills
in kindergarten. Early Childhood Research Quarterly,
27, 471-477. [PDF]
CLARK P. & KIRK, E. (2000). Review of recent research
on all-day kindergarten. Childhood Education, 76
(4), 228-231.
CATSAMBIS, S. & BUTTARO, A. (2012). Revisiting
kindergarten as academic boot camp : A nationwide study of
ability grouping and psycho-social development. Social
Psychology of Education : An International Journal, 15
(4), 483-515.
LADD, G.W., BUHS, S.E. & SEID, M. (2000). Children's
initial sentiments about kindergarten : Is school liking
an antecedent of early classroom participation and
achievement ? Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 46 (2),
255-279.
EIKESETH, S., KLINTWALL, L., JAHR, E. & KARLSSON, P.
(2012). Outcome for children with autism receiving early
and intensive behavioral intervention in mainstream
preschool and kindergarten settings. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6, 829-835. [PDF]
RIMM-KAUFMAN, S.E. & PIANTA, R.C. (2000). An
ecological perspective on the transition to kindergarten :
A theoretical framework to guide empirical research. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 21, 491-511.
VITARO, F., BOIVIN, M., BRENDGEN, M., GIRARD, A. &
DIONNE, G. (2012). Social experiences in kindergarten and
academic achievement in grade 1 : A monozygotic twin
difference study. Journal of Educational Psychology,
104 (2), 366-380.
PAGANI, L.S., FITZPATRICK, C. & BARNETT, T.A. (2013).
Early childhood television viewing and kindergarten entry
readiness. Pediatric Research, 74, 350-355. [PDF]
GARDNER R., CIHON T.M., MORRISON, D. & PAUL, P.V.
(2013). Implementing visual phonics with hearing
kindergarteners at risk for reading failure. Preventing
School Failure, 57 (1), 30-42.
LI, D., COPLAN, R.J., ARCBELL, K.A., BULLOCK, A. &
CHEN, L. (2016). Chinese kindergarten teachers' beliefs
about young children's classroom social behavior. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 36, 122-132.
Maternelle (Pré-) : = Maternel 5 ans.
Preschool, kindergarten.
MAGNUSON, K.A., RUHM, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2007). Does
prekindergarten improve school preparation and performance
? Economics of Education Review, 26, 33-51.
MOSS, H.A. & ROBSON, K.S. (1968). Maternal influences
in early social visual behavior. Child Development,
39, 401-408.
PASCALIS, O., DE SCHONEN, S., MORTON, J., DERUELLE, C
& FABRE-GRENET, M. (1995). Mother's face recognition
by neonates : a replication and an extension. Infant
Behavior & Development, 18 (1), 79–85. [PDF]
ZEILBERGER, J., SAMPEN, S.E. & SLOANE, H.N. (1968).
Modification of a child's problem behaviors in the home
with the mother as therapist. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 47-53. [PDF]
STEIN, A.H. (1973). The effects of maternal employment and
educational attainment on the sex-typed attributes of
college females. Social Behavior & Personality, 1,
111-114.
CHODOROW, N. (1978). The reproduction of mothering :
Psychoanalysis and the sociology of gender. Berkeley
: University of California Press.
TOUPIN, L. (1996). Des "usages" de la maternité en
histoire du féminisme. Recherches Féministes, 9
(2), 113-135.
BLOCH, R. (1978). American feminine ideals in transition :
the rise of the moral mother, 1785-1815. Feminist
Studie, 4, 101-126.
PATTERSON, C.J. (1996). Lesbian mothers and their children
: Findings from the Bay Area Families Study. In J. Laird
& R.J. Green (Eds.), Lesbians and gays in couples
and families : A handbook for therapists (pp.
420-437). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. & BRODERICK, P.C. (1979). The myth
of motherhood : A study of attitudes towards motherhood. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 4, 114-128.
DE SINGLY, F. (1996). Le temps, maternel et paternel,
consacré à l'enfant. Dans R.B. Dandurand et R. Hurtubise
et C. Le Bourdais (Dirs.), Enfances. Perspectives
sociales et pluriculturelles (p. 203-217). Institut
québécois de recherche sur la culture. Québec : Les
Presses de l'Université Laval.
GERSON, M.J. (1980). The lure of motherhood. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 5, 207-218.
PHARES, V. (1997). Accuracy of informants : Do parents
think that mother knows best ? Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 25 (2), 165-171.
DECASPAR, A. & FIFER, W. (1980). Newborns prefer their
mother's voices. Science, 208, 1174-1176.
CHAN, R.W., RABOY, B. & PATTERSON, C.J. (1998).
Psychological adjustment among children conceived via
donor insemination by lesbian and heterosexual mothers. Child
Development, 69, 443-457.
BARKLEY, R.A., CUNNINGHAM, C. & KARLSSON, J. (1983).
The speech of hyperactive children and their mothers :
Comparisons with normal children and stimulant drug
effects. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 16, 105-110.
HOFMANN, L.W. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1999). Mothers
at work : Effects on children's well-being. New
York : Cambridge University Press.
FIELD, T.M. (1984). Early interactions between infants and
their postpartum depressed mothers. Infant Behavior
& Development, 7, 527-532.
BAKER, L. & WIGFIELD, A. (1999). Dimensions of
children's motivation for reading and their relations to
reading activity and reading achievement. Reading
Research Quarterly, 34, 452–477. [PDF]
SCARR, S.W. (1984). Mother care other care. New
York: Basic Books, Inc.
BIANCHI, S.M. (2000). Maternal employment and time with
children : Dramatic change or surprising continuity. Demography, 37, 401-414.
SUSMAN, E.J., TRICKETT, P.K., IANOTTI, R.J., HOLLENBECK,
B.E. & ZAHN-WAXLER, C. (1985). Child-rearing patterns
in depressed, abusive, and normal mothers. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55 (2), 237-251.
MARKERT, J.A., DANLEY, P.D. & ARNEGARD, M.E. (2001).
Maternal effects, paternal effects and sexual selection. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 16 (2), 95-100.
AMES, C. & ARCHER, J. (1987). Mothers' beliefs about
the role of ability and effort in school learning.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 79 (4),
409-414.
MADON, S., GUYLL, M., SPOTH, R., CROSS, S.E. &
HILBERT, S.J. (2004). The self-fulfilling influence of
mother expectations on children's underage drinking.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 84 (6),
1188-1205. [PDF]
FIELD, T. HEALY, B., GOLDSTEIN,S., PERRY, S., BENDELL, D.,
SCHANBERG.S., ZIMMERMAN, E.A. & KUHN. C. (1988).
Infants of depressed mothers show "depressed" behavior
even with non-depressed adults. Child Development,
59, 1569-1579.
STACK, D.M., SERBIN, L.A., GRUNZEWEIG, N., TEMCHEFF, C.
E., DE GENNA, N.M., BEN-DAT FISHER, D., HODGINS, S.,
SCHWARTZMAN, A.E. & LEDINGHAM, J. (2005). De
l'agressivité à la maternité étude longitudinale sur 30
ans auprès de filles agressives devenues mères :
trajectoires de leur agressivité durant l'enfance,
indicateurs de leurs caractéristiques parentales et
développement de leurs enfants. Criminologie, 38
(1), 39-65. [PDF]
DESCARRIES, F. (1991). Penser la maternité : les courants
d'idées au sein du mouvement contemporain des femmes. Recherches
Sociographiques, 32 (3), 347-366.
GRAIG, L. (2006). Does father care mean fathers share ? A
comparison of how mothers and fathers in intact families
spend time with children. Gender & Society, 20
(2), 259-281. [PDF]
FIELD, T.M., MOOROW, C., HEALY, B., FOSTER, T., ADELSTEIN,
D. & OLDSTIN, S. (1991). Mothers with zero Beck
depression scores act more depressed with their infants.
Development & Psychopathology, 3, 253-262.
FINE, C. (2008). Will working mothers' brains explode ?
The popular new genre of neurosexism. Neuroethics, 1
(1), 69-72. [PDF]
DIX, T. & REINHOLD, D. (1991). Chronic and temporary
influences on mothen' attributions forchildren's
disobedience. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 37 (2),
251-271.
VICEDO, M. (2009). Mothers, machines, and morals : Harry
Harlow's work on primate love from lab to legend. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 45, 193-218.
MILLS, R. & RUBIN, K. (1991). A longitudinal study of
matemal beliefs about children's social behaviors.
Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 38 (4), 494-512.
MAGNUSON, K.A., SEXTON, H., DAVIS-KEAN, P.E. & HUSTON,
A.C. (2009). Increases in maternal education and young
children's language skills. Merrill Palmer Quarterly,
55, 319-350.
DESCOUTURES, V. (2010). Les mères lesbiennes.
Paris : presses Universitaires de France.
JAVAIS, G.A. (1993). The children of homosexual and
heterosexual single mothers. Child Psychiatry &
Human Development, 23 (4), 235-248.
BROWN, F. & TRIANELLO, D.A. (2010). The path to
aversive interventions : Four mothers’ perceptions.
Research & Practice for Persons with Severe
Disabilities, 35 (3-4), 128-136. [PDF]
SCOTT, J. & DEMBO, M. (1993). Matemal attributions
regarding children's noncornpliant behavior. Child
Study Journal, 23 (3), 187-207.
McDANIEL, B.T. & COYNE, S.M. & HOLMES, E.K.
(2012). New mothers and media use : Associations between
blogging, social networking, and maternal well-being. Maternal
& Child Health Journal, 16, 1509–1517.
GRACE, N., KELLEY, M. & McCAIN, A. (1993). Attribution
processes in rnother-adolescent conflict. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 21 (2), 199-312.
AFFRUNTI, N.W. & GINSBURG, G.S. (2012). Maternal
overcontrol and child anxiety : The mediating role of
perceived competence. Child Psychiatry Human
Development, 43 (1), 102-112. [PDF]
AMATO, P.R. (1994). Father-child relations, mother-child
relations, and offspring psychological well-being in early
adulthood. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 56,
1031-1042.
McDANIEL, B.T. & COYNE, S.M. (2016). "Technoference"
The interference of technology in couple relationships and
implications for women's personal and relational
well-being. Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 5, 85-98.
DUMAS, J.E. & SERKETICH, W.J. (1994). Maternal
depressive symptomatology and child maladjustment : A
comparison of three process models. Behavior Therapy,
25, 161-181.
KING, T., McKEAN, C., RUSH, R., WESTRUPP, E.M., MENSAH,
F.K., REILLY, S. & LAW, J. (2017). Acquisition of
maternal education and its relation to single-word reading
in middle childhood : An analysis of the Millennium cohort
study. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 63 (2),
181-209. [PDF]
BAKER, D.B. (1994). Parenting stress and ADHD : A
cornpaison of mothers and fathers. Journal of
Emotional & Behavioral Disorders, 2, 46-50.
McDANIEL, B.T., GALOVAN, A.M., CRAVENS, J. & DROUIN,
M. (2018). Technoference and implications for mothers' and
fathers' couple and coparenting relationship quality. Computers
in Human Behavior, 80, 303-313.
CUMMINGS, E.M. & DAVIES, P.T. (1994). Maternal
depression and child development. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 73-112.
[PDF]
DURRANT, J.E., ROSE-KRASNOR, L. & BROBERG, A. (2003).
Maternal beliefs about physical punishment in Sweden and
Canada. Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 34, 586-604.
SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1997).
Neuropsychological aspects of developmental dyscalculia.
Mathematical Cognition, 3 (2), 105-120.
Mathematical Social Sciences :Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse à
l'axiomatisation et à la modélisation mathématique des phénomènes
psychologiques et sociaux. Éditeur : Elsevier.
TOWNSEND, J.T. & LANDON, D.E. (1983). Mathematical
models of recognition and confusion in psychology. Mathematical Social Sciences, 4, 25-71. [PDF]
JOHNSON, H.M. (1936). Pseudo-mathematics in the mental and
social sciences. American Journal of Psychology, 48,
342-351.
[LIRE]
VAUGHN, K. (2000). Music and mathematics : Modest support
for the oft-claimed relationship. Journal of
Aesthetic Education, 34 (3/4), 149-166.
DEHAENE, S. (2001). La bosse des maths. Paris :
Odile Jacob.
STEVENS, S.S. (1951). Mathematics, measurement and
psychophysics. In S.S. Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of
Experimental Psychology (pp. 1-49). New York :
Wiley & Sons.
GEARY, D.C. (2004). Mathematics and learning disabilities.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 37, 4-15. [PDF]
POLYA, G. (1954). Mathematics and Plausible Reasoning.
Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press.
SWANSON, H.L. & BEEBE-FRANKENBERGER, M. (2004). The
relationship between working memory and mathematical
problem solving in children at risk and not at risk for
serious math difficulties. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 96 (3), 471-491. [PDF]
HELSON, R. & CRUTCHFILED, R.S. (1970). Mathematicians
: The creative researcher and the average PhD. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 34,
250-257.
DESTEFANO, D. & LEFEVRE, J.A. (2004). The role of
working memory in mental arithmetic. European Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 16, 353- 386.
HELSON, R. (1971). Women mathematicians and the creative
personality. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 36, 210-220.
SCHOENFELD, A.H. (2004). The math wars. Educational
Policy, 18 (1), 253-286. [PDF]
PIAGET, J. (1973). Introduction ? L'épistémologie
génétique : La pensée mathématique. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France.
WILLIAMS, R.J. & CONNOLLY, D. (2006). Does learning
more about the mathematics of gambling change gambling
behaviour ? Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 20
(1), 62-68. [PDF]
STERN, S. (1978). Age and achievement in mathematics : A
case-study in the sociology of science. Social Studies
of Science, 8, 127–140.
RESNICK, M. (1981). Mathematics as a science of patterns :
Ontology and reference. Nous, 15, 529-550.
CHIPMAN, S.F. (2006). Research on the women and
mathematical issue : A personnal case history. In A.M.
Gallagher & J.C. Kaufmann (Eds.), Gender
differences in mathematics : An integrative
psychological approach (pp. 1-24). Cambridge
University Press. [PDF]
SHAPIRO, S. (1983). Mathematics and reality. Philosophy
of Science, 50, 523-548.
REYNA, V.F. & BRAINERD, C.J. (2007). The importance of
mathematics in health and human judgment : Numeracy, risk
communication, and medical decision making. Learning
& Individual Differences, 17 (2), 147-159
DIAMOND, A.M. (1984). The life-cycle research productivity
of mathematicians and scientists. The Journal of
Gerontology 41 (4), 520-525. [PDF]
GUISO, L., MONTE, F., SAPIENZA, P. & ZINGALES, L.
(2008). Culture, gender, and math. Science, 320,
1164-1165. [PDF]
CARRAHER, T.N., CARRAHER, D. & SCHLIEMANN, A.D.
(1985), Mathematics in the streets and in schools.
British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 3,
21-29.
BULL, R. (2008). Short-term memory, working memory, and
executive functioning in preschoolers : Longitudinal
predictors of mathematical achievement at age 7 years. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 33 (3), 205-228. [PDF]
LUBINSKI, D. & HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1990). A broadly based
analysis of mathematical giftedness. Intelligence, 14,
327-355.
SWANSON, H.L., KEHLER, P. & JERMAN, O. & ZHENG, X.
(2009). Math disabilities and reading disabilities. Journal
of Psychoeducational Assessment, 27 (3), 175-196. [PDF]
ANNETT, M. & MANNING, M. (1990). Arithmetic and
laterality. Neuropsychologia, 28 (1), 61-69.
CECI, S.J. & WILLIAMS, W.M. (2010). The
mathematics of sex : How biology and society conspire to
limit talented women and girls. New York : Oxford
University Press.
SHULL, R.L. (1991). Mathematical description of operant
behavior : an introduction. In I.H. Iversen and K.A.
Lattal (Eds.), Experimental analysis of behavior
(Vol. 2, pp. 243-282). New York : Elsevier.
[PDF]
CECI, S.J. & WILLIAMS, W.M. (2010). The
mathematics of sex : How biology and society conspire to
limit talented women and girls. New York : Oxford
University Press.
CARNINE, D. (1991). Reforming mathematics instruction :
The role of curriculum materials. Journal of
Behavioral Education, 1 (1), 37-57.
CVENCEK, D., GREENWALD, A.G. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (2012).
Math-gender stereotypes in elementary school children. Child
Development, 82 (3), 766-779. [PDF]
CHIPMAN, S., KRANTZ, D.H. & SILVER, R. (1992).
Mathematics anxiety and science careers among able college
women. Psychological Science, 3, 292-295.
RAMIREZ, G., GUNDERSON, E.A., LEVINE, S.C. & BEILOCK,
S.L. (2013). Math anxiety, working memory and math
achievement in early elementary school. Journal of
Cognition & Development, 14 (2), 187-202. [PDF]
FENNEMA, E., CARPENTER, T.P. (1998). New perspectives on
gender differences in mathematics : An introduction and a
reprise. Educational Researcher, 27 (5) 19-21.
WU, S.S., WILLCUTT, E.G., ESCOVAR, E. & MENON, V.
(2014). Mathematics achievement and anxiety and their
relation to internalizing and externalizing behaviors. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 47 (6), 503-514. [PDF]
MULLIS, V.S., MARTIN, M.O., BEATON, A.E., GONZALEZ, E. J.,
KELLEY D.L. & SMITH, T.A. (1998). Mathematics and
science achievement in the final year of secondary
school : IEA's Third International Mathematics and
Science Study (TIMSS). Boston, MA : Boston
College.
ZEIDNER, M. (1991). Statistics and mathematics anxiety in
social science students : Some interesting parallels . British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 61, 319-328.
LAFORTUNE, L. et FENNEMA, E. (2002). Situation des filles
à l'égard des mathématiques : anxiété et stratégies
utilisées. Recherches Féministes : Sciences,
Ingénierie et Technologie, 15 (1), 7-24.
MATHIEU, J.E., HEFFNER, T.S., GOODWIN, G.F., SALAS, E.
& CANNO-BOWERS, J.A. (2000). The influence of shared
mental models on team process and performance. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 85, 273-283.
MATHIEU, J.E., MAYNARD, M.T., RAPP, T. & GILSON, L.
(2008). Team effectiveness 1997-2007 : A review of recent
advancements and a glimpse into the future. Journal of
Management, 34, 410-476.
MATHIEU, J.E., TANNENBAUM, S.I., KUKENBERGER, M.,
DONSBACH, J.S. & ALLIGER, G.M. (2015). Team role
experiences and orientations : A measure and tests of
construct validity. Group & Organizational
Management, 40, 6-34.
MATHIEU, J.E. (2016). The Problem with [in] Management
Theory. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 37,
1132-1141.
MATHIEU, J.E., WOLFSON, M.A. & PARK, S. (2018). The
evolution of work team research since Hawthorne. American
Psychologist, 73 (4), 308-321.
Matière : Le terme a deux usages distincts : a) Toute chose ou objet
que l'on peut située dans le temps et l'espace. Une partie
de la matière est observable.
On utilise le mot «substance»
pour désigner les formes vivantes ou organiques de la matière, notamment celle du cerveau.= Organisme, corps, chose, substance.
/Esprit.Matter.b) On l' utilise également pour désigner les différents types de connaissances enseignées à l'école.
= Matière scolaire.
HANSON, N.R. (1962). The demarterialization of matter. Philosophy of science, 29, 27-38.
APOSTEL, L. (1974). Matière et forme : Introduction à une épistémologie réaliste. Belgique : Communication & Cognition.
ROBERT. J.D. (1977). Matière et forme. Introduction à une épistémologie réaliste. Revue Philosophique de Louvain, 75 (25), 174-176.
JACQUARD, A. (1995). La matière et la vie. Paris : Les Essentiels, Milan.
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1999). Matière et conscience. Paris
: Champ Vallon.
EDELMAN, G. et TONONI, G. (2000). How matter becomes imagination. New York : Basic Books / Comment la matière devient conscience. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
TRUSTED, J. (1999). Mystery of matter. Palgrave
Macmillan UK.
BOUFFARD, T., VEZEAU, C., CHOUINARD, R. et SIMARD, G. (2006). Les déterminants motivationnels du rendement d'élèves du primaire selon leur genre et la matière scolaire. Enfance, 4, 395-409.
BOUFFARD, T., VEZEAU, C., CHOUINARD, R. et SIMARD, G.
(2006). Les déterminants motivationnels du rendement
d'élèves du primaire selon leur genre et la matière
scolaire. Enfance, 4, 395-409.
ÉDUCATION MANITOBA (n-d ). Guide des matières
enseignées. Winnipeg.
MATLIN, M. & STANG, D.J. (1978). The Pollyanna
principle : Selectivity in language, memory, and
thought. Cambridge, Massachusetts : Schenkman
Publishing Company.
MATLIN, M., STANG, D.J., GAWRON, V.J., FREEDMAN, A. &
DERDY, P.L. (1979). Evaluative meaning as a determinant of
spew position. Journal of General Psychology, 100, 3-11.
MATLIN, M. & FOLEY, H.J. (1997). Sensation and
perception. Boston : Allyn & Bacon.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons. / La cognition : Une introduction à la
psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université.
MATLIN, M. (1987/2007). Psychology of women.
Wadsworth Publishing Company / La psychologie des
femmes Paris : Deboeck Université.
SCHOENFELD, W.N., MATOS, M.A & SNAPPER, A.G. (1967).
Cardiac conditioningin the whiterat with food
presentations as unconditional stimulus. Conditional
Reflex, 2 (1), 56-67.
MATOS, M.A. & HÜBNER, M.M. (1992). Equivalence
relations and reading. In S.C. Hayes and L.J. Hayes
(Eds.), Understanding verbal relations (pp.
83-94). Reno, NV : Context Press.
MATOS, M.A. & LOPES JUNIOR, J. (1999). Contextual
control and stimulus equivalence. Acta
Comportamentalia, 7, 117-146.
MATOS, M.A. & MALERBI, F.E.K. (2001). Blood glucose
discrimination training : The role of internal and
external cues. Journal of Health Psychology, 6, 243-253.
MATOS, M.A., HÜBNER, M.M., SERRA, V.R.B.P., BASAGLIA, A.E.
& AVANZI, A.L. (2003). Network of conditional
relations and recombinative reading : Researching teaching
and reading. Arquivos Brasileiros de Psicologia, 54,
284-303.
TOMANARI, G.Y. (2006). We lost a leader : Maria Amelia
Matos (1939-2005). The Behavior Analyst, 29,
109-112. [PDF]
GNEEZY, U., LEONARD, K.L. & LIST, J.A. (2009). Gender
differences in competition : evidence from a matrilineal
and a patriarchal society. Econometrica, 77 (5),
1637-1664. [PDF]
MATSON, J.L. & SMITH S.C. (1978). Treatment of
self-injurious behavior with overcorrection. Journal
of Mental Deficiency Research, 22, 175-178. [PDF]
MATSON, J.L. (2007). Current status of differential
diagnosis for children with autism spectrum disorders. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 109-118. [PDF]
MATSON, J.L., NEBEL-SCHWALM, M. & MATSON, M.L. (2007).
A review of methodological issues in the differential
diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders in children. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1 (1), 38-54. [PDF]
MATSON, J.L. & NEAL, D. (2009). Diagnosing high
incidence autism spectrum disorders in adults. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 3 (3), 581-589.
[PDF]
MATSON, J.L. & KOZLOSKI, A.M. (2011). The increasing
prevalence of autism spectrum disorders. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 5, 418-425. [PDF]
MATTAINI, M.A. (1990). Contextual behavior analysis in the
assessment process. Families in Society, 71,
236-245.
MATTAINI, M.A. (1991). Choosing weapons for the war on
"crack" : An operant analysis. Research on Social
Work Practice, 1, 188-213.
MATTAINI, M.A. (2003). Constructing nonviolent
alternatives to collective violence : a scientific
strategy. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility, 12,
148-163.
MATTAINI, M.A. (2004). Systems, metacontingencies, and
cultural analysis : Are we there yet ? Behavior &
Social Issues, 14, 124-130.
MATTAINI, M.A. & ASPHOLM, R. (2016). Contributions of
behavioral systems science to leadership for a new
progressive movement. The Behavior Analyst, 39 (1),
109-121. [PDF]
MATTHEWS, B.A. (1977). Magnitudes of score differences
produced within sessions in a cooperative exchange
procedure. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 27 (2), 331-340. [PDF]
MATTHEWS, M.A., SHIMOFF, E., CATANIA, A.C. &
SAGVOLDEN, T. (1977). Uninstructed human responding :
Sensitivity to ratio and interval contingencies. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 27 (3),
453-467. [PDF]
CATANIA, A.C., MATTHEWS, B.A. & SHIMOFF, E. (1982).
Instructed versus shaped human verbal behavior :
Interactions with nonverbal responding. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (3), 233-248.
[PDF]
MATTHEWS, M.A., KORDONSKI, E.W. & SHIMOFF, E. (1983).
Temptation and the maintenance of trust : Effects of
bilateral punishment capability. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 27 (2), 255-277.
SHIMOFF, E., MATTHEWS, B.A. & CATANIA, A.C. (1986).
Human operant performance : Sensitivity and
pseudosensitivity to contingencies. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 46 (2), 149-157.
[PDF]
MATTHEWS, G. & ROBERTS, R.D. (2001). Slow down, you
move too fast : Emotional intelligence remains an
"elusive" intelligence. Emotion, 1, 265-275.
MATTHEWS, G., CAMPBELL, S.E., FALCONER, S., JOYNER, L.,
HUGGINS, J., GILLILAND, K., GRIER, R. & WARM, J.S.
(2002). Fundamental dimensions of subjective state in
performance settings : Task engagement, distress and
worry. Emotion, 2, 315-340.
MATTHEWS, G., ROBERTS, R.D. & ZEIDNER, M. (2004).
Seven myths about emotional intelligence.
Psychological Inquiry, 15 (3), 179-196. [PDF]
MATTHEWS, G., EMO, A., FUNKE, G., ZEIDNER, M. &
ROBERTS R.D. (2006). Emotional intelligence, personality,
and task-induced stress. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 12, 96-107
MATTHEWS, G., ZEIDNER, M. & ROBERTS, R.D. (2012).
Emotional intelligence : A promise unfulfilled ? Japanese
Psychological Research, 54, 105-127.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1977). Caregiver-child interactions and
the Type A coronary-prone behavior pattern. Child
Development, 48, 1752-1756.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1989). Are sociodemographic variables
markers for psychological determinants of health ? Health
Psychology, 8, 641-648.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1992). Myths and realities of the
menopause. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 1-9.
MATTHEWS, K.A., KIEFE, C.I., LEWIS, C.E., LIU, K., SIDNEY,
S. & YUNIS, C. (2002). Socioeconomic trajectories and
incident hypertension in a biracial cohort of young
adults. Hypertension, 39, 772-776.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (2005). Psychological perspectives on the
development of coronary heart disease. American
Psychology, 60, 783-796.
Matthews Michael R. (Sydney 1948-) : Spécialiste
australien de l'éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'influence de la science
sur l'éducation.
MATTHEWS, M.R. (1990). History, philosophy, and science
teaching : What can be done in an undergraduate course ?
Studies in Philosophy & Education, 10 (1),
93-98.
MATTHEWS, M.R. (2003). Mario Bunge : Physicist,
philosopher and defender of science. Science &
Education, 12 (5-6), 1-9. [PDF]
MATTHEWS, M.R. (2004). Thomas Kuhn and science sducation :
What lessons can be learnt ? Science Education, 88
(1), 90-118.
MATTHEWS, M.R. (2009). Teaching the philosophical and
worldview dimension of science. Science &
Education, 18 (6-7), 697-728.
MATTHEWS, M.R. (2012). Mario Bunge, systematic philosophy
and science education : An introduction. Science
& Education, 21 (10), 1393-1403. [PDF]
YALAKI, Y. & ÇAKMAKCI, G. (2010). A conversation with
Michael R. Matthews : The ontribution of history and
philosophy of science to science teaching and research. Eurasia
Journal of Mathematics, Science & Technology
Education, 6 (4), 287-309.
MATTINGLY, I.G. (1966). Synthesis by rule of prosodic
features. Language & Speech, 9, 1-13.
MATTINGLY, I.G., LIBERMAN, A.M., SYRDAL, A.K. &
HALWES, T. (1971). Discrimination in speech and nonspeech
modes. Cognitive Psychology, 2, 131-157.
MATTINGLY, I.G. (1972). Speech cues and sign stimuli. American
Scientist, 60, 327-337.
MATTINGLY, I.G. (1990). The global character of phonetic
gestures. Journal of Phonetics, 18, 445-452.
MATTINGLY, I.G. (1991). Reading and the biological
function of linguistic representation. In I.G. Mattingly
& M. Studdert-Kennedy (Eds.), Modularity and the
motor theory of speech perception (pp. 339-346).
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum.
MATTHYS, W., VAN LOO, P., PACHEN, V., DE VRIES, H., VAN
HOOFF, J.A.RA.M. & VAN ENGELAND, H. (1994). Behavior
of conduct disordered children in interaction with each
other and with normal peers. Child Psychiatry &
Human Development, 25, 183-195.
MATTHYS, W., DE VRIES, H., HECTORS, A., VEERBEEK, M.,
HEIDMANN, W., GOUD, M., VAN HOOFF, J.A.RA.M. & VAN
ENGELAND, H. (1995). Differences between conduct
disordered and normal control children in their tendencies
to escalate or neutralize conflicts when interacting with
normal peers Child Psychiatry & Human
Development, 26, 29-41.
MATTHYS, W., WALTERBOS, W., VAN ENGELAND, H. & KOOPS,
W. (1995). Conduct-disorderd boys' perceptions of their
liked peers. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 19, 357-372.
MATTHYS, W.C.H.J., CUPERUS, J.M. & VAN ENGELAND, H.
(1999). Deficient social problems-solving in boys with
ODD/CD, with ADHD, and with both disorders. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 38, 311-321.
MATTHYS, W.C.H.J, VAN GOOZEN, S.H.M., SNOEK, H. & VAN
ENGELAND, H. (2004). Response perseveration and
sensitivity to reward and punishment in boys with
oppositional defiant disorder. European Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 13 (6), 362-364.
Maturation : Ensemble de transformations
biologiques qui sont déterminées héréditairement
et dont le développement est relativement indépendant du milieu
physique et social. Maturation.
STONE, C.P. (1934). Maturation and "instinctive"
functions. In F.A. Moss (Ed.), Comparative psychology
(pp. 37-67). New York : Prentice-Hall.
GESELL, A. (1954). Matuartion and the patterning of
behavior. In L. Carmichael (Ed.), Manual of child
psychology (pp. 209-233). New York : John Wiley.
WINNICOT, D. (1983). Processus de maturation chez
l'enfant. Paris : Payot.
Maturité : Concept emprunté à la biologie
(fruit mûr, goéland immature) pour décrire un individu
capable d'agir et de penser en adulte.
On peut aussi utiliser, toujours pas analogie, le terme pour
décrire l'état final de developpement d'un stade, quelqu'il soit. Maturity.
PASCUAL-LEONE, J. (1983). Growing into human maturity :
Toward a meta subjective theory of adulthood stages. Life-Span
Development & Behavior, 5, 117-155.
WALKER, L.J. & PITTS, R.C. (1998). Naturalistic
conceptions of moral maturity. Developmental
Psychology, 34 (3), 403-419. [PDF]
APTER, T. (2001). The myth of maturity : What
teenagers need from parents to become adults. London
: W.W. Norton.
MAURICE, P. & TRUDEL, G. (1982). Self-injurious
behavior : Prevalence and relationships to environmental
events. In J.H. Hollis & C.E. Meyers (Eds.),
Life-threatening behavior : Analysis and intervention
(pp. 81-103). Washington : American Association on Mental
Deficiency.
MAURICE, P. MORIN, D. & TASSÉ, M.-J. (1993). ÉQCA
: échelle québécoise de comportements adaptatifs :
manuel technique (version 93,1). Montréal : UQAM.
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.
MAURICE, P. & TASSÉ, M.J. (2001). Étude de la
stabilité et de la concordance de l'échelle québécoise de
comportements adaptatifs. Revue Francophone de la
Déficience Intellectuelle, 4, 57-67.
MAUSS, M. et HUBERT, H. (1902-3). Esquisse d'une théorie
générale de la magie. Année Sociologique.
MAUSS, M. (1924). Essai sur le don. Sociologie et
anthropologie.
MAUSS, M. (1967). Manuel d'ethnographie. Paris :
Petite bibliothèque Payot.
MAUSS, M. (1968). Essais de sociologie. Paris :
Editions du Seuil.
MAUSS, M. (1997). Écrits politiques. Paris :
Fayard.
BLOOR, D. (1982). Durkheim and Mauss revisited:
classification and the sociology of knowledge. Studies
in the History and Philosophy of Science, 13 (4),
267–297.
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (1975). Operant terms and concepts in the
description of individual work behavior : Some problems of
interpretation, application, and evaluation. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 60, 704-712.
MAWHINNEY, T.C. & FORD, J.D. (1977). The path goal
theory of leader effectiveness : an operant
interpretation. Academy of Management Review, 2,
398-411.
MAWHINNEY, T.C., DICKINSON, A.M. & TAYLOR, T.A.
(1989). The use of concurrent schedules to evaluate the
effects of extrinsic rewards on "intrinsic motivation".
Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 10
(1), 109-129.
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (1992). Total quality management and
organizational behavior management : an integration for
continual improvement. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 25 (3), 524-543. [PDF]
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (2005). Effective leadership in
superior-subordinate dyads : theory and data. Journal
of Organizational Behavior Management, 25 (4),
37-77.
MAYER, G.R. & BUTTERWORTH, T. (1981). Evaluating a
preventive approach to reducing school vandalism. Phi
Delta Kappan, 62, 498-499.
MAYER, G.R., BUTTERWORTH, T., NAKPAKTITIS, M. &
SULZER-AZAROFF, B. (1983). Preventing school vandalism and
improving discipline : a three-year study. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 16 (4), 355-369. [PDF]
MAYER, G.R., NAKPAKTITIS, M., BUTTERWORTH, T. &
HOLLINGSWORTH, P. (1987). A search for the elusive setting
events of school vandalism : A corelational study.
Education & Treatment of Children, 10, 259-270.
MAYER, G.R., MITCHELL, L., CLEMENTI, T.,
CLEMENT-ROBERTSON, E., MYATT, R. & BULARA, D.T.
(1993). A dropout prevention program for at-risk high
school students : Emphasizing consulting to promote
positive classroom climates. Education &
Treatment, 16, 135-146.
MAYER, G.R. (1995). Preventing antisocial behavior in the
schools. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (4),
467-478. [PDF]
MAYER, J.D. & SALOVEY, P. (1997). What is emotional
intelligence ? In P. Salovey & D. Sluyter (Eds.), Emotional
development and emotional intelligence : Implications
for educators (pp. 3-31). New York : Basic Books.
MAYER, J.D. & SALOVEY, P. & CARUSO, D.R. (2000).
Emotional intelligence meets traditional standards for an
intelligence. Intelligence, 27 (4), 267-298. [PDF]
MAYER, J.D. (2003). Structural divisions of personality
and the classification of traits. Review of General
Psychology, 7, 381-401. [PDF]
MAYER, J.D., SALOVEY, P. & CARUSO, D.R. (2004).
Emotional intelligence : Theory, findings, and
implications. Psychological Inquiry, 60, 197-215.
[PDF]
MAYER, J.D. (2004). How does psychotherapy influence
personality ? A theoretical integration. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 60 (12), 1291-1315. [PDF]
MAYER, R.E. (1989). Models for understanding. Review
of Educational Research, 59, 43-64.
MAYER, R.E. (1997). Multimedia learning : Are we asking
the right question ? Educational Psychologist, 32,
1-19. [PDF]
MAYER, R.E. & CHANDLER, P. (2001). Learning is just a
click away : Does simple user interaction foster deeper
understanding of multimedia messages ? Journal of
Educational Psychology, 93, 390-397. [PDF]
MAYER, R.E. (2004). Should there be a three-strikes rule
against pure discovery learning ? The case for guided
methods of instruction. American Psychologist, 59
(1), 14-19. [PDF]
MAYER, R.E. & JOHNSON, C.I. (2008). Revising the
redundancy principle in multimedia learning. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 100 (2), 380-386.
MAYNARD SMITH, J. & PRICE, G.R. (1973). The logic of
animal conflict. Nature, 246, 15-18.
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1974). The theory of games and animal
conflicts. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 47, 209-221.
[PDF]
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1976). Evolution and the theory of
games : In situations characterized by conflict of
interest, the best strategy to adopt depends on what
others are doing. American Scientist, 64 (1),
41-45. [PDF]
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1984). Game theory and the evolution of
behaviour. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7,
95-125.
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). The concept of information in
biology. Philosophy of Science, 67, 177-194.
GADAGKAR, R. (2004). John Maynard Smith 6 January 1920 -
19 April 2004. Journal of Biosciences, 29 (2),
139-141.
SIGMUND, F. (2005). John Maynard Smith and evolutionary
game theory. Theoritical Population Biology, 68, 7-10.
[PDF]
MAYR, E. (1942). Systematics and the origin of
species. New York : Columbia University Press.
MAYR, E. (1963). Animal species and evolution.
Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
MAYR, E. (1970). Populations, species and evolution.
Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
MAYR, E. (1982/89). The growth of biological thought
: Diversity, evolution and inheritance.Cambridge :
Harvard University Press. /Histoire de la biologie :
diversité, évolution et hérédité. France : Fayard.
MAYR, E. (2001). What evolution is. New York :
Basic Books.
SHERMER, M. & SULLOWAY, F.J. (2000). The grand old man
of evolution : An interview with evolutionary biologist
Ernst May. Skeptic, 8 (1), 76-82. [PDF]
MAIENSCHEIN, J. (2004). Embryology, evolution, and Ernst
[Mayr]. Ludus Vitalis, 12, 237-245
MAYR, U. & KLIEGL, R. (2000). Complex semantic
processing in old age : Does it stay or does it go ?
Psychology & Aging, 15, 29-34. [PDF]
MAYR, U. & KLIEGL, R. (2000). Task-set switching and
long-term memory retrieval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26
(5), 1124-1140. [PDF]
MAYR, U. (2006). What matters in the cued task-switching
paradigm : Tasks or cues ? Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 5, 794-799. [PDF]
MAYR, U. (2010). The surface structure and the deep
structure of sequential control : What can we learn from
task-span switch costs ? Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 17, 693-698. [PDF]
MAYR, U., KUHNS, D. & HUBBARD, J. (2014). Long-term
memory and the control of attentional control.
Cognitive Psychology, 72, 1-26. [PDF]
MAZUR, J.E. (1983). Steady-state performance on fixed-,
mixed-, and random-ratio schedules. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 39 (2), 293-307.
[PDF]
MAZUR, J.E. (1985). Probability and delay of reinforcement
as factors in discrete-trial choice. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (3),
341-351. [PDF]
MAZUR, J.E. (1989). Theories of probabilistic reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 51 (1), 87-99. [PDF]
MAZUR, J.E. (2002). Concurrent-chain performance in
transition : Effects of terminal-link duration and
individual reinforcers. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 30, 249-260.
MAZUR, J.E. (2006). Mathematical models and the
experimental analysis of behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 85 (2),
275-291. [PDF]
MAZZONI, G. & NELSON, T.O. (1995). Judgments of
learning are affected by the kind of encoding in ways that
cannot be attributed to the level of recall. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 21, 1263–1274.
MAZZONI, G. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1998). Dream
interpretation can change beliefs about the past. Psychotherapy,
35, 177-187.
MAZZONI, G. LOFTUS, E.F., SEITZ, A. & LYNN, S.J.
(1999). Changing beliefs and memories through dream
interpretation. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 13,
125-144.
MAZZONI, G., LOFTUS, E.F. & KIRSCH, I. (2001).
Changing beliefs about implausible autobiographical events
: A little plausibility goes a long way. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Applied, 7, 51-59.
MAZZONI, G., SCOBORIA, A. & HARVEY, L. (2010).
Nonbelieved memories. Psychological Science, 21,
1334-1340.
McAULEY, E., COURNEYA, K.S. & LETTUNICH, J. (1991).
Effects of acute and long term exercise on self-efficacy
responses in sedentary, middle-aged males and females.
The Gerontologist, 31, 534-542.
McAULEY, E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (1992). Self-efficacy
relationships with affective and exertion responses to
exercise. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 22, 312-326.
McAULEY, E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (1993). Adherence to
exercise and physical activity as health promoting
behaviors : Attitudinal and self-efficacy influences. Applied
& Preventive Psychology, 2, 65-77
McAULEY, E., COURNEYA, K.S., RUDOLPH, D. & LOX C.
(1994). Enhancing exercise adherence in34 middle-aged
males and females. Preventive Medicine, 23,
498-506.
McAULEY, E., MORRIS, K.S., MOTL, R.W., HU, L., KONOPACK,
J.F. & ELAVSKY, E. (2007). Long-term follow-up of
physical activity behavior in older adults. Health
Psychology, 26, 375-380.
McCABE, D.L. (1992). The influence of situational ethics
on cheating among college students. Sociological
Inquiry, 62, 365-374.
McCABE, D.L. & TREVINO, L.K. (1993). Academic
dishonesty : Honor codes and other contextual influences.
Journal of Higher Education, 64 (5), 522-538. [PDF]
McCABE, D.L. & BOWERS, W.J. (1994). Academic
dishonesty among males in college : A thirty year
perspective. Journal of College Student Development,
35, 5-10.
McCABE, D.L. (1997). Classroom cheating among natural
science and engineering majors. Science &
Engineering Ethics, 3, 433-445.
McCABE, D.L., TREVINO, L.K. & BUTTERFIELD, K.D.
(2001). Cheating in academic institutions : A decade of
research. Ethics & Behavior, 11 (3),
219-232. [PDF]
McCABE, M. & RICCIARDELLI, L. (2003). A
longitudinal study of body change strategies among
adolescent males. Journal of Youth & Adolescence,
32 (2), 105-113.
McCABE, M., RICCIARDELLI, L. & HOLT, K. (2005). A
longitudinal study to explain stratiges to change weight
and muscles among normal weight and overweight children. Appetite,
45, 225-234.
McCABE, M., RICCIARDELLI, L. & RIDGE, D. (2006). Who
thinks I need a perfect body ? Perceptions and internal
dialogue among adolescents about their bodies. Sex
roles, 55 (5-6), 409-419.
McCABE, M., RICCIARDELLI, L. SITIRAM, G. & MIKHAIL, K.
(2006). Accuracy of body size estimation : Role of
biopsychosocial variables. Body image, 3 (2),
163-171.
McCABE, M., FIRTH, L. & O'CONNOR, E. (2009). A
comparison of mood and quality of life among people with
progressive neurological illnesses and their caregivers. Journal
of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings, 16 (4),
355-362.
McCAMBRIDGE, J. & DAY, M. (2008). Randomized
controlled trial of the effects of completing the Alcohol
Use Disorders Identification Test questionnaire on
self-reported hazardous drinking. Addiction, 103 (2),
241e8.
McCAMBRIDGE, J., MITCHESON, L., WINSTOCK, A. & HUNT,
N. (2010. Five-year trends in patterns of drug use among
people who use stimulants in dance contexts in the United
Kingdom. Addiction, 100, 1140-1149. [PDF]
McCAMBRIDGE, J., McALANEY, J. & ROWE, R. (2011). Adult
consequences of late adolescent alcohol consumption : a
systematic review of cohort studies. PLoS Medicine, 8
(2), 1-13. [PDF]
McCAMBRIDGE, J., BUTOR-BHAVSAR, K., WITTON, J. &
ELBOURNE, D. (2011). Can research assessments themselves
cause bias in behaviour change trials ? A systematic
review of evidence from Solomon 4-group studies. PLOS
One, 6 (10) :e25223.
McCAMBRIDGE, J., WITTON, J. & ELBOURNE, D.R. (2014).
Systematic review of the Hawthorne effect : New concepts
are needed to study research participation effects. Journal
of Clinical Epidemiology, 67 (3), 267-277. [PDF]
McCarthy John (Boston 1927-2011) : Mathématicien,cogntiviste
américain et figure de proue de l'intelligence
artificielle. Il est l'inventeur du LISP (1958), un langage
de programmation utilisé en intelligence artificielle. En 1959,
avec Minsky, il fonde le Laboratoire
d’intelligence artificielle au Massachusetts Institute of
Technology (MIT).
McCARTHY, J. (1963). Situations, actions, and causal
laws. Standford University.
McCARTHY, J. & HAYES P.J. (1969). Some philosophical
problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence.
In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine
intelligence (pp. 463-502). Edinburgh : Edinburgh
University Press. [PDF]
McCARTHY, J. & ZALD, M.N. (1977). Resource
mobilization and social movements : A partial theory. The
American Journal of Sociology, 82 (6), 1212-1241.
[PDF]
McCARTHY, J. (1977). Epistemological problems of
artificial intelligence. International Joint
Conferences on Artificial Intelligence, 1038-1044.
[PDF]
McCARTHY, J. (1993). Notes on formalizing context.
International Joint Conferences on Artificial
Intelligence, 1, 555-562.
McCarthysme : Mouvement politiqueanticommuniste actif aux États-Unis dans les années 1950, sous l'influence du sénateur américain Mcarthy et qui consistait à dénoncer, harceler et accuser les sympatisants à la cause communiste.= Chasse aux sorcières.
McCarthyism, red scare, witch hunt.
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. & RISLEY, T.R. (1974). Design of
living environments for nursing home residents :
Recruiting attendance at activities. The
Gerontologist, 14, 236-240.
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., KRANTZ, P.J. & McGEE, G.G. (1982).
Parents as therapists for autistic children : A model for
effective parent training. Analysis & Intervention
in Developmental Disabilities, 2, 223-252.
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., McGEE, G.G., MacDUFF, G.S. &
KRANTZ, P.J. (1990). Assessing and improving child care :
A personal appearance index for children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (4), 469-482. [PDF]
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. & KRANTZ, P.J. (1993). On systems
analysis in autism intervention. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 26 (4), 589-596. [PDF]
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., MacDUFF, G.S. & KRANTZ, P.J.
(2002). Behavior analysis and intervention for adults with
autism. Behavior Modification, 26 (1), 9-26.
REHFELDT, R.A. (2002). A review of McClannahan and
Krantz's activity schedules for children with autism :
Teaching independent behavior : Toward the inclusion and
integration of children with disabilities. The
Behavior Analyst, 25 (1), 103-108. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, J.L. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1981). An
interactive activation model of context-effects in letter
perception (Part 1 : An account of basic findings). Psychological
Review, 88 (5), 375-407. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, J.L. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1985). Distributed
memory and the representation of general and specific
information. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 114
(2), 159-188. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, J.L., McNAUGHTON, B.L. & O'REILLY, R.C.
(1995). Why there are complementary learning systems in
the hippocampus and neocortex : Insights from the
successes and failures of connectionist models of learning
and memory. Psychological Review, 102 (3),
419-457. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, J.L. (2000). Connectionist models of memory.
In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford
handbook of memory (pp. 583-596). New York : Oxford
University Press.
McCLINTOCK, M.K. & ADLER, N.T. (1978). The role of the
female during copulation in the wild and domestic Norway
rat (Rattus norvegicus). Behaviour, 67 (1/2),
67-96.
McCLINTOCK, M.K. (1981). Social control of the ovarian
cycle and the function of estrous synchrony. American
Zoology, 21, 243-256. [PDF]
McCLINTOCK, M.K. (1998). Whither menstrual synchrony ?
Annual Review of Sex Research, 9, 77-95.
McCLINTOCK, M.K., BULLIVANT, S., JACOB, S., SPENCER, N.,
ZELANO, B. & OBER, C. (2005). Human body scents :
Conscious perceptions and biological effects. Chemical
Senses, 30 (S1), 135-137. [PDF]
McCLOSKEY, M. & GLUCKSBERG, S. (1978). Natural
categories : Well-defined or fuzzy sets ? Memory &
Cognition, 6, 462-472.
McCLOSKEY, M., CARAMAZZA, A. & GREEN, B. (1980).
Curvilinear motion in the absence of external forces :
Naive beliefs about the motion of objects. Science,
210, 1139-1141.
McCLOSKEY, M. (1982). Review of categories and concept. American
Journal of Psychology, 95, 527-528.
McCLOSKEY, M., MACARUSO, P. & RAPP, B. (2006).
Grapheme-to-lexeme feedback in the spelling system :
Evidence from a dysgraphic patient. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 23 (2), 278-307. [PDF]
MCCLOSKEY, M., FISCHER-BAUM, S. & SCHUBERT, T. (2014).
Representation of letter position in single-word reading :
Evidence from acquired dyslexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 30, 396-428.
MCCOMAS, J.J., WACKER, D.P. & COOPER, L.J. (1996).
Experimental analysis of academic performance in a
classroom setting. Journal of Behavioral Education,
6, 191-202.
MCCOMAS, J.J., WACKER, D.P., COOPER, L.J., ASMUS, J.M.,
RICHMAN, D. & STONER, B. (1996). Brief experimental
analysis of stimulus prompts for accurate responding in
academic tasks in an outpatient clinic. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 29 (3), 397-402.
[PDF]
MCCOMAS, J.J., HOCH, H., PAONE, D. & EL-ROY, D.
(2000). Escape behavior during academic tasks : A
preliminary analysis of idiosyncratic establishing
conditions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33
(4), 479-493.
[PDF]
MCCOMAS, J.J., THOMPSON, A. & JOHNSON, L.A. (2003).
The effects of presession attention on problem behavior
maintained by different reinforcers. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (3), 297-307. [PDF]
MCCOMAS, J.J., JOHNSON, L.A. & SYMONS, F.J. (2005).
Teacher and peer responsivity to pro-social behavior of
high aggressors in preschool. Educational Psychology,
25 (2-3), 223-232.
McCONAGHY, N. (1980). Behaviour completion mechanisms
rather than primary drives maintain behavioural patterns.
Activas Nervosa Superior (Praha), 22, 138-151.
McCONAGHY, N., ARMSTRONG, M., BLASZCZYNSKI, A. &
ALLCOCK, C. (1983). Control comparison of aversion therapy
and imaginal desensitization in compulsive gambling. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 366-372.
BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P., WILSON, A.C. & McCONAGHY, N.
(1986). Sensation seeking and pathological gambling. British
Journal of Addictions, 81, 113-117.
McCONAGHY, N., ARMSTRONG, M., BLASZCZYNSKI, A. &
ALLOCK, C. (1988). Behavior completion versus stimulus
control in compulsive gambling. Behavior Therapy, 12,
371-384.
BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. & McCONAGHY, N. (1989). The medical
model of pathological gambling : current shortcomings. Journal
of Gambling Behavior, 5 (1), 42-52.
KAPLAN, R. (2007). Sex, science, psychiatry and Neil
McConaghy. Australian Psychiatry, 2 (4),
175-176.
McCONAHAY, J.B. (1974). Racial discrimination in the
United States. Psyccritiques, 20 (12),
McCONAHAY, J.B. & HOUGH, J.C. (1976). Symbolic Racism. Journal of Social Issues, 32, 23-45.
McCONAHAY, J.B., HARDEE, B.B. & BATTS, V.
(1981). Has racism declined in America ? It depends on who
is asking and what is asked. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 25, 563–579.
McCONAHAY, J.B. (1983). Modern racism and modern
discrimination : the effects of race, racial attitudes,
and context on simulated hiring decisions. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 551–558.
McCONAHAY, J.B. (1986). Modern racism, ambivalence, and
the modern racism scale. In J.F. Dovidio & S.L.
Gaertner (Eds.), Prejudice, discrimination and racism
(pp. 91-124). Academic Press : San Diego.
McConnell
James V. (Okmulgee 1925-1990) : Biologiste
américain, mieux connu pour ses travaux sur la transmission de la
mémoire chez le ver.
THOMPSON, R. & McCONNELL, J.V. (1955). Classical
conditioning in planarian, Dugesia dorotocephala.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
48, 65-68.
McCONNELL, J.V. (1962). Memory transfer through
cannibalism in planarium. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
3 (1), 542-548.
BLOCK, R.A. & McCONNELL, J.V. (1962). Classically
conditioned discrimination in the Planarian, Dugesia
dorotocephala. Nature, 30, 1465-1466.
HATRY, A.L., KEITH-LEE, P. & MORTON, W.D. (1964).
Planaria : memory transfer through cannibalism
re-examined. Science, 146 (3641), 274-275. [PDF]
SMALHEISER, N.R., MANEV, H. & COSTA, E. (2001). RNAi
and brain function : was McConnell on the right track ? Trends
in Neurosciences, 24, 216-218.
STERN, L. (2010). The memory-transfer episode. Monitor
on Psychology, 41 (6), 1-26.
McCORMICK, R.A., RUSSO, A.M., RAMIREZ, L.F. & TABER,
J.I. (1984). Affective disorders among pathological
gamblers seeking treatment. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 141 (2), 215-218.
McCORMICK, R.A. (1987). Pathological gambling : A
parsimonious need state model. Journal of Gambling
Behavior, 3, 257-263.
McCORMICK, R.A. TTABER, J.I, KRUEDELBACH, N. & RUSSO,
A. (1987). Personality profiles of hospitalized
pathological gamblers : the California personality
inventory. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 43, 521-527.
McCORMICK, R.A., TABER, J.I. & KRUEDELBACH, N. (1989).
The relationship between attributional style and
posttraumatic stress disorder in addicted patients. Journal
of Gambling Studies, 7, 99-108.
McCORMICK, R.A. (1994). The importance of coping skill
enhancement in the treatment of the pathological gambler.
Journal of Gambling Studies, 10, 77-86.
McCRACKEN, L.M. (1998). Learning to live with pain :
Acceptance of pain predicts adjustment in persons with
chronic pain. Pain, 74, 21-27.
McCRACKEN, L.M. & ECCLESTON, C. (2003). Coping or
acceptance : What to do about chronic pain ? Pain,
105, 197-204.
McCRACKEN, L.M., VOWLES, K.E. & ECCLESTON, C. (2004).
Acceptance of chronic pain : Component analysis and a
revised assessment method. Pain, 107 (1-2),
159-166. [PDF]
McCRACKEN, L.M., VOWLES, K.E. & ECCLESTON, C. (2005).
Acceptance- based treatment for persons with complex
longstanding chronic pain : A preliminary analysis of
treatment outcome in comparison to a waiting phase. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 43, 1335-1346.
McCRACKEN, L.M. & VOWLES, K.E. (2014). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and mindfulness for chronic pain. American
Psychologist, 69 (2), 178-187. [PDF]
McCREA, S.M. & HIRT, E.R. (2001). The role of ability
judgments in self-handicapping. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1378-1389. [PDF]
McCREA, S.M., HIRT, E.R. & MILNER, B.J. (2008). She
works hard for the money : Valuing effort underlies gender
differences in behavioral self-handicapping. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 44 (2),
292-311.
McCREA, S.M., HIRT, E. HENRIX, K.L., MILNER, B.J. &
STEELE, N. L. (2008). The Worker scale : Developing a
measure to explain gender differences in behavioral self-
handicapping. Journal of Research in Personality, 42,
949-970.
McCREA, S.M. & FLANMM, A. (2011). Dysfunctional
anticipatory thoughts and the self-handicapping strategy.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 42, 72-81.
McCREA, S.M. & VANN, R.M. (2018). Postactional goal
pursuit : consequences of task completion for thought
content, affect, and behavioral intentions. Motivation
& Emotion, 42, 852-870.
McCROSKEY, J.C. & YOUNG, T.J. (1981). Ethos and
credibility : The construct and its measurement after
three decades. Central States Speech Journal, 32,
24-34. [PDF]
McCROSKEY, J.C. & RICHMOND, V.P. (1983). Power in the
classroom I : Teacher and student perceptions. Communication
Education, 32, 175-184. [PDF]
McCROSKEY, J.C., RICHMOND, V. P., PLAX, T.G. &
KEARNEY, P. (1985). Power in the classroom V : Behavior
alteration techniques, communication training and
learning. Communication Education, 34, 214-226.
[PDF]
McCROSKEY, J.C., SALLINEN, A., FAKER, J.M., RICHMOND, V.P.
& BARRACLOUGH, R.A. (1996). Nonverbal immediacy and
cognitive learning : A cross-cultural investigation. Communication
Education, 45, 293-305. [PDF]
McCROSKEY, J.C., VALENCIC, K.M. & RICHMOND, V.P.
(2004). Toward a general model of instructional
communication. Communication Quarterly, 52,
197-210.
[PDF]
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1943). Logical calculus
of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. Bulletin
of Mathematical Biophysics, 5, 115-153. [PDF]
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1947). On how we know
universals : The perception of auditory and visual forms.
Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 9, 127-147.
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1949). The brain as a computing machine.
Electrical Engineering, 68, 492-497.
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1951). Why the mind is in the head. In
L.A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms in behavior
(pp. 42-111). New York : Wiley.
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1965). Embodiments of mind.
Cambridge : MIT Press.
PICCININI, G. (2004). The first computational theory of
mind and brain : A close look at McCulloch and Pitts's
logical calculus of ideas immanent in nervous activity.
Synthese, 141 (2), 175-215. [PDF]
McCULLOUGH, M.E. & WORTHINGTON, E.L. (1994). Models of
interpersonal forgiveness and their applications to
counseling : Review and critique. Counseling &
Values, 39, 2-14. [PDF]
McCULLOUGH, M.E., WORTHINGTON, E.L. & RACHAL, K.C.
(1997). Interpersonal forgiving in close relationships. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73,
321-336.
[PDF] +[PDF]
McCULLOUGH, M.E. (2000). Forgiveness as human strength :
Theory, measurement, and links to well-being. Journal
of Social & Clinical Psychology, 19 (1),
43-55. [PDF]
McCULLOUGH, M.E., KURZBAN, R. & TABAK, B.A. (2013).
Cognitive systems for revenge and forgiveness. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 36, 1-58 [PDF]
McCULLOUGH, M.E. PEDERSEN, E. J., TABAK, B.A. &
CARTER, E.C. (2014). Conciliatory gestures promote
forgiveness and reduce anger in humans. PNAS
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 111
(30), 11211-11216. [PDF]
McCUTCHEON, L.E. (1991). A new test of misconceptions
about psychology. Psychologcial Reports, 68, 647-653.
McCUTCHEON, L.E., HANSON, E., APPERSON, J.M. & WYNN,
V. (1992). Relationships among critical thinking skills,
academic achievement, and misconceptions about psychology.
Psychologcial Reports, 71, 635-639. [PDF]
McCUTCHEON, L.E., LANGE, R. & HOURAN, J. (2002).
Conceptualization and measurement of celebrity worship. British
Journal of Psychology, 93 (1), 67-87.
McUTCHEON, L.E. GRIFFITH, J.D., ARUGUETTE, M.S. &
HAIGHT, E. (2012). Cognitive ability and celebrity worship
revisited. North American Journal of Psychology, 14,
383-392.
McUTCHEON, L.E., LOWINGER, R., WONG, M. & JENKINS, W.
(2014). Is analytic thinking related to celebrity worship
and disbelief in religion ? North American Journal of
Psychology, 16 (3), 453-462.
[PDF]
McDANIEL, B.T., COYNE, S.M. & HOLMES, E.K. (2012). New
mothers and media use : Associations between blogging,
social networking, and maternal well-being. Maternal
& Child Health Journal, 16, 1509-1517.
McDANIEL, B.T. & COYNE, S.M. (2016). "Technoference"
The interference of technology in couple relationships and
implications for women's personal and relational
well-being. Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 5, 85-98.
McDANIEL, B.T. & RADESKY, J. (2018). Technoference :
Parent distraction by technology and associations with
child behavior problems. Child Development, 89
(1), 100-109. [PDF]
McDANIEL, B.T. & RADESKY, J. (2018). Longitudinal
associations between parent technology use, parenting
stress, and child behavior problems. Pediatric
Research, 84 (2), 210-218. [PDF]
McDANIEL, B.T. (2019). Parent distraction with phones,
reasons for use, and impacts on parenting and child
outcomes : A review of the emerging research. Human
Behavior & Emerging Technologies, 1, 72-80. [PDF]
McDANIEL, M., EINSTEIN, G.O., DUNAY, P.K. & COBB, R.E.
(1986). Encoding difficulty and memory : Toward a unifying
theory. Journal of Memory & Language, 25,
645-656.
McDANIEL, M. & EINSTEIN, G.O. (1993). The importance
of cue familiarity and cue distinctiveness in prospective
memory. Memory, 1, 23-41.
McDANIEL, M. & EINSTEIN, P. (2000). Strategic and
automatic processes in prospective memory retrieval : A
multiprocess framework. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
14 (S), 127-144. [PDF]
McDANIEL, M., GUYNN, M.J., EINSTEIN, G.O. & BRENEISER,
J. (2004). Cue-focused and reflexive associative processes
in prospective memory retrieval. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 30, 605-614. [PDF]
McDANIEL, M., HOARD, D. & EINSTEIN, P. (2009). The
read-recite-review study strategy : Effective and
portable. Psychological Science, 20, 516-522. [PDF]
McDERMOTT, K.B. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (1994). Effects of
imagery on perceptual implicit memory tests. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 20, 1379-1390.
McDERMOTT, K.B. (1996). The persistence of false memories
in list recall. Journal of Memory & Language, 35,
212-230.
McDERMOTT, K.B. (1997). Priming on perceptual implicit
memory tests can be achieved through presentation of
associates. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4, 582-586.
McDERMOTT, K.B. & WATSON, J.M. (2001). The rise and
fall of false recall : The impact of presentation
duration. Journal of Memory & Language, 45, 160-176.
McDERMOTT, K.B. & CHAN, J.C.K. (2006). Effects of
repetition on memory for pragmatic inferences. Memory
& Cognition, 34, 1273-1284. [PDF]
McDERMOTT, L.C. (1974). Practice-teaching program in
physics for future elementary school teachers. American
Journal of Physics 42, 737-742.
McDERMOTT, L.C. (1990). A perspective on teacher
preparation in physics and other sciences : The need for
special science courses for teachers. American
Journal of Physics, 58, 734-742.
McDERMOTT, L.C., SHAFFER, P.S. & SOMERS, M.D. (1994).
Research as a guide for teaching introductory mechanics :
An illustration in the context of the Atwoods’s machine. American
Journal of Physics, 62, 46-55.
McDERMOTT, L.C. & SHAFFER, P.S. (2000). Preparing
teachers to teach physics and physical science by inquiry.Physics
Education 35 (6), 411-416. [PDF]
McDERMOTT, L.C., HERON, P.R.L., SHAFFER, P.S. &
STETZER, M.K.R. (2006). Improving the preparation of K-12
teachers through physics education research. American
Journal of Physics 74, 763-767.
McDERMOTT, R. & KUGLER, J. (2001). The decision to
launch the Gulf war : Comparing expected utility and
prospect theory models. Journal of Strategic Studies,
24, 49-85.
McDERMOTT, R. (2002). The experimental method in political
science. Annual Review Political Science, 5,
31–61. [PDF]
McDERMOTT, R., JOHNSON, D., COWDEN, J. & ROSEN, S.
(2007). Testosterone and aggression in a simulated crisis
game. Annals of the American Academy of Political
& Social Sciences, 614 (1), 15-33. [PDF]
McDERMOTT, R. (2012). Combining social and biological
approaches to political behaviors. Politics & the
Life Sciences 30 (2), 98-102.
McDERMOTT, R. (2013). A feminist scientific approach to
the analysis of politics and gender. Politics &
Gender, 9 (1), 110-115.
McDougall William (Lancashire Angleterre 1871-1938 Durham
États-Unis) : Psychologue
américain d'origine anglaise et psychosociologue
avant la lettre. Professeur de Burt
et Rhine.
McDOUGALL, W. (1908). An introduction to social
psychology. London : Methuen & Co.
McDOUGALL, W. (1913). Body and mind : A history and a
defense of animism. London : Methuen & Co.
McDOUGALL, W. (1925). Men or robots ? In C. Murchison
(Ed.), Psychologies of 1925. Worcester : Clark
University Press.
McDOUGALL, W. (1929). Modern materialism and emergent
evolution. London : Methuen.
McDOUGALL, W. (1930). Hormic psychology. In C. Murchison
(Ed.), Psychologies of 1930. Worcester : Clark
University Press.
GARDINER, H.N. (1923). William McDougall's "outline of
psychology" discussion. The Journal of Abnormal
Psychology and Social Psychology, 18 (3), 277–280.
KRANTZ, D.L. & ALLEN, D. (1967). The rise and fall of
McDougall's instinct doctrine. Journal of the History
of the Behavioral Sciences, 3, 326-338.
KRANTZ, D.L., HALL, R. & ALLEN, D. (1969). William
McDougall and the problem of purpose. Journal of the
History of the Behavioral Sciences, 5, 25-38.
McDowell John Henry(Boksburg 1942-) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain d'origine sud-africaine.
McDOWELL, J. (1977). On the sense and reference of a
Proper Name. Mind, 86, 159-185.
McDOWELL, J. (1994/2007). Mind and world. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press / L'esprit et le monde.
Paris : Vrin.
McDOWELL, J. (1998). Mind, value, and reality.
Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
McDOWELL, J. (1998). Meaning, knowledge, and reality.
Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
McDOWELL, J. (2004). Naturalism in the philosophy of mind.
In M. de Caro & D. Macarthur (Eds.), Naturalism
in question (pp. 991-105). Cambridge : Harvard
University Press.
McDOWELL, J.J. (1980). An analytic comparison of
Herrnstein's equations and a multivariate rate equation. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 33 (3),
97-408. [PDF]
McDOWELL, J.J. (1986). On the falsifiability of matching
theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 45 (1), 63-74. [PDF]
McDOWELL, J.J. (1989). Two modern developments in matching
theory. The Behavior Analyst, 12, 153-166. [PDF]
McDOWELL, J.J. (2004). A computational model of selection
by consequences. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 81, 297-317. [PDF]
McDOWELL, J.J. & CARON, M.L. (2007). Undermatching is
an emergent property of selection by consequences. Behavioural
Processes, 75, 97-106. [PDF]
McELREE, B. & DOSHER, B.A. (1993). Serial retrieval
processes in the recovery of order information. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 122, 291-315.
McELREE, B. (2000). Sentence comprehension is mediated by
content-addressable memory structures. Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 29, 111-123.
McELREE, B. TRAXIER, M., PICKERING, M.J., SEELY, R. &
JACKENDORFF, R. (2001). Reading time evidence for enriched
composition. Cognition, 78, 17-25.
McELREE, B. FORAKER, S. & DYER, L. (2003). Memory
structures that subserve sentence comprehension. Journal
of Memory & Language, 48, 67-91.
McELREE, B. FRISSON, S. & PICKERING, M.J. (2006).
Deferred interpretations : Why starting Dickens is taxing
but reading Dickens isn't. Cogntive Science, 30, 113-124.
McFARLAND, C. & ROSS, M. (1982). The impact of causal
attributions and level of performance on affective
reactions to success and failure. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 937-946.
McFARLAND, C. & ROSS, M. (1987). The relation
between current impressions and memories of self and
dating partners. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 13, 228-238.
McFARLAND, C. & MILLER, D.T. (1994). The framing of
relative performance feedback : Seeing the glass as half
empty or half full. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 66, 1061-1073.
McFARLAND, C., BUEHLER, R. & MacKAY, L. (2001).
Affective responses to social comparisons with extremely
close others. Social Cognition, 19, 547-586.
McFARLAND, C. & BUEHLER, R. (2012). Negative moods and
the motivated remembering of past selves : The role of
implicit theories of personal stability. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 102, 242-263.
McFARLAND, L.A. & RYAN, A.M. (2000). Variance in
faking across non-cognitive measures. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 85, 812-821.
McFARLAND, L.A., RYAN, A.M. & ELLIS, A. (2002). Item
placement on a personality measure : Effects on faking
behavior and test measurement properties. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 78, 348-369.
McFARLAND, L.A. (2003). Warning against faking on a
personality test : Effects on applicant reactions and
personality test scores. International Journal of
Selection & Assessment, 11, 265-276.
McFARLAND, L.A., RYAN, A.M., SACCO, J.M. & KRISKA,
S.D. (2004). Examination of structured interview ratings
across time : The effects of applicant race, rater race,
and panel composition. Journal of Management, 30, 435-452.
McFARLAND, L.A. & RYAN, M.A. (2006). Toward an
integrated model of applicant faking behavior. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 36 (4), 979-1016.
McFarland Ross Armstrong (Denver 1901-1976) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du transport, notamment de l'aviation.
McFARLAND, R.A. (1928). The role of speed in mental
ability. Psychological Bulletin, 25, 595-612.
McFARLAND, R.A. (1930). Experimental study of the
relationship between speed and mental ability. Journal
of General Psychology, 3, 67-96.
McFARLAND, R.A. (1937). Psycho-physiological studies at
high altitude in the Andes. I. The effect of rapid ascents
by aeroplane and train. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 23 (1), 191-225.
McFARLAND, R.A. (1946). Human factors in air
transport design hardcover. McGraw-Hill Book Co.
McFARLAND, R.A. (1953). Human factors in air
transportation. New York : McGraw-Hill Book Co.
McGARTY, C. (1994). Self and collective : Cognition and
social context. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 20, 454-463.
McGARTY, C., HASLAM, S.A., HUTCHINSON, K.J. & GRACE,
D.M. (1995). Determinants of perceived consistency : The
relationship between group entitativity and the
meaningfulness of categories. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 34, 237-256.
McGARTY, C. (2001). Social identity theory does not
maintain that identification produces bias, and
self-categorization theory does not maintain that salience
is identification : Two comments on Mummendey, Klink and
Brown. British Journal of Social Psychology, 40
(2), 173-176.
McGARTY, C. (2005). Understanding cyberhate : social
competition and social creativity in online white
supremacist groups. Social Science Computer Review, 23
(1), 68-76.
McGARTY, C., BLIUC, A., THOMAS, E. & BONGIORNO, R.
(2009). Collective action as the material expression of
opinion-based group membership. Journal of Social
Issues, 65 (4), 839-857.
McGaugh James L. (Long beach 1931-) : Neurobiologiste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire.
McGAUGH, J.L. (2000). Memory : A century of consolidation.
Science, 287, 248-251.
McGAUGH, J.L. & ROOZENDAL, B. (2009). Drug enhancement
of memory consolidation : Historical perspective and
neurobiological implications. Psychopharmacology,
202, 3-14.
McGAUGH, J.L. (2012). Making lasting memories :
Remembering the significant. Proceedings, National
Academy of Sciences, USA, 110 (2) 10401-10407. [PDF]
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. MASON, D. & McLANNAHAN, L.E.
(1983). A modified incidental-teaching procedure for
autistic youth : Acquisition and generalization of
receptive object labels. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 16 (3), 329-338.
[PDF]
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. & McLANNAHAN, L.E. (1985).
The facilitative effects of incidental teaching on
preposition use by autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 17-31.
[PDF]
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. & McLANNAHAN, L.E. (1986).
An extension of incidental teaching procedures to reading
instruction for autistic children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 19 (2), 147-157.
[PDF]
McGEE, G.G., ALMEIDA, C., SULZER-AZAROFF, B. &
FELDMAN, R.S. (1992). Promoting reciprocal interactions
via peer incidental teaching. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 25 (1), 117-126. [PDF]
McGEE, G.G. & DALY, T. (2007). Incidental teaching of
age-appropriate social phrases to children with autism. Research
& Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 32
(2), 112-123.
McGILL, P. & CUMMINGS, R. (1990). An analysis of the
representation of people with mental handicaps in a
British newspaper. Mental Handicap Research, 3, 60-69.
McGILL, P. (1999). Establishing operations : Implications
for the assessment, treatment, and prevention of problem
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32
(3), 393-418. [PDF]
McGILL, P. & LANGTHORNE, P. (2008). A functional
analysis of the early development of self-injurious
behavior : Incorporating gene-environment interactions. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 113 (5), 403-417.
McGILL, P. & LANGTHORNE, P. (2011). Gene-environment
interactions and the functional analysis of challenging
behaviour in children with intellectual and developmental
disabilities. Behavioral Development Bulletin, 11, 20-25.
[PDF]
McGILL, P. (2012). Investigating naturally occurring
variability in challenging behaviour - the Ecological
interview. International Journal of Positive
Behavioural, 2, 20-30.
McGRATH, J.E. (1963). A descriptive model for the study of
interpersonal relation in small groups. Journal of
Psychological Studies, 14 (3), 89-116.
McGRATH, J.E. (1978). Small group research. American
Behavioral Scientist, 21 (5), 651-674.
McGRATH, J.E. (1981). The study of research choices and
dilemmas. American Behavioral Scientist, 25 (2),
179-210. [PDF]
McGRATH, J.E. (1997). Small group research : That once and
future field. Group Dynamics : Theory, Research &
Practice, 1 (1), 7-27.
McGRATH, J.E. & TSCHAN, F. (2007). Temporal matters in
the study of work groups in organizations.
Psychologist-Manager Journal, 10 (1), 3-12.
HACKMAN, J.R. (2009). Obituary : Joseph E. McGrath. American
Psychologist, 64, 217.
McGregor Douglas Murray (Détroit 1906-1964) : Psychologueorganisationnel
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des styles de gestionnaire. Il
a développé une théorie du developpement organisationnel (theory
X/Y). Professeur d'Argyris.
McGREGOR, D. (1960). The human side of enterprise.
NY : McGraw-Hill.
McGREGOR, D. (1966). Leadership and motivation.
Reading, MA : Addison-Wessley.
STEAD, B. (1972). Berlo's communication process model as
applied to the behavioral theories of Maslow, Herzberg,
and McGregor. Academy of Management Journal, 15 (3),
389-394.
McGREW, K.S. (1983). Comparison of the WISC-R and
Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive Ability. Journal
of School Psychology, 21, 271-276.
McGREW, K.S. & BRUININKS, R. (1990). Defining adaptive
and maladaptive behavior within a model of personal
competence. School Psychology Review, 19, 53-73.
McGREW, K.S., GILMAM, C. & JOHNSON, S. (1992). A
review of scales to assess family needs. Journal of
Psychoeducational Assessment, 10, 4-25.
McGREW, K.S. (2009). CHC theory and the human cognitive
abilities project : Standing on the shoulders of the
giants of psychometric intelligence research.
Intelligence, 37 (1), 1-10.
McGREW, K.S. (2010). The Flynn Effect and its critics :
Rusty linchpins and—lookin' for g and Gf in some of the
wrong places. Journal of Psychoeducational
Assessment, 28 (5), 448-468.
MCGREW, W.C. (1974). Tool use by wild chimpanzees in
feeding upon driver ants. Journal of Human Evolution,
3, 501-508.
MCGREW, W.C & TUTIN, C.E.G. (1978). Evidence for a
social custom in wild chimpanzees ? Man, 13,
234-251.
MCGREW, W.C. & COLLINS, D.A. (1986). Tool-use by wild
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) to obtain termites
(Macrotermes herus) in the Mahale Mountains, Tanzania. American
Journal of Primatology, 9, 47-62.
MCGREW, W.C. (1992). Chimpanzee material culture :
Implications for humanevolution. Cambridge
University Press.
McGREW, W.C. (1998). Culture in nonhuman primates ? Annual
Review of Anthropology 27, 301-328.
McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1992). Genetic influence on
risk of divorce. Psychological Science, 3, 368-
372.
McGUE, M., SHARMA, A. & BENSON, P. (1996). The effect
of common rearing on adolescent adjustment : evidence from
a U.S. adoption cohort. Developmental Psychology, 32,
604-613.
McGUE, M. & BOUCHARD, T.J. (1998). Genetic and
environmental influences on human behavioral differences.
Annual Review of Neuroscience, 21, 1-24. [PDF]
McGUE, M. & IACONO, W.G. (2005). The association of
early adolescent problem behavior with adult
psychopathology. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162,
1118-1124. [PDF]
McGUE, M. & IACONO, W.G. (2005). The adolescent
origins of substance use disorders. International
Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 17 (S),
30-38. [PDF]
PARTRIDGE, T. (2005). Are genetically informed designs
genetically informative ? Comment on McGue, Elkins,
Walden, and Iacono (2005) and quantitative behavioral
genetics. Developmental Psychology, 41 (6),
985-988.
McGUFFIN, P., FARMER, A.E. & RAJAH, S.M. (1978).
Histocompatability antigens and schizophrenia. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 132 (2), 149-151.
McGUFFIN, P. & STUART, E. (1986). Genetic markers in
schizophrenia. Human Heredity, 16, 461-465.
McGUFFIN, P. (1988). Major genes for major affective
disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 153,
591-596
McGUFFIN, P., ASHERSON, P., OWEN, M. & FARMER, A.
(1994). The strength of the genetic effect : is there room
for an environmental influence in the aetiology of
schizophrenia ? British Journal of Psychiatry, 164,
593-599.
McGUFFIN, P., SARGEANT, M., HETT, G., TIDMARSH, S.,
WHATLEY, S. & MARCHBANKS, R.M. (1990). Exclusion of a
schizophrenia susceptibility gene from the chromosome
5q11-q13 region : new data and a re-analysis of previous
reports. The American Journal of Human Genetics, 47,
524-535. [PDF]
McGUIRE, J., HARVEY, D.H. & PLANTE, S.T. (1983).
Meeting the needs of learning disabled college students. Journal
of Learning Skills, 2 (3), 29-34.
MCGUIRE, J.M. & SHAW, S.F. (1987). A decision making
process for the college bound learning disabled student :
Matching learner, institution, and support program.
Learning Disability Quarterly, 10, 106-111.
McGUIRE, J. & SCOTT, S. (2002). Universal design for
instruction : A promising new paradigm for higher
education. Perspectives, 28 (2), 27-29.
MCGUIRE, J.M., SCOTT, S.S. & SHAW, S.F. (2003).
Universal design for instruction : The paradigm, its
principles, and products for enhancing instructional
access. Journal of Postsecondary Education &
Disability, 17, 11-21.
MCGUIRE, J.M., SCOTT, S.S. & SHAW, S.F. (2006).
Universal design and its application in educational
environments. Remedial & Special Education, 27
(3), 166-175. [PDF]
MccGUIRE, W.J. & PAPAGEORRGIS, D. (1961). The
relative efficacy of various types of prior belief-defense
in producing immunity against persuasion. The Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 62 (2),
327–337.
MccGUIRE, W.J. (1964). Inducing resistance to
persuasion. Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology, 1, 191-229.
MccGUIRE, W.J. (1973). The yin and yang of progress
in social psychology : seven koan. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 26, 446–456.
MccGUIRE, W.J. (1986). The vicissitudes of attitudes and
similar representational constructs in twentieth century
psychology. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 16, 89–130.
MccGUIRE, W.J. (1997). Creative hypothesis generating in
psychology : Some useful heuristices. Annual Review of
Psychology, 48, 1-30. [PDF]
JOST, J.T. & BANAJI, M. (2008). Obituary : William
James McGuire (1925-2007). American Psychologist, 63
(4), 270–271.
McHOSKEY, J.W. (1995). Narcissism and machiavellianism. Psychological
Reports, 77, 755-759.
McHOSKEY, J.W., WORZEL, W. & SZYARTO, C. (1998).
Machiavellianism and psychopathy. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 192-210.
McHOSKEY, J.W. (1999). Machiavellianism, intrinsic versus
extrinsic goals and social interest : a self-determination
theory analysis. Motivation & Emotion, 23,
267-283.
McHOSKEY, J. HICKS, B., BETRIS, T., SZYARTO, C., WORZEL,
W., KELLY, K., EGGERT, T., TESLER, A., MILEY, J. &
SUGGS, T. (1999). Machiavellianism, adjustment and ethics.
Psychological Reports, 85, 138-142.
McHOSKEY, J.W., WORZEL, W. & SZYARTO, C. (2001).
Machiavellianism and personality dysfunction. Personality
& Individual Differences, 31, 791-798. [PDF]
McHUGH, M.C., KOESKE, R.D. & FRIEZE, I.H.
(1986). Issues to consider in conducting nonsexist
psychological research : A guide for researchers. American
Psychologist, 41, 879-890.
McHUGH, M.C. & FRIEZE, I.H. (1993). The
measurement of gender-role attitudes : A review and
commentary. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 21,
1-16.
McHUGH, M.C., LIVINGSTON, N.A. & FORD, A. (2005). A
postmodern approach to women's use of violence :
Developing multiple and complex conceptualizations. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 29, 323–336.
McHUGH, M.C. (2005). Understandingg gender and intimate
partner abuse. Sex Roles, 52 (11-12), 717-724.
McHUGH, M.C., LIVINGSTON, N.A. &
FRIEZE, I.H. (2008). Intimate partner violence :
Perspectives on research and intervention. In F.L.
Denmark & M.A. Paludi (Eds.), Psychology of
women : A handbook of issues and theories (pp.
555–-589). Praeger Publishers/Greenwood Publishing Group.
McHugh Paul Rodney (Lawrence 1931-) :Psychiatre
américain. Collaborateur de Spitzer.
McHUGH, P.R. & SLAVNEY, P.R. (1982). Methods of
reasoning in psychopathology : conflict and resolution. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 23 (3), 197-215.
McHUGH, P.R. & McKUSICK, V. (1991). Genes, brain,
and behavior. Association for Research in Nervous
and Mental Disease/Raven Press.
McHUGH, P.R. (1995). Witches, multiple personalities, and
other psychiatric artifacts. Nature Medicine, 1 (2),
110-114.
McHUGH, P.R. (2005). The mind has mountains :
Reflections on society and psychiatry. Johns
Hopkins University Press.
McHUGH, P.R. & TREISMAN, G. (2007). PTSD : a
problematic diagnostic category. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 21 (2), 211-220.
McILVANE, W.J., DUBE, W.V., KLEDARAS, J.B., IENNACO, F.M.
& STODDARD, L.T. (1990). Teaching relational
discrimination to individuals with mental retardation :
Some problems and possible solutions. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 95, 283-296.
McILVANE, W.J., DUBE, W.V. & SHIVER, E.K. (1992).
Stimulus control shaping and stimulus control
topographies. The Behavior Analyst, 15, 89-94. [PDF]
McILVANE, W.J., KLEDARAS, J.B, CALLAHAN, T.C. & DUBE,
W.V. (2002). High-probability stimulus control
topographies with delayed S+ onset in a simultaneous
discrimination procedure. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 77 (2),
189-198. [PDF]
McILVANE, W.J., DUBE, W.V. & SHIVER, E.K. (2009).
Stimulus control topography coherence theory : Foundations
and extensions. The Behavior Analyst, 26 (2),
195-213. [PDF]
McILVANE, W.J. (2009). Translational behavior analysis :
from laboratory science in stimulus control to
intervention with persons with neurodevelopmental
disabilities. The Behavior Analyst, 32 (2),
273-280. [PDF]
McISAAC, M.S. & KOYMEN, U. (1988). Distance education
opportunities for women in Turkey. International
Council for Distance Education Bulletin, 17, 22-27.
McISAAC, M.S. (1990). Problems affecting evaluation of
distance education in developing countries. Research
in Distance Education, 2 (3), 12-16.
McISAAC, M.S. & GUNAWERDANA, C.N. (1996). Distance
education. In D.H. Jonassen (Ed.), Handbook of
research for educational communications and technology
(pp. 403-437). New York : Simon & Shuster Macmillan. [PDF]
McISAAC, M.S., BLOCHER, J.M., MAHES, V. & VRASIDAS, C.
(1999). Student and teacher perceptions of interaction in
online computer-mediated communication. Education
Media International, 36 (2), 121-131.
McISAAC, M.S. (2002). The Internet, culture and community
building. In D. Murphy, N. Shin & W. Zhang (Eds.), Advancing
online learning in Asia (pp. 16-25). Hong Kong :
The Open University of Hong Kong Press.
McKELVEY, R.D. (1976). Intransitivities in
multidimensional voting models and some implications for
agenda control. Journal of Economic Theory, 12, 472-482.
McKELVEY, R.D. (1979). General conditions for global
intransitivities in formal voting models. Econometrica,
47, 1085-1112.
McKELVEY, R.D. & PALFREY, T.R. (1992). An experimental
study of the centipede game. Econometrica, 60,
803-836.
McKELVEY, R.D. & PALFREY, T.R. (1995). Quantal
response equilibria for normal form games. Games
& Economic Behavior, 10, 6-38. [PDF]
McKELVEY, R.D. & PALFREY, T.R. (1996). A statistical
theory of equilibrium in games. Japanese Economic
Review, 47, 186-209.
PALFREY, T.R. (2005). Richard Drummond McKelvey
1944-2002. Washington : The National Academies
Press. [PDF]
McKEVITT, O.B. & ELLIOT S.N. (2003). Effects and
perceived consequences of using read-aloud and
teacher-recommended testing accommodations on a reading
achievement test. School Psychology Review, 32,
583-600.
McKEVITT, O.B. & ELLIOT, S.N. (2005). Observations and
ratings of preschool children's social behavior : Issues
of representativeness and validity. Psychology in the
Schools, 42, 13-26.
McKEVITT, O.B. & BRAAKSMA, A.D. (2008). Best practices
in developing a positive behavior support system at the
school level. In Best practices in school psychology
(Vol. 3, pp. 735-748). [PDF]
McKEVITT, O.B. (2012). School psychologists' knowledge and
use of evidence-based social-emotional learning
interventions. Contemporary School Psychology, 16,
33-45.
McKEVITT, O.B., DEMPSEY, J. N., TERNUS, J. & SHRIVER,
M.D. (2012). Dealing with behavior problems : The use of
positive behavior support strategies in summer programs.
Afterschool Matters, 15, 16-25.
McKinley John Charnley (Duluth 1891-1950) :
Neurologiste américain et co-auteur, avec Hathaway,
du MMPI (1943). Collaborateur
de Hathaway et Meehl.
HATHAWAY, S.R. & McKINLEY, J.C. (1940). A multiphasic
personality schedule (Minnesota) : Construction of the
schedule. Journal of Psychology, 10, 249-254.
McKINLEY, J.C. & HATHAWAY, S.R. (1940). A multiphasic
personality schedule (Minnesota) : II. A differential
study of hypochondriasis. Journal of Psychology, 10,255-268.
HATHAWAY, S.R. & McKINLEY, J.C. (1942). A multiphasic
personality schedule (Minnesota) : III. The measurement of
symptomatic depression. Journal of Psychology, 14, 73-84.
McKINLEY, J.C. & HATHAWAY, S.R. (1944). A multiphasic
personality schedule (Minnesota) : V. Hysteria, Hypomania,
and Psychopathic Deviate. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 28, 153-174.
McKINLEY, J.C., HATHAWAY, S.R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948).
The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory : VI. The
K scale. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 12,
20-31.
McKINNEY, W.T. & BUNNEY, W.E. (1969). Animal model of
depression. I. Review of evidence : implications for
research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 21 (2),
240-248.
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1971).
Depression in primates. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 127, 1313-1320.
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1972). Use
of monkeys to study depression. Resident & Staff
Physician, 18, 44-49.
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1972).
Repetitive peer separations of juvenile age rhesus
monkeys. Archives of General Psychiatry, 27,
200-204.
McKINNEY, W.T. (1984). Animal models of depression : an
overview. Psychiatric Developments, 2 (2),
77-96.
McKOON, G. (1977). Organization of information in text
memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 16, 247-260. [PDF]
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1980). Priming in item
recognition : The organization of propositions in memory
for text. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 19, 369-386. [PDF]
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1992). Inference during
reading. Psychological Review, 99 (3), 440-466.
[PDF]
McKOON, G. & MacFARLAND, T. (2002). Event templates in
the lexical representations of verbs. Cognitive
Psychology, 45, 1-44. [PDF]
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (2013). Aging and predicting
inferences : A diffusion model analysis. Journal of
Memory & Language, 68, 240-254. [PDF]
McLAUGHLIN, B.P. (1989). Type epiphenomenalism, type dualism, and the causal priority of the physical. Philosophical Perspectives, 3, 109-135.
McLAUGHLIN, B.P. (1992). The rise and fall of British emergentism. In A. Beckermann, H. Flohr & J. Kim (Eds.), Emergence or reduction ? (pp. 49-93). De Gruyter.
McLAUGHLIN, B.P. (1993). The connectionism/classicism
battle to win souls. Philosophical Studies, 71,
163-190.
McLAUGHLIN, B.P. & WARFIELD, T.A. (1994). The allure of connectionism reexamined. Synthese, 101 (3), 365-400.
McLAUGHLIN, T.F. (2006). Is role-functionalism committed to epiphenomenalism ? Journal of Consciousness Studies, 13 (1-2), 39-66.
McLAUGHLIN, T.F. & MALABY, J. (1972). Intrinsic
reinforcers in a classroom token economy. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (3), 263-270. [PDF]
McLAUGHLIN, T.F. & MALABY, J. (1972). Reducing and
measuring inappropriate verbalizations in a token
classroom. Journal of Applied Behaviorl Analysis, 5
(3), 329–333. [PDF]
McLAUGHLIN, T.F. (1983). An examination and evaluation of
single subject designs used in behavior analysis research
in school settings. Educational Research Quarterly,
7, 35-42.
McLAUGHLIN, T.F. (1983). Effects of written feedback in
reading on behaviorally disordered students. The
Journal of Educational, 85 (5), 312-316.
McLAUGHLIN, T.F., WILLIAMS, B.F., WILLIAMS, R.L., PECK,
S.M., DERBY, K.M., BJODHAL, J.M. & WEBER, K.M. (1999).
Behavioral training for teachers in special education :
The Gonzaga University program. Behavioral
Interventions, 14, 83-134.
McLoyd Vonnie C. ( ) : Psychologueécologiste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du développement, notamment
des effets économiques.
McLOYD, V.C. (1990). The impact of economic hardship on
black families and children : Psychological distress,
parenting, and socioemotional development. Child
Development, 61, 311-346.
McLOYD, V.C., JAYARATNE, T.E., EPSTEIN, T. & CEBALLO,
R. & BOQUEZ, J. (1994). Unemployment and work
Interruption among African American single mothers :
Effects on parenting and adolescent socioemotional
functioning. Child Development, 65 (2), 562-589.
McLOYD, V.C. (1998). Socioeconomic disadvantage and child
development. American Psychologist, 53, 185-204.
McLOYD, V.C., TOYOKAWA, T. & KAPLAN, R. (2008).
Maternal work demands and child adjustment in African
American families : The mediating role of family
routines. Journal of Family Issues, 29,
1247-1267.
McLOYD, V.C., KAPLAN, R., PURTEL, K. & HUSTON, A.
(2011). Assessing the effects of a work-based antipoverty
program for parents on youth's future orientation and
employment experiences. Child Development, 82,
113-132.
McLuhan Herbert Marshall (Edmonton Canada 1911-1980) :
Éducateur, philosophe
et sociologue canadien.
On lui doit notamment le concept de village global et l'idée que
«Le message est le médium».
McLUHAN, M. (1951). The mechanical bride : Folklore of
industrial man. Vanguard Press.
McLUHAN, M. (1962). The Gutenberg galaxy. Toronto :
University of Toronto Press
McLUHAN, M. (1967). War and peace in the global
village / Guerre et paix dans le village planétaire.
New York : Bantam Books/Paris : Robert Laffont.
McLUHAN, M. (1967). The medium is the massage : An
inventory of effects. New York : Bantam Books.
McLUHAN, M. (1968). Pour comprendre les média. Paris
: Seuil.
McMANUS, I.C. (1977). Predominance of left-sided breast
tumours. Lancet, 310, 297-298. [PDF]
McMANUS, I.C. (1985). Handedness, language dominance and
aphasia : a genetic model. Psychological Medicine,
Monograph, 8 (S), 1-40. [PDF]
McMANUS, I.C. (1991). The genetics of dyslexia. In
J.F.Stein (Ed.), Vision and visual dysfunction :
Dyslexia (Vol. 13, pp. 94-112). London : MacMillan Press.
[PDF]
McMANUS, I.C. (1997). Autism and schizophrenia are not due
to a single genetic locus. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry,
2, 226-230.
[PDF]
McMANUS, I.C. & TOMLINSON, J. (2004). Objects look
different sizes in the right and left eyes. Laterality,
9, 245-265. [PDF]
McNAUGHTON, B.L., BARNES, C.A., RAO, G., BALDWIN, J. &
RASMUSSEN, M. (1986). Long-term enhancement of hippocampal
synaptic transmission and the acquisition of spatial
information. Journal of Neuroscience, 6,
563-571.
McNAUGHTON, B.L. & MORRIS, R.G.M. (1987). Hippocampal
synaptic enhancement and information storage within a
distributed memory system. Trends in Neurosciences,
10, 408-415.
McNAUGHTON, B.L. & BARNES, C.A. (1990). From
cooperative synaptic enhancement to associative memory :
Bridging the abyss. Seminars in the Neurosciences, 2,
403-416.
McNAUGHTON, B.L. (2010) Cortical hierarchies, sleep, and
the extraction of knowledge from memory. Artificial
Intelligence, 174, 205-214.
STONE, C.P. & McNEMAR, Q. (1931). Studies of animal
retention. I. Notes on the relearning of a multiple-T maze
by albino rats. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 39, 135-156.
TERMAN, L.M. & McNEMAR, Q. (1941). Test of mental
ability. Yonkers : World Book.
McNEMAR, Q. (1942). The revision of the
Stanford-Binet scale. Boston : Houghton Mifflin
Co.
McNEMAR, Q. (1949). Psychological statistics. New
York : Wiley.
McNEMAR, Q. (1955). Review of clinical versus statistical
prediction. American Journal of Psychology, 68,
510.
McNULTY, J.A. & CAIRD, W. (1966). Memory loss with age
: Retrieval or storage ? Psychological Reports, 19
(1), 229-230.
McNULTY, J.A. (1966). An analysis of recall and
recognition processes in verbal learning. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 4, 430-436.
McNULTY, J.A. (1966). The measurement of "adopted chunks"
in free recall learning. Psychonomic Science, 4, 71-72.
[PDF]
McNULTY, J.A. & ISNOR, C.J. (1966). Affective
connotation of words as a factor in free recall learning.
British Journal of Psychology, 58 (1), 51-56.
McNULTY, J.A. MAHER, B.A., CHU, M. & SITNIKOVA, T.
(1997). Relationship of short-term verbal memory to the
need for hyperbaric oxygen treatment after carbon monoxide
poisoning. Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, &
Behavioral Neurology, 10 (3), 174-179.
McPHETRES, J. & ZUCKERMAN, M. (2017). Religious people
endorse different standards of evidence when evaluating
religious versus scientific claims. Social
Psychological & Personality Science, 8 (7)
836-842.
McPHETRES, J. & ZUCKERMAN, M. (2018). Religiosity
predicts negative attitudes towards science and lower
levels of science literacy. PLOS One, 13 (11),
1-20.[PDF]
McPHETRES, J. (2019). Oh, the things you don't know : Awe
promotes awareness of knowledge gaps and science interest.
Cognition & Emotion, 33 (8), 1599-1615.
McPHETRES, J. & SHTULMAN, A. (2021). Piloerection is
not a reliable physiological correlate of awe.
International Journal of Psychophysiology, 159,
88-93.
McPHETRES, J. & ZICKFELD, J.H. (2022). The
physiological study of emotional piloerection : A
systematic review and guide for future research.
International Journal of Psychophysiology, 179,
6-20. [PDF]
McSWEENEY, F.K. (1975). Matching and contrast on several
concurrent treadle-press schedules. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 23 (2),
193-198. [PDF]
McSWEENEY, F.K. & NORMAN, W.D. (1979). Defining
behavioral contrast for multiple schedules.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 32 (3),
457-461. [PDF]
McSWEENEY, F.K. & ROLL, J.M. (1993). Responding
changes systematically within sessions during conditioning
procedures. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 60 (3), 621-640. [PDF]
McSWEENEY, F.K. & WEATHERLY, J.N. (1998). Habituation
to the reinforcer may contribute to multiple-schedule
behavioral contrast. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 69 (2), 199-221. [PDF]
McSWEENEY, F.K. & MURPHY, E.S. (2000). Criticisms of
the satiety hypothesis as an explanation for
within-session decreases in responding. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 74 (3),
347-361. [PDF]
MEAD, M. (1928). Coming of age in Samoa : A psychological
study of primitive youth for western civilisation. New
York : William Morrow & Company.
MEAD, M. (1928/72). Adolescence à Samoa. Paris :
Plon.
MEAD, M. (1931/73). Une éducation en Nouvelle-Guinée.
Paris : Payot.
MEAD, M. (1948/66). Male and female, a study of sexes
in a changing world / L’un et l’autre sexe. New
York/Paris : William Morrow and Co./Denoël-Gonthier.
MEAD, M. (1955/69). Moeurs et sexualité en
Amazonie/Océanie. : Trois sociétés primitives de
Nouvelle-Guinée. Paris : Plon.
Mearsheimer John J. ( ) :Politologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du pouvoir et des lobbys.
Collaborateur de Walt.
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. (1983). The military reform movement : A
critical assessment. Orbis, 27 (2), 285-300. [PDF]
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. & WALT, S.M. (2006). The war over
Israel's influence. Foreign Policy, 155, 57-58,
64-66. [PDF]
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. & WALT, S.M. (2006). The
Israel lobby and U.S. foreign policy. New York :
Farrar, Straus and Giroux. / Le lobby pro-israélien et
la politique étrangère américaine. Paris : La
Découverte.
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. (2010). The gathering storm : China's
challenge to US power in Asia. The Chinese
Journal of International Politics, 3 (4), 381-396.
[PDF]
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. (2011). Why leaders lie : The
truth about lying in international politics. New
York : Oxford University Press.
Measurement & Evaluation in Counseling & Development : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la
mesure et à l'évaluation.
Éditeur : Sage.
WILKINSON, T. & HANSEN, J-I.C. (2006). The
relationship among leisure interests, personality
traits, affect, and mood. Measurement &
Evaluation in Counseling & Development, 39,
31-41.
Mécanisisme : Ensemble de théoriesmonistes
qui repose sur l'idée que l'on peut réduire l'explication du
comportement à un ensemble de mécanismes.NDLR : En français ce terme a souvent une
connotation péjorative, assimilable à un type d'explication
simpliste, voire naïf.
Mechanism.
MORRIS, E.K. (1992). The aim, progress, and evolution of
behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 15, 3-29.
[PDF]
MORRIS, E.K. (1993). Behavior analysis and mechanism : One
is not the other. The Behavior Analyst, 16, 25-43.
[PDF]
CHIESA, M. (1998). Beyond mechanism and dualism :
Rethinking the scientific foundations of psychology. British
Journal of Psychology, 89, 353-370.
Mécanisme : Au sens strict, dispositif interne qui active un
objet, ses fonctions.
Sur le plan logique le mécanisme répond à la question
«Comment ça marche ?». Ce dispositif est généralement
constitué d'un enchaînement d'événements ou d'étapes qui permet d'expliquer
l'événement que l'on cherche à comprendre (objet
d'étude). En science, il s'agit d'un terme générique qui
désigne tantôt un enchaînement de phénomènes
(rôle descriptif), tantôt la cause
ou l'enchaînement des causes qui produit un phénomène (rôle
explicatif). Le mécanisme peut-être de nature biologique, son déroulement est
alors observable ou potentiellement observable, ou de nature
mentale ou psychique, donc inobservable et par conséquent inférée.
On utilise souvent le mot processus pour désigner un mécanisme
inféré, qu'on ne peut observer ou qui semble trop complexe pour en décrire les moindres détails. Le mécanisme désigne parfois la relation entre l'individu
et son milieu (mécanisme de conditionnement) ou l'enchaînement des
relations de cause à effet (les rouages du mécanisme). On qualifie
parfois d'analogique
les explications qui
font appel à un mécanisme (explication de type comme si...) ou de
métaphorique.EX: Quand on compare le cerveau à un ordinateur,
on a recourt à un mécanisme analogique pour expliquer la pensée
ou la mémoire (le cerveau
fonctionne comme un ordinateur, les pulsions
agissent comme une énergie chimique ou physique).
= processus, explication de type comme si..., analogie
fonctionnelle.
Mechanism.
LESLIE, A.M. (2000). Theory of mind as a mechanism of
selective attention. In M. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new
cognitive neurosciences (pp. 1235-1247). Cambridge
: MIT Press.
PAPEZ, J.W. (1937). A proposed mechanism of emotion. Archives
of Neurology & Psychiatry, 38, 725-743.
[PDF]
TESSER, A. (2000). On the confluence of self-esteem
maintenance mechanisms. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 4, 290-299. [PDF]
KLEIN, M. (1946). Notes on some schizoid mechanisms. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 27, 99-110.
[PDF]
SALZINGER, K. (2000). The behavioral mechanism : In search
of causal relationships. The General Psychologist,
35, 69-76.
GLANZER, M. & CUNITZ, A.R. (1966). Two storage
mechanisms in free recall. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behaviour, 5, 351-360.
[PDF]
KASTNER, S. & UNGERLEIDER, L.G. (2000). Mecanism of
visual attention in the human cortex. Annual Review
Neuroscience, 23, 315-341.
[PDF]
MONTAGU, J.D. & COLES, E.M. (1966). Mechanism and
measurement of the galvanic skin response. Psychological
Bulletin, 65, 261-279.
COSMIDES, L. & TOOBY, J. (2000). Consider the source :
The evolution of mechanisms for decoupling and
metarepresentation. In D. Sperber (Ed.), Metarepresentation.
New York : Oxford University Press.
EHRLICH, S. (1968/69). Les mécanismes du comportement
verbal. Bulletin de Psychologie, 18-19, 1151-1153.
MACHAMER, P.K., DARDEN, L. & CRAVER, C.F. (2000).
Thinking about mechanisms. Philosophy of Science, 57,
1-25.
STENT, G.S. (1973). A physiological mechanism for Hebb's
postulate of learning. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 70, 997-1001.
CRAVER, C.F. (2001). Role functions, mechanisms and
hierarchy. Philosophy of Science, 68, 31-55. [PDF]
WHEELER, S.C. & PETTY, R.E. (2001). The effects of
stereotype activation on behavior : A review of possible
mechanisms. Psychological Bulletin, 127 (6),
797-826. [PDF]
LEVINE, J.D., GORDON, N.C. & FIELDS, H.L. (1978). The
mechanism of placebo analgesia. Lancet, 2,
654-657.
REEVES, R.H., BAXTER, L.L. & RICHTSMEIR, J.T. (2001).
Too much of a good thing : Mechanisms of gene action in
Down syndrome. Trends in Genetics, 17, 83-88.
SALZINGER, K. (1980). The behavioral mechanism to explain
abnormal behavior. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 340, 66-87.
ZENTALL, T.R. (2001). Imitation in animals : Evidence,
function, and mecanism. Cybernetics & Systems :
An International Journal, 32, 53-96. [PDF]
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1983). Function and mechanism in
learning. In In M. Zeiler & P. Harzem (Eds.), Advances
in analysis of behaviour (pp. 1-39). Chichester, UK
: Wiley-Intersci.
CRAVER, C.F. (2002). Interlevel experiments and multilevel
mechanisms in the neuroscience of memory. Philosophy
of Science, 69 (S), 83-97.
PRICE, D. (2002). Central neural mechanisms that
Interrelate sensory and affective dimensions of pain. Molecular
Interventions, 2, 392-403.
STERNBERG, R.J. (1984). Mechanisms of cognitive
development : A componential approach. In R.J. Sternberg
(Eds.), Mechanisms of cognitive development. New
York : W.H. Freeman and Co.
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1984). Function and mechanism in
learning. In M. Zeiler & P. Harzem (Ed.), Biological
factors in learning (pp. 1-63). New York : Wiley.
GRAY, J.R., CHABRIS, C.F. & BRAVER, T.S. (2003).
Neural mechanisms of general intelligence. Nature
Neuroscience, 6, 316-322. [PDF]
AMSEL, A. & RASHOTTE, M.E. (1984). Mechanisms of
adaptive behavior : Clark L. Hull's theoretical papers,
with commentary. NY : Columbia University Press.
ANDERSON, M.C. (2003). Rethinking interference theory :
Executive control and the mechanisms of forgetting. Journal
of Memory & Language, 49 (4), 415-445.
HOFMANN, S.G., MOSCOVITCH, D.A. & HEINRICHS, N.
(2004). Evolutionary mechanisms of fear and anxiety. In P.
Gilbert (Ed.), Evolutionary theory and cognitive
therapy (pp. 119-136). New York, NY : Springer
Publishing.
BUNGE, M. (2004). How does it work ? The search for
explanatory mechanisms. Philosophy of the Social
Sciences, 34 (2), 182-210.
MELLGREN, R.L. (1985). Outcome and mechanism in foraging.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 8, 344-345.
VON ECKARDT, B. & POLAND, J.S. (2004). Mechanism and
explanation in cognitive neuroscience. Philosophy of
Science, 71, 972.
BUNGE, M. (2004). Mechanisms and explanation. Philosophy
of Social Sciences, 27 (4), 410-465.
GOPNIK, A. & SCHULTZ, L. (2004). Mechanisms of
theory-formation in young children. Trends in
Cognitive Science, 8 (8), 371-377. [PDF]
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1986). Psychologie cognitive, sciences
cognitives et technologies de la connaissance. Dans J-L.
Le Moigne (Ed.), Intelligence des mécanismes,
mécanismes de l'intelligence (pp. 173-191). Paris :
Fayard.
BECHTEL, W. (2005). The challenge of characterizing
operations in the mechanisms underlying behavior. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3),
313-325. [PDF]
RUTTER, M. (1987). Psychosocial resilience and protective
mechanisms. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 57,
316-331.
CRAVER, C.F. (2005). Beyond reduction : Mechanisms,
multifield integration, and the inity of science. Studies
in History & Philosophy of Biological &
Biomedical Sciences, 36, 373-396.
YEOMANS, J. (1988). Mechanisms of brain stimulation
reward. In A.N. Epstein & A.R. Morrison (Eds.),
Progress in psychobiology and physiological psychology
(Vol. 13, pp. 227-266). Sans Diego : Academic Press.
BENEDETTI, F., MAYBERG, H.S., WAGER, T.D., STOHLER, C.S.
& ZUBIETA, J.K. (2005). Neurobiological mechanisms of
the placebo effect. Journal of Neuroscience, 25
(45), 10390-10402.
PICKEL, A. (2006). Problem of order in the global age
: Systems and mechanisms. New York : Palgrave
Macmillan.
MORRIS, E.K. (1989). Questioning psychology's mechanism :
A review of Costalla and Stil's Cognitive psychology in
question. The Behavior Analyst, 12, 59-67. [PDF]
CRAVER, C.F. & BECHTEL, W. (2006). Mechanism. In S.
Sarkar & J. Pfeifer (Eds.), Philosophy of science
: an encyclopedia (pp. 469-478). New York :
Routledge.
SIEGLER, R.S. (1989). Mechanisms of cognitive development.
Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 353-379.
[PDF]
ABRAHAM, W.C. (2006). Memory maintenance : The changing
nature of neural mechanisms. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 15, 5-8.
LOGAN, G.D. (1990). Repetition priming and automaticity :
Common underlying mechanisms ? Cognitive Psychology,
22, 1-35.[PDF]
HSU, Y., EARLY, R.L. & WOLF, L.L. (2006). Modulation
of aggressive behavior by fighting experience : mechanisms
and contest outcomes. Biological Review, 81,
33-74. [PDF]
DODGE, K.A., BATES, J.E. & PETIT, G.S. (1990).
Mechanisms in the cycle of violence. Science, 250, 1678-1683.
ABRAHAMSEN, A. & BECHTEL, W. (2006). Phenomena and
mechanisms : Putting the symbolic, connectionist, and
dynamical systems debate in broader perspective. In R.
Stainton (Ed.), Contemporary debates in cognitive
science. Oxford : Basil Blackwell.
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical
conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society, London, 161-170.
BARGH, J.A. (2006). What have we been priming all these
years ? On the development, mechanisms, and ecology of
nonconscious social behavior. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 36, 147-168. [PDF]
CHIESA, M. (1992). Radical behaviorism and scientific
frameworks : From mechanistic to relational accounts. American
Psychologist, 11, 1287-1299.
[PDF]
MORRIS, E.K. (1993). Behavior analysis and mechanism : One
is not the other. The Behavior Analyst, 16, 25-43.
[PDF]
CRAVER, C.F. (2007). Explaining the brain : Mechanisms
and the mosaic unity of neuroscience. Clarendon
Press.
KAROLY, P. (1993). Mechanisms of self-regulation : a
system view. Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 23-51.
GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEN, J., NUGENT, L.
& NUMTEE, C. (2007). Cognitive mechanisms underlying
achievement deficits in children with mathematical
learning disability. Child Development, 78, 1343-1359.
[PDF]
JOUVET, M. (1994). Mécanismes du sommeil paradoxal. Sleep,
17, (8s).
BISHOP, S.J. (2007). Neurocognitive mechanisms of anxiety
: an integrative account. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 11 (7), 307-316. [PDF]
PENNINGTON, B.F. & GILGER, J.W. (1996). How is
dyslexia transmitted ? In C.H. Chase, G.D. Rosen &
G.F. Sherman (Eds.), Developmental dyslexia. Neural,
cognitive, and genetic mechanisms (pp. 41-61).
Baltimore : York Press.
JUSLIN, P.N. & VÄSTFJÄLL, D. (2008). Emotional
responses to music : The need to consider underlying
mechanisms. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 31
(5), 559-575. [PDF]
GLENNAN, S. (1996). Mechanisms and the nature of
causation. Erkenntni, 44, 49-71. [PDF]
BECK, D.M. & KASTNER, S. (2009). Top-down and
bottom-up mechanisms in biasing competition in the human
brain. Vision Research, 49 (10), 1154-1165.
[PDF]
MORRIS, E.K. (1997). Some reflections on contextualism,
mechanism, and behavior analysis. The Psychological
Record, 47, 529-542.
OATEN, M., STEVENSON, R.J. & CASE, T.I. (2009).
Disgust as a disease-avoidance mechanism. Psychological
Bulletin, 13 (2), 303-321.
TRYON, W.W. (2009). Darwin's eclipse : Function vs.
mechanism. American Psychologist, 64, 622-623.
CHIESA, M. (1998). Beyond mechanism and dualism :
Rethinking the scientific foundations of psychology. British
Journal of Psychology, 89, 353-370.
HESS, T.M., HINSON, J.T. & HODGES, E.A. (2009).
Moderators of and mechanisms underlying stereotype threat
effects on older adults' memory performance.
Experimental Aging Research, 35, 153-177.
[PDF]
SCHNEIDER, W.X. (1998). An introduction to "mechanisms of
visual attention : A cognitive neuroscience perspective. Visual
Cognition, 5 (1/2), 1-8.
[PDF]
CACIOPPO, J.T. & DECETY, J. (2009). What are the brain
mechanisms on which psychological processes are based ? Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 4, 10-18. [PDF]
KUHL, P.K. (2010). Brain mechanisms in early language
acquisition. Neuron, 67, 713-727. [PDF]
PERLOVSKY, L. (2011). Language and cognition interaction
neural mechanisms. Computational Intelligence &
Neuroscience, [3] 1-13. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
CORCORAN, K., CRUSIUS, J. & MUSSWEILER, T. (2011).
Social comparison : Motives, standards, and mechanisms. In
D. Chadee (Ed.), Theories in social psychology
(pp. 119-139). Oxford : Wiley-Blackwell. [PDF]
BALUCH, F. & ITTI, L. (2011). Mechanisms of top-down
attention. Trends in Neurosciences, 34 (4),
210-234. [PDF]
MIYAKE, A. & SHAH, P. (1999). Models of working
memory : Mechanisms of active maintenance and executive
control. New York, NY : Cambridge University
Press.
OBERAUER, K. (2013). The focus of attention in working
memory : from metaphors to mechanisms. Frontiers in
Human Neuroscience, 7 [673], 1-16. [PDF]
SHOHAMY, D. & TURK-BROWNE, N.B. (2013). Mechanisms for
widespread hippocampal involvement in cognition.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 142
(4), 1159-1170. [PDF]
HEREN, A., DE RAEDT, R. KOSTER, E.H.W. & PHILIPPOT, P.
(2013). The (neuro) cognitive mechanisms behind attention
bias modification in anxiety : proposals based on
theoretical accounts of attentional bias. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 7 [119], 1-6. [PDF]
LAMING, D. (1999). Testing the idea of different storage
mecanism in memory. International Journal of
Psychology, 34 (5), 419-426.
SCHRÖDER, T. & THAGARD, P. (2013). The affective
meanings of automatic social behaviors : Three mechanisms
that explain priming. Psychological Review, 120,
255-280. [PDF]
ALLEN, C. (2014). Models, mechanisms, and animal minds. The
Southern Journal of Philosophy, 52, 75–-97.
BULMER, M. (1999). The development of Francis Galton's
ideas on the mechanism of heredity. Journal of the
History of Biology, 32 (2), 263-292.
ANDERSON, M.C. & HANSLMAYR, S. (2014). Neural
mechanisms of motivated forgetting. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 18 (6), 279-292. [PDF]
NICHOLSON-CROTTY, S., GRISSOM, J.A., NICHOLSON-CROTTY, J.
& REDDING, C. (2016). Disentangling the causal
mechanisms of representative bureaucracy : Evidence from
assignment of students to gifted programs. Journal of
Public Administration Research & Theory, 26 (4),
745-757.
JEAN-RICHARD-DIT-BRESSEL, P., KILLCROSS, S. & McNALLY,
G.P. (2018). Behavioral and neurobiologival
mechanisme of punishment : implication for psychiatric
disorders. Neuropsychopharmacology, 43,
1639-1650. [PDF]
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & VAN VUGT, M. (2018). Conspiracy
theories : Evolved functions and psychological mechanisms.
Perspectives on Psychological Science, 13 (6)
770-788. [PDF]
Mécanisme biologique : Mécanisme qui
permet d'expliquer les fonctions du
cerveau ou le comportement
- des phénomènes biologiques - et dont les éléments explicatifs
(causes) sont de nature génétique,
neurologique ou hormonale.
EX: Les
neurocircuits.Neural mechanism,
molecular mechanism, neural processes, physiological mechanism.
STERNBERG, R.J. (1984). Mechanisms of cognitive
development : A componential approach. In R.J. Sternberg
(Eds.), Mechanisms of cognitive development. New
York : W.H. Freeman and Co.
WALCZYK, J., ROPER, K.S., SEEMANN, E. & HUMPHREY, A.M.
(2003). Cognitive mechanisms underlying lying to questions
: Response time as a cue to deception. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 17, 755-774.
ANDERSON, M.C. & SPELMANN, B.A. (1995). On the status
of inhibitory mechanisms in cognition. Psychological
Review, 102, 68-100.
SCHNEIDER, W.X. (1998). An introduction to "mechanisms of
visual attention : A cognitive neuroscience perspective. Visual
Cognition, 5 (1/2), 1-8.
[PDF]
GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEN, J., NUGENT, L.
& NUMTEE, C. (2007). Cognitive mechanisms underlying
achievement deficits in children with mathematical
learning disability. Child Development, 78, 1343-1359.
[PDF]
MIYAKE, A. & SHAH, P. (1999). Models of working
memory : Mechanisms of active maintenance and executive
control. New York, NY : Cambridge University
Press.
OBERAUER, K. (2013). The focus of attention in working
memory-from metaphors to mechanisms. Frontiers in
Human Neuroscience, 7, 673, 1-16. [PDF]
HAMANN, S.B. (2001). Cognitive and neural mechanisms of
emotional memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5 (9),
394-400. [PDF]
HEREN, A., DE RAEDT, R., KOSTER, E.H.W. & PHILIPPOT,
P. (2013). The (neuro) cognitive mechanisms behind
attention bias modification in anxiety : proposals based
on theoretical accounts of attentional bias. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 7 [119], 1-6. [PDF]
VAILLANT, G.E. (1977). Adaptation to life.
Boston, MA : Little, Brown.
VAILLANT, G.E. (2000). Adaptive mental mechanisms. Their
role in a positive psychology. American Psychologist,
55, 89-98.
NEWMAN, L.S. (2001). Coping and defense : No clear
distinction. American Psychologist, 56, 760-761.
MACGREGOR, M.W., DAVIDSON, K.W., BARKSDALE, C., BLACK, S.
& MACLEAN, D. (2003). Adaptive defense use and resting
blood pressure in a population-based sample. Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 55, 531-541.
Mécanisme d'entrée/sortie (des informations) : Input/Output, input and output mechanisms.
EPSTEIN, W. (1970). Facilitation of retrieval resulting
from post-input exclusion of part of the input.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 86, 190-195.
JONGEWARD, R.H., WOODWARD, A.E. & BJORK, R.A. (1975).
The relative roles of input and output mechanisms in
directed forgetting. Memory & Cognition, 3,
51-57.
Mécanisme de défense : Pour Sigmund Freud
et Anna Freud, stratégie
inconsciente employée par le moi pour réduire
l'angoisse créée par les conflits
intrapsychiques entre les exigences instinctives du ça
(angoisse névrotique) ou les pressions morales du surmoi
(angoisse morale). Rogers
postule également l'existence de mécanismes similiaires qui
servent à réduire l'angoisse créée par l'incongurence entre les
expériences de l'organisme et
le soi et entre le soi et le soi
idéal. Il convient de noter que pour ces deux auteurs, les
mécanismes de défense ont également pour fonction de résoudre les
conflits externes ou extrapsychiques entre les structures de la
personnalité et la réalité. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous.
Mechanism of defense, defense, freudian mechanism.
FREUD, S. (1905/88). Le mot d’esprit et ses relations
avec l’inconscient. Paris : Gallimard.
VAILLANT, G.E. (1992). Ego mechanisms of defense : A
guide for clinicians and researchers. Washington,
DC : American Psychiatric Press.
RIVIERE, J. (1932). Jealousy as a mechanism of defence. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 13, 414-424.
PERRY, J.C. & COOPER, S.H. (1992). What do
cross-sectional measures of defense mechanisms predict ?
In G.E. Vaillant (Ed.), Ego mechanisms of defense : A
guide for clinicians and researchers (pp.
195-216). Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Press.
FREUD, A. (1937/1946). The ego and the mechanisms of
defence./ Le Moi et les mécanismes de défense.
London : Hogarth Press /Paris : Presses
universitaires de France.
VAILLANT, G.E. (1994). Ego mechanisms of defense and
personality psychopathology. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 103 (1), 44-50.
RAPAPORT, D. (1942). Freudian mechanism and frustration
experiments. Psychoanalysis Quarterly, 11, 503-511.
IHILEVICH D. & GLESER G.C. (1995). The Defense
Mechanisms Inventory. In H.R. Conte & R. Plutchik
(Eds.), Ego defenses : Theory and measurement
(pp. 221-246). New York : John Wiley and sons.
FREUD S. (1946/49). Abrégé de psychanalyse.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
IONESCU, S., JACQUET, M.-M. & LHOTE, C. (1997). Les
mécanismes de défense. Théorie et clinique. Paris :
Nathan.
SPERLING, S.J. (1958). On denial and the essential nature
of defence. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
39, 25-38.
CRAMER, P. (1998). Coping and defense mechanisms : What's
the difference ? Journal of Personality, 66,
919-946.
SCHAFER, R. (1968). The mechanisms of defence. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 49, 49-62.
WEINBERGER, D.A. (1998). Defenses, personality structure,
and development : Integrating psychodynamic theory into a
typological approach to personality. Journal of
Personality, 66, 1061-1080.
TRUAX, C.B. & WITTMER, J. (1973). The degree of the
therapist's focus on defense mechanisms and this level
of accurate empathy on therapeutic outcome. Conseiller
Canadien, 4 (3), 199-203. [PDF]
BAUMEISTER, R.F., DALE, K. & SOMMER, K.L. (1998).
Freudian defense mechanisms and empirical findings in
modern scial psychology : Reaction formation, projection,
displacement, undoing, isolation, sublimation, and denial.
Journal of Personality, 66 (6), 1081-1124. [PDF]
TRUAX, C.B. & WITTMER, J. (1973). The degree of the
therapist's focus on defense mechanisms and the effect
on therapeutic outcome with institutionalized juvenile
delinquents. Journal of Community Psychology, 1
(2), 201–203.
VAILLANT, G.E. & McCULLOUGH, L. (1998). The role of
ego mechanisms of defense in the diagnosis of personality
disorders. In Making diagnosis meaningful : enhancing
evaluation and treatment of psychological disorders. American
Psychological Association. Washington, D.C.
PORCERELLI, J.H., THOMAS, S., HIBBARD, S. & COGAN, R.
(1998). Defense mechanisms development in children,
adolescents, and late adolescents. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 71, 411-420.
HOGLEND, P. & PERRY, J.C. (1998). Defensive
functioning predicts improvement in major depressive
episodes. Journal of Nervous Mental Disorders, 186,
238-243.
AINSLIE, G.W. (1982). A behavioral economic approach to
the defense mechanisms : Freud's energy theory revisited.
Social Science Information, 21 (6), 735-779. [PDF]
CRAMER, P. (1999). Ego functions and ego development :
Defense mechanism and intelligence as predictors of ego
level. Journal of Personality, 67, 735-760.
VAILLANT, G.E., BOND, M. & VAILLANT, C.O. (1986). An
empirically validated hierarchy of defense mechanisms. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 43, 786-794.
VAILLANT, G.E. (2000). Adaptive mental mechanisms. Their
role in a positive psychology. American Psychologist,
55, 89-98.
CRAMER, P. (2000). Defense mechanisms in psychology today.
Further processes for adaptation. American
Psychologist, 55, 637-646.
GILLETT, E. (1987). Defence mechanisms versus defence
contents. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
68, 261-269.
CRAMER, P. & BRILLIANT, M. (2001). Defense use and
defense understanding in children. Journal of
Personality, 69, 291-321.
NEWMAN, L.S. (2001) Coping and defense : No clear
distinction. American Psychologist, 56, 760-761.
CRAMER, P. (2002). Defense mechanisms, behavior and affect
in young adulthood. Journal of Personality, 70, 103-126.
BOUCHARD, G. & THÉRIAULT, V.J. (2003). Defense
mechanism and coping strategies in conjugal relationships
: an integration. International Journal of Psychology, 38
(2), 79-90.
CRAMER, P. (2003). Personality change in later adulthood
is predicted by defense mechanism use in early adulthood.
Journal of Research in Personality, 37, 76-104.
SANDTROM, M. & CRAMER, P. (2003). Girls' use of
defense mechanisms following peer rejection. Journal
of Personality, 71, 605-627.
CRAMER, P. (2003). Defense mechanisms and physiological
reactivity to stress. Journal of personality, 71,
221-244.
CRAMER, P. (1987). The development of defense mechanisms.
Journal of Personality, 55 (4), 597-614.
PERRY, J.C., GUELFI, J.D., DESPLAND, J.N. & HANIN B.
(2004). Échelles d'évaluation des mécanismes de
défense. Paris : Masson.
CRAMER, P. & GAUL, R. (1988). The effects of success
and failure on children's use of defense mechanisms. Journal
of Personality, 56, 729-742.
SMITH, G., DRAGUNS, J.-G. & EHLERS, W. (2004). Defense
mechanisms : theorical, research and clinical
perspectives. North-Holland.
CRAMER, P. (2004). Identity change in adulthood: The
contribution of defense mechanisms and life experiences. Journal
of Research in Personality, 38, 280-316.
CRAMER, P., BLATT, S.J. & FORD, R.Q. (1988). Defense
mechanisms in the anaclitic and introjective personality
configurations. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 56, 610-616.
CALLAHAN, S. & CHABROL, H. (2004). Mécanismes de
défense et coping. Paris : Dunod.
CRAMER, P. (1988). The defense mechanism inventory : A
review of research and discussion of the scales. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 52, 142-164.
BOWINS, B. (2004). Psychological defense mechanisms : a
new perspective. American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
64, 1-26.
CRAMER, P., BLATT, S.J. (1990). Use of TAT to measure
changes in defense mechanisms following intensive
psychotherapy. Journal of Personality Assessment, 54,
236-251.
CHABROL, H. (2005). Les mécanismes de défense.
Recherche en Soins Infirmiers, 82, 31-42.
[PDF]
CRAMER, P. (2006). Protecting the self : Defense
mechanisms in action. Guilford Publications.
SEGAL, D.L., COOLIDGE, F.L. & MIZUNO, H. (2007).
Defense mechanism differences between younger and older
adults : A cross-sectional investigation. Aging &
Mental Health, 11, 415-422.
CRAMER, P. (2007). Longitudinal study of defense
mechanisms : Late childhood to late adolescence. Journal
of Personality, 75, 1-24.
CRAMER, P. (1991). Anger and the use of defense mechanisms
in college students. Journal of Personality, 59,
39-55.
CRAMER, P. (2008). Seven pillars of defense mechanism
theory. Social & Personality Psychology Compass,
2, 1963-1981.
NICOLAS, M. & JEBRANE, A. (2008). Relationships
between coping stategies and defense mechanism in sport
performance. Psychological Reports, 103 (3),
735-744.
CRAMER, P. (1991). The development of defense
mechanisms : Theory, research, and assessment. New
York : Springer-Verlag.
TROUILLET, R.M. & GÉLY-NARGEOT, M.C. (2009).
Mécanismes de défense et dépression du sujet âgé.
institutionnalisé. Annales Médico-psychologiques, 167
(2), 119-126.
LARSEN, A., BOGGILD, H., MORTENSEN, J.T., FOLDAGER, L.,
HANSEN, J., CHRISTENSEN, A., ARENDT, M., ROSENBERG, N.
& MUNK-JORGENSEN, P. (2010). Psychopathology, defence
mechanisms, and the psychosocial work environment.
International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 56,
563-577.
ALBUQUERQUE, S., CARVALHO, E., LOPES, R., MARQUES, H.,
MACÊDO, D., PEREIRA, E. & CARVALHO, A. (2011). Ego
defense mechanisms in COPD : Impact on health- related
quality of life and dyspnoea severity. Quality of
Life Research, 1-10.
TREMBLAY, M. & BÉRUBÉ, D. (1991). Les mécanismes de
défense. Revue Soin, 122/123, 23-27.
CRAMER, P. (2012). Psychological maturity and change in
adult defense mechanisms. Journal of Research in
Personality, 46, 306-316.
MOUSAVI, A., VAEZMOUSAVI, M & YAGHUBI, H. (2017).
Defense mechanisms in psychological health and sport
success of athletes. Journal of Kerman University of
Medical Sciences 24 (5), 379-388. [PDF]
HENDERSON, S. (2023). Defense mechanisms : A guide to
brain functioning ? Neuropsychanalysis,
HOFMANN, S.G. MOSCOVITCH, D.M. & HEINRICHS, N. (2002).
Evolutionary mechanisms of fear and anxiety. Journal
of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 16, 317-330.
HOFMANN, S.G., MOSCOVITCH, D.A. & HEINRICHS, N.
(2004). Evolutionary mechanisms of fear and anxiety. In P.
Gilbert (Ed.), Evolutionary theory and cognitive
therapy (pp. 119-136). New York, NY : Springer
Publishing.
SKIPPER, R.A. & MILLSTEIN, R.L. (2005). Thinking about
evolutionary mechanisms : natural selection. Studies
in History and Philosophy of Science Part C : Studies in
History & Philosophy of Biological & Biomedical
Sciences, 36 (2), 327-347.
DUCKWORTH, R.A. (2009). The role of behavior in evolution
: a search for mechanism. Evolutioonary Ecology, 23,
513-531
YANTIS, S. & SERENCES, J. (2003). Neural mechanisms of
space-based and object based attentional control. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 13, 187-193. [PDF]
ROBINSON, D.L., GOLDBERG, M.E. & STANTON, G.B. (1978).
Parietal association cortex in the primate : sensory
mechanismsand behavioral modulations. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 41, 910-992.
VUILLEUMIER, P. (2005). How brains beware : Neural
mechanisms of emotional attention. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 9, 585-594. [PDF]
BYRNE, J.H & KOESTER, J. (1980). Neural mechanisms
underlying the stimulus control of ink release in aplysia.
In J. Koester & J.H. Byrne, J.H. (Eds.),
Molluscan nerve cells : From biophysics to behavior
(pp. 157-167). Cold Spring Harbor : Cold Spring Harbor
Press.
EICHENBAUM, H. & FORTIN, N.J. (2005). Bridging the gap
between brain and behavior : Cognitive and neural
mechanisms of episodic memory. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3), 619-629.
[PDF]
THOMPSON, R. (1980). Brain mechanisms concerned with left-right differentiation in the white rat. Physiological Psychology, 8 (3), 309-319.
SIKKEL, D. (1985). Models for memory effects. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 80,
835-841.
KNUTSON, B. & WIMMER, G.E. (2007). Reward : Neural
circuitry for social valuation. In Harmon-Jones, E.,
Winkielman, P. (Eds.), Social neuroscience (pp.
157-175). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF]
BARNES, C.A. (1988). Spatial learning and memory processes
: The search for their neurobiological mechanisms in the
rat. Trends in Neurosciences, 11, 163-169.
DIAMOND, A. (1988). Abilities and neural mechanisms
underlying A-not-B performance. Child Development, 59,
523-527. [PDF]
NIELSEN, E.B. & SCHEEL-KRÜGER, J. (1988). Central
nervous system stimulants : neuropharmacological
mechanisms. Psychopharmacology Service, 4,
57-72.
KELLEY, T., SERENCES, J.T., GIESBRECHT, G. & YANTIS,
S. (2008). Cortical mechanisms for shifting and holding
visuospatial attention. Cerebral Cortex, 18,
114-125. [PDF]
BYRNE, J.H., ESKIN, A. & SCHOLZ, K.P. (1989). Neuronal
mechanisms contributing to long-term sensitization in
Aplysia. Journal of Physiology, 83, 141-147.
KUHL, P.K. (2010). Brain mechanisms in early language
acquisition. Neuron, 67, 713-727. [PDF]
BYRNE, J.H. (1990). Learning and memory in Aplysia and
other invertebrates. In R.P. Kesner & D.S. Olton
(Eds.), Neurobiology of comparative cognition (pp.
293-315). New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
BURGESS, G.C., GRAY, J.R., CONWAY, A.A. & BRAVER, T.S.
(2011). Neural mechanisms of interference control underlie
the relationship between fluid intelligence and working
memory span. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 140, 674-692. [PDF]
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical
conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B, 329, 161-170.
TAMBER-ROSENAU, B.J., ESTERMAN, M., CHIU, Y.-C. &
YANTIS, S. (2011). Cortical mechanisms of cognitive
control for shifting attention in vision and working
memory. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 23,
2905-2919. [PDF]
MILLER, E.K., LI, L. & DESIMONE, R. (1991). A neural
mechanism for working and recognition memory in inferior
temporal cortex. Science, 254, 1377-1379.
PERLOVSKY, L. (2011). Language and cognition interaction
neural mechanisms. Computational Intelligence &
Neuroscience, [3] 1-13. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
TANAKA, K. (1993). Neuronal mechanisms of object
recognition. Science, 262, 685-688.
BERRIDGE, K.C. & KRINGELACH, M.L. (2013). Neuroscience
of affect : brain mechanisms of pleasure and displeasure.
Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 23 (3), 294-303.
MILLER, E.K. & DESIMONE, R. (1994). Parallel neuronal
mechanisms for short-term memory. Science, 263,
520-522.
HEREN, A., DE RAEDT, R., KOSTER, E.H.W. & PHILIPPOT,
P. (2013). The (neuro) cognitive mechanisms behind
attention bias modification in anxiety : proposals based
on theoretical accounts of attentional bias. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 7 [119], 1-6. [PDF]
DESIMONE, R. & DUNCAN, J. (1995). Neural mechanisms of
selective visual attention. Annual Review of
Neuroscience, 18, 193-222.
[PDF]
ANDERSON, M.C. & HANSLMAYR, S. (2014). Neural
mechanisms of motivated forgetting. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 18 (6), 279-292. [PDF]
ROSS, J., TERVANIEMI, M. & NÄÄTÄNEN, R. (1996). Neural mechanisms of the octave illusion : electrophysiological evidence for central origin. Neuroreport, 8 (1), 303-306.
KOSSLYN, S.M., DIGIROLAMO, G.J., THOMPSON, W.L. &
ALPERT, N.M. (1998). Mental rotation of object versus
hands : Neural mencanisms reveled by positiron emission
tomography. Psychophysiology, 35, 151-161. [PDF]
SALAMONE, J.D., YOHN. S.E., LOPEZ-CRUZ, L., SAN MIGUEL, N.
& CORREA, M. (2016). Activational and effort-related
aspects of motivation : neural mechanisms and implications
for psychopathology. Brain, 139 (5), 1325-1347.
[PDF]
JEAN-RICHARD-DIT-BRESSEL, P., KILLCROSS, S. & McNALLY,
G.P. (2018). Behavioral and neurobiologival
mechanisme of punishment : implication for psychiatric
disorders. Neuropsychopharmacology, 43,
1639-1650. [PDF]
MARKEY, P. (1925-26). A redefinition of social phenomena :
Giving basis for comparative sociology. American
Journal of Sociology, 31, 733-743.
KUHL, P.K. (2011). Social mechanisms in early language
acquisition : Understanding integrated brain systems
supporting language. In J. Decety & J. Cacioppo
(Eds.), The Oxford handbook of social neuroscience (pp.
649-667). Oxford UK : Oxford University Press.
MECH, L.D. (1966). Hunting behavior of timber wolves in
Minnesota. Journal of Mammalogy, 47, 347-348.
MECH, L.D. (1977). Record movement of a Canadian lynx.
Journal of Mammalogy, 58, 676–677.
MECH, L.D., NELSON, M.E. & McROBERTS, R.E. (1991).
Maternal and grandmaternal nutrition effects on deer
weights and vulnerability to wolf predation. Journal
of Mammalogy, 72 (1), 146-151.
MECH, L.D. (1999). Alpha status, dominance, and division of labor in wolf packs. Canadian Journal of Zoology,
77 (8), 1196-1203.
MECH, L.D. (2000). Leadership in wolf, Canis lupus, packs.
Canadian Field-Naturalist, 114 (2), 259-263.
MECHNER, F. (1958). Probability relations within response sequences under ratio reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (2), 109-121. [PDF]
MECHNER, F. (1959). A notation system for the description of behavioral procedures. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2 (2), 133-150. [PDF]
MECHNER, F. (2010). Chess as a behavioral model for
cognitive skill research : review of blindfold chess by
Eliot Hearst and John Knott. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (3),
373-386. [PDF]
MECHNER, F. (2011). Why behavior analysis needs a formal symbolic language for codifying behavioral contingencies reinforcement in stimulus control. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 12 (1), 93-104. [PDF]
MECHNER, F. & JONES, L.D. (2015). Effects of
repetition frequency on operant strength and resurgence of
non-criterial features of operants. Mexican Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 41, 63-83. [PDF]
MECK, W.H. (1983). Selective adjustment of the speed of
internal clock and memory processes. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 9,
171-201.
MECK, W.H., SMITH, R.A. & WILLIAMS, C.L. (1989).
Organizational changes in cholinergic activity and
enhanced visuospatial memory as a function of choline
administered prenatally or postnatally or both.
Behavioral Neuroscience, 103 (6), 1234-1241.
MECK, W.H. (1991). Modality-specific circadian
rhythmicities influence mechanisms of attention and memory
for interval timing. Learning & Motivation, 22,
153-179.
MECK, W.H. & BENSON, A.M. (2002). Dissecting the
brain’s internal clock : How frontal-striatal circuitry
keeps time and shifts attention. Brain &
Cognition, 48, 195-211. [PDF]
MECK, W.H., PENNEY, T.B. & POUTHAS, V. (2008).
Cortico-striatal representation of time in animals and
humans. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 18, 145-152.
[PDF]
LAURIN, C. (1953). L'apport du Moyen-âge à la médecine.
L'Union Médicale du Canada, 86 (3), 293-297.
GRASSI, L. & MAGNANI, K. (2000). Psychiatric morbidity
and burnout in the medical profession : an Italian study
of general practitioners and hospital physicians. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 69, 329-334.
ENGEL, G.L. (1977). The need for a new medical model : A
challenge for biomedicine. Science, 196,
129-136. [PDF]
KING, K.C. (2000). Culture and medicine : Myths and
medicine. The Western Journal of Medicine, 172
(3), 208-210. [PDF]
SCHREINER, R. L., GRESHAM, E.L. & GREEN, M. (1979).
Physician's responsibility to parents after death of an
infant : Beneficial outcome of a telephone call. American
Journal of Diseases of Children, 133, 723-726.
CAMPBELL, D.A., SONNAD, S.S., ECKHAUSER, F.E., CAMPBELL,
K.K. & GREENFIELD, L.J. (2001). Burnout among American
surgeons. Surgery, 130, 696-702.
FIDELL, L.S. (1980). Sex Role Stereotypes and the American
physician. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 4 (3),
313-330.
ALLEGRA, C., HALL, R. & YOTHERS, G. (2003). Prevalence
of burnout in the U.S. oncology community : Results of a
2003 survey. Journal of Oncology Practice, 1, 140-147.
STARR, P. (1982). The social transformation of
American medicine. New York : Basic Book.
HYMAN, S.E. & FENTON, W.S. (2003). Medicine. What are
the right targets for psychopharmacology ? Science,
299, 350-351.
FIDELL, L.S. (1984). Sex roles in medicine. In C.P. Widon
(Ed.), Sex roles and psychopathology (pp.
375-389). Springer.
HUGHES, C.J. (2004). Who cares about Marx, Weber and
Durkheim ? : Social theory and the changing face of
medicine. Health Sociology Review, 13 (1),
87-97.
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. & ALEXANDER, B.K. (1985). Why treat
doctors like pushers ? Canadian Medical Association
Journal, 132 (4), 337-341. [PDF]
CUBRILLO-TURK, M., UREK, R. & TUREK, S. (2006).
Burnout syndrome–assessment of a stressful job among
intensive care staff. Collegium Antropologicum, 30, 131-135.
WULFF, H. R., ANDERSEN, B., BRANDENHOFF, P. & GUTTLER,
F. (1987). What do doctors know about statistics ? Statistics
in Medicine, 6, 3-10.
SCHINDLER, F., BERREN, M.R., HANNAH, M.T., BEIGEL, A.
& SANTIAGO, J.M. (1987). How the public perceives
psychiatrists, psychologists, nonpsychiatric physicians,
and members of the clergy. Professional Psychology :
Research & Practice, 18, 371-376.
RIZZO, J.A. & ZECKHAUSER, J. (1999). Pushing incomes
to reference points : Why do male doctors earn more ? Journal
of Economic Behavior & Organization, 63 (3),
514-536.
[PDF]
KELLER, K.L. & KOENIG, W.J. (1989). Management of
stress and prevention of burnout in emergency physicians.
Annals of Emergency Medicine, 18, 42-47.
BRESSI, C. et al. (2008). Haemato-oncology and burnout :
an Italian survey. British Journal of Cancer, 98 (6),
1046-1052. [PDF]
FRIEDMAN, H.S. & DIMATTEO, M. (1990). Doctor and
patient interactions. In S. Shumaker et al. (Ed.), The
handbook of health behavior change. N.Y. :
Springer.
JONES, C. & PORTER, R. (1994). Reassessing
Foucault : Power, medicine and the body. London :
Routledge.
SOLER, J.K et al. (2008). Burnout in European family
doctors : the EGPRN study. Family Practice, 25, 245–265.
[PDF]
GOLDEN, G.A. (1997). Impact of psychotherapy : Does it
affect frequency of visits to family physicians ?
Canadian Family Physician, 43, 1098-1102.
[PDF]
RIZZO, J.A. & ZECKHAUSER, J. (1999). Pushing incomes
to reference points : Why do male doctors earn more ? Journal
of Economic Behavior & Organization, 63 (3),
514-536.
SHANAFELT, T.D., BALCH, C.M., BECHAMPS G.J., RUSSELL T.,
DYRBYE, L., SATELE,D., COLLICOTT, P., NOVOTNY P.J., SLOAN,
J. & FREISCHLAG, J.A. (2009). Burnout and Career
Satisfaction Among American Surgeons. Annals of
Surgery, 250 (3), 463-471. [PDF]
SLOAN, R.P., BAGIELLA, E. & POWELL, T. (1999).
Religion, spirituality, and medicine. The Lancet,
353, 664-667.
LEBLANC, A., KENNY, D.A., O'CONNOR, A.M. & LÉGARÉ, F.
(2009). Decisional conflict in patients and their
physicians : A dyadic approach to shared decision making.
Medical Decision Making, 29, 61-68.
FRANK, E., McMURRAY, J.E., LINZER, M. & ELON L.
(1999). Career satisfaction of US women physicians :
results from the Women Physicians' Health Study. Society
of General Internal Medicine Career Satisfaction Study
Group. Archives of Internal Medicine, 159, 1417-1426.
[PDF]
GADIT, A.A.M. (2011). Personal space : Implications in
patient-doctor relationship. Journal of Pakistan
Medical Association, 60 (4), 321-322.
[PDF]
HALADYNA, T.M. (2012). The importance of testing medical
students' knowledge of what is least likely. Academic
Medicine, 11, 1454-1455.
Médecine (Auto-) :Habileté
à se soigner soi-même, que l'on observe notamment chez les humains
et les chimpanzés. Self-Medication.
HUFFMAN, M.A. & SEIFU, M. (1989). Observations of
illness and consumption of a possibly medicinal plant
Vernonia amygdalina (Del.), by a wild chimpanzee in the
Mahale Mountains National Park, Tanzania. Primates, 30
(1), 51-63.
[PDF]
KRIEF, S. (2004). Effets prophylactiques et thérapeutiques
de plantes ingérées par les chimpanzés : la notion
"d'automédication" chez les chimpanzés. Primatologie,
6, 171-191.
HUFFMAN, M.A. (1993). An investigation of the use of
medicinal plants by wild chimpanzees. Current status and
future prospects. Primate Research, 9, 179-187.
KRIEF, S., MARTIN, M.-T., GRELLIER, P., KASENEN, J. &
SÉVENET, T. (2004). Novel antimalarial compounds isolated
after the survey of self-medicative behavior of wild
chimpanzees in Uganda. Antimicrobial Agents &
Chemotherapy, 48 (8), 3196-3199. [PDF]
HUFFMAN, M.A., GOTOH, H.S., IZUTSU, D., KOSHIMIZU, K.
& KALUNDE, M.S. (1993). Further observations on the
use of medicinal plant, Vernonia amygdalina (Del) by a
wild chimpanzee, its possible affect on parasite load, and
its phytochemistry. African Study Monographs, 14,
227-240. [PDF]
HUFFMAN M.A. & HIRATA, S. (2004). An experimental
study of leaf swallowing in captive chimpanzees- insights
into the origin of a self-medicative behavior and the role
of social learning. Primates 45 (2), 113-118.
[PDF]
HUFFMAN M.A., PAGE, J.E., SUKHDEO, M.V.K., GOTOH, S.,
KALUNDE, M.S. CHANDRASIRI, T. & TOWERS, G.H.N. (1996).
Leaf- swallowing by chimpanzees, a behavioral adaptation
for the control of strongyle nematode infections. International
Journal of Primatology, 72, 475-503.
KRIEF, S. MARTIN, M.-T., GRELLIER, P., KASENEN, J. &
SÉVENET, T. (2004). Novel antimalarial compounds isolated
after the survey of self-medicative behavior of wild
chimpanzees in Uganda. Antimicrobial Agents &
Chemotherapy, 48 (8), 3196-3199. [PDF]
BAKER, M. (1996). Fur rubbing : Use of medicinal plants by
capuchin monkeys (Cebus capucinus). American Journal
of Primatology, 38, 263-270.
KRIEF, S., HLADIK, C.M. & HAXAIRE, C. (2005).
Ethnomedicinal and bioactive properties of the plants
ingested by wild chimpanzees in Uganda. Journal of
Ethnopharmacology, 101,1-15.[PDF]
HUFFMAN M.A. (1997). Current evidence for self-medication
in primates : A multidisciplinary perspective.
Yearbook of Physical Anthropology, 40, 171-200.
[PDF]
KRIEF, S., HUFFMAN, M.A. SÉVENET, T.C., HLADIK, C.M.,
GRELLER, P., LOISEAU, P.M. & WRANGHAM, R.W. (2006).
Bioactive properties of plant species ingested by
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii) in the Kibale
National Park, Uganda. American Journal of
Primatology, 68, 51-71. [PDF]
COUSINS, D. & HUFFMAN M.A. (2002). Medicinal
properties in the diet of gorillas- an
ethnopharmacological evaluation. African Study
Monographs, 23, 65-89.
[PDF]
PEBSWORTH, P., KRIEF, S. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2006). The
Role of diet in self-medication among chimpanzees in the
Sonso and Kanyawara communities, Uganda. In N.E.
Newton-Fisher, H. Notman, J.D., Paterson & V. Reynolds
(Eds.), Developments in primatology : Progress and
prospects, primates of Western Uganda (pp.
105-133). New York : Springer.
KRIEF, S. (2007). La pharmacopée des chimpanzés. Pour
la Science, 325, 76-80. [PDF]
KRIEF, S. (2009). Plantes et santé des chimpanzé : à la
source de la médecine des hommes ? Biofutur, 28 (295),
46-48.
Médecine allopathique : Du grec allos, qui signifie
«autre ou différent» et pathos qui veut dire
"souffrance". Ce teme est utilisé par les partisans de
l'homéopathie pour désigner la médecine
conventionnelle ou scientifique.
= Médecine.
/Homéopathie.Allopathy.
SHANG, A., HUWILER-MÜNTENER, K., NARTEY, L., JÜNI, P.,
DÖRIG, S., STERNE, J.A., PEWANER, D. & EGGER, M.
(2005). Are the clinical effects of homoeopathy placebo
effects ? Comparative study of placebo-controlled trials
of homoeopathy and allopathy. Lancet, 366, 726-732.
[PDF]
Médecine
alternative : Ensemble de pseudosciences,
de pseudothérapies
et de pratiques médicales
non conventionnelles, souvent en totale contradiction avec les
conaissances de la biologie,
de la chimie et de la science en général. Médecine alternative
et bio bla
bla.= Médecine holistique, pseudotechnologie, médecine parallèle. ( ) : Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Alternative medicine, complementary and alternative medecine (CAM).
ROSS, C.A. & PAM, A. (Eds.) (1995). Pseudoscience
in biological psychiatry : Blaming the body. New
York : John Wiley.
SAMPSON, W.I. & VAUGHN, L. (Eds.) (2000). Science
meets alternative medicine : What the evidence says
about unconventional treatments. New York :
Prometheus Books.
SAMPSON, W.I. (1995). Antiscience trends in the rise of
the "alternative medicine" movement. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 775 (1), 188-197.
SCHMIDT, K., PITTLER, M. & ERNST, E. (2001). Bias in
alternative medicine is still rife but is diminishing.
Bristih Medical Journal, 323, 1064-1071. [PDF]
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1997). Alternative medicine : Where's
the evidence ? Canadian Journal of Public Health, 88
(3), 149-152.
SOCIÉTÉ CANADIENNE DE PÉDIATRIE (2002). Le recours à la
médecine parallèle dans le traitement des enfants atteints
de trouble de déficit de l'attention avec hyperactivité. Paediatrics
& Child Health 7 (10), 721-730. [PDF]
PETTY, R.G. (1999). The scientific review of alternative
medicine. Journal of American Medical Association, 282
(17), 1682-1683.
ERNST, E., PITTLER, M.H., WIDER, B. & BODDY, K.
(2006). The desktop guide to complementary and
alternative medicine. Edinburgh : Elsevier Mosby.
ERNST, E. (1999). Prevalence of complementary/alternative
medicine for children : a systematic review. European
Journal of Pediatrics, 158, 7–11
STICKLER, G.B. (2001). "Alternative" medicine : a review
of studies supported by grants awarded by the national
center for complementary and alternative medicine. The
Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine, 5 (4),
2020-2040. [PDF]
LINDEMAN, M. (2011). Biases in intuitive reasoning and
belief in complementary and alternative medicine.
Psychology & Health, 26, 371-382. [PDF]
PALMER, B.B. & LEWIS, C.E. (1976). Development of
health attitudes and behaviors. Journal of School
Health, 46, 401-402.
MILLER, N.E. (1983). Behavioral medicine : symbiosis
between laboratory and clinic. Annual Review of
Psychology, 34, 1-31.
SHAPIRO, D. (1979). Biofeedback and behavioral medicine in
perspective. Biofeedback & Self-Regulation, 4,
371-381.
STUNKARD, A. & BAUM, A. (Eds.) (1989). Perspectives
in behavioral medicine : eating, sleeping, and sex.
Hillsdale (NJ) : Lawrence Erlbaum.
SHAPIRO, D. & SURWIT, R.S. (1979). Biofeedback. In
O.F. Pomerleau & J.P. Brady (Eds.) (1979).
Behavioral medicine : Theory and practice (pp.
45-73). Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins.
DOOLEY, D. & CATALANO, R. (2000). Group interventions
and the limits of behavioral medicine. Behavioral
Medicine, 26, 116-128.
MATARAZZO, J.D. (1980). Behavioral health and behavioral
medicine : frontiers for a new health psychology. American
Psychologist, 35 (9), 807-817.
TRASK, P.C., SCHWARTZ, S.M., DEANER, S.L., PATERSON, A.G.,
JOHNSON, T., RUBENFIRE, M. & POMERLEAU, O.F. (2002).
Behavioral medicine : The challenge of integrating
psychological and behavioral approaches into primary care.
Effective Clinical Practice, 5 (2), 75-83. [PDF]
GONICK, U., FARROW, I., MEIER, M., OSTMAND, G. &
FROLICK, L. (1981). Cost effectiveness of behavioral
medicine procedures in the treatment of stress-related
disorders. American Journal of Clinical Biofeedback,
4, 16-24.
HAGGER, M.S. (2010). Health psychology review : Advancing
theory and research in health psychology and behavioural
medicine. Health Psychology Review, 4, 1-5.
VINGERHOETS, A. (Ed.) (2003). Assessment in
behavioral medicine. Brunner-Routledge.
KEEFE, F. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (1982). Behavioral
medicine : Basic principles and theoretical foundations.
In F.J. Keefe & J.A. Blumenthal (Eds.), Assessment
strategies in behavioral medicine. New York : Grune
& Stratton.
HART, S.L. & HART, T.A. (2010). The future of
cognitive behavioral Interventions within behavioral
medicine. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An
International Quarterly, 24 (4), 344-353. [PDF]
KEEFE, F.J. (2011). Behavioral medicine : A voyage to the
future. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 41 (2),
141-151. [PDF]
Médecine
chinoise :Pseudothérapie.Traditional Chinese medicine.
TAVOLA, T., GALA, C., CONTE, G. & INVERNIZZI, G.
(1992). Traditional Chinese acupuncture in tension type
headache : a controlled study. Pain, 48 (3),
325-329.
SHEA, J.L. (2006). Applying evidence-based medicine to
traditional Chinese medicine : Debate and strategy. The
Journal of Alternative & Complementary Medicine, 12
(3), 255-263.
[PDF]
CHAN E., TAN M., XIN J., SUDARSANAM S., JOHNSON D.E
(2010). Interactions between traditional Chinese medicines
and Western therapeutics. Current Opinion in Drug
Discovery & Development, 13 (1), 50-65.
Médecine
psychosomatique : Discipline au carrefour de la médecine
et de la psychologie
qui s'intéesse plus particulièrement à la somatisation
et aux symptômes somatiques. ( ): Alexander,
Balint. Psychosomatic medicine.
JELLIFFE, S.E. (1939). Sketches in psychosomatic
medicine. Washington and New York : Nervous and
Mental Disease.
COTTRAUX, J. (1981). Psychosomatique et médecine
comportementale. Paris : Masson.
SHORTER, E. (1992). From paralysis to fatigue : A
history of psychosomatic medicine in the modern era. New
York, NY : Free Press.
Média : Au sens strict, tout objet qui permet de diffuser de
l'information et de
divertir le public. Les médias peuvent également servir à représenter
la réalité et à contrôler les masses (propagande).= Média traditionnel, organe d'information, média de masse.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Media, mass media.
SHERIF, M. & SARGENT, S. (1947). Ego-involvement and
the mass media. Journal of Social Issues, 3,
8-16. [LIRE]
DIXON, T.L. & LINZ, D. (2000). Race and the
misrepresentation of victimization on local television
news. Communication Reseach, 27 (5), 547-573. [PDF]
McLUHAN, M. (1964). Understanding media. London.
Routledge.
WAHLBERG, A. & SJÖBERG, L. (2000). Risk perception and
the media. Journal of Risk Research, 3, 31-50
GERBNER, G. (1969). Toward "cultural indicators": The
analysis of mass mediated message systems. A V
Communication Review, 17 (2), 137-148.
GRUBER, E. & GRUBER, J.W. (2000). Adolescent sexuality
and the media a review of current knowledge and
implications. The Western Journal of Medicine, 172
(3), 210-214. [PDF]
KEY, W.B. (1975). Media sexploitation. New
Jersey : Prentice Hall.
GROEBEL, J. (2000). Media violence in cross-cultural
perspective : A global study on children's media behaviour
and some educational implications. In D. Singer & G.
Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media. Beverly
Hills : Sage Publishers. [PDF]
EYSENK, H.J. & NIAS, D.K. (1978). Sex, violence,
and the media. New York : Saint Martin's Press.
RICCIARDELLI, L.A., McCABE, M.P. & BANFIELD, S.
(2000). Body image and body change methods in adolescent
boys Role of parents, friends, and the media. Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 49, 189-197. [PDF]
SALOMON, G. (1979). Interaction of media, cognition,
and learning. San Francisco, CA : Jossey-Bass.
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2001). Effects of
televised violence on aggression. In D. Singer & J.
Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media
(pp. 223-254). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
[PDF]
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1979). Suicide, motor vehicle fatalities,
and the mass media : Evidence toward a theory of
suggestion. American Journal of Sociology, 84, 1150-1174.
RUBINSTEIN, J.S., MEYER, D.E. & EVANS, J.E. (2001).
Executive Control of Cognitive Processes in Task
Switching. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception and Performance, 27 (4), 763-797.
SIMON, A. (1979). Violence in the mass media : A case of
modeling. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 48,
1081-1082.
SINGER, D. & SINGER, J.L. (Eds.) (2001). Handbook
of children and the media. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publishing Co.
MALAMUTH, N.M. & CHECK, J.V.P. (1981). The effects of
mass media exposure on acceptance of violence against
women : a field experiment. Journal of Research in
Personality, 15, 436-446. [PDF]
BOGAERT, A.F. (2001). Personality, individual differences,
and preferences for the sexual media. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 30, 29-53.
ANDERSON, D.R. & EVANS, M.K. (2001). Peril and
potential of media for infants and toddlers. Zero to
Three, 22, 10-16.
GHAREEB, E. (1983). Split vision : The portrayal of
Arabs in the American media. Washington, D.C.
American-Arab Affairs Council.
BUSHMAN, B.J. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2001). Media violence
and the American public : Scientific facts versus media
misinformation. American Psychologist, 56,
477-489.
CLARK, R.E. (1983). Reconsidering research on learning
from media. Review of Educational Research, 43 (4),
445-459.
GROESZ, L.M., LEVINE, M.P. & MURNEN, S.K. (2001). The
effect of experimental presentation of thin media images
on body satisfaction : A meta-analytic review. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 31 (1), 1-16. [PDF]
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1983). The impact of mass media violence
on U.S. homicides. American Sociological Review, 48,
560-568.
GENTILE, D.A. & WALSH, D.A. (2002). A normative study
of family media habits. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology 23, 157-78.
WARTELLA, E. & REEVES, D. (1983). Recurring issues in
research on children and media. Educational
Technology, 23, 5–9.
ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2002). The effects of
media violence on society. Science, 295, 2377-2378.
BERKOWITZ, L. (1984). Some effects of thoughts on anti-
and prosocial influence of media events : A cognitive
neoassociationist analysis. Psychological Bulletin,
95, 410-427.
ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2002). Media violence
and the American public revisited. American
Psychologist, 57, 448-450.
BARON, J.N. & REISS, P. C. (1985). Same time, next
year : Aggregate analyses of the media and violent
behavior. American Sociological Review, 50,
347-363.
FERGUSON, C.J. (2002). Media violence : Miscast causality.
American Psychologist, 57 (6-7), 446-447. [PDF]
WARTELLA, E. & REEVES, D. (1985). Historical trends in
research on children and the media : 1900–1960. Journal
of Communication, 35, 118-133.
ZILLMANN, D. (2002). Exemplification theory of media
influence. In J. Bryant & D. Zillmann (Eds.), Media
effects : Advances in theory and research. Mahwah,
New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum.
MARTIN, L.J. (1985). The media's role in international
terrorism. Terrorism : An International Journal, 8,
127-143.
FREEDMAN, J.L. (2002). Media violence and its effect
on aggression. Toronto, Canada : University of
Toronto Press Inc.
VALLONE, R.P., ROSS, L. & LEPPER, M. (1985). The
hostile media phenomenon : Biased perception and
perceptions of media bias in coverage of the "Beirut
massacre." Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 49, 577-585.
[PDF]
WARD, L.M. (2003). Understanding the role of
entertainment media in the sexual socialization of
American youth : A review of empirical research. Developmental
Review, 23, 347-388.
McGUIRE, W.J. (1986). The myth of massive media impact :
Savagings and salvagings. In G. Comstock (Ed.), Public
communication and behavior. New York, London :
Academic Press.
ANDERSON, C.A., BERKOWITZ, L., DONNERSTEIN, E., HUESMANN,
L.R., JOHNSON, J.D., LINZ, D., MALAMUTH, N.M. &
WARTELLA, E. (2003). The influence of media violence on
youth. Psychological Science in the Public Interest,
4 (3), 81-110.
[PDF]
MALAMUTH, N. & BRIERE, J. (1986). Sexual violence in
the media : Indirect effects on aggression against women.
Journal of Social Issues, 42, (3), 75-92. [PDF]
GENTILE, D.A. (Ed.) (2003). Media violence and
children. Westport, CT : Praeger Publishing.
DAFT, R.L. & LENGEL, R.H. (1986). Organizational
information requirements, media richness, and structural
determinants. Management Science, 32, 554- 571.
CARNAGEY, N.L. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2003). Theory in the
study of The general aggression model. In D.A. Gentile
(Ed.), A complete guide for parents and
professionals. Londres : Praeger. [PDF]
GEEN, R.G. & THOMAS, S.L. (1986). The immediate
effects of media violence on behavior. Journal of
Social Issues, 42, 7-27.
SCHEIN, E.H. (2003). The culture of media as viewed from
an organizational culture perspective. The
International Journal on Media Management, 5 (3),
171-172.
SILVERSTEIN, B., PERDUE, L., PETERSON, B. & KELLY, E.
(1986). The role of the mass media in promoting a thin
standard of bodily attractiveness for women. Sex
Roles, 14, 519-532.
HUESMANN, L.R. MOISE-TITUS, J., PODOLSKI, C.P. & ERON,
L.D. (2003). Longitudinal relations between childhood
exposure to media violence and adult aggression and
violence : 1977-1992. Developmental Psychology, 39
(2), 201-221.
[PDF]
RULE, B.G. & FERGUSON, T.J. (1986). The effects of
media violence on attitudes, emotions, and cognitions. Journal
of Social Issues, 42, 29-50.
CRITCHER, C. (2003). Moral panics and the media.
Buckingham : Open University Press.
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1086). Natural experiments on the effects
of mass media violence on fiatal aggression : Strengths
and weaknesses of a new approach. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 19, pp.
207-250). Orlando, FL : Academic Press.
HUESMANN, L.R. & SKORIC, M. (2003). Regulating media
violence : Why, how, and by whom ? In B. Young & E.
Palmer (Ed.), Children and the faces of televisual
media : Teaching, violence, selling (pp. 219-240).
Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum.
[PDF]
HERMAN, E.S. & CHOMSKY, N. (1988/2003). Manufacturing
consent. The political economy of the mass.
Pantheon. La Fabrication du consentement. / De la
propagande médiatique en démocratie. Agone.
FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, B., PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER, J.
(2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games,
television, movies, and the internet : is there
desensitization ? Journal of Adolescence, 27, 23-39.
[PDF]
LOFTUS, E. & BANAJI, M.R. (1989). Memory modification
and the role of the media. In V. Gheorghiu, P. Netter,
H.J. Eysenck & R. Rosenthal (Eds.), Suggestibility
: Theory and research (pp. 279-293). New York :
Springer-Verlag. [PDF]
WEBER, D.S. & SINGER, D.G. (2004). The media habits of
infants and toddlers : ndings from a parent survey. Zero
to Three, 25 (1), 30-36.
SIGNORELLI, N. & MORGAN, M. (1990). Cultivation
analysis : New directions in media effects research. Sage
Publications
WARD, L.M. (2004). Wading through the stereotypes :
Positive and negative associations between media use and
black adolescents' conceptions of self. Developmental
Psychology, 40, 284-294.
SAVAGE, J. (2004). Does viewing violent media really cause
criminal violence ? A methodological review.
Aggression & Violent Behavior, 10, 99-128.
OLSON, C. (2004). Media violence research and youth
violence data : Why do they conflict ? Academic
Psychiatry, 28, 144-150.
AGLIATA, D. & TANLEFF-DUNN, S. (2004). The impact of
media exposure on males' body image. Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 23, 7-22.
BUSHMAN, B.J. & GEEN, R.G. (1990). The role of
cognitive-emotional mediators and individual differences
in the effects of media violence on aggression. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 58,
156-163.
DIXON, W.W. (2004). Film and television after 9/11. Illinois.
Southern Illinois University Press.
LINZ, D., FUSON, I.A. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (1990).
Mitigating the negative effects of sexually violent mass
communications through pre-exposure briefings. Communication
Research, 17, 641-674.
YOON, Y. (2005). Legitimacy, public relations, and media
access : Proposing and testing a media access model. Communication
Research, 32, 762-793.
[PDF]
WOOD, W., WONG, F. & CHACHERE, J.G. (1991). Effects of
media violence on viewers’ aggression in unconstrained
social interaction. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 371-383.
DILL, K.E. (2005). Children at play ? An essay on kids and
media in America. Human Development, 48, 315-322.
BOGAERT, A.F. (1993). The sexual media : the role of
individual differences. London : University of
Western Ontario.
HUESMANN, L.R. & TAYLOR, L.D. (2006). The role of the
mass media in violent behavior. In R.C. Brownson et al.
(Eds.), Annual review of public health. Palo
Alto, CA : Annual Reviews Publishers.
[PDF]
WARD, L.M. & HARISSON, K. (2005). The impact of media
use on girls' beliefs about gender roles, their bodies,
and sexual relationships : A research synthesis. In E.
Cole & J.H. Daniels (Eds.), Featuring females :
Feminist analyses of media (pp. 3–23). Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association.
FRIEDLANDER, B.Z. (1993). Community violence, children's
development, and mass media : In pursuit of new insights,
new goals, and new strategies. Psychiatry, 56, 66-81.
GENTILE, D.A. (2005). Media ratings for movies, music,
video games, and television : a review of the research and
recommendations for improvements. Adolescent Medicine
Clinic, 16 (2), 427-460.
[PDF]
HUESMANN, L.R. & MILLER, L.S. (1994). Long-term
effects of repeated exposure to media violence in
childhood. In L.R. Huesmann (Ed.), Aggressive
behavior : Current perspectives (pp. 153-183). New
York : Plenum Press.
[PDF]
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2006). Short-term and
long-term effects of violent media on aggression in
children and adults. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 160, 348-352. [PDF]
ULLMER, E. (1994). Media and learning : Are there two
kinds of truth ? Educational Technology Research
& Development, 42 (1), 21-32.
WATSON, D. (2006). Understanding the relationship between
ICT and education means exploring innovation and change. Education
& Information Technologies, 11 (3-4), 199-216.
STICE, E. & SHAW, H.E. (1994). Adverse effects of the
media portrayed thin-deal on women and linkages to bulimic
symptomatolgoy. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 13, 288-308.
WARD, LM., DAY, K. & EPSTEIN, M. (2006). Uncommonly
good : Exploring how mass media may be a positive
influence on young women's sexual health and development.
New Directions for Child & Adolescent Development,
112, 57-70.
[PDF]
NATKIN, S. (2006), Video games & interactive
media. Wellesley : A K Peters.
CLARK, R.E. (1994). Media will never influence learning. Educational
Technology Research & Development, 42 (2),
21-30.
MASTRO, D.E. & KOPACZ, M. (2006). Media
representations of race, prototypicality, and policy
reasoning : An application of self-categorization theory.
Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 50,
305-322.
[PDF]
STICE, E., SCHUPACK-NEUBERG, E., SHAW, H.E. & STEIN,
R.I. (1994). Relation of media exposure to eating disorder
symptomatology : An examination of mediating mechanisms. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 103 (4), 836–840.
[PDF]
HOBZA, C.L., WALKER, K.E., YAKUSHKO, O. & PEUGH, J.L.
(2007). What about men ? Social comparison and the effects
of media images on body and self-esteem. Psychology
of Men & Masculinity, 8 (3), 161-172. [PDF]
VANDEWATER, E.A., RIDEOUT, V.J., WARTELLA, E.A,. HUANG,
X., LEE, J.H. & SHIM, M.S. (2007). Digital childhood:
electronic media and technology use among infants,
toddlers, and preschoolers. Pediatrics, 119 (5),
1006-1015.
STEMPEL, C., HARGROVE, R. & STEMPEL, G.H. (2007).
Media use, social structure, and belief in 9/11 conspiracy
theories. Journalism & Mass Communication
Quarterly, 84 (2), 353-372. [PDF]
HUESMANN, L.R. (2007). The impact of electronic media
violence : Scientific theory and research. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 41 (S), 6-13.
[PDF]
ZIMMERMAN, F.G. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2007).
Associations between media viewing and language
development in children under age 2. The Journal of
Pediatrics 151 (4), 364-368.
LARSON, R. (1995). Secrets in the bedroom : Adolescents'
private use of media. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 24, 535–550.
LEVINE, L.E., WAITE, B.M. & BOWMAN, L. (2007).
Electronic media use, reading, and aademic distractibility
in college youth. Cyber Psychology & Behavior, 11
(4), 560-566. [PDF]
POTTER, W.J., VAUGHAN, M.W., WARREN, R., HOWLEY, K., LAND, A. & HAGEMEYER, J.C. (1995). How real is the portrayal
of aggression in television entertainment programming ? Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 39, 496-516.
SAVAGE, J. & YANCEY, C. (2008). The effects of media violence exposure on criminal aggression : A meta-analysis. Criminal Justice & Behavior, 35, 1123-1136.
ARNETT, J.J. (1995). Adolescents’ uses of media for
self-socialisation. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 24, 519-533. [PDF]
HOGAN, M.J. & STRASBURGER, V.C. (2008). Body image,
eating disorders, and the media. Adolescent Medicine, 19 (3), 521-546. [PDF]
PLAMONDON, G., DESAULNIERS, A. et ROY, N. (2008). Le
sexe dans les médias : obstacle aux rapports
égalitaires. QUébec : Conseil du Statut de la
Femme. [PDF]
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1995). Moderating role of trait
aggressiveness in the effects of violent media on
aggression. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 69, 950-960.
[PDF]
KIRKORIAN, H.L., WARTELLA, E.A. & ANDERSON, D.R.
(2008). Media and young children's learning. The
Future of Children, 18 (1), 39-61.
[PDF]
LARSON, R.W. (1995). Secrets in the bedroom : Adolescents'
private use of media. Journal of Youth and
Adolescence, 24, 535–550.
TUCCI, S. & PETERS, J. (2008). Media influences on
body satisfaction in female students. Psicothema, 20
(4), 521-524. [PDF]
FERGUSON, C.J., CRUZ, A., MARTINEZ, D., RUEDA, S.,
FERGUSON, D. & NEGY, C. (2008). Personality, parental, and media influences on aggressive personality and violent
crime in young adults. Journal of Aggression,
Maltreatment & Trauma, 17, 395-414.
OGDEN, J. & SHERWODD, F. (2008). Reducing the impact
of media images : An evaluation of the effectiveness of an
air-brushing educational intervention on body
dissatisfaction. Health Education, 108 (6),
489-500. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N. (1996). Sexually explicit media, gender
differences and evolutionary theory. Journal of
Communication, 46 (3), 8-31.
GRABE, S., HYDE, J.S. & WARD, L.M. (2008). The role of
the media in body image concerns among women : A
meta-analysis of experimental and correlational studies. Psychological
Bulletin, 134 (3), 460-476.[PDF]
ROBERTS, D.F. & FOEHR, U.G. (2008). Trends in media
use. Future of Children, 18 (1), 11-37.
FELSON, R.B. (1996). Mass media effects on violent
behavior. Annual Review of Sociology, 22,
103-128.
McCABE, S., WARD, M. & HYDE, J.S. (2008). The role of
the media in body image concerns among women : A
meta-analysis of experimental and correlational studies. Psychological
Bulletin, 134 (3), 460-476. [PDF]
HUMPHREYS, P.J. (1996). Mass media and media policy
in Western Europe. Manchester University Press
DILL, K.E., BROWN, B.P. & COLLINS, M.A. (2008).
Effects of media stereotypes on sexual harassment
judgments and rape supportive attitudes : Popular video
game characters, gender, violence and power. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1402-1408. [PDF]
REEVES, B. & NASS, C. (1996). The media equation
: How people treat computers, television, and new media
like real people and places. New York, NY :
Cambridge University Press.
STROUD, N.J. (2008). Media use and political
predispositions : Revisiting the concept of selective
exposure. Political Behavior, 30 (3), 341-366.
OGDEN, J. & MUNDRAY, K. (1996). The effect of the
media on body satisfaction : the role of gender and size.
European Eating Disorders Review 4, 171-182.
FERGUSON, C.J. & KILLBURN, J. (2009). The Public
health risks of media violence : A meta- analytic review.
Journal of Pediatrics, 154 (5), 759-763.
PAN, Z. & KOSICKI, G.M. (1996). Assessing news media
influences on the formation of Whites' racial policy
preferences. Communication Research, 23,
147-178.
MASTRO, D.E. LAPINSKI, M.K., KOPACZ, M. &
BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. (2009). The influence of exposure to
depictions of race and crime in TV news on viewer's social
judgments. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic
Media, 53 (4), 615-635. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N. (1996). Sexually explicit media, gender
differences and evolutionary theory. Journal of
Communication, 46 (3), 8-31.
OAKES, M.J. (2009).The effect of media on children : A
methodological assessment from a social epidemiologist. American
Behavioral Scientist, 52, 1136-1151.
FALLOWS, J. (1996). Breaking the news : How the media
undermine american democracy. New York : Pantheon.
BUSHMAN, B.J., HUESMANN, L.R. & WHITAKER, J.L. (2009).
Violent media effects. In R.L. Nabi & M.B. Oliver
(Eds.), Media processes and effects (pp.
361-376). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
[PDF]
HERMAN, E.S. & McCHESNEY, R.W. (1997). The global
media. Cassell : London
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2009). The effects of infant media usage
: what do we know and what should we learn ? Acta
Paediatrica/Acta Paediatrica, 98, 8-16. [PDF]
HARRISON, K. & CANTOR, J. (1997). The relationship
between media consumption and eating disorders.
Journal of Communication, 47, 40–67.
GERBER, A., KARLAN, D. & BERGAN, D. (2009). Does the
media matter ? A field experiment measuring the effect of
newspapers on voting behavior and political opinions.
American Economic Journal : Applieds Economics, 1
(2), 35-52. [PDF]
HUESMANN, L.R., MOISE, J.F. & PODOLSKI, C.L. (1997).
The effects of media violence on the development of
antisocial behavior. In D.M. Stoff, J. Breiling & J.D.
Maser (Eds.), Handbook of antisocial behavior
(pp. 181-193). New York : John Wiley.
FERGUSON, C.J. (2009). Media violence effects : Confirmed
truth or just another X-File ? Journal of Forensic
Psychology Practice, 9 (2), 103-126. [PDF]
HENDERSON-KING, E. & HENDERSON-KING, D. (1997). Media
effects on women's body esteem : Social and individual
difference factors. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 27 (5), 399-417.
PAUL, G. (2009). How are other first-world nations
suppressing the adverse consequences of violence and youth sex in the modern media environment ? Pediatrics,
123, 364. [PDF]
JOHNSON, J.D., ADAMS, M.S., HALL, W. & ASHBURN, L.
(1997). Race, media, and violence : Differential racial
effects of exposure to violent news stories. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 19 (1), 81-90.
TOMOPOULOS, S., DREYER, B.P., BERKULE, S., FIERMAN, A.H.,
BROCKMEYER, C. & MENDELSOHN, A.L. (2010). Infant media
exposure and toddler development. Archives of
Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 164 (12),
1105-1111.
[PDF]
SALOMON, G. (1997). Of mind an and media : How culture's
symbolic forms affect learning and thinking. Phi
Delta Kappan, 78 (5), 375-380.
LINEBARGAR, D.L. & VAALA, S.E. (2010). Screen media
and language development in infants and toddlers : An
ecological perspective. Developmental Review, 30 (2),
176-202.
SMITH, S.L. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (1998). Harmful effects
of exposure to media violence : Learning of aggression,
emotional desensitization, and fear. In R.G. Geen & E.
Donnerstein (Eds.), Human aggression : Theories,
research, and implications for social policy (pp.
167-202). New York : Academic Press.
GREENWOOD, D.N. & LIPPMAN, J.R. (2010). Gender and
media : Content, uses, and impact. In J.C. Chrisler &
D.R. McCreary (Eds.), Handbook of gender research in
psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 643–699). New York :
Springer.
CHAMPION, H. & FURNHAM, A. (1998). The effect of the
media on body satisfaction in adolescent girls. European
Eating Disorders Review, 7, 213-228.
STRASBURGER, R.C. (2010). Council on communications and
media. Sexuality, contraception, and the media (policy
statement). Pediatrics, 126, 576-582.
DELOACHE, J.S., CHIONG, C., SHERMAN, K., ISLAM, N.,
VANDERBORGHT, M., TROSETH, G.L. & O'DOHERTY, K.
(2010). Do babies learn from baby media ? Psychological Science, 21 (11), 1570-1574.
OGDEN, J., SMITH, L., NOLAN, H., MORONEY, R. & LYNCH,
H. (2011). The impact of an educational intervention to
protect women against the influence of media images. Health Education, 111, 412-424
ZILLMANN, D. & WEAVER, J.B. (1999). Effects of
prolonged exposure to gratuitous media violence on
provoked and unprovoked hostile behavior. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 29, 145-165.
GENTILE, D.A., MAIER, J.A., HASSON, M.R., LOPEZ D.E. &
BONETTI, B. (2011). Parents' evaluation of media ratings a
decade after the television ratings were introduced. Pediatrics,
128 (1), 36-44. [PDF]
VILLANTI, A., BOULAY, M. & JUON H. (2011). Peer,
parent and media influences on adolescent smoking by
developmental stage. Addictive Behaviors, 36 (1-2),
133-136. [PDF]
COLLINS, R.L. (2011). Content analysis of gender roles in
media : Where are we now and where should we go ? Sex
Roles, 64, 290–298.
HERMAN, E.S. (1999). The myth of the liberal media :
An Edward Herman Reader. New York : P. Lang.
DONNERSTEIN, E. (2011). The media and aggression : from TV
to the internet. In J. Forgas, A. Kruglanski & K.
Williams (Eds.), The psychology of social conflict
and aggression. (pp. 267-84). New York :
Psychology Press.
PALETZ, D. (1999). The media in American politics :
Contents and consequences. NY : Longman.
VAN VONDEREN, K.E. & KINNALY, W. (2012). Media effects
on body image : Examining media exposure in the broader
context of internal and other social factors. American
Communication Journal, 14 (2), 41-57. [PDF]
GOLA, A.A.H., MAYEUX, L. & NAIGLES, L.R. (2012).
(2012). Electronic media as incidental language teachers.
In D.G. Singer & J.L. Singer (Eds.), Handbook of
children and the media (pp. 139-156). Sage
Publications, Inc.
POTTER, W.J. (1999). On media violence. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
WRIGHT, P.J., MALAMUTH, N.M. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (2012).
Research on sex in the media : what do we know about
effects on children and adolescents ? In D.G. Singer &
J.L. Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the
media (pp. 273-302). Los Angeles : Sage.
COYNE, S.M., PADILLA-WALKER, L.M. & HOWARD, E. (2013).
Emerging in a digital world a decade review of media use, effects, and gratifications in emerging adulthood. Emerging Adulthood, 1 (2), 125-137.
SUN, Y. & GUO, S. (2014). Media exposure, social
comparison and self-discrepancy : A model of prediction of
fashion clothing involvement. Intercultural
Communication Studies, 22 (2), 151-172. [PDF]
RIDEOUT, V.J., FOEHR, V.G. & ROBERTS, D.F. (2015). Generation
M2 : media in the lives of 8-18 year-olds. Kaiser
Family Foundation.
[PDF]
YAMÉOGO, L. (2018). Les médias, un allié du terrorisme ? Les
Cahiers du Journalisme, 2 (1), 7-22.
SIMON, A. (1979). Violence in the mass media : A case of modeling. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 48,
1081-1082.
FELSON, R.B. (1996). Mass media effects on violent
behavior. Annual Review of Sociology, 22,
103-128.
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1979). Suicide, motor vehicle fatalities, and the mass media : Evidence toward a theory of suggestion. American Journal of Sociology, 84, 1150-1174.
FREEDMAN, J. (1996). Violence in the mass media and
violence in society : The link is unproven. Harvard
Mental Health Letter, 12, 4-6.
MALAMUTH, N.M. & CHECK, J.V.P. (1981). The effects of
mass media exposure on acceptance of violence against
women : a field experiment. Journal of Research in
Personality, 15, 436-446. [PDF]
BAUM, M.A. & POTTER, P.B.K. (2008). The
relationships between mass media, public opinion, and
foreign policy : Toward a theoretical synthesis. Annual
Review of Political Science, 11, 39-65.
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1983). The impact of mass media violence on U.S. homicides. American Sociological Review, 48,
560-568.
WARD, L., DAY, K. & EPSTEIN, M. (2006). Uncommonly
good : Exploring how mass media may be a positive
influence on young women's sexual health and development.
New Directions for Child & Adolescent Development,
112, 57-70.
[PDF]
CALVERT, S.L. & HUSTON, A.C. (1987). Mass media and
children's gender schemata. In L. Liben & M.
Signorella (Eds.), Children's gender schemata :
Origins and implications. In the quarterly series, New
Directions in Child Development (pp. 75-88). San
Fransisco : Jossey-Bass.
LEVINE, M.P. & MURNEN, S.K. (2009). Everybody knows
that mass media [pick one] are/are not a cause of eating
disorders : A critical review of evidence for a causal
link between media, negative body image, and disordered
eating in females. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 28, 9-42.
LIEBERMAN, D.A., CHAFFEE, S.H. & ROBEERTS, D.F.
(1988). Computers, mass media, and schooling : Functional
equivalence in uses of new media. Social Science
Computer Review, 6 (2), 224–241.
MILKIE. M.A. (1994). Social world approach to cultural
studies : Mass media and gender in the adolescent peer
group. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 23,
354-380.
Média électronique : Au sens strict, tout appareil
électronique qui permet de diffuser de l'information
et de divertir le public. Les médias peuvent également
servir à représenter
la réalité et à contrôler les masses (propagande).= Organe d'information, média de masse.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Electronic media.
RIDEOUT, V.J. & HAMEL, E. (2006). The media family :
Electronic media in the lives of infants, toddlers,
preschoolers, and their parents (Menlo Park : The Henry J.
Kaiser Family Foundation.
VAN DE WATER, E.A., RIDEOUT, V J., WARTELLA, E.A., HUANG,
X., LEE, J.H. & SHIM, M. (2007). Digital childhood :
Electronic media and technology use among infants,
toddlers, and preschoolers. Pediatrics, 119,
1006-1015. [PDF]
HUESMANN, L.R. (2007). The impact of electronic media
violence : Scientific theory and research. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 41 (S), 6-13.
[PDF]
LEVINE, L.E., WAITE, B.M. & BOWMAN, L. (2007).
Electronic media use, reading, and academic
distractibility in college youth. Cyber Psychology
& Behavior, 11 (4), 560-566. [PDF]
CAIN, N. & GRADISAR, M. (2010). Electronic media use
and sleep in school-aged children and adolescents : A
review. Sleep Medicine, 11, 735-742.
DIXON, T.L. (2007). Black criminals and White officers :
The effects of racially misrepresenting law breakers and
law defenders on television news. Media Psychology,
10, 270-291. [PDF]
Média
social :Média
qui utilise Internet pour
vendre des biens et services, divertir son auditoire
et diffuser de
l'information, et auquel les membres (le
réseau virtuel) contribuent,
soit en produisant du contenu, soit en consommant et en
évaluant ce contenu. Le terme média est plus large que le terme
réseau. Les média englobe tous les sites internet, incluant les
réseaux sociaux. EX: Les sites de Amazon et de
Apple vendent des produits et donnent de l'information sur ces
produits, mais ils ne sont pas organisés en réseau (sauf peut-être
pour le service à la clientèle).
= Média social, média électroniques, média non-traditionnel. ( ): Facebook, Youtube, Twitter, Flickr, Tik Tok,
Instagram, Snapchat, Spotify, Roblox, Messenger, blogues, etc.
Social media.
FROISSART, P. (2002). Rumeurs sur Internet. Les
Cahiers de Médiologie, 13, 205-208.
MEHDIZADEH, S. (2010), Self-presentation 2.0: Narcissism
and self-esteem on Facebook. Cyberpsycology,
Behavior, & Social Networking, 13 (4),
357-364.
[PDF]
LEE, J.-S., CHO, H., GAY, G., DAVIDSON, B. &
INGRAFFEA, A. (2003). Technology acceptance and social
networking in distance learning. Educational
Technology & Society, 6 (2), 50-61.
ROBERTSON, S.P., VATRAPU, R.V. & MEDINA, R. (2010).
Off the wall political discourse : Facebook use in the
2008 U.S. presidential election. Information Polity,
15, 11-31. [PDF]
CHRISTENSEN, H., GRIFFITHS, K.M. & JORM, A.F. (2004).
Delivering interventions for depression by using the
internet : randomised controlled trial. British
Medical Journal, 328, 265-268. [PDF]
KIRSCHNER, P.A. & KARPINSKI A. (2010). Facebook and
academic performance. Computers in Human Behavior,
26, 1237-1245.
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. (Ed.) (2005). The social net :
Human behavior in cyberspace. New York : Oxford
University Press.
MORENO, M.A., JELENCHICK, L.A., EGEN, K.G., COX, E.,
YOUNG, H., GANNON, K.E. & BECKER, T. (2011). Feeling
bad on Facebook : depression disclosures by college
students on a social networking site. Depression
& Anxiety, 28 (6), 447-455. [PDF]
MAXWELL, N.G. (2007). From Facebook to Folsom Prison Blues
: How banning laptops in the classroom made me a better
law school teacher. Richmond Journal of Law &
Technology, 14 (2), 1-43. [PDF]
HANSON, T.L., DRUMHELLER, K., MALLARD, J., MCKEE, C. &
SCHLEGEL, P. (2011). Cell phones, text messaging, and
Facebook : Competing time demands of today's college
students. College Teaching, 59, 23-30.
LYNDON, A, BONDS-RAACKE, J. & CRATTY, A.D.
(2011). College students’ Facebook stalking of
ex-partners. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social
Networking, 14, 711-716.
ELLISON, N., STEINFIELD, C. & LAMPE, C. (2007). The
benefits of Facebook "friends" : Social capital and
college students' use of online social network sites. Journal
of Computer-Mediated Communication, 12 (4),
1143-1168.
FUCHS, C. (2012). Social media, riots, and revolutions. Capital
& Class, 36 (3), 383-391.
ZHAO, S., GRASMUCK, S. & MARTIN, J. (2008). Identity
construction on Facebook : Digital empowerment in anchored
relationships. Computers in Human Behavior, 24
(5), 1816-1836
QUERCIA, D., LAMBIOTTE, R., STILLWLL, D., KOSINSKI, M.
& CROWCROFT, J. (2012). The personality of popular
Facebook users. Proceedings of the ACM 2012
conference on Computer, 955-964. [PDF]
McDANIEL, B.T., COYNE, S.M. & HOLMES, E.K. (2012). New
mothers and media use : Associations between blogging,
social networking, and maternal well-being. Maternal
& Child Health Journal, 16, 1509–1517.
ZYWICA, J. & DANOWSKI, J. (2008). The faces of
Facebookers : Investigating social enhancement and social
compensation hypotheses; Predicting Facebook and offline
popularity from sociability and self-esteem, and mapping
the meanings of popularity with semantic networks.
Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 14 (1),
1-34.
BARUAH, T.D. (2012). Effectiveness of Social Media as a
tool of communication and its potential for technology
enabled connections : A micro-level study. International
Journal of Scientific & Research Publications, 2
(5), 1-10. [PDF]
WILSON, R.E., GOSLING, S.D. & GRAHAM, L.T. (2012). A
review of Facebook research in the social sciences. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 7, 203-220.
CARPENTER, C.J. (2012). Narcissism on Facebook :
Self-promotional and anti-social behavior. Personality
& Individual Differences, 52, 482-486.
RAACKE, J. & BONDS-RAACKE, J. (2008). My Space and
Facebook : applying the uses and gratifications theory to
exploring friend-networking sites. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 11, 169–174.
BACHRACH, Y., KOHLI, P., KOSINSKI, M., GRAEPEL, T. &
STILLWELL, D. (2012). Personality and patterns of Facebook
usage. ACM Web Sciences, 1-9. [PDF]
VALENZUELA, S., PARK, N. & KEE, K.F. (2009). Is there
social capital in a social network site ? : Facebook use
and college students' life satisfaction, trust and
participation. Journal of Computer-Mediated
Communication, 14, 875-901.
WALSH, J.L., FIELDER, R.L., CAREY, K.B. & CAREY, M.P.
(2013). Female college students' media use and academic
outcomes : results from a longitudinal cohort study. Emerging
Adulthood, 1 (3), 219-232.
JELENCHICK, L.A., EICKHOFF, J.C. & MORENO, M.A.
(2013). "Facebook depression ?" Social networking site use
and depression in older adolescents. Journal of
Adolescence Health, 52 (1), 128-130. [PDF]
CHRISTOFIDES, E, MUISE, A. & DESMARAIS, S. (2009).
Information disclosure and control on Facebook : are they
two sides of the same coin or two different processes ? Cyberpsychology
Behavior, 12 (3), 341-345.
FENN, K.M. GRIFFIN, N.R., UITVLUGT, M.G. & RAVIZZA,
S.M. (2014). The effect of Twitter exposure on false
memory formation. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
21 (6), 1551-1556. [PDF]
KIMMEL, A.J. & KITCHEN, P.J. (2014). Word of
mouth and social media. New York : Routlledge.
ZUBIAGA, A. & JI, H. (2014). Tweet, but verify :
epistemic study of information verification on Twitter. Social
Network Analysis & Mining, 4 (1), 1-12.
ROSS, C., ORR, E.S., SISIC, M., ARSENEAULT, J.M.
SIMMERING, M.G. & ORR, R.R. (2009). Personality and
motivations associated with Facebook use. Computers
in Human Behavior, 25 (2), 578-586.
RIDEOUT, V.J., FOEHR, V.G. & ROBERTS, D.F. (2015). Generation
M2 : media in the lives of 8-18 year-olds. Kaiser
Family Foundation.
[PDF]
BAKSHY, E., MESSING, S. & ADAMIC, L.A. (2015).
Exposure to ideologically diverse news and opinion on
Facebook. Science, 348 (6239), 1130–1132.
McFARLAND, L.A. & PLOYHART, R.E. (2015). Social media
: A conceptual framework to guide research and practice. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 100, 1653-1677.
VAN ZOONEN, W., VERHOEVEN, J.W. & VLIEGENTHART, R.
(2016). Social media's dark side : Inducing boundary
conflicts. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 31 (8),
1297-1311.
ZUBIAGA, A., LIAKATA, M., PROCTER, R., WONGSAKHOI G. &
TOLMI, P. (2016). Analysing how people orient to and
spread rumours in social media by looking at
conversational threads. PLOS One, 11, [3], 1-29.
[PDF]
PAUL, A. & MORRISSON, K. (2017). Does your Facebook
profile help you or harm you ? Examining the effect of
information seeking strategies on relational outcomes in
social networking sites. Journal of Communication, 3
(1), 1-23
ANDERSON, M, & JIANG, J. (2018). Teens, social
media, and technology. Pew Research Center.
MORENO, M.A., STANDIFORD, M. & CODY, P. (2018). Social
media and adolescent health. Current Pediatrics
Reports, 6 (5), 132-138. [PDF]
HAMILTON, J.L., MORENO, M.A., BIENESSER, C., PORTA, G.,
HAMILTON, E., JOHNSON, K., POLING, K.D., SALOLSKY, D.,
BRENT, D.A. & GOLDSTEIN, T.G. (2021). Social media
use and prospective suicidal thoughts and behaviors
among adolescents at high risk for suicide. Suicide
& Life-Threatening Behavior, 51 (6),
1203-1212. [PDF]
Médiagraphie : Mot nouvellement forgé pour tenir compte des sources
non-physiques d'information disponible par l'intermédiaire de
l'ordinateur ou de la télévision (EX: article scientifique
disponible par internet ou extrait d'une émission de télévision).
On l'utilise de plus en plus pour remplacer Références
ou bibliographie, un
peu à l'instar de Centre de diffusion de l'information, qui
remplace souvent bibliothèque (!?) NDLR : Ce
terme me semble parfaitement inutile puisque le mot Références
désigne déjà l'ensemble des sources (peu importe le support).
IACOBUCCI, D., POSAVAC, S.S., KARDE, F.R., SCHNEIDER, M.J.
& POPOVICH, D.L. (2015). Toward a more nuanced
understanding of the statistical properties of a median
split. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 25 (4),
652-665.
[PDF]
McCLELLAND, G.H., LYNCH, J.G., IRWIN, J.R., SPILLER, S.A.
& FITZSIMONS, G.J. (2015). Median splits, type II
errors, and false positive consumer psychology : Don't
fight the power. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 25
(4), 679-689.
WILCOX, R.R. (1991). Nonparametric analysis of covariance
based on predicted medians. British Journal of
Mathematical & Statistical Psychology, 44,221-230.
IACOBUCCI, D., POSAVAC, S.S., KARDE, F.R., SCHNEIDER, M.J.
& POPOVICH, D.L. (2015). The median split : Robust,
refined, and revived. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 25 (4), 690-704.
[PDF]
Médiation : Médiateur : Intervention d'un tiers lors d'une négociation
difficile ou lors d'un conflit,
qui vise à rapprocher les parties ou à les convaincre d'adopter
une solution commune. Mediator.
PRUITT, D.G. (1995). Process and outcome in community
mediation. Negotiation Journal, 11, 365-377.
FISHER-LOKOU, J. et GUÉGUEN, N. (1997). Processus
d'influence dans la situation de médiation et modèle de la
conversion minoritaire. Cahiers Internationaux de
Psychologie Sociale, 35, 12-29. [PDF]
KABAT-ZINN, J., CHAPMAN, A. & SALMON, P. (1997). The
relationship of cognitive and somatic components of
anxiety to patient preference for alternative relaxation
techniques. Mind/Body Medicine, 2, 101-109.
FISHER-LOKOU, J. et GUÉGUEN, N. (2000). Processus de
persuasion en situation de médiation : Effets du pouvoir
et de l'innovation. Psychologie Canadienne, 41
(4), 267-278.
[PDF]
FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). Impact of a
mediator, mutual representation of the negociators and
decision making in a dyad : evaluation in the case of
computer-mediated-communication. Studia Psychologica,
43 (1), 13-21. [PDF]
FISHER-LOKOU, J. et GUÉGUEN, N. (2004). Influence non
verbale dans le cadre de la médiation : effets du toucher
et du statut sur la prédisposition à atteindre un accord.
Cahiers Internationaux de Psychologie Sociale, 61,
35-42. [PDF]
WHITAKER, R. (2004). The case against antipsychotic
drugs : a 50-year record of doing more harm than good.
Medical Hypotheses, 62 (1), 5-13.
Medical Science Monitor :Revue
scientifique de médecine.
Éditeur : International Scientific Information, Inc.
PACHALSKA, M., LUKOWICZ, M., KROPOTOV, J.D.,
HERMAN-SUCHARSKA, I. & TALAR, J. (2011). Evaluation
of differentiated neurotherapy programs for a patient
after severe TBI and long term coma using event-related
potentials. Medical Science Monitor, 17 (10),
120-128. [PDF]
CONRAD, P. (1975). The discovery of hyperkinesis : Notes
on the medicalization of deviant behavior. Social
Problems, 23 (1), 12-21.
MOLLOY, H. (2002). The social construction of Asperger
syndrome : The pathologizing of difference. Disability
& Society, 17 (6), 659-670.
CONRAD, P. (1908). Implications of changing social Policy
for the medicalization of deviance. Contemporary
Crises, 4 (2), 195-205.
TIMIMI, S. (2005). ADHD : The medicalisation of naughty
boys. Human Givens, 12, 10-15.
CONRAD, P. & SCHNEIDER, J.W. (1980). Deviance and
medicalization : From badness to sickness. St.
Louis, MO : C.V. Mosby Company.
PIGNARRE, P. (2006). Les malheurs des psys :
psychotropes et médicalisation du social. Paris :
La Découverte.
CONRAD, P. (1992). Medicalization and social control. Annual
Review of Sociology, 18, 209-232.
LANE, C. (2007). Shyness. How normal behavior became
a sickness. New Haven : Yale Univesity Press. / Comment
la psychiatrie et l'industrie pharmaceutique ont
médicalisé nos émotions. Paris : Flammarion.
TIMIMI, S. (2002). Pathological child psychiatry and
the medicalization of childhood. Hove, UK :
Brunner-Routledge.
CONRAD, P. (2007). The medicalization of society : On
the transformation of human conditions into treatable
disorders. Johns Hopkins University Press.
KAVALE, E., HASLAM, N. & GOTTDIENER, W. (2013). The
'side-effects' of medicalization : A meta-analytic review
of how biogenetic explanations affect stigma. Clinical
Psychology Review, 33, 782-794.
LUYS, J.B. (1887). Phénomènes produits par l'action des
médicaments à distance. L'Encéphale, 7, 74-81.
COHEN, D., McCUBBIN, M., COLLIN, J. & PERODEAU, G.
(2001). Medications as social phenomena. Health, 5
(4), 441-469.
SZASZ, T. (1974). Ceremonial chemistry : The ritual
persecution of drugs, addicts, and pushers. Holmes
Beach : Learning Publications. Wesport, CT : Greenwood
Press.
COHEN, D. (2003). The psychiatric medication history :
Context, meaning, and purpose. Social Work in Mental
Health, 1 (4), 5-28.
HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1980). The many messages of
medication : Hyperactive children's perceptions and
attributions. In S. Salzinger, J. Antrobus & J. Glick
(Eds.), The ecosystem of the "sick" child :
Implications for classification and intervention
(pp. 141-166). New York : Academic Press.
SLOVIC, P., PETERS, E., GRANA, J., BERGER, S. & DIECK,
G.S. (2007). Risk perception of prescription drugs :
Results of a national survey. Drug Information
Journal, 41 (1), 81-100.
COHEN, D. (1994). Les "nouveaux" médicaments de l'esprit.
Sociologie et Sociétés, 28 (2), 17-33.
FLORA, S.R. (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why
behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD,
OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems.
New York : University of New York Press.
CAILLOUX-COHEN, S. & COHEN, D. (1995). Guide
critique des médicaments de l'âme. Montréal :
Éditions de l'Homme.
MONCRIEFF, J. (2006). Psychiatric drug promotion and the
politics of neoliberalism. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 188, 301-302. [PDF]
NEWCOMER, J.W. & HAUPRT, D.W. (2006). The metabolic
effects of antipsychotic medications. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 51, 480-491. [PDF]
STIRRATT, M.J., DUNBAR-JACOB, J. CRANE, H.M., SIMONI,
J.M., CZAJKOWSKI, S., HILLIARD, M.E., AIKENS, J.E.,
HUNTER, C.M., VELLIGAN, D.I., HUNTLEY, K., OGEDEGBE, G.,
RAND, C.S., SCHRON, E. & NILSEN, W.J. (2015).
Self-report measures of medication adherence behavior :
recommendations on optimal use. Translational
Behavioral Medicine, 5 (4), 470-482. [PDF]
BARTLETT-ELLIS, R.J., CARMON, A.F. & PIKE, C. (2016).
A review of immediacy and implications for
provider-patient relationships to support medication
management. Patient Prefer & Adherence, 10, 9-18.
[PDF]
Médicament
à dose critique : Médicament
dont les variations dans le dosage,
même faibles, peuvent entraîner chez le patient des conséquences
graves, voire la mort.EX
:lithium.
Médicament générique : Médicament
dont la subtance
active (le princeps) est identique ou bioéquivalente
à un médicament
original breveté; le faux ne se distingue du vrai que par
son apparence (une pilule triangulaire plutôt que ronde) et les
autres produits neutres et secondaires (excipients) qui entrent
dans sa fabrication. En principe, la posologie, les effets secondaires
et le degré d'innocuité
du générique sont identiques à ceux de l'original.
= copie.
( ): Générique en
copie parfaite, générique essentiellement similaire, générique
légèrement différent quant à la forme.
/Produit original, molécule d'origine.
Generic.
CRAWFORD, P., HALL, W.W., CHAPPELL, B., COLLINGS, J. & STEWART, A. (1996). Generic prescribing for epilepsy : is
it safe ? Seizure, 5, 1-5.
BESAG, F.M. (2000). Is generic prescribing acceptable in
epilepsy ? Drug Safety, 23, 173-182.
GUBERMAN, A. & CORMAN, C. (2000). Generic substitution
for brand name antiepileptic drugs : a survey. The
Canadian Journal of Neurological Sciences 27, 37-43.
Médicament homéopathique : Médicament
dont la fabrication repose sur les principes pseudoscientifiques
de l'homéopathie. Pour être vendus
en pharmacie, ces produits doivent posséder une licence et une identification
numérique particulière (DIN-HM).Homeopathic
medicine,homeopathic treatment.
HOFMEYR, G.J., PICCIONI, V. & BLAUHOF, P. (1990).
Postpartum homoeopathic Arnica montana : a potency-finding
pilot study. British Journal of Clinical Practice, 44,
619–621.
JACOBS, L., JIMENEZ, L.M., GLOYD, S.S., GALE, J.L. &
CROTHERS, D. (1994). Treatment of acute childhood diarrhea
with homeopathic medicine : a randomized clinical trial in
Nicaragua. Pediatrics, 93 (5), 719-725.
GUGGISBERG, A., BAUMGARTNER, S., TSCHOPP, C. &
HAUSSER, P. (2005). Replication study concerning the
effects of homeopathic dilutions of histamine on human
basophil degranulation in vitro. Complementary
Therapies in Medicine, 13 (2), 91-100.
SAMPSON, W.I. & LONDON, W. (1995). Analysis of
homeopathic treatment of childhood diarrhea.
Pediatrics, 96, 961-964.
STEVINSON, C., DEVARAJ, V.S., FOUNTAIN-BERBER, A.,
HAWKINS, S. & ERNST.E. (2002). Homeopathic arnica for
prevention of pain and bruising : randomized
placebo-controlled trial in hand surgery. Journal of
the Royal Society of Medecine, 96, 60-65. [PDF]
ERNST, E. & PITTLER, M.H. (1998). Efficacy of
homeopathic arnica : A systematic review of
placebo-controlled clinical trials. Archives of
Surgery, 133 (11), 1187-1190.
Médication : Médicalisation (Sur-) : Tendance à
recourir à des médicaments
pour résoudre un problème de santé physique ou mentale
alors qu'il existe des moyens plus efficaces
ou tout aussi efficaces et surtout moins coûteux d'aider et de
guérir un malade. EX: Certains médecins
prescrivent des antidépresseurs à des patients qui
s'emmerdent dans la vie ou qui ont des difficultés au travail,
alors qu'une thérapie pourrait donner d'aussi bons résultats, à
moindre coût ; prescription de médicament pour réduire le
cholestérol alors qu'un régime alimentaire et de l'exercice/sport
pourraient donner des résultats similaires ou supérieurs chez un
grand nombre de patients. Surmédication, sevrageetindustrie
pharmaceutique./Démédicalisation.
Overmedicalization, overpathologizing.
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. & ALEXANDER, B.K. (1985). Why treat
doctors like pushers ? Canadian Medical Association
Journal, 132 (4), 337-341.
FLORA, S.R. (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why
behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD,
OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems.
New York : University of New York Press.
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1988). Blaming the brain : The
truth about drugs and mental health. New York :
Free Press.
LANE, C. (2007). Shyness. How normal behavior became
a sickness. New Haven : Yale Univesity Press. / Comment
la psychiatrie et l'industrie pharmaceutique ont
médicalisé nos émotions. Paris : Flammarion.
CAILLOUX-COHEN, S. & COHEN, D. (1995). Guide
critique des médicaments de l'âme. Montréal :
Éditions de l'Homme.
WALDINGER, M.D. (2008). Not medical solutions, but
overmedicalization by pharmaceutical company policies
endanger both sexological care, science, and sexual
medicine. A commentary. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 34 (3), 179-183.
SAFER, D. (2000). Are stimulants overprescribed for youths
with ADHD ? Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 12,
55-62.
DOUBLE, D.B. (2011). Why were doctors so slow to recognise
antidepressant discontinuation problems ? In M. Rapley, J.
Moncrieff & J. Dillon (Eds.), Demedicalizing
misery : Psychiatry, psychology and the human condition.
Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan.
[LIRE]
WAKEFIELD, J.C. HORWITZ, A.V. & SCHMITZ, M.F. (2005).
Are we overpathologizing the socially anxious ? Social
phobia from a harmful dysfunction perspective. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 50, 317-319. [PDF]
BILLIEUX, J., SCHIMMENTI, A., KHAZAAL, Y., MAURAGE, P.
& HEEREN, A. (2015). Are we overpathologizing everyday
life ? A tenable blueprint for behavioral addiction
research. Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 4,
119-123. [PDF]
MEDIN, D.L. (1972). Role of reinforcement in
discrimination learning set in monkeys. Psychological
Bulletin, 77, 234-238.
MEDIN, D.L. (1989). Concepts and conceptual structure. American
Psychologist, 44, 1469-1481.
MEDIN, D.L., GOLDSTONE, R.L. & GENTNER, D. (1990).
Similarity involving attributes and relations : Judgments
of similarity and difference are not inverses. Psychological
Science, 1 (1), 64-69. [PDF]
MEDIN, D.L., GOLDSTONE, R.L. & GENTNER, D. (1993).
Respects for similarity. Psychological Review, 100, 254-278.
[PDF]
MEDIN, D.L., GOLDSTONE, R.L. & MARKMAN, A.B. (1995).
Comparison and choice : Relations between similarity
processes and decision processes. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 2 (1), 1-19.
[PDF]
Méditation
:Technique de
relaxation qui consiste à se couper du monde pour mieux se
concentrer sur ses pensées
et ses sensations.
= Faire le vide. Meditation.
WALLACE, R.K. & BENSON, H. (1972). The physiology of
meditation. Scientific American, 226, 84-90.
ANDRESEN, J. (2000). Meditation meets behavioural medicine
: The story of experimental research on meditation. Journal
of Consciousness Studies, 7, 17-73.
WOOLFOLK, R.L., CARR-KAFFASHAN, L., McNULTY, T.F. & LEHRER, P.M. (1976). Meditation training as a treatment for insomnia. Behavior Therapy, 7, 359-365.
WEST, M. (1979). Meditation. British Journal of
Psychiarry 135, 457-467.
SMITH, J.C. (1986). Meditation, biofeedback, and the
relaxation controversy : A cognitive-behavioral
perspective. American Psychologist, 41,
1007-1009.
ARAMBULA, P., PEPER, E., KAWAKAMI, M. & GIBNEY, K. H.
(2001). The physiological correlates of Kundalini yoga
meditation : A study of a yoga master. Applied
Psychophysiology & Biofeedback, 26, 147-153.
WEST, M.A. (Ed.), The psychology of meditation.
Oxford, England : Clarendon Press.
AFTANAS, L.I. & GOLOCHEIKINE, S.A. (2002). Non-linear
dynamic complexity of the human EEG during meditation. Neuroscience
Letters, 330, 143-146.
ALEXANDER, C.N., LANGER, E.J., NEWMAN, R.I., CHANDLER,
H.M. & DAVIES, J.L. (1989). Transcendental meditation,
mindfulness, and longevity : An experimental study with
the elderly. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 57, 950-964.
AFTANAS, L.I. & GOLOCHEIKINE, S.A. (2003). Changes in
cortical activity in altered states of consciousness : The
study of meditation by high-resolution EEG. Human
Physiology, 29, 143-151.
BLACKMORE, S. (1991). Is meditation good for you ? New
Scientist, 6, 30-33.
AFTANAS, L.I. & GOLOCHEIKINE, S.A. (2005). Impact of
regular meditation practice on EEG activity at rest and
during evoked negative emotions. International
Journal of Neuroscience, 115, 893-909.
Méditation bouddhiste : Forme de méditation. Méditation bouddhiste etbouddhiste.Buddhist meditation, buddhist psychology
applied.
THERA, N. (1962). The heart of Buddhist meditation :
A handbook of mental training based on the Buddha's way
of mindfulness. London : Rider and Company.
KABAT-ZINN, J. (1993). Mindfulness meditation : Health
benefits of an ancient Buddhist practice. In D. Goleman
& J. Gurin (Eds.), Mind/body medicine (pp.
259-275). Yonkers, NY : Consumer Reports Books.
TONEATTO, T. (2002). Metacognitive therapy for anxiety
disorders : Buddhist psychology applied. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 9, 72-78.
WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & KABAT-ZINN, J. (2011). Mindfulness
: diverse perspectives on its meaning, origins, and
multiple applications at the intersection of science and
dharma. Contemporary Buddhism : An Interdisciplinary
Journal, 12 (1), 1-18. [PDF]
Méditation
en pleine consience : Forme de
méditation développée par Kabat-Zinn,
qui consiste à prendre conscience du moment présent, puis à se
concentrer sur ce moment afin d'en découvrir les multiples
facettes. Élément essentiel de la thérapie
cognitive en pleine conscience.=
CAD (conscience, attention, découverte).
Mindfulness, mindfulness meditation.
KABAT-ZINN, J., LIPWORTH, L. & BURNEY, R. (1985). The
clinical use of mindfulness meditation for the
self-regulation of chronic pain. Journal of
Behavioral Medicine, 8, 163-190.
LAU, M.A. & McMAIN, S.F. (2005). Integrating
mindfulness meditation with cognitive and behavioural
therapies : The challenge of combining acceptance- and
change-based strategies. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 50, 863-869. [PDF]
KABAT-ZINN, J., LIPWORTH, L., BURNEY, R. & SELLERS, W.
(1986). Four year follow-up of a meditation-based program
for the self-regulation of chronic pain : Treatment
outcomes and compliance. The Clinical Journal of
Pain, 2, 159-173.
BAER, R.A., FISCHER, S. & HUSS, D.B. (2005),
Mindfulness and acceptance in the treatment of disordered
eating. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 23 (4), 281-300. [PDF]
SILANANDA, U. (1990). The four foundations of
mindfulness. Boston : Wisdom Publications.
KRISTELLER, J.L. BAER, R.A. & QUILLIAN-WOLEVER, R.
(2006). Characteristics and prevalence of eating
disorders. In R. Baer (Ed.), Mindfulness-based
approaches to eating disorders. New York : Guilford
Press. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
KABAT-ZINN, J. (1993). Mindfulness meditation : Health
benefits of an ancient Buddhist practice. In D. Goleman
& J. Gurin (Eds.), Mind/body medicine (pp.
259-275). Yonkers, NY : Consumer Reports Books.
BAER, R.A., SMITH, G.T., HOPKINS, J., KRIETEMEYER, J.
& TONEY, L. (2006). Using self-report assessment
methods to explore facets of mindfulness. Assessment,
13, 27-45.
ASTIN, J.A. (1997). Stress reduction through mindfulness
meditation. Effects on psychological symptomatology, sense
of control, and spiritual experiences. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 66 (2), 97-106.
KRISTELLER, J.L. (2007). Mindfulness meditation. In P.
Lehrer, R.L. Woolfolk & W.E. Sime (2007). Principles
and practice of stress management. New York :
Guilford Press. [PDF]
BISHOP, S.R. (2002). What do we really know about
mindfulness-based stress reduction ? Psychosomatic
Medicine, 64 (1), 71-83.
LUDWIG, D.S. & KABAT-ZINN, J. (2008). Mindfulness in
medicine. Journal of American Medical Association, 300
(11), 1350-1352. [PDF]
BAER, R.A. (2003). Mindfulness training as a clinical
intervention : A conceptual and empirical review. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 10, 125-143.
PROULX, K. (2008). Experiences of women with bulimia
nervosa in a mindfulness-based eating disorder treatment
group. Eating Disorders, 16 (1), 52-72.
BROWN, K.W. & RYAN, R.M. (2003). The benefits of being
present : Mindfulness and its role in psychological
well-being. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 84, 822-848.
KABAT-ZINN, J. (2009). Au coeur de la tourmente, la
pleine conscience : MBSR, la réduction du stress basée
sur la mindfulness. Bruxelles : De Boeck.
BROWN, K.W. & RYAN, R.M. (2004). Perils and promise in
defining and measuring mindfulness : Observations from
experience. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 11 (3), 242-248. [PDF]
GROSSMAN, P., KAPPOS, L., GENSICKE, H., D'SOUZA, M., MOHR,
D.C., PENNER, I.K. & STEINER, C. (2010). MS quality of
life, depression, and fatigue improve after mindfulness
training : a randomized trial. Neurology, 75,
1141-1149. [PDF]
GROSSMAN, P., NIEMANN, L., SCHMIDT, S. & WALACH, H.
(2004). Mindfulness-based stress reduction and health
benefits. A meta-analysis. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 57 (1), 35-43.
WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & KABAT-ZINN, J. (2011). Mindfulness
: diverse perspectives on its meaning, origins, and
multiple applications at the intersection of science and
dharma. Contemporary Buddhism : An Interdisciplinary
Journal, 12 (1), 1-18. [PDF]
BAER, R.A., SMITH, G.T. & ALLEN, K.B. (2004).
Assessment of mindfulness by self-report : The Kentucky
Inventory of Mindfulness Skills. Assessment, 11, 191-206.
BISHOP, S.R., LAU, M.SHAPIRO, S., CARLSON, L., ANDERSON,
N.D., CARMODY, J., SEGAL, Z.V., ABBEY, S., SPECA, M.,
VELTING, D. & DEVINS, G. (2004). Mindfulness : A
proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology
: Science & Practice, 11 (3), 230-241. [PDF]
BUTRYN, M.L., JUARASCIO, A., SHAW, J., KERRIGAN, S.G.,
CLARK, V., O'PLAANNICK, A. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013).
Mindfulness and its relationship with eating disorders
symptomatology in women receiving residential treatment. Eating
Behaviors, 14, 13-16. [PDF]
Méditation
transcendentale : Forme de
méditation. Transcendental meditation.
ALEXANDER, C.N., LANGER E.J., NEWMAN, R.I., CHANDLER, H.M.
& DAVIES, J.L. (1989). Transcendental meditation,
mindfulness, and longevity : An experimental study with
the elderly. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 57, 950-964.
MacCORQUODALE, K. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948). On a
distinction between hypothetical constructs and
intervening variables. Psychological Review, 55, 95-107.
[PDF]
MEEHL, P.E. (1954). Clinical versus statistical
prediction : A theoretical analysis and a review of the
evidence. Minneapolis : University of Minnesota
Press.
[PDF]
MEEHL, P.E. (1989). Schizotaxia revisited. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 46, 935-944. [PDF]
MEEHL, P.E. (1992). The miracle argument for realism : An
important lesson to be learned by generalizing from
Carrier's counter-examples. Studies in History &
Philosophy of Science, 23, 267-282. [PDF]
MEEHL, P.E. (1997). The problem is epistemology, not
statistics : Replace significance tests by confidence
intervals and quantify accuracy of risky numerical
predictions. In L.L. Harlow, S.A. Mulaik & J.H.
Steiger (Eds.), What if there were no significance
tests ? Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF]
HENLEY, T.B. (1989). Meehl revisited : A look at paradigms
in psychology. Theoretical & Philosophical
Psychology, 9 (1), 30-36.
SCHOEFIELD, W. (1991). An appreciation [of Paul Meehl]. In
D. Cicchetti and W. M. Grove (Eds.), Thinking clearly
about psychology : Matters of public interest (Vol
1, pp. 12-17). Minneapolis, MN : University of Minnesota
Press.
FAUST, D. & WALLER, N. (2004). Paul E. Meehl
(1920-2003) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 59
(6), 557-558.
ROZEBOOM, W.W. (2005). Meehl on metatheory. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 61, 1317-1354. [PDF]
GROVE, W.M. (2005). Clinical versus statistical prediction
: The contribution of P.E. Meehl. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61 (10), 1233-1243.
[PDF]
THOMPSON, T. (2005). Paul E. Meehl and B.F. Skinner :
Autitaxia, autitypy, and autism. Behavior &
Philosophy, 33, 101-131. [PDF]
GROVE, W.M. & LLOYD, M. (2006). Meehl’s contribution
to clinical versus statistical prediction. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 115 (2), 192-194.
[PDF]
MEEUSEN, R. & DE MEIRIEIR, K. (1995). Exercise and
brain neurotransmission. Sports Medicine, 20, 160-188.
MEEUSEN, R., PIACENTINI, M.F. BUSSCHAERT, B., BUYSE, L.,
DE SCHUTTER, G. & STRAY-GUNDERSEN, J. (2004). Hormonal
response in athletes : the use of a two bout exercise
protocol to detect subtle differences in (over)training
status. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 91,
140-146.
MEEUSEN, R., DUCLOS, M., RIETJENS, G., STEINACKER, J.
& URHAUSEN, A. (2006). Prevention, diagnosis, and
treatment of the overtraining syndrome. European
Journal of Sport Science, 6, 1-14.
MEEUSEN, R., NEDERHOF, E., BUYSE, L., ROELANDS, B., DE
SCHUTTER, G. & PIACENTINI, M.F. (2010). Diagnosing
overtraining in athletes using the two-bout exercise
protocol. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 44,
642-648.
[PDF]
MEEUSEN, R., DUCLOS, M., FOSTER, C., FRY, A., GLEESON, M.,
NIEMAN, D, RAGLINS, J., RIETJENS, G., STEINACKER, J. &
URHAUSEN, A. (2013). Prevention, diagnosis, and treatment
of the overtraining syndrome : joint consensus statement
of the European College of Sport Science and the American
College of Sports Medicine. Medicine & Science in
Sports & Exercise, 45, 186-205.
Mégalomanie
: Mégalomane : Tendance maladive à se surestimer sur le
plan physique, psychologique ou social. EX: Je
suis l'homme le plus modeste de l'univers. L'un des symptômes de
la schizophrénie et
de la psychose. =
idées de grandeur. Megalomania.
Mehrabian
Albert (Iran 1939-) : Psychosociologue
américain d'origine irannienne et spécialiste des attitudes et de
la communication
non-verbale. Il a formulé une règle de partage de la
signification (7 % = verbal - 38 % = vocal 55 % = non-verbale). On
lui doit aussi le concept de
convivialilité sociale. Il a également proposé un test pour
mesurer les émotions et le
tempérament. Professeur de -
Russell.
MEHRABIAN, A. (1965). Communication length as an index of
communicator attitude. Psychological Reports, 17,
519-522.
MEHRABIAN, A. & FERRIS, S. (1967). Inference of
attitudes from nonverbal communication in two channels. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 31 (3), 248-252.
MEHRABIAN, A. (1969). Some referents and measures of
nonverbal behavior. Behavioral Research Methods &
Instrumentation, 1, 213-217.
MEHRABIAN, A. (1970). The development and validation of
measures of affiliative tendency and sensitivity to
rejection. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 30, 417-428.
MEHRABIAN, A. (1978). Measures of individual differences
in temperament. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 38, 1105-1117.
JOHNSON, C.E. (1994). The 7%, 38%, 55% myth. Anchor
Point, 8 (7), 32-36.
PEARSON, J.E. (1997). Debunking the 55%, 38%, 7% rule. The
Toastmaster, 63 (11), 24-26.
OESTREICH, H. (1999). Let's dump the 55%, 38%, 7%. Transitions,
7 (2), 11-14.[PDF]
LAPAKKO, D. (2007). Communication is 93% nonverbal : An
urban legend proliferates. Communication &
Theater Association of Minnesota Journal, 34, 7-19.
[PDF]
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. & GOODMAN, J. (1971). Training
impulsive children to talk to themselves : A means of
developing self-control. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 77, 115-126.
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1972). Cognitive modification of test
anxious college students. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 39, 370-380.
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1977). Cognitive-behavior
modification : An integrative approach. New York :
Plenum Press.
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1979). Cognitive behavior modification
: The need for a fairer assessment. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 3 (2), 127-132.
GOLDSAMT, L.A., GOLDFRIED, M.R., HAYES, A.M. & KERR,
S. (1992). Beck, Meichanbaum, and Strupp : a comparison of
three therapies on the dimension of therapist feedback. Psychotherapy,
29, 167-176.
MEINONG, A. (1899). Über gegenstände höherer ordung und
deren verhältnis zur inneren wahrnehmung. Zeitschrift
für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane, 24,
34-82.
BERGMANN, G. (1967). Realism : A critique of Brentano
and Meinong. Madison : University of Wisconsin
Press.
TEGTMEIER, E. (2000). Meinong’s complexes. The
Monist, 83, 89-100.
SIERSZULSKA, A. (2005). Meinong on meaning and truth.
Frankfurt : Ontos Verlag.
BONINO, G. (2006). Why there are no facts in Meinong’s
world (according to Gustav Bergmann). Meinong
Studies, 2, 239-266.
MEIRIEU, P. (1993). L’envers du tableau : quelle
pédagogie pour quelle école ? Paris : ESF.
MEIRIEU, P. (1995). La pédagogie est-elle soluble dans les
sciences de l'éducation ? Cahiers pédagogiques, 334,
31-34.
TARDIF, J. et MEIRIEU, P. (1996). Stratégie pour favoriser
le transfert des connaissances. Vie pédagogique, 98,
4-7.
MEIRIEU, P. et DEVELAY, M. (Dirs.) (1996). Le
transfert des connaissances en formation initiale et
continue. Lyon : Centre régional de documentation
pédagogique de l’Académie de Lyon.
MEIRIEU, P. (2004). Faire l'école, faire la classe.
Paris : ESF.
Méiose
: Dans un organisme,
forme de division cellulaire
qui, à partir d'une cellule-mère contenant x paires de chromosomes
(23 chez l'humain), crée à la fin d'un processus en deux temps,
quatre cellules-filles (ou gamètes) distinctes dont le nombre de chromosomes
est exactement la moitié moindre que le nombre contenu dans le
noyau de la cellule-mère. Cett forme de division cellulaire a été
découverte par Van Beneden (1883-1884). Méiose et mitose.
=reproduction
sexuée, divison celluaire, mélange des gènes paternels et
maternels. Meiosis, double cell division.
VANBENEDEN, E. & NEYT, A. (1887). Nouvelles recherches
sur la fecondation et la division cellulaire
karyokinetlque chez l'ascaris du cheval. Moniteur
Belge, 232, 2497-2498.
HAMOIR, G. (1992). The discovery of meiosis by E. Van
Beneden, a breakthrough in the morphological phase of
heredity. International Journal of Developmental
Biology, 36, 9-15. [PDF]
HURST, L. & NURSE, P. (1991). A note on the evolution
of meiosis. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 150,561–563.
HOLIDAY, R. (2006). Meiosis and sex: potent weapons in the
competition between early eukaryotes and prokaryotes. BioEssays,
28, 1123-1125.
WILKINS, A.S. & HOLLIDAY, R. (2009). The evolution of
meiosis from mitosis. Genetics, 181, 3-12. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
MEIRAN, N. (1996). Reconfiguration of processing mode
prior to task performance. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 22 (6),
1423-1442. [PDF]
MEIRAN, N. (2000). Modeling cognitive control in
task-switching. Psychological Research, 63, 234-249.
[PDF]
MEIRAN, N., CHOREV, Z. & SAPIR, A. (2000). Component
processes in task switching. Cognitive Psychology, 41,
211-253. [PDF]
MEIRAN, N., HOMMEL, B., BIBI, U. & LEV I. (2002).
Consciousness and control in task switching. Consciousness
& Cognition, 11, 10-33. [PDF]
MEIRAN, N., FRIEDMAN, G. & YEHENE, Y. (2004).
Parkinson's disease is associated with goal setting
deficits during task switching. Brain &
Cognition, 54, 260-262. [PDF]
MEISSMER, C.A. & BRIGHAM, J.C. (2001). A meta-analysis
of the verbal overshadowing effect in face identification.
Applied Cognitive, 15, 603-616. [PDF]
MEISSMER, C.A., BRIGHAM, J.C. & KELLEY, C.M. (2001).
The influence of retrieval processes in verbal
overshadowing. Memory & Cognition, 29,
176-186.
MEISSMER, C.A. (2002). Applied aspects of the
instructional bias effect in verbal overshadowing. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 16, 911-928.
MEISSMER, C.A. & MEMON, A. (2002). Verbal
overshadowing : A special issue exploring theoretical and
applied issues. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 16
(8), 869-872.
MEISSMER, C.A., SPORER, S.L. & SUSA, K.J. (2008). A
theoretical and meta-analytic review of the relationship
between verbal descriptions and identification accuracy in
memory for faces. European Journal of Cognitive
Psychology, 20, 414-455.
Meissner
Karin ( ) : Médecin allemande et
spéciialiste de l'étude de l'effet
placebo. Collaboratrice de
Wager.
MEISSMER, K., DISTEL, H. & MITZDORK, U. (2007).
Evidence for placebo effects on physical but not on
biochemical outcome parameters : a review of clinical
trials. BMC Medicine, 5 (3), 1-11.
[PDF]
MEISSMER, K. (2009). Effects of placebo interventions on
gastric motility and general autonomic activity. Journal
of Psychosomatics Research, 66, 391-398.
MEISSMER, K. (2011). The placebo effect and the autonomic
nervous system : Evidence for an intimate relationship. Philosophical
transactions from the Royal Society B, 366,
1808-1817.
MEISSMER, K. BINGEL, U., COLLOCA, L., WAGER, TD., WATSON,
A. & FLATEN, M.A. (2011). The placebo effect :
Advances from different methodological approaches. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 31 (45), 16117-16124. [PDF]
MEISSMER, K. & ZIEP, D. (2011). Organ-specificity of
placebo effects on blood pressure. Autonomic
Neuroscience, 164, 62-66.
BINSWANGER, L. (1963). Mélancolie et manie.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
PARKER, G. & HADZI-PAVLOVIC, D. (Eds.) (1996).
Melancholia : A disorder of movement and mood. New
York : Cambridge University Press.
ZIMMERMAN, M. & SPITZER, R.L. (1989). Melancholia :
From DSM-Ill to DSM-III-R. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 146, 20-28.
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1998). Meaning and melancholia : Why DSM
cannot (entirely) ignore the patient's intentional system.
In J.W. Barron (Ed.), Making diagnosis meaningful :
Enhancing evaluation and treatment of psychological
disorders (pp. 29-72). Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association Press.
PERRY, W. & VIGLIONE, D.J. (1991). The Ego Impairment
Index as a predictor of outcome in melancholic depressed
patients treated with tricyclic antidepressants. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 56 (3), 487-501.
PARKER, G. (2002). Olanzapine augmentation in the
treatment of melancholia : the trajectory of improvement
in rapid responders. International Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 17, 87-89.
VUOSKOSKI, J.K., THOMPSON, W.F., McILWIN, D. & ERROLA,
T. (2012). Who enjoys listening to sad music and why ?
Music Perception, 29 (3), 311-318. [PDF]
Melanchthon
Philippe (Bretten 1497-1560 Wittenberg) :Philosophe et
théologien allemand. Selon certains historiens
des sciences, il fut le premier à utiliser le mot psychologie
(au XVIe siècle).
WURTMAN, R.J., AXELROD, J. & PHILLIPS, L.S. (1963).
Melatonin synthesis in the pineal gland : Control by
light. Science, 142 (3595), 1071-1073. [PDF]
THAPAN, K., ARENDT, J. & SKENE, D.J. (2001). An action
spectrum for melatonin suppression : evidence for a novel
non-rod, non-cone photoreceptor system in humans. Journal
of Physiology, 535, 261-267.
WURTMAN, R.J., AXELROD, J. & FISHER, J.E. (1964).
Melatonin synthesis in the pineal gland : Effect of light
mediated by the sympathic nervous system. Science,
143, 1328-1330. [PDF]
BRAINARD, G.C., HANIFIN, J.P., GREESON, J.M., BYRNE, B.,
GLICKMAN, G. GERNER, E. & ROLLAG, M.P. (2001). Action
spectrum for melatonin regulation in humans : evidence for
a novel circadian photoreceptor. Journal of
Neuroscience, 21 (16), 6405-6412. [PDF]
WURTMAN, R.J., AXELROD, J. & CHU, E.W. (1965).
Melatonin, a pineal substance : effect on the rat ovary.
Science, 141 (3577), 277-278.
WURTMAN, R.J. & AXELROD, J. (1966). Effect of
chlorpromazine and other drugs on the disposition of
circulating melatonin. Nature, 212 (5059),
312-314. [PDF]
WETTERBERG, L. (1978). Melatonin in humans. Journal
of Neural Transmission, 13, 289-310.
ATKINSON, G., DRUST, B., REILLY, T. & WATERHOUSE, J.
(2003). The relevance of melatonin to sports medicine and
science. Sports Medicine, 33, 809-831.
LIEBERMAN, H.R., WALDHAUSER, F., GARFIELD, G., LYNCH, H.J.
& WURTMAN, R.J. (1984). Effects of melatonin on human
mood and performance. Brain Research, 323,
201-207. [PDF]
WURTMAN, R.J. (2004). Melatonin. In G. Adelman, B.H.
Smith, eds.) (Eds.), Encyclopedia of neuroscience. Elsevier
Science.
BRAINARD, G.C., RICHARDSON, B.D., HUBRID, E., STEENLECHNER
S., MATTHEWS, S.A. & REITER, R.J. (1984). The
influence of various irradiances of artificial light,
twilight, and moonlight on the suppression of pineal
melatonin content in the Syrian hamster. Journal of
Pineal Research, 1 (2), 105-119.
BEAUMONT, M., BATÉJAT, D., PIÉRARD, C., VAN BEERS, P.,
DENIS, J.B., COSTE, O., DOIREAU P., CHAUFFARD, F., FRENCH,
J. & LAGARDE, D. (2004). Caffeine or melatonin effects
on sleep and sleepiness after rapid eastward transmeridian
travel. Journal of Applied Physiology, 96,
50-58. [PDF]
BRAINARD, G.C., RUBERG, F.M., BARKER, F.M., ROLLAG, M.P.
& HANIFIN, J.P. (1994). Pineal melatonin regulation in
normal humans : Role o f ocular mechanism. Acta
Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, 54, 111
WRIGHT, H., LACK, L. & BOOTZIN, R. (2006).
Relationship between dim light melatonin onset and the
timing of sleep in sleep onset insomniacs. Sleep &
Biological Rhythms, 4, 78-81.
BROWN, G.M. (1994). Light, melatonin and the sleep-wake
cycle. Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 19
(5), 345-353.
PANDI-PERUMAL, S.M., SRINIVASAN, V., SPENCE, D.W. &
CARDINALI, D.P. (2007). Role of the melatonin system in
the control of sleep : Therapeutic implications. CNS
Drugs, 21, 995-1018.
HARMA, M., AITINEN, J., PARTINEN, M. & SUVANTO, S.
(1994). The effect of four-day round trip flights over 10
time zones on the circadian variation of salivary
melatonin and cortisol in airline flight attendants.
Ergonomics, 37 (9), 1479-1489.
BJORVATN, B., STANGENES, K., OYANE, N., FORBERG, K.,
LOWDEN, A., HOLSTEN, F. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2007).
Randomized placebo-controlled field study of the effects
of bright light and melatonin in adaptation to night work.
Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment &
Health, 33 (3), 204-215. [PDF]
LEWY, A.J., AHMED, S. & SACK, R.L. (1995). Phase
shifting the human circadian clock using melatonin.
Behavioural Brain Research, 73, 131-134.
ERREN, T.C. & REITER, R.J. (2010). Axelrod, the pineal
and the melatonin hypothesis : lessons of 50 years to
shape chronodisruption research. Neuro Endocrinology
Letters, 31 (5), 585-587.
BRAINARD, G.C., ROLLAG, M.P. & HANIFIN, J.P. (1997).
Photic regulation of melatonin in humans : ocular and
neural signal transduction. Journal of Biological
Rhythms, 12 (6), 537-546. [PDF]
WURTMAN, R.J. (2012). Physiology and clinical use of
melatonin. UpToDate[PDF]
MELLGREN, R.L. (1982). Foraging in simulated natural
environment : There's a rat loose in the lab. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (1),
93-100. [PDF]
MELLGREN, R.L., MISASI, L. & BROWN, S.W. (1984).
Optimal foraging theory : Prey density and travel
requirements in Rattus norvegicus. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 98, 142-153. [PDF]
MELLGREN, R.L. (1985). Outcome and mechanism in foraging.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 8, 344-345.
MELLGREN, R.L. & BROWN, S.W. (1988). Discrimination
learning in a foraging situation. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 50 (3), 493-503.
[PDF]
MELLGREN, R.L., MANN, M.A., BUSHONG, M.E., HARKINS, S.R.
& KEATHLEY, V.L. (2003). Habitat selection and
antipredator behavior in three species of hatchling sea
turtles. International Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 16, 156-171. [PDF]
MELLO, Z.R. & WORRELL, F.C. (2006). The relationship
of time perspective to age, gender, and academic
achievement among academically talented adolescents.
Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 29,
271-289. [PDF]
MELLO, Z.R. & SWANSON, D.P. (2007). Gender differences
in African American adolescents' personal, educational,
and occupational expectations and perceptions of
neighborhood quality. Journal of Black Psychology,
33, 150-168. [PDF]
MELLO, Z.R. (2008). Gender variation in developmental
trajectories of educational and occupational expectations
and attainment from adolescence to adulthood.
Developmental Psychology, 44, 1069–1080. [PDF]
MELLO, Z.R. (2009). Racial/ethnic group and socioeconomic
status variation in educational and occupational
expectations from adolescence to adulthood. Journal of
Applied Developmental Psychology, 30, 494-504.
MELLO, Z.R., FINAN, L.J. & WORRELL, F.C. (2013).
Introducing an instrument to assess time orientation and
time relation in adolescents. Journal of Adolescence,
36, 551-563. [PDF]
MELTZER, D. (1963). A contribution to the metapsychology
of cyclothymic states. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 44, 83-97.
MELTZER, D. (1975/2004). Explorations in autism : a
psychoanalytic study. Perthshire : Clunie Press. /
Explorations dans le monde de l'autisme. Paris :
Payot.
MELTZER, D. (1981). The Kleinian expansion of Freudian
metapsychology. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 62, 177-185.
MELTZER, D. (1983). Dream life : a re-examination of
the psycho-analytical theory and technique.
Perthshire : Clunie Press
MELTZER, D. (1986). Studies in extended
metapsychology. Perth : Clunie.
WILLIAMS, M.H. (1999). Psychoanalysis : an art or a
science ? a review of the implications of the theory of
Bion and Meltzer. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
16 (2), 127-135.
COHEN, M. & HAHN, A. (Eds.) (2000). Exploring the
work of Donald Meltzer : a festschrift. London :
Karnac
CASSESE, S.F. (2002) Introduction to the work of
Donald Meltzer. London : Karnac
LI CAUSI, R. & WADDELL, M. (2005). An appreciation of
the work of Donald Meltzer. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 31 (1), 3-5.
MELTZOFF, A.N. & MOORE, M.K. (1977). Imitation of
facial and manual gestures by human neonates. Science,
198, 75-78.
MELTZOFF, A.N. (1990). Foundations for developing a
concept of self : The role of imitation in relating self
to other and the value of social mirroring, social
modeling, and self practice in infancy. In D. Cicchetti
& M. Beeghly (Eds.), The self in transition :
Infancy to childhood (pp. 139-164). Chicago :
University of Chicago Press.
MELTZOFF, A.N. (1995). Understanding the intentions of
others : Reenactment of intended acts by 18-month-old
children. Developmental Psychology, 31, 838-850.
MELTZOFF, A.N. & PRINZ, W. (2002). The imitative
mind : Development, evolution, and brain bases.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
MELTZOFF, A.N. (2002). Imitation as a mechanism of social
cognition : Origins of empathy, theory of mind, and the
representation of action. In U. Goswami (Ed.), Handbook
of childhood cognitive development (pp. 6-25).
Oxford : Blackwell Publishers.
Membrane
cellulaire : La membrane de la cellule,
notamment de l'axone du neurone
(membrane plasmique) est une enveloppe fluide de lipides et de
protéines qui assure la régulation du passage
des ions et des molécules entre le neurone et son milieu
extra-cellulaire. Biological membrane, cell
membrane, plasmic membrane, axon membrane.
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). Currents carried
by sodium and potassium ions through the membrane of the
giant axon of Loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4),
449-472.
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The dual effect
of membrane potential on sodium conductance in the giant
axon of Loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4),
497-506.
BRETSCHER, M.S. (1985). The molecules of the cell
membrane. Scientific American, 253 (4), 100-108.
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). A quantitative
description of membrane current and its application to
conduction and excitation in nerve. Journal of
Physiology, 117, 500-544.
ROBERTSON, J.D. (1959). The ultrastructure of cell
membranes and their derivatives. Biochemical Society
Symposium, 16, 3-43.
STOECKNIUS, W. & ENGELMAN, D.M. (1969). Current models
for the structure of biological membranes. The Journal
of Cell Biology, 42, 613-646.
ENGELMAN, D.M. (2005). Introduction : Membranes are more
mosaic than fluid. Nature, 438, 578-580.
SINGER, S.J. & NICOLSON, G.L. (1972). The fluid mosaic
model of the structure of cell membranes. Science,
175 (4023), 720-731.
VON HEINJE, G. & REES, D. (2008). Membranes : reading
between the lines. Current Opinion in Structural
Biology, 18 (4), 403-405.
HILLE, B. (1972). Ionic permeability changes in active
axon membranes. Archives of Internal Medicine, 129
(2), 293-298.
NICOLSON, G.L. (2014). The fluid-mosaic model of membrane
structure : Still relevant to understanding the structure,
function and dynamics of biological membranes after more
than 40 years. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1838 (6),
1451–146. [PDF]
Membrane
nictinante : Chez certains mammifères
/ poissons, et
chez la plupart des oiseaux,reptiles et amphibiens,
membrane de l'oeil, souvent
transparente ou semi-opaque, qui se déplace horizontalement. Le
lapin en possède une. Elle joue le rôle d'une
seconde/troisième paupière (humidification et protection de l'oeil
contre l'eau, la poussière, l'air, les coups des adversaires,
etc.). La fermeture par réflexe
de cette paupière - la nictation
- est l'objet de nombreuses recherches en
conditionnement répondant.=
troisième paupière, palpebra tertia, plica semilunaris. Nictitating
membrane.
GORMEZANO, I.N., SCHEIDERMAN, E. DEAUX, E. & FUENTES,
I. (1962). Nictitating membrane : Classical conditioning
and extinction in the albino rabbit. Science, 138,
33-34. [PDF]
SCHNEIDERMAN, N. (1966). Interstimulus interval function
of the nictitating membrane response of the rabbit under
delay versus trace conditioning. Journal of
Comparative & Physioogical Psychology, 62 (3),
397-402.
SMITH, M.C. (1968). CS-US interval and US intensity in
classical conditioning of the rabbit’s nictitating
membrane response. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 66, 679-687.
SMITH, M.C., COLEMAN, S.R. & GORMEZANO, I. (1969).
Classical conditioning of the rabbit’s nictitating
membrane response at backward, simultaneous, and forward
CS-US intervals. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 69, 226-231.
MILLENSON J.R., KEHOE, E.J. & GORMEZANO, I. (1977).
Classical conditioning of the rabbit’s nictitating
membrane response under fixed and mixed CS-US intervals. Learning
& Motivation, 8, 351-366. [PDF]
POWELL, D.A., MAXWELL, B. & PENNEY, J. (1996).
Neuronal activity in the medial prefrontal cortex during
Pavlovian eyeblink and nictitating membrane conditioning.
Journal of Neuroscience, 19, 6296-6306. [PDF]
Membre : Le mot a deux sens : a) Qui fait
officiellement partie d'un groupe
ou d'une organisation.
Groucho Marx aurait dit à ce sujet : « Je ne voudrais pas faire
partie d'un groupe qui m'aurait pour membre/I don't care to belong
to a club that accepts people like me as members».
=acteur.Member.
b) Partie du corps
qui s'attache au tronc.
a
DIENER, E. (1979). Deindividuation : The absence of
self-awareness and self-regulation in group members. In P.
Paulus (Ed.), The psychology of group influence.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
SHAH, J.Y., KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & THOMPSON, E.P. (1998).
Membership has its (epistemic) rewards : Need for closure
effects on ingroup bias. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 75 (2), 383-393.
STIFF, C.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2008). The power of
reputations : The role of third party information in the
admission of new group members. Group Dynamics, 12,
155-166.
Membre
fantôme : Membre
amputé qu'un individu continue de ressentir comme s'il était
encore là, souvent de manière douleureuse,
même en rêve. Phantom
limb.
MELZACK, R. & LOESER, JD. (1978). Phantom body pain in
paraplegics : evidence for a central 'pattern generating
mechanism' for pain. Pain, 4, 195-210.
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & BLAKESLEE, S. (1998). Phantoms
in the brain : Probing the mysteries of the human mind.
William Morrow & Company.
WILKINS, K.L., McGRATH, P.J., FINLEY, G.A. & KATZ, J.
(1998). Phantom limb sensations and phantom limb pain in
child and adolescent amputees. Pain, 78 (1),
7-12. [PDF]
SHERMAN, R.A., SHERMAN, C.J. & PARKER, L. (1984).
Chronic phantom and stump pain among American veterans :
Results of a survey. Pain 18, 83-95.
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & HIRSTEIN, W. (1998). The
perception of phantom limbs : The D.O. Hebb lecture. Brain,
9 (121), 1603-1630.
MELZACK, R. (1989). Phantom limbs, the self and the brain
: The D.O. Hebb memorial lecture. Canadian
Psychology, 30, 1-16.
FISHER, C.M. (1999). Phantom erection after amputation of
penis. Case description and review of the relevant
literature on phantoms. The Canadian Journal of
Neurogical Sciences, 26 (1), 53-56. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F. (1991). Phantom limbs, the self, and the
mind-body problem : A comment on R. Melzack. Canadian
Psychology, 32, 94-95.
HALLIGAN, P.W., ZEMAN, A. & BERGER, A. (1999).
Phantoms in the brain. British Medical Journal, 319,
587-588.
WILLOCH, F., ROSEN, G., TOLLE, T.R., OYE, I., WESTER,
H.J., BERNER, N., SCHWAIGER, M. & BARTENSTEIN, P.
(2000). Phantom limb in the human brain : unravelling
neural circuitries of phantom limb sensations using
positron emission tomography. Annals of Neurology,
48, 842-849.
MELZACK, R. (1992). Phantom limbs. Scientific
American, 266, 90-96.
HALLIGAN, P.W. (2002). Phantom limbs : The body in mind. Cognitive
Neuropsychiatry, 7 (3), 251-268.
SAADAH, E.S. & MELZACK, R. (1994). Phantom limb
experiences in congenital limb-deficient adults. Cortex,
30 (3), 479-485.
FUNK, M., SHIFFAR, M. & BRUGGER, P. (2005). Hand
movement observation by individuals born without hands :
phantom limb experience constrains visual limb perception.
Experimental Brain Research, 164, 341-346. [PDF]
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & ROGERS-RAMACHADRAN, D.C. &
COBB, S. (1995). Touching the phantom limb. Nature,
377, 489-490.
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & McGEOCH, P.D. (2007). Occurrence
of phantom genitalia after gender reassignment surgery.
Medical Hypothese, 69, 1001-1003. [PDF]
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & ROGERS-RAMACHADRAN, D.C. (1996).
Synaesthesia in phantom limbs induced with mirrors. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of London, 263 (1369),
377-386.
MURRAY, C.D., PETTIFER, S. HOWARD, T., PATICK, E.L.,
CAILLETTE, F. KUKARNI, J. & BAMFORD, C. (2007). The
treatment of phantom limb pain using immersive virtual
reality : Three case studies. Disability &
Rehabilitation, 29 (18), 1465-1469.
MELZACK, R., ISRAEL, R., LACROIX, R. & SCHULTZ, G.
(1997). Phantom limbs in people with congenital limb
deficiency or amputation in early childhood. Brain,
120 (9), 1603-1620.
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. (2008). Phantom penises in transsexuals.
Journal of Consciousness Studies, 15 (1), 5-16.
WADE, N.J. & FINGER, S. (2010). Phantom penis :
historical dimensions. Journal of the History of the
Neurosciences, 19, 299-312.
Mème : Terme forgé par Dawkins
à partir des mots gène et mimesis
(imitation). Pour lui, il s'agit d'un équivalent fonctionnel du gène
sur le plan de la transmission
culturelle. Meme.
DAWKINS, R. (1976/86). The selfish gene /Le
gène égoïste. Oxford : Oxford University
Press/Paris : Armand Colin.
BOYD, R. & RICHERSON, P.J. (2000). Meme theory
oversimplifies how culture changes. Scientific
American, 10, 58-59.
[PDF]
MORITZ, E. (1990). Memetic Science : I - General
Introduction. Journal of Ideas, 1, 1-23.
AUNGER, R. (2001). Darwinizing culture : The status
of memetics as a science. Oxford : Oxford
University.
VANEECHOUTTE, M. (1993). The memetic basis of religion. Nature,
365, 290.
BLACKMORE, S. (2001). Evolution and memes : The human
brain as a selective imitation device. Cybernetics
& Systems, 32 (1), 225-255 [LIRE]
SPEEL, H.C. (1996). Memetics : On a conceptual framework
for cultural evolution. In F. Heylighen & D. Aerts
(Eds.), The evolution of complexity. Kluwer.
SPERBER, D. (2001). An objection to the memetic approach
to culture. In R. Aunger (Ed.), Darwinizing culture :
The status of memetics as a science (pp. 163-173).
Oxford : Oxford University.
BOYD, R. & RICHERSON, P.J. (2000). Memes : Universal
acid or a better mouse trap. In R. Aunger (Ed.), Darwinizing
culture : The status of memetics as a science (pp.
143-162). Oxford : Oxford University Press.
HEATH, C., BELL, C. & STERNBERG, E. (2001). Emotional
selection in memes : The case of urban legends. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 81,
1028-1041.
HOLCROFT, D. & LEWIS, H. (2000). Memes, minds,
and evolution. Philosophy, 75 (292), 161-182.
AUNGER, R. (2002). The electric meme : A new theory
of how we think. The Free Press.
BLACKMORE, S. (2000/6). The meme machine / La théorie
des mème : pourquoi nous nous imitons les uns les
autres. Oxford University Press/Édition Max Milo.
BLACKMORE, S. (2003). Consciousness in meme machines. Journal
of Consciousness Studies, 10 (4-5), 19-30. [PDF]
BOYD, R. & RICHERSON, P.J. (2005). Not by genes
alone : How culture transformed human evolution.
Chicago University Press.
AUNGER, R. (2007). Memes. In L. Barrett & R. Dunbar
(Eds.), Encyclopedia of evolutionary psychology.
Oxford : Oxford University Press.
SQUIRE, L.R. (1992). Declarative and nondeclarative memory
: Multiple brain systems supporting learning and memory.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 4 (3), 232-243.
[PDF]
EBBINGHAUS, H. (1885/1964). Memory : A contribution
to experimental psychology. New York : Dover
Publications, Inc.
SQUIRE, L. (1992). Memory and the hippocampus - a
synthesis from findings with rats, monkeys and humans. Psychological
Review, 99 (2), 195-231. [PDF]
KIRKPATRICK, E.A. (1894). An experimental study of memory.
Psychological Review, 1, 602-609.
LOFTUS, E.F. & HOFFMAN, H.G. (1992). Misinformation
and memory : The creation of new memories. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 118 (1),
100-104. [PDF]
MYERS, G.C. (1914). Recall in relation to retention. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 5, 119-130.
RATCLIFF, R. (1992). Models of memory. In L.R. Squire
(Ed.), The encyclopedia of learning and memory.
NY : MacMillan. [PDF]
WARREN, H.C. (1918). Two cases of long latent memory.
Psychological Bulletin, 15 (6),207-209.
HINTZMAN, D.L. (1992). 25 years of learning and memory :
Was the cognitive revolution a mistake ? In D.E. Meyer
& S. Kornblum (Eds.), Attention and performance
XIV.: A silverjubilee. Hillsdale, NJ : Edbaum.
SPITZER, H.F. (1939). Studies in retention. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 30, 641-656. [PDF]
NEISSER, U. & HARSCH, N. (1992). Phantom flashbulbs :
False recollections of hearing the news about Challenger.
In E. Winograd & U. Neisser (Eds.), Affect and
accuracy in recall : Studies of "flashbulb" memories (pp.
9-31). New York : Cambridge University Press.
BURTT, H.E. (1941). An experimental study of early
childhood memory : Final report. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 58, 435-439.
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1993). Neuroanatomy of
memory. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 16, 547-563.
[PDF]
ROSENBLATT, F. (1958). The perceptron : A probabilistic
model for information storage and organization in the
brain. Psychological Review, 65 (6), 386-408.
[PDF]
SQUIRE, L.R , KNOWLTON, B. & MUSEN, G. (1993).The
structure and organisation of memory. Annual Review of
Psychology, 44, 453-495. [PDF]
McCONNELL, J.V. (1962). Memory transfer through
cannibalism in planarium. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
3 (1), 542-548.
RICCIO, D.C., RABINOWITZ, V. & AXELROD, S. (1994).
Memory : When less is more. American Psychologist,
49, 917-926.
HILGARD, E.R. (1964). Introduction. In H. Ebbinghaus,
memory : A contribution to experimental psychology.
New York : Dover.
PETRI, H.L. & MISHKIN, M. (1994). Behaviorism,
cognitivism and the neuropsychology of memory. American
Scientist, 82, 30-37. [PDF]
DINGMAN, W. & SPORN, M.B. (1964). Molecular theories
of memory. Science, 144, 26-29.
VANDERWOLF, C.H. & CAIN, D.P. (1994). The behavioral
neurobiology of learning and memory : A conceptual
reorientation. Brain Research Reviews, 19 (3),
264-297.
YOUNG, J.Z. (1965). The organization of a memory system.
Proceedings of the Royal Society, 163B, 285-320.
SCHACTER, D.L. & TULVING, E. (1994). Memory
systems. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
ROZEBOOM, W.W. (1965). The concept of memory. The
Psychological Record, 15, 329-368. [PDF]
SPEAR, N.E. & RICCIO, D.C. (1994). Memory :
Phenomena and principles. Boston, MA : Allyn &
Bacon.
LEDOUX, J.E. (1994). Emotion, memory and the brain. Scientific
American, 270, 50-57.
[PDF]
YATES, F.A. (1966). The art of memory. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press.
WIXTED, J.T. & ROHRER, D. (1994). Analyzing the
dynamics of freerecall : An integrative review of the
empirical literature. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 1 (1), 89-106 [PDF]
ANDERSON, J.R. (1995). Learning and memory. New
York : John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
ADAMS, J.A. (1967). Human memory. New York, NY :
McGraw- Hill.
COWAN, N. (1995). Attention and memory : An
integrated framework. New York : Oxford University
Press.
MANDLER, G. (1967). Organization and memory. In K.W.
Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The psychology of
Learning & Motivation (Vol. 1, pp. 327-372).
New York : Academic Press.
SANTI, A., WEISE, L. & KUIPER, D. (1995). Memory for
event duration in rats. Learning & Motivation, 26,
83-100.
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory :
A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W.
Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The psychology of
learning & motivation : Advances in research and
theory (Vol 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic
Press. [PDF]
GAFFAN, D. (1996). Associative and perceptual learning and
the concept of memory systems. Cognitive Brain
Research 5, 69-80.
NORMAN, D.A. (1968). Toward a theory of memory and
attention. Psychological Review, 75 (6),
522-536.
SCHACTER, D.L. (1996). Searching for memory : the
brain, the mind, and the past. New York : Basic
Books.
POPE, H.G., YURGELUN-TODD,D. (1996). The residual
cognitive effects of heavy marijuana use in college
students. JAMA 275:521–527
SQUIRE, L.R. & LISS, P.H. (1968). Control of memory
with spreading cortical depression : A critique of
stimulus control. Psycholological Review, 75, 346-352.
WATKINS, M.J. (1996). Mediationism and the obfuscation of
memory. The Behavior Analyst, 19, 91-103. [PDF]
PAIVIO, A. (1969). Mental imagery in associative learning
and memory. Psychological Review, 76, 241-263.
ROSENFELD, I. (1996). L'invention de la mémoire.
Paris : Flammarion.
BREWER, W.F. (1996). What is recollective memory ? In D.
C. Rubin (Ed.), Remembering our past : Studies in
autobiographical memory (pp. 19-66). New York :
Cambridge University Press.
FREUND, R.D., LOFTUS, G.R. & ATKINSON, R.C. (1969).
Applications of multiprocess models for memory to
continuous recognition tasks. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 6, 576-594. [PDF]
BANAJI, M.R. & KIHLSTROM, J.F. (1996). The ordinary
nature of alien abduction memories. Psychological
Inquiry, 7 (2), 132-135. [PDF]
NORMAN, D.A. (1969). Memory while shadowing. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 21, 85-93.
POPE, K.S. (1996). Memory, abuse, and science :
Questioning claims about the false memory syndrome
epidemic. American Psychologist, 51, 957-974
NORMAN, D.A. & WICKELGREN, W.A. (1969). Strength
theory of decision rules and latency in retrieval from
short-term memory. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 6, 192-208.
SYMONS, C.S. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1997). The
self-reference effect in memory : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 121, 371-394. [PDF]
SHALLICE, T. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1970). Independent
functioning of verbal memory stores : a neuropsychological
study. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
22, 261-273.
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1997). La mémoire oubliée. Liège
: Mardaga.
NORMAN, D.A. (1970). Comments on the information structure
of memory. Acta Psychologica, 33, 292-303.
SHIFFRIN, R.M. & STEYVER, M. (1997). A model for
recognition memory : REM : Retrieving effectively from
memory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4 (2),
145-166. [PDF]
GUILFORD, J.P. (1971). Varieties of memory and their
implications. Journal of General Psychology, 85
(2), 207-228.
LANCASTER, J.S. & BARSALOU, L.W. (1997). Multiple
organisations of events in memory. Memory, 5,
569-599. [PDF]
UNDERWOOD, B.J. (1972). Are we overloading memory ? In
A.W. Melton & E. Martin (Eds.), Coding processes
in human memory. Washington, DC : Winston.
LYNN, S.J. & PAYNE, D. (1997). Memory as the theater
of the past. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 6, 55.
NORMAN, D.A. (1972). The role of memory in the
understanding of language. In J.F. Kavanagh & I.G.
Mattingly (Eds.), Language by ear and by eye : The
relationships between speech and reading.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
LYNN, S.J., STAFFORD, J., MALINOWSKI, P. & PINTAR, J.
(1997). Memory in the hall of mirrors : The experience of
"retractors" in psychotherapy. Psychological Inquiry,
8, 307- 312.
CRAIK, F.I.M. & LOCKHART, R.S. (1972). Levels of
processing : A framework for memory research. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 11,
671-684. [PDF]
SQUIRE, L.R. & ZOLA, S.M. (1997). Amnesia, memory and
brain systems. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society of London, Series B. 352, 1663-1673.
[PDF]
UNDERWOOD, B.J. (1972). Are we overloading memory ? In
A.W. Melton & E. Martin (Eds.), Coding processes
in human memory (pp. 1-23). Washington, DC :
Winston.
LOFTUS, E.F. (1997). Memory for a pass that never was. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 6 (3), 60-65.
[PDF]
PARKIN, A.J. (1997). Memory and amnesia. Oxford,
Blackwell Publishers.
MURRAY, E.A. & MISHKIN, M. (1998). Object recognition
and location memory in monkeys with excitotoxic lesions of
the amygdala and hippocampus. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 18 (16), 6568–6582. [PDF]
SANTI, A., STANFORD, L. & COYLE, J. (1998). Pigeons’
memory for event duration : Differences between visual and
auditory signals. Animal Learning & Behavior, 26,
163-171.
PIAGET, J. (1973). Memory and intelligence. New
York : Basic Books.
SCHACTER, D.L. (1999). The seven sins of memory : Insights
from psychology and cognitive neuroscience. American
Psychologist, 54 (3), 182-203.
LOFTUS, E.F. & PALMER, J.P. (1974). Reconstruction of
automobile destruction : An example of the interaction
between language and memory. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 13, 585-589.
WRIGHT, D.B. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1998). How misinformation
alters memories. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 71, 155-164.
[PDF]
GODDEN, D.R. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1975).
Context-dependent memory in two natural environments : On
land and under water. British Journal of Psychology,
66, 99-104. [PDF]
WOLFE, J.M. (1998). Visual memory : What do you know about
what you saw ? Current Biology, 8, 303-304. [PDF]
ROSEN, L.J. & LEE, C.L. (1976). Acute and chronic
effects of alcohol use on organizational processes in
memory. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 85, 309-317.
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1998). Memory based
language processing : Psycholinguistic research in the
1990's. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 25-42.
[PDF]
PARKER, E.S., BIRNBAUM, I.M. & NOBLE, E.P. (1976).
Alcohol and memory : Storage and state dependency. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 15,
691-702.
ZWAAN, R.A. & RADVANSKY, G.A. (1998). Situation models
in language comprehension and memory. Psychological
Bulletin, 123 (2), 162-185. [PDF]
BENJAMIN, A.S., BJORK, R.A. & SCHWARTZ, B.L. (1998).
The mismeasure of memory : When retrieval fluency is
misleading as a metamnemonic index. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 127 (1), 55-68.
[PDF]
DELANEY, P.F. & AUSTIN, J. (1998). Memory as behavior
: The importance of acquisition and remembering
strategies. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 15, 75–91.
ADAMS, J.A. (1976). Learning and memory : An introduction.
Homewood, IL: Dorsey.
SAARILUOMA, P. (1998). Adversary problem solving and
working memory. In R. Logie & K. Gilhooly (Eds.), Working
memory and thinking (pp. 115-138). Hove : Erlbaum.
SHIMP, C.P. (1976). Organisation in memory and behavior. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 26 (1),
113-130.
[PDF]
GABRIELI, J.D., POLDRACK, R.A. & DESMOND, J.E. (1998).
The role of left prefrontal cortex in language and memory.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 95
(3), 906-913. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (1976). The psychology of memory.
New York : Basic Books.
SHORS, T.J. (1998). Sex and stress effects on learning and
memory : For better or for worse. The Neuroscientist,
4, 353-364.
SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1976). Capacity limitations in information
processing, attention and memory. In W.K. Estes (Ed.), Handbook
of learning and cognitive processes : Attention and
memory (Vol. 4, pp. 177-236). Hillsdale, N.J. :
Erlbaum.
BRAINERD, C.J., STEIN, L. & REYNA, V.F. (1998). On the
development of conscious and unconscious memory. Developmental
Psychology, 34, 342-357.
LOFTUS, G.F. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1976). Human memory
: The processing of information. Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
GOBET, F. (1998). Expert memory : A comparison of four
theories. Cognition, 66, 115-152.
ANDERSON, J.R. (1976). Language, memory, and thought.
Hillsdale : Erlbaum.
KAHANA, M.J. & LOFTUS, G. (1999). Response time
versus accuracy in human memory. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.),
The nature of cognition (pp. 322–384). Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press. [PDF]
KRUGMAN, H.E. (1977). Memory without recall, exposure
without perception. Journal of Advertising Research,
17, 7-12. [PDF]
TIGNER, R.B. (1999). Putting memory research to good use.
College Teaching, 47, 149-152.
CHRISTIANSON, S.-A. & ENGELBERG, E. (1999). Memory and
emotional consistency : The MS Estonia ferry disaster. Memory,
7, 471-482.
BRANCH, M.N. (1977). On the role of "memory" in the
analysis of behavior. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 28 (2), 171-179. [PDF]
ARNTZ, A. & WEERTMAN, A. (1999). Treatment of
childhood memories : theory and practice. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 37, 715-740.
[PDF]
BROWN, R. & KILIK, J. (1977). Flashbulb memories. Cognition,
5, 73-99.
BERRY, J.M. (1999). Memory self-efficacy in social
cognition and aging. In T.M. Hess & F. Blanchard-Field
(Eds.), its social cognitive context (pp.
69-96). Academic Press.
[PDF]
KINTSCH, W. (1977). Memory and cognition. Wiley.
EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). Neurobiology. The topography of
memory. Nature, 402 (6762), 597-599.
DEUTSCH, D. (1977). Memory and attention to music. In M.
Critchley and R.A. Henson (Eds.), Music and the brain
(pp. 95-130). London : Heinemann Medical Books. [PDF]
WOOD, E.R., DUDCHENKO, P.A. & EICHENBAUM, H. (1999).
The global record of memory in hippocampal neuronal
activity. Nature, 397, 613-616.
BREWER, W.F. (1977). Memory for the pragmatic implications
of sentences. Memory & Cognition 5 (6),
673-678. [PDF|
SQUIRE, L.R. & KANDEL, E.R. (1999). Memory : From mind
to molecules. W.H. Freeman & Co., New York.
NEISSER, U. (1978). Memory : What are the important
questions ? In M.M. Gruneberg, E.E. Morris & R.N.
Sykes (Eds.), Practica laspects of memory (pp.
3-24). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.
ROVEE-COLLIER, C. (1999). The development of infant
memory. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
8, 80-85. [PDF]
ROSS, B. & LANDAUER, T. (1978). Memory for at least
one of two items : Test and failure of several theories of
spacing effects. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 17, 669-680.
EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). Conscious awareness, memory and the
hippocampus. Nature Neuroscience, 2 (9),
775-776. [PDF]
SMITH, S.M., GLENBERG, A.M. & BJORK, R.A. (1978).
Environmental context and human memory. Memory &
Cognition, 6, 342-353.
SMITH, E.R. & DEOSTER, J. (2000). Dual-process models
in social and cognitive psychology : Conceptual
integration and links to underlying memory systems. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 4 (2), 108-131.
BJORK, R.A. (1978). The updating of human memory. In G.H.
Bower (Ed.), The psychology of Learning &
Motivation (Vol. 12, pp. 235-259). New York :
Academic Press.
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2000). Theories of memory and
consciousness. In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), The
Oxford handbook of memory. Oxford University
Press. [PDF]
McGAUGH, J.L. (2000). Memory : A century of consolidation.
Science, 287, 248-251.
BERKE, J.D. & HYMAN, S.E. (2000). Addiction, dopamine,
and the molecular mechanisms of memory. Neuron, 25, 515-532.
[PDF]
KANDEL, E.R. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2000). Neuroscience :
Breaking down scientific barriers to the study of brain
and mind. Science, 290, 1113-1120.
HASHER, L. & ZACKS, R.T. (1979). Automatic and
effortful processes in memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 108 (3),
356-388. [PDF]
SHORS, T.J. BEYLIN, A. & GOULD, E. (2000). The
modulation of Pavlovian memory. Behavioral Brain
Research, 110, 39-52. [PDF]
HOWE, M.J.A. & CECI, S.J. (1979). Why older children
remember more. In M. Gruneberg, P. Morris & P. Sykes
(Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (Vol. 1).
London : Wiley.
TULVING, E. (2000). Memory : Overview. In A. Kazdin (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 161-162).
New York : American Psychologica Association and Oxford
University Press.
RUBIN, D.C. (2000). The distribution of early childhood
memories. Memory, 8, 265–269.
TULVING, E. (1979). Memory research : What kind of
progress ? In L.G. Nilsson (Ed.), Perspectives on
memory research (pp. 19-34). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum.
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2000). Adult-age differences in memory
performance : Tests of an associative deficit hypothesis.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 26, 1170-1187. [PDF]
CRAIK, F.I.M. (1979). Human memory. Annual Review of
Psychology, 30, 63-102.
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (2000). Memory models. In E.
Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), Oxford Handbook of
Memory (pp. 571-582). Oxford University Press : New
York. [PDF]
LOFTUS, E.E. (1979). The malleability of human memory. American
Scientist, 67, 312-320.
MILLER, R.R. & MATZEL, L.D. (2000). Memory involves
far more than "consolidation". Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 1 (3), 214-216.
NUTHALL, G. (2000). The role of memory in the acquisition
and retention of knowledge in science and social science
units. Cognition & Instruction, 18, 83-139.
TULVING, E. & CRAIK, F.M.I. (Eds.) (2000). The
Oxford handbook of memory. New York : Oxford
University Press.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & McDERMOTT, K.B. (2000). Tricks of
memory. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
9, 123-127. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (2000). Introduction to memory. In M.S.
Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new cognitive neurosciences (pp.
727-732). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
[PDF]
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (2000). Memory models. In E.
Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), Oxford handbook of
memory (pp. 571-582). New York : Oxford University
Press.
NICOLAS, S. (2000). La mémoire humaine, une
perspective fonctionnaliste. Paris : L'Harmattan.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & McDERMOTT, K.B. (2000). Distortions
of memory. In F.I.M.Craik & E. Tulving (Eds.), The
Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 149-164). Oxford,
England : Oxford University Press. [PDF]
WASSERMAN, E.A., NELSON, K.R. & LAREW, M.B. (1980).
Memory for sequences of stimuli and responses. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 34 (1),
49–59.
[PDF]
MAQUET, P. (2001). The role of sleep in learning and
memory. Science, 294, 1048-1052.
KALAKOSKI, V. & SAARILUOMA, P. (2001). Taxi drivers’
exceptional memory of street names. Memory &
Cognition, 29, 634-638.
PEIGNEUX, P., LAUREYS, S., DELBEUCK, X. & MAQUET, P.
(2001). Sleeping brain, learning brain. The role of sleep
for memory systems. Neuroreport, 12,111-124.
KLATZKY, R. (1980). Human memory. New York :
Freeman.
BRIGHT, P. & KOPELMAN, M.D. (2001). Learning and
memory : recent findings. Current Opinion in
Neurology, 14 (4), 449-455. [PDF]
WILCOX, S. & KATZ, S. (1981). A direct realistic
alternative to the traditional conception of memory.
Behaviorism, 9, 227-239.
SCHACTER, D.L. (2001). The seven sins of memory.
New York : Houghton Mifflin.
BILLINGTON, J. (2001). Culture, memory and technology. Sewanee
Review, 109 (2), 218.
ESKRITT, M., LEE, K. & DONALD, M. (2001). The
influence of symbolic literacy on memory : Testing Plato's
hypothesis. Canadian Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 55 (1), 39-50.
WATKINS, M.J. (1981). Human memory and the
information-processing metaphor. Cognition, 10
(1-3), 331-336.
WOIKE, B., LAVEZZARY, E. & BARSKY, J. (2001). The
influence of implicit motives on memory processes.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 81
(5), 935-945. [PDF]
GAFFAN, D. (2001). What is a memory system ? Horel's
critique revisited. Behavioural Brain Research, 127,
5-11.
ZITTERL, W., URBAN, C., LINZMAYER, L., AIGNER, M., DEMAL,
U. SEMLER, B. & ZITTERL-EGLSEER, K. (2001). Memory
deficits in patients with DSM-IV obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Psychopathology, 34, 113-117.
NEISSER, U. (1982). Snapshots or benchmarks ? In U.
Neisser & I.E. Hyman (Eds.), Memory observed :
Remembering in natural contexts (pp. 6874). San
Francisco : Worth Publishers.
SMITH, S.M. & VELA, E. (2001). Environmental
context-dependent memory : A review and meta-analysis. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 8 (2), 203-220. [PDF]
BRAUN, K.A., ELLIS, R. & LOFTUS, E.F. (2002). Make my
memory : How advertising can change our memories of the
past. Psychology & Marketing, 19 (1), 1-23.
[PDF]
SCHANK, R.C. (1982). Dynamic memory : A theory of
reminding and learning in computers and people.
Cambridge University Press.
ROHRER, D. (2002). The breadth of memory search.
Memory, 10 (4), 291-301.
[PDF]
ALBA, J.W. & HASHER, L. (1983). Is memory schematic ?
Psychological Bulletin, 93, 203-231. [PDF]
SHORS, T.J. (2002). Opposite effects of stressful
experience on memory formation in males versus females. Dialogues
in Clinical NeuroSciences, 4 (2), 139-147. [PDF]
SCHNEIDER, W. (2002). Memory development in childhood. In
U. Goswami (Ed.), Blackwell handbook of childhood
cognitive development (pp. 236-256). London, UK :
Blackwell.
BOLLA, K.I., BROWN, K., ELDRETH, D., TATE, K. & CADET,
J.L. (2002). Dose-related neurocognitive effects of
marijuana use. Neurology 59:1337–1343.
VASTERLING, J.J., BRAILEY, K., ALLAIN, A.N., DUKE, L.M.,
CONSTANS, J.I. & SUTKER, P.B. (2002). Attention,
learning, and memory performances and intellectual
resources in Vietnam veterans : PTSD and no disorder
comparisons. Neuropsychology, 16 (1), 5-14. [PDF]
SOLOWIJ, N., STEPHENS, R.S., ROFFMAN, R.A., BABOR, T.,
KADDEN, R., MILLER, M., CHRISTIANSEN, K., MCREE, B.
& VENDETTI, J. (2002). Marijuana treatment
Project Research Group (2002) Cognitive functioning of
long-term heavy cannabis users seeking treatment. JAMA,
287, 1123–1131.
ROEDIGER, H.L., MARSH, E.J. & LEE, S.C. (2002). Kinds
of memory. In Stevens' handbook of experimental
psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 1-41). New York : Wiley.
PACKARD, M.G. & KNOWLTON, B.J. (2002). Learning and
memory functions of the basal ganglia. Annual Review
of Neuroscience, 25, 563-593.
HEINEMANN, E.G. (1983). A memory model for decision
pocesses in pigeons. In E.G. Heinemann, M.L. Commons, R.J.
Herrnstein & A.R. Wagner (Eds.), Quantitative
analyses of behavior : Discrimination processes
(Vol. IV, pp. 3-19). Cambridge, MA : Ballinger. [PDF]
LOGAN, G.D. (2002). An instance theory of attention and
memory. Psychological Review, 109, 376-400.
[PDF]
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1983). Une, deux ou plusieurs mémoires :
Réalités et théories. Bulletin de la Société de
Neuropsychologie de Langue Française, 1, 21-39.
TODOROV, A. (2002). Communication effects on memory and
judgment. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32,
531-546. [PDF]
NIGRO, G. & NEISSER, U. (1983). Point of view in
personal memories. Cognitive Psychology, 15,
467-482.
REISBERG, D. & HERTEL, P. (Eds.) (2003). Memory
and emotion. Oxford University Press.
CRICK, F. (1984). Memory and molecular turnover. Nature,
312, 101.
CRAVER, C.F. (2003). The making of a memory mechanism. Journal
of the History of Biology, 36, 153-195.
HAYNE, H., BARR, R. & HERBERT, J. (2003). The effect
of prior practice on memory reactivation and
generalization. Child Development, 74 (6),
1615-1627.
SHORS, T.J. (2003). Can new neurons replace memories lost
? Science of Aging Knowledge Environment, 49,
35-38. [PDF]
NILSSON, L.-G. (2003). Memory function in normal aging. Acta
Neurologica Scandinavia, 107 (S179), 7–13.
BADDELEY, A.D. (2004). The psychology of memory. In D.
Baddeley, M.D. Kopelman and B.A. Wilson (Eds.), The
essential handbook of memory disorders for clinicians (pp.
1-13). John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. [PDF]
PHELPS, E.A. (2004). Human emotion and memory :
Interactions of the amygdala and hippocampal complex.
Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 14, 198-202. [PDF]
COWAN, N. & DAVIDSON, G. (1984). Salient childhood
memories. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 145,
101-107.
KVAVILASHVILI, L. & ELLIS, J. (2004). Ecological
validity and twenty years of real-life/laboratory
controversy in memory research : A critical (and
historical) review. History & Philosophy of
Psychology, 6, 59-80. [PDF]
BLACKMORE, T. (2004). High on technology - Low on memory :
Cultural crisis in Dark City and The Matrix. Canadian
Review of American Studies, 34 (1), 13-54.
CROVITZ, H.F. & DANIEL. W.F. (1984). Measurements of
everyday memory : Toward the prevention of forgetting. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 413-414.
SAVAGE, L.M., BUZETTI, R.A. & RAMIREZ, D.R. (2004).
The effects of hippocampal lesions on learning, memory,
and reward expectancies. Neurobiology of Learning
& Memory, 82, 109-119. [PDF]
RICCIO, D.C. & RICHARDSON, R. (1984). The status of
memory following experimentally induced amnesias : Gone,
but not forgotten. Physiological Psychology, 12
(2), 59-72.
MULLER, J. & ROBERTS, J.E. (2005). Memory and
attention in obsessive-compulsive disorder : a review. Anxiety
Disorders, 19, 1-28.
[PDF]
BADDELEY, A. (1984). Working memory : The interface
between memory and cognition. In D.L. Schacter & E.
Tulving (Eds.), Memory systems (pp. 351-367).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & KARPICKE, J.D. (2005). Learning and
memory. In K. Kempf-Leonard (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
social measurement (Vol. 2, pp. 479-486). San
Diego : Academic Press. [PDF]
CARPENTER, S.K. (2005). Some neglected contributions of
wilhelm wundt to the psychology of memory.
Psychological Reports, 97, 63-73. [PDF]
McNALLY, R.J. (2005). Debunking myths about trauma and
memory. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 50 (13),
817-822.
DIRENFELD, D.M. & ROBERTS, J.E. (2006). Mood congruent
memory in dysphoria : The roles of state affect and
cognitive style. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 44,
1275-1285. [PDF]
MAGNUSSEN, S., ANDERSSON, J., CORNOLDI, C. & DE BENI,
R. (2006). What people believe about memory. Memory,
14 (5), 595-613.
BACHEVALIER, J. (2006). Ontogenetic development of habit
and memory formation in primates. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 608 (1), 457-484.
SIKKEL, D. (1985). Models for memory effects. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 80,
835-841.
FOERDE, K., KNOWLTON, B.-J. & POLDRACK, R.-A. (2006).
Modulation of competing memory systems by distraction. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 103, 11778-11783.
[PDF]
MAYER, R.J. (1985). Molecular turnover and memory. Nature,
133, 636.
McDERMOTT, K.B. & CHAN, J.C.K. (2006). Effects of
repetition on memory for pragmatic inferences. Memory
& Cognition, 34, 1273-1284. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, J.L. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1985). Distributed
memory and the representation of general and specific
information. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 114
(2), 159-188. [PDF]
WALKER, M.P. & STICKGOLD, R. (2006). Sleep, memory and
plasticity. Annual Review of Psychology, 57,
139-166.
SANDERS, J.T. (1985). Experience, memory and intelligence.
The Monist, 68 (4), 508-521. [PDF]
ELSWEILER, D., RUTHVEN, I. & JONES, C. (2007). Towards
memory supporting personal information management tools. Journal
of the American Society for Information Science &
Technology, 58 (7), 924-946.
TULVING, E. (1985). Ebbinghaus's memory : What did he
learn and remember ? Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 11
(3), 480-484. [PDF]
MAGNUSSEN, S., ENDESTAD, T, KORIAT, A.S. & HELSTRUP,
T. (2007). What people believe about memory despite the
research evidence. In S. Magnussen & T. Helstrup
(Eds.), Everyday memory (pp. ). Hove :
Psychology Press. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (1985). How many memory systems are there ?
American Psychologist, 40 (4), 385-398. [PDF]
AIZAWA, K. (2007). The biochemistry of memory
consolidation : A model system for the philosophy of mind.
Synthese, 155, 65-98.
ERICSSON, K.A. (1985). Memory skill. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 39, 188-231.
CHUN, M.M. & TURK-BROWNE, N.B. (2007). Interactions
between attention and memory. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 17, 177-184. [PDF]
LYNCH, G. (1986). Synapses, Circuits, and the
Beginnings of Memory. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
TSE, D., LANGSTON, R.F., KAKEYAMA, M., BETHUS, I.,
SPOONER, P.A., WOOD, E.R., WITTER, M.P. & MORRIS,
R.G.M. (2007). Schemas and memory consolidation. Science,
316, 76-82.
INTONS-PETERSON, M.J. & FOURNIER, J. (1986). External
and internal memory aids : When and how often do we use
them ? Journal of Experimental Psychology : General,
115, 267-280.
SCHACTER, D.L. & ADDIS, D.R. (2007). The cognitive
neuroscience of constructive memory : remembering the past
and imagining the future. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 362, 773-786.
[PDF]
TULVING, E. (1985). Memory and consciousness. Canadian
Psychologist, 26, 1-12. [PDF]
DE WITT, S. (2007). The effects of note taking and mental
rehearsal on memory. Journal of Undergraduate
Psychological Research, 2, 46-49. [PDF]
MILLER, C.A. & SWEATT, J.D. (2007). Covalent
modification of DNA regulates memory formation.
Neuron, 53, 857-869.
MISHKIN, M. UNGERLEIDER, G. & MACKO, K.A. (1987). The
anatomy of memory. Scientific American, 256 (6),
80-89. [PDF]
HABIB, R. & NYBERG, L. (2008). Neural correlates of
availability and accessibility in memory. Cerebral
Cortex, 18, 1720-1726. [PDF]
THOMAS, M.H. & DIETER, J.N. (1987). The positive
effects of writing practice on integration of foreign
words in memory. Journal of Educational Psychology,
79, 249-253.
SQUIRE, L.R. (1987). Memory and brain. Oxford :
Oxford University Press.
NAIRNE, J.S. & PANDEIRADA, J.N.S. (2008). Adaptive
memory : Is survival processing special ? Journal of
Memory & Language[PDF]
LE NY, J.-F. (1987). Mémoire, langage et intelligence
artificielle. Journal des Psychologues, 50,
16-22.
BLUNSTEIN, S. (2008). The moral demands of memory.
New York : Cambridge University Press.
LOFTUS, E.F., BANAJI, M.R., SCHOOLER, J.W. & FOSTER,
R.A. (1987). Who remembers what ? Gender differences in
memory. Michigan Quarterly Review, 26, 64-85. [PDF]
HABIB, R. & NYBERG, L. (2008). Neural correlates of
availability and accessibility in memory. Cerebral
Cortex, 18, 1720-1726.
SOLOWJI, N. & BATTISTI, R. (2008). The chronic
effects of cannabis on memory in humans : A review. Current
Drug Abuse Revews, 1, 81–98.
CECI, S.J., BAKER, J. & BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1987).
Memory development and ecological complexity : The case of
prospective memory. In M. Perlmutter & F. Weinert
(Eds.), Individual differences and universal changes
in memory development research. Hillsdale NJ :
Erlbaum.
EICHENBAUM, H. (2008). Memory. Scholarpedia, 3 (3),
1747.
ERICSSON, K.A. & POLSON, P.G. (1988). Memory for
restaurant orders. In M. Chi, R. Glaser & M. Farr
(Eds.), The nature of expertise (pp. 23-70).
Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum.
BRICKMAN, A.M. & STERN, Y. (2009). Aging and memory in
humans. Encyclopedia of Neuroscience, 1,
175-180. [PDF]
ESTES, W.K. (1988). Human learning and memory. In R.C.
Atkinson, R.J. Herrnstein, G. Lindsey & R.D. Luce
(Eds.), Stevens' handbook of experimental psychology
(Vol.2, pp. 351-415). New York : Wiley.
KHOSLA, R. & ZHANG, Q. (2009). A computational account
of dreaming : Learning and memory consolidation. Cognitive
Systems Research, 10, 91-101.
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (1988). A retrieval theory
of priming in memory. Psychological Review, 95, 385-408.
[PDF]
GERACI, L., McDANIEL, M.A., MANZANO, I. & ROEDIGER,
H.L. (2009). The influence of age on memory for
distinctive events. Memory & Cognition, 37
(2), 175-180. [PDF]
BREWER, W.F. (1988). Memory for randomly sampled
autobiographical events. In U. Neisser & E. Winograd
(Eds.), Remembering reconsidered : Ecological and
traditional approaches to the study of memory (pp.
21-90). New York : Cambridge University Press.
PARKER, R. (2009). A different kind of memory : Examining
the effect of technology through the ages. Dalhousie
Journal of Interdisciplinary Management, 4, 1-16. [PDF]
GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1988). Perspectives in memory
research. Boston, MIT Press.
SMITH, A.P. (2009). Effects of chewing gum on mood,
learning, memory and performance of an intelligence task.
Nutritional Neuroscience, 12, 81-88. [PDF]
ROSENFIELD, I. (1988). The invention of memory. A new
view of the brain. New York : Basic Books.
FORGAS, J.R. GGOLDENBERG, L. & UNKELBACH, C. (2009).
Can bad weather improve your memory ? A field study of
mood effects on memory in a real-life setting. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 54, 254-257.
COHEN, G. (1989). Memory in the real world.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
ZHANG, Q. (2009). A computational account of dreaming :
Learning and memory consolidation. Cognitive Systems
Research, 10 (2), 91-101.
ANDERSON, J.R. & MILSON, R. (1989). Human memory : An
adaptive perspective. Psychological Review, 96,
703-719.
LINEWEAVER, T.T., BERGER, A.K. & HERZOG, C. (2009).
Expectations about memory change across the life span are
impacted by aging stereotypes. Psychology &
Aging, 24 (1),169-176. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (1989). Memory : Performance, knowledge, and
experience. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology,
1, 3-26. [PDF]
PETERSON, C., BONECHI, A., SMORTI, A. & TANI, F.
(2010). A distant mirror : Memories of parents and friends
across childhood and adolescence. British Journal of
Psychology, 101, 601-320. [PDF]
SCHACTER, D.L. (1989). Memory. In M.I. Posner (Ed.), Foundations
of cognitive science. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
HINTZMAN, D.L. (2010). How does repetition affect memory ?
Evidence from judgments of recency. Memory &
Cognition, 38, 102-115. [PDF]
WIXTED, J.T. (1989). The vocabulary of remembering : A
review of Kendrick, Rilling, and Denny's theories of
animal memory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 52 (3), 441-450. [PDF]
FLOM, R. & BAHRICK, L.E. (2010). The effects of
intersensory redundancy on attention and memory : Infants’
long-term memory for orientation in audiovisual events. Developmmental
Psycholology, 46 (2), 428-436. [PDF]
BANAJI, M.R. & CROWDER, R.G. (1989). The bankruptcy
of everyday memory. American Psychologist, 44
(9), 1185-1193. [PDF]
RADOMSKY, A.S. & ALCOLADO, G.M. (2010). Don’t even
think about checking : Mental checking causes memory
distrust. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 41, 345-351. [PDF]
FEINBERG, G. & RICCIO, D.C. (1990). Changes in memory
for stimulus attributes : Implications for tests of
morphine tolerance. Psychological Science, 1,
265-267.
PAYNE, B.K. & GAWRONSKI, B. (2010). A history of
implicit social cognition : Where is it coming from ?
Where is it now ? Where is it going ? In B. Gawronski
& B.K. Payne (Eds.), Handbook of implicit social
cognition : Measurement, theory, and applications.
New York : Guilford Press. [PDF]
SWETS, J.A. & BJORK, R.A. (1990). Enhancing human
performance : A study of the National Research Council for
the Army Research Institute. Psychological Science, 1,
85-96. [PDF]
CECI, S.J., FITNEVA, S.A. & WILLIAMS, W.M. (2010).
Representational constraints on the development of memory
and metamemory : A developmental-representational theory.
Psychological Review, 117 (2), 464-495. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (1990). Human memory : Theory and
practice. Boston, MA : Allyn and Bacon.
OTGAAR, H. & SMEETS, T. (2010). Adaptive memory :
Survival processing increases both true and false memory
in adults and children. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 36 (4),
1010-1016. [PDF]
TULVING, E. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1990). Priming and human
memory systems. Science, 247, 301-306.
AMODIO, D.M. & RATNER, K.G. (2011). A memory systems
model of implicit social cognition. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 20 (3),
143-148. [PDF]
WATKINS, M.J. (1990). Mediationism and the obfuscation of
memory. American Psychologist, 45, 328-335. [PDF]
BREWIN, C.R. (2011). The nature and significance of memory
disturbance in posttraumatic stress disorder. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 7, 203-227.
HINTZMAN, D.L. (2011). Research strategy in the study of
memory : Fads, fallacies, and the search for the
"coordinates of truth". Perspectives on Psychological
Science, 6 (3), 253-271.
BRAINERD, C.J., REYNA, V.F., HOLLIDAY, R.E. &
NAKAMURA, K. (2012). Overdistribution in source memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 38 (2), 413-439. [PDF]
VALIANT, G.-L. (2012). The hippocampus as a stable memory
allocator for cortex. Neural Computation, 24,
2873–2899. [PDF]
DONKIN, C. & NOSOFSKY, R.M. (2012). A power law model
of psychological memory strength in short- and long-term
recognition. Psychological Science, 23, 625-634.
[PDF]
MENESES, A. & LIY-SALMERON, G. (2012). Serotonin and
emotion, learning and memory. Reviews in the
Neurosciences, 23 (5-6), 543-553. [PDF]
FOERDE, K. & SHOHAMY, D. (2011). The role of the basal
ganglia in learning and memory : Insight from Parkinson's
disease. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 96
(4), 624–636. [PDF]
NADEL, L., HUPBACH, A., GOMEZ, R. & MEWMAN-SMITH, K.
(2012). Memory formation, consolidation and
transformation. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 36,1640-1645. [PDF]
CECI, S.J. & BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1991). On the demise
of everyday memory : "The rumors of my death are much
exaggerated." American Psychologist, 46, 27-31.
McGAUGH, J.L. (2012). Making lasting memories :
Remembering the significant. Proceedings, National
Academy of Sciences, USA, 110 (2) 10401-10407.
GRUNEBERG, M.M., MORRIS, P.E. & SYKES, R.N. (1991).
The obituary on everyday memory and its practical
application is premature. American Psychologist, 46,
74-75.
McDANIEL, M.A. & BUGG, J.M. (2012). Memory training
interventions : What has been forgotten ? Journal of
Applied Research in Memory & Cognition 1,
45-50. [PDF]
SQUIRE, L.R. & ZOLA-MORGAN, S. (1991). The medial
temporal lobe memorysystem. Science, 253,
1380-1386. [PDF]
CRYSTAL, J.D. & GLANZMAN, D.L. (2013). A biological
perspective on memory. Current Biology, 23,
728–731.
SQUIRE, L.R. & CAVE, C.B. (1991). The hippocampus,
memory, and space. Hippocampus, 1, 269-271. [PDF]
CRYSTAL, J.D., ALFORD, W.T, ZHOU, W. & HOHMANN, A.G.
(2013). Source memory in the rat. Current Biology, 23,
387–391.
ZIELINSKI, C.M., TAYLOR, M.A. & JUZWIN, K.R. (1991).
Neuropsychological deficits in obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology &
Behavioral Neurology, 4, 110-126.
ANDERSON, J.R. & SCHOOLER, L.J. (1991). Reflections of
the environment in memory. Psychological Science, 2,
396-408.
GALLISTEL, C.R. & BALSAM, P.D. (2014). Time to rethink
the neural mechanisms of learning and memory. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 108, 136-144.
CONWAY, M.A. (1991). In defense of everyday memory : A
reply to Banaji and Crowder. American Psychologist,
46 (1), 19-26.
MEAGHER, R.B. (2014). "Memory and molecular turnover" 30
years after inception. Epigentics & Chromatin, 7
[37], 1-9. [PDF]
SCHMIDT, S.R. (1991). Can we have a distinctive theory of
memory ? Memory & Cognition, 19 (6),
523-542.
BEAUDRY, O., NEATH, I., SURPRENANT, A.M. & TEHAN, G.
(2014). The focus of attention is similar to other memory
systems rather than uniquely different. Frontiers in
Human Neuroscience, 8, 1-7.
[PDF]
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1991). They read an article ? A commentary
on the everyday memory controversy. American
Psychologist, 46 (1), 37-40. [PDF]
LIND, J. & ENQUIST, M. & GHIRLANDA, S. (2015).
Animal memory : A review of delayed matching-to-sample
data. Behavioral Processes, 117, 52-58.
THOMPSON, R.F. (1991). Are memory traces localized or
distributed ? Neuropsychologia, 29, 571-582.
DOLL, B.B., SHOHAMY, D. & DAW, N.D. (2015). Multiple
memory systems as substrates for multiple decision
systems. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 117,
4-13. [PDF]
FIVUSH, R.R. & HAMOND, N.R. (1991). Memories of Mickey
Mouse : Young children recount their trip to Disney World.
Cognitive Development, 6, 433-448.
HIRST, W. & PHELPS, E.A. (2016). Flashbulb memories. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 25 (1), 36-41.
CHAUDHURI, R. & FIETE, I. (2016). Computational
principles of memory. Nature Neusroscience, 19 (3),
394-403. [PDF]
RUBIN, D.C. (2018). What psychology and cognitive
neuroscience know about the communicative function of
memory. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 41.
HELFER, P. & SHULTZ, T.R. (2020). A computational
model of systems memory reconsolidation and extinction. Hippocampus,
30, 659-677.
MATLIN,
M. (2004). Cognition / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Wiley,
John & Sons, Incorporated/Paris : Deboeck Université.
Mémoire (Capacité de rétention) : Propriété
d'une mémoire. Il s'agit de la quantité d'information
(moyenne ou maximale) qu'une mémoire
- humaine, animale ou machine - est en mesure de
contenir, de stocker.EX
: Selon Miller, La mémoire à court terme à une
capacité de 7 +-2 informations. Capacité etdurée
d'une mémoire.= Empan, empan mnémonique, capacité mnémonique, taille de la mémoire,
espace mémoire.
Memory span, capacity, storage
space, mental storage capacity.
MILLER, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or
minus two : Some limits on our capacity for processing
information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97.
OBERAUER, K., SÜB, H.-M., SCHULZE, R., WILHELM, O. &
WITTMANN, W.W. (2000). Working memory capacity - facets of
a cognitive ability construct. Personality &
Individual Differences, 29, 1017-1045. [PDF]
CONRAD, R. & HULL, A.J. (1964). Information, acoustic
confusion and memory span. British Journal of
Psychology, 55, 429-432.
KORIAT, A. GOLDSMITH, M. & PANSKY, A. (2000). Toward a
psychology of memory accuracy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 51, 483-539.
UNDERWOOD, B.J. (1972). Are we overloading memory ? In
A.W. Melton & E. Martin (Eds.), Coding processes
in human memory. Washington, DC : Winston.
TOWSE, J.N., HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (2000). On the
interpretation of working memory span in adults. Memory
& Cognition, 28 (3), 341-348.
CAVANAGH, P. (1972). Relation between the immediate memory
span and the memory search rate. Psychological Review,
79, 525-553.
KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2000). Working-memory
capacity, proactive interference, and divided attention :
Limits on long-term. Journal of Experimental
Psychology / Learning, Memory & Cognition, 26
(2), 336-358. [PDF]
BROADBENT, D.E. (1975). The magic number seven after
fifteen years. In A. Kennedy & A. Wilkes (Eds.), Studies
in long-term memory (pp. 3-18). London : Wiley.
DUFF, S.C. & LOGIE, R.H. (2001). Processing and
storage in working memory span. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 54, 31-48.
HUTTENLOCHER, J. & BURKE, D. (1976). Why does memory
span increase with age ? Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 8, 1-31.
HITCH, G.J., TOWSE, J.N. & HUTTON, U. (2001). What
limits children's working memory span ? Theoretical
accounts and applications for scholastic development. Journal
of Experimental Psychology (General), 130 (2),
184-198.
CHI, M.T.H. (1976). Short-term memory limitations in
children : Capacity of processing deficits ? Memory
& Cognition, 4, 559-572.
COWAN, N. (2001). The magical number 4 in short-term
memory : A reconsideration of mental storage capacity.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 24, 87-114.
WATKINS, M.J. (1977). The intricacy of memory span.
Memory & Cognition, 5, 529-534.
LUSTIG, C., HASHER, L. & MAY, C.P. (2001). Working
memory span and the role of proactive interference.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 130,
199-207. [PDF]
ROEDIGER, H.L., KNIGHT, J.L. & KANTOWITZ, B.H. (1977).
Inferring decay in short-term memory : The issue of
capacity. Memory & Cognition, 5, 167-176. [PDF]
ROSS, B. & LANDAUER, T. (1978). Memory for at least
one of two items : Test and failure of several theories of
spacing effects. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 17, 669-680.
KANE, M. & ENGLE, R.W. (2002). The role of prefrontal
cortex in working-memory capacity, executive attention,
and general fluid intelligence : An individual differences
perspective. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 9 (4),
637-671. [PDF]
CHASE, W.S., LYON, D.R. & ERICSSON, K.A. (1979). Individual
differences in memory span. Pittsburgh : Defense
Technical Information Center, Univerity of Pittsburg. [PDF]
ENGLE, R.W. (2002). Working memory capacity as executive
attention. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 11, 19-23. [PDF]
HOWE, M.J.A. & CECI, S.J. (1979). Why older children
remember more. In M. Gruneberg, P. Morris & P. Sykes
(Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (Vol. 1).
London : Wiley.
KLEIN, S.B., COSMIDES, L., TOOBY, J. & CHANCE, S.
(2002). Decisions and theevolution of memory : Multiple
systems, multiple functions. Psychological Review,
109, 306-329. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K., SÜB, H.-M., WITTMANN, W.W., WILHEM, O. &
SCHULZE, R. (2002). Working memory capacity - facets of a
cognitive ability construct. Personality &
Individual Di fferences, 29, 1017-1045. [PDF]
CECI, S.J., LEA, S.E.G. & HOWE, M.J.A. (1980). A
developmental analysis of the structure of memory traces
between the ages of four and ten. Developmental
Psychology, 16, 203- 212.
ENGLE, R.W. (2002). What is working-memory capacity ? In
H.L. Roediger & J.S. Nairne (Eds.), The nature of
remembering : Essays in honor of Robert G. Crowder
(pp. 297-314). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. [PDF]
DEMPSTER, F.N. (1981). Memory span : Sources of individual
and developmental differences. Psychological
Bulletin, 89, 63-100.
ANDERSON, J.R. (2002). Spanning seven orders of magnitude
: A challenge for cognitive modeling. Cognitive
Science, 26, 85-112. [PDF]
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1982). A note on the measurement of
primary memory capacity. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 8,
343-352. [PDF]
ENGLE, R.W. & KANE, M.J. (2002). Executive attention,
working memory capacity, and a two-factor theory of
cognitive control. In The psychology of learning and
motivation (Vol.44 pp. 145-199). Elsevier.
[PDF]
HULME, C., THOMSON, N., MUIR, C. & LAWRENCE, A.L.
(1984). Speech rate and the development of short-term
memory span. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 38, 241-253.
CONWAY, A.R., KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2003). Working
memory capacity and its relation to general intelligence.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (12), 547-552. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
COHEN, N.S. (1984). Preserved learning capacity in amnesia
: evidence for multiple memorysystems. In L.R. Squire
& N. Butters (Eds.), Neuropsychology of memory
(pp. 83-103). New York : Guilford.
OBERAUER, K., LANGE, E. & ENGLE, R.W. (2004). Working
memory capacity and resistance to interference.
Journal of Memory & Language, 51, 80-96. [PDF]
HULME, C. (1984). Developmental differences in the effects
of acoustic similarity on memory span. Developmental
Psychology, 20, 650-652.
ALVAREZ, G.A. & CAVANAGH, P. (2004). The capacity of
visual short-term memory is set both by visual information
load and by the number of objects. Psychological
Science, 15, 106-111.
[PDF]
HULME, C. & MUIR, C. (1985). Developmental changes in
speech rate and memory span : A causal relationship ? British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 3, 175-181.
WILDE, N.J., STRAUSS, E. & TULSKY, D.S. (2004). Memory
span on the Wechsler scales. Journal of Clinical
& Experimental Neuropsychology, 26 (4),
539-549.
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. & AYRES, T.J. (1986). Digit span,
reading rate, and linguistic relativity. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A, 739-751.
CONWAY, A.R.A., KANE, M.J., BUNTING, M.F., HAMBRICK, D.Z.,
WILHELM, O. & ENGLE, R.W. (2005). Working memory span
tasks : A review and a user's guide. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 12 (5), 769-786. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
LOBLEY, K.J., BADDELEY, A.D. & GATHERCOLE, S.E.
(2005). Phonological similarity effects in verbal complex
span. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 58a (8), 1462-1478. [PDF]
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1986). Working memory
capacity. Proceedings of the Human Factors Society,
30, 1273-1277. [PDF]
COLOM, R., ABAD, F.J., REBOLLO, I. & SHIH. P.C.
(2005). Memory span and general intelligence : A
latent-variable approach. Intelligence, 33, 623-642.
[PDF]
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1987). A formal model for associative
memory. In E. Roskam & R. Suck (Eds.), Progress
in mathematical psychology - I (pp. 85-116).
Amsterdam : North-Holland. [PDF]
COWAN, N. (2005). Working memory capacity. New
York : Psychology Press.
RICHARDSON-KLAVEH, A. & BJORK, D.W. (1988). Measures
of memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 39,
475-543.
BOPP, K.L. & VERHAEGHEN, P. (2005). Aging and verbal
memory span : a meta-analysis. The Journals of
Gerontology Series B : Psychological Sciences &
Social Sciences, 60, 223-233. [PDF]
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1989). Is working memory
capacity task dependent ? Journal of Memory &
Language, 28, 127-154. [PDF]
BUNTING, M.F., COWAN, N. & SAUTS, J.S. (2006). How
does running memory span work ? Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 59, 1691-1700.
BACHEVALIER, J. (1990). Ontogenetic development of habit
and memory formation in primates. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 608, 457-477.
OBERAUER, K. (2006). Is the focus of attention in working
memory expanded through practice ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 32 (2), 197-214.
[PDF]
LA POINTE, L.B. & ENGLE, R.W. (1990). Simple and
complex word spans as measures of working memory capacity.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 16, 1118-1133.
OBERAUER, K. & KLIEGL, R. (2006). A formal model of
capacity limits in working memory. Journal of Memory
& Language, 55, 600-626.
ENGLE, R.W., NATIONS, J.K. & CANTOR, J. (1990). Is
"working memory capacity" just another name for word
knowledge ? Journal of Educational Psychology, 82 (4),
799-804. [PDF]
BAVELIER, D., NEWPORT, E.L., HALL, M.L., SUPALLA, T. &
BOUTLA, M. (2006). Persistent difference in short-term
memory span between sign and speech : Implications for
cross-linguistic comparisons. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 17 (12), 1090-1092.
[PDF]
COWAN, N. (1992). Verbal memory span and the timing of
spoken recall. Journal of Memory & Language, 31,
668-684.
GERAERTS, E., MERCKELBACH, H., JELICIC, M. & HABETS,
P. (2007). Suppression of intrusive thoughts and working
memory capacity in repressive coping. American
Journal of Psychology, 120 (2), 205-218. [PDF]
NADEL, L. (1992). Multiple memory systems : what and why.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 4, 179-188.
COLOM, R., JUNG, R.E. & HAIER, R.J. (2007). General
intelligence and memory span : Evidence for a common
neuro-anatomic framework. Cognitive Neuropsychology,
24 (8), 867-878.
ENGLE, R.W., CANTOR, J. & CARULLO, J.J. (1992).
Individual differences in working memory and comprehension
: A test of four hypotheses. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 18 (5),
972-992. [PDF]
RICHARDSON, J.T. (2007). Measures of short-term memory : A
historical review. Cortex, 43 (5), 635-650.
COLLINS, A.S.E., GATHERCOLE, S.E., CONWAY, M.A. &
MORRIS, P.E. (Eds.) (1993). Theories of memory.
Hove, U.K. : Erlbaum.
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2007). On the division of
short-term and working memory : An examination of simple
and complex spans and their relation to higher-order
abilities. Psychological Bulletin, 133,
1038-1066. [PDF]
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1993). Neuroanatomy of
memory. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 16, 547-563.
[PDF]
CHUN, M.M. & TURK-BROWN, N.B. (2007). Interactions
between attention and memory. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 17, 177-184. [PDF]
TALARICO, J.M. & RUBIN, D.C. (2007). Flashbulb
memories are special after all; in phenomenology, not
accuracy. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 21 (5),
557-578. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A. (1993). La mémoire humaine : théorie et
pratique. Grenoble : Presses de l'Université de
Grenoble.
ARCHIBALD, L.M.D. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2007). The
complexities of complex memory span : Storage and
processing deficits in specific language impairment. Journal
of Memory & Language, 57, 177-194. [PDF]
HENRY, L.A. & MILLAR, S. (1993). Why does memory span
improve with age ? A review of the evidence for two
current hypotheses. European Journal of Cognitive
Psychology, 5 (3), 241-287.
SCHMEICHEL, B.J., VOLOKHOW, R.N. & DEMAREE, H.A.
(2008). Working memory capacity and the self-regulation of
emotional expression and experience. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 9 (6),
1526-1540. [PDF]
CANTOR, J. & ENGLE, R.W. (1993). Working-memory
capacity as long-term memory activation : An
individual-differences approach. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 19 (5), 1101-1114. [PDF]
EGETH, H.E., LEONARD, C.J. & PALOMARES, M. (2008). The
role of attention in subitizing : Is the magical number 1
? Visual Cognition, 16, 463-473. [PDF]
SHIFFRIN, R.M. & NOSOFSKY, R M. (1994). Seven plus or
minus two : A commentary on capacity limitations. Psychological
Review, 101, 357-361. [PDF]
POLYN, S.M. & KAHANA, M.J. (2008). Memory search and
the neural representation of context. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 12, 24-30. [PDF]
HENRY, L.A. (1994). The relationship between speech rate
and memory span in children. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 17 (1), 37-56.
CONNERS, F.A., ROSENQUIST, C.J., ARNETT, L., MOORE, M.S.
& HUME, L.E. (2008). Improving memory span in children
with Down syndrome. Journal of Intellectual
Disability Research, 52 (3), 244-255.
FAN, L., GEARY, D.C., BOW-THOMAS, C.C. & SIEGLER, R.S.
(1994). Influences of numerical memory span on strategy
choices in addition : A comparative study of numerical
skill differences in Chinese and American children. Psychological
Science, 17, 21-27.
UNSWORTH, N. (2010). Interference control, working memory
capacity, and cognitive abilities : A latent variable
analysis. Intelligence, 38, 255-267. [PDF]
TOWSE, J.N. & HITCH, G.J. (1995). Is there a
relationship between task demand and storage space in
tests of working memory capacity ? Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 48, 108-124.
UNSWORTH, N. & SPILLERS, G.J. (2010). Working memory
capacity : Attention control, secondary memory, or both ?
A direct test of the dual-component model. Journal of
Memory & Language, 62, 392-406.
[PDF]
HULME, C., ROODENRYS, S., BROWN, G.D.A. & MERCER, R.
(1995). The role of long-term memory mechanisms in memory
span. British Journal of Psychology, 86, 527-536.
ST-CLAIR-THOMPSON, H.L. (2010). Backwards digit recall : A
measure of short-term memory or working memory ? European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 22 (2), 286-296. [PDF]
BROWN, G.D.A. & HULME, C. (1995). Modeling item length
effects in memory span : No rehearsal needed ? Journal
of Memory & Language, 34, 594-621.
BROADWAY, J.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (2010). Validating
running memory span : Measurement of working memory
capacity and links with fluid intelligence. Behavior
Research Methods, 42, 563-570. [PDF]
ENGLE, R.W. (1996). Working memory and retrieval: An
inhibition-resource approach. In J.T.E. Richardson, R.W.
Engle, L. Hasher, R.H. Logie, E.R. Stoltzfus & R.T.
Zacks (Eds.), Working memory and human cognition.
New York : Oxford University Press. [PDF]
COWAN, N. (2010). The magical mystery four : How is
working memory capacity limited and why ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 19, 51-57. [PDF]
CONWAY, A.R.A. & ENGLE, R.W. (1996). Individual
differences in working memory capacity : More evidence for
a general capacity theory. Memory, 4 (6),
577-590. [PDF]
REDICK, T.S., CALVO, A., GAY, C.E. & ENGLE, R.W.
(2011). Working memory capacity and go/no-go task
performance : Selective effects of updating, maintenance,
and inhibition. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 37, 308-324. [PDF]
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. (1997). The capacity of
visual working memory for features and conjunctions. Nature,
390, 279-281.
DIDIC, M., BARBEAU, E.J., FELICIAN, O., TRAMONI, E.,
GUEDJ, E., PONCET, M. & CECCALDI, M. (2011). Which
memory system is impaired first in Alzheimer's disease ?
Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 27, 11-22
[PDF]
ROSEN, V.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (1997). The role of working
memory capacity in retrieval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 126 (3), 211-227.
[PDF]
TOWSE, J.N., HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (1998). A
reevaluation of working memory capacity in children. Journal
of Memory & Language, 39 (2), 195-217.
COWAN, N., ROUDER, J.N., BLUME, C.L. & SAULTS, J.S.
(2012). Models of verbal working memory capacity : What
does it take to make them work ? Psychological
Review, 119 (3), 480-499. [PDF]
ROSEN, V.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (1998). Working memory
capacity and suppression. Journal of Memory &
Language, 39, 418-436.
BLECKLEY, M.K., FORSTER, J.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (2014).
Working memory capacity accounts for the ability to switch
between object-based and location-based allocation of
visual attention. Memory & Cognition, 43 (3),
379-388. [PDF]
COWAN, N., WOOD, N.L., WOOD, P.K., KELLER, T.A., NUGENT,
L.D. & KELLER, C.V. (1998). Two separate verbal
processing rates contributing to short-term memory span. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 127, 141-160.
HICKS, K.L., HARRISON, T.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (2015).
Wonderlic, working memory capacity, and fluid
intelligence. Intelligence, 50, 186-195. [PDF]
FOSTER, J.L., SHIPTEAD, Z., HARRISON, T.L, HICKS, K.L.,
REDICK, T.S. & ENGLE, R.W. (2015). Shortened complex
span tasks can reliably measure working memory capacity. Memory
& Cognition, 43, 226-236. [PDF]
CONWAY, A.R.A., TUHOLSKI, S.W., SHISLER, R. & ENGLE,
R.W. (1999). The effect of memory load on negative priming
: An individual differences investigation. Memory
& Cognition, 27, 1042-1050. [PDF]
SHIPTEAD, Z., HARRISON, T.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (2015).
Working memory capacity and the scope and control of
attention. Attention, Perception, &
Psychophysics, 77 (6), 1863-1880. [PDF]
MATLIN, M. (2004). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire
(de maîtrise) : Ouvrage
rédigé par un étudiant et
considéré, dans la plupart des programmes universitaires, comme
une condition à l'obtention du diplôme de maîtrise.
Dans les domaines scientifiques, comme la psychologie,
on peut généralement considérer le mémoire comme un ouvrage
scientifique. Mémoire et thèse.
Master
WIEDMANN, P. (1993). Analyse logique du rôle des
tests de signification dans l'inférence scientifique
et étude empirique de leur interprétation
(Mémoire de maîtrise). Montréal : Université de
Montréal.
NOM DE L'AUTEUR, INITIALE DE SON PRÉNOM (Année de
l'édition). Titre du mémoire. (Mémoire de
maîtrise). Lieu de l'édition : Éditeur.
JUCQUOIS, G. (1996). Rédiger, présenter, composer:
l'art du rapport et du mémoire. Bruxelles : De
Boeck-Wesmael.
ROUVEYRAN, J.-C. (2001). Le guide de la thèse : le
guide du mémoire : du projet à la soutenance. Paris
: Maisonneuve & Larose.
FRAGNIÈRE, J.-P. (2001). Comment réussir un mémoire.
Paris : Dunod.
MONGEAU, P. (2008). Réaliser son mémoire ou sa thèse
: côté jeans et côté tenue de soirée. Québec :
Presses de l'Université du Québec.
GALLAGHER, M. & PELLEYMOUNTER, M.A. (1988). Spatial
learning deficits in old rats : A model for memory decline
in the aged. Neurobiology of Aging, 9, 549-556.
TULVING, E. (1997). What are memory disorders disorders of
? Brain & Cognition, 35, 299-301. [PDF]
McGAUGH, J.L. (2012). Making lasting memories :
Remembering the significant. Proceedings, National
Academy of Sciences, USA, 110 (2) 10401-10407. [PDF]
Mémoire
(Entraînement cognitif) :
Intervention qui vise, au moyen d'un entraînement, à améliorer
différents aspects de la mémoire, notamment
le rappel et la capacité.Cognitive training.
ERICKSON, K.I., COLCOMBE, S.J., WADHWA, R., BHERER, L.,
PETERSON, M.S., SCALF, P.E., KIM, J.S., ALVARADO, M. &
KRAMER, A.F. (2007). Training-induced plasticity in older
adults : effects of training on hemispheric asymmetry. Neurobiology
of Aging, 28, 272-283.
BREHMER, Y., RIECKMANN, A., BELLANDER, M., WESTERBERG, H.,
FISCHER, H. & BÄCKMAN, L. (2011). Neural correlates of
training-related working-memory gains in old age. Neuroimage,
58 (4), 1110-1120.
BERGMAN NUTLEY, S., SÖDERQVIST, S., BRYDE, S., THORELL,
L.B., HUMPHREYs, K. & KLINGBERG, T. (2011). Gains in
fluid intelligence after training non!verbal reasoning in
4!year!old children : a controlled, randomized study.
Developmental Science, 14 (3), 591-601.
HOLMES, J., GATHERCOLE, S.E. & DUNNING, D.L. (2009).
Adaptive training leads to sustained enhancement of poor
working memory in children. Developmental Science, 12
(4), 9-15.
DAHLIN, K.I. (2011). Effects of working memory training on
reading in children with special needs. Reading &
Writing, 24 (4), 479-491.
DIAMOND, A. & LEE, K. (2011). Interventions shown to
aid executive function development in children 4 to 12
years old. Science, 333 (6045), 959-964.
ALLOWAY, T.P. (2012). Can interactive working memory
training improving learning ? Journal of Interactive
Learning Research, 23 (3), 197-207.
HABIB, M. & BESSON, M. (2009). What do music training
and musical experience teach us about brain plasticity ?
Journal s of the University of California Press, 26,
279-285. [PDF]
BREHMER, Y., WESTERBERG, H. & BÄCKMAN, L. (2012).
Working-memory training in younger and older adults :
training gains, transfer, and maintenance. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 6 [63], 1-7. [PDF]
BUSCHKUEHL, M., JAEGGI, S.M. & JONIDES, J. (2012).
Neuronal effects following working memory training. Developmental
Cognitive Neuroscience, 2, 167-179.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., DUNNING, D.L. & HOLMES, J. (2012).
Cogmed training : Let's be realistic about intervention
research. Journal of Applied Research in Memory &
Cognition, 1 (3), 201-203.
GROSS, A.L., PARISI, J.M., SPIRA, A.P., KUEIDER, A.M., KO,
J.Y., SACZYNSKI, J.S., QUINCY M., SAMUS, Q.M. & REBOK,
G.W. (2012). Memory training interventions for older
adults : A meta-analysis. Aging & Mental Health, 6
(6), 722-734. [PDF]
HULME, C. & MELBY-LERVAG, M. (2012). Current evidence
does not support the claims made for CogMed working memory
training. Journal of Applied Research in Memory &
Cognition, 1 (3), 197-200.
TULBURE, B.T. & SIBERESCU, I. (2013). Cognitive
training enhances working memory capacity in healthy
adults. A pilot study. Procedia - Social &
Behavioral Sciences, 78, 175-179. [PDF]
BECK, S.J., HANSON, C.A., PUFFENBERGER, S.S., BENNINGER,
K.L. & BENNINGER, W.B. (2010). A controlled trial of
working memory training for children and adolescents with
ADHD. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent
Psychology, 39 (6), 825-836.
MELBY-LERVAG, M. & HULME, C. (2013). Is working memory
training effective ? A meta-analytic review. Developmental
Psychology, 49 (2), 270-291 [PDF]
CHEIN, J.M. & MORRISON, A.B. (2010). Expanding the
mind's workspace : Training and transfer effects with a
complex working memory span task. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 17 (2), 193-199.
ALLOWAY, T.P., BIBILE, V. & LAU, G. (2013).
Computerized working memory training : Can it lead to
gains in cognitive skills in students ? Computers in
Human Behavior, 29 (3), 632-638.
KLINGBERG, T. (2010). Training and plasticity of working
memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 14 (7),
317-324. [PDF]
TAVRIS,
C., WADE, C., GOULET, C. GAGNON, A., WIEDMANN, P et
RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (2014). Introduction à la
psychologie : Les grandes perspectives. Montréal :
Pearsons.
Mémoire
(Exactitude/Précision) :
Accuracy and distortion in memory.
BAHRICK, H.P., HALL, L.K. & BERGER, S.A. (1996).
Accuracy and distortion in memory for high school grades.
Psychological Science, 7 (5), 265.
KAHANA, M.J. & LOFTUS, G. (1999). Response time versus
accuracy in human memory. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), The
nature of cognition (pp. 322-384). Cambridge, MA :
MIT Press. [PDF]
KORIAT, A. GOLDSMITH, M. & PANSKY, A. (2000). Toward a
psychology of memory accuracy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 51, 483-539.
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2008). Speed and accuracy
of accessing information in working memory : An individual
differences investigation of focus switching. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 34 (3), 616-630.
[PDF]
PELLIGRINO, J.W. & INGRAM, A.L. (1979). Processes,
products and measures of memory organization. In C. Puff
(Ed.), Memory organization and structure. New
York : Academic Press. [PDF]
ST-CLAIR-THOMPSON, H.L. (2010). Backwards digit recall : A
measure of short-term memory or working memory ? European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 22 (2), 286-296. [PDF]
WRIGHT, A.A., KATZ, J.S., MAGNOTTI, J., ELMORE, L.C. &
BABB, S. (2010). Testing pigeon memory in a change
detection task. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 17
(2), 243-249.
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1982). A note on the measurement of
primary memory capacity. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 8,
343-352. [PDF]
BROADWAY, J.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (2010). Validating
running memory span : Measurement of working memory
capacity and links with fluid intelligence. Behavior
Research Methods, 42, 563-570. [PDF]
CROVITZ, H.F. & DANIEL, W.F. (1984). Measurements of
everyday memory : Toward the prevention of forgetting. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 413-414.
MOREY, R.D. (2011). A hierarchical bayesian model for the
measurement of working memory capacity. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 55, 8-24.
LEWIS, K. (2003). Measuring transactive memory systems in
the field : Scale Development and Validation. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 88 (4), 587-604. [PDF]
ROUDER, J.N., MOREY, R.D., MOREY, C.C. & COWAN, N.
(2011). How to measure working memory capacity in the
change detection paradigm. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 18 (2), 324-330.
[PDF]
RICHARDSON, J.T.E. (2007). Measures of short-term memory :
A historical review. Cortex, 43, 635 650.
REDICK, T.S. & LINDSEY, D.R.B. (2013). Complex span
and n-back measures of working memory : A meta-analysis. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 20, 1102-1113.
HAYNE, H., JAEGER, K., SONNE, T. & GROSS, J. (2016).
Visual attention to meaningful stimuli by 1- to 3-year
olds : implications for the measurement of memory.
Developmental Psychobiology, 58 (7), 808-816.
WELLMAN H.M. (1978). Knowledge of the interaction of
memory variables : A developmental study of metamemory. Developmental
Psychology, 14, 24–29.
RABINOWITZ, J.C., ACKERMAN, B.P., CRAIK, F.I.M. &
HINCHLEY, J.L. (1982). Aging and metamemory : The roles of
relatedness and imagery. Journal of Gerontology, 37,
688-695.
NELSON, T.O. & NARENS, L. (1990). Metamemory : A
theoretical framework and some new findings. The
psychology of Learning & Motivation, 26,
125-173.
BJORK, R.A. & WICKENS, T.D. (1996). Memory,
metamemory, and conditional statistics. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 19, 193-194.
[PDF]
NELSON, T.O. & NARENS, L. (1992). Metamemory : A
theoretical framework and new findings. In T.O. Nelson
(Ed.), Metacognition : Core readings (pp. 9-24).
Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
SCHWARTZ, B.L., BENJAMIN, A.S. & BJORK, R.A. (1997).
The inferential and experiential basis of metamemory. Current
Direction in Psychological Science, 6, 132-137.
METCALFE, J., SCHWARTZ, B.L. & JOAQUIM, S.G. (1993).
The cue familiarity heuristic in metacognition.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 19, 851-861.
CECI, S.J., FITNEVA, S.A. & WILLIAMS, W.M. (2010).
Representational constraints on the development of memory
and metamemory : A developmental-representational theory.
Psychological Review, 117 (2), 464-495. [PDF]
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (1994). Sources of information in
metamemory : Judgments of learning and feeling of knowing.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 1, 357-375.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. & EFKLIDES, A. (2012). Metamemory and
memory efficiency : Implications for student learning. Journal
of Applied Research in Memory & Cognition, 1,
145-151. [PDF]
BJORK, R.A. (1994). Memory and metamemory considerations
in the training of human beings. In J. Metcalfe & A.
Shimamura (Eds.), Metacognition : Knowing about
knowing (pp. 185-205). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF]
Mémoire
(Rapidité) : Voir Temps
de réaction. Response time,
speed of memory.
Mémoire
(Réactivation) :Memory
reactivation.
HAYNE, H. & ROVEE-COLLIER, C. (1995). The organization
of reactivated memory in infancy. Child Development,
66 (3), 893-906.
HAYNE, H., BARR, R. & HERBERT, J. (2003). The effect
of prior practice on memory reactivation and
generalization. Child Development, 74 (6),
1615-1627.
Mémoire à court terme : MCT : Type de mémoire
de capacité limitée (sept
informations, plus ou moins 2) jouant un rôle dans la
rétention de l'information
pendant une période de 15 à 30 secondes; elle sert également à
maintenir l'information récupérée de la mémoire à long terme pour
une utilisation temporaire. Mémoire à court età
long terme.= MCT, registre à court terme, mémoire immédiate, MCT.
Short-Term Memory, STM, short-term retention, short-term storage, immediate memory, primary memory.
PILLSBURY, W.B. & SYLVESTER, A. (1940). Retroactive
and proactive inhibition in immediate memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 27, 532-545.
JANS, J.E. & CATANIA, A.C. (1980). Short-term
remembering of discriminative stimuli in pigeons.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 34
(2), 177-183.
[PDF]
MILLER, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or
minus two : Some limits on our capacity for processing
information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97.
LOGAN, G.D. (1980). Short-term memory demands of reaction
time tasks that differ in complexity. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 6, 375-389.
[PDF]
BROWN, J. (1958). Some tests of the decay theory of
immediate memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 10, 12-21.
CHURCH, R.M. (1980). Short-term memory for time intervals.
Learning & Motivation, 11, 208-219.
PETERSON, L.R. & PETERSON, M.J. (1959). Short-term
retention of individual verbal items. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 58, 193-198.
[PDF]
GLANZER, M., DORFMAN, D. & KAPLAN, B. (1981).
Short-term storage in the processing of text. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 20,
656-670.
CONRAD, R. (1960). Serial order intrusions in immediate
memory. British Journal of Psychology, 51, 45-48.
PETERSON, L.R., HILLNER, K. & SALTZMAN, D. (1962).
Supplementary report : time between pairings and
short-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
64, 550-551.
FLETCHER, C. (1981). Short-term memory processes in text
comprehension. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 20, 264-27.
KEPPEL, G. & UNDERWOOD, B.J.
(1962). Proactive inhibition in short-term retention of
single items. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 1 (3), 153–161.
WAUGH, N.C. (1963). Immediate memory as a function of
repetition. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 2, 107-112.
CASE, R., KURLANDM, D. & GOLDBERG, J. (1982).
Operational efficiency and the growth of short-term
memory. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 33,
386-404.
MELTON, A.W. (1963). Implications of short-term memory for
a general theory of memory. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 2, 1-2
WICKENS, D.D., BORN, D.G. & ALLEN, C.K. (1963).
Proactive inhibition and item similarity in short-term
memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 2, 440-445.
CASE, R., KURLAND, D.M. & GOLDBERG, J. (1982).
Operational efficiency and the growth of short-term memory
span. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 33, 38-404.
LOESS, H. (1964). Proactive inhibition in short-term
memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 3 (5), 362-368.
ATKINSON, R.C., HANSEN, D.N. & BERNBACH, H.A. (1964).
Short-term memory with young children. Psychonomic
Science, 1, 255-256.
HITCH, G.J. (1983). Short-term memory in humans and
animals. In A.R. Mayes (Ed.), Memory in animals and
humans (pp. 177-202). London : Van Nostrand.
CONRAD, R. (1964). Acoustic confusions in immediate
memory. British Journal of Psychology, 55, 75-84.
GLANZER, M., FISHER, B. & DORFMAN, D. (1984).
Short-term storage in reading. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 23, 467-486.
MURDOCK, B.B. (1965). Effects of a subsidiary task on
short-term memory. British Journal of Psychology, 56
(4), 413-419.
SIEGEL, L.S. & LINDER, B.A. (1984). Short-term memory
processes in children with reading and arithmetic learning
disabilities. Developmental Psychology, 20,
200-207.
BADDELEY, A.D., CONRAD, R. & HULL, A.J. (1965).
Predictability and immediate memory for consonant
sequences. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 17 (2), 175–177.
VALLAR, G. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1984). Fractionation of
working memory : Neuropsychological evidence for a
phonological short-term store. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 23, 151–161.
KEPPEL, G. (1965). Problems of method in the study of
short-term memory. Psychological Bulletin, 63 (1),
1–13.
POSTMAN L. & PHILLIPS L.W. (1965). Short-term
temporal changes in free recall. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 17, 132-138.
WICKELGREN, W.A.. (1965). Acoustic similarity and
retroactive interference in short-term memory. Journal
of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 4, 53-61.
BRAINERD, C.J. & KINGMA, J. (1985). On the
independence of short-term memory and working memory in
cognitive development. Cognitive Psychology, 17, 210-247.
ADAMS, J.A. & DIJKSTRA, S. (1966). Short-term memory
for motor responses. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 71, 314-318.
HITCH, G.J. (1985). Short-term memory and information
processing in humans and animals : Towards an integrative
framework. In L.G. Nilsson & T. Archer (Eds.), Perspectives
on learning and memory (pp. 119-136). Hillsdale,
N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.
NORMAN, D.A. (1966). Acquisition and retention in
short-term memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 72, 369-381.
YU, B., ZHANG, W., JING, Q, PENG, R., ZHANG, G. &
SIMON, H.A. (1985). STM capacity for Chinese and English
language material. Memory & Cognition, 13,
202-207.
POSNER, M.I. & KONICK, A.F. (1966). On the role of
interference in short-term retention. Journal of
Experimental Psychology 72 (2), 221-231.
WICKELGREN, W.A. & NORMAN, D.A. (1966). Strength
models and serial position in short-term recognition
memory. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 3,
316-347.
WASSERMAN, E.A. (1985). Prospection and retrospection as
processes of animal short-term memory. In D.F. Kendrick,
M. Rilling & M.R. Denny (Eds.), Animal memory
(pp. 53-75). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
CONRAD, R. & HULL, A.J. (1966). The role of the
interpolated task in short-term retention.
The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18
(3), 266–269.
BADDELEY, A.D. (1966). Short-term memory for word
sequences as a function of acoustic, semantic and formal
similarity. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 18, 362-365.
FISHER, B. & GLANZER, M. (1986). Short-term storage
and the processing of cohesion during reading. The
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38,
431-460.
MURRAY, D.J. (1967). The role of speech responses in
short-term memory. Canadian Journal of Psychogy, 21,
263-276.
ATKINSON, R.C., PHILLIPS, J.L. & SHIFFRIN, R.M.
(1967). Effects of list length on short-term memory. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 6,
303-311.
BUTTERWORTH, B., CAMPBELL, R. & HOWARD, D. (1986). The
uses of short-term memory a case study. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A (4),
705-737. [PDF]
SPERLING, G. (1967). Successive approximations to a model
for short-term memory. Acta Psychologica, 27,
285-292.
FLETCHER, C. (1986). Strategies for the allocation of
short-term memory during comprehension. Journal of
Memory & Language, 25, 43-58.
BJORK, R.A., LABERGE, D. & LEGRANDE, R. (1968). The
modification of short-term memory through instructions to
forget. Psychonomic Science, 10, 55-56. [PDF]
ZENTALL, T.R., JAGIELO, J.A., JACKSON-SMITH, P. &
URCUIOLI, P.J. (1987). Memory codes in pigeon short-term
memory : Effect of varying number of sample and comparison
stimuli. Learning & Motivation, 18, 21-33.
MURRAY, D.J. (1968). Articulation and acoustic
confusability in short term memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 78, 679-684.
JONES, W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1987). Short-and long-term
memory retrieval : A comparison of the effects of
information load and relatedness. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 116, 137-153.
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory :
A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W.
Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The Psychology of
Learning & Motivation : Advances in research and
theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic
Press.
SIEGEL, L.S. & RYAN, E.B. (1988). Development of
grammatical-sensitivity, phonological, and short-term
memory skills in normally achieving and learning disabled
children. Developmental Psychology, 24 (1),
28-37.
FAGAN, J.F. (1968). Short-term memory processes in normal
and retarded children. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 6 (2), 279-296.
BADDELEY, A., PAPAGNO, C. & VALLA, G. (1988). When
long-term learning depends on short-term storage. Journal
of Memory & Language, 27, 586-596.
MARTIN, E., ROBERTS, K.H. & COLLINS, A. (1968).
Short-term memory for sentences. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 7, 560-566.
PENNEY, C. (1989). Modality effects and the structure of
short-term verbal memory. Memory & Cognition, 17,
398-422.
ATKINSON, R.C., BRELSFORD, J.W. & SHIFFRIN, R.M.
(1968). Multiple reinforcement effects in short-term
memory. The British Journal of Mathematical &
Statistical Psychology, 21, 1-19.
WIXTED, J. (1989). Non humans hort-term memory : A
quantitative reanalysis of selected findings. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3),
409-426. [PDF]
GLANZER, M., GIANUTOS, R. & DUBIN, S.
(1969). The removal of items from short-term storage. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 8, 435-447.
MEWHORT, D.J. & MERIKLE, M.P. (1969). On the transfer
from iconic to short-term memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 81, 89-94.
POTTER, M.C. & LOMBARDI, L. (1990). Regeneration in
the short-term recall of sentences. Journal of Memory
& Learning, 29, 633-654.
BUSH, E.S. & COHEN, L.B. (1969). The effects of
relevant and irrelevant labels in short-term memory in
nursery school children. Psychonomic Science, 18, 228-229.
FUCHS, A.H. (1969). Recall for order and content of serial
word lists in short-term memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 82 (1), 14-21.
DROULEZ J. & BERTHOZ A. (1991). A neural network model
of sensoritopic maps with predictive short-term memory
properties. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 88, 9653-9657.
LINDSAY, P.H. & NORMAN, D.A. (1969). Short-term
retention during a simultaneous detection task. Perception
& Psychophysics, 5, 201-205.
HULME, C., MAUHAN, S. & BROWN, G.D.A. (1991). Memory
for familiar and unfamiliar words : Evidence for a
long-term memory contribution to short-term memory span. Journal
of Memory & Language, 30, 685-701.
TURVEY, M.T., BRICK, P. & OSBORN, J. (1970). Proactive
interference in short-term memory as a function of
prior-item retention interval. The Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 22, 142-147.
CANTOR, J., ENGLE, R.W. & HAMILTON, G. (1991).
Short-term memory, working memory, and verbal abilities :
How do they relate ? Intelligence, 15, 229-246.
JARRARD, L.E. & MOISE, S.L. (1970). Short-term memory
in the stumptail macaque : Effect of physical restraint of
behavior on performance. Learning & Motivation, 1
(3), 267–275.
BADDELEY, A.D. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1970). Amnesia and
the distinction between long and short-term memory. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 9,
176-89.
TROJANO, L., STANZIONE, M. & GROSSI, D. (1992).
Short-term memory and verbal learning with auditory
phonological coding defect : A neuropsychological case
study. Brain & Cognition, 18, 12–33. [PDF]
PETTERSON, L.R. & JOHNSON, S.T. (1971). Some effects
of minimizing articulation on short-term retention.
Journal of Verbal Learning & V erbal Behavior, 10, 346
–354.
ALVAREZ-ROYO, P., ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R.
(1992). Impairment of long-term memory and sparing of
short-term memory in monkeys with medial temporal lobe
lesions : a response to Ringo. Behavioural Brain
Research, 52, 1-5.
MADIGAN, S.A. (1971). Modality and recall order
interactions in short-term memory for serial order. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 87 (2), 294-296.
CROWDER, R.G. (1993). Short-term memory : Where do we
stand ? Memory & Cognition, 21, 142-145.
BUTERFIELD, E.C., WAMBOLD, C. & BELMONT, J.C. (1993).
On the theory and practice of improving short-term memory.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 77,
654-669.
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1971). The control of
short-term memory. Scientific American, 225
(2), 82-90. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & HITCH, G.J. (1993). Developmental
changes in short-term memory : A revised working memory
perspective. In A.F. Collins, S.E. Gathercole, M.A. Conway
& P.E. Morris (Eds.), Theories of memory
(pp. 189-209). Hove : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
MADIGAN, S.A. & McCABE, L. (1971). Perfect recall and
total forgetting : A problem for models of short-term
memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 10, 101-106.
MARTIN, R.C. (1993). Short-term memory and sentence
processing : Evidence from neuropsychology. Memory
& Cognition, 21, 176-183.
WARRINGTON, E.K., LOGUE V. & PRATT, R.T. (1971). The
anatomical localisation of selective impairment of
auditory verbal short-term memory. Neuropsychologia,
9, 377–387.
LEVY, B.A. (1971). The role of articulation in
auditory and visual short-term memory. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Behavior, 10, 123-132.
COWAN, N. (1994). Mechanisms of verbal short-term memory.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 3, 185-189.
LEWINSHON, P.M., ZIELER, R.E., LIBET, J., EYBERG, S.M.
& NIELSON, G. (1972). Short-term memory : A comparison
between frontal and nonfrontal right- and left-hemisphere
brain damaged patients. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 81, 248-255.
MILLER, E.K. & DESIMONE, R. (1994). Parallel neuronal
mechanisms for short-term memory. Science, 263,
520-522.
GLANZER, M., KOPPENAAL, L. & NELSON, R. (1972).
Effects of relations between words on short-term storage
and long-term storage. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal 8ehavior, 11, 403-416.
VALLAR, G. & PAPAGNO, C. (1995). Neuropsychological
impairments of short-term memory. In A.D. Baddeley, B.A.
Wilson, & F.N. Wats (Eds.), Handbook of memory
disorders. New York, NY : Wiley
MEDIN, D.L. (1972). Evidence of short- and long-term
memory in monkeys. American Journal of Psychology, 85,
117-119.
TROJANO, L. & GROSSI, D. (1992). Phonological and
lexical coding in verbal short-term memory and learning. Brain
& Language, 51, 336–354.
TEHAN, G. & HUMPHREYS, M.S. (1996) Cuing effects in
short-term recall. Memory & Cognition 24, 719-32.
CRAIK, F.I.M. & WATKINS, M.J. (1973). The role of
rehearsal in short term memory. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behaviour, 12, 599-607.
ISHAI, A. & SAGI, D. (1997). Visual imagery : Effects
of short- and long-term memory. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 9 (6), 734-742.
[PDF]
WICKELGREN, W.A. (1973). The long and the short of memory.
Psychological Bulletin, 80, 425-438.
GUPTA, P. & MacWHINNEY, B. (1997). Vocabulary
acquisition and verbal short-term memory : Computational
and neural bases. Brain & Language, 59,
267-233. [PDF]
D'AMATO, M.R. (1973). Delayed matching and short-term
memory in monkeys. Psychology of Learning &
Motivation, 7 227-269.
VALLAR, G., DI BETTA, A.M. & SILVERI, M.C. (1997). The
phonological short-term store-rehearsal system : Patterns
of impairment and neural correlates. Neuropsychologia,
35, 795- 812.
HASHER, L. GOGGIN, J. & RILEY, D.A. (1973). Learning
and interference effects in short-term memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 101, 1-9. [PDF]
COWAN, N., WOOD, N.L., WOOD, P.K., KELLER, T.A., NUGENT,
L.D. & KELLER, C.V. (1998). Two separate verbal
processing rates contributing to short-term memory span. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 127, 141-160.
GLANZER, M. & RAZEL, M. (1974). The size of the unit
in short-term storage. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 13, 114-131.
HEALY, A.F. (1974). Separating item from order information
in short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 13, 644-655.
GATHERCOLE, S.E. (1999). Cognitive approaches to the
development of short-term memory. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 3 (11), 410-419.
D'AMATO, M.R. & WORSHAM, R.W. (1974). Retrieval cues and short-term memory in capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) and in rats. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 86 (2), 274-282.
ESTES, W.K. (1973). Phonemic coding and rehearsal in
short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Behavior, 12, 360- 372.
COMBLAIN, A. (1999). The relevance of a nonword repetition
task to assess the phonological short term memory of
individuals with Down syndrome. Down Syndrome
Research & Practice, 6, 76-84.
MASOURA, E.V. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (1999). Phonological
short-term memory and foreign language learning. International
Journal of Psychology, 34 (5/6), 383-388. [PDF]
SHIMP, C.P. & MOFFITT, M. (1974). Short-term memory in
the pigeon : Stimulus-response associations. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 22,
507-512.
ENGLE, R.W., TUHOLSKI, S.W., LAUGHLIN, J. & CONWAY, A.
(1999). Working memory, short-term memory, and general
fluid intelligence : A latent-variable approach.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 128 (3),
309-331.
SHALLICE, T. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1974). The
dissociation between short term retention of meaningful
sounds and verbal material. Neuropsychologia, 12 (4),
553-555.
COWAN, N., NUGENT, L.D., ELIOTT, E.M., PONOMAREV, I. &
SAULTS, J.S. (1999). The role of attention in the
development of short-term memory : Age differences in the
verbal span of apprehension. Child Development, 70, 1082-1097.
HITCH, G.J. (1974). Short-term memory for spatial and
temporal information. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 26, 503-513.
MURDOCK, B.B. (1999). Item and associative interactions in
short-term memory : Multiple memory systems ? International
Journal of Psychology, 34, 427-433.
BESNER, D., KEATING, J.K., CAKE, L.J. & MADDIGAN, R.R.
(1974). Repetition effects in iconic and verbal short term
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 102,
901-903.
LAMING, D. (1999). Testing the idea of different storage
mecanism in memory. International Journal of
Psychology, 34 (5), 419-426.
COLLIER G. & LOGAN, G. (2000). Modality differences in
short term memory for rhythms. Memory & Cognition,
28, 529-538.
[PDF]
DEUTSCH, D. (1975). The organization of short term memory
for a single acoustic attribute. In D. Deutsch and J.A.
Deutsch (Eds.), Short term memory (pp. 107-151).
New York : Academic Press. [PDF]
MEWHORT, D.J. & JOHNS, E.E. (2000). The
extralist-feature effect : evidence against item matching
in short-term recognition memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology. General, 129,
262-284.
SAFFRAN E.M. & MARIN, O.S.M. (1975). Immediate memory
for word lists and sentences in a patient with deficient
auditory short-term memory. Brain & Language, 2,
420-433.
STUART, G. & HULME, C. (2000). The effects of word
co-occurrence on short-term memory : Associative links in
long-term memory affect short-term memory performance. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 26, 796-802.
BADDELEY, A.D., THOMPSON, N. & BUCHANAN. M. (1975).
Word length and the structure of short-term memory. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14,
575-589.
[PDF]
SOLSO, R. (2000). Short-term memory. In R. Solso (Ed.), Cognitive
psychology (pp. 196-213). Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
PENNEY, C. (1975). Modality effects in short-term verbal
memory. Psychological Bulletin, 82 (1), 68-84.
COWAN, N. (2001). The magical number 4 in short-term
memory : A reconsideration of mental storage capacity.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 24, 87-114. [PDF]
KINSBOURNE, M. & WOOD, F. (1975). Short-term memory
processes and the amnesic syndrome. In D. Deutsch & J.
A. Deutsch (Eds.), Short-term memory. New York :
Academic Press, 1975.
VECCHI, T. & RICHARDSON, J.T.E. (2001). Measures of
visuospatial short-term memory : The knox cube imitation
test and the corsi blocks test compared. Brain &
Cognition, 46, 291-295.
BJORK, R.A. (1975). Short-term storage : The ordered
output of a central processor. In F. Restle, R.M.
Shiffrin, N.J. Castellan, H.R. Lindeman & D.B. Pisoni
(Eds.), Cognitive theory (Vol.1, pp. 151-171).
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
SWANSON, H.L. & HOWELL, M. (2001). Working memory,
short-term memory, and speech rate as predictors of
children’s reading performance at different ages. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 93, 720-734.
CRAIK, F.I.M. & JACOBY, L.L. (1975). A process view of
short-term retention. In F. Restle, R.N. Shiffrin, H.J.
Castellan, M.R. Lindman & D.B. Pisoni (Eds.), Cognitive
theory (Vol. 1). Potomac, MD : Erlbaum.[PDF]
HENSON, R.N.A. (2001). Serial order in short-term memory.
The Psychologist, 14 (2), 70-73. [PDF]
BROADBENT, D.E. (1975). The magic number seven after
fifteen years. In A. Kennedy & A. Wilkes (Eds.), Studies
in long-term memory (pp. 3-18). London : Wiley.
WICKENS, D.D. & ENGLE, R.W. (2002). Imagery and
abstractness in short-term memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 84 (2), 268-272. [PDF]
FARNHAM-DIGGORY, S. & GREGG, L. (1975). Short-term
memory function in young readers. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 19, 279-298.
CONWAY, A.R.A., COWAN, N., BUNTING, M.F., THERRIAULT, D.J.
& MINKOFF, S.R.B. (2002). A latent variable analysis
of working memory capacity, short term memory capacity,
processing speed, and general fluid intelligence. Intelligence,
30, 163-183. [PDF]
POTTER, M.C. (1976). Short-term conceptual memory for
pictures. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Learning & Memory, 2 (5), 509-522.
NAIRNE, J.S. (2002). Remembering over the short-term : The
case against the standard model. Annual Review of
Psychology, 53, 53-81. [PDF]
SHIMP, C.P. (1976). Short-term memory in the pigeon :
Relative recency. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 25 (1). 55-61. [PDF]
NORRIS, D., BADDELEY, A.D. & PAGE, M.P.A. (2004). Page
MPA. Retroactive effects of irrelevant speech on serial
recall from short-term memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 30, 1093-1105.
ROBERTS, W.A. & GRANT, D.S. (1976). Studies of
short-term memory in the pigeon using the delayed
matching-to-sample procedure. In D.L. Medin, W.A. Roberts
& R.T. Davis (Eds.), Processes of animal memory
(pp. 79-98). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
ALVAREZ, G.A. & CAVANAGH, P. (2004). The capacity of
visual short-term memory is set both by visual information
load and by the number of objects. Psychological
Science, 15, 106-111.
[PDF]
REMONDES, M., SCHUMAN, E.M. (2004). Role for a cortical
input to hippocampal area CA1 in the consolidation of a
long-term memory. Nature, 431, 699-703.
SWANSON, H.L. & BEEBE-FRANKBERGER, M. (2004). The
Relationship between working memory and mathematical
problem solving in children at risk for math disabilities.
Journal of Education Psychology, 96, 471-491.
RANGANATH, C. & BLUMFELD, R.S. (2005). Doubts about
double dissociations between short- and long-term memory.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 374-380.
SHIMP, C.P. (1976). Short-term memory in the pigeon : The
previously reinforced response. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 26 (3), 487-493.
[PDF]
SHALLICE, T. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (1977). Short-term
memory impairment and spontaneous speech. Neuropsychologia,
15 (6), 729-735.
JONIDES, J., LACEY, S.C. & NEE, D.E. (2005). Processes
of working memory in mind and brain. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 2-5. [PDF]
LANFRANCHI, S. & SWANSON, H.L. (2005). Development of
short-term memory and working memory in children as a
function of language specific knowledge in english and
spanish. Learning & Individual Differences, 15, 299-319.
COWAN, N., ELLIOTT, E.M., SAULTS, J.S., MOREY, C.C.,
MATTOX, S., HISMJATULLINA, A. & CONWAY, A.R.A. (2005).
On the capacity of attention : Its estimation and its role
in working memory and cognitive aptitudes. Cognitive
Psychology, 51 (1), 42-100. [PDF]
MAKI, W.S., MOE, J.C. & BIERLY, C.M. (1977).
Short-term memory for stimuli, responses, and reinforcers.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior
Processes, 3, 156-177.
DAVELAAR, M.M., GOSHEN-GOTTSTEIN, Y., ASHKENAZI, A.,
HARARMANN, H.J. & USHER, M. (2005). The demise of
short-term memory revisited : Empirical and computational
investigations of recency effects. Psychological
Review, 112 (1), 3-42.
[PDF]
ROEDIGER, H.L., KNIGHT, J.L. & KANTOWITZ, B.H. (1977).
Inferring decay in short-term memory : The issue of
capacity. Memory & Cognition, 5, 167-176.
[PDF]
BOTVINICK, M.M. & PLAUT, D.C. (2006). Short-term
memory for serial order : A recurrent neural metwork
model. Psychological Review, 113 (2), 201-233.
[PDF]
ABRAHAM, W.C. (2006). Memory maintenance : The changing
nature of neural mechanisms. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 15, 5-8.
BAVELIER, D., NEWPORT, E.L., HALL, M.L., SUPALLA, T. &
BOUTLA, M. (2006). Persistent difference in short-term
memory span between sign and speech : Implications for
cross-linguistic comparisons. Association for
Psychological Science, 17 (12), 1090-1092.
[PDF]
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2007). On the division of
short-term and working memory : An examination of simple
and complex spans and their relation to higher-order
abilities. Psychological Bulletin, 133,
1038-1066. [PDF]
VOGEL, E.K., WOODMAN, G.F. & LUCK, S.J. (2006).The
Time Course of Consolidation in Visual Working Memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 32 (6), 1436-1451. [PDF]
SWANSON, H.L. & KIM, K. (2007). Working memory,
short-term memory, and naming speed as predictors of
children's mathematical performance. Intelligence,
35, 151-168.
STEVANOSKI, B. & JOLICOEUR, P. (2007). Visual
short-term memory : Central capacity limitations in
short-term consolidation. Visual Cognition, 15
(5), 532-563.
ALVAREZ, G.A. & OLIVIA, A. (2007). The role of global
layout in visual short-term memory. Visual Cognition,
15 (1), 70-73.
LUCK, S.J. (2007). Visual short term memory. Scholarpedia,
2 (6), 3328-3335. [PDF]
RICHARDSON, J.T.E. (2007). Measures of short-term memory :
a historical review. Cortex, 43 (5), 635-650.
UNSWORTH, N., HEITZ, R.P. & PARKS, N.A. (2008). The
importance of temporal distinctiveness for forgetting over
the short-term. Psychological Science, 19,
1078-1081. [PDF]
GROSSBERG, S. (1978). Behavioral contrast in short-term
memory : Serial binary memory models or parallel
continuous memory models ? Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 3, 199-219.
ALVAREZ, G.A. & CAVANAGH, P. (2008). Visual short-term
memory operates more efficiently on boundary features than
on surface features. Perception & Psychophysics,
70 (2), 346-364. [PDF]
LANFRANCHI, S., SWANSON, H.L. & VIANELLO, R. (2008). A
battery for assessing short-term and working memory in
preschoolers : preliminary results. In N. B. Johansen
(Ed.), New research on short-term memory (pp.
207-222). New York : Nova Science Publishers.
CAMPOY, G. (2008). The effect of word length in short-term
memory : Is rehearsal necessary ? The Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61 (5),
724-734. [PDF]
HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory
in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10,
302-323.
BULL, R., ESPY, A.K. & WIEBE, S.A. (2008). Short-term
memory, working memory, and executive functioning in
preschoolers : Longitudinal predictors of mathematical
achievement at age 7 years. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 33 (3), 205-228. [PDF]
COWAN, N. & AUBUCHON, A.M. (2008). Short-term memory
loss over time without retroactive stimulus interference.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 15 (1),
230-235.
[PDF]
LOFTUS, G.R., DARK, V.J. & WILLIAMS, D. (1979).
Short-term memory factors in ground controller/pilot
communication. Human Factors, 21, 169-181.
JONIDES, J., LEWIS, R.L., NEE, D.E., LUSTIG, C.A., BERMAN,
M. & MOORE, K.S. (2008). The mind and brain of
short-term memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 59, 193-224.
[PDF]
THORN, A. & PAGE, M. (2009). Current issues in
understanding interactions between short-term and
long-term memory. In A. Thorn & M. Page (Eds.),
Interactions between short-term and long-term memory in
the verbal domain (pp. 1–15). Hove, UK : Psychology
Press.
CURBY, K.M., GLAZEK, K. & GSUTHIER, I. (2009). A
visual short-term memory advantage for objects of
expertise. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 35, 94-107.
SWANSON, H.L., ZHENG, X. & JERMAN, O. (2009). Working
memory, short-term memory and reading Disabilities. A
selective meta-analysis of the literature. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 42, 260-287.
JARVELLA, R.J. (1979). Immediate memory and discourse
processing. The Psychology of Learning &
Motivation, 13, 379-421.
LUSTIG, C. & MECK, W.H. (2011). Modality differences
in timing and temporal memory throughout the lifespan.
Brain & Cognition, 77 (2), 298-303. [PDF]
ELMORE, L.C., MA, W.J., MAGNOTTI, J.F., LEISING, K.J.,
PASSARO, A.D., KATZ, J.S. & WRIGHT, A.A. (2011).
Visual short-term memory compared in rhesus monkeys and
humans. Current Biology, 21, 975-979. [PDF]
KUO, B.-C., STOKES, M.G. & NOBRE, A.C. (2012).
Attention modulates maintenance of representations in
visual short-term memory. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 24, 51-60.
RACE, E., LAROCQUE, K.F., KEANE, M.M. & VERFAELLIE, M.
(2013). Medial temporal lobe contributions to short-term
memory for faces. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: General, 142, 1309-1322.
BLACKER, K.J. & CURBY, K.M. (2013). Enhanced visual
short-term memory in action video game players.
Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics, 75,
1128-1136. [PDF]
SAAD, E. & SILVANTO, J. (2013). How visual short-term
memory maintenancem modulates subsequent vsual
aftereffects. Psychological Science, 24 (5),
803-808.
LAROCQUE, J.J., LEWIS-PEACOCK, J.A. & POSTLE, B.R.
(2014). Multiple neural states of representation in
short-term memory ? It's a matter of attention. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 8 [5], 1-14. [PDF]
NORRIS, D. (2017). Short-term memory and long-term memory
are still different. Psychological Bulletin, 143 (9),
992–1009. [PDF]
SQUIRE, L.R. (2017). Memory for relations in the short
term and long term after medial temporal lobe damage. Hippocampus,
27, 608-612. [PDF]
TAVRIS,
C., WADE, C., GOULET, C. GAGNON, A., WIEDMANN, P et
RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (2014). Introduction à la
psychologie : Les grandes perspectives. Montréal :
Pearsons.
KEPPEL, G. (1964). Facilitation in short-and long-term
retention of paired associates following distributed
practice in learning. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 3, 91-111.
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory :
A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W.
Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The psychology of
learning & motivation : Advances in research and
theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic
Press.
ERICSSON, K.A. & KINTSCH, W. (1995). Long-term working
memory. Psychological Review, 102 (2), 211-245.
WARRINGTON, E.K. & WEISKRANTZ, L. (1968). New method
of testing long term retention with special reference to
amnesic patients. Nature, 217, 972-974.
ALLEN, G.A., MAHLER, W.A. & ESTES W.K. (1969). Effects
of recall tests on long-term retention of paired
associates. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 8 (4), 463-470.
HULME, C., ROODENRYS S., BROWN, G.D.A. & MERCER, R.
(1995). The role of long-term memory mechanisms in memory
span. British Journal of Psychology, 86, 527-536.
BADDELEY, A.D. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1970). Amnesia and
the distinction between long and short-term memory. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 9,
176-189
FREEDMAN, J.L. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1971). Retrieval of
words from long-term memory. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 10, 107-115.
ISHAI, A. & SAGI, D. (1997). Visual imagery : Effects
of short- and long-term memory. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 9 (6), 734-742.
[PDF]
RUMELHART, D.E., LINDSAY, P.H. & NORMAN, D.A. (1972).
A process model for long-term memory. In E. Tulving &
W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of memory. New
York : Academic Press.
WICKELGREN, W.A. (1972). Trace resistance and decay of
long-term memory. Journal of Mathematical Psychology,
9 (4), 418–455.
HARTSHORN, K., ROVEE-COLLIER, C., GERHARDSTEIN, P., BHATT,
R.S., WONDOLOSKI, T.L., KLEIN, P., GILCH, J., WURTZEL, N.
& CAMPOS-DE-CAVALHO, M. (1998). The ontogeny of
long-term memory over the first year-and-a-half of life.
Developmental Psychobiology, 32, 1-31.
MEDIN, D.L. (1972). Evidence of short- and long-term
memory in monkeys. American Journal of Psychology,
85, 117-119.
FEDERMEIER, K.D. & KUTAS, M. (1999). A rose by any
other name : Long-term memory structure and sentence
processing. Journal of Memory & Language, 41,
469-495. [PDF]
JACOBY, L.L. & BARTZ, W.H. (1972). Rehearsal and
transfer to LTM. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 11, 561-565.
[PDF]
KINTSCH, W., PATEL, V. & ERICSSON, K.A. (1999). The
role of Long-term working memory in text comprehension. Psychologia,
42, 186-198.
WICKELGREN, W.A. (1973). The long and the short of memory.
Psychological Bulletin, 80, 425-438.
KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2000). Working memory
capacity, proactive interference, and divided attention :
Limits on long-term memory retrieval. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 26 (2), 336-358. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
HERMANN, D.J. & McLAUGHLIN, J.P. (1973). Effects of
experimental and preexperimental organization on
recognition : Evidence for two storage systems in
long-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
99, 174–179.
MAYR, U. & KLIEGL, R. (2000). Task-set switching and
long-term memory retrieval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26
(5), 1124-1140. [PDF]
BJORK, R.A. & WHITTEN, W.B. (1974). Recency-sensitive
retrieval processes in long- term free recall. Cognitive
Psychology, 6, 173-189. [PDF]
ANDERSON, J.R. (1974). Retrieval of propositional
information from long-term memory. Cognitive
Psychology, 6, 451-474.
TOICHI, M. & KAMIO, Y. (2002). Long-term memory and
levels-of-processing in autism. Neuropsychologia, 40,
964-969.
BADDELEY, A.D., THOMSON, N. & BUCHANAN M. (1975). Word
length and the structure of short term memory. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14, 575–589.
MAKI, R.H. & HASHER, L. (1975). Encoding variability :
A role in immediate and long term memory ? American
Journal of Psychology, 88, 217-231. [PDF]
RICHARDSON-KLAVHN, A. & BJORK, R.A. (2002). Memory :
Long term. In Encyclopedia of cognitive science.
(Vol. 2, pp. 1096-1105). London : Nature Publishing Group.
[PDF]
ENGLE, R.W. & MOBLEY, L.A. (1976). The modality effect
: What happens in long-term memory ? Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 15, 519-527.
[PDF]
NAIRNE, J.S. (2002). Remembering over the short-term : The
case against the standard model. Annual Review of
Psychology, 53, 53-81.
[PDF]
PETERSON, C. (2002). Children's long-term memory for
autobiographical events. Developmental Review, 22,
370-402. [PDF]
NICKERSON, R.S. & ADAMS, M.J. (1979). Long-term memory
for a common object. Cognitive Psychology, 11,
287-307.
McNALLY, R.J. (2003). Remembering trauma. Cambridge, MA,
Harvard University Press. Nilsson, L.-G. (2003). Memory
function in normal aging. Acta Neurologica
Scandinavia, 107 (S179), 7–13.
HUNT, E.B., DAVIDSON, J. & LANSMAN, M. (1981).
Individual differences in long term memory access.
Memory & Cognition, 9, 599-608.
RUCHKIN, D.S., GRAFMAN, J., CAMERON, K. & BERNT, R.S.
(2003). Working memory retention systems : A state of
activated long-term memory. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences 26, 709-777. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D., LEWIS, V.J., ELDRIDGE, M. & THOMSON,
N. (1984). Attention and retrieval from long-term memory.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 113,
211-216.
WINKLER, I. & COWAN, N. (2005). From sensory to long
term memory : Evidence from auditory memory reactivation
studies. Experimental Psychology, 52, 3-20.
FIVUSH, R., HUDSON, J.A. & NELSON, K. (1984).
Children's long-term memory for a novel event : An
exploratory study. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 30,
303- 316.
RANGANATH, C. & BLUMFELD, R.S. (2005). Doubts about
double dissoci- ations between short- and long-term
memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 374-380.
BAHRICK, H.P. (2005). The long-term neglect of long-term
memory : Reasons and remedies. In A.F. Healy (Ed.), Experimental
cognitive psychology and its applications. (pp.89-100).
Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association
Press.
JONES, W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1987). Short- and
long-term memory retrieval : A comparison of the effects
of information load and relatedness. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 116, 137-153.
ROHRER, D., TAYLOR, K., PASHLER, H., WIXTED, J.T. &
CEPEDA, N.J. (2005). The effect of overlearning on
long-term retention. Appllied Cognitive Psychology,
19, 361-374. [PDF]
WITTMANN, B.C., SCHOTT, B.H., GUDERIAN, S., FREY, J.U.,
HEINZE, H.J. & DÜZEL, E. (2005). Reward-related fMRI
activation of dopaminergic midbrain is associated with
enhanced hippocampus-dependent long-term memory formation.
Neuron, 45 (3), 459–467.
FARR, M.J. (1987). The long-term retention of
knowledge and skills : A cognitive and instructional
perspective. New York, NY : Springer.
ROMERO, L., WALSH, V. & PAPAGNO, C. (2006). The neural
correlates of phonological short-term memory : A
repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation study.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18 (7),
1147-1155. [PDF]
MACLEOD, C.M. (1988). Forgotten but not gone : Savings for
pictures and words in long-term memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 14, 195-212.
VOLK, H.E., McDERMOOT, K.B., ROEDIGER, H.L. & TODD,
R.D. (2006). Genetic influences on free and cued recall in
long-term memory tasks. Twin Research & Human
Genetics, 9, 623-631.
[PDF]
BADDELEY, A., PAPAGNO, C. & VALLA, G. (1988). When
long-term learning depends on short-term storage. Journal
of Memory & Language, 27, 586-596.
ZACKS, R.T. & HASHER, L. (2006). Aging and long term
memory : Deficits are not inevitable. In E. Bialystok
& F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), Lifespan cognition :
Mechanisms of change (pp 162-177). New York, NY :
Oxford University Press. [PDF]
HOWE, M.L. & BRAINERD, C.J. (1989). Development of
children's long-term retention. Developmental Review,
9, 301-340.
WAN, M.W. (2007). Long-term memory and school performance
following cognitive transition at five to seven years. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
7, 1-10. [PDF]
HAYNE, H. (1990). The effect of multiple reminders on
long-term retention in human infants. Developmental
Psychobiology, 23 (6), 453-477.
JONES, F., GOBET, F. & PINE, J.M. (2007). Linking
working memory and long-term memory : A computational
model of the learning of new words. Developmental
Science, 10 (6), 853-873. [PDF]
NAIRNE, J.S. (1990). Similarity and long-term memory for
order. Journal of Memory & Language, 29, 733-746.
[PDF]
SZPUNAR, K.K., McDERMOTT, K.B. & ROEDIGER, H.L.
(2007). Expectation of a final cumulative test enhances
long-term retention. Memory & Cognition, 35,
1007-1013. [PDF]
HAYNE, H. (1990). The effect of multiple reminders on
long-term retention in human infants. Developmental
Psychobiology, 23 (6), 453-477.
JOINER, W.M. & SMITH, M.A. (2008). Long-term retention
explained by a model of short-term learning in the
adaptive control of reaching. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 100 (5), 2948-2955.
BRADY, T.F., KONKLE, T., ALAVAREZ, G.A., OLIVA, A. (2008). Visual long-term memory has a massive storage capacity for object details. Proceedings of the Sciences, USA, 105 (38), 14325-14329.
ESPY, K. & WIEBE, S.A. (2008). Short-term memory,
working memory, and executive functioning in preschoolers
: Longitudinal predictors of mathematical achievement at
age 7 years. Developmental Neuropsychology, 33 (3),
205-228. [PDF]
SAKAI, K. & MIYASHITA, M. (1991). Neural or ganization
for the long-term memory of paired associates. Nature,
354, 152-155.
THORN, A. & PAGE, M. (2009). Current issues in
understanding interactions between short-term and
long-term memory. In A. Thorn & M. Page (Eds.),
Interactions between short-term and long-term memory in
the verbal domain (pp. 1–15). Hove, UK : Psychology
Press.
CHRISITINA, R.W. & BJORK, R.A. (1991). Optimizing
long-term retention and transfer. In D. Druckman &
R.A. Bjork (Eds.), In the mind’s eye : Enhancing
human performance (pp. 23-56). Washington, DC :
National Academy Press.
KESSLER, Y. & MEIRAN, N. (2010). The reaction-time
task-rule congruency effect is not affected by working
memory load : Further support for the activated long-term
memory hypothesis. Psychological Research, 74,
388-399. [PDF]
FLOM, R. & BAHRICK, L.E. (2010). The effects of
intersensory redundancy on attention and memory : Infants’
long-term memory for orientation in audiovisual events. Developmmental
Psycholology, 46 (2), 428-436. [PDF]
ALVAREZ-ROYO, P., ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R.
(1992). Impairment of long-term memory and sparing of
short-term memory in monkeys with medial temporal lobe
lesions : a response to Ringo. Behavioural Brain
Research, 52, 1-5.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & BUTLER, A.C. (2011). The critical
role of retrieval practice in long-term retention. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 15, 20–27.
GOLDMAN, W.P. & SEAMON, J.G. (1992). Very long-term
memory for odors : Retention of odor-name associations. American
Journal of Psychology, 105, 549-563.
UNSWORTH, N., SPILLERS, G.J. & BREWER, G. (2012).
Working memory capacity and retrieval limitations from
long-term memory : An examination of differences in
accessibility. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 65, 2397-2410. [PDF]
BREWER, G.A. & UNSWORTH, N. (2012). Individual
differences in the effects of retrieval from long-term
memory. Journal of Memory & Language, 66, 407-415.
[PDF]
MAYR, U., KUHNS, D. & HUBBARD, J. (2014). Long-term
memory and the control of attentional control.
Cognitive Psychology, 72, 1-26. [PDF]
CANTOR, J. & ENGLE, R.W. (1993). Working-memory
capacity as long-term memory activation : An
individual-differences approach. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 19, 1101-1114.
UNSWORTH, N., BREWER, G.A. & SPILLERS, G.J. (2014).
Strategic search from long-term memory : An examination of
semantic and autobiographical reacall. Memory, 22,
687-699. [PDF]
ROVEE-COLLIER, C. (1993). The capacity for long-term
memory in infancy. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 2, 130-135.
UNCAPHER, M.R., THIEU, M.K. & WAGNER, A.D. (2016).
Media multitasking and memory : Differences in working
memory and long-term memory. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 23, 483-490. [PDF]
SEMB, G.B., ELLIS, J.A. & ARAUJO, J. (1993). Long-term
memory for knowledge learned in school. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 85, 305-316.
NORRIS, D. (2017). Short-term memory and long-term memory
are still different. Psychological Bulletin, 143 (9),
992–1009. [PDF]
ANDERSON, M.C., BJORK, R.A. & BJORK, E.L. (1994).
Remembering can cause forgetting : Retrieval dynamics in
long-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 20, 1063-1087.
PASTÖTTER, B., TEMPEL, T. & BAÜML, K.-H.T. (2017).
Long-term memory updating : The reset-of-encoding
hypothesis in list-method directed forgetting.
Frontiers in Psychology, 8 [2076], 1-6.
[PDF]
McDONOUGH, L. & MANDLER, J.M. (1994). Very long-term
recall in infants : infantile amnesia reconsidered. Memory,
2, 339-352.
SQUIRE, L.R. (2017). Memory for relations in the short
term and long term after medial temporal lobe damage. Hippocampus,
27, 608-612. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K., AWH, E. & SUTTERER, D.W. (2018). The
role of long-term memory in a test of visual working
memory : Proactive facilitation but no proactive
interference. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 43 (1),
1–22.
[PDF]
ANDERSON, M.C. & BJORK, R.A. (1994). Mechanisms of
inhibition in long-term memory : A new taxonomy. In D.
Dagenbach & T. Carr (Eds.), Inhibitory processes
in attention, memory, and language (pp. 265-325).
New York : Academic Press. [PDF]
PASTÖTTER, B., EBERLE, H., AUE, I. & BÄUML, K.-H.T.
(2017). Retrieval practice fails to insulate episodic
memories against interference after stroke. Frontiers
in Psychology, 8, [1074], 1-9. [PDF]
TAVRIS,
C., WADE, C., GOULET, C. GAGNON, A., WIEDMANN, P et
RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (2014). Introduction à la
psychologie : Les grandes perspectives. Montréal :
Pearsons.
NAIRNE, J.S. & PANDEIRADA, J.N.S. (2008). Adaptive
memory : Is survival processing special ? Journal of
Memory & Language, 59, 377-385. [PDF]
NAIRNE, J.S. & PANDEIRADA, J.N.S. & THOMPSON, S.R.
(2008). Adaptive memory : The comparative value of
survival processing. Psychological Science, 19, 176-180.
[PDF]
NAIRNE, J.S. & PANDEIRADA, J.N.S. (2008). Adaptive
memory : Remembering with a stone-age brain. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 239-243. [PDF]
OTGAAR, H. & SMEETS, T. (2010). Adaptive memory :
Survival processing increases both true and false memory
in adults and children. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 36 (4),
NAIRNE, J.S. & PANDEIRADA, J.N.S. (2010). Adaptive
memory : Ancestral priorities and the mnemonic value of
survival processing. Cognitive Psychology, 61
(1), 1-22. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire
associative : Englobe toutes les mémoires
dont la fonction de stockage
repose sur des associations entre les informations.Associative memory.
ANDERSON, J.R. & BOWER, G.H. (1973). Human
associative memory. Oxford, England : Winston.
KOHONEN, T. (1977). Associative memory : A
system-theoreric approach. Berlin :
Springer-Verlag.
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1980). SAM : A
theory of probabilistic search in associative memory. In
G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of Learning &
Motivation : Advances in research and theory (Vol.
14, pp. 207-262). New York : Academic Press. [PDF]
KOHONEN, T. (1988). Self-organization and associative
memory. Berlin : Springer Verlag.
TSODYKS, M. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1995). Associative
memory and hippocampal place cells. International
Journal of Neural Systems, 6 (S), 81-86. [PDF]
STICKGOLD, R., SCOTT, L., RITTENHOUSE, C. & HOBSON,
J.A. (1999). Sleep-induced changes in associative memory.
Journal of Cognive Neuroscience, 11 (2), 182-193.
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2014). Age-related differences in
associative memory : The role of sensory decline. Psychology
& Aging, 29, 672-683.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire autobiographique : Il s'agit moins d'une mémoire
que d'un type d'information
ou de connaissance sur soi-même, que l'on stocke aussi bien dans
la mémoire épisodique (EX:
L'année dernière, j'ai appris à jouer de la guitare) que dans la mémoire
sémantique (EX: je suis un très mauvais
joueur de guitare). = Connaissance de
soi. Autobiographical memory, autobiographical
event, life stories, personnal memory, personnal knowledge,
autobiographical remembering.
JACOBY, L.L. & DALLAS, M. (1981). On the relationship
between autobiographical memory and perceptual learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 110 (3),
306-340. [PDF]
MIRANDA, R.M. & KIHLSTROM, J.F. (2005). Mood
congruence in childhood and recent autobiographical
memory. Cognition & Emotion, 19, 981-998.
WHITE, R.T. (1982). Memory for personal events. Human
Learning, 1, 171-183.
NIGRO, G. & NEISSER, U. (1983). Point of view in
personal memories. Cognitive Psychology, 15, 467-482.
BERNTSEN, D. & THOMSEN, D.K. (2005). Personal memories
for remote historical events : Accuracy and clarity of
flashbulb memories related to World War II. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 134, 242-257.
PIOLINO, P. (2005). Mémoire autobiographique et
conscience. Dans B. Guégen, P. Chauvel et J. Touchon
(Dirs.), Neurophysiologie des mémoires (p.
155-164). Paris : Elsevier.
REISER, B.J., BLACK, J.B. & ABELSON, R.P. (1985).
Knowledge structures in the organization and retrieval of
autobiographical memories. Cognitive Psychology, 17,
89-137.
POHL, R.F., BENDER, M. & LAHCMANN, G. (2005).
Autobiographical memory and social skills of men and
women. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 19 (6),
745-759.
BREWER, W.F. (1986). What is autobiographical memory ? In
D.C. Rubin (Ed.), Autobiographical memory (pp.
25-49). New York, NY : Cambridge University Press.
BLUCK, S., ALEA, N., HABERMAN, T. & RUBIN, D.C.
(2005). A tale of three functions : The self-reported uses
of autobiographical memory. Social Cognition, 23 (1),
91-117.
RUBIN, D.C., WETZLER, S.E. & NEBAS, R.D. (1986).
Autobiographical memory across the adult lifespan. In D.C.
Rubin (Ed.), Autobiographical memory (pp.
202-221). New York : Cambridge University Press.
ROBINSON, J.A. (1986). Autobiographical memory : A
historical perspective. In D.C. Rubin (Ed.), Autobiographical
memory (pp. 100-121). New York : Cambridge
University Press.
KUYKEN, W. & HOWELL, R. (2006). Facets of
autobiographical memory in adolescents with major
depressive disorder and never-depressed controls. Cognition
& Emotion, 20 (3), 466-487.
WILSON, B.A. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1988). Semantic,
episodic and autobiographical memory in a post-meningitic
amnesic patient. Brain & Cognition, 8,
31-46.
PIOLINO, P., CLARYS, D., TACONNAT, L., ISINGRINI, M.,
DESGRANGES, B., GUILLERY-GIRARD, B. & EUSTACHE, F.
(2006). Autobiographical memory, autonoetic consciousness,
and self-perspective in aging. Psychology &
Aging, 21 (3), 510-525.
[PDF]
BJORK, R.E.L. & BJORK, R.A. (1988). On the adaptive
aspects of retrieval failure in autobiographical memory.
In M.M. Gruneberg, P.E. Morris & R.N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical
aspects of memory (Vol. 2, pp. 283-288). London :
Wiley.
BREWER, W.F. (1988). Memory for randomly sampled
autobiographical events. In U. Neisser & E. Winograd
(Eds.), Remembering reconsidered : Ecological and
traditional approaches to the study of memory (pp.
21-90). New York : Cambridge University Press.
JOHNSON, M.K., FOLEY, M.A., SUENGAS, A.G. & RAYE, C.L.
(1988). Phenomenal characteristics of memories for
perceived and imagined autobiographical events.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 117, 371-376.
BRODY, L.R. & NAKASH, O. (2006). The effects of social
roles and personality motives on autobiographical memory.
Sex Roles, 54 (1-2), 39-56.
RUBIN, D.C. & BADDELEY, A. (1989). Telescoping is not
time compression : A model of the dating of
autobiographical events. Memory & Cognition, 17,
653-661.
LEMOGNE, C., PIOLINO, P., FRISZER, S., CLARET, A.,
GIRAULT, N., JOUVENT, R., ALLILAIRE, J. & FOSSATI, P.
(2006). Episodic autobiographical memory in depression :
Specificity, autonoetic consciousness, and self
perspective. Consciousness & Cognition, 15, 258-268.
KOPELMAN, M.D., WILSON, B.A. & BADDELEY, A. (1990). The
autobiographical memory interview. Bury St. Edmunds
: Thames Valley Test Company.
PEZDEK, K., BlLANDON-GITLIN, I. & GABBAY, P. (2006).
Imagination and memory : Does imagining implausible events
lead to false autobiographical memories ? Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 13, 764-769.
FIVUSH, R. & HAMOND, N.R. (1990). Autobiographical
memory across the preschool years : Toward
reconceptualizing childhood amnesia. In R. Fivush &
J.A. Hudson (Eds.), Knowing and remembering in young
children (pp. 223-248). Cambridge, England :
Cambridge. University Press.
CONWAY, M.A. (1990). Associations between autobiographical
memories and concepts. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 16
(5), 799-812.
ROBINSON, J.A. & SWANSON, K.L. (1990).
Autobiographical memory : The next phase. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 4, 321-335.
SVOBODA, E., MCKINNON, M.C. & LEVINE, B. (2006). The
functional neuroanatomy of autobiographical memory : A
meta-analysis. Neuropsychologia, 44 (12),
2189-2208.
[PDF]
FIVUSH, R., HAMOND, N.R., HARSCH, N., SINGER, N. &
WOLF, A. (1991). Content and consistency in young
children's autobiographical recall. Discourse
Processes, 14, 373-388.
WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (1992). Autiobiographical memory and
emotional disorders. In S. Christianson (Ed.), The
handbook of emotion and memory : research and theory. Hillsdale,
NJ : Lawrence.
SCOBORIA, A., LYNN, S.J., HESSEN, J. & FISICO, S.
(2007). So that's why I don't remember : Normalising
forgetting of childhood events influences false
autobiographical beliefs but not memories. Memory, 15,
801-813.
HYMAN, I.E. & FARIES, J.M. (1992). The functions of
autobiographical memory. In M.A. Conway, D.C. Rubin, H.
Spinnler & W.A. Wagenaar (Eds.), Theoretical
perspectives on autobiographical memory (pp.
241-261). Dordrecht, Netherlands : Kluwer Academic
Publishers.
SUTIN, A.R. & ROBINS, R.W. (2007). Phenomenology of
autobiographical memories : The Memory Experiences
Questionnaire. Memory, 15 (4), 390-411.
KIHLSTORM, J.F. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1995). Functional
disorders of autobiographical memory. In A. Baddeley, B.A.
Wilson & F. Watts (Eds.), Handbook of memory
disorders (pp. 337-364). London : Wiley.
KEMP, S., BURT, C.D.B. & FURNEAUX, L. (2008). A test
of the peak-end rule with extended autobiographical
events. Memory & Cognition, 36 (1), 132-138.
KUYKEN, W. & BREWIN, C.R. (1995). Autobiographical
memory functioning in depression and reports of early
abuse. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104, 585–591.
WILLIAMS, H.L., CONWAY, M.A. & COHEN, G. (2008).
Autobiographical memory. In G. Cohen & M.A. Conway
(Eds.), Memory in the real world (pp. 21-90).
Hove, UK : Psychology Press.
SUTIN, A.R. (2008). Autobiographical memory as a dynamic
process : Autobiographical memory mediates basic
tendencies and characteristic adaptations. Journal of
Research in Personality, 42 (4), 1060-1066.
WILHEM, S., McALLY, R.J., BAER, L. & LORIN, I. (1996).
Directed forgetting compulsive disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 34, 633-641.
SCHLAGMAN, S. & KVAVILASHVILI, L. (2008). Involuntary
autobiographical memories in and outside the laboratory :
How different are they from voluntary autobiographical
memories ? Memory & Cognition, 36, 920-932.
CONWAY, M.A. (1996). Autobiographical knowledge and
autobiographical memories. In D.C. Rubin (Ed.), Remembering
our past : Studies in autobiographical memory (pp.
67-93). New York : Cambridge University Press.
SUTIN, A.R. & GILLATH, O. (2008). Autobiographical
memory phenomenology and content mediate attachment style
and psychological distress. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 56 (3), 351-364. [PDF]
RUBIN, D.C., BOALS, A. & BERNTSEN, D.M. (2008). Memory
in posttraumatic stress disorder: Properties of voluntary
and involuntary, traumatic and nontraumatic
autobiographical memories in people with and without
posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 137, 591-614.
FINK, G.R., MARKOWITSCH, H.J., REINKEMEIER, M.,
BRUCKBAUER, T., KESSLER, J. & HEISS, W. (1996).
Cerebral representation of one's own past : Neural
networks involved in autobiographical memory. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 16, 4275-4282.
KLEIM, B., WALLOTT, F. & EHLERS, A. (2008). Are trauma
memories disjointed from other autobiographical memories
in PTSD ? An experimental investigation. Behavioural
& Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36 (2), 221-234. [PDF]
RUBIN, D.C. (1996). Introduction. In D.C. Rubin (Ed.), Remembering
our past : Studies in autobiographical memory (pp.
1-15). New York : Cambridge University Press.
HEEREN, A., VAN BROECK, N. & PHILLIPOTT, P. (2009).
Effects of mindfulness training on executive processes and
autobiographical memory specificity. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 47, 403-409. [PDF]
BAHRICK, H.P., (1997). Loss and distortion of
autobiographical memory content. In C. Thompson, D.
Herrmann, D. Bruce, D. Read, D. Payne, & M. Toglia
(Eds.), Eyewitness memory : Theoretical and applied
perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum
WILHEM, S., McALLY, R.J., BAER, L. & LORIN, I. (1997).
Autobiographical memory in obsessive-compulsive disorder.
British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 36, 21-31.
SCHLAGMAN, S., KLIEGEL, M., SCHULTZ, J. &
KVAVILASHVILI, L. (2009). Differential effects of age on
involuntary and voluntary autobiographical memory. Psychology
& Aging, 24, 397-411.
YASUDA, K., WATANABE, O. & ONO, Y. (1997).
Dissociation between semantic and autobiographical memory
: a case report. Cortex, 33, 623-638.
RUBIN, D.C. & BERNTSEN, D.M. (2009). The frequency of
voluntary and involuntary autobiographical memories across
the lifespan. Memory & Cognition, 37,
679-688.
HOWE, M.L & COURAGE, M.L. (1997). The emergence and
early development of autobiographical memory. Psychological
Review, 104 (3), 499-523.
HOWE, M.L, COURAGE, M.L. & ROOKBSY, M. (2009). The
genesis and development of autobiographical memory. In M.
L. Courage and N. Cowan (Eds.), The development of
memory in infancy and childhood (pp. 177-196).
Hove, UK : Psychology Press.
BREWIN, C.R. (1998). Intrusive memories in depression and
PTSD. The Psychologist, 12 (4), 281-283. [PDF]
BERNSTEIN, D.M., RUDD, M.E., ERFELDER, E., GODFREYy, R.
& LOFTUS, E.F. (2009). The revelation effect for
autobiographical memory : A mixture model analysis. Psychonomic
Bulletin, & Review, 16, 463-468
BREWIN, C.R. (1998). Intrusive autobiographical memories
in depression and post-traumatic stress disorder. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 12, 359-370.
RUBIN, D.C. & BERNTSEN, D.M. & HUTSON, M. (2009).
The normative and the personal life : Individual
differences in life scripts and life stories among U.S.A.
and Danish undergraduates. Memory, 17, 54-68.
CONWAY, M.A. (2009). Episodic memories. Neuropsychologia,
47, 23052313.
BERNTSEN, D.M. (1998). Voluntary and involuntary access to
autobiographical memory. Memory, 6 (2), 113-141.
SMEETS, T., GIESBRECHT, T., RAYMAEKERS, L. &
MERCKRLBACH, H. (2010). Autobiographical integration of
trauma memories and repressive coping predict
post-traumatic stress symptoms in undergraduate students.
Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 17,
211-218. [PDF]
BLUCK, S., LEVINE, L.J. & LAULHERE, T. (1999).
Autobiographical remembering and hypermnesia : A
comparison of older and younger adults. Psychology
& Aging, 14 (4), 671-682. [PDF]
KVAVILASHVILI, L. & SCHLAGMAN, S. (2011). Involuntary
autobiographical memories in dysphoric mood : A laboratory
study. Memory, 19, 331-345. [PDF]
PIOLINO, P., DESGRANGES, B. & EUSTACHE, F. (2000). La
mémoire autobiographique : théorie et pratique.
Solal : Marseille.
PEZDEK, K. & SALIM, R. (2011). Physiological,
psychological and behavioral consequences of activating
autobiographical memories. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 47 (6), 1214-1218.
CONWAY, M.A. & PLEYDELL-PEARCE, C.W. (2000). The
construction of autobiographical memories in the
self-memory system. Psychological Review, 107
(2), 261-288.
RUBIN, D.C., DENNIS, M. & BECKMAN, J. (2011).
Autobiographical memory for stressful events : The role of
autobiographical memory in posttraumatic stress disorder.
Consciousness & Cognition, 20, 840-856.
BLUCK, S. & LI, K.Z.H. (2001). Predicting memory
completeness and accuracy : Emotion and exposure in
repeated autobiographical recall. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 15, 145-158.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, A. (2011). Amygdala in
action : Relaying biological and social significance to
autobiographical memory. Neuropsychologia, 49
(4), 718-733.
BERNSTEIN, D.M., WHITTLESEA, B.W.A. & LOFTUS, E.F.
(2002). Increasing confidence in remote autobiographical
memory and general knowledge : Extensions of the
revelation effect. Memory & Cognition, 30 (3),
432-443.
RUBIN, D.C. (2012). The basic systems model of
autobiographical memory. In D. Berntsen & D.C. Rubin
(Eds.), Understanding autobiographical memory :
Theories and approaches (pp. 11-32). Cambridge,
England : Cambridge University Press.
PETERSON, C. (2002). Children's long-term memory for
autobiographical events. Developmental Review, 22,
370-402. [PDF]
PETERSON, C. (2012). Children's autobiographical memories
across the years : Forensic implications of childhood
amnesia and eyewitness memory for stressful events. Developmental
Review, 32, 287-306. [PDF]
LIBBY, L.K. & EIBACH, R.P. (2002). Looking back in
time : Self-concept change affects visual perspective in
autobiographical memory. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 82 (2), 167-179.
SCOBORIA, A., MAZZONI, G., JARRY, J.L. & BERNSTEIN,
D.M. (2012). Personalized and not general suggestion
produces false autobiographical. Acta Psychologica,
139, 225-232.
D'ARGEMBEAU, A., COMBLAIN, C. & VAN DER LINDEN, M.
(2003). Phenomenal characteristics of autobiographical
memories for positive, negative, and neutral events. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 17, 281-294.
SCOBORIA, A., MAZZONI, G., JARRY, J.L. & SHAPERO, D.
(2012). Implausibility inhibits but does not eliminate
false autobiographical beliefs. Canadian Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 66, 259-267.
PIOLINO, P., DESGRANGES, B., BELLIARD, S., MATUSZEWSKI,
V., LALEVÉE, C., DE LA SAYETTE, V. & EUSTACHE, F.
(2003). Autobiographical memory and autonoetic
consciousness : triple dissociation in neurodegenerative
diseases. Brain : A Journal of Neurology, 126
(10), 2203-2219.
LEPORT, A.K.R., MATTFELD, A.T., DICKINSON-ANSON, FALLON,
J.H., STARK, C.E.L., KRUGGEL, F., CAHILL, L. &
MCGAUGH, J.L. (2012). Behavioral and neuroanatomical
investigation of Highly Superior Autobiographical Memory
(HSAM). Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 98,
78-92. [PDF]
PIOLINO, P. (2003). Le vieillissement normal de la mémoire
autobiographique. Psychologie et NeuroPsychiatrie du
Vieillissement, 1, 25-35.
VUOSKOSKI, J.K. & ERROLA, T. (2012). Can sad music
really make you sad ? Indirect measures of affective
states induced by music and autobiographical memories. Psychology
of Aesthetics, Creativity, & the Arts, 6 (3),
204-213.
WILSON, A.E. & ROSS, M. (2003). The identity function
of autobiographical memory : Time is on our side. Memory,
11 (2), 137-149. [PDF]
RUBIN, D.C. (2014). Schema driven construction of future
autobiographical traumatic events : The future is much
more troubling than the past. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 143,612-630.
RUBIN, D.C., SCHRAUF, R. & GREENBERG, D. (2003).
Belief and recollection of autobiographical memories. Memory
& Cognition, 31, 887-901.
MARSH, B.U., PEZDEK, K. & LAM, S.T. (2014).
Imagination perspective affects ratings of the likelihood
of occurrence of autobiographical memories. Acta
Psychologica, 150, 114-119.
UNSWORTH, N., BREWER, G.A. & SPILLERS, G.J. (2014).
Strategic search from long-term memory : An examination of
semantic and autobiographical reacall. Memory, 22,
687-699. [PDF]
JOUBERT, S., BARBEAU, E., WALTER, N., CECCALDI, M. &
PONCET, M. (2003). Preservation of autobiographical memory
in a case of pure progressive amnesia. Brain &
Cognition, 53, 235-238. [PDF]
MARSH, B.U., KANAYA, T. & PEZDEK, K. (2015). The
language dependent recall effect influences the number of
items in autobiographical memory reports. Journal of
Cognitive Psychology, 27 (7), 829-843.
RUBIN, D.C. & UMANATH, S. (2015). Event memory : A
theory of memory for laboratory, autobiographical and
fictional events. Psychological Review 122 (1),
1-23. [PDF]
SCHROOTS, J.J.F., VAN DIJKUM, C. & ASNIK, M.H.J.
(2004). Autobiographical memory from a life span
perspective. The International Journal of Aging &
Human Development, 58 (1), 69-85.
BERNTSEN, D.M., RUBIN, D.C. & SALGADO, S. (2015). The
frequency of involuntary autobiographical memories and
future thoughts in relation to daydreaming, emotional
distress, and age. Consciousness & Cognition, 36,
352-372.
MAZZONI, G. & MENON, A. (2003). Imagination can create
false autobiographical memories. Psychological
Science, 14, 186-188.
PEZDEK, K. (2003). Event memory and autobiographical
memory for the events of September 11, 2001. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 17, 1033-1045.
STORM, B.C., ANGELLO, G., BUCHLI, D.R., KOPPEL, R.H.,
LITTLE, J.L. & NESTOJKO, J.F. (2015). A review of
retrieval-induced forgetting in the contexts of learning,
eyewitness memory, social cognition, autobiographical
memory, and creative cognition. Psychology of
Learning & Motivation, 62, 141-194. [PDF]
BERNSTEIN, D.M., GODFREY, R., DAVISON, A. & LOFTUS,
E.F. (2004). Conditions affecting the revelation effect
for autobiographical memory. Memory & Cognition,
32 (3), 455-462.
[PDF]
DEDE, A.J.O., WIXTED, J.T., HOPKINS, R.O. & SQUIRE,
L.R. (2016). Autobiographical memory, future imagining,
and the medial temporal lobe. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A., 113,
13474-13479.
[PDF]
GILBOA, A. (2004). Autobiographical and episodic memory -
one and the same ? : Evidence from prefrontal activation
in neuroimaging studies. Neuropsychologia, 42
(10), 1336-1349.
BREWIN, C.R. & ANDREWS, B. (2017). Creating memories
for false autobiographical events in childhood : A
systematic review. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 31
(1), 42-44. [PDF]
RUBIN, D.C., FELDMAN, M.E. & BECKMAN, J.C. (2004).
Reliving, emotions, and fragmentation in the
autobiographical memories of veterans diagnosed with PTSD.
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 18, 17-35.
PEZDEK, K. & BLANDON-GITLIN, I. (2017). It is just
harder to construct memories for false autobiographical
events. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 31 (1),
42-44.
RUBIN, D.C., BERNTSEN, D.M., DEFFLER, S.A. & BRODAR,
K. (2018). Self-narrative focus in autobiographical events
: The effect of time, emotion, and individual differences.
Memory & Cognition, 1-3.
MERSON, B. & PEZDEK, K. (2019). Target-related
autobiographical memories affect dietary intake
intentions. Memory, 27 (10), 1438-1450.
NELSON, K. & FIVUSH, R. (2004). The emergence of
autobiographical memory : A social cultural developmental
theory. Psychological Review, 11 (2), 486-511.
FIVUSH, R. & WATERS, T.E.A. (2019). Development and
organization of autobiographical memory form and function.
In J.H. Mace (Ed.), The organization and structure of
autobiographical memory (pp. 52-71). Oxford
University Press.
SCOBORIA, A., MAZZONI, G., KIRSCH, I. & RELYEA, M.
(2004). Plausibility and belief in autobiographical
memory. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 18,
791-807.
SKOWRONSKI, J.J. & WALKER, W. (2004). How describing
autobiographical events can affect autobiographical
memories. Social Cognition, 22, 555-590.
MAIR, A., POIRIER, M. & CONWAY, M.A. (2021). Age
effects in autobiographical memory depend on the measure.
PLOS One, 16 (10), 1-21.
RUBIN, D.C. & SIEGLER, I.C. (2004). Facets of
personality and the phenomenology of autobiographical
memory. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 18,
913-930.
WAISMAN, A., PAVLOVA, M., NOEL, M. & KATZ, J. (2022).
Painful reminders : Involvement of the autobiographical
memory system in pediatric postsurgical pain and the
transition to chronicity. Canadian Journal of Pain, 6
(2), 121-141 [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire
collective : Concept
développé par Halbwachs, pour désigner l'ensemble de souvenirs résultant d'expériences vécues ou mythifiées par une une société, un peuple.
HALBWACHS, M. (1925). Cadres sociaux de la mémoire.
Paris : Librairie Félix Alcan.
HALBWACHS, M. (1950). La mémoire collective. Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France.
NORA, P. (1978). Mémoire collective. Dans J. Le Goff
(Dir.), La nouvelle histoire. Paris : Retz.
SABOURIN, P. (1997). Perspective sur la mémoire sociale de
Maurice Halbwachs. Sociologie et Sociétés, 29
(2), 139-161.
MARCEL, J.C. (1999). Un fondement du lien social : la
mémoire collective selon Maurice Halbwachs. Revue
d'Anthropologie des Connaissances, 13 (2), 63-88.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire
constructive : Ce terme, qui désigne plus une propriété
cognitive qu'une structure en soi, renvoie au fait que les mémoires
ne sont pas de simples copies des expériences d'un individu, mais
des constructions qui se transforment au fil du temps et des
nouvelles informations. La mémoire est un "entrepôt dynamique", et
non statique. Elle n'est pas un album photos de la réalité. De ce
fait, les informations
qu'elle contient peuvent être partielles, erronées ou fabriquées
de toute pièce (faux
souvenir).= mémoire dynamique. Constructive
memory.
SCHACTER, D.L. (1998). The cognitive neuroscience of
constructive memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 49,
87-115.
SCHACTER, D.L. & ADDIS, D.R. (2007). The cognitive
neuroscience of constructive memory : remembering the past
and imagining the future. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B, 362, 773-786. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1974). Working memory. Psychology of Learning & Motivation, 8, 47–89.
ENG, H.Y., CHEN, D. & JIANG, Y. (2005). Visual working
memory for simple and complex visual stimuli. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 12, 1127-1133.
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1974). Working memory.
In G.A. Bower (Ed.), Recent advances in learning
& motivation (Vol. 8, pp. 47-90). New York :
Academic Press.
HITCH, G.J. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1976). Verbal reasoning
and working memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 28, 603-621.
OBERAUER, K., SCHULZE, R., WILHELM, R. & SÜB, H.-M.
(2005). Working memory and intelligence - Their
correlation and their relation : Comment on Ackerman,
Beier, and Boyle (2005). Psychological Bulletin, 131,
61-65.
HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory
in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 302-323.
OBERAUER, K. (2005). Binding and inhibition in working
memory : Individual and age differences in short-term
recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 134, 368-387.
DANEMAN, M. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1980). Individual
differences in working memory and reading. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 19, 450-466.
KANE, M.J., HAMBRICK, D.Z. & CONWAY, A.R.A. (2005).
Working memory capacity and fluid intelligence are
strongly related constructs : Comment on Ackerman, Beier,
and Boyle (2004). Psychological Bulletin, 13 (1),
66-71. [PDF]
CHASE, W.G. & ERIKSON, K.A. (1982). Skill and working
memory. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of
Learning & Motivation (Vol. 16, pp. 1-58). New
York : Academic Press.
DE NEYS, W., SCHAEKEN, W. & d'YDEWALLE, G.G. (2005).
Working memory and counterexample retrieval for causal
conditionals. Thinking & Reasoning, 11,
123-150. [PDF]
MASSON, M.E.J. & MILLER, J.A. (1983). Working memory
and individual differences in comprehension and memory of
text. Journal of Educational Psychology, 75,
314-318.
CONWAY, A.R.A., KANE, M.J., BUNTING, M.F., HAMBRICK, D.Z.,
WILHELM, O. & ENGLE, R.W. (2005). Working memory span
tasks : A review and a user's guide. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 12 (5), 769-786. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
HITCH, G.J. & HALLIDAY, M.S. (1983). Working memory in
children. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society London Series B, 302, 325-340.
COOLIDGE, F.L. & WYNN, T. (2005). Working memory, its
Executive functions, and the emergence of modern thinking.
Cambridge Archaeological Journal, 15 (1), 5-26 [PDF]
BADDELEY, A. (1984). Working memory : The interface
between memory and cognition. In D.L. Schacter & E.
Tulving (Eds.), Memory systems (pp. 351-367).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
MORRISON, R.G. (2005). Thinking in working memory. In K.J.
Holyoak & R.G. Morrison (Eds.), Cambridge handbook
of thinking and reasoning. Cambridge, England :
Cambridge University Press.
HITCH, G.J. (1984). Working memory. Psychological
Medicine, 14, 265-271.
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2005). Individual
differences in working memory capacity and learning :
Evidence from the serial reaction time task. Memory
& Cognition, 33, 213-220.
[PDF]
BOLHUIS, J.J., BURESOVA, O. & BURES, J. (1985).
Persistence of working memory of rats in an aversively
motivated radial maze task. Behavioural Brain
Research, 15, 43-49.
GILBERT, B., BELLEVILLE, S., BHERER, L. & CHOUINARD,
S. (2005). A study of working memory in parkinson's
disease. Neuropsychology, 19 (1), 106-114. [PDF]
BRAINERD, C.J. & KINGMA, J. (1985). On the
independence of short-term memory and working memory in
cognitive development. Cognitive Psychology, 17, 210-247.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & BENNETT, E.S. (2005). The
fractionation of working memory maps onto different
components of intelligence. Intelligence, 31, 519-531.
BADDELEY, A.D. (1986). Working memory. Oxford :
Oxford University Press.
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2005). Working memory
capacity and fluid abilities : Examin working memory
capacity and fluid intelligence are strongly related
constructs : Comment on Ackerman, Beier, and Boyle (2005)
in the correlation between operation span and raven.
Intelligence, 33, 67-81.
[PDF]
AGGLETON, J.P., HUNT, P.R. & RAWLINS, J.N.P. (1986).
The effects of hippocampal lesions upon spatial and
non-spatial tests of working memory. Behavioural Brain
Research, 19 (2), 133-146
KOLATA, S., LIGHT, K., TOWNSEND, D.A., HALE, G. GROSSMAN,
H.S. & MATZEL, L.D. (2005). Variations in working
memory capacity predict individual differences in general
learning abilities among genetically diverse mice.
Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 84, 241-246.
[PDF]
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1986). Working memory
capacity. Proceedings of the Human Factors Society,
30, 1273-1277.
[PDF]
ALLOWAY, T.P., GATHERCOLE, S.E., ADAMS, A.-M., WILLIS, C.,
EAGLEN, R. & LAMONT, E. (2005). Working memory and
phonological awareness as predictors of progress towards
early learning goals at school entry. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 23, 417-426. [PDF]
FARMER, E.W., BERMAN, J.V.F. & FLETCHER, Y.L. (1986).
Evidence for a visuo-spatial scratch-pad in working
memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
38A, 675-688.
KLINGBERG, T., FERNELL, E., OLESEN, P.J., JOHNSON, M.,
GUSTAFSSON, P., DAHLSTROM, K., GILBERG, C.G., FORSSBERG,
H. & WESTERBERG, H. (2005). Computerized training of
working memory in children with ADHD : a randomized,
controlled trial. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 44 (2), 177-186.
COWAN, N., ELLIOTT, E.M., SAULTS, J., SCOTT, MOREY, C.C.,
MATTOX, S. & HISMJATULLINA, A. (2005). On the capacity
of attention : its estimation and its role in working
memory and cognitive aptitudes. Cognitive Psychology,
51 (1), 42–100. [PDF]
LUSTIG, C., MATELL, M.S. & MECK, W.H. (2005). Not
"just" a coincidence : frontal-striatal synchronization in
working memory and interval timing. Memory 13,
441-448.
BADDELEY, A.D. (1986). Working memory. New York
: Oxford University Press.
COOLIDGE, F.L. & WYNN, T. (2005). Working memory, its
executive functions, and the emergence of modern thinking.
Cambridge Archaeological Journal, 15, 5-26. [PDF]
LOGIE, R.H. (1986). Visuospatial processing in working
memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
38A, 229-247.
VOGEL, E.K., McCOLLOUGH, A.W. & MACHIZAWA, M.G.
(2005). Neural measures reveal individual differences in
controlling access to visual working memory. Nature,
438, 500-503.
[PDF]
SCHNEIDER, W. & DETWEILER, M. (1987). A
connectionist/control architecture for working memory. In
G. H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and
motivation (Vol. 21, pp. 57-70). New York, NY :
Academic Press.
HAMBRICK, D.Z. & OSWALD, F.L. (2005). Does domain
knowledge moderate involvement of working memory capacity
in higher-level cognition ? A test of three models. Journal
of Memory & Language, 52, 377-397.
WALDROP, M.M. (1987). The workings of working memory. Science,
237, 1564-1567.
ALLOWAY, T.P., GATHERCOLE, S.E. & PICKERING, S.J.
(2005). Verbal and visuospatial short-term memory and
working memory in children. Are they separable ? Child
Development, 77 (6), 1698-1716. [PDF]
HASHER, L. & ZACKS, R.T. (1988). Working memory,
comprehension, and aging : A review and a new view. The
Psychology of Learning & Motivation, 22,
193-225.
BURGESS, N. & HITCH, G. (2005). Computational models
of working memory : putting long-term memory into context.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 535-554. [PDF]
MORRIS, R.G., DOWNES, J.J., SAHAKIAN, B.J., EVENDEN, J.L.,
HEALD, A. & ROBBINS, T.W. (1988). Planning and spatial
working memory in Parkinson’s disease. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 51,
757–766. [PDF]
JONIDES, J., LACEY, S.C. & NEE, D.E. (2005). Processes
of working memory in mind and brain. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 2-5. [PDF]
WINGFIELD, A., STINE, A.L., LAHAR, C.J. & ABERDEEN,
J.S. (1988). Does the capacity of working memory change
with age ? Experimental Aging Research, 14, 103-107.
OBERAUER, K. (2005). Control of the contents of working
memory : a comparison of two paradigms and two age groups.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 31, 714-728.
DIXON, P., LEFEVRE, J. & TWILLEY, L.C. (1988). Word
knowledge and working memory as predictors of reading
skill. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80,
465-472.
CONLIN, J.A., GATHERCOLE, S.E. & ADAMS, J.W. (2005).
Children's working memory : Investigating performance
limitations in complex span tasks Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 90, 303-317. [PDF]
SPETCH, M.L. & HONIG, W.K. (1988). Characteristics of
pigeons' spatial working memory in an open field task. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 16, 123-131.
KANE, M.J., HAMBRICK, D.Z. & CONWAY, A.R.A. (2005).
Working memory capacity and fluid intelligence are
strongly related constructs : Comment on Ackerman, Beier,
and Boyle (2005). Psychological Bulletin, 131,
66-71. [PDF]
WOLTZ, D.J. (1988). An investigation of the role of
working memory in procedural skill acquisition. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 117, 319-331.
COWAN, N. (2005). Working memory capacity. New
York : Psychology Press.
HASHER, L. & ZACKS, T.R. (1988). Working memory,
comprehension, and aging : A review and a new view. In
G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and
motivation (Vol. 22, pp. 193-225). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press.
LANFRANCHI, S. & SWANSON, H.L. (2005). Development of
short-term memory and working memory in children as a
function of language specific knowledge in english and
spanish. Learning & Individual Differences, 15, 299-319.
RÄMÄ, P. & COURTNEY, S.M. (2005). Functional
topography of working memory for faces or voices. NeuroImage,
24, 224-234.
SIEGEL, L.S. & RYAN, E.B. (1989). The development of
working memory in normally achieving and subtypes of
learning disabled children. Child Development, 60,
973-980.
ROTH, J., SERENCES, S.M. & COURTNEY, S.M. (2006)
Neural system for controlling the contents of object
working memory in humans. Cerebral Cortex, 16, 159-1603.
TREISMAN, A. & ZHANG, W. (2006). Location and binding
in visual working memory. Memory & Cognition, 34
(8), 1704-1719.
HITCH, G.J., WOODIN, M. & BAKER, S.L. (1989). Visual
and phonological components of working memory in children.
Memory & Cognition, 17, 175-185.
AWH, E., VOGEL, E. & OH, S.-H. (2006). Interactions
between attention and working memory. Neuroscience,
139, 201-208. [PDF]
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1989). Is working memory
capacity task dependent ? Journal of Memory &
Language, 28, 127 154.
VOGEL, E.K., WOODMAN, G.F. & LUCK, S.J. (2006). The
time course of consolidation in visual working memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 32, 1436-1451.orking memory. Neuroscience,
139, 201-208. [PDF]
DOBBS, A.R. & RULE, B.G. (1989). Adult age differences
in working memory. Psychology & Aging, 4,
500-503.
OBERAUER, K. & KLIEGL, R. (2006). A formal model of
capacity limits in working memory. Journal of Memory
& Language, 55, 600-626.
HAZY, T.E., FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2006).
Banishing the homunculus : making working memory work.Neuroscience,
139, 105-118.
SALTHOUSE, T.A., MITCHELL, D.R.D., SKVORNEK, E. &
BABCOCK, R.L. (1989). Effects of adult age and working
memory on reasoning and spatial abilities. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 15, 507-516.
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & ALLOWAY, T.P. (2006). Practitioner
review : Short-term and working memory impairments in
neurodevelopmental disorders : diagnosis and remedial
support. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 47 (1), 4-15.
[PDF]
KYLLONEN, P.C. & CHRISTAL, R.E. (1990). Reasoning
ability is (little more than) working-memory capacity ? Intelligence,
14, 389-433.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., ALLOWAY, T.P., WILLIS, C.S. & ADAMS,
A.M. (2006). Working memory in children with reading
disabilities. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 93, 265-281. [PDF]
OWEN, A.M., DOWNES, J.D., SAHAKIAN, B.J., POLKEY, C.E.
& ROBBINS, T.W. (1990). Planning and spatial working
memory following frontal lobe lesions in man. Neuropsychologia,
28 (10), 1021-1034. [PDF]
YUAN, K., STEEDLE, J., SHAVELSON, R., ALONZO, A. &
OPPEZZO, M. (2006). Working memory, fluid intelligence,
and science learning. Educational Research Review, 1,
83-98. [PDF]
LA POINTE, L.B. & ENGLE, R.W. (1990). Simple and
complex word spans as a measure of working memory
capacity. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 16, 1118 1133.
HOLMES, J. & ADAMS, J.W. (2006). Working memory and
children's mathematical skills : Implications for
mathematical development and mathematics curricula. Educational
Psychology, 26, 339–366.
ENGLE, R.W., NATIONS, J.K. & CANTOR, J. (1990). Is
"working memory capacity" just another name for word
knowledge ? Journal of Educational Psychology, 82, 799-804.
[PDF]
HITCH, G.J. (2006). Working memory in children : A
cognitive approach. In E. Bialystock & F.I.M. Craik
& (Eds.), Lifespan Cognition (pp. 112-127).
Oxford : Oxford University Press.
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. & FRIEDMAN, H.R. (1991). The
circuitry of working memory revealed by anatomy and
metabolic imaging. In H.S. Levin, H.M. Eisenberg, &
A.L. Benton (Eds.), Frontal lobe function and
dysfunction (pp. 72–91). New York : Oxford
University Press.
BÜHNER, M., KÖNIG, C., PICK, M. & KRUMM, S. (2006).
Working memory dimensions as differential predictors of
the speed and error aspect of multitasking performance. Human
Performance, 19, 253-275.
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1991). Mediation of adult age differences
in cognition by reductions in working memory and speed of
processing. Psychological Science, 2, 179-183.
OBERAUER, K. (2006). Is the focus of attention in working
memory expanded through practice ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 32 (2), 197-214.
[PDF]
LOGIE R.H. & MARCHETTI, C. (1991). Visuo-spatial
working memory : Visual, spatial or central executive ? In
C. Cornoldi & M.A. McDaniels (Eds.), Mental
images in human cognition (pp. 72-102). New York :
Springer.
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2006). The effect of
enhanced working memory on language. Journal of Human
Evolution, 50, 230-231. [PDF]
SALTHOUSE, T.A., BABCOCK, R.L. & SHAW, R.J. (1991).
Effects of adult age on structural and operational
capacities in working memory. Psychology & Aging,
6, 118-127.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., LAMONT, E. & ALLOWAY T.P. (2006).
Working memory in the classroom. In S. Pickering (Ed.), Working
memory and education (pp. 219-240). Elsevier Press.
[PDF]
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1992). Working memory mediation of adult
age differences in integrative reasoning. Memory &
Cognition, 20, 413–423.
POSTLE, B.R. (2006). Working memory as an emergent
property of the mind and brain. Neuroscience, 139
(1), 23-38. [PDF]
JUST, M.A. & CARPENTER, P.N. (1992). A capacity theory
of comprehension : Individual differences in working
memory. Psychological Review, 99, 122-149.
YOON, J.H., CURTIS, CE. & D'ESPOSITO, M. (2006).
Differential effects of distraction during working memory
on delay-period activity in the prefrontal cortex and the
visual association cortex. Neuroimage 29, 1117-1126
ENGLE, R.W., CANTOR, J. & CARULLO, J.J. (1992).
Individual differences in WM and comprehension : A test of
four hypotheses. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18 (5), 972-992.
[PDF]
HAZY, T.E., FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2006).
Banishing the homunculus : making working memory work. Neuroscience,
139, 105-118. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (1992). Working memory : The interface
between memory and cognition. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 14 (3), 281-288.
BADDELEY, A.D. (1992). Working memory. Science, 255,
556-559. [PDF]
BACHEVALIER, J. (2006). Ontogenetic development of habit
and memory formation in primates. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 608 (1), 457-484.
SWANSON, H.L. (1993). Working memory in learning
disability subgroups. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 56, 87-114.
O'REILLY, R.C. & FRANK, M.J. (2006). Making working
memory work : a computational model of learning in the
prefrontal cortex and basal ganglia. Neural Computer,
18, 283-328. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
JONIDES, J., SMITH, E.E., KOEPPE, R.A., AWH, E.,
MINOSHIMA, S. & MINTUN, M.A. (1993). Spatial working
memory in humans as revealed by PET. Science, 363,
623-625. [PDF]
REPOVS, G. & BADDELEY, A. (2006). The multi-component
model of working memory : Explorations in experimental
cognitive psychology. Neuroscience, 139 (1),
5-21. [PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & HITCH, G.J. (1993). Developmental
changes in short-term memory : A revised working memory
perspective. In A. Collins, S.E. Gathercole, M.A. Conway
& P.E. Morris (Eds.), Theories of memory
(pp. 189-210). Hove, U.K.: Erlbaum.
YUAN, K., STEEDLE, J., SHAVELSON, R., ALONZO, A., OPPEZZO,
M. (2006). Working memory, fluid intelligence, and science
learning. Educational Research Review, 1, 83-98.
TOMS, M., MORRIS, N. & WARD, D. (1993). Working memory
and conditional reasoning. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 46A, 679-699.
BALDO, J.V. & DRONKERS, N.F. (2006). The role of
inferior parietal and inferior frontal cortex in working
memory. Neuropsychology, 20 (5), 529-538. [PDF]
CANTOR, J. & ENGLE, R.W. (1993). Working-memory
capacity as long-term memory activation : An
individual-differences approach. ournal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 19, 1101-1114. [PDF]
JONIDES, J. & NEE, D.E. (2006). Brain mechanisms of
proactive interference in working memory. Neuroscience,
139, 181-193. [PDF]
LOGIE R.H., GILHOOLY, K.J. & WYNN, V. (1994). Counting
on working memory in arithmetic problem solving. Memory
& Cognition, 22, 395-410.
ALLOWAY, T.P. (2006). How does working memory work in the
classroom ? Educational Research & Reviews, 1
(4), 134-139. [PDF]
GILINSKY, J.S. & JUDD, B.B. (1994). Working memory and
bias in reasoning across the life span. Psychology
& Aging, 9, 356-371.
COWAN, N. & MOREY, C.C. (2006). Visual
working memory depends on attentional filtering. Trends
in the
Cognitive Sciences, 10, 139–141.
MIYAKE, A., JUST, M.A. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1994).
Working memory constraints on the resolution of lexical
ambiguity : Maintaining multiple interpretations in
neutral contexts. Journal of Memory & Language,
33, 175-202.
REDICK, T.S. & ENGLE, R.W. (2006). Working memory
capacity and Attention Network Test performance. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 20, 713-721.
DE RIBEAUPIERRE, A. & HITCH, G.J. (Eds.) (1994).
The development of working memory. Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum.
ALLOWAY, T.P. (2006). How does working memory work in the
classroom ? Educational Research & Reviews, 1
(4), 134-139. [PDF]
SWANSON, H.L. (1994). The role of working memory and
dynamic assessment in the classification of children with
learning disabilities. Learning Disabilities Research
& Practice, 9 (4), 190-202.
SALA, J.B. & COURTNEY, S.M. (2007). Binding of what
and where during working memory maintenance.Cortex,
43, 5-21.
MIYAKE, A. (1994). Toward a unified theory of capacity
constraints : The role of working memory in complex
cognition. Cognitive Studies : Bulletin of the
Japanese Cognitive Science Society, 1, 43-62.
PETERS, M.J.V., JELICIC, J., VERBEEK, H. &
MERCKELBACH, H. (2007). Poor working memory predicts false
memories. Europea European Journal of Cognitive
Psychology, 19 (2), 213-232.
GILINSKY, A.S. & JUDD, B.B. (1994). Working memory and
bias in reasoning across the lifespan. Psychology
& Aging, 9, 356–371.
AWH, E., BARTRON, B. & VOGEL, E.K. (2007). Visual
working memory represents a fixed number of items
regardless of complexity. Psychological Science, 18,
622-628.
SAVAGE, L., STACHFIELD, M. & OVERMIER, J.B. (1994).
Effects of scopolamine, diazepam, and lorazepam on working
memory in pigeons : An analysis of reinforcement
procedures and sample problem type. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 48, 183-192.
OSAKA, N., LOGIE, R.H. & D'ESPOSITO, M. (2007). The
cognitive neuroscience of working memory. Oxford : Oxford
University Press.
CONWAY, A.R.A. & ENGLE, R.W. (1994). Working memory
and retrieval : A resource-dependent inhibition model. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 123 (4),
354-373. [PDF]
COHEN-KODOSHAY, O. & MEIRAN, N. (2007). The
representation of instructions in working memory leads to
autonomous response activation : Evidence from the first
trials in the flanker paradigm. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 60, 1140-1154. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1994). Developments in
the concept of working memory. Neuropsychology, 8,
485-493.
BONNOT V. & CROIZET, J.-C. (2007). Stereotype
internalization and women's math performance : The role of
interference in working memory. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 857-866. [PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & ADAMS, A.-M. (1994). Children's
phonological working memory : Contributions of long-term
knowledge and rehearsal. Journal of Memory &
Language, 33, 672-688. [PDF]
WESTERBERG, H., JACOBAEUS, H., HIRVIKOSKI, T., CLEVBERGER,
P., ÖSTENSSON, M.L., BARTFAI, A. & KLINGBERG, T.
(2007). Computerized working memory training after stroke
& A pilot study. Brain Injury, 21 (1),
21-29.
JURDEN, F.H. (1995). Individual differences in working
memory and complex cognition. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 87, 93-102.
BRAVER, T.S., GRAY, J.R. & BURGESS, G.C. (2007).
Explaining the many varieties of working memory variation
: Dual mechanisms of cognitive control. In A.R.A. Conway,
C. Jarrold, M.J. Kane, A. Miyake & J. Towse (Eds.), Variation
in working memory (pp. 76-106.) New York : Oxford
University Press.
COWAN, N. (1995). Verbal working memory : A view with a
room. American Journal of Psychology, 108,
123-155.
BAO, M., LI, Z.-H. & ZHANG, D.R. (2007). Binding
facilitates attention switching within working memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 33, 959-969.
EMBRETSON, S. (1995). The role of working memory capacity
and general control processes in intelligence. Intelligence,
20, 169-189.
WILSON, M. & FOX, G. (2007). Working memory for
language is not special : Evidence for an articulatory
loop for novel stimuli. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 14, 470-473. [PDF]
HITCH, G.J. & TOWSE, J. (1995). Working memory : What
develops ? In W. Schneider & F.E. Weinert (Eds.), Memory
performance and competencies : Isues in growth and
development (pp. 3-22). Northvale, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
SWANSON, H.L. (2007). The influence of working memory on
reading growth in subgroups of children with reading
disabilities. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 96, 249-283. [PDF]
SALTHOUSE, T.A. & MEINZ, E.J. (1995). Aging,
inhibition, working memory, and speed. Journal of
Gerontology : Psychological Sciences, 50B, 97-306.
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (2007). Working memory :
Past, present and future ? In N. Osaka, R.H. Logie &
M. D'Esposito (Eds.), The cognitive neuroscience of
working memory. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
KING, J. & KUTAS, M. (1995). Brain Potential whose
latency indexes the length and frequency of words. The
Newsletter of the Center for Research in Language, 110
(2), 1-9. [PDF]
INOUE, S. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2007). Working memory of
numerals in chimpanzees. Current Biology, 17
(23), 1004-1005.
[PDF]
DAFOUNTOURA, H.A. & SIEGEL, L.S. (1995). Reading,
syntactic, and working memory skills of bilingual
Portuguese-English Canadian children. Reading &
Writing : An Interdisciplinary Journal, 7, 139-153.
[PDF]
SWANSON, H.L. & KIM, K. (2007). Working memory,
short-term memory, and naming speed as predictors of
children's mathematical performance. Intelligence,
35, 151-168.
SMITH, E.E., JONIDES, J. KOEPPE, R.A., AWH, E.,
SCHUMACHER, E.H. & MINOSHIMA, S. (1995). Spatial
versus object working-memory-PET investigations. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 7, 337-356.
BIERNAT, M., McCONNELL, A.R. & RYDELL, R.J. (2007).
Stereotype threat and working memory : Mechanisms,
alleviation, and spillover. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 136 (2), 256-276. [PDF]
ADAMS, A.-M. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (1995). Phonological
working memory and speech production in preschool
children. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research,
38 (2), 403-414.
CONWAY, A.R.A., JARROLD, C., KANE, M.J., MIYAKE, A. &
TOWSE, J. (2007). Variation in working memory.
Oxford University Press.
AWH, E.J., JONIDES, J., SMITH, E.E. SHUMACHER, S.H.,
KOEPPE, R.A. & KATZ, S. (1996). Dissociation of
storage and rehearsal in verbal working memory : Evidence
from PET. Psychological Science, 7, 25-31.
BADDELEY, A.D. & JARROLD, C. (2007) Working memory and
Down syndrome. Journal of Intellectual Disability
Research, 51, 925–31.
BADDELEY, A.D. (1996). The fractionation of working
memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 93 (24), 13468-13472.
PETERS, M.J.V., JELICIC, M., VERBEEK, H. &
MERCKELBACH, H. (2007). Poor working memory predicts false
memories. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 19
(2), 213-232. [PDF]
CONWAY, A.R.A. & ENGLE, R.W. (1996). Individual
differences in working memory capacity : More evidence for
a general capacity theory. Memory, 4 (6),
577-590. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
COWAN, N. & MOREY, C.C. (2007). How can dual-task
working memory retention limits be investigated ? Psychological
Science, 18, 686-688.
COURTNEY, S.M., UNGERLEIDER, L.G., KEIL, K. & HAXBY,
J.V. (1996). Object and spatial visual working memory
activate separate neural systems in human cortex.
Cerebral Cortex, 6, 39-49. [PDF]
JONES, F., GOBET, F. & PINE, J.M. (2007). Linking
working memory and long-term memory : A computational
model of the learning of new words. Developmental
Science, 10 (6), 853-873. [PDF]
ANDERSON, J.R., REDER, L.M. & LEBIERE, C. (1996).
Working memory : Activation limitations on retrieval. Cognitive
Psychology, 30, 221-256.
D'ESPOSITIO, M. (2007). From cognitive to neural models of
working memory. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society B : Biologica, 362, 761-772. [PDF]
KELLOGG, R.T. (1996). A model of working memory in
writing. In M.C. Levy & S.E. Ransdell (Eds.), The
science of writing. The- ories, methods, individual
differences, and applications (pp. 57–71). Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum.
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2007). On the division of
short-term and working memory : An examination of simple
and complex spans and their relation to higher-order
abilities. Psychological Bulletin, 133,
1038-1066. [PDF]
D'ESPOSITIO, M., GROSMANN, M., ONISHI, K., THOMPSON, H.,
ROBINSON, K. & ARMSTRONG, C. (1996). Working memory
impairments in multiple sclerosis : evidence from a
dual-task paradigm. Neuropsychology, 10, 1-6.
AWH, E., BARTON, B. & VOGEL, E. (2007). Visual working
memory represents a fixed number of items, regardless of
complexity. Psychological Science, 18 (7),
622-628. [PDF]
SMITH, E.E., JONIDES, J. & KOEPPE, R.A. (1996).
Dissociating verbal and spatial working memory using PET.
Cerebral Cortex, 6, 11-20.
BOWMAN, H. & WYBLE, B. (2007). The simultaneous type,
serial token model of temporal attention and working
memory. Psychological Review, 114 (1), 38-70. [PDF]
DANEMAN, M. & MERIKLE, P.M. (1996). Working memory and
language comprehension : A meta-analysis. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 3, 422-433.
UNSWORTH, N. (2007). Individual differences in working
memory capacity and episodic retrieval: Examining the
dynamics of delayed and continuous distractor free recall.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 33, 1020-1034.
[PDF]
BABCOCK, R.L. & SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1996). Effects of
increased processing demands on age differences in working
memory. Psychology & Aging, 5 (3), 421-428.
CHO, S., HOLYOAK, K.J. & CANNON, T.D. (2007).
Analogical reasoning in working memory : Resources shared
among relational integration, interference resolution, and
maintenance. Memory & Cognition, 35,
1445-1455. [PDF]
KYLLONEN, P.C. (1996). Is working memory capacity
Spearman's g ? In I. Dennis & P. Tapsfield (Eds.), Human
abilities : Their nature and measurement (pp.
49-75). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
ST-CLAIR-THOMPSON, H.L. (2007). The effects of cognitive
demand upon relationships between working memory and
cognitive skills. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 60A, 1378-1388.
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. (1996). Regional and cellular
fractionation of working memory. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 93, 13473-13480. [PDF]
BIERNAT, M., McCONNELL, A.R. & RYDELL, R.J. (2007).
Stereotype threat and working memory : Mechanisms,
alleviation, and spillover. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 136, (2), 256-276. [PDF]
KELLOGG, R.T., OLIVE, T. & PIOLAT, A. (2007). Verbal
and visual working memory during sentence production. In
M. Torrance, L. van Waes & D. Galbraith (Eds.),
Writing and cognition : research and applications (pp.
97-108). Amsterdam : Elsevier. [PDF]
RICHARDSON, J.T.E., ENGLE, R.W., HASHER, L., LOGIE, R.H.,
STOLTZFUS, E.R. & ZACKS, R.T. (1996). Working
memory and human cognition. New York : Oxford
University Press.
OSAKA, N., LOGIE, R. & D’ESPOSITO, M. (2007). The
cognitive neuroscience of working memory. New York
: Oxford University Press.
ANDERSON, J.R., REDER, L.M. & LEBIERE, C. (1996).
Working memory : Activation limitations on retrieval. Cognitive
Psychology, 30, 221-256.
[PDF]
SIBLEY, B.A. & BEILOCK, S.L. (2007). Exercise and
working memory : An individual differences investigation.
Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 29,
783-791. [PDF]
RICHER, F., DÉCARY, A., CHOUINARD, M.J. & LEPAGE, M.
(1996). Working memory capacity is not preferentially
affected by frontal excisions. Brain & Cognition,
30, 422-425.
AWH, E., BARTON, B. & VOGEL, E. (2007). Visual working
memory represents a fixed number of items regardless of
complexity. Psychological Science, 18 (7),
622-628. [PDF]
GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. (1996). Cellular basis of working
memory. Neuron, 14, 477-485. [PDF]
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2007). The nature of
individual differences in working memory capacity : Active
maintenance in primary memory and controlled search from
secondary memory. Psychological Review, 114 (1),
104-132. [PDF]
LEHTO, J. (1996). Are executive function tests dependent
on working memory capacity ? Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 49A, (2), 9–50.
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2008). Speed and accuracy
of accessing information in working memory : An individual
differences investigation of focus switching. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 34 (3), 616-630.
[PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (1996). The fractionation of working
memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences USA, 93, 13468-13472. [PDF]
ROWE, G., HASHER, L. & TURCOTTE, J. (2008). Age
differences in visuospatial working memory. Psychology
& Aging, 23 (1), 79-84. [PDF]
SHAH, P. & MIYAKE, A. (1996). The separability of
working memory resources for spatial thinking and language
processing : An individual differences approach. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 125 (1),
4-27.
OBERAUER, K. & LANGE, E. B. (2008). Interference in
verbal working memory : Distinguishing similarity-based
confusion, feature overwriting, and feature migration. Journal
of Memory & Language, 58, 730-745.
COHEN, J.D., PERLSTEIN, W.M., BRAVER, T.S., NYSTROM, L.E.,
NOLL, D.C., JONIDES J. & SMITH E.E. (1997). Temporal
dymanics of brain activation during a working memory task.
Nature, 386, 604-608. [PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E., DURLING, M., EVANS, S., JEFCOCK, E.
& STONE, S. (2008). Working memory abilities and
children's performance in laboratory analogues of
classroom activities. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
22, 1019-1037.
[PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. & DELLA SALA, S. (1998). Working memory
and executive control. Philosophical Transactions of
the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences (Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B, 351 (1346),
1397-1403.
HARROW, M., RAPPOLE, K., SANDS, J., JOBE, T. & MARTIN,
E. (1997). Is thought disorder in schizophrenia a function
of loss of context and impaired working memory ? Schizophrenia
Research, 24 (132), 879-891.
FOUGNIE, D. (2008). The Relationship between attention and
working memory. In N.B. Johansen (Ed.), New research
on short-term memory (pp. 1-45). Nova Science
Publishers. [PDF]
ROSEN, V.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (1997). The role of working
memory capacity in retrieval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 126 (3), 211-227.
[PDF]
BUSCHKUEHL, M., JAEGGI, S., HUTCHISON, S., PERRIG-CHIELLO,
P., DÄPP, C., MÜLLER, M., BREI, F. & PERRIG, W.J.
(2008). Impact of working memory training on memory
performance in old-old adults. Psychology & Aging,
23 (4), 743-753
SMITH, E.E. & JONIDES, J. (1997). Working memory : A
view from neuroimaging. Cognitive Psychology, 33,
5-42. [PDF]
BERRYHILL, M.E. & OLSON, I.R. (2008). The right
parietal lobe is critical for visual working memory. Abstract
Neuropsychologia, 46, 1767-1774. [PDF]
COURTNEY, S.M., UNGERLEIDER, L.G., KEIL, K. & HAXBY,
J.V. (1997). Transient and sustained activity in a
distributed neural system for human working memory.
Nature, 386, 608-611.
CONWAY, A.R.A., JARROLD, C., KANE, M., MIYAKE, A. &
TOWSE, J.N. (1997). Variation in working memory. New
York : Oxford University Press.
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2008). Did a small but
significant change in working memory capacity empower
modern thinking ? In P. Mellars, K. Boyle, O. Bar-Yosef
& S. Stringer (Eds.), Rethinking the human
evolution : New behavioural and biological perspectives
on the origin and dispersal of modern humans (pp.
79-90). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University McDonald
Institute Monographs. [PDF]
VAN PETTEN, C., WECKERLY, J., MCISAAC, H.K. & KUTAS,
M. (1997). Working memory capacity dissociates lexical and
sentential context effects. Psychological Science, 8
(3), 238-242. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (2008). What's new in working memory ? Psychology
Review, 13, 2-5.
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. (1997). The capacity of
visual working memory for features and conjunctions. Nature,
390, 279-281. [PDF]
ANDERSSON, U. (2008). Working memory as a predictor of
written arithmetical skills in children : The importance
of central executive functions. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 78 (2), 181-203.
LOGIE R.H. & PEARSON, D.G. (1997). The inner eye and
the inner scribe of visuo-spatial working memory :
Evidence from developmental fractionation. European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 9, 241-257.
FOUGNIE, D. (2008). The Relationship between attention and
working memory. In N.B. Johansen (Ed.), New research
on short-term memory (pp. 1-45). Nova Science
Publishers. [PDF]
OWEN, A.M., IDDON, J.L., HODGES, J.R., SUMMERS, B.A.
& ROBBINS, T.W. (1997). Spatial and non-spatial
working memory at different stages of Parkinson's disease.
Neurosychologia, 35, 519-532.
SCHMEICHEL, B.J., VOLOKHOW, R.N. & DEMAREE, H.A.
(2008). Working memory capacity and the self-regulation of
emotional expression and experience. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 9 (6),
1526–1540. [PDF]
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. (1997). The capacity of
visual working memory for features and conjunctions. Nature,
390, 279-281. [PDF]
BAYS, P.M. & HUSSAIN, M. (2008). Dynamic shifts of
limited working memory resources in human vision.
Science, 321, 851-854.
OWEN, A.M. (1997). The functional organization of working
memory processes within human lateral frontal cortex : The
contribution of functional neuroimaging. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 11, 1329-1339. [PDF]
ESPY, K. & WIEBE, S.A. (2008). Short-term memory,
working memory, and executive functioning in preschoolers
: Longitudinal predictors of mathematical achievement at
age 7 years. Developmental Neuropsychology, 33 (3),
205-228. [PDF]
BRAVER, T.S., COHEN, J.D., JONIDES, J., SMITH, E.E. &
NOLL, D.C. (1997). A parametric study of prefrontal cortex
involvement in human working memory. NeuroImage, 5
(1), 49-62.
[PDF]
VAUGHAN, L., BASAK, C., HARTMAN, M. & VERHAEGHEN, P.
(2008). Aging and working memory inside and outside the
focus of attention : Dissociations of availability and
accessibility. Aging, Neuropsychology & Cognition,
15, 1-22.
DIAMOND, A. (1998). Understanding the A-not-B error :
Working memory vs. reinforced response, or active vs.
latent trace. Developmental Science, 1, 185-189.
[PDF]
EMERY, L., HALE, S. & MYERSON, J. (2008). Age
differences in proactive interference, working memory, and
abstract reasoning. Psychology & Aging, 23, 634-645.
[PDF]
ENGLE, R.W. & CONWAY, A.R.A. (1998). Working memory
and comprehension. In R.H. Logie & K.J. Gilhooly
(Eds.), Working memory and thinking (pp
67-92). East Sussex, UK : Psychology Press. [PDF]
ÖZTEKIN, I., McELREE, B., STARESINA, B. & DAVACHI, L.
(2008). Working memory retrieval : Contributions of left
prefrontal cortex, left posterior parietal cortex and
hippocampus. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 21, 581-593.
D'ESPOSITIO, M., AGUIRRE, G.K., ZARAHN, E. & BALLARD,
D. (1998). Functional MRI studies of spatial and
non-spatial working memory. Cognitive Brain Research,
7, 1-13.
COURTNEY,
S.M. (2008). Differential neural activation for updating
rule versus stimulus information in working memory. Neuron,
59, 173-182.
JONIDES, J., SCHUMACHER, E.H., SMITH, E.E., KOEPPE, R.A.,
AWH, E., REUTER-LORENZ, P.A., MASHUETZ, C. & WILLIS,
C.R. (1998). The role of parietal cortex in verbal working
memory. The Journal of Neuroscience, 18 (13),
5026-5034.
LEVENS, S.M. & PHELPS, E.A. (2008). Emotion processing
effects on interference resolution in working memory. Emotion,
8 (2), 267-280. [PDF]
BECHARA, A., DAMASIO, H., TRANEL, D. & ANDERSON, S.W.
(1998). Dissociation of working memory from decision
making within the human prefrontal cortex. Journal of
Neuroscience, 18, 428-437.
KESSLER, Y. & MEIRAN, N. (2008). Two dissociable
updating processes in working memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 34, 1339-1348.
AWH, E., JONIDES, J. & REUTER-LORENZ, P. (1998).
Rehearsal in spatial working memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 24 (3), 780-790. [PDF]
BARCH, D.M. & SMITH, E.E. (2008). The Cognitive
neuroscience of working memory : Relevance to CNTRICS and
schizophrenia. Biology Psychiatry, 64 (1),
11-17. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
GARAVAN, H. (1998). Serial attention within working
memory. Memory & Cognition, 26, 263-276.
TAMEZ, E., MYERSON, J. & HALE, S. (2008). Learning,
working memory, and intelligence revisited. Behavioural
Processes, 8, 240-245.
ROSEN, V.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (1998). Working memory
capacity and suppression. Journal of Memory &
Language, 39, 418-436. [PDF]
BUSCHKUEHL, M., JAEGGI, S.M., HUTCHISON, S.,
PERRIG-CHIELLO, P., DÄPP, C., MÜLLER, M., BREIL, F.,
HOPPELER, H. & PERRIG, W.J. (2008). Impact of working
memory training on memory performance in old-old adults. Psychology
& Aging, 23 (4), 743-753. [PDF]
DIAMOND, A. (1998). Understanding the A-not-B error :
Working memory vs. reinforced response, or active vs.
latent trace. Developmental Science, 1, 185-189.
[PDF]
SOTO, D., HODSOLL, J., ROTHTEIN, P. & HUMPHREYS, G.W.
(2008). Automatic guidance of attention from working
memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 12 (9),
342-348.
TOWSE, J.N., HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (1998). A
re-evaluation of working memory capacity in children.
Journal of Memory & Language, 39, 195-217. [PDF]
ÖZTEKIN, I., CURTIS, C. & McELREE, B. (2008). The
medial temporal lobe and the left inferior prefrontal
cortex jointly support interference resolution in verbal
working memory. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience,
21, 1967-1979.
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. (1998). Visual and auditory
working memory capacity : Response from Luck and Vogel. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences
ZHANG, W. & LUCK, S.J. (2008). Discrete
fixed-resolution representations in visual working memory.
Nature, 453, 233-236.
ERICSSON, K.A. & DELANEY, P.F. (1998). Working memory
and expert performance. In R.H. Logie and K.J. Gilhooly
(Eds.), Working memory and thinking (pp.
93-114). Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum.
READ, D.W. (2008). Working memory : A cognitive limit to
non-human primate recursive thinking prior to hominid
evolution ? Evolutionary Psychology, 6 (4),
676-714. [PDF]
JONIDES, J., SCHUMACHER, E.H., SMITH, E.E., KOEPPE, R.A.,
AWH, E., REUTER-LORENZ, P.A., MASHUETZ, C. & WILLIS,
C.R. (1998). The role of parietal cortex in verbal working
memory. The Journal of Neuroscience, 18 (13),
5026-5034. [PDF]
BULL, R., ESPY, K.A. & WIEBE, S.A. (2008). Short-term
memory, working memory, and executive functioning in
preschoolers : Longitudinal predictors of mathematical
achievement at age 7 years. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 33 (3), 205-228. [PDF]
COURTNEY, S.M., PETIT, L., HAXBY, J.V. & UNGERLEIDER
L.G. (1998). The role of prefrontal cortex in working
memory : Examining the contents of consciousness.
Philosophical Translations of the Royal Society B, 353
(1377) 1819-1828. [PDF]
VASIC, N., LOHR, C., STEINBRINK, C., MARTIN, C. &
WOLF, R.C. (2008). Neural correlates of working memory
performance in adolescents and young adults with dyslexia.
Neuropsychologia, 46, 640-648.
BADDELEY, A.D., EMSLIE, H., KOLODNY, M.J. & DUNCAN, J.
(1998). Random generation and the executive control of
working memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 51 (4), 819-852.
McELREE, B. (1998). Attended and non-attended states in
working memory : accessing categorized structures. Journal
of Memory & Language, 38, 225-252.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., ALLOWAY, T.P., KIRKWOOD, H.J., ELLIOT,
J.G., HOLMES, J. & HILTON, K.A. (2008). Attentional
and executive behavioual profiles of children with poor
working memory. Learning & Individual Differences,
18, 214-223. [PDF]
SMITH, E.E. & JONIDES, J. (1998). Neuroimaging
analyses of human working memory. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 95, 12061-12068.
TOWSE, J.N., HITCH, G.J., HAMILTON, Z. & PIRRIE, S.
(2008). The endurance of childrens working memory : a
recall time analysis. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 101, 156-163. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (1998). Recent developments in working
memory. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 8
(2), 234-238.
.
BADDELEY, A.D. (1998). Working memory. Comptes Rendus
de l'Académie des Sciences - Series III, 321
(2-3), 167-173.
COWAN, N. (1999). An embedded-processes model of working
memory. In A. Miyake and P. Shah (Eds.), Models of
working memory: Mechanisms of active
maintenance and executive control (pp. 62-101).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
O'HEARN, K., LANDAU, B., COURTNEY, S.M. & STREET,
W. (2009). Working memory impairment in people with
Williams Syndrome : Effects of delay, task and stimuli. Brain
& Cognition, 69, 495-503.
WEIMER S.E., EVANS, J. & HESKETH, L. (1999). An
examination of verbal working memory capacity in children
with specific language impairment. Journal of Speech,
Language, & Hearing Research, 42, 1249–1260.
LOVETT, M.C., REDER, L.M. & LEBIERE, C. (1999).
Modeling working memory in a unified architecture : An
ACT-R perspective. In A. Miyake & P. Shah (Eds.),
Models of working memory : Mechanisms of active
maintenance and executive control (pp. 105-115).
New York : Cambridge University Press.
HAUTZEL, H., MOTTAGHY, F.M., SPECHT, K., MÜLLER, H.-W.
& KRAUSE, B.J. (2009). Evidence of a
modality-dependent role of the cerebellum in working
memory ? An fMRI study comparing verbal and abstract
n-back tasks. NeuroImage, 47, 2073-2082. [PDF]
MIYAKE, A. & SHAH, P. (1999). Models of working
memory : Mechanisms of active maintenance and executive
control. New York, NY : Cambridge University
Press.
ROWE, G., HASHER, L. & TURCOTTE, J. (2009). Age and
synchrony effects in visuospatial working memory. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62 (10),
1873-1880. [PDF]
RYPMA, B. & D'ESPOSITO, M. (1999). The roles of
prefrontal brain regions in components of working memory :
effects of memory load and individual differences. PNAS
: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 96,
6558-6563.
PERRIG, W.F., HOLLENSTEIN, M. & OELHAFEN, S. (2009).
Can we improve fluid intelligence with training on working
memory in persons with intellectual disabilities ?
Journal of Cognitive Education & Psychology, 8, 148-164.
YOUNG, R.M. & LEWIS, R. L. (1999). The Soar cognitive
architecture and human working memory. In A. Miyake, &
P. Shah (Eds.), Models of working memory : Mechanisms
of active maintenance and executive control (pp.
224-256). New York : Cambridge University Press.
POOLE, B.J. & KANE, M.J. (2009). Working-memory
capacity predicts the executive control of visual search
among distractors : the influences of sustained and
selective attention. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 62 (7), 1430-1454.
ENGLE, R.W., KANE, M.J. & TUHOLSKI, S.W. (1999).
Individual differences in working memory capacity and what
they tell us about controlled attention, general fluid
intelligence, and functions of the prefrontal cortex. In
A. Miyake & P. Shah (Eds.), Models of working
memory (pp. 102-134). Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K. & BIALKOVA, S. (2009). Accessing
information in working memory : can the focus of atten-
tion grasp two elements at the same. time ? Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 138, 64-87.
FORTKAMP, M.B.M. (1999). Working memory capacity and
aspects of L2 speech production. Communication &
Cognition, 32, 259-296.
ALLOWAY, T.P., GATHERCOLE, S.E., KIRKWOOD, H. &
ELLIOTT, J. (2009). The cognitive and behavioural
characteristics of children with low working memory. Child
Development, 80, 606-621. [PDF]
MIYAKE, A. & SHAH, R. (1999). Toward unified theorys
of working memory : Emerging general consensus, unresolved
theoretical issues and future directions. In A. Miyakeand
& P. Shah (Eds.), Models of working memory :
Mechanisms of active maintenance and executive control.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. [PDF]
DE SMEDT, B., JANSSEN, R., BOUWENS, K., VERSCHAFFEL, L.,
BOETS, B. & GHESQUIÈRE, P. (2009). Working memory and
individual differences in mathematics achievement : A
longitudinal study from first grade to second grade. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 103, 186-201. [PDF]
KINTSCH, W., PATEL, V.L. & ERICSSON, K.A. (1999). The
role of long-term working-memory in text comprehension. Psychologica,
42, 186-198.
OBERAUER, K. (2009). Interference between storage and
process- ing in working memory : Feature overwriting, not
similarity-based competition. Memory & Cognition,
37, 346-357.
MURDOCK, B.B. (1999). The buffer 30 years later : Working
memory in a theory of distributed associative memory
(TODAM). In C. Izawa (Ed.), On human memory :
Evolution, progress, and reflections on the 30 th
anniversary of the Atkinson-Shiffrin buffer model (pp.
35-57). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
FOUGNIE, D. & MAROIS, R. (2009). Dual-task
interference in visual working memory : A limitation in
storage capacity but not in encoding or retrieval. Attention,
Perception & Psychophysics, 71 (8), 1831-1841.
[PDF]
D'ESPOSITO, M., POSTLE, B.R., JONIDES, J. & SMITH,
E.E. (1999). The neural substrate and temporal dynamics of
interference effects in working memory as revealed by
event-related functional MRI. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 96 (13), 7514-7519. [PDF]
ZHANG, W. & LUCK, S.J. (2009). Sudden death and
gradual decay in visual working memory. Psychological
Science, 20 (4), 423-428.
ENGLE, R.W., TUHOLSKI, S.W., LAUGHLIN, J. & CONWAY, A.
(1999). Working memory, short-term memory, and general
fluid intelligence : A latent-variable approach.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 128 (3),
309-331.
UNSWORTH, N. (2009). Variation in working memory capacity,
fluid intelligence, and episodic recall : A latent
variable examination of differences in the dynamics of
free recall. Memory & Cognition, 37,
837-849. [PDF]
JENKINS, L., MYERSON, J., HALE, S. & FRY, A.F. (1999).
Individual and developmental differences in working memory
across the life span. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 6 (1), 28-40. [PDF]
CUSACK, R., LEHMANN, M., VELDSMAN, M. & ITCHELL, D.J.
(2009). Encoding strategy and not visual working memory
capacity correlates with intelligence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 16, 641-647.
PASSOLUNGHI, M.C., CORNOLDI, C. & DE LIBERTO, S.
(1999). Working memory and intrusions of irrelevant
information in a group of specific poor problem solvers. Memory
& Cognition, 27 (5), 779-790.
CONWAY, A.R.A., MOORE, A.B. & KANE, M.J. (2009).
Recent trends in the cognitive neuroscience of working
memory. Cortex, 45, 262-268.
[PDF]
KINTSCH, W., HEALY, A. F., HEGARTY, M., PENNINGTON, B.F.
& SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1999). Models of working memory :
Eight questions and some general issues. In A. Miyake
& P. Shah (Eds.), Models of working memory :
Mechanisms of active maintenance and executive control (pp.
412-441). New York : Cambridge University Press.
COWAN, N. (2009). Working memory from the trailing edge of
consciousness to neurons. Review of T. Klingberg, The
overflowing brain : Information overload and the limits of
working memory. Neuron, 62, 13-16.
WEST, R.L. (1999). Visual distraction, working memory, and
aging. Memory & Cognition, 27 (6), 1064-1072.
OBERAUER, K. (2009). Design for a working memory. The
Psychology of Learning & Motivation, 511, 45-100.
[PDF]
KLEIN, J.S. & BISANZ, J. (2000). Preschoolers doing
arithmetic : The concepts are willing but the working
memory is weak. Canadian Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 54, 105-116.
RYDELL, R.J., McCONNELL, A.R. & BEILOCK, S.L. (2009).
Multiple social identities and stereotype threat :
Imbalance, accessibility, and working memory. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 96,
949-966. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (2000). The episodic buffer : a new
component of working memory ? Trends in Cognitive
Science, 4, 417-423.
[PDF]
SWANSON, H.L., KEHLER, P. & JERMAN, O. (2009). Working
memory, strategy knowledge, and strategy instruction in
children with reading disabilities. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 43 (1), 24-47. [PDF]
KLINGBERG, T. (2000). Limitations in information
processing in the human brain : neuroimaging of dual task
performance and working memory tasks. Progress in
Brain Research, 126, 95-102.
ÖZTEKIN, I., DAVACHI, L. & McELREE, B. (2010). Are
representations in working memory distinct from
representations in long-term memory ? Neural evidence in
support of a single store. Psychological Science, 21,
1123-1133. [PDF]
KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2000). Working memory
capacity, proactive interference, and divided attention :
Limits on long-term memory retrieval. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 26 (2), 336-358. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
UNSWORTH, N. (2010). Interference control, working memory
capacity, and cognitive abilities : A latent variable
analysis. Intelligence, 38, 255-267. [PDF]
LEVY, R. & GOLDMAN-RAKIC, P.S. (2000). Segregation of
working memory functions within the dorsolateral
prefrontal cortex. Experimental Brain Research, 133,
23-32. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K. (2010). Declarative and procedural working
memory : common principles, common capacity limits ? Psychologica Belgica, 50 (3-4), 277-308. [PDF]
POSTLE, B.R., STERN, C.E., ROSEN, B.R. & CORKIN, S.
(2000). An fMRI investigation of cortical contributions to
spatial and nonspatial visual working memory. NeuroImage,
11 (5), 409-423.
Colom, R., Martinez-Molina, A., Chun Shih, P., &
Santacreu, J., 2010. Intelligence, working memory, and
multitasking performance. Intelligence, 38, 543-551.
SWANSON, H.L. (2000). Are working memory deficits in
readers with learning disabilities hard to change ? Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 33, 551-566.
VAN DER MOLEN, M. J., VAN LUIT, J.E.H., VAN DER MOLEN,
M.W., KLUGKIST, I. & JONGMANS, M.J. (2010).
Effectiveness of a computerised working memory training in
adolescents with mild to borderline intellectual
disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability
Research, 54, 433–447.
DOWNING, P.E. (2000). Interactions between visual working
memory and selective attention. Psychological Science,
11, 467-473.
ADAMS, A.-M. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2000). Limitations in
working memory : Implications for language development. International
Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 35,
95-116.
FUKUDA K., VOGEL, E. K., MAYR, U. & AWH, E. (2010).
Quantity, not quality : The relationship between fluid
intelligence and working memory capacity. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 17, 673-679.
KRAY, J. & LINDENBERGER, U. (2000). Adult age
differences in task switching. Psychology & Aging,
15 (1), 126-147. [PDF]
UNSWORTH, N. & SPILLERS, G.J. (2010). Working memory
capacity : Attention, memory, or both ? A direct test of
the dual-component model. Journal of Memory &
Language, 62, 392-406. [PDF]
CARPENTER, P.A., JUST, M.A. & REICHLE, E.D. (2000).
Working memory and executive function : evidence from
neuroimaging. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 10, 195-199.
[PDF]
RAGHUBAR, K.P., BARNES, M.A. & HECHT, S.A. (2010).
Working memory and mathematics : A review of
developmental, individual difference, and cognitive
approaches. Learning & Individual Differences,
20, 110-122. [PDF]
CHIAPPE, P., HASHER, L. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2000).
Working memory, inhibitory control and reading disability.
Memory & Cognition, 28, 8-17. [PDF]
KLINGBERG, T. (2010). Training and plasticity of working
memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 14 (7),
317-324. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K., SÜB, H.-M., WITTMANN, W.W., WILHEM, O. &
SCHULZE, R. (2000). Working memory capacity - facets of a
cognitive ability construct. Personality &
Individual Differences, 29, 1017-1045. [PDF]
SHIPSTEAD, Z., REDICK, T.S. & ENGLE, R.W. (2010). Does
working memory training generalize ? Psychologica
Belgica, 50, 245-276. [PDF]
FRY, A.F. & HALE, S. (2000). Relationships among
processing speed, working memory, and fluid intelligence
in children. Biological Psychology, 5, 1-34.
[PDF]
YEE, L.T.S., ROE, K. & COURTNEY, S.M. (2010).
Selective involvement of superior frontal cortex during
working memory for shapes. Journal of Neurophysioly,
103 (1), 557-563.[PDF]
PASSOLUNGHI, M.C. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2001). Short-term
memory, working memory, and inhibitory control in children
with difficulties in arithmetic problem solving. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 80, 44-57.
BURGESS, G.C., DEPUE, B.E., RUZIC, L., WILLCUTT, E.G., DU,
Y.P. & BANICH, M.T. (2010). Attentionnal control
activation relates to working memory in attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Society of Biological
Psychiatry, 67, 632-640. [PDF]
SCHUNN, C.D., LOVETT M.C. & REDER, L.M. (2001).
Awareness and working memory in strategy adaptivity. Memory
& Cognition, 29 (2), 254-266. [PDF]
LENARTOWICZ, A., ESCOBEDO-QUIROZ, R. & COHEN, J.D.
(2010). Updating of context in working memory : An event
related potential study. Cognitive, Affective &
Behavioral Neuroscience, 10 (2), 298-315. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (2001). Is working memory still working ? American
Psychologist, 56 (11), 851-864. [PDF]
COOK, P. & WILSON, M. (2010). Do young chimpanzees
have extraordinary working memory ? Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 17 (4), 599-600.
[PDF]
AWH, E. & JONIDES, J. (2001). Overlapping mechanisms
of attention and spatial working memory. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 5 (3), 119-126.
[PDF]
COWAN, N. (2010). Multiple concurrent thoughts : The
meaning and developmental neuropsychology of working
memory. Developmental Neuropsychology, 35,
447-474.
CARY, M. & CARLSON, R.A. (2001). Distributing working
memory resources during problem solving. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 27, 836-848.
BROADWAY, J.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (2010). Validating
running memory span : Measurement of working memory
capacity and links with fluid intelligence. Behavior
Research Methods, 42, 563–570.
[PDF] +
[PDF]
MIYAKE, A. FRIEDMAN, N.P., RETTINGER, D.A., SHAH, P. &
HEGARTY, M. (2001). How are visuospatial working memory,
executive functioning, and spatial abilities related ? A
latent variable analysis. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 130, 621-640.
COWAN, N. (2010). The magical mystery four : How is
working Memory capacity limited and why ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 19, 51-57. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K. (2001). Removing irrelevant information from
working memory : a cognitive aging study with the modified
Sternberg task. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 27, 948-957.
CONWAY, A.R.A. & GETZ, S.J. (2010). Cognitive ability
: Does working memory training enhance intelligence ? Current
Biology, 20 (8), 362-364. [PDF]
DAILY, L.Z., LOVETT, M.C. & REDER, L.M. (2001).
Modeling individual differences in working memory
performance : A source activation account. Cognitive
Science, 25, 315-353.
KESSLER, Y. & MEIRAN, N. (2010). The reaction-time
task-rule congruency effect is not affected by working
memory load : Further support for the activated long-term
memory hypothesis. Psychological Research, 74,
388-399. [PDF]
SWANSON, H.L. & SIEGELl, L. (2001). Learning
disabilities as a working memory deficit. Issues in
education. Contributions of Educational Psychology, 7
(1), 1-48.
ENGEL, D.E ABREU, P.M.J., CONWAY, A.R.A. & GATHERCOLE,
S.E. (2010). Working memory and fluid intelligence in
young children. Intelligence, 38, 552-561. [PDF]
McELREE, B. (2001). Working memory and focal attention. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 27, 817-835.
UNSWORTH, N. (2010). Interference control, working memory
capacity, and cognitive abilities : A latent variable
analysis. Intelligence, 38, 255-267. [PDF]
RYPMA, R., PRABHAKARAN, V., DESMOND, J.E. & GABRIELI,
J.D.E. (2001). Age differences in prefrontal cortical
activity in working memory. Psychology & Aging,
16, 371-384.
[PDF]
KLINGBERG, T. (2010). Training and plasticity of working
memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 14 (7),
317-324. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K., DEMMRICH, A., MAYR, U. & KLIEGL, R.
(2001). Dissociating retention and access in working
memory : An age-comparative study of mental arithmetic. Memory
& Cognition, 29, 18-33.
ST-CLAIR-THOMPSON, H.L. (2010). Backwards digit recall : A
measure of short-term memory or working memory ? European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 22 (2), 286-296. [PDF]
VOGEL, E.K., WOODMAN, G.F. & LUCK, S.J. (2001).
Storage of features, conjunctions, and objects in visual
working memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 27 (1), 92-114.
[PDF]
VAN DER MOLEN, M., VAN LUIT, J.E.H., VAN DER MOLEN, M.W.,
KLUGKIST, I. & JONGMANS, M.J. (2010). Effectiveness of
a computerised working memory training in adolescents with
mild to borderline intellectual disabilities. Journal
of Intellectual Disability Research, 54 (5),
433-447.
TUHOLSKI, S.W., ENGLE, R.W. & BAYLIS, G.C. (2001).
Individual differences in working memory capacity and
enumeration. Memory & Cognition, 29,
484-492.
COWAN, N. (2010). Multiple concurrent thoughts : The
meaning and developmental neuropsychology of working
memory. Developmental Neuropsychology, 35,
447-474.
BADDELEY, A.D. (2001). Is working memory still working ? American
Psychologist, 56 (11), 851-864. [PDF]
DUFF, S.C. & LOGIE, R.H. (2001). Processing and
storage in working memory span. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 54, 31-48.
MCCABE, D.P., ROEDIGER, H.L., MCDANIEL, M.A., BALOTA, D.A.
& HAMBRICK, D.Z. (2010). The relationship between
working memory capacity and executive functioning :
Evidence for a common executive attention construct. Neuropsychology,
24 (2), 222-243.
[PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (2001). The magic number and the
episodic buffer. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 24,
117–118.
ROWE, G., HASHER, L. & TURCOTTE, J. (2010).
Interference, aging, and visuospatial working memory : The
role of similarity. Neuropsychology, 24 (6),
804-807. [PDF]
SÜB, H.-M., OBERAUER, K., WITTMANN, W.W., WILHEM, O. &
SCHULZE, R. (2002). Working-memory capacity explains
reasoning ability : and a little bit more. Intelligence,
30, 261-288
[PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D., ALLEN, R.J. & HITCH, G.J. (2011).
Binding in visual working memory : the role of the
episodic buffer. Neuropsychologia, 49, 1393-1400.
PAYNE, J.S. & WHITNEY, P.J. (2002). Developing L2 oral
proficiency through synchronous CMC : Output, working
memory, and interlanguage development. CALICO
Journal, 20 (1), 7-32.
[PDF]
ZHANG, W. & LUCK, S.J. (2011). The number and quality
of representations in working memory. Psychological
Science, 22 (11), 1434-1441. [PDF]
D'ESPOSITO, M. & POSTLE, B.R. (2002). The neural basis
of working memory storage, rehearsal and control
processes. In L.R. Squire & D.L. Schacter (Eds.), Neuropsychology
of memory (pp. 215 224). New York : Guilford Press.
MEIRAN, N., DIAMOND, G.M., TODDER, D. & NEMETS, B.
(2011). Cognitive rigidity in unipolar depression and
obsessive compulsive disorder : examination of task
switching, Stroop, working-memory updating and
post-conflict adaptation. Psychiatry Research, 85 (1-2),
149-156. [PDF]
KLINGBERG, T., FORSSBERG, H. & WESTERBERG, H. (2002).
Training of working memory in children with ADHD.
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology,
24 (6), 781-791.
MORRISON, A.B. & CHEIN, J.M. (2011). Does working
memory training work ? The promise and challenges of
enhancing cognition by training working memory.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review Journal, 18,
46-60. [PDF]
ASHCRAFT, M.H. & KIRK, E.P. (2001). The relationships
among working memory, math anxiety, and performance. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 130, 224-237.
OBERAUER, K. (2002). Access to information in working
memory : exploring the focus of attention. Journal of
Experimental Psychology. Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 28 (3), 411-421. [PDF]
ALLEN, E.C., BEILOCK, S.L. & SHEVELL, S.K. (2011).
Working memory is related to perceptual processing : A
case from color perception. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 37
(4), 1014-1021.
MACHIZAWA, M.G. & DRIVER, J. (2011). Principal
component analysis of behavioural individual differences
suggests that particular aspects of visual working memory
may relate to specific aspects of attention. Neuropsychologia,
49, 1518-1526.
HENRY, L.A. & McLEAN, M. (2002). Working memory
performance in children with and without intellectual
sisabilities. American Journal on Mental Retardation,
107 (6), 421-432.
MOREY, R.D. (2011). A hierarchical bayesian model for the
measurement of working memory capacity. Journal of
Mathe- matical Psychology, 55, 8-24.
SÜB, H.-M., OBERAUER, K., WITTMANN, W.W., WILHELM, O.
& SCHULZE, R. (2002). Working-memory capacity explains
reasoning ability - and a little bit more. Intelligence,
30, 261-288. [PDF]
LEWIS-PEACOCK, J.A., DRYSDALE, A.T., OBERAUER, K. &
POSTLE, B.R. (2011). Neural evidence for a distinction
between short-term memory and the focus of attention. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 24, 61–79.
KELLOGG, R.T. (2002). Competition for working memory among
writing processes. American Journal of Psychology,
114, 175-191.
HEALY, K.M., HASHER, L. & DANILOVA, E. (2011). The
Stability of working memory : Do previous tasks influence
complex span ? Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 140 (4), 573-585. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (2002). Is working memory still working. European
Psychologist, 7, 85-97.
COWAN, N. (2011). The focus of attention as observed in
visual working memory tasks : Making sense of competing
claims. Neuropsychologia, 49, 1401-1406.
LOGIE, R.H. (2011). The functional organization and
capacity limits of working memory. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 20, 240-245.
ROUDER, J.N., MOREY, R.D., MOREY, C.C. & COWAN, N.
(2011). How to measure working memory capacity in the
change detection paradigm. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 18 (2), 324-330.
[PDF]
ENGLE, R.W. (2002). Working memory capacity as executive
attention. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 11, 19-23. [PDF]
HALE, S., ROSE, N.S., MYERSON, J., STRUBE, M.J., SOMMERS,
M., TYE-MUTTAY, N. & SPEHAR, B. (2011). The structure
of working memory abilities across the adult life span. Psychology
& Aging, 26 (1), 92-110. [PDF]
RAVIZZA, S.M. & CIRRANI, M.A. (2002). Set shifting
impairments as a function of working memory demands in
older adults, prefrontal, and Parkinson's disease
patients. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 14 (3),
472-483.
BARROUILLET, P., DE PAEPE, A. & LANGEROCK, N. (2012).
Time causes forgetting from working memory. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 19, 87-92. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. & WISLON, B.A. (2002). Prose recall and
amnesia : implications for the structure of working
memory. Neuropsychologia, 40 (10), 1737-1743.
FITZPATRICK, C. & PAGANI, L. (2012). Toddler working
memory skills predict kindergarten school readiness. Intelligence, 40, 205-212.
HECHT, S.A. (2002). Counting on working memory in simple
arithmetic when counting is used for problem solving. Memory
& Cognition, 30 (3), 447-455.
ZINKE, K., ZEINTL, M., ESCHEN, A., HERZOG, C. &
KLIEGEL, M. (2012). Potentials and limits of plasticity
induced by working memory training in old-old age.
Gerontology, 58, 79-87.
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2002). The role of working
memory in skilled and conceptual thought. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 25, 703-704.
APTER, B.J.B. (2012). Do computerised training programmes
designed to improve working memory work ? Educational
Psychology in Practise : Theory, Research & Practice
in Educational Psychology, 28 (3), 257-272.
KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2002). The role of
prefrontal cortex in working-memory capacity, executive
attention, and general fluid intelligence : An individual
differences perspective. Psychonomic Bulletin and
Review, 9, 637 671.
MEIRAN, N. & COHEN-KODOSHAY, O. (2012). Working memory
load but not multitasking eliminates the prepared reflex:
Further evidence from the adapted flanker paradigm. Acta
Psychologica, 109, 309-313. [PDF]
MacDONALD, M.C. & CHRISTIANSEN, M.H. (2002).
Reassessing working memory : Comment on Just and Carpenter
(1992) and Waters and Caplan (1996). Psychological
Review, 109, 35-54.
UNSWORTH, N., SPILLERS, G.J. & BREWER, G. (2012).
Working memory capacity and retrieval limitations from
long-term memory : An examination of differences in
accessibility. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 65, 2397-2410. [PDF]
VOGEL, E.K., LUCK, S.J. (2002). Delayed working memory
consolidation during the attentional blink. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 9, 739-743. [PDF]
SHIPTEAD, Z., REDICK, T.S., HICKS, K.L. & ENGLE, R.W.
(2012). The scope and control of attention as separate
aspects of working memory. Memory, 20 (6),
608-628. [PDF]
DANESHAMOOZ, S., ALAMOLHODAEI, H. & DARVISHIAN, S.
(2012). Experimental research about effect of mathematics
anxiety, working memory capacity on students’ mathematical
performance with three different types of learning
methods. ARPN Journal of Science & Technology, 2
(4), 313-321. [PDF]
ZENTALL, T.R. (2012). Working memory in animals. In T.R.
Zentall. & E.A. Wasserman (Eds.), The Oxford
handbook of comparative cognition (pp 215-238). New
York : Oxford University Press.
BADDELEY, A.D. (2003). Working memory : Looking back and
looking forward. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 4
(10), 829-839. [PDF]
PELEGRINA, S., BORELLA, E., CARRETTI, B. & LECHUGA, T.
(2012). Similarity-based interference in a working mmory
mumerical updating task age-related differences between
younger and older adults. Experimental Psychology, 59
(4), 183-189. [PDF]
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2003). The role of working
memory in the evolution of managed farming. Before
Farming : The Anthropology & Archaeology of
Hunters-Gatherers, 2, 1-16. [PDF]
COWAN, N., ROUDER, J.N., BLUME, C.L. & SAULTS, J.S.
(2012). Models of verbal working memory capacity : What
does it take to make them work ? Psychological
Review, 119 (3), 480-499. [PDF]
SOHN, M.-H. & CARLSON, R.A. (2003). Implicit temporal
tuning of working memory strategy during cognitive skill
acquisition. American Journal of Psychology, 116,
239-256.
BREHMER, Y., WESTERBERG H. & BÄCKMAN, L. (2012).
Working-memory training in younger and older adults :
training gains, transfer, and maintenance. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 6, [63], 1-7. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K., SUB, H.M., WIHELM, O. & WITTMAN, W.W.
(2003). The multiple faces of working memory : Storage,
processing, supervision and coordination.
Intelligence, 31, 167-193. [PDF]
REDICK, T.S., UNSWORTH, N., KELLY, A.J. & ENGLE, R.W.
(2012). Faster, smarter ? Working memory capacity and
perceptual speed in relation to fluid intelligence. Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 24, 844-854. [PDF]
WAGER, T.D. & SMITH, E.E. (2003). Neuroimaging studies
of working memory : a meta-analysis. Cognitive &
Affective Behavioral Neuroscience, 3 (4), 255-274.
[PDF]
ROSE, N.S., OLSEN, R.K., CRAIK, F.I.M. & ROSENBAUM,
R.S. (2012). Working memory and amnesia : The role of
stimulus novelty. Neuropsychologia, 50, 11-18. [PDF]
BAYLISS, D.M., JARROLD, C., GUNN, D.M. & BADDELEY,
A.D. (2003). The complexities of complex span : Explaining
individual differences in working memory in children and
in adults. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 132, 71-92.
FAWCETT, J.M. & TAYLOR, T.L. (2012). The control of
working memory resources in intentional forgetting :
Evidence from incidental probe word recognition. Acta
Psychologica, 139, 84-90.
RUCHKIN, D.S., GRAFMAN, J., CAMERON, K. & BERNT, R.S.
(2003). Working memory retention systems : A state of
activated long-term memory. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences 26, 709-777. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (2012). Working memory : Theories, models,
and controversies. Annual Review of Psychology, 63,
1-29.
[PDF]
KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2003). Working-memory
capacity and the control of attention. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 132 (1), 47-70.
[PDF]
BUI, D.C., MADDOX, G.B. & BALOTA, D.A. (2013). The
roles of working memory and intervening task difficulty in
determining the benefits of repetition. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 20 (2), 341-347. [PDF]
LANFRANCHI, S., BADDELEY, A., GATHERCOLE, S. &
IANELLO, R. (2012). Working memory in Down syndrome : is
there a dual task deficit ? Journal of Intellectual
Disability Research, 56, 157-166.
HEDDEN, T. & PARK, D.C. (2003). Contributions of
source and inhibitory mechanisms to age- related
retroactive interference in verbal working memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 132, 93-112.
COWAN, N., ROUDER, J.N., BLUME, C.L. & SAULTS, J.S.
(2012). Models of verbal working memory capacity : What
does it take to make them work ? Psychological
Review, 119 (3), 480-499. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. (2003). Working memory and language : An
overview. Journal of Communication Disorders, 36, 189–208.
RIGGALL, A.G. & POSTLE, B.R. (2012). The relationship
between working memory storage and elevated activity, as
measured with fMRI. The Journal of Neuroscience, 32,
12990-12998.
OBERAUER, K. (2003). Selective attention to elements in
working memory. Experimental Psychology, 50,
257-269.
RUTHSATZ, J. & URBACH, J.B. (2012). Child prodigy : A
novel cognitive profile places elevated general
intelligence, exceptional working memory and attention to
detail at the root of prodigiousness. Intelligence,
40 (5), 419-426.
[PDF]
CONWAY, A.R., KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2003). Working
memory capacity and its relation to general intelligence.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (12), 547-552. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
UNSWORTH, N., SPILLERS, G.J. & BREWER, G.A. (2012).
The role of working memory capacity in autobiographical
retrieval : Individual differences in strategic search.
Memory, 20 (2), 167-176.
[PDF]
MINEAR, M., BRASHER, F., McCURDY, M., LEWIS, J. &
YOUNGGREN, A. (2013). Working memory, fluid intelligence,
and impulsiveness in heavy media multitaskers. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 20 (6), 1274-1281. [PDF]
MONTGOMERY, J.W. (2003). Working memory and comprehension
in children with specific language impairment : what we
know so far. Journal of Communication Disorders, 36,
221-231.
[PDF]
COWAN, N. (2013). Working memory. In H. Pashler (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of the mind. Sage.
CARRUTHERS, P. (2013). Evolution of working memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 110 (S2),
10371-10378. [PDF]
KUNDU, B., SUTTERER, D.W., EMRICH, S.M. & POSTLE, B.R.
(2013). Strengthened effective connectivity underlies
transfer of working memory training to tests of short-term
memory and attention. The Journal of Neuroscience,
33, 8705-8715.
NAIRNE, J.S. (2003). Sensory and working memory. In A.F.
Healy & R.W. Proctor (Eds.), Comprehensive
handbook of psychology (Vol. 4). New York : Wiley.
[PDF]
MELBY-LERVAG, M. & HULME, C. (2013). Is working memory
training effective ? Meta-analytic review. Developmental
Psychology, 49 (2), 270-291. [PDF]
HOLLINGWORTH, A., MATSUKARA, M. & LUCK, S.J. (2013).
Visual working memory modulates rapid eye movements to
simple onset targets. Psychological Science, 24
(5), 790-796.
CURTIS, C.E. & D'ESPOSITO, M. (2003). Persistent
activity in the pre-frontal cortex during working memory.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (9), 415-423. [PDF]
DUNNING, D.L., HOLMES, J. & GATHERCOLE, S.S. (2013).
Does working memory training lead to generalized
improvements in children with low working memory ? A
randomized controlled trial. Developmental Science, 16
(6), 915-925. [PDF]
COLZATO, L.S., VAN DEN WILDENBERG, W.P.M., ZMIGROD, S.
& HOMMEL, B. (2013). Action video gaming and cognitive
control: playing first person shooter games is associated
with improvement in working memory but not action
inhibition. Psychological Research, 77 (2),
234-239.
BRÉBION, G. (2003). Working memory, language
comprehension, and aging : Four experiments to understand
the deficit. Experimental Aging Research, 29 (3),
269-301.
HARRISON, T.L., SHIPSTEAD, Z., HICKS, K.L., HAMBRICK,
D.Z., REDICK, T.S. & ENGLE, R.W. (2013). Working
memory training may increase working memory capacity but
not fluid intelligence. Psychological Science, 24 (12),
2409-2419. [PDF]
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E. (2013). Visual working memory
capacity : From psychophysics and neurobiology to
individual differences in cognitive ability. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 17 (8), 391-399.
[PDF]
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & BENNETT, E.S. (2003). The
fractionation of working memory maps onto different
components of intelligence. Intelligence, 31,
519-531.
RERKO, L. & OBERAUER, K. (2013). Focused, unfocused,
and defocused information in working memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 39, 1075-1096.
OBERAUER, K., WENDLAND, M. & KLEGL, R. (2003). Age
differences in working memory. The roles of storage and
selective access. Memory & Cognition, 31 (4), 563-569.
[PDF]
PERRET, P., DAUVIER, B., BAILLEUX, C. et THOMACHOT, L.
(2013). Intégration relationnelle en mémoire de travail et
intelligence fluide chez l’enfant. L’année
psychologique/Topics in Cognitive Psychology, 113, 191-212.
[PDF]
CONWAY, A.R.A., KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2003).
Working memory capacity and its relation to general
intelligence. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7,
547-552. [PDF]
REDICK, T.S., SHIPSTEAD, Z., HARRISON, T.L., HICKS, K. L.,
FRIED, D.E., HAMBRICK, D.Z., KANE, M.J. & ENGLE, R.W.
(2013). No evidence of intelligence improvement after
working memory training : a randomized, placebo-controlled
study. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General,
142 (2), 359-379. [PDF]
COLOM, R., LORES-MENDOZA, C. & REBOLLO, I. (2003).
Working memory and intelligence. Personality &
Individual Differences, 34, 33-39.
RAMIREZ, G., GUNDERSON, E.A., LEVINE, S.C. & BEILOCK,
S.L. (2013). Math anxiety, working memory and math
achievement in early elementary school. Journal of
Cognition & Development, 14 (2), 187-202. [PDF]
LOGIE, R.H. (2003). Spatial and visual working memory : A
mental workspace. Psychology of Learning &
Motivation, 42, 37-78.
OBERAUER, K. (2013). The focus of attention in working
memory–from metaphors to mechanisms. Frontiers in
Human Neuroscience, 7 (673), 1-16. [PDF]
LANFRANCHI, S., CORNOLDI, C. & VIANELLO, R. (2004).
Verbal and visuospatial working memory deficits in
children with Down Syndrome. American Journal on
Mental Retardation, 109, 456-466.
MILLER, E.K. (2013). The "working" of working memory. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscienc, 15 (4), 411-418.
OBERAUER, K., LANGE, E. & ENGLE, R.W. (2004). Working
memory capacity and resistance to interference.
Journal of Memory & Language, 51, 80-96. [PDF]
ALLOWAY, T.P. & ALLOWAY, R.G. (2013). Working memory
in the lifespan : A cross-sectional approach. Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 25 (1), 84-93.
DESTEFANO, D. & LEFEVRE, J.A. (2004). The role of
working memory in mental arithmetic. European Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 16, 353-386.
CAMOS, V., MORA, G. & OBERAUER, K. (2013). Adaptive
choice between articulatory rehearsal and attentional
refreshing in verbal working memory. Memory &
Cognition, 39 (2), 231-244. [PDF]
LOGAN, G.D. (2004). Working memory, task switching, and
executive control in the task span procedure. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 133, 218-236.
[PDF]
VON BASTIAN, C.C. & OBERAUER, K. (2014). Effects and
mechanisms of working memory training : A review. Psychological
Research, 78 (6), 803-820. [PDF]
KELLOGG, R.T. (2004). Working memory components in written
sentence generation. American Journal of Psychology,
117, 341-361.
VON BASTIAN, C.C., LANGER, N. & OBERAUER, K. (2014).
Effects of working memory training in young and old
adults. Memory & Cognition, 41, 611-624. [PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E., PICKERING, S.J., AMBRIDGE, B. &
WEARING, H. (2004). The structure of working memory from 4
to 15 years of age. Developmental Psychology, 40,
177-190.
BLECKLEY, M.K., FORSTER, J.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (2014).
Working memory capacity accounts for the ability to switch
between object-based and location-based allocation of
visual attention. Memory & Cognition, 43 (3),
379-388. [PDF]
COLOM, R., REBOLLO, I., PALACIOS, A., JUAN-ESPINOSA, M.
& KYLLONENE, P.C. (2004). Working memory is (almost)
perfectly predicted by g. Intelligence, 32, 277-296.
[PDF]
REDICK, T.S. (2014). Cognitive control in context :
Working memory capacity and proactive control. Acta
Psychologica, 145, 1-9.
BLACKER, K.J., CURBY, K.M., KLOBUSICKY, E. & CHEIN,
J.M. (2014). Effects of action video game training on
visual working memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 40 (5),
1992-2004. [PDF]
LUCK, S.J., MCCLENON, C., BECK, V.M., HOLLINGWORTH, A.,
LEONARD, C.J., HAHN, B., ROBINSON, B.M. & GOLD, J.M.
(2014). Hyperfocusing in schizophrenia : Evidence from
interactions between working memory and eye movements.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 123, 783-795. [PDF]
UNSWORTH, N., SCHROCK, J.C. & ENGLE, R.W. (2004).
Working memory capacity and the antisaccade task :
Individual differences in voluntary saccade control. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 30, 1302-1321. [PDF]
RADVANSKY, G.A., GIBSON, B.S. & McNERNEY, M.W. (2014).
Working memory, situation models, and synesthesia. American
Journal of Psychology, 127, 325-342. [PDF]
GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEN, J. & DeSOTT, C.
(2004). Strategy choices in simple and complex addition :
Contributions of working memory and counting knowledge for
children with mathematical disability. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 88, 121-151. [PDF]
BUI D.C. & MYERSON, J. (2014). The role of working
memory abilities in lecture note-taking. Journal of
Learning & Individual Differences, 33, 12-22.
OLESEN, P.J., WESTERBERG, H. & KLINGBERG, T. (2004).
Increased prefrontal and parietal activity after training
of working memory. Nature Neuroscience, 7,
75-79.
MA, W.J., HUSAIN, M. & BAYS, P.M. (2014). Changing
concepts of working memory. Nature Neuroscience, 17 (3),
347-356. [PDF]
CURTIS, C.E. & D'ESPOSITO, M.T. (2004). The effects of
prefrontal lesions on working memory performance and
theory. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral
Neuroscience, 4 (4), 528-539. [PDF]
IMBO, I. VANDEN BUCKLE, C., DE BRAUWER, J. & FIAS, W.
(2014). Sixty-four or four-and-sixty ? The influence of
language and working memory on children's number
transcoding. Frontiers in Psychology, 5 [213],
1-10. [PDF]
KANE, M.J., HAMBRICK, D.Z., TUHOLSKI, S.W., WILHELM, O.,
PAYNE, T.W. & ENGLE, R.W. (2004). Generality of
working memory capacity : A latent-variable approach to
verbal and visuo-spatial memory span and reasoning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 133 (2),
189-217. [PDF]
FOSTER, J.L., SHIPTEAD, Z., HARRISON, T.L., HICKS, K.L.,
REDICK, T.S. & ENGLE, R.W. (2015). Shortened complex
span tasks can reliably measure working memory capacity. Memory
& Cognition, 43, 226-236. [PDF]
SWANSON, H.L. (2004). Working memory and phonological
processing as predictors of children's mathematical
problem solving at different ages. Memory &
Cognition, 32, 648-666.
HICKS, K.L., HARRISON, T.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (2015).
Wonderlic, working memory capacity, and fluid
intelligence. Intelligence, 50, 186-195.
SWANSON, H.L. & BEEBE-FRANKENBERGER, M. (2004). The
relationship between working Memory and mathematical
problem solving in children at risk and not at risk for
serious math difficulties. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 96 (3), 471-491. [PDF]
FITZPATRICK, C., ARCHAMBAULT, I., JANOSZ, M. & PAGANI,
L. (2015). Early childhood working memory forecasts high
school dropout risk. Intelligence, 53, 160-165.
[PDF]
COSTA, H.M., PURSER, H.R.M. & PASSOLUNGHI. M.C.
(2015). Improving working memory abilities in individuals
with Down syndrome : a treatment case study. Frontiers
in Psychology, 6, [1331], 1-12.
ADAM, K.C.S., MANCE, I., FUKUDA, K, & VOGEL, E.K.,
(2015). The Contribution of Attentional Lapses to
individual differences in visual working memory capacity.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 27 (8),
1601–1616.
FELDMAN-BARRETT, L., TUGADE, M.M. & ENGLE, R.W.
(2004). Individual differences in working memory capacity
and dual-process theories of the mind. Psychological
Bulletin, 130, (4), 553-573. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
SHIPTEAD, Z., HARRISON, T.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (2015).
Working memory capacity and the scope and control of
attention. Attention, Perception, &
Psychophysics, 77 (6), 1863-1880. [PDF]
OBERAUER, K., LANGE, E. & ENGLE, R.W. (2004). Working
memory capacity and resistance to interference.
Journal of Memory & Language, 51, 80-96. [PDF]
HARRISON, T.L, SHIPSTEAD, Z. & ENGLE, R.W. (2015). Why
is working memory capacity related to matrix reasoning
tasks ? Memory & Cognition, 43 (3),
389-396. [PDF]
COPELAND, D.E. & RADVANSKY, G.A. (2004). Working
memory and logical reasoning. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 57A, 1437-1457.
LEWIS-PEACOCK, J.A., COHEN, J.D. & NORMAN, K.A.
(2016). Neural evidence of the strategic choice between
working memory and episodic memory in prospective
remembering. Neuropsychologia, 93, 280-288. [PDF]
KESHEN, C. & COHEN, J. (2016). Rats (Rattus
norvegicus) flexibly retrieve objects' non-spatial and
spatial information from their visuospatial working memory
: effects of integrated and separate processing of these
features in a missing-object recognition task. Animal
cognition, 19 (1), 91–107. [PDF]
BARROUILLET, P., BERNARDIN, S. & CAMOS V. (2004). Time
constraints and resource sharing in adults' working memory
spans. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General,
33, 83-100.
ROORDING-RAGETLIE, S., KLIP, H., BUITELAAR, J. &
SLAATS-WILLEMSE, S. (2016). Working memory training in
children with neurodevelopmental disorders. Psychology,
7, 310-325. [PDF]
DUDCHENKO, P.A. (2004). An overview of the tasks used to
test working memory in rodents. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 28, 699-709. [PDF]
UNCAPHER, M.R., THIEU, M.K. & WAGNER, A.D. (2016).
Media multitasking and memory : Differences in working
memory and long-term memory. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 23, 483-490. [PDF]
ADAM, K.C.S., VOGEL, E.K. & AWH, E. (2017).
Clear evidence for item limits in visual working memory. Cognitive Psychology, 97, 79–97.
SWANSON, H.L. & BEEBE-FRAKENBERGER, M. (2004). The
relationship between working memory and mathematical
problem solving in children at risk and not at risk for
serious math difficulties. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 96 (3), 471-491. [PDF]
XIE, W. & ZHANG, W. (2017). Familiarity increases the
number of remembered Pokémon in visual short-term memory.
Memory & Cognition, 45 (4), 677-689.
CAIN, K., BRYANT, P. & OAKHILL, J. (2004). Children's
reading comprehension ability : Concurrent prediction by
working memory, verbal ability, and component skills. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 96 (1), 31-42.
[PDF]
XIE, W. & ZHANG, W. (2017). Familiarity speeds up
visual short-term memory consolidation :
Electrophysiological evidence from contralateral delay
activities. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 30 (1),
1-13.
ADAM, K.C.S., VOGEL, E.K. & AWH, E. (2017).
Clear evidence for item limits in visual working memory. Cognitive
Psychology, 97, 79–97. [PDF]
ALLEN, R.J., BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J.
(2017). Executive and perceptual distraction in visual
working memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 43 (9),
1677–1693.
COURTNEY, S.M. (2004). Attention and cognitive control as
emergent properties of information representation In
working memory. Cognitive, Affective, &
Behavioral Neuroscience, 4 (4), 501-516.
QUAM, C., WANG, A., MADDOX, W.T., GOLISH, K. & LOTTO,
A. (2018). procedural-memory, working memory, and
declarative-memory skills are each associated With
dimensional integration in sound-category learning. Frontiers
in Psychology, 9 [18260] 1-15. [PDF]
ADAMS, E.J., NGUYEN, A.T. & COWAN, N. (2018).
Theories of working memory : Differences in
definition, degree of modularity, role of attention, and
purpose. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services in
Schools , 49, 340–355. [PDF]
NEE, D.E. & D'ESPOSITO, M. (2018). Working memory : An
evolving concept. In J.T. Wixted (Ed.), The Stevens'
Handbook of Experimental Psychology and Cognitive
Neuroscience. John Wiley and Sons.
OBERAUER, K., AWH, E. & SUTTERER, D.W. (2018). The
role of long-term memory in a test of visual working
memory : Proactive facilitation but no proactive
interference. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 43 (1),
1–22.
[PDF]
DESTEFANO, D. & LEFEVRE, J.-A. (2004). The role of
working memory in mental arithmetic. European Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 16, 353-386.
WIEMERS, E.A. & REDICK, T.S. (2018). Working memory
capacity and intra-individual variability of proactive
control. Acta Psychologica, 182, 21-31.
SCHNEIDER, D.W. (2019). On the role of attention in
working memory for response selection in task switching. Journal
of Cognition, 2 (1), 34, 1-4. [PDF]
BUCHSBAUM, B.R. & D'ESPOSITIO, M. (2019). A
sensorimotor view of working memory. Cortex, 112, 134-148.
NGIAM, W.X.Q., LOWTSCHER, K.B. & AWH, E. (2023).
Object-based encoding constrains storage in visual working
memory.Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General,
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
SQUIRE, L.R. (1992). Declarative and nondeclarative memory
: Multiple brain systems supporting learning and memory.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 4 (3), 232-243.
[PDF]
EICHENBAUM, H. (2001). The hippocampus and declarative
memory : cognitive mechanisms and neural codes. Behavior
& Brain Research, 127, 199-207.
SQUIRE, L.R. (1994). Declarative and nondeclarative memory
: Multiple brain systems supporting learning & memory.
In D.L. Schacter and E. Tulving (Eds.), Memory
systems (pp. 203-232). Cambridge, MA. : MIT Press.
PRESTON, A.R., SHRAGER, Y., DUDUKOVIC, N.M. &
GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2004). Hippocampal contribution to the
novel use of relational information in declarative memory.
Hippocampus, 14 (2), 148-152.
EICHENBAUM, H. (1997). Declarative memory : insights from
cognitive neurobiology. Annual Review of Psychology,
48, 547-572.
SCHABUS, M., GRUBER, G., PARAPATICS, S., SAUTER, C.,
KLÖSCH, G., ANDERER, P., KLIMESCH, W., SALETU, B. &
ZEITLHOFER, J. (2004). Sleep spindles and their
significance for declarative memory consolidation.
Sleep, 27 (8), 1479-1485. [PDF]
CAHILL, L. & McGAUGH, J.L. (1998). Mechanisms of
emotional arousal and lasting declarative memory. Trends
in Neurosciences, 21 (7), 294-299. [PDF]
GAIS, S. & BORN, J. (2004). Declarative memory
consolidation : Mechanisms acting during human sleep.
Learning & Memory, 11 (6), 679-685. [PDF]
ULLMAN, M.T. (2004). Contributions of memory circuits to
language : the declarative/procedural model. Cognition
92, 231-270.
TULVING, E. & MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (1998). Episodic and
declarative memory : Role of the hippocampus. Hippocampus,
8, 198-204. [PDF]
EICHENBAUM, H. (2004). Hippocampus : Cognitive processes
and neural representations that underlie declarative
memory. Neuron, 44, 109-120. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
NESTOR, P.J., FRYER, T.D. & HODGES, J.R. (2006).
Declarative memory impairments in Alzheimer's disease and
semantic dementia. Neuroimage, 30, 1010-1020.
ELLENBOGEN, J.M., PAYNE, J.D. & STICKGOLD, R. (2006).
The role of sleep in declarative memory consolidation :
passive, permissive, active or none ? Current Opinion
in Neurobiology, 16, 1-7. [PDF]
EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). The hippocampus and mechanisms of
declarative memory. Behavioural Brain Research, 103,
123-133.
HU, P., STYLOS-ALLEN, M. & WALKER, M.P. (2006). Sleep
facilitates consolidation of emotional declarative memory.
Psychological Science, 17 (10), 891-898.
EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). Conscious awareness, memory and the
hippocampus. Nature Neuroscience, 2 (9),
775-776. [PDF]
LAHL, O., WISPEL, C., WILLIGENS, B. & PIETROWSKY, R.
(2008). An ultra short episode of sleep is sufficient to
promote declarative memory performance. Journal of
Sleep Research, 17 (1), 3-10.
ASHBY, F.G. & CROSSLEY, M.J. (2010). Interactions
between declarative and procedural-learning categorization
systems. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 94,
1-12.
EICHENBAUM, H. (2000). A cortical-hippocampal system for
declarative memory. Nature Reviews, 1, 41-50. [PDF]
MANNS, J.R. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2017). Declarative memory
system : Amnesia. In H. Eichenbaum (Ed.), Memory
Systems, of Learning and memory : A comprehensive
reference (pp. 69-79). Oxford : Academic Press.
QUAM, C., WANG, A., MADDOX, W.T., GOLISH, K. & LOTTO,
A. (2018). procedural-memory, working memory, and
declarative-memory skills are each associated With
dimensional integration in sound-category learning. Frontiers
in Psychology, 9 [18260] 1-15. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire
dépendante de l'état (Individu) :State-dependent memory.
MILES, C. & HARDMAN, E. (1998). State-dependent memory
produced by aerobic exercise. Ergonomics, 41
(1), 20-28.
RYAN, L. & EICH, E. (2000). Mood dependence and
implicit memory. In E. Tulving (Eds.), Memory,
consciousness, and the brain : The Tallinn Conference
(pp. 91-105). Philadelphia, PA : Psychology Press.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire dépendante du contexte : Mémoire dépendante etindice du rappel.= Mémoire contextuelle.
Context-dependent memory.
GODDEN, D.R. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1975).
Context-dependent memory in two natural environments : On
land and underwater. British Journal of Psychology,
66 (3), 325-331.
SMITH, S.M. (1988). Environmental-context dependent
memory. In G. Davies & D. Thomsom (Eds.), Memory
in context : Context in memory (pp. 13-34).
Oxford, UK : John Wiley & Sons.
SMITH, S.M., HEATH, F.R. & VELA, E. (1990).
Environmental context-dependent homophone spelling. American
Journal of Psychology, 103 (2), 229-242.
SMITH, S.M. & VELA, E. (2001). Environmental
context-dependent memory : A review and meta-analysis. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 8 (2), 203-220. [PDF]
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
NEISSER, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New
York, NY : Apelton-Century-Crofts.
WATKINS, O.C. & WATKINS, M.J. (1980). The modality
effect and echoic persistence. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 109, 251-278.
ENGLE, R.W., FIDLER, D.S. & REYNOLDS L.H. (1981). Does
echoic memory develop ? Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 32, 459-473.
COWAN, N., SUOMI, K. & MORSE, P.A. (1982). Echoic
storage in infant perception. Child Development, 53,
984-990.
COWAN, N. (1984). On short and long auditory stores. Psychological
Bulletin, 96, 341-370.
SIPE, S. & ENGLE, R.W. (1986). Echoic memory processes
in good and poor readers. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 12,
402-412.
STROUS, R.D., COWAN, N., RITTER, W. & JAVITT, D.C.
(1995). Auditory sensory ("echoic") memory dysfunction in
schizophrenia. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 152
(2), 1517-1519.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire
émotive : Mémoire dans laquelle
sont stockées les émotions.
Serait située dans l'amygdale.= Mémoire émotionnelle. Emotional
memory.
BOWER, G.H. (1981). Mood and memory. American
Psychologist, 36 (2), 129-148.
DOLCOS, F. & CABEZA, R. (2002). Event-related
potentials of emotional memory : Encoding pleasant,
unpleasant, and neutral pictures. Cognitive, Affective
& Behavioral Neuroscience, 2, 252-263. [PDF]
REISBERG, D. & HEUER, F. (1992). Remembering the
details of emotional events. In E. Winograd & U.
Neisser (Eds.), Affect and accuracy in recall :
Studies of "flashbulb" memories (pp. 162-190).
Cambridge University Press.
LABAR, K.S. & CABEZA, R. (2006). Cognitive
neuroscience of emotional memory. Nature Review of
Neuroscience, 7 (1), 54-64. [PDF]
BRADLEY, M.M. (1994). Emotional memory : A dimensional
analysis. In S.H.M. van Goozen & N.E. Van de Poll
(Eds.), Emotions : Essays on emotion theory
(pp. 97-134). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
HOLLAND, P. & GALLAGHER, M. (2006). Different roles
for amygdala central nucleus and substantia innominata in
the surprise-inof. Neuroscience, 26 (14),
3791-3797.
LANCIANO, T., CURCI A. & SEMIN, G.R. (2010). The
emotional and reconstructive determinants of emotional
memories : An experimental approach to flashbulb memory
investigation. Memory, 18, 473-485.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire
épisodique : Sous-mémoire de la mémoire
déclarative dans laquelle sont stockés nos expériences (souvenirs),
ainsi que le moment et le contexte dans lequel ces expériences ont
lieu (index spatio-temporel).
Ce concept a été proposé par Tulving.
Mémoire épisodique, mémoire et
démence sémantique.= Connaissances épisodiques, souvenirs, mémoire constructive.
Episodic memory.
OLDFIELD, R.C. (1966). Things, words, and the brain. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18, 340-353.
RUGG, M.D. & WILDING, E.L. (2000). Retrieval
processing and episodic memory. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 4, 108-115. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E.
Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of
memory. New York : Academic Press. [PDF]
WHEELER, M. (2000). Episodic memory and autonoetic
onsciousness. In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), Oxford
handbook of memory (pp. 597-608). New York :
Oxford University Press.
TULVING, E. & THOMPSON, D.M. (1973). Encoding
specificity and retrieval processes in episodic memory. Psychological
Review, 80, 352-373. [PDF]
LOGAN, G.D. & DELHEIMER, J.A. (2001). Parallel memory
retrieval in dual-task situations : II. Episodic memory.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 27, 668-685. [PDF]
CROVITZ, H.F. & SCHIFFMAN, H. (1974). Frequency of
episodic memories as a function of their age. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 4 (5B), 517-518.
CRAIK, F.I.M. & TULVING, E. (1975). Depth of
processing and the retention of words in episodic memory.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 104,
268-294. [PDF]
MAYES, A.R. & ROBERTS, N. (2001). Theories of episodic
memory. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B : Biological Sciences, 356, 1395-1408. [PDF]
PELLIGRINO, J.W., LIGHT, L.L. & KIMBLE, G.A. (1975).
Comments on episodic memory : When recognition fails. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 1, 30-36.
ORTONY, A. (1975). How episodic is semantic memory ? In Theoretical
issues in natural language processing : An
interdisciplinary workshop in computational linguistics,
psychology, linguistics, and artificial intelligence.
Cambridge, MA. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (2001). Episodic memory and common sense : how
far apart ? Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B : Biological Sciences, 356, 1505-1515. [PDF]
MOESER, S.D. (1976). Inferential reasoning in episodic
memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 15, 193-212.
JOHNSON, J.H., KLINGER, D.E. & WILLIAMS, T.A. (1977).
Recognition in episodic long-term memory in schizophrenia.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 33, 643-647.
NELSON, K. & BROWN, A.L. (1978). The semantic-episodic
distinction in memory development. In P.A. Ornstein (Ed.),
Memory development in children. Hillsdale, N.J. :
Lawrence Erlbaum.
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1979). Priming in episodic
and semantic memory. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 18, 463-480. [PDF]
HODGES, J.R. & GRAHAM, K.S. (2001). Episodic memory :
Insight from semantic dementia. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, London, B. 356,
1423-1434. [PDF]
MCFARLAND, C.E., FREY, T.J. & RHODES, D.D. (1980).
Retrieval of internally versus externally generated words
in episodic memory. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 19, 210-225.
CLAYTON, N.S., GRIFFITHS, D.P., EMERY, N.J. &
DICKINSON, A. (2001). Elements of episodic-like memory in
animals. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London : Biological Sciences, 356,
1483-1491. [PDF]
HERMANN, D.J. & HARWOOD, J.R. (1980). More evidence
for the existence of separate semantic and episodic stores
in long-term memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 6,
467–478.
ANDERSON, J.R. & ROSS, B.H. (1980). Evidence against a
semantic-episodic distinction. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 6
(5), 441–466.
[PDF]
McCLOSKEY, M. & SANTEE, J. (1981). Are semantic memory
and episodic memory distinct systems ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory,
7, 66-71.
YONELINAS, A.P. (2001). Components of episodic memory :
the contribution of recollection and familiarity. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological, 356, 1363–1374.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & NEELY, J.H. (1982). Retrieval blocks
in episodic and semantic memory. Canadian Journal of
Psychology, 36, 213-242.
GRIFFITHS, D.P. & CLAYTON, N.S. (2001). Testing
episodic memory in animals : A new approach. Physiological
Behavior, 73, 755–762. [PDF]
WOOD, F. & EBERT, V. (1982). The episodic-semantic
memory distinction in memory and amnesia : Clinical and
experimental observations. In L.S. Cermak (Ed.), Human
memory and amnesia. Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence
Erlbaum.
TULVING, E. (1983). Elements of episodic memory.
New York : Oxford University Press.
ZENTALL, T.R., CLEMENT, T.S., BHATT, R.S. & ALLEN, J.
(2001). Episodic-like memory in pigeons. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 8, 685-690.
SCHACTER, D.L. (1983). Feeling of knowing in episodic
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning,
Memory & Cognition, 9, 39-54.
BEILOCK, S.L., WIERANGA, S.A. & CARR, T.H. (2002).
Expertise, attention, and memory in sensorimotor skill
execution : Impact of novel task constraints on dual-task
performance and episodic memory. The Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Experimental
Psychology, 55, 1211-1240. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (1984). Précis of elements of episodic memory.
The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7, 223-268. [PDF]
PIOLINO, P., DESGRANGES, B., BENALI, K. & EUSTACHE, F.
(2002). Episodic and semantic remote autobiographical
memory in aging. Memory, 10, 239-257.
CERMAK, L.S. (1984). The episodic/semantic distinction in
amnesia. In L.R. Squire & N. Butters (Eds.), Neuropsychology of memory. New York : The Guilford Press.
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1984). Does current evidence from
dissociation experiments favor the episodic/semantic
distinction ? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7,
252-254. [PDF]
RUGG, M.D., OTTEN, L.J. & HENSON, R.N. (2002). The
neural basis of episodic memory : evidence from functional
neuroimaging. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London B : Biological Sciences, 357
(1424), 1097-1110. [PDF]
SEIFERT, C.M., McKOON, G., ABELSON, R.P. & RATCLIFF,
R. (1986). Memory connections between thematically similar
episodes. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 12
(2), 220-231.
[PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D., CONWAY, M.A. & AGGLETON, J. (Eds.)
(2002). Episodic memory. Oxford, UK : Oxford
University Press.
TULVING, E. (1986). What kind of a hypothesis is the
distinction between episodic and semantic memory ? Journal
of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 12, 307-311. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. & WISLON, B.A. (2002). Prose recall and
amnesia : implications for the structure of working
memory. Neuropsychologia, 40 (10), 1737-1743. [PDF]
NADEL, L., PAYNE, J.D. & JACOBS, W.J. (2002). The
relationship between episodic memory and context : Clues
from memory errors made while under stress. Physiological
Research, 51 (S), 3-11.
TULVING, E. (1986). Episodic and semantic memory : Where
should we go from here ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 9, 573-577. [PDF]
VAIDYA, C.J., ZHAO, M., DESMOND, J.E. & GABRIELI, D.E.
(2002). Evidence for cortical encoding specificity in
episodic memory : memory-induced re-activation of picture
processing areas. Neuropsychologia, 40 (12),
2136-2143.
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (1986). More on the
distinction between episodic and semantic memories.
ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 12, 312-313. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (2002). Episodic memory : From mind to brain.
Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 1-25.
[PDF]
McKOON, G., RATCLIFF, R. & DELL, G. (1986). A critical
evaluation of the semantic/episodic distinction.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 12, 295-306. [PDF]
GLUCK, M.A., MEETER, M. & MYERS, C.E. (2003).
Computational models of the hippocampal region : linking
incremental learning and episodic memory. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7 (6), 269-276. [PDF]
WATKINS, M.J. (1987). Episodic memory. In S.C. Shapiro
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of artificial intelligence (Vol.
1, pp. 275-280). New York : Wiley.
NADEL, L., RYAN, L., HAYES, S.M., GILBOA, M. &
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2003). The role of the hippocampal complex
in long-term episodic memory. International Congress
Series, 1250 215-234. [PDF]
OSTERGAARD, A.L. (1987). Episodic, semantic and procedural
memory in a case of amnesia at an early age. Neuropsychologia,
25 (2), 341-357.
LÖDVÉN, M. (2003). The episodic memory and inhibition
accounts of age related increases in false memories : A
consistency check. Journal of Memory & Language,
49, 268-283.
WILSON, B.A. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1988). Semantic,
episodic and autobiographical memory in a post-meningitic
amnesic patient. Brain & Cognition, 8,
31-46.
GILBOA, A. (2004). Autobiographical and episodic memory -
one and the same ? : Evidence from prefrontal activation
in neuroimaging studies. Neuropsychologia, 42
(10), 1336-1349.
WILKES, A.L. & LEATHERBARROW, M. (1988). Editing
episodic memory following the identification of error. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology 40 (2), 361-387.
ZHOU, F., KAHANA, M.J. & SEKULER, R. (2004).
Short-term episodic memory for visual textures : A roving
probe gathers some memory. Psychological Science, 15 (2),
112-118. [PDF]
RAJAH, M.N. & McINTOSH, A.R. (2005). Overlap in the
functional neural systems involved in semantic and
episodic memory retrieval. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 17 (3), 470-482. [PDF]
HORNER, M.D. (1990). Psychobiological evidence for the
distinction between episodic and semantic memory. Neuropsychology
Review, 1, 281–321
SIROTIN, Y.B., KIMBALL, D.R. & KAHANA, M.J. (2005).
Going beyond a single list : Modeling the effects of prior
experience on episodic free recall. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 12 (5), 787-805. [PDF]
ABBENHUIS, M.A., RAAIJMAKERS, W.G.M., RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.
& VAN WOERDEN, G.J.M. (1990). Episodic memory in
dementia of the Alzheimer type and in normal ageing :
Similar impairment in automatic processing. The
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 42A,
569-583. [PDF]
ATANCE, C.M. & O’NEILL, D.K. (2005). The emergence of
episodic future thinking in humans. Learning &
Motivation, 36, 126-144. [PDF]
MITCHELL, D.B., BROWN, A.S. & MURPHY, D.R. (1990).
Dissociations between procedural and episodic memory :
Effects of time and aging. Psychology & Aging, 5,
264-276.
SOHN, M.-H., GOODE, A., STENGER, A., JUNG, K.J., CARTER,
C.S. & ANDERSON, J.R. (2005). An
information-processing model of three cortical regions :
evidence in episodic memory retrieval. NeuroImage,
25, 21-33. [PDF]
ZELLNER, M. & BÄUML, K.-H.T. (2005). Intact retrieval
inhibition in children's episodic recall. Memory
& Cognition, 33 (3), 396-404. [PDF]
STEDRON, J.M., SAHNI, S.D. & MUNAKATA, Y. (2005).
Common mechanisms for working memory and attention : The
case of perseveration with visible solutions. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 17, 623-631.
GAFFAN, D. (1991). Spatial organization of episodic
memory. Hippocampus, 1, 262-264.
BABB, S.J. & CRYSTAL, J.D. (2005). Discrimination of
what, when and where : implications for episodic-like
memory in the rat. Learning & Motivation, 36,
177–189.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (2005). Do humans primates have episodic
memory ? In H.S. Terrace & J. Metcalfe (Eds.), The
missing link in cognition (pp. 225–241). Oxford :
Oxford University Press.
PALMERI, T.J., GOLDFINGER, S.D. & PISONI, D.B. (1993).
Episodic encoding of speaker's voice and recognition
memory for spoken words. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 19,
309-328. [PDF]
CHARLOT, V. et FEYEREISEN, P. (2005). Mémoire épisodique
et deficit d'inhibition au cours du vieillissement
cognitif : Un examen de l'hypothèse frontale/Episodic
memory and inhibition deficit in cognitive aging : An
examination of the frontal hypothesis. L'Année
Psychologique, 105, 323-357.
TULVING, E. (1993). What is episodic memory ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 2 (3), 67-70.
[PDF]
EICHENBAUM, H. & FORTIN, N.J. (2005). Bridging the gap
between brain and behavior : Cognitive and neural
mechanisms of episodic memory. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84, 619-629. [PDF]
UTTL, B. & GRAF, P. (1993). Episodic spatial memory in
adulthood. Psychology & Aging, 8 (2),
257-273.
MEETER, M., MYERS, C.E. & GLUCK, M.A. (2005).
Integrating incremental learning and episodic memory
models of the hippocampal region. Psychological
Review, 112 (3), 560-585.
KAPUR, S., CRAIK, F.I., TULVING, E., WILSON, A.A., HOULE,
S. & BROWN G.M. (1994). Neuroanatomical correlates of
encoding in episodic memory : Levels of processing
effect. roc. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences, USA, 91, 2008-2011.
EACOTT, M.J., EASTON, A. & ZINKIVSKAY, A. (2005).
Recollection in an episodic-like memory task in the rat. Learning
& Memory, 12 (3), 221-223.
GAFFAN, D. (1994). Scene-specific memory for objects : a
model of episodic memory impairment in monkeys with fornix
transection. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 6,
305-320.
MOSCOVITCH, M., NADEL, L., WINOCUR, G., GILBOA, A. &
ROSENBAUM, S.R. (2006). The cognitive neuroscience of
remote episodic, semantic and spatial memory. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 16, 179-190. [PDF]
CRISS, A.H. (2006). The consequences of differentiation in
episodic memory : Similarity and the strength based mirror
effect. Journal of Memory & Language, 55,
461-478.[PDF]
WHEELER, M., STUSS, D.T. & TULVING, E. (1995). Frontal
lobe damage produces episodic memory impairment. Journal
of the International Neuropsychological Society, 1 (6),
525-536.
RUBIN, D.C. (2006). The basic-systems model of episodic
memory. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1,
277-311.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (1995). Which brain regions are
critically involved on the retrieval of old episodic
memory ? Brain Research Reviews, 21, 117-127.
VANDERASPOILDEN, V., ADAM, S., VAN DER LINDEN, M. &
MORAIS, J. (2007). Controlled processes account for
age-related decrease in episodic memory. Acta
Psychologica, 125 (1), 20-36.
GREENE, J.D., BADDELEY, A.D.& HODGES, J.R. (1996).
Analysis of the episodic memory deficit in early
Alzheimer's disease : evidence from the doors and people
test. Neuropsychologia, 34 (6), 537-551.
FRIEDMAN, W.J. (2007). The meaning of "time" in episodic
memory and mental time travel. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 30 (3), 323.
DOLAN, R.J. & FLETCHER, P.C. (1997). Dissociating
prefrontal and hippocampal function in episodic memory
encoding. Nature, 388, 582-585.
SCHACTER, D.L. & ADDIS, D.R. (2007). The cognitive
neuroscience of constructive memory : remembering the past
and imagining the future. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 362, 773-786.
[PDF]
ASIAN, A., BÄUML, K.-H.T. & PASTÖTTER, B. (2007). No
inhibitory deficit in older adults' episodic memory.
Psychological Science, 18 (1), 72-78. [PDF]
GAFFAN, D. (1997). Episodic and semantic memory and the
role of the not- hippocampus. Trends in Cognitive
Science, 1, 246-248.
HAYES, S.M., NADEL, L. & RYAN, L. (2007). The effect
of scene context on episodic object recognition :
Parahippocampal cortex mediates memory encoding and
retrieval success. Hippocampus, 17, 873-889. [PDF]
BÄUML, K.-H., HANSLMAYR, S., PASTÖTTER, B. & KLIMESCH,
W. (2008). Oscillatory correlates of intentional updating
in episodic memory. NeuroImage, 41, 596-604. [PDF]
WHEELER, M., STUSS, D.T. & TULVING, E. (1997). Toward
a theory of episodic memory : The frontal lobes and
autonoetic consciousness. Psychological Bulletin, 121
(3), 331-354.
[PDF]
RYAN, L., COX, C., HAYES, S.M. & NADEL, L. (2008).
Hippocampal activation during episodic and semantic memory
retrieval : Comparing category production and category
cued recall. Neuropsychologia, 46 (8),
2109-2121. [PDF]
VARGHA-KHADEM, F., GADIAN, D.G., WATKINS, K.E., CONNELLY,
A., VAN PAESSCHEN, W. & MISHKIN, M. (1997).
Differential effects of early hippocampal pathology on
episodic and semantic memory. Science, 277,
376-380.
SZPUNAR, K.K. & McDERMOTT, K.B. (2008). Episodic
memory : An evolving concept. In D. Sweat, R. Menzel, H.
Eichenbaum & H.L. Roediger (Eds.), Learning and
memory : A comprehensive reference (pp. 491-510).
Oxford : Elsevier. [PDF]
EASTON, A. & EACOTT, M.J. (2008). A new working
definition of episodic memory : replacing 'when' with
'which'. In E. Dere, A. Easton, L. Nadel & J.P. Huston
(Eds.), Handbook of episodic memory (pp.
185-196). Amsterdam : Elsevier.
DERE, E., EASTON, A., NADEL, L. & HUSTON, J.P. (2008).
Handbook of episodic memory Handbook of behavioural
neuroscience. Amsterdam : Elsevier.
CLAYTON, N.S. & DICKINSON, A. (1998). Episodic-like
memory during cache recovery by scrub jays. Nature,
39 (5), 272–274.
NOLDE, S.F., JOHNSON, M.K. & RAYE, C.L. (1998). The
role of prefrontal cortex during tests of episodic memory.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2, 399-406. [PDF]
PIOLINO, P., DESGRANGES, B. & EUSTACHE, F. (2009).
Episodic auto-biographical memories over the course of
time : cognitive, neuropsychological and imaging findings.
Neuropsychologia, 47, 2314–2329.
WHEELER, M. (1998). Frontal lobe injury impairs episodic
remembering. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 10, 48-48
CLAYTON, N.S. & RUSSELL, J. (2009). Looking for
episodic memory in animals and young children : Prospects
for a new minimalism. Neuropsychologia, 47,
2330–2340. [PDF]
GRADY, C.L., MCINTOSH, A.R., RAJAH, M.N. & CRAIK,
F.I.M. (1998). Neural correlates of the episodic encoding
of pictures and words. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, USA, 95, 2703-2708.
ZHOU, W. & CRYSTAL J.D. (2009). Evidence for
remembering when events occurred in a rodent model of
episodic memory. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences/USA, 106, 9525-9529.
COLOMBO, M. & HAYNE, H. (2010). Episodic memory :
comparative and developmental issues. Dans
M.S. Blumberg, J.H. Freeman & S.R. Robinson (Eds.), Oxford
handbook of developmental and comparative neuroscience.
(pp. 617–636). New York, NY : Oxford University Press.
HORNBERGER, M., PIGUET, O., GRAHAM, A.J., NESTOR, P.J.
& HODGES, J.R. (2010). How preserved is episodic
memory in behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia ? Neurology,
74, 472-479. [PDF]
BÄUML, K.-H.T., PASTÖTTER, B. & HANSLMAYR, S. (2010).
Binding and inhibition in episodic memory - Cognitive,
emotional, and neural processes. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 34, 1047-1054. [PDF]
CHARLTON, R.A., BARRICK, T.R., MARKUS, H.S. & MORRIS,
R G. (2010). The relationship between episodic long-term
memory and white matter integrity in normal aging. Neuropsychologia, 48 (1), 114-122.
SCHACTER, D.L., NORMAN, K.A. & KOUTSTAAL, W. (1998).
The cognitive neuroscience of constructive memory. Annual
Review Psychology, 49, 289-318.
SZPUNAR, K.K. (2010). Episodic future thought : An
emerging concept. Perspectives on Psychological
Science, 5, 142-162.
HAYNE, H. & IMUTA, K. (2011). Episodic memory in 3-
and 4-year-old children. Developmental Psychobiology,
53 (3), 317-322.
TULVING, E. & MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (1998). Episodic and
declarative memory : Role of the hippocampus. Hippocampus,
8, 198-204. [PDF]
HOLLAND, S.M. & SMULDERS, T.V. (2011). Do humans use
episodic memory to solve a what-where-when memory task ? Animal
Cognition, 14, 95-102.
SHING, Y.L. & LINDENBERGER, U. (2011). The development
of episodic memory : Lifespan lessons. Human
Development, 5 (2), 148-155.
[PDF]
HAYNE, H. & IMUTA, K. (2011). Episodic memory in 3-
and 4-year-old children. Developmental Psychobiology,
53 (3), 317-322.
KWAN, D., CRAVER, C.F., GREEN, L., MYERSON, J., BOYER, P.
& ROSENBAUM, R.S. (2012). Future decision-making
without episodic mental time travel. Hippocampus, 22
(6), 1215-1219.
CROXSON, P.L., BROWNING, P.G., GAFFAN, D. & BAXTER,
M.G. (2012). Acetylcholine facilitates recovery of
episodic memory after brain damage. The Journal of
Neuroscience : the Official Journal of the Society For
Neuroscience, 32, 13787-95.
BERNTSEN, G.G., STAUGAARD, S.R. & SORENSEN, L.M.T.
(2013). Why am I remembering this now ? Predicting the
occurrence of involuntary (spontaneous) episodic memories.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 142,
426-444.
MARTIN-ORDAS, G. & CALL, J. (2013). Episodic memory :
a comparative approach. Frontiers in Behavioral
Neuroscience, 7 [63], 1-13.
[PDF]
CHARLTON, R.A. (2013). Verbal working and long-term
episodic memory associations with white matter
microstructure in normal aging investigated using
tract-based spatial statistics. Psychology &
Aging, 28 (3), 768-777.
CRYSTAL J.D. & SMITH, A.E. (2014). Binding of episodic
memories in the rat. Current Biology, 24 (24),
2957-2961. [PDF]
PASTÖTTER, B. & BÄUML, K.-H.T. (2014). Distinct slow
and fast cortical theta dynamics in episodic memory
retrieval. NeuroImage, 94, 155-161. [PDF]
MOSCOVITCH, M., CABEZA, R., WINOCUR, G. & NADEL, L.
(2016). Episodic memory and beyond : The hippocampus and
neocortex in transformation. Annual Review of
Psychology, 67, 105-134. [PDF]
SZPUNAR, K.K. & RADVANSKY, G.A. (2016). Cognitive
approaches to the study of episodic future thinking. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 69, 209-216.
LEWIS-PEACOCK, J.A., COHEN, J.D. & NORMAN, K.A.
(2016). Neural evidence of the strategic choice between
working memory and episodic memory in prospective
remembering. Neuropsychologia, 93, 280-288. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (1999). On the uniqueness of episodic memory.
In L.S. Nilsson & M.J. Markowitsch (Eds.), Cognitive
neuroscience of memory (pp. 11-42). Hogrefe &
Huber.
PASTÖTTER, B. & EBERLE, H., AUE, I. & BÄUML,
K.-H.T. (2017). Retrieval practice fails to insulate
episodic memories against interference after stroke. Frontiers
in Psychology, 8, [1074], 1-9. [PDF]
REDISH, A.D. (1999). Beyond the cognitive map : From
place cells to episodic memory. MIT Press.
SZPUNAR, K.K. & CHAN J.C.K. (2018). Beyond
communication : Episodic memory is key to the self in
time. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 41, 33.
GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. & HODGES, J.R. (1999).
Episodic memory : new insights from the study of semantic
dementia. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 9,
245-250
[PDF]
SHERMAN, J. & BESSENOFF, G.R. (1999). Stereotypes as
source-monitoring cues : On the interaction between
episodic and semantic memory. Psychological Science,
10 (2), 106–110.
GREENE, N.R. & NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2022). Adult age
differences in specific and gist associative episodic
memory across short- and long-term retention intervals. Psychology
& Aging, 37, 681-697.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire événementielle : Ensemble des souvenirs
(individuels) concernant les événements publics majeurs
(collectifs). EX: Le second référendum, le 11
septembre, la dernière coupe Stanley des Canadiens, la
pandémie du COVID. Ces souvenirs, au sein d'une population, sont
souvent très vivides.=
mémoire personnelle, souvenir flash.
Flashbulb memories, FBM, even memory.
BROWN, R. & KULIK, J. (1977). Flashbulb memories.
Cognition, 5 (1), 73-99.
OTANI, H., KUSUMI, T., KATO, K., MATSUDA, K., KERN, R.P.,
WIDNER, R. & OHTA, N. (2005). Remembering a nuclear
accident in Japan : Did it trigger flashbulb memories ? Memory,
13, 6-20.
YARMEY, A. & BULL, M.P. (1978). Where were you when
President Kennedy was assassinated ? Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 11, 133-135.
CURCI, A. (2005). Latent variable models for the
measurement of flashbulb memories : A comparative
approach. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 19, 3-22.
PILLEMER, D.B. (1984). Flashbulb memories of the
assassination attempt on President Reagan. Cognition,
16, 63-80.
BERNTSEN, D. & THOMSEN, D.K. (2005). Personal memories
for remote historical events : Accuracy and clarity of
flashbulb memories related to World War II. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 134, 242-257.
THOMPSON, C.P. & COWAN, T. (1986). Flashbulb memories
: A nicer interpretation of a Neisser recollection. Cognition,
22, 199- 200.
McCLOSKEY, M., WIBLE, C.G. & COHEN, N.J. (1988). Is
there a special flashbulb-memory mechanism ? Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 117 (2),
171-181.
TALARICO, J.M. & RUBIN, D.C. (2007). Flashbulb
memories are special after all; in phenomenology, not
accuracy. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 21 (5),
557-578. [PDF]
BOHANNON, J.N. (1988). Flashbulb memories for the space
shuttle disaster : A tale of two theories. Cognition,
29, 179-196.
BOHN, A. & BERNTSEN, D. (2007). Pleasantness bias in
flashbulb memories : Positive and negative flashbulb
memories of the fall of the Berlin Wall among East and
West Germans. Memory & Cognition, 35,
565-577.
CHRISTIANSON, S.-A. (1989). Flashbulb memories : Special,
but not so special. Memory & Cognition, 17, 435-443.
PILLEMER, D.B. (1990). Clarifying flashbulb memory concept
: Comment on McCloskey, Wible, and Cohen (1988). Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 119 (1),
92-96.
CONWAY, A.R.A., SKITKA, L.J., HEMMERICH, J.A. &
KERSHAW, T.C. (2008). Flashbulb memory for September 11,
2001. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 23, 605-623.
[PDF]
LOFTUS, E.F. & KAUFMAN, L. (1992). Why do traumatic
experiences sometimes produce good memory (flashbulbs) and
sometimes no memory (repression) ? In E. Winograd & U.
Neisser (Eds.), Affect and accuracy in recall :
Studies of "flashbulb" memories (Vol. 4, pp.
212-223). New York : Cambridge University Press.
KVAVILASHVILI, L. MIRANI, J., SCHLAGMAN, S., FOLEY, K.
& KORNBROT, D.E. (2009). Consistency of flashbulb
memories of September 11 over long delays : Implications
for consolidation and wrong time slice hypotheses.
Journal of Memory & Language, 61, 556-572. [PDF]
PILLEMER, D.B. (1992). Remembering personal circumstances
: A functional analysis. In E. Winograd & U. Neisser
(Eds.), Affect and accuracy in recall : Studies of
"flashbulb" memories (Vol. 4, pp. 236-264). New
York : Cambridge University Press.
TALARICO, J.M. & RUBIN, D.C. (2009). Flashbulb
memories result from ordinary memory processes and
extraordinary event characteristics. In O. Luminet, A.
Curci & M. Conway (Eds.), Flashbulb memories : New
issues and new perspec- tives (pp. 79-97). New York, NY :
Psychology Press.
NEISSER, U. & HARSCH, N. (1992). Phantom flashbulbs :
False recollections of hearing the news about Challenger.
In E. Winograd & U. Neisser (Eds.), Affect and
accuracy in recall : Studies of "flashbulb" memories
(Vol. 4, pp. 9-31). New York : Cambridge University Press.
HIRST, W., PHELPS, E.A., BUCKNER, R.L., BUDSON, A.E., CUC,
A., GABRIELI, J.D.E., SIMONS, J.S., BUDSON, A.E., JOHNSON,
M.K., LYLE, K.B., LUSTIG, C., MATHER, M, MEKSIN, R.,
MITCHELL, K.J., OCHSNER, K.N. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2009).
Long-term memory for the terrorist attack of September 11
: Flashbulb memories, event memories, and the factors that
influence their retention. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 138 (2), 161-176. [PDF]
BOHANNON, J.N. & SYMONS, V.L. (1992). Flashbulb
memories : Confidence, consistency, and quantity. In E.
Winograd, & U. Neisser (Eds.), Affect and accuracy
in recall : Studies of "flashbulb" memories (Vol.
4, pp. 65-91). New York : Cambridge University Press.
LUMINET, O. & CURCI, A. (2009). The 9/11 attacks
inside and outside the US : testing four models of
flashbulb memory formation across groups and the specific
effects of social identity. Memory, 17 (7),
742-759.
LARSEN, S.F. (1992). Potential flashbulbs : Memories of
ordinary news as the baseline. In E. Winograd & U.
Neisser (Eds.), Affect and accuracy in recall :
Studies of "flashbulb" memories (Vol. 4, pp.
32-64). New York : Cambridge University Press.
LUMINET, O. & CURCI, A. (Eds.) (2009). Flashbulb
memories : New issues and new perspectives. New
York, NY : Psychology Press.
MORSE, C.K., WOODWARD, E.M. & ZWEIGENHAFT, R.L.
(1993). Gender differences in flashbulb memories elicited
by the Clarence Thomas hearings. Journal of Social
Psychology, 133, 453-458.
BERNTSEN, D. (2009). Flashbulb memories and social
identity. In O. Luminet & A. Curci (Eds.),
Flashbulb memories : New issues and new perspectives (pp.
197-206). New York, NY : Psychology Press.
WEAVER, C.A. (1993). Do you need a "flash" to form a
flashbulb memory ? Journal of Experimental Psychology
: General, 122, 39-46.
WRIGHT, D.B. (1993). Recall of the Hillsborough disaster
over time : Systematic biases of "flashbulb" memories.
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 7, 129-138.
KVAVILASHVILI, L. MIRANI, J., SCHLAGMAN, S. &
KORNBROT, D.E. (2010). Effects of age on the phenomenology
and consistency of flashbulb memories of September 11 and
a staged control event. Psychology & Aging, 25,
391-404. [PDF]
FINKENAUER, C., LUMINET, O., GISLE, L., EL-AHMADI, A., VAN
DER LINDEN, M. & PHILIPPOT, P. (1998). Flashbulb
memories and the underlying mechanisms of their formation
: Toward an emotional-integrative model. Memory &
Cognition, 26, 516-531.
LANCIANO, T., CURCI, A. & SEMIN, G.R. (2010). The
emotional and reconstructive determinants of emotional
memories : An experimental approach to flashbulb memory
investigation. Memory, 18, 473-485.
WINNINGHAM, R.G., HYMAN, I.E. & DINNEL, D.L. (2000).
Flashbulb memories ? The effects of when the initial
memory report was obtained. Memory, 8, 209-216.
CURCI, A. & CONWAY, M.A. (2013). Playing the flashbulb
memory game. A comment on Cubelli and Della Sala.
Cortex, 49, 352-355.
CURCI, A., LUMINET, O., FINKENAUER, C. & GISLE, L.
(2001). Flashbulb memories in social groups : A
comparative test-retest study of the memory of French
President Mitterrand's death in a French and a Belgian
group. Memory, 9, 81-101.
KOPPEL, J., BROWN, A., STONE, C.B., COMAN, A. &
HIRST, W. (2013). Remembering President Barack Obama's
inauguration and the landing of US Airways Flight 1529 : A
comparison of auto-biographical and event memory. Memory,
21, 798-806.
THOMSEN, D.K. & BERNTSEN, D. (2003). Snapshots from
therapy : Exploring operationalisations and ways of
studying flashbulb memories for private events. Memory,
11, 559-570.
TEKCAN, A.I., ECE, B., GULGOZ, S. & ER, N. (2003).
Autobiographical and event memory for 9/11 : Changes
across one year. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 17, 1057-1066.
DAY, M.V. & ROSS, M. (2014). Predicting confidence in
flashbulb memories. Memory, 22 (3), 230-242. [PDF]
PEZDEK, K. (2003). Event memory and autobiographical
memory for the events of September 11, 2001. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 17, 1033-1045.
NACHSON, I. & ZELIG, A. (2003). Flashbulb and factual
memories : The case of Rabin's assassination. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 17, 519-531.
HIRST, W. & PHELPS, E.A., MEKSIN, R., VAIDYA, C.J.,
JOHNSON, M.K., MITCHELL, K.J. & OLSSON, A. (2015). A
ten-year follow-up of a study of memory for the attack of
September 11, 2001 : Flashbulb memories and memories for
flashbulb events. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: General, 144, 604-623.
ER, N. (2003). A new flashbulb memory model applied to the
Marmara earthquake. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
17, 503-517.
RUBIN, D.C. & UMANATH, S. (2015). Event memory : A
theory of memory for laboratory, autobiographical and
fictional events. Psychological Review, 122 (1),
1-23. [PDF]
KVAVILASHVILI, L. MIRANI, J., SCHLAGMAN, S. &
KORNBROT, D.E. (2003). Comparing flashbulb memories of
September 11 and the death of Princess Diana : Effects of
time delays and nationality. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 17, 1017-1031.
CURCI, A., LANCIANO, T., MADDELENA, C., MASTANDREA, S.
& SARTORI, G. (2015). Flashbulb memories of the Pope's
resignation : Explicit and implicit measures across
differing religious groups. Memory, 23, 529-544.
NIEDZWIENSKA, A. (2003). Misleading postevent information
and flashbulb memories. Memory, 11, 549-558.
GREENBERG, D.L. (2004). President Bush's false "flashbulb"
memory of 9/11/01. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 18,
363-370.
WEAVER, C.A. & KRUG, K.S. (2004). Consolidation-like
effects in flashbulb memories : Evidence from September
11, 2001. American Journal of Psychology, 117
(4), 517-530.
HIRST, W. & PHELPS, E.A. (2016). Flashbulb memories. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 25 (1), 36-41.
[PDF]
LUMINET, O., CURCI, A., MARSH, E.J., WESSEL, I.,
CONSTANTIN, T., GENCOZ, F & YOGO, M. (2004). The
cognitive, emotional, and social impacts of the September
11 attacks : group differences in memory for the reception
context and the determinants of flashbulb memory. The
Journal of General Psychology : Experimental,
Physiological, & Comparative Psychology, 131
(3), 197-224.
PARADIS, C., SOLOMON, L.Z., FLORER, F. & THOMPSON, T.
(2004). Flashbulb memories of personal events of 9/11 and
the day after for a sample of New York City residents.
Psychological Reports, 95, 304-310.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
GORDON, P., VALENTINE, E. & WILDING, J. (1984). One
man’s memory : A study of a mnemonist. British
Journal of Psychology, 75, 1-14.
BIEDERMAN, I., COOPER, E.E., FOX, P.W. & MAHADEVAN,
R.S. (1992). Observation : Unexceptional spatial memory in
an exceptional memorist. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18 (3),
654-657.
[PDF]
THOMPSON, C., COWAN, T. & FRIEMAN, J. (1993).
Memory search by memorist. Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum.
ERICCSON, K.A., WEAVER, G., DELANEY, P.F. & MAHADEVAN,
R.S. (1996). The memorist Rajan’s memory for digits and
other materials. Paper presented at the 37th annual
meeting of the Psychonomic Society, Chicago, IL.
MAHADEVAN, R., MALONE, J.C. & BAILEY, J. (2002). Radical
behaviorism and exceptional memory phenomena. Behavior
& Philosophy, 30, 1-13. [PDF]
LEPORT, A.K.R., MATTFELD, A.T., DICKINSON-ANSON, FALLON,
J.H., STARK, C.E.L., KRUGGEL, F., CAHILL, L. &
MCGAUGH, J.L. (2012). Behavioral and neuroanatomical
investigation of Highly Superior Autobiographical Memory
(HSAM). Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 98, 78-92.
[PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
BAGGETT, P. (1975). Memory for explicit and implicit
information in picture stories. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14, 538-548.
BUCHNER, A. & WIPPICH, W. (2000). On the reliability
of implicit and explicit memory measures. Cognitive
Psychology, 40, 227-259.
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1979). Implicit and explicit memory
models. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 13,
339-342. [PDF]
MEDIN, D.L., ROSS, B.H. & MARKMAN, A.B. (2001).
Implicit and explicit memory. In B.J. Potthoff, P. Howell
& E. Richards (Eds.), Cognitive psychology
(pp. 210-220). Orlando, FL : Harcourt College Publishers.
GRAF, P. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1985). Implicit and
explicit memory for new associations in normal and amnesic
subjects. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 11, 501-518.
PILOTTI, M., MEADE, M.L. & GALLO, D.A. (2003).
Implicit and explicit measures of memory for perceptual
information in young adults, healthy older adults, and
patients with Alzheimer's disease. Experimental Aging
Research, 29, 15-32. [PDF]
BROADBENT, D.E., FITZGERALD, P. & BROADBENT, M.H.P.
(1986). Implicit and explicit knowledge in the control of
complex systems. British Journal of Psychology, 77, 33-50.
GRAF, P. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1987). Selective effects of
interference on implicit and explicit memory for new
associations. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 13 (1), 45-53. [PDF]
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2005). Modeling implicit and explicit
memory. In C. Izawa & N. Ohta (Eds.), Human
Learning and memory : Advances in theory and
application. (pp. 85-105). Mahwah, N.J. : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. [PDF]
PERRUCHET, P. (1989). The effect of spaced practice on
explicit and implicit memory. British Journal of
Psychology, 80, 113-130. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, A.G. & PRING, L. (1991). An investigation
of cross-modality effects in implicit and explicit memory.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43A,
19-33.
WIPPICH, W. (1992). Implicit and explicit memory without
awareness. Psychological Research, 54, 212-224.
SHANKS, D.R. & BERRY, C.J. (2012). Are there multiple
memory systems ? Tests of models of implicit and explicit
memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
65, 1449-1474
CHALIS, B.H. & SIDHU, R. (1993). Dissociative effects
of massed repetition on implicit and explicit measures of
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 19, 115-127.
POLSTER, M., McCARTHY, R., O'SULLIVAN, G., GRAY, P. &
PARK, G. (1993). Midazolaminduced amnesia : Implicatioms
for the implicit/explicit memory distinction. Brain
& Cognition, 22, 244-265.
BESCHE-RICHARD, C. (2013). Explicit and implicit memory in
depressive patients : Review of the literature. Psychology,
4 (11), 4-10. [PDF]
BAZIN, N., PERRUCHET, P., DE BONIS, M. & FÉLINE, A.
(1994). The dissociation of explicit and implicit memory
in depressed patients. Psychological Medecine, 24,
239-245.
BAZIN, N. & PERRUCHET, P. (1996). Implicit and
explicit associative memory in patients with
schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 22,
241-248
CHALIS, B.H. & SIDHU, R. (1997). Effects of massed
repetition with level of processing on implicit and
explicit memory tests. Tsukuba Psychological
Research, 9, 21-27. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
MELCHER, J. & SCHOOLER, J.W. (1996). The
misremembrance of wines past : Verbal and perceptual
expertise differentially mediate verbal overshadowing of
taste. The Journal of Memory & Language, 35,
231-245. [PDF]
BERMÙDEZ-RATTONI, F. (2005). Molecular mechanisms of
taste-recognition memory. Nature Reviews Neuroscience,
5, 209-217.
BERMÙDEZ-RATTONI, F., NÙNEZ-JARAMILLO, L. & BALDERAS,
I. (2005). Neurobiology of taste-recognition memory
formation. Chemical Senses, 30 (S1), 156-157.
[PDF]
RAZUMIEJCYK, E., McBETH, G. & LOPEZ-ALONSO, A. (2008).
Evidence of gustative priming and its dissociation with
the explicit memory. Universitas Psychologica, 7 (2),
549-556.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire haptique : Mémoire sensorielle
spécialisée dans laquelle sont stockées les informations en
provenance de la peau.
= mémoire du toucher. Haptic memory.
KIPHART, M.J., HUGHES, J.L., SIMMONS, J.P. & CROSS,
H.A. (1992). Short-term haptic memory for complex objects.
Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 30 (3),
212-214. [PDF]
CATHERWOOD, D. (1993). The robustness of infant haptic
memory : Testing its capacity to withstand delay and
haptic interference. Child Development, 64 (3),
702–710.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire
holographique : Concept proposé par Pribram.Holographic lexicon.
CAVANAGH, P. (1976). Holographic and trace strength models
of rehearsal effects in the item recognition task. Memory
& Cognition, 4, 186-199. [PDF]
METCALFE, J. (1982). A composite holographic associative
recall model. Psychological Review, 89 (6),
627-661. [PDF]
PRIBRAM, K.H. (1985). Holism' could close the cognition
era. APA Monitor, 16, 5-6.
WILBER, K. (1985). The holographic paradigm and other
paradoxes. Boston : Shambhala.
METCALFE, J. (1993). Novelty monitoring, metacognition,
and control in a composite holographic associative recall
model : Implications for korsakoff amnesia. Psychological
Review, 100 (1), 3-22. [PDF]
JONES. M.N. & MEWHORT, D.J.K. (2007). Representing
word meaning and order information in a composite
holographic lexicon. Psychological Review, 114 (1),
1-37. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
LOFTUS, G.R. & BELL, S.M. (1975). Two types of
information in picture memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 104,
103-113. [PDF]
SPERLING, G. (1983). Why we need iconic memory. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6, 37-39. [PDF]
MOSKOVITZ, H. & MURRAY, J.T. (1976). Decrease of
iconic memory after alcohol. Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, 37, 278-283.
LOFTUS, G.R. & SHIMAMURA, A.P. (1985). How much is an
icon worth ? Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 11 (1), 1-13. [PDF]
DILOLLO, V. (1977). Temporal characteristics of iconic
memory. Nature, 267, 241-243.
BECKER, M.W., PASHLER, H. & ANSTIS, S.M. (2000). The
role of iconic memory in change-detection tasks. Perception,
29, 273-286. [PDF]
McCLOSKEY, M & WATKINS, M.J. (1978). The
seeing-more-than-is-there effect : Implications for the
locus of iconic memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 4,
553-564.
BLAZER, E. & KALDY, Z. (2010). Infants get five stars
on iconic memory tests : A partial-report test of
6-month-old infants' iconic memory capacity. Psychological
Science, 21 (11) 1643-1645.
PHILLIPS, I.B. (2011). Perception and iconic memory : What
Sperling doesn't show. Mind & Language, 26 (4),
381-411. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire
immédiate : Terme utilisé pour désigner ce que l'on
appelle aujourd'hui la mémoire à court
terme, donc avant que ce concept soit proposé par Shiffrin
et Atkinson. Le terme est
encore utilisé par certains auteurs comme Nairne,
alors que d'autres utilisent le terme mémoire primaire.
= Mémoire à court terme.
Immediate memory.
PILLSBURY, W.B. & SYLVESTER, A. (1940). Retroactive
and proactive inhibition in immediate memory. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27, 532-545.
CONRAD, R. (1964). Acoustic confusions in immediate
memory. British Journal of Psychology, 55, 75-84.
BROWN, J. (1958). Some tests of the decay theory of
immediate memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 10, 12-21.
WAUGH, N.C. (1963). Immediate memory as a function of
repetition. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 2, 107-112.
DEUTSCH, D. (1970). Tones and numbers : Specificity of
interference in immediate memory. Science, 168, 1604-1605.
PETERSON, L.R. (1963). Immediate memory : data and theory.
In C.N. Cofer & B.S. Musgrave (Eds.), Verbal
behavior and learning : Problems and processes (p.
336-353).
New York : McGraw-Hill.
MAKI, R.H. & HASHER, L. (1975). Encoding variability :
A role in immediate and long term memory ? American
Journal of Psychology, 88, 217-231. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
REDER, L.M. (Ed.) (1996). Implicit memory and
metacognition : The 27th Carnegie Symposium on Cognition
(pp. 309-338). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
CHALIS, B.H. & SIDHU, R. (1997). Effects of massed
repetition with level of processing on implicit and
explicit memory tests. Tsukuba Psychological
Research, 9 , 21-27. [PDF]
GRAF, P. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1985). Implicit and
explicit memory for new associations in normal and amnesic
subjects. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 11, 501-518.
McDERMOTT, K.B. (1997). Priming on perceptual implicit
memory tests can be achieved through presentation of
associates. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4, 582-586.
BROADBENT, D.E., FITZGERALD, P. & BROADBENT, M.H.P.
(1986). Implicit and explicit knowledge in the control of
complex systems. British Journal of Psychology 77, 33-50.
WOOD, N.L., STADLER, M.A. & COWAN, R. (1997). Is there
implicit memory without attention ? A re-examination of
task demands in Eich's (1984) procedure. Memory &
Cognition, 25, 772-779.
WOLTERS, G. & PRINSEN, A. (1997). Full versus divided
attention and implicit memory performance. Memory
& Cognition, 25, 764-771.
GANOR-STERN, D., SEAMON, J.G. & CARASCO, M. (1998).
The role of attention and study time in explicit and
implicit memory for unfamiliar visual stimuli. Memory
& Cognition 26, 1187-1195.
SCHACTER, D.L. (1987). Implicit memory - History and
current status. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 13, 501-518.
[PDF]
KRIKORIAN, R. & LAYTON, B.S. (1998). Implicit memory
in posttraumatic stress disorder with amnesia for the
traumatic event. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry &
Clinical Neurosciences, 10 (3), 359-362. [PDF]
PERRUCHET, P. & NICOLAS, S. (1998). L'apprentissage
implicite : Un débat théorique. Psychologie
Française, 43, 13-25.
GRAF, P. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1987). Selective effects of
interference on implicit and explicit memory for new
associations. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 13 (1), 45-53. [PDF]
TOSUN, A. & DAG, I. (2000). Mood congruent memory bias
in implicit memory of individuals with depressive and
non-depressive mood. Turk Psikoloji Dergisi, 15
(46), 29-42.
McKONE, E. & FRENCH, B. (2001). In what sense is
implicit memory "episodic"? The effect of reinstating
environmental context. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 8 (4), 806-811.
PERRUCHET, P. (1989). The effect of spaced practice on
explicit and implicit memory. British Journal of
Psychology, 80, 113-130. [PDF]
MEDIN, D.L., ROSS, B.H. & MARKMAN, A.B. (2001).
Implicit and explicit memory. In B.J. Potthoff, P. Howell
& E. Richards (Eds.), Cognitive psychology
(pp. 210-220). Orlando, FL : Harcourt College Publishers.
LOCKHART, R.S. (1989). The role of theory in understanding
implicit memory. In S. Lewandowsky, J.C.Dunn &
K.Kirsner (Eds.), Implicit memory : Theoretical
issues. Hillsdale, N.J. Erlbaum.
BUTLER, L.T. & BERRY, D.C. (2001) Implicit memory :
Intention and awareness revisited. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 5,192-197.
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1990). Implicit memory : A commentary. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 28, 373-380. [PDF]
PILOTTI, M., MEADE, M.L. & GALLO, D.A. (2003).
Implicit and explicit measures of memory for perceptual
information in young adults, healthy older adults, and
patients with Alzheimer's disease. Experimental Aging
Research, 29, 15-32. [PDF]
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1990). Implicit memory : Retention without
remembering. American Psychologist, 45 (9),
1043-1056. [PDF]
HORTON, K.D., WILSON, D.E., VONK, J., KIRBY, S.L. &
NIELSEN, T. (2005). Measuring automatic retrieval: A
comparison of implicit memory and process dissociation
with the speeded response procedure : Depth of processing
and attentional effects on automatic retrieval. Acta
Psychologica, 119, 235-263. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, A.G. & PRING, L. (1991). An investigation
of cross-modality effects in implicit and explicit memory.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43A,
19-33.
ROUDER J.N., RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (2000). A
neural network model of implicit memory in object
recognition. Psychological Science, 11, 13-19.
WIPPICH, W. (1992). Implicit and explicit memory without
awareness. Psychological Research, 54, 212-224.
CAMP, G., PECHER, D. & SCHMIDT, H G. (2005).
Retrieval-induced forgetting in implicit memory tests :
The role of test awareness. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 12, 490-494.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & McDERMOTT, B. (1993) Implicit memory
in normal human subjects. Handbook of
Neuropsychology, 8.
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2005). Modeling implicit and explicit
memory. In C. Izawa & N. Ohta (Eds.), Human
learning and memory : Advances in theory and
application. (pp. 85-105). Mahwah, N.J. : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. [PDF]
CHALIS, B.H. & SIDHU, R. (1993). Dissociative effects
of massed repetition on implicit and explicit measures of
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 19, 115-127.
MacLEOD, C.M. (2008). Implicit memory tests : Techniques
for reducing conscious intrusion (PDF). In J. Dunlosky
& R. A. Bjork (Eds.), Handbook of metamemory and
memory (pp. 245-263). New York : Psychology Press.
[PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1993). The recency
effect : Implicit learning with explicit retrieval ? Memory
& Cognition, 21, 146-155.
AMIR, N., LEINER, A.S. & BOMYE, J. (2010). Implicit
memory and posttraumatic stress symptoms. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 34, 49-58.
POLSTER, M., McCARTHY, R., O'SULLIVAN, G., GRAY, P. &
PARK, G. (1993). Midazolaminduced amnesia : Implicatioms
for the implicit/explicit memory distinction. Brain
& Cognition, 22, 244-265.
MULLIGAN, M.W. (2011). Implicit memory and depression :
preserved conceptual priming in subclinical depression. Cognition
& Emotion, 25 (4), 730-739.
NICOLAS, S. (1994). Réflexions autour du concept de
mémoire implicite. L'Année Psychologique, 94,
63-80. [PDF]
BAZIN, N., PERRUCHET, P., DE BONIS, M. & FÉLINE, A.
(1994). The dissociation of explicit and implicit memory
in depressed patients. Psychological Medecine, 24,
239-245.
WANG, W.-C. & YONELINAS, A.P. (2012). Familiarity is
related to conceptual implicit memory : An examination of
individual differences. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 19, 1154-1164. [PDF]
PERRUCHET, P., FRAZIER, N. & LAUTREY, J. (1995).
Conceptual implicit memory : A developmental study. Psychological
Research, 57, 220-228.
SHANKS, D.R. & BERRY, C.J. (2012). Are there multiple
memory systems ? Tests of models of implicit and explicit
memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
65, 1449-1474
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1995). How should implicit
memory phenomena be modeled ? Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 21,
777-784. [PDF]
BESCHE-RICHARD, C. (2013). Explicit and implicit memory in
depressive patients. Review of the literature. Psychology,
4 (11), 4-10. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
BARR, W.B. (1997). Examining the right temporal lobe’s
role in nonverbal memory. Brain & Cognition, 35 (1).
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
JEHL, C., ROYET, J.P. & HOLLEY, A. (1994). Role of
verbal encoding in olfactory memory. Chemical Senses,
20, 113-114.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire
parallèle : Parallel memory.
LOGAN, G. & SCHULKIND, M. (2000). Parallel memory
retrieval in dual-task situations : I. Semantic memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 26, 1072-1090.
LOGAN, G. & DELHEIMER, J. (2001). Parallel memory
retrieval in dual-task situations : II. Episodic memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 27, 668-685.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire personnelle : Personnel memory.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
VALLAR, G. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1984). Phonological
short-term store, phonological processing and sentence
comprehension : a neuropsychological case study. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 1, 121-41.
WILLIS, C.S. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2001). Phonological
short-term memory contributions to sentence processing in
young children. Memory, 9, 349-363.
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1990). Phonological
memory deficits in language-disordered children : Is there
a causal connection ? Journal of Memory &
Language, 29, 336 -360.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., WILLIS, C. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1991).
Differentiating phonological memory and awareness of rhyme
: Reading and vocabulary development in children.
British Journal of Psychology, 82 (3), 387-406.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., TIFFANY, C. BRISCOE, J. & THORN, A.
(2004). Developmental consequences of poor phonological
short-term memory function in childhood : a longitudinal
study. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry,
45, 1-14.
[PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E., WILLIS, C., EMSLIE, H. & BADDELEY,
A.D. (1992). Phonological memory and vocabulary
development during the early school years : A longitudinal
study. Developmental Psychology, 28, 887-898.
ALLOWAY, T.P., GATHERCOLE, S.E., ADAMS, A.M., WILLIS, C.
S., EAGLEN, R. & LAMONT, E. (2005). Working memory and
phonological awareness as predictors of progress towards
early learning goals at school entry. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 23, 417-426. [PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & ADAMS A.M. (1993). Phonological
working memory in very young children. Developmental
Psychology, 29 (4), 770.
MASOURA, E.V. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2005). Contrasting
contributions of phonological short-term memory and
long-term knowledge to vocabulary learning in a foreign
language. Memory, 13 (3/4), 422-429. [PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & ADAMS A.M. (1994). Children’s
phonological working memory : Contributions of long-term
knowledge and rehearsal. Journal of Memory &
Language, 33, 672-688.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., TIFFANY, C., BRISCOE, J., THORN, A.
& ALSPAC Team. (2005). Developmental consequences of
poor phonological short-term memory function in childhood
: A longitudinal study. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 46, 598-611.
GATHERCOLE, S.E. (1995). Is nonword repetition a test of
phonological memory or long-term knowledge ? It all
depends on the nonwords. Memory & Cognition, 23 (1),
83-94.
WILLIAMS, J.N. & LOVATT, P. (2003). Phonological
memory and rule learning. Language Learning, 53 (1),
67-121. [PDF]
GATHERCOLE, S.E., HITCH, G.J., SERVICE, E. & MARTIN,
A.J. (1997). Phonological short-term memory and new word
learning in children. Developmental Psychology, 33
(6), 966-979.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., BRISCOE, J., THORN, A. & TIFFANY, C.
(2008). Deficits in verbal long-term memory and learning
in children with poor phonological short-term memory
skills. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
61, 474-490. [PDF]
MASOURA, E.V. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (1999). Phonological
short-term memory and foreign language learning.
International Journal of Psychology, 34 (5/6),
383-388. [PDF]
KORMOS, J. & SAFAR, A. (2008). Phonological short-term
memory, working memory and foreign language performance in
intensive language learning. Bilingualism : Language
& Cognition, 11 (2), 261-271. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire
procédurale : Type de mémoire
associée à l'accomplissement de tâches
ou à des habiletés
motrices et cognitives.= Connaissances procédurales,
savoir-faire, façon de faire.
Skills memory, "how to" knowledge, procedural knowledge, nondeclarative memory, non verbal memory.
OSTERGAARD, A.L. (1987). Episodic, semantic and procedural
memory in a case of amnesia at an early age. Neuropsychologia,
25 (2), 341-357.
WILLINGHAM, D.B., NISSEN, M.J. & BULLEMER, P. (1989).
On the development of procedural knowledge. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 15 (6), 1047-1060.
SCHNEIDER, M. & STERN, E. (2010). The developmental
relations between conceptual and procedural knowledge : a
multimethod approach. Developmental Psychology, 46,
178-192.
SQUIRE, L.R. (1992). Declarative and nondeclarative memory
: Multiple brain systems supporting learning and memory.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 4 (3), 232-243.
[PDF]
BARR, W.B. (1997). Examining the right temporal lobe’s
role in nonverbal memory. Brain & Cognition, 35 (1).
ROULEAU, I., DÉCARY, A., CHICOINE, A.J. & MONTPLAISIR,
J. (2002). Procedural memory functions in obstructive
sleep apnea syndrome. Sleep, 25, 401-411.
ASHBY, F.G. & CROSSLEY, M.J. (2010). Interactions
between declarative and procedural-learning categorization
systems. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 94,
1-12.
ULLMAN, M.T. (2004). Contributions of memory circuits to
language : the declarative/procedural model. Cognition
92, 231-270.
QUAM, C., WANG, A., MADDOX, W.T., GOLISH, K. & LOTTO,
A. procedural-memory, working memory, and
declarative-memory skills are each associated with
dimensional integration in sound-category learning. Frontiers
in Psychology, 9 [18260] 1-15. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire
prospective : Capacité de se rappeler ce que l'on a
prévu faire (plan),
autrement dit à penser à un événement qui ne s'est pas encore
produit (planifier).
Mémoire prospective, planifier
et mémoire. Prospective remembering,
remind me to miss that.
KVAVILASHVILI, L. (1987). Remembering intention as a
distinct form of memory. British Journal od
Psychology, 78, 507-518.
MAYLOR, E.A., SMITH, G., DELLA SALA, S., LOGIE, R.H.
(2002). Prospective and retrospective memory in normal
aging and dementia : An experimental study. Memory
& Cognition, 30, 871-884.
KVAVILASHVILI, L. (1988). Remembering intentions : Testing
a new method of investigation. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 12, 533-554.
RENDELL, P.G. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (2000). Virtual week and
actual week : Age-related differences in prospective
memory. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 14, 43-62.
WEST, R.L. & COVELL, E. (2001). Effects of aging on
event-related neural activity related to prospective
memory. Neuroreport : For Rapid Communication of
Neuroscience Research, 12, 2855-2858.
CHERRY, K.E., MARTIN, R.C., SIMMONS-D'GEROLAMO, S.S.,
PINKSTON, B., GRIFFING, A. & GPUVIER, W. (2001).
Prospective remembering in younger and older adults : Role
of the prospective cue. Memory, 9, 177-193.
WINOGRAD, E. (1988). Some observations on prospective
remembering. In M.M. Gruneberg, P.E. Morris & R.N.
Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory : Current
research and issues (Vol. 2, pp. 348-353).
Chichester : Wiley.
WEST, R.L. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (2001) Influences on the
efficiency of prospective memory in younger and older
adults. Psychology & Aging, 16, 682-696.
VOGELS, W.W.A., DEKKER, M.R., BROUWER, W.H. & DE JONG,
R. (2002). Age-related changes in event-related
prospective memory performance : A comparison of four
prospective memory tasks. Brain & Cognition, 49,
341-362.
BASTIN, C. & MEULEMANS, T. (2002). Are time-based and
event-based prospective memory affected by normal aging in
the same way ? Current Psychology Letters :
Behaviour, Brain & Cognition, 7, 105-121.
SMITH, R.E. (2003). The cost of remembering to remember in
event-based prospective memory : Investigating the
capacity demands of delayed intention performance.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory
& Cognition, 29 (3), 347-361.
EINSTEIN, G.O. & McDANIEL, M.A. (1990). Normal aging
and prospective memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 16,
717-726.
KLEIGEL, M., MARTIN, M., McDANIEL, M.A. & EINSTEIN,
G.O. (2004). Importance affects in event-based prospective
memory. Memory, 12, 553-561. [PDF]
HENRY, J.D., MACLEOD, M.S., PHILLIPS, L.H. & CRaWFORS,
J.R. (2004). A meta-analytic review of prospective memory
and aging. Psychology & Aging, 19 (1),
27-39.
SALTHOUSE, T.A., BERISH, D.E. & SIEDLECKI, K.L.
(2004). Construct validity and age sensitivity of
prospective memory. Memory & Cognition, 32,
1133-1148.
McDANIEL, M., GUYNN, M.J., EINSTEIN, G.O. & BRENEISER,
J. (2004). Cue-focused and reflexive associative processes
in prospective memory retrieval. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 30, 605-614. [PDF]
MANTYLA, T. (1993). Priming effects in prospective memory.
Memory, 1, 203-218.
HICKS J.L., MARSH R.L. & COOK, G.I. (2005). Task
interference in time-based, event-based, and dual
intention prospective memory conditions. Journal of
Memory & Language, 53, 430-444. [PDF]
MAYLOR E.A. (1993). Aging and forgetting in prospective
and retrospective memory tasks. Psychology &
Aging, 8, 420-428.
EINSTEIN, G.O. & McDANIEL, M.A. (2005). Prospective
memory and what costs do not reveal about retrieval
processes : A commentary on Smith, Hunt, McVay, and
McConnell (2007). Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Learning, Memory & Cognition, 36 (4),
1082-1088. [PDF]
MANTYLA, T. (1994). Remembering to remember : Adult age
differences in prospective memory. Journals of
Gerontology, 49, 276-282.
HICKS, J.L., COOK, G.I. & MARSH, R.L. (2005).
Detecting event-based prospective memory cues occurring
within and outside the focus of attention. The
American Journal of Psychology, 118 (1), 1-11. [PDF]
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (1996). Biases in implicit
memory tasks. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 125, 403-421.
EINSTEIN, G.O. & McDANIEL, M.A. (2005). Prospective
memory : Multiple retrieval processes. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 286-290. [PDF]
McDANIEL, M., ROBINSON B. & EINSTEIN, P. (1998).
Prospective remembering : Perceptually driven or
conceptually driven processes ? Memory &
Cognition, 26, 121-134.
MARSH, R.L., HICKS J.L. & COOK, G.I. (2006). Task
interference from prospective memories covaries with
contextual associations of fulfilling them. Memory
& Cognition, 34 (5), 1037-1045. [PDF]
MARSH R.L., HICKS, J.L. & LANDAU, J.D. (1998). An
investigation of everyday prospective memory. Memory
& Cognition, 26, 633-643. [PDF]
MEIER, B., ZIMMERMANN, T. & PERRIG, W.J. (2006).
Retrieval experience in prospective memory : Strategic
monitoring and spontaneous retrieval. Memory, 14,
872-889. [PDF]
MARSH, R.L. & HICKS, J.L. (1998). Event-based
prospective memory and executive control of working
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 24 (2), 336-349.
[PDF]
DUCHEK, J.M., BALOTA, D.A. & CORTESE, M. (2006).
Prospective memory and apolipoprotein E in healthy aging
and early stage Alzheimer's disease. Neuropsychology,
20, 633-644.
WEST, R.L. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (1999). Age-related decline
in prospective memory : The roles of cue accessibility and
cue sensitivity. Psychology & Aging, 14, 264-272.
KVAVILASHVILI, L. & FISHER, L. (2007. Is time-based
prospective remembering mediated by self-initiated
rehearsals ? Role of incidental cues, ongoing activity,
age, and motivation. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General 136, 112-132.
WEST, R., McNERNEY, M. W. & KRAUSS, I. (2007).
Impaired strategic monitoring as the locus of a focal
prospective memory deficit. Neurocase, 13, 115–126.
McDANIEL, M.A. & EINSTEIN, G.O. (2007). Prospective
memory : An overview and synthesis of an emerging field.
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
McDANIEL, M.A. & EINSTEIN, G.O. (2000). Strategic and
automatic processes in prospective memory retrieval : A
multiprocess framework. Applied Cognitive Psychology ,
14, 127-144.
ZIMMERMANN, T.D. & MEIER, B. (2007). The rise and
decline of prospective memory performance across the
lifespan. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 59 (12), 2040-2046.
BAYEN, U.J. & SMIH, R.E. (2008). Prospective memory
from the perspective of the multiprocess framework (Review
of Prospective memory : An overview and synthesis of an
emerging field by M.A. McDaniel and G.O. Einstein). Experimental
Psychology, 55, 214.
EINSTEIN, G.O. & McDANIEL, M.A., MANZI, M., COCHRAN,
B. & BAKER, M. (2000). Prospective memory and aging :
Forgetting over short delays. Psychology & Aging,
15, 671-683.
UTTL, B. (2008). Transparent meta-analysis of prospective
memory and aging. PLOS One, 3 (2), 1-31. [PDF]
McDANIEL, M.A. & EINSTEIN, G.O. (2000). Strategic and
automatic processes in prospective memory retrieval : A
multiprocess framework. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
14 (S1), 127-144. [PDF]
KVAVILASHVILI, L., KORNBBROT, D.E., MASH, V., COCKBURN, J.
& MILNE, A. (2009). Differential effects of age on
prospective and retrospective memory tasks in young,
young-old and old-old adults. Memory, 17,
180-196. [PDF]
HICKS, J.L., MARSH R.L. & RUSSELL, J. (2000). The
properties of retention intervals and their affect on
retaining prospective memories. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 26, 1160-1169. [PDF]
SCULLIN, M.K., EINSTEIN, G.O. & McDANIEL, M.A. (2009).
Evidence for spontaneous retrieval of suspended but not
finished prospective memories. Memory & Cognition,
37, 425-433. [PDF]
KLEIGEL, M., MARTIN, M., McDANIEL, M.A. & EINSTEIN,
G.O. (2001). Varying the importance of a prospective
memory task : Differential effects across time-and
event-based prospective memory. Memory, 9, 1-11.
[PDF]
SCULLIN, M.K., McDANIEL, M.A. & EINSTEIN, G.O. (2010).
Control of cost in prospective memory : Evidence for
spontaneous retrieval processes. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 36, 190-203. [PDF]
GRAF, P. & UTTL, B. (2001). Prospective memory : A new
focus for research. Consciousness & Cognition, 10,
437-450. [PDF]
UTTL, B. & KIBREAB, M. (2011). Self-report measures of
prospective memory are reliable but not valid. Canadian
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65, 57-68. [PDF]
KVAVILASHVILI, L., MESSER, D.J. & EBDON, P. (2001).
Prospective memory in children : The effects of age and
task interruption. Developmental Psychology, 37,
418-430.
McDANIEL, M.A., SHELTON, J.T., BRENEISER, J., MOYNAN, S.
& BALOTA, D. (2011). Focal and nonfocal prospective
memory performance in very mild dementia : A signature
decline. Neuropsychology, 25, 387-396. [PDF]
WEST, R.L. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (2001). Influences on the
efficiency of prospective memory in younger and older
adults. Psychology & Aging, 16 (4), 682-696.
McDANIEL, M.A. & EINSTEIN, G.O. (2011). The
neuropsychology of prospective memory in normal aging : A
componential approach. Neuropsychologia, 49,
2147-2155. [PDF]
MULLET, H.G., SCULLIN, M.K., HESS, T.J., SCULLIN, R.B.,
ARNOLD, K.M. & EINSTEIN, G.O. (2013). Prospective
memory and aging : Evidence for preserved spontaneous
retrieval with exact but not related cues. Psychology
& Aging, 28, 910-922.
COHEN, A.L., WEST, R.L. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (2001).
Modulation of the prospective and retrospective components
of memory for intentions in younger and older adults.
Aging, Neuropsychology, & Cognition, 8, 1-13.
UTTL, B., WHITE C.A., WONG-GONZALEZ, D., McDOUGALL, J.
& LEONARD, C.A. (2013). Prospective memory,
personality, and individual differences. Frontiers in
Personality Science & Individual Differences, 4 [130],
1-15. [PDF]
EINSTEIN, G.O. & McDANIEL, M.A. (2014). Prospective
memory and aging : When it becomes difficult and what you
can do about it. In T. Perfect and S. Lindsay (Eds.), Handbook
of applied memory (pp. 37-58). Thousand Oaks, CA :
Sage.
SCULLIN, M.K., MULLET, H., EINSTEIN, G.O. & McDANIEL,
M.A. (2015). Prospective memory. International
Encyclopedia of Social & Behavioral Sciences, 2,
270-278
GRAF, P., UTTL, B., MILLER, J. & TUOKKO, H. (2001).
Pro- and retrospective memory in late adulthood. Consciousness
& Cognition, 10 (4), 451-472.
McDANIEL, M.A., UMANATH, S., EINSTEIN, G.O. & WALDUM,
E.R. (2015). Dual pathways to prospective remembering. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 9, 1-12. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire remémorative : Sous-mémoire
autobiographique qui consiste à se remérorer des événements
de son propre passé. Recollective memory.
BREWER, W.F. (1996). What is recollective memory ? In D.C.
Rubin (Ed.), Remembering our past : Studies in
autobiographical memory. Cambridge University
Press.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
LOFTUS, E.F. & KETCHAM, K. (1994/97). The myth
of repressed memory / Le syndrome des faux souvenirs.
New York/Paris : St. Martin's Press/Éditions Exergue.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire rétrospective : Capacité ou propriété de la mémoire de stocker des informations
à propos d'événements passés. NDLR : Ici
l'utilisation du mot mémoire pose problème pour désigner
une propriété (rétrospective) plus que l'objet en soi (la mémoire)
ou ses sous-catégories (mémoire épisodique). Il serait sans doute
plus approprié d'utiliser le mot donnée ou information
rétrospective./Mémoire prospective. Retrospective memory.
MAYLOR, E.A. (1993). Aging and forgetting in prospective
and retrospective memory tasks. Psychology &
Aging, 8, 420-428.
COHEN, A.L., WEST, R.L. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (2001).
Modulation of the prospective and retrospective components
of memory for intentions in younger and older adults.
Aging, Neuropsychology, & Cognition, 8, 1-13.
GRAF, P., UTTL, B., MILLER, J. & TUOKKO, H. (2001).
Pro- and retrospective memory in late adulthood. Consciousness
& Cognition, 10 (4), 451-472.
MAYLOR, E.A., SMITH, G., DELLA SALA, S. & LOGIE, R.H.
(2002). Prospective and retrospective memory in normal
aging and dementia : An experimental study. Memory
& Cognition, 30, 871-884.
KVAVILASHVILI, L., KORNBBROT, D.E., MASH, V., COCKBURN, J.
& MILNE, A. (2009). Differential effects of age on
prospective and retrospective memory tasks in young,
young-old and old-old adults. Memory, 17,
180-196.
UNSWORTH, N. & McMILLAN, B.D., BREWER, G.A. &
SPILLERS, G.J. (2013). Individual differences in everyday
retrospective memory failures. Journal of Applied
Research in Memory & Cognition, 2, 7-13. [PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire sémantique : Sous mémoire se rapportant aux connaissances/
informations générales,
y compris les faits, les règles, les propositions, les concepts et
les mots (lexique)qui
servent à les désigner. Ce concept a été proposé par
Quilian (1968).
= Connaissances sémantiques, mémoire conceptuelle, mémoire encyclopédique.
Semantic memory, semantic cognition, semantic information.
QUILLIAN, M.R. (1968). Semantic memory. In M. Minsky
(Ed.), Semantic information processing (pp.
216-260). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
GARDINER, J.M. & HAMPTON, G.A. (1985). Semantic memory
and the generation effect : Some tests ofthe lexical
activation hypothesis. Journal of Experimental
Psychology. Learning, Memory & Cognition, 11, 732-741.
BROWN, S.W., GUILFFORD, J.P. & HOEPFNER, R. (1968).
Six semantic memory abilities. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 28 (3), 691-717.
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1986). The automatic
activation of episodic information in a semantic memory
task. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning,
Memory & Cognition, 12, 108-115. [PDF]
COLLINS, A.M., LOFTUS, E.F. & QUILLIAN, M.R. (1969).
Retrieval time from semantic memory. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 8 (2),
240-248. [PDF]
LOFTUS, E.F., FREEDMAN, J.L. & LOFTUS, G.R. (1970).
Retrieval of words from subordinate and superordinate
categories in semantic hierarchies. Psychonomic
Science, 21, 235-236.
McKOON, G., RATCLIFF, R. & DELL, G. (1986). A critical
evaluation of the semantic/episodic distinction.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 12, 295-306. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E.
Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of
memory. New York : Academic Press. [PDF]
TULVING, E. (1986). What kind of a hypothesis is the
distinction between episodic and semantic memory ? Journal
of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 12, 307-311. [PDF]
KINTSCH, W. (1972). Notes on the semantic structure of
memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization
and memory. New York : Academic Press.
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (1986). More on the
distinction between episodic and semantic memories.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 12, 312-313. [PDF]
OSTERGAARD, A.L. (1987). Episodic, semantic and procedural
memory in a case of amnesia at an early age. Neuropsychologia,
25 (2), 341-357.
TULVING, E. & THOMPSON, D.M. (1972). Encoding
specificity and retrieval processes in episodic memory.
Psychological Review, 80, 352-373.
WILSON, B.A. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1988). Semantic,
episodic and autobiographical memory in a post-meningitic
amnesic patient. Brain & Cognition, 8,
31-46.
DOLL, T.J., TWEEDY, J.R., JOHNSON, M.K., BRANSFORD J.D.
& FLATOW, C. (1973). Semantic memory and sentence
verification time. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
100, 428-431. [PDF]
DICK, M.B., KEAN, M.L. & SANDS, D. (1989). Memory for
internally generated words in Alzheimer-type dementia :
Breakdown in encoding and semantic memory. Brain &
Cognition, 9, 88-108.
RUMELHART, D.E. & NORMAN, D.A. (1973). Active semantic
networks as a mode/of human memory. In Proceedings of
the third International Joint Conference on Artificial
Intelligence. Stanford.
HORNER, M.D. (1990). Psychobiological evidence for the
distinction between episodic and semantic memory. Neuropsychology Review, 1, 281–-321
ANDERSON, J.R. & REDER, L.M. (1974). Negative
judgments in and about semantic memory. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 13, 664-681.
[PDF]
FARAH, M.J. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1991). A computational
model of semantic memory impairment : Modality-
specificity and emergent category-specificity. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 120 (4),
339-357. [PDF]
SMITH, E.E., SHOBEN, E.J. & RIPS, L.J. (1974).
Structure and process in semantic memory : A featural
model for semantic decisions. Psychological Review,
81 (3), 214-241. [PDF]
KOUNIOS, J. & HOLCOMB, P.J. (1992). Structure and
process in semantic memory : Evidence from event-related
potentials and reaction time. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 121, 459-479.
ROY, E.A. & HALL, C. (1992). Limb apraxia. A process
approach. In P. Luc & E. Digby (Eds.), Vision and
motor control (pp. 261–282). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
PATTERSON, K., GRAHAM, N. & HODGES, J.R. (1994). The
impact of semantic memory loss on phonological
representations. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience,
6, 57–69.
COLLINS, A.M. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1975). A
spreading-activation theory of semantic processing. Psychological
Review, 82, 407-428.
YASUDA, K., WATANABE, O. & ONO, Y. (1997).
Dissociation between semantic and autobiographical memory
: a case report. Cortex, 33, 623-638. [PDF]
VARGHA-KHADEM, F., GADIAN, D.G., WATKINS, K.E., CONNELLY,
A., VAN PAESSCHEN, W. & MISHKIN, M. (1997).
Differential effects of early hippocampal pathology on
episodic and semantic memory. Science, 277,
376-380.
GLASS, A.L. & HOLYOAK, K.J. (1975). Alternative
conceptions of semantic memory. Cognition, 3, 313-339.
SCHRIJNEMAKERS, J.M.C. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1997).
Adding new word associations to semantic memory : Evidence
for two interactive learning components. Acta
Psychologica, 96, 103-132. [PDF]
WARRINGTON, E.K. (1975). The selective impairment of
semantic memory. Quartely Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 27, 635-657.
SHERMAN, J. & BESSENOFF, G.R. (1999). Stereotypes as
source-monitoring cues : On the interaction between
episodic and semantic memory. Psychological Science,
10 (2), 106–110.
HOLYOAK, K.J., GLASS, A.L. et BOWER, G.B. (1976). Les
processus de décision dans la mémoire sémantique. In S.
Ehrlich & E. Tulving (Dirs.), La mémoire
sémantique (pp. 92-101). Paris : Bulletin de
Psychologie.
SAFFRAN, E.M. (2000). The organization of semantic memory
: in support of a distributed model. Brain &
Language, 71, 204-212.
ORTONY, A. & ANDERSON, R.C. (1977). Definite
descriptions and semantic memory. Cognitive Science,
1, 74-83. [PDF]
LOGAN, G.D. & SCHULKIND, M.D. (2000). Parallel memory
retrieval in dual-task situations : I. Semantic memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 26, 1072-1090. [PDF]
McCLOSKEY, M. & GLUCKSBERG, S. (1979). Decision
processes in verifying category membership statements :
Implications for models of semantic memory. Cognitive
Psychology, 11, 1-37.
SNOWEN, J. (2002). Disorders of semantic memory. In A.D.
Baddeley, M.D. Kopelman & B.A. Wilson (Eds.), The
handbook of memory disorders (pp. 293-314).
Chichester : Wiley.
HAMPTON, J.A. (1979). Polymorphous concepts in semantic
memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 18, 441-461.
DE NEYS, W., SCHAEKEN, W. & d'YDEWALLE, G. (2002).
Causal conditional reasoning and semantic memory retrieval
: A test of the semantic memory framework. Memory
& Cognition, 30, 908-920. [PDF]
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1979). Priming in episodic
and semantic memory. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 18, 463-480. [PDF]
ZEELENBERG, R., PECHER, D., SHIFFRIN, R.M. &
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2003). Semantic context effects and
priming in word association. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 10, 653-660. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
ANDERSON, J.R. & ROSS, B.H. (1980). Evidence against a
semantic-episodic distinction. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory,
6, (5), 441–466.
[PDF]
KVAVILASHVILI, L. & MANDLER, G. (2004). Out of one's
mind : A study of involuntary semantic memories. Cognitive
Psychology, 48, 47-94. [PDF]
McCLOSKEY, M. (1980). The stimulus familiarity problem in
semantic memory research. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 19, 485-502.
ROGERS, T.T., LAMBON RALPH, M.A., GARRARD, P., BOZEAT, S.,
MCCLELLAND, J.L., HODGES, J.R. & PATTERSON, K. (2004).
The structure and deterioration of semantic memory : A
computational and neuropsychological investigation.
Psychological Review, 111 (1), 205-235. [PDF]
McCLOSKEY, M. & SANTEE, J. (1981). Are semantic memory
and episodic memory distinct systems ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory,
7, 66-71.
RAJAH, M.N. & McINTOSH, A.R. (2005). Overlap in the
functional neural systems involved in semantic and
episodic memory retrieval. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 17 (3), 470-482. [PDF]
WOOD, F. & EBERT, V. (1982). The episodic-semantic
memory distinction in memory and amnesia : Clinical and
experimental observations. In L.S. Cermak (Ed.), Human
memory and amnesia. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence
Erlbaum.
NADEL, L., RYAN, L., HAYES, S.M., GILBOA, A. &
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2006). The role of the hippocampal complex
in long-term episodic memory . International Congress
Series, 1250, 215-234. [PDF]
ROEDIGER, H.L. & NEELY, J.H. (1982). Retrieval blocks
in episodic and semantic memory. Canadian Journal of
Psychology, 36, 213-242.
MOSCOVITCH, M., NADEL, L., WINOCUR, G., GILBOA, A. &
ROSENBAUM, S.R. (2006). The cognitive neuroscience of
remote episodic, semantic and spatial memory. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 16, 179-190. [PDF]
LORCH, R.F. (1982). Priming and search processes in
semantic memory : A test of three models
of spreading activation. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 21, 468-492.
ROGERS, T.T., HOCKING, J., NOPPENEY, U., MECHELLI, A.,
GORNO-TEMPINI, M., PATTERSON, K. & PRICE, C. (2006).
The anterior temporal cortex and semantic memory :
Reconciling findings from neuropsychology and functional
imaging. Cognitive, Affective & Behavioral
Neuroscience, 6 (3), 201-213.
CREE, G.S., McNORGAN, C. & McCRAE, K. (2006).
Distinctive features hold a privileged status in the
computation of word meaning : Implications for theories of
semantic memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 32 (4),
643-658. [PDF]
BAHRICK, H.P. (1984). Semantic memory content in
permastore : 50 years of memory for Spanish learned in
school. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General,
111, 1-29.
PATTERSON, K., NESTOR, P.J. & ROGERS, T.T. (2007).
Where do you know what you know ? The representation of
semantic knowledge in the human brain. Nature Reviews
: Neuroscience, 8, 976-987. [PDF]
ROGERS, T.T. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2008). A précis of
semantic cognition : A parallel dstributed processing
approach. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 31, 689-714.
[PDF]
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1984). Does current evidence from
dissociation experiments favor the episodic/semantic
distinction ? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7,
252-254.
[PDF]
RYAN, L., COX, C., HAYES, S.M. & NADEL, L. (2008).
Hippocampal activation during episodic and semantic memory
retrieval : Comparing category production and category
cued recall. Neuropsychologia, 46 (8),
2109-2121. [PDF]
SILVERI, M.C. & CICCARELLI, N. (2009). Semantic memory
in object use. Neuropsychologia, 47, 2634-2641.
CERMAK, L.S. (1984). The episodic/semantic distinction in
amnesia. In L.R. Squire and N. Butters (Eds.), Neuropsychology
of memory. New York : The Guilford Press.
DEWAR, B.K., PATTERSON, K. & WILSON, B.A. (2009).
Re-acquisition of person knowledge in semantic memory
disorders. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation, 19, 383-421.
YEE, E., CHRYSIKOU, E.G. & THOMPSON-SCHILL, S.L.
(2013). Semantic memory. In K. Ochsner & S. Kosslyn
(Eds.), The Oxford handbook of cognitive neuroscience :
Core topics (Vol. 1, pp. 353-374). Oxford
University Press.
WARRINGTON, E.K. & SHALLICE, T. (1984). Category
specific semantic impairments. Brain, 107,
829-854.
UNSWORTH, N., BREWER, G.A. & SPILLERS, G.J. (2014).
Strategic search from long-term memory : An examination of
semantic and autobiographical reacall. Memory, 22,
687-699. [PDF]
JONES, M.N., WILLITS, J.A., DENNIS, S. & JONE, M.
(2015). Models of semantic memory. Oxford Handbook of
Mathematical & Computational Psychology,
232-254.
YEE, E., JONES, M.N. & McRAE, K. (2017). Semantic
memory. In J.T. Wixted & S. Thompson-Schill (Eds.), The
Stevens' handbook of experimental psychology and
cognitive neuroscience (Vol. 3). New York : Wiley.
[PDF]
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université.
Mémoire sensorielle : Type de mémoire qui conserve pendant une très courte période (un dixième de
seconde à quelques secondes) l'information
qui est captée par les cinq sens. Pour certains auteurs, il y
aurait une mémoire sensorielle pour chaque sens.= MS. mémoire tampon, registre sensoriel.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Buffers, buffer memory, sensory storage.
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory
: A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W.
Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The psychology of
learning & motivation : Advances in research and
theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic
Press.
PHILLIPS, W.A. (1974). On the distinction between
sensory storage and short-term visual memory. Perception
& Psychophysics, 16, 283-290.
WINKLER, I. & COWAN, N. (2005). From sensory to long
term memory : Evidence from auditory memory reactivation
studies. Experimental Psychology, 52, 3-20.
SAULTS, J.S. & COWAN, N. (2007). A central capacity
limit to the simultaneous storage of visual and auditory
arrays in working memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 136, 663-684.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
ANDERSON, J.R. & MARESSA, M. P. (1997). A production
system theory of serial memory. Psychological
Review, 104, 728-748.
MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire spatiale : Capacité de retenir les caractéristiques d'un lieu, ainsi que les objets qu'il contient et leur
localisation. L'hippocampe
joue un rôle important dans le fonctionnement de cette mémoire et
du lobe temporal
médian. Mémoire spatiale ethabileté
sptiale. Spatial memory.
GIBEAULT, S. & MacDONALD, S.E. (2000). Spatial
memory and foraging behavior in captive western
lowland gorillas (Gorilla gorilla gorilla). Primates,
41, 147-160.
OLTON, D.S. & SAMUELSON, R.J. (1976). Remembrance
of places passed : Spatial memory in rats. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior
Processes, 2, 97-116.
CRAVER, C.F. & DARDEN, L. (2001). Discovering
mechanisms in neurobiology : The case of spatial
memory. In P.K. Machamer, R. Grush & P. McLaughlin
(Eds.), Theory and method in the neurosciences
(pp. 112-137). Pittsburgh, PA : University of
Pittsburgh Press.
DE RENZI, E., FAGLIONI, P. & PREVIDI, P. (1977).
Spatial memory and hemispheric locus of lesion. Cortex,
13 (4), 424-433.
INOUE, M., MIKAMI, A., ANDO, I. & TSUKADA, H.
(2001). Activity of the primate prefrontal cortex is
correlated with performance level of the spatial
working memory task. Social Neuroscience Abstract,
27, 852.
GOOD, M. (2002). Spatial memory and hippocampal
function : Where are we now ? Psicológica, 23, 109-138.
[PDF]
WALKER, J.A. & OLTON, D.S.
(1979).The role of response and reward in spatial
memory. Learning & Motivation, 10 (1),
73-84.
CHAMIZO, V.D. (2003). Acquisition of knowledge about
spatial location : Assessing the generality of the
mechanisms of learning. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 56 (B), 102–113.
BURGESS, N. & O'KEEFE, J. (2003). Neural
representations in human spatial memory. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (12), 517-519. [PDF]
MORRIS, R.G.M. (1981). Spatial localisation does not
depend on the presence of local cues. Learning
& Motivation, 12, 239-260. [PDF]
KLAUER, K.C. & ZHAO, Z. (2004). Double
dissociations in visual and spatial short-term memory.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 133,
355-381.
BOND, A.B., COOK, R.G. & LAMB, M.R. (1981).
Spatial memory and the performance of rats and pigeons
in the radial-arm maze. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 9 (4), 575-580. [PDF]
PRADOS, J. (1999). Latent inhibition in a navigation
task : Evidence for the use of associative processes
in spatial memory. Psicológica, 20, 151-162.
MORRIS, R.G.M. (1984). Developments of a water-maze
procedure for studying spatial learning in the rat.
Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 11, 47-60.
GOOD, M. (2002). Spatial memory and hippocampal
function : Where are we now ? Psicológica, 23, 109-138.
[PDF]
SPETCH, M.L. & EDWARDS, C.A. (1986). Spatial
memory in pigeons (Columba livia) in an open field
feeding environment. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 100, 266-278.
BIRD, L.R., ROBERTS, W.A., ABROMS, B.,
KIT, K.K. & CRUPI, C. (2003). Spatial memory for
food hidden by rats (Rattus norvegicus) on the radial
maze : studies of memory for where, what, and when. Journal
of Comparative Psychology,
117, 176–187.
OWEN, A.M., DOWNES, J.D., SAHAKIAN, B.J., POLKEY, C.E.
& ROBBINS, T.W. (1990). Planning and spatial
working memory following frontal lobe lesions in man.
Neuropsychologia, 28 (10), 1021-1034. [PDF]
LOGIE, R.H. (2003). Spatial and visual working memory
: A mental workspace. Psychology of Learning
& Motivation, 42, 37-78.
SQUIRE, L.R. & CAVE, C.B. (1991). The hippocampus,
memory, and space. Hippocampus, 1, 269-271.
[PDF]
CHAMIZO, V.D. (2003). Acquisition of knowledge about
spatial location : Assessing the generality of the
mechanism of learning. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, Section B : Comparative
& Physiological Psychology, 56 (1),
102-113.
CAVE, C.B. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1991). Equivalent
impairment of spatial and nonspatial memory following
damage to the human hippocampus. Hippocampus, 1 (3),
329-340. [PDF]
CLEARFIELD, M.W. (2004). The role of crawling and
walking experience in infant spatial memory.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 89
(3), 214-241. [PDF]
UTTL, B. & GRAF, P. (1993). Episodic spatial
memory in adulthood. Psychology & Aging, 8
(2), 257-273.
BURGESS, N. (2006). Spatial memory : How egocentric
and allocentric combine. Trends in Cognitive
Science, 10 (2), 551-557.
[PDF]
BROWN, M.F. & DEMAS, G.E. (1994). Evidence for
spatial working memory in honeybees. (Apis mellifera).
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 108, 344-352.
INOUE, M., MIKAMI, A., ANDO, I. & TSUKADA, H.
(2006). Functional brain mapping of the macaque
related to spatial working memory as revealed by PET.
Cerebral Cortex, 14 (1), 106-119. [PDF]
MOSCOVITCH, M., NADEL, L., WINOCUR, G., GILBOA, A.
& ROSENBAUM, S.R. (2006). The cognitive
neuroscience of remote episodic, semantic and spatial
memory. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 16, 179-190.
[PDF]
ALLOWAY, T.P., GATHERCOLE, S.E. & PICKERING, S.J.
(2006). Verbal and visuo-spatial short-term and
working memory in children : Are they separable ?
Child Development, 77, 1698-1716. [PDF]
BOHBOT, V.D., OTAHAL, P., LIU, Z., NADEL, L. &
BURES, J. (1996). Electroconvulsive shock and
lidocaine reveal rapid consolidation of spatial
working memory in the water maze. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 93,
4016-4019.
BROWN, M.F., FARLEY, R.F. & LOREK, E.J. (2007).
Remembrance of places you passed : Social spatial
working memory in rats. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processe, 33 (3),
213–224. [PDF]
BOHBOT, V.D., KALINA M., STEPANKOVA K., SPACKOVA, N.,
PETRIDES, M. & NADEL, L. (1998). Spatial memory
deficits in patients with lesions to the right
hippocampus and to the right parahippocampal cortex.
Neuropsychologia, 36, 1217-1238.
FISET, S., BEAULIEU, C., LEBLANC, V. & DUBE, L.
(2007). Spatial memory of domestic dogs (Canis
familiaris) for hidden objects in a detour task. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior
Processes, 33, 497-508.
EICHENBAUM, H., DUDCHENKO, P., WOOD, E., SHAPIRO, M.
& TANILA, H. (1999). The Hippocampus, memory, and
place cells : Is It spatial memory or a memory space ?
Neuron, 23, 209-226. [PDF]
BYRNE, P., BECKER, S. & BURGESS, N. (2007).
Remembering the past and imagining the future : A
neural model of spatial memory and imagery. Psychological
Review, 114 (2), 340-375. [PDF]
INOUE, M., MIKAMI, A., ANDO, I. & TSUKADA, H.
(1999). Functional mapping of the macaque brain region
related to spatial working memory. Social
Neuroscience Abstract, 25, 884.
SAAB, B.J., GEORGIOU, J., NATH, A., LEE, F.J., WANG,
M., MICHALON, A., LIU, F., MANSUY, I.M. & RODER,
J.C. (2009). NCS-1 in the dentate gyrus promotes
exploration, synaptic plasticity, and rapid
acquisition of spatial memory. Neuron, 63
(5), 643-656.
MacPHERSON, K. & ROBERTS, W.A. (2010). Spatial
memory in dogs (Canis familiaris) on a radial maze. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 124 (1), 47-56. [PDF]
HEUER, E. & BACHEVALIER, J. (2011). Effects of
selective neonatal hippocampal lesions on tests of
object and spatial recognition memory in monkeys. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 125 (2), 137-149. [PDF]
PITTS, M.W. (2018). Barnes maze procedure for spatial
learning and memory in mice. Bio-Protocol, 8
(5), 1-15. [PDF]
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley,
John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition :
Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive.
Paris : Deboeck Université.
Mémoire
tampon : Sous-mémoire de la mémoire
à court terme dans laquelle sont enmagasinées les informations
en attente de traitement.
Buffer memory.
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory :
A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W.
Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The psychology of
learning & motivation : Advances in research and
theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic
Press. [PDF]
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
Mémoire tampon épisodique : Dans la théorie de Baddeley, sous-mémoire de la mémoire de travail dont le rôle consiste à intégrer les informations qui proviennent de la boucle
phonologique et du calepin
visuo-spatial. L'information stockée dans cette mémoire
serait accessible à la conscience et servirait à organiser
efficacement cette information.
Episodic buffer.
BADDELEY, A.D. (2000). The episodic buffer : a new
component of working memory ? Trends in Cognitive
Science, 4, 417-423.
[PDF]
RUDNER, M., FRANSSON, P., INGVAR, M., NYBERG, L. &
RÖNNBERG, J. (2007). Neural representation of binding
lexical signs and words in the episodic buffer of working
memory. Neuropsychologia, 11, 2258-2276.
BERLINGERI, M., BOTTINI, G., BASILICO, S., SILANI, G.,
ZANARDI, G., SBERNA, M., COLOMBO, N., STERZI, R., SCIALFA,
G. & PAULESU E. (2008). Anatomy of the episodic buffer
: a voxel-based morphometry study in patients with
dementia. Behavioral Neurology, 19, 29-34.
HENRY, L. (2010). The episodic buffer in children with
intellectual disabilities : an exploratory study. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 31, 1609-1614.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
VALLAR, G. & PAPAGNO, C. (1986). Phonological
short-term store and the nature of the recency effect :
Evidence from neuropsychology. Brain & Cognition,
5, 428-442.
GATHERCOLE, S.E., HITCH, G.J., SERVICE, E. & MARTIN,
A.J. (1997). Phonological short-term memory and new word
learning in children. Developmental Psychology, 33,
966 -979. [PDF]
JONES, D.M., MACKEN, W.J. & NICHOLLS, A.P. (2004). The
phonological store of working memory : is it phonological
and is it a store ? Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 30, 656-674.
JONES, D.M., HUGHES, R.W., MACKEN, W.J. (2007). The
phonological store abandoned. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 60, 497-504.
BATES, T.C., LUCIANO, M., MEDLAND, S.E., MONTGOMERY, G.W.,
WRIGHT, M.J. & MARTIN, N.G. (2011). Genetic variance
in a component of the language acquisition device : ROBO1.
Polymorphisms associated with phonological buffer
deficits. Behavior Genetics, 41 (1), 50-57.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
COHEN, L.B. (1975). Infant visual memory : A
backward look into the future. In N. Ellis (Ed.),
Aberrant development in infancy (pp. 203-216).
Potomac, Md : Lawrence Associates
LOFTUS, E.F., MILLER, D.G. & BURNS, H.J. (1978).
Semantic integration of verbal information into a visual
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Learning & Memory, 4, 19-31.
MAKOVSKI, T., JIANG, Y.V. & SUSSMAN, R. (2008).
Orienting attention in visual working memory reduces
interference from memory probes. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 34 (2), 369-380. [PDF]
LOFTUS, G.R. & RUTHRUFF, E.R. (1994). A theory of
visual information acquisition and visual memory with
special application to intensity-duration tradeoffs. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 20, 33-50.
BRADY, T.F., KONKLE, T. & ALAVAREZ, G.A. & OLIVA,
A. (2008). Visual long-term memory has a massive storage
capacity for object details. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 105 (38),
14325-14329. [PDF]
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. (1997). The capacity of
visual working memory for features and conjunctions. Nature,
390, 279 281.
ZHANG, W. & LUCK, S.J. (2008). Discrete
fixed-resolution representations in visual working memory.
Nature, 452, 233-235.
BRADY, T.F., KONKLE, T., OLIVA, A. & ALAVAREZ, G.A.
(2009). Detecting changes in real-world objects : The
relationship between visual long-term memory and change
blindness. Communicative & Integrative Biology, 2
(1), 1-3. [PDF]
RUBIN, D.C. & GREENBERG, D. (1998). Visual
memory-deficit amnesia : A distinct amnesic presentation
and etiology. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences of the United States of America., 95, 5413-5416.
WOOD, J.N. (2010). Visual working memory retains movement
information using an allocentric reference frame. Visual
Cognition, 10, 1464- 1485.
XU, Y. (2002). Encoding color and shape from different
parts of an object in visual short-term memory. Perception
& Psychophysics, 64, 1260-1280.
BRADY, T.F. & ALAVAREZ, G.A. (2010). Ensemble
statistics of a display influence the representation of
items in visual working memory. Visual Cognition, 18
(1), 114-118. [PDF]
LOGIE, R.H. (2003). Spatial and visual working memory : A
mental workspace. Psychology of Learning &
Motivation, 42, 37-78.
BRADY, T.F., KONKLE, T. & ALAVAREZ, G.A. (2011). A
review of visual memory capacity : Beyond individual items
and toward structured representations. Journal of
Vision, 11 (5), 1-34. [PDF]
KLAUER, K.C. & ZHAO, Z. (2004). Double dissociations
in visual and spatial short-term memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 133, 355-381.
WOOD, J.N. (2011). A core knowledge architecture of visual
working memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 37 (2),
357-381. [PDF]
ARCHIBALD, L.M.D. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2006).
Visuospatial immediate memory in specific language
impairment. Journal of Speech, Language & Hearing
Research, 49, 265-277.
CHUN, M.M. (2011). Visual working memory as visual
attention sustained internally over time.
Neuropsychologia, 49, 1407-1409. [PDF]
XU, Y. (2006). Encoding objects in visual short-term
memory : The roles of location and connectedness. Perception
& Psychophysics, 68, 815- 828.
BRADY, T.F. & ALVAREZ, G.A. (2011). Hierarchical
encoding in visual working memory : Ensemble statistics
bias memory for individual items. Psychological
Science, 22 (3), 384-392. [PDF]
XU, Y. & CHUN, M.M. (2006). Dissociable neural
mechanisms supporting visual short-term memory for
objects. Nature, 440, 91-95.
BRADY, T.F. & ALVAREZ, G.A. (2015). Contextual effects
in visual working memory reveal hierarchically structured
memory representations. Journal of Vision, 15 (15),
1-24. [PDF]
XU, Y. & NAKAYAMA, K. (2007). Visual short- term
memory benefit for objects on different 3-D surfaces. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, Psychological
Association, 136 (4), 653-662. [PDF]
SERENCES, J.T. (2016). Neural mechanisms of information
storage in visual short-term memory. Visual Reseach,
128, 53-67. [PDF]
XU, Y. & CHUN, M.M. (2007). Visual grouping in human
parietal cortex. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences of the United States of America, 104,
18766-18771.
XU, Y. (2017). Reevaluating the sensory account of visual
working memory storage. Trends in Cognitive Science,
21 (10), 794-815
WOOD, J.N. (2007). Visual working memory for observed
actions. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 136 (4), 639-652.
HAYASHIA, S., TERADAA, S., OSHIMAA, E. SATO, S., KURISUA,
K., AKENOSHITAA, S.,YOKOTAA, O. & YAMADA, N. (2018).
Verbal or visual memory score and regional cerebral blood
flow in alzheimer disease. Dementia & Geriatric
Cognitive Disorders, 8, 1-11. [PDF]
BRADY, T.F., ALVAREZ, G.A. & STÔRMER, V.S. (2019). The
role of meaning in visual memory : Face-selective brain
activity predicts memory for ambiguous face stimuli. Journal
of Neuroscience, 39 (6), 1100-1108.
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John
& Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une
introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université.
HIGHBEE, K.L. (1979). Recent research on visual mnemonics
: Historical roots and educational fruits. Review of
Educational Research, 49, 611-629.
ERICSSON, K.A., CHASE, W.G. & FALCON, S. (1980).
Acquisition of a memory skill. Science, 208, 1181-1182.
HARRIS, J.E. (1980). Memory aids people use : Two
interview studies. Memory & Cognition, 8, 31-38.
BELLEZZA, F.S. (1981). Mnemonic devices : Classification,
characteristics, and criteria. Review of Educational
Research, 51 (2), 247-275.
ZENTALL, T.R., STEIRN, J.N. & JACKSON-SMITH, P.
(1990). Memory strategies in pigeons' performance of a
radial-arm-maze analog task. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 16,
358-371.
HERRMANN, D.J. (1982). Know thy memory : The use of
questionnaires to assess and study memory. Psychological
Bulletin, 92, 434-452.
BENNETT, H.L. (1983). Remembering drink orders : The
memory skill of cocktail waitresses. Human Learning,
2, 157-169.
BELLEZZA, F.S., SIX, L.S. & PHILLIPS, D.S. (1992). A
mnemonic for remembering long strings of digits.
Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 30 (4),
271-274.
ERICSSON, K.A. (1985). Memory skill. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 39 (2), 188-231.
JAMET, E. (1998). L’influence des formats de présentation
sur la mémorisation. Revue de Psychologie de
l'Éducation, 1, 9-35. [PDF]
INTONS-PETERSON, M.J. & FOURNIER, J. (1986). External
and internal memory aids : When and how often do we use
them ? Experimental Psychology : General, 115
(3), 267-280. [PDF]
TIGNER, R.B. (1999). Putting memory research to good use :
: Hints from cognitive psychology. College Teaching,
47 (4), 149-152.
ERICSSON, K.A. & POLSON, P.G. (1988). An experimental
analysis of the mechanisms of a memory skill. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 14, 305-316.
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & ALLOWAY, T. (2007). Understanding
working memory : a classroom guide. The University
of York.
TOWSE, J.N. & HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (2000).
On the interpretation of working memory span in adults.
Memory & Cognition, 28 (3), 341-348.
Men & Masculinities : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la
masculinité.= JMM. Éditeur :
Psychonomic Society.
MESSNER, M. (2000). White guys habitus in the classroom
: Challenging the reproduction of knoweldge. Men
& Masculinities, 2, 457-469.
Menace : Menacer : Menaçant : Le mot à deux significations très voisines
: a) En
éthologie, en psychologie
et en sciences
politiques, il désigne un comportement verbal ou non-verbal
(signe) qui dénote une intention
de faire subir à autrui quelque inconvénient ou souffrance,
notamment en utilisant la violence.
La menace est généralement conditionelle : elle survient si,
et seulement si, certaines conditions ne sont pas remplis de la la
part de celui ou celle qui en est l'objet. EX:
Un pays en menace un autre d'embargo si ce dernier ne retire pas
ses troupes d'un territoire conquis. Menace,
négocieretattaque.
= Danger perceptible. Threat.
b) Il est aussi synonyme de danger
potentiel et s'applique dans de nombreux contextes : méthodologie
(menaces à la validité), environnement pollution, changement
climatique, etc), société (menace du stéréotype). =
Menace perceptible. Validity threats.
a
MASLOW, A. (1943). Conflict, frustration, and the theory
of threat. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 38, 81-86.
DEUTSCH, M. & KRAUSS, R.M. (1960). The effect of
threat upon interpersonal bargaining. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 61, 181-189.
WATTS, M.W. (1996). Political zenophobia in the transition
from socialism : Threat, racism, and ideology among East
German youth. Political Psychology, 17, 97-126.
STEPHAN, W.G., BONIECKI, K.A., YBARRA, O., BETTENCOURT,
A., ERVIN, K.S., JACKSON, L.A. & MCNATT, P.S. (2002).
The role of threats in the racial attitudes of Blacks and
Whites. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
28, 1242-1254. [PDF]
Menace à l'environnement : Voir Pollution et Réchauffement
climatique.Pollution, litter behavior,
Global warming, global environmental change, climate change,
climatic warmth.
Menace
à la validité : Voir Validité.Validity treath.
Ménage :Unité
d'analyse qui désigne le ou les individus (famille) qui
occupent le même logement/maison. Souvent utilisé dans les enquêtes
par sondage./Individu. Household.
MANSER, M. & BROWN, M. (1980). Marriage and household
decision-making : A bargaining analysis. International
Economic Review, 21 (1), 31-44.
MACEY, S.M. & BROWN, M.A. (1983). Residential energy
conservation; The role of past experience in repetitive
household behavior. Environment & Behavior, 15 (2),
123- 141.
GOLOMBOK, S., SPENCER, A. & RUTTER, M. (1983).
Children in lesbian and single parent households :
Psychosexual and psychiatric appraisal. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 24 (4), 551-572.
BLACK, J.S., STERN, P.C. & ELWORTH, J.T. (1985).
Personal and contextual influences on household energy
adaptations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 70 (1),
3-21.
ROOKEY, B.D., HANWAY, S. & DILLMAN, D.A. (2008). Does
a probability-based household panel benefit from
assignment to postal response as an alternative to
internet-only ? Public Opinion Quarterly, 72 (5),
962-984.
BLAIS, A. & CRÈTE, J. (1987). Le vote et les ménages.
Recherches Sociographiques, 28 (2-3), 393-405. [PDF]
TORREY, E.F. & YOLKEN, R.H. (1988). At issue : is
household crowding a factor for schizophrenia and bipolar
disorder. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 24, 321-324.
KAMO, Y. (1988). Determinants of household division of
labor resources, power, and ideology. Journal of
Family Issues, 9 (2), 177-200.
PATTERSON, C.J., VADEN, N.A., GRIESLER, P.C. &
KUPERSMIDT, J.B. (1991). Income level, gender, ethnicity,
and household composition as predictors of children's peer
companionship outside of school. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 12, 447-465.
GUÉGUEN, N., MEINERI S., GRANDJEAN I. & MARTIN, A.
(2010). The combined effect of the foot-in-the-door
technique and the "But you are free of technique": An
evaluation on the selective sorting of household wastes. EcoPsychology,
2 (4), 231-237.
[PDF]
AQUILINO, W.S. (1992). Telephone versus face-to-face
interviewing for household drug use surveys. The
International Journal of the Addictions, 27 (1),
71-91.
DOWNEY D. & POWELL, B. (1993). Do children in
single-parent households fare better living with same-sex
parents ? Journal of Marriage & the Family, 55, 55-71.
KALTON, G. & BRICK, J.M. (1995). Weighting schemes for
household panel surveys. Survey Methodology, 21, 33-44.
[PDF]
VALENTINE, G. (1999). Doing household research :
interviewing couples together and apart. Area, 31,
67-74.
BRANDON, G. & LEWIS, A. (1999). Reducing household
energy consumption : A qualitative and quantitative field
study. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 19, 75-85.
[PDF]
OLSEN, K., STANGE, M. & SMYTH, J.D. (2014). Assessing
within-household selection methods in household mail
surveys. Public Opinion Quarterly, 78, (3),
656-678. [PDF]
MENDEL, G. (1865/1907). Versuche über
pflanzenhybriden. Vereins in Brunn, 4, 3-47.
Experiments in plant hybridization/Recherches sur les
hybrides végétaux. Bulletin Scientifique de la France
et de la Belgique. [PDF]
MENDEL, G. (1869/1907). Ueber einige aus
kiinstlicher befruchtnng gewonnenen Ilim·a-
ciull1-Bastarde. Verh. NaLurf. Vereins in Brunn, 49, 48
-53. [PDF]
MENDEL, G. (1871). Die Windhose vom 13. October 1870.
Verhandlungen des naturforschenden. Vereins in Brünn,
9, 229.
BATESON, W. (1902). Mendel's principles of heredity :
A defence. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
CORCOS, A.F. (1985). Some myths about Mendel's
experiments. The American Biology Teacher, 47
(4), 233-236.
COROS, A.F. (1985). More about Mendel's experiments :
Where is the bias ? Journal of Heredity, 76 (5),
384.
YULE, G.U. (1902). Mendel's Laws and their probable
relations to intra-racial heredity. The New
Phytologist, 1, 193-207/ 222-237. [PDF]
PIEGROSCH, W.W. (1986). The questions of fit in the Gregor
Mendel controversy. Communications in Statistics,
Theory & Methods, 24, 173-182.
WELDON, W.F.R. (1902). Mendel's laws of alternative
inheritance in peas. Biometrika, 1, 228-254.
CORCOS, A.F. & MONAGHAN, F.V. (1987). Role of de Vries
in the rediscovery of Mendel's paper. II. Did de Vries
really understand Mendel's paper ? Journal of
Heredity 78 (4), 275-276.
BOWLER, P. (1989). The Mendelian revolution : The
emergence of hereditarian concepts in modern science and
society. Johns Hopkins University Press.
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). The laws of heredity of Galton and
Mendel, and some laws governing race improvement by
selection. Proceedings of the American Academy of
Arts & Sciences, 39 (8), 223-24.2. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
PIEGROSCH, W.W. (1990). Fisher's contributions to genetics
and heredity, with special emphasis on the Gregor Mendel
controversy. Biometrics, 46 (4), 915-924.
PUNNETT, R.C. (1905). Mendelism. Bowes and
Bowes, Cambridge.
CORCOS, A.F. & MONAGHAN, F.V. (1990). Mendel's work
and Its rediscovery : A new perspective. Critical
Reviews in Plant Sciences, 9 (3), 197-212.
ILTIS, H. (1932). Life of Mendel. G. Allen
& Unwin, London.
MONAGHAN, F.V. & CORCOS, A.F. (1990). The real
objective of Mendel'. Biology & Philosophy, 5 (3),
267-292.
SLOAN, P. (2000). Mach’s phenomenalism and the British
reception of mendelism. Comptes Rendus de l’Académie
des Sciences, 323 (3), 1033–1196.
OLBY, R.C. (1966). The origins of mendelism. Constable.
WYNN, J. (2007). Alone in the garden : How Gregor Mendel's
inattention to audience may have a affected the reception of
his theory of inheritance in experiments in plant
hybridization. Written Communication, 24, 3-27.
COCK, A.G. (1973). William Bateson, Mendelism and
biometry. Journal of the History of Biology, 6, 1-36.
WESTERLUND, J.F. & FAIRBANK, D.J. (2010). Gregor
Mendel's classic paper and the nature of science in
genetics courses. Heriditas, 147 (6), 293-303.
OREL, V. (1984). Mendel. Oxford University Press
: Oxford.
KLEIN J., KLEIN N. & KLEIN, P. (2013). Solitude of a
Humble Genius & Gregor Johann Mendel : (Vol, 1).
Springer : New York.
MONAGHAN, F.V. & CORCOS, A.F. (1984). On the origins
of the Mendelian laws. Journal of Heredity, 75
(1), 67-69.
SCHWARZBACH, E., SMYKAL, P., DOSTAL, O., ARKOVSKA, M.
& VALOVA, S. (2014). Gregor J. Mendel - Genetics
founding father. Czech Journal of Genetics &
Plant Breeding, 50 (2), 43-51. [PDF]
Meneuse de claques : Cheerleader.
HARDY, C.J. & LATANÉ, B. (1988). Social loafing in
cheerleaders : Effects of team membership and competition.
Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 10,
109-114.
MENGAL, P.M. (2001). Le concept d'émergence au XIXe
: entre théologie naturelle et biologie. Dans B. Felz, M.
Crommelinck et P.H. Goujon (Dirs.), Auto-organisation
et émergence dans les sciences de la vie (p.
89-102). Bruxelles : Ousia.
MENGAL, P.M. (2001). Le comportement. L'aventure
humaine : le comportement entre génétique et politique,
11, 41-51.
MENGAL, P.M. (2002). L'amour expérimental chez Binet :
Généalogie d'un concept. Éduquer : Science et
Psychologie, 3-4, 149-159.
MENGAL, P.M. (2005). La naissance de la psychologie.
Paris : L'Harmattan.
MAOZ, B., DOWTY, N., ANTOVSKY, A. & WISJENBECK, H.
(1970). Female attitudes to menopause. Social
Psychiatry, 5, 35-40.
STEINER, M., DUNN, E. & BORN, L. (2003). Hormones and
mood : from menarche to menopause and beyond. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 74 (1), 67-83.
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1992). Myths and realities of the
menopause. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 1-9.
NEMEROFF, C.B. (2007). Stress, menopause and vulnerability
for psychiatric illness. Expert Reviews in
Neurotherapeutics, 7 (S), 11-13.
BUSCH, C. M., ZONDERMAN, A.B. & COSTA, P.T. (1994).
Menopausal transition and psychological distress in a
nationally representative sample : Is menopause associated
with psychological distress ? Journal of Aging &
Health, 6, 209-228.
LING, D.C.Y., WONG, W.C.W. & HO, S.C. (2008). Are
post-menopausal women "half-a-man"? : Sexual beliefs,
attitudes and concerns among midlife Chinese women. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34 (1), 15-29.
HARLOW, B.L., COHEN, L.S., OTTO, M.W., SPIEGELMAN, D.
& CRAMER, D.W. (1999). Prevalence and predictors of
depressive symptoms in older premenopausal women. The
Harvard study of moods and cycles. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 56, 418-424.
KOLOD, S. (2009). Menopause and sexuality. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 45 (1), 26-43.
THOMAS, F., RENAUD, F., BENEFICE, E., DEMEEÜS, T. &
Geugan, J-F. (2001). International variability of ages at
menarche and menopause : patterns and main determinants. Human
Biology, 73, 27-90.
GUPTA, R., R, ASSALMAN, I. & BOTTLENDER, R. (2012).
Menopause and schizophrenia. Menopause International,
18, 10-14.
HINDMAN, J. & PETERS, J.M. (2001). Polygraph testing
leads to better understanding of adult and juvenile sex
offenders. Federal Probation, 65, 8-15.
SEEMAN, M.V. (2012). Treating schizophrenia at the time of
menopause. Maturitas, 72, 117-120.
MAILICK, M.R., HONG, J., GREENBERG, J., SMITH, L. &
SHERMAN, S. (2014) Curvilinear association of CGG repeats
and age at menopause in women with FMR1 premutation
expansions. American Journal of Medical Genetics.
Part B, Neuropsychiatric Genetics, 165B (8),
705-711.
STOTLAND, N.L. (2002). Menopause : Social expectations,
women's realities. Archives of Women's Mental Health,
5, 5-8.
CROW, E.A. & JASBERG, S. (2016). Schizophrenia during
menopausal transition research article open access. Mental
Health in Family Medicine, 12, 190-195. [PDF]
Mensonge : Mentir : Information fausse, qui ne correspond pas à la réalité, mais que le locuteur présente sciemment comme une vérité.
Mensonge, détecteur de
mensongeettromperie./Vérité. Lie, cheating, false allegations, lying.
TROVILLO, P.V. (1939). A history of lie detection. Journal
of Criminal Law & Criminology, 29 (6),
848-881.
VRIJ, A. (2000/2008). Detecting lies and deceit : The
psychology of lying and the implications for
professional practice. New York : John Wiley &
Sons, Ltd.
SACKS, H. (1973). Tout le monde doit mentir.
Communications, 182-203.
LEE, K. & CAMERON, C.A. (2000). Extracting truthful
information from lies : Emergence of the
expression-representation distinction. Merrill Palmer
Quarterly Journal of Developmental Psychology, 46,
1-20. [PDF]
BOK, S. (1978). Lying : Moral choice in public and
private life. London : Quartet Books.
BUSSEY, K. & GRIMBEEK, E.J. (2000). Children's
conceptions of lying and truth telling : Implications for
child witnesses. Legal & Criminological
Psychology, 5, 187-199.
DEPAULO, B.M. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1979). Telling lies. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 37,
1713-1722.
VRIJ, A., EDWARD, K. & BULL, R. (2001). People's
insight into their own behaviour and speech content while
lying. British Journal of Psychology, 92 (2),
373-389.
LANZA, R.P., STARR, J. & SKINNER, B.F. (1982). Lying"
in the pigeon. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 38 (2), 201-203. [PDF]
COLE, T. (2001). Lying to the one you love : The use of
deception in romantic relationships. Journal of
Social & Personal Relationships, 18 (1),
107-129. [PDF]
EKMAN, P. (2001). Telling lies : Clues to deceit in
the marketplace, politics, and marriage. New York :
W.W. Norton & Co.
EISENBERGER, R. & MASTERSON, F.A. (1983). Required
high effort increases subsequent persistence and reduces
cheating. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44 (3), 593-599.
LEE, K., XU, F., FU, G., CAMERON, C.A. & CHEN, S.
(2001). Taiwan and Mainland Chinese and Canadian
children’s categorization and evaluation of lie- and
truth-telling : A modesty effect. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 19, 525-542.
[PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M., LANIER, K. & DAVIS, T. (1983).
Detecting the deceit of the motivated liar. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 45,
1096-1103. [PDF]
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2002). Development of lying to
conceal a transgression : Children’s control of expressive
behaviour during verbal deception. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 26 (5), 436-444.
[PDF]
WIMMER, H., GRUBER, S. & PERNER, J. (1984). Young
children's conception of lying : Lexical realism-moral
subjectivism. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 37, 1-30.
FELDMAN, R.S., FORREST, J.A. & HAPP, B.R. (2002).
Self-presentation and verbal deception : Do
self-presenters lie more ? Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 24, 163-170.
WIMMER, H., GRUBER, S. & PERNER, J. (1985). Young
children's conception of lying : Moral intuition and the
denotation and connotation of "to lie". Developmental
Psychology, 21 (6), 993-995.
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2002). Emergence of white-lie
telling in children between 3 and 7 years of Age. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 48 (2), 160-181.
[PDF]
STOUTHAMER-LOEBER, M. (1986). Lying as a problem behavior
in children : A review. Clinical Psychology Review, 6,
267-289.
TAYLOR, M., LUSSIER, G.L. & MARING, B.L. (2003). The
distinction between lying and pretending. Journal of
Cognition & Development, 4, 299-324. [PDF]
WALCZYK, J., ROPER, K.S., SEEMANN, E. & HUMPHREY, A.M.
(20003). Cognitive mechanisms underlying lying to
questions : Response time as a cue to deception.
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 17, 755-774.
SWEETSER, E. (1987). The definition of "lie" : An
examination of the folk models underlying a semantic
prototype. In D. Hollard and N. Quinn (Eds.), Cultural
models in language and thought. New York :
Cambridge University Press.
WILSON, A.E., SMITH, M.D. & ROSS, H. (2003). The
nature and effects of young children's lies. Social
Development, 12, 21-45.
HONTS, C.R. & RASKIN, D.C. (1988). A field study of
the validity of the directed lie control question. Journal
of Police Science & Administration, 16, 56-61.
SCHEIN, E.H. (2004). Learning when and how to lie : A
neglected aspect of organizational and occupational
socialization. Human Relations, 57 (3), 260-273.
[PDF]
HUMPHREY, N. (1988). Lies, damned lies and anecdotal
evidence. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11, 257-258.
VRIJ, A. (2004). Why professionals fail to catch liars and
how they can improve. Legal & Criminological
Psychology, 9 (2), 159-181.
ZUCKERMAN, M., KUHLMAN, D.M. & CAMAC, C. (1988). What
lies beyond E and N? Factor analyses of scales believed to
measure dimensions of personality. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 96-107. [PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M. (2004). The many faces of lies. In A.G.
Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of Good and Evil
(pp. 303-326). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF]
FORD, C.V., KING, B.H. & HOLLENDER, M.H. (1988). Liars
and lies : Psychiatric aspects of prevarication.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 554-562.
PICKEL, K.L. (2004). When a lie becomes the truth : The
effects of self-generated misinformation on eyewitness
memory. Memory, 12, 14-26.
LIPPARD, P.V. (1988). "Ask me no questions, I'll tell you
no lies" : Situational exigencies for interpersonal
deception. Western Journal of Speech Communication,
52, 91-103.
WOLPE, P.R., FOSTER, K.R. & LANGLEBEN, D.D. (2005).
Emerging neurotechnologies for lie-detection : Promises
and perils. American Journal of Bioethics, 5
(2), 39-49.
EKMAN, P., FRIESEN, W.V. & O'SULLIVAN, M. (1988).
Smiles when lying. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 54, 414-420.
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2005). Lies in a time of threat :
Betrayal blindness and the 2004 U.S. presidential
election. Analyses of Social Issues & Public
Policy, 5, 189-196. [PDF]
EVERSON, M. & BOAT, B. (1989). False allegations of
sexual abuse by children and adolescents. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 28, 230-235.
DIKE, C.C., BARANOSKI, M. & GRIFFITH, E.E. (2005).
Pathological lying revisited. The Journal of the
American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 33 (3),
342-349.
BOND, C.F., OMAR, A., MAHMOUD, A. & BONSER, R.N.
(1990). Lie detection across cultures. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 14, 189-204.
GLOBAL DECEPTION RESEARCH TEAM. (2006). A World of Lies. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 37 (1), 60-74.
SAXE, L. (1991). Lying : Thoughts of an applied social
psychologist. American Psychologist, 46 (4),
409-415.
TALWAR, V., MURPHY, S. & LEE, K. (2006). White
lie-telling in children for politeness purposes. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 31, 1-11.
LOFTUS, E.F. (1992). When a lie becomes memory’s truth :
Memory distortion after exposure to misinformation. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 121-123.
FU, G., XU, F., CAMERON, C.A., HEYMAN, G. & LEE, K.
(2007). Cross-cultural differences in children's choices,
categorizations and evaluations of truths and lies. Developmental
Psychology, 43, 278-293. [PDF]
LEWIS, M. & SAARNI, C. (Eds.) (1993). Lying and
deception in everyday life. New York : Guilford
Press.
FU, G., EVANS, A.D., WANG, L. & LEE, K. (2008). Lying
in the name of the collective good : a developmental
study. Developmental Science, 11 (4), 495-503. [PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M., EPSTEIN, J.A. & WYER, M.M. (1993). Sex
differences in lying : How women and men deal with the
dilemma of deceit. In M. Lewis & C. Saarni (Eds.), Lying
and deception in everyday life (pp. 126-147). New
York : Guilford Press.
KASSIN, S.M. (2008). False confessions : Causes,
consequences, and implications for reform. Current
Directions in Psychological Science. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17 (4),
249-253. [PDF]
BUSSEY, K., LEE, K. & GRIMBEEK, E. (1993). Lies and
secrets : Implications for children's reporting of sexual
abuse. In G.S. Goodman and B.L. Bottoms (Eds.), Child
victims, child witnesses (pp. 147-168). New York :
Guildford.
ANOLI, L. & ZURLONI, V. (2008). Standard Lies within
everyday conversation. Gestalt Theory, 30 (1),
233-240.
DEPAULO, B.M. (1994). Spotting lies : Can humans learn to
do better ? Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 3, 83-86. [PDF]
LAIDRE, M.E. (2009). How often do animals lie about their
intentions ? An experimental test. The American
Naturalist, 173 (3), 337-346. [PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M., KIRKENDO, S.E., KASHY, D.A., WYER, M.M.
& EPSTEIN, J.A. (1996). Lying in everyday life.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70, 979-995.
[PDF]
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2008). Social and cognitive
correlates of children's lying behavior. Child
Development, 79, 866-881.
VRIJ, A. & SEMIN, G.R. (1996). Lie experts' beliefs
about nonverbal indicators of deception. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 20 (1), 65-80.
SPENCE, S.A. (2008). Playing devil's advocate : The case
against fMRI lie detection. Legal &
Criminological Psychology, 13, 11-25.
COHEN, T.R., GUNIA, B.C., KIM-JUN, S. Y. & MURNIGHAN,
J.K. (2009). Do groups lie more than individuals ? Honesty
& deception as a function of strategic self-interest.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 1321-1324.
DEPAULO, B.M. KASHY, D.A., KIRKENDOL, S.E., WYER, M. M.
& EPSTEIN, J.A. (1996). Lying in everyday life.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70, 979-995.
VRIJ, A., GRANHAG, P.A. & PORTER, S. (2010). Pitfalls
and opportunities in nonverbal and verbal lie detection. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 11 (3), 89-121. [PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M. & BELL, K.L. (1996). Truth and
investment : Lies are told to those who care. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71 (4),
703-716.
XU, F., BAO, X., FU, G., TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2010).
Lying and truth-telling in children : From concept to
action. Child Development, 81, 581-596. [PDF]
KASHY, D.A. & DePAULO, B.M. (1996). Who lies ?
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70 (5),
1037-1051. [PDF]
EVANS, A.D., XU, F. & LEE, K. (2011). When all signs
point to you : Lies told in the face of evidence. Developmental
Psychology, 47 (1), 39-49. [PDF]
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. (2011). Why leaders lie : The truth
about lying in international politics. New York : Oxford
University Press.
BELL, K.L. & DEPAULO, B.M. (1996). Liking and lying. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 18, 243-266.
PERILLO, J. & KASSIN, S.M. (2011). Inside
interrogation : The lie, the bluff, and false confessions.
Law & Human Behavior, 35, 327-337. [PDF]
SEEMAN, M.V. (2012). Treating schizophrenia at the time of
menopause. Maturitas, 72, 117-120.
XU, F. & FU, G. (1998). Children's evaluations on
lying and truth-telling. Acta Psychologica Sinica, 30
(4), 452-459.
GAO, M. (2012). Elements affecting children's moral
judgment of lying : A review. International Journal of
Humanities & Social Science, 2 (1), 30-38. [PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M. & KASHY, D.A. (1998). Everyday lies in
close and casual relationships. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 74, 63-79.
FU, G., EVANS, A.D., XU, F. & LEE, K. (2012). Young
children can tell strategic lies after committing a
transgression. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 113, 147-158. [PDF]
STINSON, D.A., GAUCHER, D., WOOD, J.V., REDDOCH, L.,
HOLMES, J.G. & LITTLE, C.G. (2012). Sex, "lies," and
videotape : Self-esteem and successful presentation of
gender roles. Social Psychological & Personality
Science, 3, 503-509. [PDF]
BUSSEY, K. (1999). Children's categorization and
evaluation of different types of lies and truths. Child
Development, 70, 1338-1347.
WARREN, K.L., DODD, E., RAYNOR G. & PETERSON, C.
(2012). Detecting children's lies : Comparing true
accounts about highly stressful injuries with unprepared,
prepared, and coached lies. Behavioral Sciences &
the Law, 30, 329-341. [PDF]
TYE, M.C., AMATO, S.L., HONTS, C.R., DEVITT, M.K. &
PETERS, D.P. (1999). The willingness of children to lie
and the assessment of credibility in an ecologically
relevant laboratory setting. Applied Developmental
Science, 3, 92-109.
FARISHA, A.T.P. & SAKKEEL, K.P. (2015). Psychology of
lying. The International Journal of Indian Psychology,
2 (2), 45-51. [PDF]
ROWATT, W.D., CUNNINGHAM, M.R. & DRUEN, P.B. (1999).
Lying to get a date : the effect of facial physical
attractiveness on the willingness to deceive prospective
dating partners. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 6 (2), 209-223. [PDF]
DUNBAR, N.E., GANGI, K., COVELSKI, S., ADAMS, A.,
BERNHOLD, Q. & GILES, H. (2016). When is it acceptable
to lie ? Interpersonal and intergroup perspectives on
deception. Communication Studies, 67, 129-146.
Mensonge
(Détecteur) : Cet appareil ne
détecte pas les mensonges. Il mesure
plutôt les réponses
physiologiques d'un individu
pendant son interrogatoire,
réponses physiologiques qui permettraient, en principe, de
déterminer si l'individu ment
ou dit la vérité.
NDLR : L'efficacité de cet appareil n'a jamais été
montrée. En conséquence, on devrait utiliser le terme polygraphe
pour le désigner, un terme plus neutre, moins tendancieux.
Détecteur de mensonge, culpabilité
etmensonge.=
polygraphe.
Lie detector, lie detection, polygraph.
LARSON, J.A. (1932). Lying and its detection : A study
of deception and deception tests. Chicago, Ill:
University of Chicago Press.
BOND, C.F., OMAR, A., MAHMOUD, A. & BONSER, R.N.
(1990). Lie detection across cultures. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 14, 189-204.
MOULTON MARSTON, W. (1938). The lie detector test.
New York : Smith.
HONTS, C.R. (1991). The emperor's new clothes : The
application of the polygraph tests in the American
workplace. Forensic Reports, 4, 91-116.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1959). The GSR in the detection of guilt. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 43, 385-388.
SAXE, L. (1991). Science and the CQT polygraph : A
theoretical critique. Integrative Physiological &
Behavioral Science, 26, 223-231.
BAREFOOT, J. (1974). The polygraph story. New
York : Cluett Peabody and Co.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1991). Why (some) Americans believe in the
lie detector while others believe in the guilty knowledge
tes. Integrative Psychological & Behavioral
Science, 26, 214-222.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1974). Psychology and the lie detector
industry. American Psychologist, 29, 725-739.
IACONO, W.G. (1991). Can we determine the accuracy of
polygraph tests ? In J.R. Jennings, P.K. Ackles &
M.G.H. Coles (Eds.), Advances in psychophysiology
(pp. 201-207). London : Jessica Kingsley.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1975). The right way to use a lie detector.
Psychology Today, 8, 56-60.
PATRICK, C.J. & IACONO, W.G. (1991). A comparison of
field and laboratory polygraphs in the detection of
deception. Psychophysiology, 28, 632-638.
CLIFTON, C. (1991). Deception detection : Winning the
polygraph game. Boulder, Colorado : Paladin Press.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1975). The lie detector industry : Just nine
years more to 1984. Modern Medicine, 43, 59-63.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1991). The lie detector controversy : An
alternative solution. In J.R. Jennings, P.K. Ackles &
M.G.H. Coles (Eds.), Advances in psychophysiology.
London : Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
SAXE, L. (1991). Lying : Thoughts of an applied social
psychologist. American Psychologist, 46 (4),
409-415.
PATRICK, C.J. & IACONO, W.G. (1991). Validity of the
control question polygraph test : The problem of sampling
bias. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76,
229-238.
BARLAND, C. & RASKIN, D. (1976). Validity and
reliability of polygraph examinations of criminal
suspect (report).
STEINBROOK, R. (1992). The polygraph test a flawed
diagnotic method. The New England Journal of
Medicine, 327, 122-123.
HORVATH, F. (1977). The effect of selected variables on
interpretation of polygraph records. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 62, 127-136.
HONTS, C.R. & PERRY, M.V. (1992). Polygraph
admissibility : Changes and challenges. Law &
Human Behaviour, 16, 357-379.
FIEDLER, K. & WALKA, I. (1993). Training lie detectors
to use nonverbal cues instead of global heuristics. Human
Communication Research, 20 (2), 199- 223.
SAXE, L. (1994). Detection of deception. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 3, 69-73.
REID, J.E. & INBAU, F.E. (1977). Truth and
deception : The polygraph ("lie detector") technique.
Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins.
HONTS, C.R., RASKIN, D.C. & KIRCHER, J.C. (1994).
Mental and physical countermeasures reduce the accuracy of
polygraph tests. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79 (2),
252-259.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1978). The psychopath and the lie detector.
Psychophysiology, 15, 137-142.
HONTS, C.R. & QUICK, B.D. (1995). The polygraph in
1995 : Progress in science and the law. North Dakota
Law Review, 71, 987-1020.
FUREDY, J.J. (1996). The North American polygraph and
psychophysiology : Disinterested, uninterested, and
interested perspectives. International Journal of
Psychophysiology, 21 (21-3), 97-105.
IACONO, W.G. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1997). The validity of
the lie detector : Two surveys of scientific opinion. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 82 (3), 426-433.
HOROWITZ, S.W., KIRCHER, J.C., HONTS, C.R. & RASKIN,
D.C. (1997). The role of comparison questions in
physiological detection of deception. Psychophysiology,
34, 108-115.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1998). A tremor in the blood : Uses and
abuses of the lie detector. New York : Plenum.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1978). Uses and abuses of the polygraph. In
H. Pick, H. Leibowitz, J. Singer, A. Steinschneider &
H. Stevenson (Eds.), Psychology : From research to
practice (pp. 171-191). New York : Plenum.
RASKIN, D.C., HONTS, C.R. & KIRCHER, J.C. (1998).
Polygraph techniques. In D.L. Faigman, D. Kaye, M.J. Saks
& J. Sanders (Eds.), The West companion to
scientific evidence. West Publishing Co.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1981/98). A tremor in the blood : Uses
and abuses of the lie detector. New York :
Perseus.
SAXE, L. & BEN-SHAKHAR, G. (1999). Admissibility of
polygraph tests : The application of scientific standards
post-Daubert. Psychology, Public Policy, & Law, 5
(1), 203-223.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1981). The law and the lie detector. Criminal
Defense, 8, 19-27.
CROSS, T.P. & SAXE, L. (2001). Polygraph testing and
sexual abuse : Tle lure of the magic lasso. Child
Maltreatment, 6 (3), 195-206. [PDF]
KLEINMUNTZ, B. & SZUCKO, J.J. (1984). Lie detection in
ancient and modern times : A call for contemporary
scientific study. American Psychologist, 39 (7),
766-776.
IACONO, W.G. (2001). Forensic "lie detection" : Procedures
without scientific basis. Journal of Forensic
Psychology Practice, 1 (1), 75-86.
HONTS, C.R., KIRCHER, J.C. & RASKIN, D.C. (2002). The
scientific status of research on polygraph techniques :
The case for polygraph tests. In D.L. Faigman, D. Kaye,
M.J. Saks & J. Sanders (Eds.), Modern scientific
evidence : The law and science of expert testimony
(Vol. 2, pp. 446-483). West : St. Paul Minnesota.
FIEDLER, K., SCHMOD, J. & STAHL, T. (2002). What is
the current truth about polygraph lie detection ?
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 24, 313-324.
SAXE, L., DOUGHERTY, D. & CROSS, T. (1985). The
validity of polygraph testing : Scientific analysis and
public controversy. American Psychologist, 40,
335-366.
IACONO, W.G. & LYKKEN, D.T. (2002). The scientific
status of research on polygraph techniques : The case
against polygraph tests. In D.L. Faigman, D.H. Kaye, M. J.
Saks & J. Sanders (Eds.), Modern scientific
evidence : The law and science of expert testimony
(Vol. 2, pp. 483-538). St. Paul, MN : West.
SAXE, L., DOUGHERTY, D. & CROSS, T. (1985). Scientific
validity of polygraph testing : A research review and
evaluation. Conference : OA : TM U.S. Congress
Office of Technoly Assessment.
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (2002). The polygraph and
lie detection. Washington, DC : National Academy
Press.
CURTIS, S. (2003). Lies, damned lies and organisational
politics. Industrial & commercial training, 35
(7), 293-297.
HONTS, C.R., HODES, R.L. & RASKIN, D.C. (1985).
Effects of physical countermeasures on the physiological
detection of deception. Journal of Applied Psychology,
70, 177-187.
OKSOL, E.M. & O'DONOHUE, W.T. (2003). A critical
analysis of the polygraph. In W.T.O. Donohue & E.R.
Levensky (Eds.), Handbook of forensic psychology :
Resource for mental health and legal professionals
(pp. 601-634). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.
GRUBIN, D., MADSEN, L., PARSONS, S., SOSNOWSKI, D. &
WARBWERG, B. (2004). A prospective study of the impact of
polygraphy on high-risk behaviors in adult sex offenders.
Sex Abuse, 16, 209-222.
KOKISH, R. (2004). The current role of post-conviction sex
offender polygraph testing in sex offender treatment.
Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 12, 175-194.
FIENBERG, S.E. & STERN, P.C. (2005). In search of the
magic lasso : The truth about the polygraph. Statistical
Science, 20, 249-260.
ARTHER, R.O. (1986). The polygraph's enemies : An update.
Journal of Polygraph Science, 20, 133-136.
RUSCIO, J. (2005). Exploring controversies in the art and
science of polygraph testing. Skeptical Inquirer, 29,
34-39.
BRETT, A.S., PHILLIPS, M. & BEARY, J.F. (1986).
Predictive power of the polygraph : Can the "lie detector"
really detect liars ? The Lancet, 1, 544-547.
KOKISH, R., LEVENSON, J.S. & BLASINGAME, G.D. (2005).
Post-conviction sex offender polygraph examination :
Client-reported perceptions of utility and accuracy. Sexual
Abuse : Journal of Research & Treatment, 17 (2),
211-221.
KLEINMUNTZ, B. (1987). The predictive power of the
polygraph : The lies lie detectors tell. Journal of
the American Medical Association, 257, 189-190.
GRUBIN, D. & MADSEN, L. (2005). Lie detection and the
polygraph : A historical review. Journal of Forensic
Psychiatry & Psychology, 16 (2), 357-369.
IACONO, W.G. & PATRICK, C.J. (2006). Polygraph ("lie
detector") testing : Current status and emerging trends.
In I.B. Weiner & A.K. Hess (Eds.), The handbook
of forensic psychology (pp. 552-588). New York :
John Wiley.
IACONO, W.G. (2008). Accuracy of polygraph techniques :
Problems using confessions to determine ground truth. Physiology
& Behavior, 95 (1-2), 24-26.
IACONO, W.G. & PATRICK, C.J. (1987). What
psychologists should know about lie detection. In I.B.
Weiner & A. K. Hess (Eds.), Handbook of forensic
psychology (pp. 460-489). New York : John Wiley.
MEIJER, E.H. VERSCHUERE, B. MERCKELBACH, H.L. &
CROMBEZ, G. (2008). Sex offender management using the
polygraph : a critical review. International Journal
of Law & Psychiatry 31 (5), 423-429.
FUREDY, J.J. (1987). Evaluating polygraphy from a
psychophysiological perspective : a specific-effect
analysis. Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science,
22, 145-151.
IACONO, W.G. (2008). Effective policing : Understanding
how polygraph tests work and are used. Criminal
Justice & Behavior, 35 (10), 1295-1308. [PDF]
ABRAMS, S. (1989). The complete polygraph handbook. Lexington,
MA : Lexington Books.
ROSKY, J.W. (2013). The (f)utility of post-conviction
polygraph testing. Sexual Abuse : A Journal of
Research & Treatment, 25, 259-281.
PATRICK, C.J. & IACONO, W.G. (1989). Psychopathy,
threat, and polygraph test accuracy. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 74, 347-355.
HONTS, C.R. & REAVY, R. (2015). The comparison
question polygraph test : A contrast of methods and
scoring. Physiology & Behavior, 143, 15-26.
Mensonge (Simulation d'un détecteur) :
En méthodologie,stratégie
de contrôle visant à neutraliser la désirabilité
sociale et qui consiste à faire croire aux sujets que,
pendant qu'ils répondent aux questions d'une entrevue
ou d'un questionnaire,
un détecteur de mensonge
mesure la véracité de leurs réponse.
= Faux détecteur de mensonge, tromperie, pseudo- canal d'enregistrement.
Bogus pipeline.
JONES, E.E. & SIGALL, H. (1971). The bogus pipeline :
A new paradigm for measuring affect and attitude.
Psychological Bulletin, 76 (5), 349-364.
ALEXANDER, M.G. & FISHER, T.D. (2003). Truth and
consequences : using the bogus pipeline to examine sex
differences in self-reported sexuality. The Journal
of Sex Research, 40 (1), 27-35. [PDF]
QUIGLEY-FERNANDEZ, B. & TEDESCHI, J.T. (1978). The
bogus pipeline as a lie detector : Two validity studies.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 247-256.
NIER, J.A. (2005). How dissociated are implicit and
explicit racial attitudes ? A bogus pipeline approach. Group
Processes & GP Intergroup Relation, 8 (1),
39-52. [PDF]
ARKIN, R.M. & LAKE, E.A. (1983). Plumbing the depths
of the bogus pipeline : A reprise. Journal of
Research in Personality, 17, 81-88.
ROESE, N.J. & SMALLMAN, R. (2007). Bogus pipeline. In
R.F. Baumeister & K.D. Vohs (Eds.), Encyclopedia
of social psychology (Vol. 1, p. 123). New York :
Sage.
ROESE, N.J. & JAMIESON, D.W. (1993). Twenty years of
bogus pipeline research : A critical review and
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 114,
363-375. [PDF]
PLANT, E.A., DEVINE, P.G. & BRAZY P.C. (2003). The
bogus pipeline and motivations to respond without
prejudice : Revisiting the fading and faking of Racial
Prejudice. Group Processes Intergroup
Relations, 6 (2), 187-200.
TOURANGEAU, R., SMITH, T.W. & RASINSKI, K.A. (1997).
Motivation to report sensitive behaviors on surveys :
Evidence from a bogus pipeline experiment. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 27, 209-222.
VERSCHUERE, B., PRATI, V. & DE HOUWER, J. (2009).
Cheating the lie detector : Faking in the autobiographical
implicit association test. Psychological Science, 20
(4), 410-413.
CUNNINGHAM, D. & CABANAC, M. (1971). Evidence from
behavioural thermoregulatory responses of a shift in
setpoint temperature related to the menstrual cycle.
Journal of Physiology, 63, 236-238.
HAUSMANN, M., SLABBEKORN, D., VAN GOOZEN, S.H.M.,
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & GÜNTÜRKÜN, O. (2000). Sex
hormones affect spatial abilities during the menstrual
cycle. Behavioral Neuroscience, 114 (6),
1245-1250. [PDF]
McCLINTOCK, M. (1971). Menstrual synchrony and
suppression. Nature, 229 (5282), 244-245.
RASHOTTE, M.E., SEDUNOVA, E.V., JOHNSON, F. &
PASTUKHOV, I.U. (2001). Influence of food and water
availability on undirected singing and energetic status in
adult male zebra finches (Taeniopygia guttata). Physiology
& Behavior, 74, 533-541.
LUSCHEN, M.E. & PIERCE, D.M. (1972). Effect of
menstrual cycle on mood and sexual arousability. The
Journal of Sex Research, 8, 41-47.
GANGESTAD, S.W., THORNHILL, R. & GARVER, C.E. (2002).
Changes in women’s sexual interests and their partners’
mate-retention tactics across the menstrual cycle :
Evidence for shifting conflicts of interest. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of London B, 269, 975-982.
HARLAP, S. (1979). Gender of infants conceived on
different days of the menstrual cycle. New England
Journal of Medicine, 300, 1445–1448.
SHERIF, C.W. (1979). Social values, attitudes, and
involvement of the self and somatic changes during the
menstrual cycle. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation,
27, 1-64.
ROBERTS, T.A., GOLDENBERG, J., POWER, C. &
PYSZCZYNSKI, T. (2002). Feminine protection : The effects
of menstruation on attitudes towards women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 26 (2), 131-139.
GRAHAM, C.A. & MCGREW, W.C. (1980). Menstrual
synchrony in female under-graduates living on a
coeducational campus. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 5,
245-252.
SEYFRIED, L.S. & MARCUS, S.M. (2003). Postpartum mood
disorders. International Journal of Psychiatry, 15
(3), 231-242.
MURRAY, R.D., BOUR, E.S. & SMITH, E.O. (1985). Female
menstrual cyclicity and sexual behavior in stumptail
macaques (Macaca arctoides). International Journal of
Primatology, 6, 101-113.
CLOUGH, S. (2003). What is menstruation for ? On the
projectibility of functional predicates in menstruation
research. Studies in the History & Philosophy of
the Biological & Biomedical Sciences 33 (4),
719-732.
JACKSON, J.L. & OLASOV, B. (1987). Effects of
expectancies on women's reports of moods during the
menstrual cycle. Psychosomatic Medicine, 49,
65-78.
JOHNSTON-ROBLEDO, I., BALL, M., LAUTA, K. & ZEKOLL, A.
(2003). To bleed or not to bleed : Young women's attitudes
toward menstrual suppression. Women & Health, 38
(3), 59-75.
DELANEY, J. (1988). The curse : A cultural history of
menstruation. Urbana : University of Illinois
Press.
STEINER, M., DUNN, E. & BORN, L. (2003). Hormones and
mood : from menarche to menopause and beyond. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 74 (1), 67-83.
DAVYDOV D.M. & SHAPIRO, D. (2003). Moods in everyday
situations : Effects of menstrual cycle, work and
personality. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 56,
27-33.
McFARLAND, C., ROSS, M. & DECOURVILLE, N. (1989).
Women's theories of menstruation and biases in recall of
menstrual symptoms. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 57, 522-531.
JOHNSTON, L., ARDEN, K., MACRAE, C.N. & GRACE, R.
(2003). The need for speed : The menstrual cycle and
personal construal. Social Cognition, 21,
89-100.
JACKSON, J.L. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (1990). Religious
influence on menstrual attitudes and symptoms. Women
& Health, 16, 63-78.
JONES, B.C., LITLLE, A.C. BOOTHROYD, L.G., DeBRUINE, L.M.,
FEINBERG, D.R., LAW- SMITH, M.J. CORNWELL, R.E., MOORE,
F.R. & PERRETT, D.I. (2005). Commitment to
relationships and preferences for femininity and apparent
health in faces are strongest on days of the menstrual
cycle when progesterone level is high. Hormones &
Behavior, 48 (3), 283-290. [PDF]
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. (1994). Preoccupation with weight and
menstrual function in female elite athletes.
Scandinavian Journal of Medicine & Science in
Sports, 3, 156-163.
GANGESTAD, S.W., SIMPSON, J.A., COUSINS, A.J.,
GARVER-APGAR, C.E. & CHRISTENSEN, P.N. (2004). Women’s
preferences for male behavioral displays change across the
menstrual cycle. Psychological Science, 15,
203-207.
FROST, P. (1994). Preference for darker faces in
photographs at different phases of the menstrual cycle :
preliminary assessment of evidence for a hormonal
relationship. Perceptual & Motor Skills 79,
507-514.
FEINBERG, D.R., JONES, B.C., LAW SMITH, M.J., MOORE, F.R.,
DEBRUINE, L.M., CORNWELL, R.E., HILLIER, S.G. &
PERRETT, D.I. (2006). Menstrual cycle, trait estrogen
level, and masculinity preferences in the human voice.
Hormones & Behavior, 49, 215-222.
KIM, S. & TOKURA, H. (1995). Effects of menstrual
cycle on dressing behaviour in the cold. Physiological
Behavior, 58, 699-703.
SCHANK, J.C. (2006). Do human menstrual-cycle pheromones
exist ? Human Nature, 17, 448-470.
YANG, Z. & SCHANK, J.C. (2006). Women do not
synchronize their menstrual cycles. Human Nature, 17
(4), 433-447. [PDF]
HARLOW, S.D. & EPHROSS, S.A. (1995). Epidemiology of
menstruation and its relevance to women's health. Epidemiologic
Reviews, 17, 265-286.
HASELTON, M.G., MORTEZAIE, M., PILLSWORTH, E.G.,
BLESKE-RECHEK, A. & FREDERICK, D.A. (2007). Ovulatory
shifts in human female ornamentation : Near ovulation,
women dress to impress. Hormones & Behavior, 51,
40-45.
STRASSMANN, B.I. (1997). The biology of menstruation in
Homo sapiens : Total lifetime menses, fecundity, and
nonsynchrony in a natural-fertility population.
Current Anthropology, 38, 123-129.
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. & TORSTVEIT, M.K. (2007). The
female football player, disordered eating, menstrual
dysfunction and bone health. British Journal of Sport
Medicine, 41 (S1), 68-72.
[PDF]
KIM, S. & TOKURA, H. (1997). Cloth colour preference
under the influence of menstrual cycle. Applied Human
Science, 16, 149-151. [PDF]
DREHER, J., SCHMIDT, P.J., KOHN, P., FURMAN, D., RUBINOW,
D. & BERMAN, K.F. (2007). Menstrual cycle phase
modulates reward-related neural function in women. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 104, 2465-2470.
[PDF]
PIPITONE, R.N. & GALLUP, G.G. (2008). Women’s voice
attractiveness varies across the menstrual cycle. Evolution
& Human Behavior, 29, 268-274.
GANGESTAD, S.W. & THORNHILL, R. (1998). Menstrual
cycle variation in women’s preferences for the scent of
symmetrical men. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London B, 265, 727-733.
GANGESTAD, S.W. & THORNHILL, R. (2008). Human oestrus.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 275, 991-1000.
[PDF]
EPTING, L.K. & OVERMAN, W.H. (1998). Sex-sensitive
tasks in men and women : a search of performance
fluctuations across the menstrual cycle. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 112, 1304-1317.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2009). Menstrual cycle phases and female
receptivity to a courtship solicitation : An evaluation in
a night-club. Evolution & Human Behavior, 30,
351-355.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2009). The receptivity of women to courtship
solicitation across the menstrual cycle : A field
experiment. Biological Psychology, 80 (3),
321-324.
DEBRUINE, L., JONES, B.C., FREDERICK, D.A, HASELTON, M.G.,
PENTON-VOAK, I.S. & PERRETT, S.I. (2010). Evidence for
menstrual cycle shifts in women’s preferences for
masculinity : A response to Harris : "Menstrual cycle and
facial preferences reconsidered. Evolutionary
Psychology, 8 (4), 768-775. [PDF]
SUSCHINSKY, K.D., BOSSIO, J.A. & CHIVERS, M.L. (2014).
Women's genital sexual arousal to oral versus penetrative
heterosexual sex varies with menstrual cycle phase at
first exposure. Hormones & Behavior, 65,
319-327.
Menstruations (Synchronisation) : Effet McClintock :a)
Phénomème biosocial que l'on observe chez certains mammifères
chez qui les cycles menstruels des
femelles qui vivent en groupe
(tamarin, chimpanzé,hamster,
rat, etc) se synchroniseraient grâce à la présence dans le nez
des femelles de ces espèces
d'un organe - l'organe
de Jacobson ou organe voméro-nasal - qui permet la
détection des phéromones
produites lors des menstruations. b) Chez l'humain,
l'hypothèse proposée par McClintock selon
laquelle les cycles menstruels des
femmes qui vivent en petits groupes (religieuses, dortoir d'élèves
ou de militaire, équipe sportive, etc) se synchronisent
progressivement, comme d'autres mammifères, n'a jamais été
confirmée de façon claire. Il semble que l'atrophie de l'odorat
chez l'humain expliquerait cette incapacité à détecter les
phéromones. = Phénomène du dortoir,
effet McClintock, pseudo-effet McClintock. Human
menstrual synchrony, McClintock effect.
a
MONFORT, S.L., BUSH, M. & WILDT, D.E. (1996). Natural
and induced ovariansynchrony in golden lion tamarins
(Leontopithecus rosalia). Biology of Reproduction, 55,
875-882.
SCHANK, J.C. (2001). Do Norway rats (Rattus norvegicus)
synchronize their estrous cycles ? Physiology &
Behavior, 72, 129-139.
SCHANK, J.C. & McCLINTOCK, M.K. (1992). A
coupled-oscillater model of ovarian-cycle synchrony among
female rats. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 157,
317-362.
SCHANK, J.C. (2001). Measurement and cycle variability :
Reexamining the case for ovarian-cycle synchrony in
primates. Behavioral Processes, 56, 131-146.
SCHANK, J.C. (1997). Problems with dimensionless
measurement models of synchrony in biological systems. American
Journal of Primatology, 41, 65-85.
SCHANK, J.C. (2001). Oestrous and birth synchrony in
Norway rats, Rattus norvegicus. Animal Behaviour, 62,
409-415.
SCHANK, J.C. (2000). Can pseudo entrainment explain the
synchrony of estrous cycles among golden hamsters
(Mesocricetus auratus) ? Hormones & Behavior, 38,
94-101.
GATERMANN, R., ULBRICH, K. & WEINANDY, R. 2002).
Asynchrony in the estrous cycles of golden hamsters
(Mesocricetus auratus). Hormones & Behavior, 42
(1), 70-77.
SCHANK, J.C. (2000). Menstrual-cycle variability and
measurement : further cause for doubt.
Psychoneuroendocrinology, 25 (8), 837-847. [PDF]
GRAHAM C.A. & McGREW, W.C. (1980). Menstrual synchrony
in female undergraduates living on a coeducational campus.
Psychoneuroendocrinology, 5, 245-252.
McCLINTOCK, M.K. (1981). Social control of the ovarian
cycle and the function of estrous synchrony. American
zoologist, 21, 243-2
McCLINTOCK, M.K. (1983). Synchronizing ovarian and birth
cycles by female pheromones. In D. Muller-Schwarz &
R.M. Silverstein (Eds.), Chemical signals in
vertebrates. (pp. 159-178). Plenum Press : New
York.
McCLINTOCK, M.K. (1983). Pheromonal regulation of the
ovarian cycle : enhancement, suppression, and synchrony.
In J.G. Vandenberg (Ed.), Pheromones and reproduction
in mammals (pp 113-140). New York : Academic
Press.
GOLDMAN, S.E. & SCHNEIDER, H.G. (1987). Menstrual
synchrony : Social and personality factors. Journal
of Social Behavior & Personality 2,243-250.
WILSON, H.C., KIEFHABER, S.H. & GRAVEL, V. (1991). Two
studies of menstrual synchrony : Negative results.
Psychoneuroendocrinology, 16, 353-359.
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1992). Menstrual synchrony in
female couples. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 17,
171-177.
WILSON, H. (1992). A critical review of menstrual
synchrony research. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 17
(6), 565-591. [PDF]
SCHANK, J.C. (2001). Menstrual-cycle synchrony : Problems
and new directions for research. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 115 (1), 3-15. [PDF]
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1993). Menstrual synchrony
between mothers and daughters and between roommates. Physiology
& Behavior, 53, 943-949.
SCHANK, J.C. (2002). A multitude of errors in
menstrual-synchrony research : Replies to Weller and
Weller (2002) and Graham (2002). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 116,319-322.
WELLER, L. & WELLER, A. (1993). Human menstrual
synchrony : a critical assessment. Neuro-Science
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 17, 427-439.
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1995). Examination of
menstrual synchrony among women basketball players. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
20 (6), 613-622.
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1995). The impact of social
interaction factors on menstrual synchrony in the
workplace. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 20, 21-31.
SCHANK, J.C. (2006). Do human menstrual cycle pheromones
exist ? Human Nature, 17, 448-470.
WELLER, L. & WELLER, A. (1995). Menstrual synchrony :
Agenda for future research. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
20, 377-383.
YANG, Z. & SCHANK, J.C. (2006). Women do not
synchronize their menstrual cycles. Human Nature, 17
(4), 433-447. [PDF]
WELLER, L. & WELLER, A. (1997). Menstrual variability
and the measurement of menstrual synchrony.
Psychoneuroendocrinology, 22 (2), 115-128.
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1997). Menstrual synchrony
under optimal conditions : Bedouin families. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 111, 143-151.
ZLOMKIEWICZ, A. (2006). Menstrual synchrony : Fact or
artifact ? Human Nature, 17 (4), 419-432. [PDF]
McCLINTOCK, M.K. (1998). Whither menstrual synchrony ? Annual
Review of Sex Research, 9, 77-95.
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1998). Prolonged and very
intensive contact may not be conducive to menstrual
synchrony. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 23, 19-32.
WELLER, L., WELLER, A. KORESH-KAMIN, H. & BEN-SHOSAN,
R. (1999). Menstrual synchrony in a sample of working
women. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 24, 449-459.
PETTIT, M. & VIGOR, J. (2015). Pheromones, feminism
and the many lives of menstrual synchrony.
BioSocieties, 10 (3), 271–294.
STRASSMANN, B.I. (1999). Menstrual synchrony pheromones :
cause for doub. Human Reproduction, 14 (3),
579-580.
FAHS, B. (2016). Demystifying menstrual synchrony :
Women's subjective beliefs bout bleeding in tandem with
other women. Women's Reproductive Health, 3 (1),
1-15, [PDF]
SANDLER, A. (2005). Placebo effects in developmental
disabilities : implications for research and practice. Mental
Retardation & Developmental Disabilities Research
Reviews, 11 (2), 164-170. [PDF]
FODOR, J.A. (1975). The langage of thought.
Brighton : The Harvester Press.
Mentalisme : Mental : Doctrine
philosophique qui postule : 1) que l'esprit
existe; 2) que cet esprit a la propriété d'agir
sur les comportements;3) en conséquence, l'objet d'étude de la
psychologie est l'esprit, la "vie mentale", et ses explications
reposent sur des concepts qui
renvoient à des états mentaux.=
dualisme structuraliste./Anti-mentalisme.
Mentalism, mentalism view, mental term.
KANTOR, J.R. (1923). The organismic versus the mentalistic
attitude toward the nervous system. Psychological
Bulletin, 20, 684-692.
UTTAL, W.R. (2000). The war between mentalism and
behaviorism : On the accessibility of mental processes.
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
DASHIELL, J.F. (1923). Review of developing mental power.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 17 (4), 433.
MOORE, J. (2001). On psychological terms that appeal to
the mental. Behavior & Philosophy, 29,
167-186. [PDF]
ESPER, E.A. (1968). Mentalism and objectivism in
linguistics. Amercian Elsevier.
KEAT, R. (1972). A critical examination of B.F. Skinner's
objections to mentalism. Behaviorism, 1, 53-70.
[PDF]
MOORE, J. (1981). On mentalism, methodological
behaviorism, and radical behaviorism. Behaviorism, 9,
55-77.
SCHNAITTER, R. (1984). Skinner on the "mental" and the
"physical". Behaviorism, 12 (1), 1-14. [PDF]
HAYES, S.C. & BROWNSTEIN, A.J. (1986). Mentalism,
behavior-behavior relations, and a behavior-analytic view
of the purposes of science. The Behavior Analyst, 9
(2), 175-190. [PDF]
SPERRY, R.W. (1986). The new mentalist paradigm and
ultimate concern. Perspectives in Biology &
Medicine, 29 (3), 413-422.
ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism,
and conceptual modification. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 345-352.
[PDF]
RACHLIN, H. (1988). Mental, yes; private, no. In A.C.
Catania & S. Harnad (Eds.), The selection of
behavior: The operant behaviorism of B.F. Skinner:
Comments and controversies. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press.
SPERRY, R.W. (1988). Psychology's mentalist paradigm and
the religion /Science tension. American Psychologist,
43 (8), 607-613. [PDF]
STEMMER, N. (2003). Covert behavior and mental terms : A
reply to Moore. Behavior & Philosophy, 31,
165-171. [PDF]
STEMMER, N. (1990). Skinner’s verbal behavior, Chomsky’s
review, and mentalism. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 54, 307-319. [PDF]
LEIGLAND, S. (2003). Private events and the language of
the mental : comments on Moore. Behavior &
Philosophy, 31, 159-164. [PDF]
MOORE, J. (1990). On mentalism, privacy, and behaviorism.
Journal of Mind & Behavior, 11, 19-36.
MOORE, J.C. (2003). Behavior analysis, mentalism, and the
path to social justice. The Behavior Analyst, 26
(2), 181-193. [PDF]
SPERRY, R.W. (1991). In defense of mentalism and emergent
interaction. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 12,
221-245. [PDF]
SPERRY, R.W. (1992). Turnabout on consciousness : a
mentalist view. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 13,
259-280. [PDF]
RACHLIN, H. (2007). A behavioral science of mental life :
comments on foxall's "intentional behaviorism".
Behavior and Philosophy, 35, 131-138. [PDF]
SPERRY, R.W. (1993). A mentalist view of consciousness. Social
Neuroscience Bulletin, 6 (2), 15-19.
PERNER, J. (2010). Who took the cog out of cognitive
science ? Mentalism in an era of anti-cognitivism. In P.
Frensch and R. Schwarzer (Eds.), Cognition and
Neuropsychology : International perspectives on
psychological science (Vol. 1). Psychology Press.
GEWIRTZ, J.L. & PÈLAEZ-NOGUERAS, M. (1993).
"Expectancy" : Sleight-of-hand mentalism, not mechanism or
process. American Psychologist, 48 (11),
1156-1157.
YOUNG, R. (1994). Mental space. London : Process
Press.
CARRUTHERS, P. & FLETCHER, L. (2013). Behavior-reading
versus mentalizing in animals. In J. Metcalfe and H.
Terrace (Eds.), Agency and joint attention. OUP.
[PDF]
THOMPSON, N.S. & DERR, P.G. (1995/1996). On the use of
mental terms in behavioral ecology and sociobiology. Behavior
& Philosophy, 23 (3)/24 (1), 31-37. [PDF]
HINELINE, P.N. (2013). The evolving behaviorist/mentalist
disagreements. Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis,
39, 81-89.
Mentalisme (Anti) :Doctrine philosophique selon laquelle l'esprit, s'il existe, n'a aucune influence sur le comportement.
Ne pas confondre avec le monisme
qui, lui, nie l'existence de l'esprit.Antimentalism.
SKINNER, B.F. (1971). Beyond freedom and dignity.
New York : Alfred A. Knop.
KEAT, R. (1972). A critical examination of B.F. Skinner's
objections to mentalism. Behaviorism, 1, 53-70.
[PDF]
DECOCK, L. (2010). Quine's antimentalism in linguistics. Logique et Analyse, 212, 371-385.
Mentalisme (Néo-) : Expression proposée par Paivio.Neomentalism.
PAIVIO, A. (1975). Neomentalism. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 29 (4), 263-291.
Mentalisme descriptif : Expression proposée par Zuriff pour distinguer les descriptions du comportement qui font appel à des concepts mentaux (EX: Il est déprimé), des explications qui
reposent sur des concepts mentaux (EX: Il est
déprimé parce que mon surmoi est trop fort). Mentalisme
descriptif, explicatifetempirique.Descriptive
mentalism.
ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism,
and conceptual modification. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 345-352.
[PDF]
Mentalisme empirique : Expression proposée par Zuriff
pour désigner le raport verbal d'un expérience en termes
mentalistes. EX: Je suis déprimé ou je suis
déprimé parce que mon surmoi est trop fort. Mentalisme descriptif,explicatifetempirique.
Experiential mentalism.
ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism,
and conceptual modification. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 345-352.
[PDF]
Mentalisme explicatif : Expression proposée par Zuriff
pour distinguer des explications qui reposent sur des concepts
mentaux (EX: Il est déprimé parce que mon surmoi
est trop fort), des descriptions du comportement qui font appel à
des concepts mentaux
(EX: Il est déprimé). Mentalisme descriptif,
explicatif etempirique.Explanatory mentalism.
Mentalisme idéologique : Conception selon laquelle les idées
et les idéologies sont
les principaux déterminants
des décisions politiques/économiques et des changements sociaux
(plutôt que le pouvoir, les effets de nombre, les forces
productives, etc.). EX: En économie, on dira que
les decisions sont prises par un minsitre de l'économie keynésien
ou un néo-libéral.
= Superstructure.
/Infrastructure.
Mentalisme
social : Désigne la tendance à expliquer les phénomènes
sociaux en recourant à des causes individuelles, internes et
innées, et en négligeant les causes externes, sociales ou
environnementales. EX: Les individus de
certaines ethnies sont naturellement racistes ou antisémites. =
psychologisme. Social mentalism.
Mentorat : Mentor : Aide et encadrement systématique offert par un employé d'expérience (ou un étudiant)- le mentor - à d'autres employés moins compétents ou plus jeunes (ou étudiant). Contrairement au tuteur, le mentor n'est pas formé par un expert.= Conseiller, accompagnement professionnel. Mentorat etmentorat à distance.* Tutorat.Mentor, mentoring, coaching.
KRAM, K.E. (1983). Phases of the mentor relationship. Academy
of Management Journal, 26, 608-625.
RAGINS, B.R., COTTON, J.L & MILER, J.S. (2000).
Marginal mentoring : The effects of type of mentor,
quality of relationship, and program design on work and
career attitudes. Academy of Management Journal, 43,
1177-1194.
BURKE, R.J. (1984). Mentors in organizations. Group
& Organization Studies, 9, 353-372.
SOUCY, N. & LAROSE, S. (2000). Attachment and control
in family and mentoring contexts as determinants of
adolescent adjustment to college. Journal of Family
Psychology, 14, 125-143.
BOWEN, D. (1985). Were men meant to mentor women ? Training
& Development Journal, 39, 31-34.
DARLING, N., HAMILTON, S., TOYOKAWA, T. & MATSUDU, S.
(2000). Naturally occurring mentoring in Japan and the
United States : Social roles and correlates. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 30 (2), 245-270.
[PDF]
DALOZ, L. (1986). Effective teaching and mentoring :
Realizing the transformational power of adult learning
experiences. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
WRIGHT C.A. & WRIGHT, S.D. (1987). The role of mentors
in the career development of young professionals.
Family Relations, 36, 204-208.
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation
d'une intervention de mentorat visant à reduire le risque
de décrochage scolaire. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-Education, 29 (1), 65-86.
NOE, R.A. (1988). An investigation of the determinants of
successful assigned mentoring relationships. Personnel
Psychology, 41, 457-479.
DENNISON, S. (2000). A win-win peer mentoring and tutoring
program : A collaborative model. Journal of Primary
Prevention, 20, 161-174.
HAMILTON, S.F. & DARLING, N. (1989). Mentors in
adolescents’ lives. In K. Hurrelmann & U. Engel
(Eds.), The social world of adolescents. New
York : DeGruyter.
LYONS, W.L., SCROGGINS, D. & RULE, P.B. (1990). The
mentor in graduate education. Studies in Higher
Education, 15, 277-285.
McPARTLAND, J.M. & NETTLES, S.M. (1991). Using
community adults as advocates or mentorsfor at-risk middle
school students : A two-year evaluation of project RAISE.
American Journal of Education, 99, 568-586.
HAMILTON, S.F. & HAMILTON, M.A. (1992). Mentoring
programs : Promise and paradox. Phi Delta Kappan, 73,
546-550.
LINNEHAN, F. (2001). The relation of a work-based
mentoring program to the academic performance and behavior
of African-American students. Journal of Vocational
Behavior, 59 (3), 310-325.
CHAO, G.T., WALTZ, P.M. & GARDNER, P.D. (1992). Formal
and informal mentorships : A comparison on mentoring
functions and contrast with nonmentored counterparts.
Personnel Psychology, 45, 619-636.
PHILLIP, K. & HENDRY, L.B. (2001). Making sense of
mentoring or mentoring making sense ? Reflections on the
mentoring process by adults mentors with young people. Journal
of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 10, 211-223
MONAGHAN, J. (1992). Mentoring : Person, process, practice
and problems. British Journal of Educational Studies,
40 (3), 248-263.
HIGGINS, M.C. & KRAM, K.E. (2001). Reconceptualizing
mentoring at work : A developmental network perspective. Academy
of Management Journal, 26, 264-288.
RAGINS, B.R. & COTTON, J. (1993). Gender and
willingness to mentor in organizations. Journal of
Management, 19 (1), 97-111.
KLAW, E. & RHODES, J.E. (1995). Mentor relationships
and the career development of pregnant and parenting
African-American teenagers. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 19, 551-562.
RAGINS, B.R. (1996). Jumping the hurdles : Barriers to
mentoring women in organizations. Leadership &
Organization Development, 17 (3), 37-44.
LEWIS, G. (1996). Mentoring managers : Strategies for
fostering talent and spreading knowledge. Edinburgh
: Prentice Hall
WANG, J. & ODELL, S.J. (2002). Mentored learning to
teach according to standards-based reform : A critical
review, Review of Educational Research, 72 (3),
481-546.
BAUGH, S.G., LANKAU, M.J. & SCANDURA, T.A. (1996). An
investigation of the effects of protege gender on
responses to mentoring. Journal of Vocational
Behavior, 49, 309-323.
DUBOIS, D. (2002). A participatory approach to increasing
understanding of effective youth mentoring practices Journal
of Prevention & Intervention in the Community, 24
(2), 3-15.
PHILLIP, K. & HENDRY, L.B. (1996). Young people and
mentoring : Towards a typology. Journal of
Adolescence, 19, 189-201.
DUBOIS, D., HOLLOWAY, B.E., VALENTINE, J.C. & COOPER,
H.M. (2002). Effectiveness of mentoring programs for youth
: A meta-analytic review. American Journal of
Community Psychology, 30, 157-197.
SYLVESTRE, C. et THÉORÊT, M. (1996). L'importance d'un
mentor pour les élèves qui risquent d'abandonner l'école.
Vie Pédagogique, mars-avril, 42-44.
McMAHON, M., LIMERICK, B. & GILLIES, J. (2002).
Structured mentoring : A career and transition support
serv- ice for girls. Australian Journal of Career
Development, 11 (2), 7-12.
ALLEN, T.D., POTEET, M.L. & BUROUGHS, S.M. (1997). The
mentor's persective : A qualitative inquiry and future
research agenda. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 51,
70-89.
LINNEHAN, F. (2003). A longitudinal study of work-based,
adult-youth mentoring. Journal of Vocational
Behavior, 63 (1), 40-54.
[PDF]
FAGENSON-ELAND, E.A., MARKS, M. & AMENDOLA, K.L.
(1997). Perceptions of mentoring relationships.
Journal of Vocational Behavior, 51, 29-42.
McMAHON, M., LIMERICK, B. & GILLIES, J. (2004).
Mentoring as a career guidance activity : Fostering
non-traditional career exploration for girls. Canadian
Journal of Career Development, 3 (1), 5-11.
[PDF]
ROGERS, A.M. & TAYLOR, A.S. (1997). Intergenerational
mentoring : A viable strategy for meeting the needs of
vulnerable youth. Journal of Gerontological Social
Work, 28, 125-140.
RAMANI, S., GRUPPEN, L. & KACHUR, E.K. (2006). Twelve
tips for developing effective mentors. Medical
Teacher, 28, 404-408.
WOODD, M. (1997). Mentoring in further and higher
education : Learning from the literature. Education
& Training, 39 (9), 333-343.
WATSON, S. (2006). Virtual mentoring in higher education :
Teacher education and cyber-connections. Teaching
& Learning in Higher Education, 18 (3),
168-179.
[PDF]
MARESCA, M. (1999). Mentoring as a career development
tool. Australian Journal of Career Development, 8
(2), 8-10.
SANTUCCI, A.K., LINGLER, J.H., SCHMIDT, K.L. NOLAN, B.A.D.
THATCHER D.L. & POLK, D.E. (2008). Peer-mentoring
research development meeting : A model for successful
peer-mentoring among junior level researchers.
Academic Psychiatry 32 (6), 493-497.
[PDF]
SIPE, C.L. (1999). Mentoring adolescents : What have we
learned ? In J.B. Grossman (Ed.), Contemporary issues
in mentoring. Philadelphia, PA : Public/Private
Ventures.
TEDDER, M. & LAWY, R. (2009). The pursuit of
"excellence" : mentoring in further education initial
teacher training in England. Journal of Vocational
Education & Training, 61 (4), 413-429.
RAGINS, B.R. & SCANDURA, T.A. (1999). Burden or
blessing ? Expected costs and benefits of being a mentor.
Journal of Organizational Behavior, 20, 493-509.
TOMLINSON, P.D., HOBSON, A.J. & MALDEREZ, A. (2010).
Mentoring in teacher education. In B. McGaw, P.L. Peterson
& E. Baker (Eds.), International encyclopedia of
education. Amsterdam/New York/Oxford : Elsevier.
RAGINS, B.R. & COTTON, J.L. (1999). Mentoring
functions and outcomes : A comparison of men and women in
formal and informal mentoring relationships. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 84, 529-550.
TUMMONS, J. & INGLEBY, E. (2012). The problematics of
mentoring and the professional learning of trainee
teachers in the English Further Education Sector, International
Journal of Adult Vocational Education & Technology,
3 (1), 29-39.
DALOZ, L. (1999). Mentor : Guiding the journey of
adult learners. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
DUCKWORTH, V. & MAXWELL, B. (2015). Extending the
mentor role in initial teacher education : embracing
social justice. International Journal of Mentoring
& Coaching in Education, 4 (1), 4-20.
THEOBALD, K., NANCARROW, E. & MCCOWAN, C. (1999).
Career mentoring : A career development-enhancing strategy
for university students in transition to employment. Australian
Journal of Career Development, 8 (2), 3-7.
WHEELDON, R.S. & LEHMANN, J.P. (1999). Establishing a
telementoring program that can beused in vocational
classes. Journal for Vocational Special Needs
Education, 21 (3), 32-37.
HOMITZ, D.J. & BERGE, Z.L. (2008). Using e-mentoring
to sustain distance training and education. The
Learning Organization, 15, 326-335.
SHPIGELMAN, C.-N., REITER, S. & WEISS, P.L. (2008).
E-mentoring for youth with special needs : Preliminary
results. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 11,
196-200.
MENZEL, E.W. & DAVENPORT, R.K. (1961). Preference for
clear versus distorted viewing in the chimpanzee. Science,
134 (3489), 1531.
MENZEL, E.W. (1969). Naturalistic and experimental
approaches to primate behavior. Willems E, Raush H.
(Eds.), Naturalistic viewpoints in psychological
research. New York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
MENZEL, E.W. (1975). Purposive behavior as a basis for
objective communication between chimpanzees. Science,
189, 652-654.
MENZEL, E.W., SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S & LAWSON, J.
(1985). Chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes) spatial problem
solving with the use of mirrors and televised equivalents
or mirrors. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 99,
211-217.
MENZEL, R. (1979). Behavioral access to short-term memory
in bees. Nature, 281, 368-369.
MENZEL, R. (1985). Learning in honey bees in an ecological
and behavioral context. In B. Hölldobler and M. Lindauer
(Eds.), Experimental behavioral ecology (pp.
55-74). Stuttgart : Gustav Fischer Verlag.
MENZEL, R. & MERCER, A.R. (1987). Neurobiology and
behavior of honeybees. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York :
Springer.
MENZEL, R. & GIURFA, M. (2001). Cognitive architecture
of a mini-brain : The honeybee. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 5, 62-71.
MENZEL, R. & GIURFA, M. (2006). Dimensions of
cognition in an insect, the honeybee. Behavioral
& Cognitive Neuroscience Reviews, 5, 24-40. [PDF]
RUSSELL, J.A. (1991). Negative results on a reported
facial expression of contempt. Motivation &
Emotion, 15, 281-291.
FREDERICSON, I. (2010). Commentary I. Contempt. Gestalt
Review, 14, 232-234.
WAGNER, H.L. (2000). The accessibility of the term
"contempt" and the meaning of the unilateral lip curl. Cognition & Emotion, 14, 689-710.
MATSUMOTO, D. & EKMAN, P. (2004). The relationship
among expressions, labels, and descriptions of contempt. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 87, 529-540
FISCHER, A.H. & ROSEMAN, I.J. (2007). Beat them or ban
them : The characteristics and social functions of anger
and contempt. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 93, 103-115.
FREDERICSON, I. (2010). Commentary I. Contempt. Gestalt
Review, 14, 232-234.
HUTCHERSON, C.A. & GROSS, J.J. (2011). The moral
emotions : A social-functionalist account of anger,
disgust, and contempt. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 100 (4), 719-737.
[PDF]
MATSUMOTO, D. (1992). More evidence for the universality
of a contempt expression. Motivation & Emotion,
16, 363-368.
MELWANI, S. & BARSADE, S.G. (2011). Held in contempt :
the psychological, interpersonal, and performance
consequences of contempt in a work context. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 101,
503-520.
MINDELL, C. (1994). Shame and contempt in the everyday
life of the psychotherapist. Psychiatric Quarterly,
65,31-47.
MELWANI, S., MUELLER, J.S. & OVERBECK, J.R. (2012).
Looking down : The influence of contempt and compassion on
emergent leadership categorizations. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 97,1171-1185.
SMITH, A.T.H. (1997). Contempt, free press and fair trial
: A "permanent shift" ? The Cambridge Law Journal, 56
(3), 467-469
UFKES, E.G., OTTEN, S., VAN DER ZEE, K.I., GIEBELS, E.
& DOVIDIO, J.F. (2012). The effect of stereotype
content on anger versus contempt in "day-to-day"
conflicts. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations,
15, 57-74.
ROZIN, P., LOWERY, L, IMADA, S. & HAIDT, J. (1999).
The CAD triad hypothesis : A mapping between three moral
emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three moral codes
(community, autonomy, divinity). Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 76, 574-586.
[PDF]
SCHRIBER, R.A., CHUNG, J.M., SORENSON, K.S. & ROBINS,
R.W. (2017). Dispositional contemt : A first look at the
contemptuous person. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 113 (2), 280-309. [PDF]
Mercenaire : Toute personne
qui est payée pour joindre les rangs d'une armée étrangère et se battre pour un pays autre que le sien. Les mercenaires ne sont pas des volontaires, ils sont rémunéré pour leur travail, par le pays qui les engage ou
par une société militaire privée.
Il s'agit généralement de soldats
à la retraite ou d'ex-militaires.Mercenary.
ATWOOD, R. (1980). The Hessians : Mercenaries from
Hessen-Kassel in the American revolution. Cambridge
University Press.
FETTER, F.W. (1980) Who were the foreign mercenaries of
the Declaration of Independence ? Pennsylvania
Magazine of History & Biography, 104 (4),
508–513.
THOMPSON, J.E. (1994). Mercenaries, pirates, and
sovereigns : state-building and extraterritorial
violence in early modern Europe. Princeton
University Press.
ARNOLD, G. (1999).Mercenaries : The Scourge of
the Third World. Palgrave Macmillan.
RENOU, X. (2006). La privatisation de la violence :
mercenaires et sociétés militaires privées au service du
marché. Agone.
MOCKLER, A. (2007).Hired guns and coups d'etat
: Mercenaries : Thirty years 1976–2006. Hunter
Mackay.
SCAHILL, J. (2007). Blackwater : The rise of the
world's most powerful mercenary army. Nation Books.
MERCER, N., DAWES, R., WEGERIF, R. & SAMS, C. (2004).
Reasoning as a scientist : ways of helping children to use
language to learn science. British Educational
Research Journal, 30 (3), 367-385. [PDF]
MERCER, N. & SAMS, C. (2006). Teaching children how to
use language to solve maths problems. Language and
Education, 20 (6), 507-528. [PDF]
MERCER, N. (2008). The seeds of time : Why classroom
dialogue needs a temporal analysis. Learning
Sciences, 17, 33-59. [PDF]
MERCER, N. (2010). The analysis of classroom talk :
Methods and methodologies. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 80, 1-14. [PDF]
MERCER, N. (2013). The social brain, language, and
goal-directed collective thinking : a social conception of
cognition and its implications for understanding how we
think, teach, and learn. Educational Psychologist, 48
(3), 148-168.
Mère (Fille-) : Jeune femme
de moins de 18 ans qui donne naissance à un enfant et s'en occupe,
et donc joue le rôle de mère.Adolescent
mother, adolescent motherhood.
COLLETTA, N., HADLER S. & GREGG, C.H. (1981). How
adolescents cope with the problems of early motherhood. Adolescence,
16 (63), 499-512.
SMITH BATTLE, L. (2000). Developing a caregiving tradition
in opposition to one's past : Lessons from a longitudinal
study of teenage mothers. Public Health Nursing, 17,
85–93.
PANZARINE, S. (1986). Stressors, coping and social
supports of adolescent mothers. Journal of Adolescent
Health Care, 7, 153–161.
HANNA, B. (2001). Negotiating motherhood :The struggles of
teenage mothers. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 34
(4), 456-464.
DORMINE, S., STRAUSS, S. & CLARKE, B. (1988). Social
support and adaptation to the parent role in first time
adolescent mothers. Journal of Gynecology & Neonatal
Nursing, July/August, 327-337.
SADLER, L.S., ANDERSON, S.A. & SABATELLI, R.M. (2001).
Parental competence among African American adolescent
mothers and grandmothers. Journal of Pediatric
Nursing, 16 (4), 217–233.
UNGER, D.G. & WANDERSMAN, L.P. (1988).The relation of
family and partner support to the adjustment of adolescent
mothers. Child Development, 59, 1056–1060.
WHITEHEAD, E. (2001). Teenage pregnancy : On the road to
social death. International Journal of Nursing
Studies, 38, 437–446.
HECHTMAN, L. (1989).Teenage mothers and their children :
Risks and problems : A review. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 34 (6), 569-575.
DEJONGE, A. (2001). Support for teenage mothers : A
qualitative study into the views of women about the
support they received as teenage mothers. Journal of
Advanced Nursing, 36 (1), 49-57.
FARBER, N. B. (1991).The process of pregnancy resolution
among adolescent mothers. Adolescence, 26 (103),
699-716.
CLEMMENS, D. (2003). Adolescent motherhood : A
meta-synthesis of qualitative studies. MCN : American
Journal of Maternal Child Nursing, 28 (2), 93-99.
ARENSON, J.D. (1994). Strengths and self-perceptions of
parenting in adolescent mothers. Journal of Pediatric
Nursing, 9 (4), 251-257.
FULFORD, A. & FORD-GILBOE, M. (2004). An exploration
of the relationships between health promotion practices,
health work, and felt stigma in families headed by
adolescent mothers. Canadian Journal of Nursing
Research, 36 (4), 46-72. [PDF]
SMITH BATTLE, L. (1995).Teenage mothers' narratives of
self : An examination of risking the future. Advances
in Nursing Science, 17 (4), 22–36.
KELLY, L.E. (1995). Adolescent mothers : What factors
related to level of preventive health care sought for
their infants ? Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 10
(2), 105–113.
SGARBOSSA, D. & FORD-GILBOE, M. (2004). Mother's
friendship quality, parental support, quality of life and
family health work in families led by adolescent mothers
with preschool children. Journal of Family Nursing, 10
(2), 232–261.
KAPLAN, E.B. (1996). Black teenage mothers and their
mothers : The impact of adolescent childbearing on
daughters' relations with mothers. Social Problems,
43 (4), 427–443.
KELLY, D.M. (1996). Stigma stories : Four discourses about
teen mothers, welfare and poverty. Youth &
Society, 27 (4), 421–449.
HERMANN, M.M., VAN CLEVE, L. & LEVISEN, L. (1998).
Parenting competence, social support, and self-esteem in
teen mothers case managed by public health nurses. Public
Health Nursing, 15 (6), 432-439.
NIELSEN, F. (1995). Meritocratic and monopoly inequality :
A computer simulation of income distribution. Journal
of Mathematical Sociology, 20, 319-350.
BREEN, R. & GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (1999). Class inequality
and meritocracy : a critique of Saunders and an
alternative analysis. British Journal of Sociology,
50, 1-27.
FEATHER, N.T. & JOHNSTONE, C. (2001). Social norms,
entitlement and deservingness : Differential reactions to
aggressive behavior of schizophrenic and personality
disorder patients. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 27, 755-767.
APPLEBAUM, L.D. (2001). The influence of perceived
deservingness on policy decisions regarding aid to the
poor. Political Psychology, 22 (3), 419-442. [PDF]
SMITH, H.J. (2002). Thinking about deservingness. Social
Justice Research, 15 (4), 409-422.
[PDF]
VAN OORSCHOT, W. (2006). Making the difference in social
Europe : deservingness perceptions and conditionality of
solidarity among citizens of European welfare states. Journal
of European Social Policy, 16, 23-42.
SAPON-SHEVIN, M. (2010). Meritocracy. In C. Kridel (Ed.),
The Encyclopedia of Curriculum Studies. Los
Angeles : Sage Reference.
SHANE, J. & HECKHAUSEN, J. (2017). It's only a dream
if you wake up : Young adults' achievement expectations,
opportunities, and meritocratic beliefs. International
Journal of Psychology, 52, 40-48.
MERLEAU-PONTY, M. (1942/63). La structure du
comportement. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. / The structure of behavior. Boston : Beacon.
MERLEAU-PONTY, M. (1945). Phénoménologie de la
perception. Paris : Éditions Gallimard. / Phenomenology
of perception. New York : Colin Smith.
MERLEAU-PONTY, M. (1955). Les aventures de la
dialectique. Paris : Éditions Gallimard.
MERLEAU-PONTY, M. (1960/62). Sur la phénoménologie du
langage / Signes. Paris : Éditions Gallimard.
DREYFUS, H.L. (1996). The current relevance of
Merleau-Ponty's phenomenology of embodiment. The
Electronic Journal of Analytic Philosophy, 4, 1-21,
GÉLY, R. (2010).De la vulnérabilité originaire de la vie perceptive à l'événementialité du sens : Réflexions à partir de Merleau-Ponty. Bulletin d'Analyse phenomenologique, 6
(2), 180-203.
SPINA, M. (2012). Norm and normality, starting from
Merleau-Ponty. Phenomenology & Mind, 3,
36-44.
MERRILL, M.D. and the ID2 Research Group. (1996).
Instructional Transaction Theory : instructional design
based on knowledge objects. Educational Technology,
36 (3), 30-37.
MERRILL, M.A. (1917). A note on the distribution by grades
of defective delinquent women in an institution for the
feeble-minded. Journal of Psycho-Asthenics, 22, 175-177.
MERRILL, M.A. (1919). A scale for the individual
measurement of reading ability. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 10, 389-400.
MERRILL, M.A. (1926). Mental differences in children
referred to a psychological clinic. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 10, 470-486.
MERRILL, M.A. (1938). The significance of IQ's on the
Revised Stanford-Binet Scales. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 29, 641-651.
MERRILL, M.A. (1947). Problems of child delinquency.
Boston : Houghton-Mifflin.
MERTON, R.K. (1948). The self-fulfilling prophecy. The
Antioch Review, 8, 193-210. [PDF]
MERTON, R.K. (1948). The bearing of empirical research
upon the development of social theory. American
Sociological Review, 5, 505-515.
MERTON, R.K. (1957/65). Social theory and social
structure. Glencoe : The Free Press/ Éléments
de théorie et de méthode sociologique. Paris :
Plon.
MERTON, R.K. (1965). On the shoulders of giants.
Chicago : The University of Chicago Press.
MERTON, R.K. (1973). The sociology of science,
theoretical and empirical investigations. Chicago :
The University of Chicago Press.
KNORR CETINA, K.D. (1991). Merton's sociology of science :
The first and the last sociology of science ?
Contemporary Sociology, 20 (4), 522-526. [PDF]
SHAPIN, S. (1988). Understandingthe Merton thesis.
Isis, 79, 594-605.
Mérycisme
:Trouble
alimentaire qui se caractérise chez le nourrisson
par de fréquentes régurgitations,
souvent volontaires. =
régurgitation pathologique, rumination. Rumination,
infantile rumination.
FULLERTON, D.T. (1963). Infantile rumination : a case
report. Archives of General Psychiatry, 9,
593-600.
HOLLOWELL, J.R. & GARDNER, L.I. (1965). Rumination and
growth failure in male fraternal twins : association with
disturbed family environment. Pediatrics, 36,
565-571.
WHITE, J.C. & TAYLOR, D.J. (1967). Noxious
conditioning as a treatment for rumination. Mental
Retardation, 5, 30-33.
LUCKEY, R.E., WATSON, C.M. & MUSICK, J.K. (1968).
Aversive conditioning as a means of inhibiting vomiting
and rumination. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 73 (1), 139-142.
SAJWAJ, T., LIBET, J. & AGRAS, S. (1974). Lemon-juice
therapy : the control of life-threatening rumination in a
six-month-old infant. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 7 (4), 557-563. [PDF]
CUNNINGHAM, C.E. & LINSCHEID, T.R. (1976). Elimination
of chronic infant ruminating by electric shock. Behavior
Therapy, 7, 231-234.
LINSCHEID, T.R. & CUNNINGHAM, C.E. (1977). A
controlled demonstration of the effectiveness of electric
shock in the elimination of chronic infant rumination. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (3), 500. [PDF]
MESAGNO, C., MARCHANT, D.B. & MORRIS, T. (2008). A
pre-performance routine to alleviate choking in
"choking-susceptible" athletes. The Sport
Psychologist, 22, 439-457.
MESAGNO, C., MARCHANT, D.B. & MORRIS, T. (2009).
Alleviating choking : the sounds of distraction.
Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 21, 131-147.
MESAGNO, C. & MULLANE-GRANT, T. (2010). A comparison
of different pre-performance routines as possible choking
interventions. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology,
22, 343-360.
MESAGNO, C., HARVEY, J.T. & JANELLE, C.M. (2012).
Choking under pressure : The role of fear of negative
evaluation. Psychology of Sport & Exercise 13,
60-68. [PDF]
MESAGNO, C. & HILL, D.M. (2013). Choking under
pressure debate : Is there chaos in the brickyard ? International
Journal of Sport Psychology - Performance under
Pressure, 4, 288-293.
KLAIBER, A., SCHMID, Y., BECKER, A.M., STRAUMAN, I., ERNE, L., JELUSIC, A., THOMANN, J., LUETHI, D.,LIETCH, M.E. (2024). Acute dose-dependent effects of mescaline in a double-blind placebo-controlled study in healthy subjects. Transl Psychiatry 14, 395 Acute dose-dependent effects of mescaline in a double-blind placebo-controlled study in healthy subjects. Translational Psychiatry, 14 [395], 1-8. [PDF]
ELLIOTSON, J. (1844). Case of epilepsy cured by mesmerism.
The Zoist : A Journal of Cerebral Physiology &
Mesmerism, and their Applications to Human Welfare, 2 (6),
194-238.
KAPLAN, F. (1982). John Elliotson on mesmerism.
New York : Da Capo Press.
ELLIOTSON, J. (1846). Operation without pain in the
mesmeric state. The Zoist : A Journal of Cerebral
Physiology & Mesmerism, & Their Applications to
Human Welfare, 12, 380-383.
DODS, J.B. (1849/50). Six Lectures on the philosophy
of mesmerism. New York : Fowlers and Wells.
RIDGWAY, E.S. (1993). John Elliotson (1791-1868). A bitter
enemy of legitimate medicine ? Part I : Earlier years and
the introduction to mesmerism. Journal of Medical
Biography, 1 (4), 191-198.
ROSEN, G. (1946). Mesmerism and surgery : A strange
chapter in the history of anesthesia. Journal of the
History of Medicine & Allied Sciences, 1 (4),
527-550.
RIDGWAY, E.S. (1993). John Elliotson (1791-1868) : A
bitter enemy of legitimate medicine ? Part II : The
mesmeric scandal and later years. Journal of Medical
Biography, 2 (1), 1-7.
LUDWIG, A.M. (1964). An historical survey of the early
roots of mesmerism. International Journal of Clinical
& Experimental Hypnosis, 12, 205-217.
DARNTON, R. (1968). Mesmerism, and the End of the
Enlightenment in France. Cambridge : Harvard
University Press.
WINTER, A. (1998). Mesmerized : Powers ofMind in
Victorian Britain. Chicago : The University of
Chicago Press.
JAMES, C.D. (1975). Mesmerism : a prelude to anaesthesia.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Medicine, 68
(7), 446-447.
KURSHAN, I. (2006). Mind reading : Literature in the
discourse of early Victorian phrenology and mesmerism. In
M. Willis & C. Wynne (Eds.), Victorian literary
mesmerism (pp. 17-38). Amsterdam : Rodopi.
MESQUITA, R.A. & FRIJDA, N.H. (1992). Cultural
variations ini emotions : A review. Psychological
Bulletin, 112, 179-204.
MESQUITA, B. & WALKER, R. (2003). Cultural differences
in emotions : A context for interpreting emotional
experiences. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 41 (7),
777-793. [PDF]
MESQUITA, B. & HAIRE, A. (2004). Emotion and culture.
In C.D. Spielberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia of applied
psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 731-737). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press. [PDF]
MESQUITA, B. & KARASAWA, M. (2002). Different
emotional lives. Cognition & Emotion, 16 (1),
127-141.
MESQUITA, B., BOIGER, M. & DE LEERSNYDER, J. (2016).
The cultural construction of emotions. Current
Opinion in Psychology, 8, 31-36. [PDF]
Méso :Préfixe qui
signifie «entre deux choses ou intermédiaire».
MESOUDI, A. & WHITEN, A. (2004). The hierarchical
transformation of event knowledge in human cultural
transmission. Journal of Cognition & Culture, 4 (1),
1-24.
MESOUDI, A., WHITEN, A. & LALAND, K.N. (2006). Towards
a unified science of cultural evolution. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 29 (4), 329-383.
MESOUDI, A. (2007). Biological and cultural evolution :
Similar but different. Biological Theory, 2 (2),
119-123.
MESOUDI, A. (2008). Foresight in cultural evolution. Biology
& Philosophy, 23 (2), 243-255.
MESOUDI, A. (2009). How cultural evolutionary theory can
inform social psychology, and vice versa.
Psychological Review, 116, 929-952.
Message : Échange d'information
entre deux sytèmes ou composants de ces système (biologique ou
électronique).
Message.
GREENFIELD, P.M., FARRAR, D. & BEAGLES-ROOS, J.
(1986). Is the medium the message ? An experimental
comparison of the effects of radio and television on
imagination. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 7, 201-218.
JACKSON, S., O'KEEFE, D.J., JACOBS, S. & BRASHERS,
D.E. (1989). Messages as replications : Toward a
message-centered design strategy. Communication
Monographs, 56, 364-384. [PDF]
JACKSON, S., O'KEEFE, D.J. & BRASHERS, D.E. (1994).
The messages replication factor : Methods tailored to
messages as objects of study. Journalism Quarterly,
71, 984-996. [PDF]
O'KEEFE, D.J. (1999). Variability of persuasive message
effects : Meta-analytic evidence and implications. Document
Design, 1, 87-97. [PDF]
WORLEY, R.B. (2000). The medium is not the message.
Business Communication Quarterly, 63, 93-100.
KANG, Y., CAPPELLA, J. & FISHBEIN, M. (2006). The
attentional mechanism of message sensation value :
Interaction between message sensation value and argument
quality on message effectiveness. Communication
Monographs, 73 (4), 351-378.
BARLOW, H.B. (1961). Possible principles underlying the
transformation of sensory messages. Sensory
Communication, 217-234. [PDF]
Message subliminal : Message qui agit
sous le seuil de perception
consciente. Même s'il échappe à la conscience, ce message
influence néanmoins celui qui le perçoit.
La principale technique pour créer un tel message consiste à
intercaler les images de ce
message entre les images d'un film ou d'une publicité,
dans le but d'influencer le spectateur à son insu, et ainsi
le motiver à consommer
un produit, à nourir un désir, etc. NDLR : Les
effets psychologiques de ces messages n'ont jamais été montrés.
Message subliminal, inconscient
et
affaire Bronswick.Subliminal message, hidden persuader.
SPENCE, D.P. (1964). Effects of a continuously flashing
subliminal verbal foor stimulus on subjective hunger
ratings. Psychological Reports, 15, 993-994.
ROGERS, M. & SMITH, K.H. (1993). Public perceptions of
subliminal advertising : Why practitioners shouldn't
ignore the issue. Journal of Advertising Research, 33
(2), 10-18.
MOORE, T.E. (1982). Subliminal advertising : What you see
is what you get. Journal of Marketing, 46,
38-47.
THEUS, K.T. (1994). Subliminal advertising and the
psychology of processing unconscious stimuli : A review of
research. Psychology & Marketing, 11,
271-290.
THORNE, S.B. & HIMELSTEIN, P. (1984). The role of
suggestion in the perception of Satanic messages on
rock-and-roll recordings. Journal of Psychology, 116,
245-248.
TRAPPEY, C. (1996). A meta-analysis of consumer choice and
subliminal advertising. Psychology & Marketing,
13, 517-530.
VOKEY, J.R. & READ, J.D. (1985). Subliminal message :
between the devil and the media. American
Psychologist, 40 (11), 1231-1239.
BROYLES, S.J. (2006). Subliminal advertising and the
perpetual popularity of playing to people’s paranoia. Journal
of Consumer Affairs, 40 (2), 392-406
BERMEITINGER, C., GOELZ, R., JOHR, N., NEUMANN, M., ECKER,
U.K.H. & DOERR, R. (2009). The hidden persuaders break
into the tired brain. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45, 320–326. [PDF]
HESAJE, H., HAMDAR, B., FARHA, G., BOUDIAD, R. &
BEYRUTI, N. (2013). Subliminal marketing : An exploratory
research in Lebanon. Journal of Business &
Management, 1 (3), 112-135. [PDF]
WEI, F.F. & WANG, Y.K. (2010). Students, silent
messages : Can teacher verbal and nonverbal immediacy
moderate student use of text messaging in class ? Communication
Education, 59, 475-496.
WEI, F.F., WANG, Y.K. & KLAUSNER, M. (2012).
Rethinking college students' self-regulation and sustained
attention : Does text messaging during class influence
cognitive learning ? Communication Education, 61, 185-204.
LUO, S. & TUNEY, S. (2015). Can texting be used to
improve romantic relationships ? - the effects of sending
positive text messages on relationship satisfaction. Computers
in Human Behavior, 49, 670-678.
MESSICK, D.M., WILKE, H.A.M., BREWER, M.B., KRAMER, R.M.,
ZEMKE, P.E. & LUI, L. (1983). Individual adaptations
and structural change as solutions to social dilemmas.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44,
294-309.
MESSICK, D.M. & SCHELL, T. (1992). Evidence for an
equality heuristic in social decision making. Acta
Psychologica, 80, 311-323.
MESSICK, D.M. & MacKIE, D. (1999). Intergroup
relations. Review of Psychology, 40 (1), 45-81.
MESSICK, D.M. (1999). Alternative logics for decision
making in social settings. Journal of Economic
Behavior & Organization, 39 (1), 11-28. [PDF]
MESSICK, D.M. (2006). Ethics in groups : The road to hell.
Research on Managing Groups & Teams, 8,
273-282.
MESSICK, S. (1975). The standard problem : Meaning and
values in measurement and evaluation. American
Psychologist, 30, 955-966.
MESSICK, S. (1980). Test validity and the ethics of
assessment. American Psychologist, 35, 1012-1027.
MESSICK, S. (1984). The Psychology of educational
measurement. Journal of Educational Measurement, 21,
215-237.
MESSICK, S. (1994). Foundations of validity : Meaning and
consequences in psychological assessment. European
Journal of Psychological Assessment, 10 (1), 1-9.
MESSICK, S. (1995). Validity of psychological assessment
validation of inferences from Persons' responses and
performances as scientific inquiry into score meaning. American
Psychologist, 50 (9), 741-749. [PDF]
McNAMARA, T. (2006). Validity in language testing : The
challenge of Sam Messick's legacy. Language
Assessment Quarterly : An International Journal, 3, (1),
31–51.
LANDIS, D. & TZENG, O. (2002). Samuel J. Messick
(1931-1998): Obituary. merican Psychologist. Vol. 57 (2),
Feb 2002, 132-133.
WEIDMAN, A. (2012). Validation and validity beyond
Messick. Per Linguam, 3, (2), 1–14.
Mesure : Mesurer : En science, et plus particuLièrement en métrologie,
opération qui consiste à associer les propriétés
des nombres aux objets
(ou à leurs propriétés). NDLR : Au sens strict,
la mesure requiert l'utilisation d'une
métrique. Il ne faut donc pas confondre mesure et évaluation.= Quantifier.
Mesurer, évalueretéchelle de
mesure.Measurement, quantification, scaling.
CATTELL, J.M. (1890). Mental tests and measurements.
Mind, 15, 373-381.
MURRAY, L.W. & DOSSER, D.A. (1987). How significant is
a significant difference ? Problems with the measurement
of magnitude of effect. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 34, 68-72.
SWOYER, C. (1987). The metaphysics of measurement. In J.
Forge (Ed.), Measurement, realism and objectivity
(pp. 235-290). Dordrecht : Reidel.
CATTELL, J.M. & FERRAND, L. (1896). Physical and
mental measurements of the students of Columbia
University. Psychological Review, 3, 618-648.
PAWSON, R. (1989). A measure for measure. New
York : Routledge.
HÖLDER, O. (1901). The axioms of quantity and the theory
of measurement. Berichte über die Verhandlungen der
Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu
Leipzig, Mathematisch- Physische Classe, 53, 1-64.
SUPPES, P., KRANTZ, D.H., LUCE, R.D. & TVERSKY, A.
(1989). Foundations of measurement : Geometrical,
threshold and probabilistic representations. New
York : Academic Press.
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1904). An introduction to the theory
of mental and social measurements. New York : The
Science Press.
LUCE, R.D., KRANTZ, D.H., SUPPES, P. & TVERSKY, A.
(1990). Foundations of measurement : Representation,
axiomatisation and invariance. New York : Academic
Press.
TERMAN, L. (1916). The measurement of intelligence. Boston,
MA : Houghton Mif
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1920). A constant error on psychological
rating. Journal of Applied Psychology, 4, 25-29.
MICHELL, J. (1990). An introduction to the logic of
psychological measurement. Lawrence Erlbaum Ass.
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1923). Measurement in education. In G.M.
Whipple (Ed.), Twenty-first year book of the National
Society for the Study of Education (pp. 1-9).
Bloomington, IN : Public School Publishing.
PECK D.F. & SHAPIRO, C.M. (1990). Measuring human
problems. New York : Wiley.
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1927). The abilities of man, their
nature and measurement. New York : The Macmillan
company.
BARTLETT, R.J. (1940). Measurement in psychology. Advancement
of Science, 1, 422-441.
CLIFF, N. (1992). Abstract measurement theory and the
revolution that never happened. Psychological Science,
3, 186-190.
CATTELL, R.B. (1943). The measurement of adult
intelligence. Psychological Bulletin, 40, 153-19
BLAIS, A. (1993). La mesure. Dans B. Gauthier (Dir.),
Recherche sociale (p. 175-194). St-Foy : Presses de
l'Université du Québec.
REESE, T.W. (1943). The application of the theory of
physical measurement to the measurement of psychological
magnitudes, with three experimental examples. Psychological
Monographs, 55, 1-89.
MARTIN, P. & BATESON, P. (1993). Measuring
behaviour. Cambridge University Press : Cambridge.
BERGMANN, G. & SPENCE, K.W. (1944). The logic of
psychological measurement. Psychological Review,
51 (1), 1-24.
STEVENS, S.S. (1946). On the theory of scales of
measurement. Science, 103 (2684), 677-680. [PDF]
SROUFE, L.A. & KALKOSKE, M. (1993). When, what, and
how to measure in studies of cross-time stability. Psychological
Inquiry, 4, 307-310.
BROWER, D. (1949). The problem of quantification in
psychological science. Psychological Review, 56
(6), 325-333.
PERLOFF, R. (1950). A note on Brower's "the problem of
quantification in psychological science". Psychological
Review, 57 (3), 188-192.
COOMBS, C.H. (1950). Psychological scaling without a unit
of measurement. Psychological Review, 57,
145-158.
CLIFF N. (1992). Abstract measurement theory and the revolution that never happened. Psychological Science, 3, 186-190.
COMREY, A.L. (1950). An operational approach to some
problems in psychological measurement. Psychological
Review, 57, 217-228.
MICHELL, J. (1993). The origins of the representational
theory of measurement : Helmholtz, Holder, and Russell. Studies
in History & Philosophy of Science, 24,
185-206.
STEVENS, S.S. (1951). Mathematics, measurement and
psychophysics. In S.S. Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of
Experimental Psychology (pp. 1-49). New York :
Wiley & Sons.
LANDRUM, R.E. (1993). Thought : Study and measurement. In
F.N. Magill (Ed.), Survey of social science :
Psychology (pp. 2558-2564). Pasadena, CA : Salem
Press.
OSGOOD, C.E. (1952). The nature and measurement of
meaning. Psychological Bulletin, 49, 197-237.
PORTER, T.M. (1995). Trust in numbers : The pursuit
of objectivity in science and public life.
Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press.
MILLER, G.A. (1953). What is information measurement ? American
Psychologist, 8, 3-11.
ENGELHARD, G. & WILSON, M. (Eds.) (1996).
Objective Measurement : Theory into Practice. Norwood,
NJ : Ablex.
COOMBS, C.H., RAIFFA, H. & THRALL, R.M. (1954). Some
views on mathematical models and measurement theory. Psychological
Review, 61, 132-144
KRIEGER, N., WILLIAMS, D.R. & MOSS, N.E. (1997).
Measuring social class in US public health research :
concepts, methodologies, and guidelines. Annual
Review of Public Health, 8, 341-378.
STEVENS, S.S. (1958). Measurement and man. Science,
127, 383-389.
MICHELL, J. (1997). Quantitative science and the
definition of measurement in psychology. British
Journal of Psychology, 88, 355-383. [PDF]
TORGERSON, W.S. (1958). Theory and methods of
scaling. New York : Wiley.
PERDIJON, J. (1998). La mesure. Science et
philosophie. Paris : Flammarion/Dominos.
STEVENS, S.S. (1959). Measurement, psychophysics and
Utility.In C.W. Churchman & P. Ratoosh (Eds.), Measurement
: Definitions and theories. New York : Wiley.
LAURENCELLE, L. (1998). Théorie et techniques de la
mesure instrumentale. Sainte-Foy : Presses de
l'Université du Québec.
RASCH, G. (1961). On general laws and the meaning of
measurement in psychology. Proceedings of the Fourth
Berkeley Symposium on Mathematical Statistics &
Probability, 4, 321-334.
TROUT, J.D. (1999). Measurement. In W.H. Newton-Smith
(Ed.), A companion to the philosophy of science
(pp. 265-277). Oxford, England : Blackwell.
SUPPES, P. & ZINNES J. (1963). Basic measurement
theory. In R.D. Luce, R.R. Bush & E. Galanter (Eds.),
Handbook of Mathematical Psychology (pp. 1-76).
New York : Wiley.
DIENER, E. (1999). Introduction to the special section on
the structure of emotion. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 76 (5), 803-804.
ROSS, S. (1964). Logical foundations of psychological
measurement. Copenhagen : Munksg
MICHELL, J. (1999). Measurement in psychology. Cambridge,
UK : Cambridge University Press.
LUCE R.D. & TUKEY, J.W. (1964). Simultaneous conjoint
measurement : A new type of fundamental measurement. Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 1, 1-27.
JOHN, O.P. & BENET-MARTINEZ, V. (2000). Measurement,
scale construction, and reliability. In H.T. Reis &
C.M. Judd (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in
social psychology (pp. 339-369). Cambridge, England
: Cambridge University Press.
KRANTZ, D.H. (1964). Conjoint measurement : The Luce-Tukey
axiomatization and some extensions. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 1, 248-277.
BINDER, C. (2001). Measurement : A few important ideas. Performance
Improvement, 20-28.
GEER, S. (1965). The development of a scale for measuring
fear. Behaviour, Research & Therapy, 3, 45-53.
VAN HOUTEN, R. & HALL, R.V. (2001). The
measurement of behavior. Pro-Ed.
ADAMS, E.W. (1966). On the nature and purpose of
measurement. Synthese, 16, 125-199.
ELLIS, B. (1966). Basic concepts of measurement. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press.
KAGAN, J., SNIDMAN, N., McMANIS, M., WOODWARD, S. &
HARDWAY, C. (2002). One measure, one meaning : Multiple
measures, clearer meaning. Development &
Psychopathology 14 (3), 463-475.
STEVENS, S.S. (1967). Measurement. In J.R. Newman (Ed.), The
Harper encyclopedia of science (pp. 733-734). New
York : Harper & Row.
AYERS, A.D. & POWELL, D.A. (2002). Multiple response
measures during classical conditioning. Journal of
Neuroscience Methods, 114, 33-38. [PDF]
STEVENS, S.S. (1968). Measurement, statistics, and the
schemapiric view. Science, 161, 849-856.
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2003). Relations between
implicit measures of prejudice : What are we measuring ? Psychological
Science, 14, 36-39.
[PDF]
NATSOULAS, T. (1967). What are perceptual reports about ?
Psychological Bulletin,67
(4), 249–-272
COLMAN, A.D. & BOREN, J.J. (1969). An information
system for measuring patient behavior and its use by
staff. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 207-214.
[PDF]
BERTRAND, R. & BLAIS, J.-G. (2004). Modèles de
mesure. L'apport de la théorie des réponses aux items. Québec
: Presse de l'Université du Québec.
HUTT, S.J. & HUTT, C. (1970). Direct observation
and measurement of behavior. Sprinfield, Illinois :
Charles C. Thomas.
MICHELL, J. (2004). History and philosophy of measurement
: A realist view. IMEKO TC7 International Symposium,
10, 1-7.
[PDF]
THORNDIKE, R.L. (1971). Educational measurement.
Washington, D.C. : American Council on Education.
PERDIJON, J. (2004). La mesure. Histoire, science et
philosophie. Paris : Dunod.
ANGOFF, W.H. (1971). Scales, norms and equivalent scores.
In R.L. Thorndike (Ed.), Educational measurement
(pp. 508-600). Washington, DC : American Council on
Education.
ZURIFF, G.E. (1972). A behavioral interpretation of
psychophysical scaling. Behaviorism, 1, 118-133.
HAYES, S.C., STROSAHL, K.D., WILSON, K.G., BISSETT, R T.,
PISTORELLO, J., TOARMINO, D., POLUSNY, M.A., DYKSTRA,
T.A., BATTEN, S.V., BERGAN, J., STEWART, S.H., ZVOLENSKY,
M.J., EIFERT, G.H., BOND, F.W., FORSYTH J.P., KAREKLA, M.
& MCCURRY, S.M. (2004). Measuring experiential
avoidance : A preliminary test of a working model. The
Psychological Record, 54, 553-578. [PDF]
KRANTZ, D.H., LUCE, R.D., SUPPES, P. & TVERSKY, A.
(1971). Foundations of measurement : Additive and
polynomial representations. New York : Academic
Press.
SHULTZ, K.S. & WHITNEY, D.J. (2004). Measurement
theory in action : Case studies and exercises. Sage
Publications
BOUMANS, M. (2005). Measurement outside the laboratory. Philosophy of Science, 72, 850-863.
LUCE, R.D. (1972). What sort of measurement is
psychophysical measurement ? American Psychologist, 27,
96-106.
BAXENDALE, S. & THOMPSON, P. (2005). Defining
meaningful postoperative change in epilepsy surgery
patients : measuring the unmeasurable ? Epilepsy &
Behavior, 6, 207-211.
PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1976). Measurement, accountability, and
the economics of a complex instructional system. In E.A.
Vargas & L. Fraley (Eds.), Proceedings of the
Third National Conference on Behavior Research &
Technology in Higher Education (pp. 311-320).
Gainesville, FL : Society for Behavior Technology and
Engineering.
KAHNEMAN, D. & KRUEGER, A.B. (2006). Developments in
the measurement of subjective well-being. The Journal
of Economic Perspectives, 20, 3-24. [PDF]
ROSEN, R. (1978). Fundamentals of measurement and
representation of natural systems. New York :
North-Holland.
McCROSKEY, J.C. (2007). Raising the question #8 :
Assrssment : Is it just measurement ? Communication
Education, 56 (4), 509-514. [PDF]
TRYON, W.W. (2008). Methods of measuring human activity. Journal
of Behavioral Analysis in Health, Sports, Fitness &
Medicine, 1, 58-71.
ALLEN, M. J. & YEN, W.M. (1979). Introduction to
measurement theory. Monterey, CA : Brooks/Col
LEIGHTON, J.P. (2008). Review of measuring the mind :
conceptual issues in contemporary psychometrics. Journal
of Educational Measurement, 45, 91-93.
TRENDLER, G. (2009). Measurement theory, psychology and
the revolution that cannot happen. Theory &
Psychology, 19 (5), 579-599. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
VAUGHN B., DEINARD, A. & EGELAND, B. (1980). Measuring
temperament in pediatric practice. Journal of
Pediatrics, 96, 510-514.
BLAIS, A. et DURAND, C. (2009). La mesure. Dans B.
Gauthier (Dir.), Recherche sociale; de la
problématique à la collecte des données (p.
227-259). Sillery, Québec : Presses de l'Université du
Québec.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1981). A new measure of intelligence ? Nature,
289, 529-530.
DE HOUWER, J., TEIGE-MOCIGEMBA, S., SPRUYT, A. &
MOORS, A. (2009). Implicit measures : A normative analysis
and review. Psychological Bulletin, 135, 347-368.
[PDF]
GOULD, S.J. (1981). The mismeasure of man. New
York : Norton.
GAWRONSKI, B. (2009). Ten frequently asked questions about
implicit measures and their frequently supposed, but not
entirely correct answers. Canadian
Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 50 (3), 141-150.
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1982). A note on the measurement of
primary memory capacity. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 8,
343-352. [PDF]
MOSKOWITZ, D.S., RUSSELL, J.J., SADIKAJ, G. & SUTTON,
R. (2009). Measuring people intensively. Canadian
Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 50 (3), 131-140.
BIRNBAUM, M.H. (1982). Controversies in psychological
measurement. In B. Wegener (Ed.), Social attitudes and
psychophysical measurement (pp. 401-485).
Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. [PDF]
HUNSLEY, J. (2009). Introduction to the special issue on
developments in psychological measurement and assessment.
Canadian Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 50 (3),
117-119.
BERKA, K. (1983). Measurement : Its concepts, theories and problems. Dordrecht, The Netherlands : Reidel.
MÜLLER, U. & OVERTON, W.F. (2010). Thinking about
thinking - thinking about measurement : A Rasch analysis of recursive thinking. Journal of Applied Measurement, 11, 78-90
CROVITZ, H.F. & DANIEL. W.F. (1984). Measurements of
everyday memory : Toward the prevention of forgetting. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 413-414.
BROADWAY, J.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (2010). Validating
running memory span : Measurement of working memory
capacity and links with fluid intelligence. Behavior
Research Methods, 42, 563-570. [PDF]
TIMKO, C.A., ENGLAND, E.L. & FORMAN, E.M. (2010). The
Implicit relational assessment procedure as a measure of
self-esteem. The Psychological Record, 60,
679-698. [PDF]
WRIGHT, B.D. (1984). Despair and hope for educational
measurement. Contemporary Education Review, 3 (1),
281-288.
OLTMANNS, T.F. & BALSIS, S. (2011). Personality
pathology in later life : Questions about the measurement,
course, and impact of disorders. Annual Review of
Clinical Psychology, 7, 321-349. [PDF]
WIERSMA, W. & JURS S.G. (1985). Educational
Measurement and testing. Boston, MA : Allyn &
Bacon.
OGDEN, J., LIAKOPOLOLOU, E., ANTILLIOU, G. & GOUGH, G.
(2012). The meaning of food (MOF) : The development of a
new measurement tool. European Eating Disorders
Review, 20, 423-426. [PDF]
CAMPOS, A. (2012). Measure of the ability to rotate mental
images. Psicothema, 24 (3), 431-434. [PDF]
GREVERS, J., MOHAMMED, S. & BAYTALSKAYA, N. (2015).
The conceptualisation and measurement of pacing styles.
Applied Psychology, 64 (3), 499-540. [PDF]
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.
Mesure (Erreur) : En métrologie,
imprécision qui découle de toute mesure/évalution.
Cette erreur peut provenir du lieu où est réalisée la
mesure/évalution, et donc du manque ou de l'absence de standardisation
des conditions de passation ou d'un manque de fidélité
ou de précision de la mesure. On utilise l'expression biais de mesure lorsqu'une telle erreur se reproduit systématiquement au vu et et au su de celui qui mesure. = Imprécision.
Measurement error.
KANE, M.T. & WILSON, J. (1984). Errors of measurement
and standard-setting in mastery testing. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 8, 107-115.
SCHMIDT, F.L., LE, H. & ILIES, R. (2003). Beyond alpha
: an empircal examination of the effects of different
sources of measurement error on reliability estimates for
measures of individual differences constructs. Psychological
Methods, 8, 206–224.
WILLIAMS, R.H., ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1995).
Impact of measurement error on statistical power : review
of an old paradox. Journal of Experimental Education,
63 (4), 363-370.
OLSON, K.M. (2006). Survey participation, nonresponse
bias, measurement error bias, and total bias. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 70, 737–758.
SCHOBER, M.F. & CONRAD, F.G. (1997). Does
conversational interviewing reduce survey measurement
error ? Public Opinion Quarterly, 61, 576-602.
FERRARI, P., FRIEDENREICH, C. & MATTHEW, C.E.
(2007). The role of measurement error in estimating levels
of physical activity. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 166, 832-840.
TAYLOR, J.R. (1999). An introduction to error
analysis : The study of uncertainties in physical
measurements. University Science Books.
TOURANGEAU, R., GROVES, R., KENNEDY, C. & YAN, T.
(2009). The presentation of the survey, nonresponse, and
measurement error. Journal of Official Statistics,
25, 299-321.
[PDF]
CASAS-CORDERO, F., KREUTER, F., WANG, Y. & BABEY, S.
(2013). Assessing the measurement error properties of
interviewer observations of neighbourhood characteristics.
Journal of the Royal Statistical Society : Series A
176 (1), 227-249. [PDF]
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin.
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.
Mesure implicite : Implicit measure.
FAZIO, R.H. & OLSON, M.A. (2003). Implicit measures in
social cognition research : Their meaning and use.
Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 297-327. [PDF]
LYKKEN, D.T., ROSE, R., LUTHER, B. & MALEY, M. (1966).
Correcting psychophysiological measurements for individual
differences in range. Psychological Bulletin, 66,
481-484.
ZURIFF, G.E. (1972). A behavioral interpretation of
psychophysical scaling. Behaviorism, 1, 118-133.
LUCE, R.D. (1972). What sort of measurement is
psychophysical measurement ? American Psychologist, 27,
96-106.
GOMEZ, P. & DANUSER, B. (2007). Relationships between
musical structure and psychophysiological measures of
emotion. Emotion, 7 (2), 377-387. [PDF]
SOKOLOFF, L. (1960). The metabolism of the central nervous
system in vivo. Neurophysiology, 3, 1843-1864.
CHAMBERS J.B., WILLIAMS, T.D., NAKAMURA, A., HENDERSON,
R.P., OVERTON, J.M. & RASHOTTE, M.E. (2000).
Cardiovascular and metabolic responses of hypertensive and
normotensive rats to one week of cold exposure.
American Journal of Physiology : Regulatory, Integrative
& Comparative Physiology, 279, 1486-1494.
BLAAK, E. (2001). Gender differences in fat metabolism. Current
Opinion in Clinical Nutrition & Metabolic Care, 4
(6), 499–502.
COX, G.R., DESBROW, D., MONTGOMERY, P.G., ANDERSON, M.E.,
BRUCE, C.R., MACRIDES, T.A., MARTIN, D.T., MOQUIN, A.,
ROBERTS, A., HAWLEY, J.A. & BURKE, L. (2002). Effect
of different protocols of caffeine intake on metabolism
and endurance performance. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 93, 990-999. [PDF]
NEWCOMER, J.W. & HAUPRT, D.W. (2006). The metabolic
effects of antipsychotic medications. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 51, 480-491. [PDF]
TARNOPOLSKY, M.A. (2008). Sex differences in exercise
metabolism and the role of 17-beta estradiol. Medicine
& Science in Sports & Exercise, 40, (4),
648–654.
TARNOPOLSKY, M.A. (2008). Sex differences in exercise
metabolism and the role of 17-beta estradiol. Medicine
& Science in Sports & Exercise, 40,
648-654.
WU, B.N. & O'SULLIVAN, A.J. (2011). Sex differences in
energy metabolism need to be considered with lifestyle
modifications in human. Journal of Nutrition &
Metabolism, 1-5. [PDF]
Métacognition (Chez les humains ou les animaux) :
Voir Cognition (Méta).Animal metacognition.
METALSKY, G.I. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1981). Attributional
styles : Toward a framework for conceptualization and
assessment. In P.C. Kendall & S.D. Hollon (Eds.),
Assessment strategies for cognitive-behavioral
interventions (pp. 13-58). New York : Academic
Press.
METALSKY, G.I. & ABRAMSON, L.Y., SELIGMAN, M.E.P.,
SEMMEL, A. & PETERSON, C.R. (1982). Attributional
styles and life events in the classroom : Vulnerability
and invulnerability to depressive mood reactions. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 43,
612-617.
METALSKY, G.I., JOINER, T.E., HARDIN, T.S. & ABRAMSON,
L.Y. (1993). Depressive reactions to failure in a
naturalistic setting : A test of the hopelessness and
self-esteem theories of depression. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 102, 101-109.
METALSKY, G.I., LAIRD, R.S., HECK, P.M. & JOINER, T.E.
(1995). Attribution theory : Clinical applications. In W.
O'Donohue & L. Krasner (Eds.), Theories of
behavior therapy : Exploring behavior change (pp.
385-413). Washington, D.C. : American Psychological
Association.
Métaphore : Procédé linguistique qui consiste à remplacer un
terme par un autre terme, dans le but de se servir du premier pour
mieux comprendre le second. En science,
on utilise les métaphores comme explication,
plus précisément comment
modèle scientifique. Metaphor.
TURBAYNE, C.M. (1970). The myth of metaphor.
Columbia : University of South Carolina Press.
BORODITSKY, L. (2000). Metaphoric structuring :
Understanding time through spatial metaphors.
Cognition, 75 (1), 1-28.
[PDF]
ORTONY, A. (1975). Why metaphors are necessary and not
just nice. Educational Theory, 25, 45-53. / In
M.J. Ganon (Ed.) Cultural metaphors : Readings,
research translations, and commentary. Thousand
Oaks, CA. : Sage Publications. [PDF]
KEYSAR, B., SHEN, Y. & GLUCKSBERG, S. & (2000).
Conventional language : How metaphorical is it ? Journal
of Memory & Language, 43, 576-593. [PDF]
ORTONY, A. (1976). On the nature and value of metaphor: A
reply to my critics. Educational Theory, 26, 395-398.
LE NY, J.F. & FRANQUART-DUCLERQ, C. (2001).
Flexibilité des significations, traits sémantiques et
compréhension des métaphores verbales. Verbum, 23,
385-400.
ORTONY, A., REYNOLDS, R.E. & ARTER, J.A. (1978).
Metaphor : Theoretical and empirical research. Psychological
Bulletin, 85, 919-943.
GENTNER, D. BOWDLE B., WOLFF, P. & BORONAT, C. (2001).
Metaphor is like analogy. In D. Gentner, K.J. Holyoak
& B.N. Kokinov (Eds.), The analogical mind :
Perspectives from cognitive science (pp. 199-253).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF]
ORTONY, A. SCHALLERT, D.L., REYNOLDS, R.E. & ANTOS,
S.J. (1978). Interpreting metaphors and idioms : Some
effects of context on comprehension. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 17, 465-477.
KUBOVY, M. & EPSTEIN, W. (2001). Internalization : A
metaphor we can live without. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 24, 618-625. [PDF]
ORTONY, A. (1979). Metaphor : A multidimensional problem.
In A. Ortony (Ed.), Metaphor and thought. New
York : Cambridge University Press.
GLUCKSBERG, S., MEWSOME, M.R. & GOLDVANG, Y. (2001).
Inhibition of the literal : Filtering metaphor-irrelevant
information during metaphor. Comprehension
Metaphor & Symbol, 16, 277-293.
ORTONY, A. (1979). The role of similarity in similes and
metaphors. In A. Ortony (Ed.), Metaphor and thought.
New York : Cambridge University Press.
LAKOFF, G. & JOHNSON, M. (1980). Conceptual metaphor
in everyday language. Journal of Philosophy, 77
(8), 453-486.
LAKOFF, G. (1980). Metaphors we live by. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press.
REYNOLDS, R.E. & ORTONY, A. (1980). Some issues in the
measurement of children's comprehension of metaphorical
language. Child Development, 51, 1110-1119.
ORTONY, A. (1980). Some psycholinguistic aspects of
metaphor. In R. Honeck & R. Hoffman (Eds.),
Cognition and figurative language. Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum.
ORTONY, A. (1980). Metaphor. In R.J. Spiro, B.C. Bruce
& W.F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in
reading comprehension. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
ORTONY, A. (1981). Understanding metaphors. In D. O'Hare
(Ed.), Psychology and the arts. Hassocks,
England : Harvester Press.
PETTIT, P. (1982). The demarcation of metaphor. Language
& Communication, 2 (1), 1-12. [PDF]
GLUCKSBERG, S., GILDEA, P. & BOOKIN, H.B. (1982). On
understanding nonliteral speech : Can people ignore
metaphors ? Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 21, 85-98.
HOFFMAN, R. (1983). Recent research on metaphor. Semiotic
Inquiry, 3, 35-62.
GILDEA, P. & GLUCKSBERG, S. (1983). On understanding
metaphor : the role of context Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 22, 577-590.
CAMAC, M.K. & GLUCKSBERG, S. (1984). Metaphors do not
use associations between concepts, they are used to create
them Journal of Psycholinguistic ResearcH, 33,
443-455.
VOSNIADOU, S. (1987). Children and metaphors. Child
Development, 58, 870-885. [PDF]
FAINSILBER, L. & ORTONY, A. (1987). Metaphor
production in the description of emotional states.
Metaphor and Symbolic Activity, 2, 239-250. [PDF]
GLUCKSBERG, S. (1989). Metaphors in conversation : How are
they understood ? Why are they used ? Metaphor &
Symbolic Activity, 4,125-143.
GLUCKSBERG, S. & KEYSAR, B. (1990). Understanding
metaphorical comparisons : Beyond similarity. Psychological
Review, 97 3-18.
LEARY, D.E. (Ed.) (1990). Metaphors in the history of
psychology. Cambrdige, UK : Cambridge Univeristy
Press.
GENTNER, D., IMAI, M. & BORODITSKY, L. (2002). As time
goes by : Evidence for two systems in processing space
--> time metaphors. Language & Cognitive
Processes, 17, 537-565. [PDF]
RUNCO, M.A. (1991). Metaphors and creative thinking.
[Comment] Creativity Research Journal, 4, 85-86.
CAIRNS, R.B. (1991). Multiple metaphors for a singular
idea. Developmental Psychology, 27, 23-26.
EICHSTEDT, J.A., SERBIN, L.A., POULIN-DUBOIS, D. &
SEN, M.G. (2002). Of bears and men : infant's knowledge of
conventional and metaphorical gender stereotypes. Infant
Behaviour & Development, 25, 296-310.
OVERTON, W.F. (1991). Metaphor, recursive systems and
paradox in science and developmental theory. In H.W. Reese
(Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior
(Vol. 2, pp. 59-71). New York : Academic Press.
GAMER, R. (2003). Which came first the chicken or the egg
? A foul metaphor for teaching. Radical Pedagogy, 5
(2).
LAKOFF, G. (1992). A contemporary theory of metaphor. In
A. Ortony (Ed.), Metaphor and thought (pp.
202-251). Oxford : Oxford University Press.
HASLAM, S.A., POSTMES, T. & ELLEMERS, N. (2003). More
than a metaphor : Organizational identity makes
organizational life possible. British Journal of
Management, 14, 357-369.
GLUCKSBERG, S. KEYSAR, B. & McGLONE, M.S. (1990).
Metaphor understanding and accessing conceptual schema :
Reply to Gibbs (1992). Psychological Review,
99, 578-581.
GLUCKSBERG, S. (2003). The psycholinguistics of metaphor. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 92-96.
SFARD, A. (1994). Reification as the birth of metaphor.
For the Learning of Mathematics, 14 (1), 44-55. [PDF]
GARNER, R. (2005). Humor, analogy, and metaphor : H.A.M.
it up in teaching. Radical Pedagogy, 6 (2), [HTML]
DELLI CARPINI, M.X. & WILLIAMS, B.A. (1994). Methods,
metaphors, and media research : The uses of television in
political conversation. Communication Research, 21,
782-812.
BOWDLE, B.F. & GENTNER, D. (2005). The career of
metaphor. Psychological Review, 112 (1),
193-216. [PDF]
WALTON, K. (1993). Metaphor and prop oriented
make-believe. European Journal of Philosophy, 1
(1), 39-57.
TRACY, S., LUTGEN-SANDVIK, P. & ALBERTS, J. (2006).
Nightmares, demons and slaves : Exploring the painful
metaphors of workplace bullying. Management
Communication Quarterly, 20 (2), 148-185.
GLUCKSBERG, S., BROWN, S. & McGLONE, M.S. (1993).
Conceptual metaphors are not automatically accessed during
idiom comprehension. Memory & Cognition, 21,
711-719.
SWEETSER, E. (1995). Metaphor, mythology, and everyday
language. Journal of Pragmatics, 24, 585-593. [PDF]
GADAGKAR, R. (2006). Exporting metaphors, concepts and
methods from the natural sciences to the social sciences
and vice versa. In A. Wimmer and R. Kossler (Eds.), Understanding
change - Models, methodologies, and metaphors (pp.
187-195) New York : Palgrave Macmillan.
REYNA, V.F. & KIERNAN, B. (1995). Children's memory
and interpretation of psychological metaphors. Metaphor
& Symbolic Activity, 10, 309-331.
MARATOS, J. (2006). The power of myth as metaphor. Group
Analysis, 39 (1), 87-99.
[PDF]
EARLE, R. (1995). Teacher imagery and metaphors : Windows
to teaching and learning. Educational Technology,
52-59.
MERRITT, D.J., CASASANTO, D. & BRANNON, E.M. (2010).
Do monkeys think in metaphors ? Representations of space
and time in monkeys and humans. Cognition, 117,
191-202. [LIRE]
MURPHY, G.L. (1996). On metaphoric representation. Cognition,
60, 173-204. [PDF]
HASLAM, N. & LOUGHAN, S. (2011). Beastly : What makes
animal metaphors offensive ? Journal of Language
& Social Psychology, 30, 311-325.
GIGERENZER, G. & GOLDSTEIN, D.G. (1996). Mind as
computer : Birth of a metaphor. Creativity Research
Journal, 9 (2-3), 131-144. [PDF]
WHITE, J. (2012). Community, transnationalism, and the
Left-Right metaphor. European Journal of Social
Theory, 15 (2), 197-219.
GLUCKSBERG, S., McGLONE, M.S. & NANFREDI, D.
(1997). Property attribution in metaphor
comprehension Journal of Memory & Language,
36, 0-67.
CASASANTO, D. & GIJSSELS, T. (2015). What makes a
metaphor an embodied metaphor ? Linguistics Vanguard,
1 (1), 327- 337.
MODELL, A.H. (1997). Reflections on metaphor and affects.
Annual of Psychoanalysis, 25, 219-233.
DOLSCHEID, S. CASASANTO, D. (2015). Spatial congruity
effects reveal metaphorical thinking, not polarity
correspondence. Frontiers in Psychology, 6 (1836),
1-11.
LUBART, T.I. & GETZ, I. (1997). Emotion, metaphor, and
the creative process. Creativity Research Journal, 10
(4), 285-301.
MARCIL, A. (2016). Les passagers clandestins
métaphores et trompe-l'oeil de l'économie. Montréal
: Somme Toute.
ASQUITH, P.J. (1997). Why anthropomorphism is not metaphor
: Crossing concepts and cultures in animal behavior
studies. In R.W. Mitchell, N.S. Thompson & H.L. Miles
(Eds.), Anthropomorphism, Anecdotes, and Animals (pp.
22-36). Albany : State University of New York.
CASASANTO, D. (2017). The hierarchical structure of mental
metaphors. In B. Hampe (Ed.), Metaphor : Embodied
cognition and discourse (pp. 46-61). Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press.
OGDEN, T. (1997). Reverie and metaphor : Some thoughts on
how i work as a psychoanalyst. Internaltional Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 78, 719-732. [PDF]
GOZLI, D., LOCKWOOD, P., CHASTEEN, A. & PRATT, J.
(2018). Spatial metaphors in thinking about other people.
Visual Cognition, 26 (5), 313-333.
MURPHY, G.L. (1997). Reasons to doubt the present evidence
for metaphoric representation. Cognition, 62, 99-108.
[PDF]
CASASANTO, D. & DE BRION, A. (2019). Metaphors we
learn by : Directed motor action improves word learning. Cognition, 182, 177-183.
GLUCKSBERG, S., MEWSOME, M.R. & GOLDVANG, Y. (2001).
Inhibition of the literal : Filtering
metaphor-irrelevant information during metaphor. Comprehension
Metaphor & Symbol, 16, 277-293.
HYSLOP, J.H. (1905). Problems of philosophy : or,
principles of epistemology and metaphysics. Boston :
Small, Maynard & Co.
FEIGL, H. (1954). Scientific method without metaphysical
presuppositions. Philosophical Studies, 5, 17-29.
WATKINS, J. (1958). Influential and confirmable
metaphysics. Mind, 67, 344-365.
CARNAP, R. (1959). The elimination of metaphysics through
logical analysis of language. In A.J. Ayer (Ed.), Logical
positivism (pp. 60-81). New York : The Free Press.
APOSTEL, L. (1963). Can metaphysics be a science ?
Studia Philosophica Gandensia, 1, 7-95.
HEIDEGGER, M. (1929/68). Qu’est ce que la
métaphysique ? Question I. Paris : Gallimard.
XU, F. & CAREY, S. (1996)." Infants" metaphysics : The
case of numerical identity. Cognitive Psychology, 30,
111-153.
[PDF]
GOLDMAN, A. (2007). A program for "naturalizing"
metaphysics, with application to the ontology of events. The
Monist, 90 (3), 457-470. [PDF]
METCALFE, J. & MURDOCK, B. (1981). An encoding and
retrieval model of single-trial free recall. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 20,
161-189. [PDF]
METCALFE, J. (1986). Premonitions of insight predict
impending error. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 12, 623-634. [PDF]
METCALFE, J., SCHWARTZ, B.L. & JOAQUIM, S.G. (1993).
The cue-familiarity heuristic in metacognition. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 19, 851-861. [PDF]
METCALFE, J., EICH, T.S. & CASTEL, A. (2010).
Metacognition of agency across the lifespan. Cognition,
116, 267-282. [PDF]
METCALFE, J. & FINN, B. (2012). Hypercorrection of
high confidence errors in children. Learning &
Instruction, 22, 253-261. [PDF]
DOLE, V.P. & NYSWANDER, M.E. (1966). A medical
treatment for diacetylmorphine (heroin) addiction : A
clinical trial with methadone hydrochloride. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 193 (8),
80-84.
SPUNT, B., LESIEUR, H.R., HUNT, D. & CAHILL, L.
(1995). Gambling among methadone patients. The
International Journal of the Addictions, 30 (8),
929-962.
SCHUSTER, C.R., SMITH, B.B. & JAFFE, J.H. (1971). Drug
abuse in heroin users : an experimental study of
self-administration of methadone, codeine, and
pentazocine. Archives of General Psychiatry, 24, 359-362.
WOODY, G.E., MCLELLAN, A.T., LUBORSKY, L.B. & O'BRIEN,
C.P. (1995). Psychotherapy in community methadone programs
: a validation study. American Journal of Psychiatry,
152 (9), 1302-1308.
DOLE, V.P. & JOSEPH, H. (1978). Long-term outcomes of
patients treated with methadone maintenance. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 311, 181-189.
SILVERMAN, K., CHUTUAPE, M.A., BIGELOW, G.E. &
STITZER, M.L. (1996). Voucher-based reinforcement of
attendance by unemployed methadone patients in a job
skills training program. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 41 (3), 197-207.
THOMPSON, T., HONOR, J., VERCHOTA, S. & CLEARY, J.
(1984). Interval and ratio reinforcement contingencies as
determinants of methadone's effects. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry, & Behavior, 21, 743-747.
SHOPTAW, S., JARVIK, M.E., LING, W. & RAWSON, R.A.
(1996). Contingency management for tobacco smoking in
methadone-maintained opiate addicts. Addictive
Behaviors, 21, 409-412.
HIGGINS, S.T., STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G E. & LIESON,
I.A. (1986). Contingent methadone delivery : Effects on
illicit opiate use. Drug & Alcohol Dependence,
17, 311-322.
SILVERMAN, K., HIGGINS, S.T., BROONER, R.K., MONTOYA,
I.D., CONE, E.J., SCHUSTER, C.R. & PRESTON, K.L.
(1996). Sustained cocaine abstinence in methadone
maintenance patients through voucher-based reinforcement
therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53,
409-415.
NADER, M.A. & THOMPSON, T. (1987). Interaction of
methadone, reinforcement history, and variable-interval
performance. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 48 (2), 303-315. [PDF]
CAPELHORN, J.R.M., IRWIG, L. & SAUNDERS, J.B. (1996).
Physician attitudes and retention of patients in their
methadone maintenance programs. Substance Use &
Misuse, 31 (6), 663-677.
EGLI, M. & THOMPSON, T. (1989). Effects of methadone
on alternative fixed-ratio fixed-interval performance :
latent influences on schedule-controlled responding. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (2),
141-153. [PDF]
CAPELHORN, J.R.M., THOMAS, S., LUMLEY, T.S. & IRWIG,
L. (1998). Staff attitudes and retention of patients in
methadone maintenance programs. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 52, 57-61.
BALL, J.C. & ROSS, A. (1991). The effectiveness
of methadone maintenance treatment. New York :
Springer-Verlag; 1991.
JOSEPH, H., STANCLIFF, S. & LANGROD, J. (2000).
Methadone maintenance treatment (MMT) : A review of
historical and clinical issues. The Mount Sinai
Journal of Medicine, 67 (5/6), 347-364. [PDF]
PETRY, N.M. & MARTIN, B. (2002). Low-cost contingency
management for treating cocaine-and opioid-abusing
methadone patients. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 60, 398-405.
STITZER, M.L., IGUCHI M.Y. & FELCH, L.J. (1992).
Contingent take-home incentive : Effects on drug use of
methadone maintenance patients. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 60, 927-934.
PERREAULT, M., ROUSSEAU, M., MERCIER, C., LAUZON, P.,
GAGNON, C. et CÔTÉ, P. (2003). Accessibilité aux
traitements de substitution à la méthadone et réduction
des méfaits : le rôle d'un programme à exigences peu
élevées. Revue Canadienne de Santé Publique, 94 (3),
197-200.
POLING, J., OLIVETO, A, PETRY, N.M., SOFUOFLU, M., GONSAI
K, GONZALEZ, G., MARTELL, B. & KOSTEN, T.R. (2006).
Six-month trial of bupropion with contingency management
for cocaine dependence in a methadone- maintained
population. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 219-228.
STITZER, M.L., IGUCHI, M.Y., KIDORF, M. & BIGELOW,
G.E. (1993). Contingency management in methadone treatment
: The case for positive incentives. In L.S. Onken, J.D.
Blaine & J.J. Boren (Eds.), Behavioral treatment
for drug abuse and dependence (pp. 19-36).
Rockville, MD : National Institute on Drug Abuse.
STOTTS, A.L., MASUDA, A. & WILSON, K.G. (2009). Using
acceptance and commitment therapy in methadone dose
reduction : Rationale, treatment description, and
preliminary cases. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 16, 205-213.
PERREAULT, M., WHITE N.D., FABRES, E., LANDRY M., ANESTIN
A.S. & RABOUIN D. (2010). Relationship between
perceived improvement and treatment satisfaction among
clients of a methadone maintenance program. Evaluation
& Program Planning, 33 (4), 410-417.
CARROLL, K.M., KILUK, B.D., NICH, C., GORDON, M.A.,
PORTNOY, G.A., MARINO, D.R. & BALL, S.A. (2011).
Computer-Assisted Delivery of Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy
: Efficacy and durability of CBT4CBT among
cocaine-dependent individuals maintained on methadone. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 171 (4), 436-444. [PDF]
DEWS, P.B. (1955). Studies on behavior. II. The
effects of pentobarbital, methamphetamine and
scopolamine on performances in pigeons involving
discriminations. Journal of Pharmacology &
Experimental Therapeutics, 115, 380-389.
MARICQ, A.V., ROBERTS, S. & CHURCH, R.M.
(1981). Methamphetamine and time estimation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior
Processes, 7, 18-30.
RICHARDS, J.B., SABOL, K.E. & DE WIT, H. (1999).
Effects of methamphetamine on the adjusting amount
procedure, a model of impulsive behavior in rats. Psychopharmacology, 146, 432-439.
YEN, C.F., WU, H.Y., YEN, J.Y. & KO, C.H. (2004).
Effects of brief cognitive-behavioral interventions on
confidence to resist the urges to use heroin and
methamphetamine in relapse-related situations. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 192, 788-791.
ZAPATA, L.B., HILLIS, S.D., MARCHBANKS, P.A., CURTIS,
K.M. & LOWRY, R. (2008). Methamphetamine use is
independently associated with recent risky sexual
behaviors and adolescent pregnancy. Journal of
School Health, 78, 641-648.
BOLIN, B.L. & AKINS, C.K. (2009). Chronic
preexposure to methamphetamine decreases sexual
motivation but not sexual performance in male Japanese
quail. Experimental & Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 17, 10-20.
Méthode : Le terme a deux sens voisins : a)
Au sens large, il s'agit d'une façon explicite et systématique de
penser ou de faire les
choses, qui se décompose habituellement en étapes, plus ou moins
logiquement ordonnées, et qui peut ou non suivre les principes
de la démarche scientifique. Le cas échéant, on utilise le terme «méthode
scientifique». b) Le terme est aussi
synonyme de technique ou de procédure. EX: La méthode pour faire une bonne omelette. c) Finalement, le
terme désigne l'une des quatre section d'un article
empirique ou d'un rapport
scientifique, section dans laquelle le chercheur décrit au lecteur
comment il procédé pour réaliser les différentes étapes de sa recherche.
Cette section - La méthode - comprend quatre parties, généralement dans cet ordre :
Les participants, le matériel, le déroulement et le plan de
recherche (voir ci-dessous). Dans
ce contexte, on utilise à tort le mot méthodologie
pour nommer cette section.
= Procédure, méthodologie.
Method.
SEARS, D.O. (1997). The impact of self-interest on
attitudes : A symbolic politics perspective on differences
between survey and experimental findings : Comment on
Crano (1997). Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 72, 492-496.
GORARD, S. (1997). A choice of methods : the methodology
of choice. Research in Education, 57, 45-56.
JUSSIM, L., KROSNICK, J.A., VAZIRE, S., STEVENS, S.T.
& ANGLIN, S.M. (2015). Toward robust scientific
research methods in the United States. An overview
invited by John Holdren. Director of the White
House Office of Science and Technology policy. [PDF]
Méthode corrélationnelle : Méthode de
recherche qui permet de mesurer la corrélation
ou le degré de dépendance (mathématique) entre deux ou plusieurs phénomènes.
Cette méthode, à elle seule, ne permet pas d'établir une
relation de causalité entre les
variables (bien qu'une forte corrélation puisse en suggérer
l'existence). EX: Plus les individus sont
pauvres (premier phénomène), plus ils ont des problèmes de santé
mentale (second phénomène); bref l'un peut être la cause de
l'autre, et vice-versa.
SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin.
EFRON, B. (1981). Censored data and the bootstrap. Journal
of American Statistical Association, 76 (374),
312-319.
HALL, P. (1990). Performance of balanced bootstrap
resampling in distribution function and quantile problems.
Probability Theory & Related Fields, 85,
239-260.
EFRON, B. & TIBSHIRANI R.J. (1993). An
intoduction to the bootstrap. Chapman & Hall.
BOLLEN, K.A. & STINE, R. (1992). Bootstrapping
goodness of fit measures in structural equation models. Sociological
Methods & Research, 21, 205-229.
HALL, P. (1989). On efficient bootstrap simulation. Biometrika,
76, 613-617.
SHAO, J. & TU DONGSHENG, T. (1995). The jacknife
and bootstrap. Springer.
VERNON, J. (1988). Importance sampling for bootstrap
confidence intervals. Journal of American Statistical
Association, 83 (403), 709-714.
RODGERS, J.L. (1999). The bootstrap, the jackknife, and
the randomization test : A sampling taxonomy. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 34, 441-456.
Méthode d'autorité :Méthode
non-scientifique qui consiste à faire appel à un expert
pour résoudre un problème théorique ou pratique et à accepter
aveuglément, sans analyse, sans débat, les idées ou les
explications proposées par cette personne. =
ex cathedra.
SABOURIN, M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition des
connaissances. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et
étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie
(p. 37-58). St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.
Méthode de Monte Carlo :Méthode
formelle probabiliste et inférentielle qui permet de
calculer des valeurs numériques à partir d'un procédé qui se fonde
sur le hasard.Monte
Carlo method.
MacKINNON, D.P., LOCKWOOD, C.M., HOFFMAN, J.M., WEST, S.G.
& SHEETS, V. (2002). Comparison of methods to test
mediation and other intervening variable effects. Psychological
Methods, 7 (1), 83-104. [PDF]
LAURENCELLE, L. (2001). Hasard, nombres aléatoires et
méthode Monte Carlo. Montréal : Presses
Universitaires du Québec.
LAURENCELLE, L., QUIRION, A. et NADEAU, S. (1994). Lactate
threshold determination : a Monte Carlo comparison of two
interpolation methods. Archives Internationales de
Physiologie, de Biochimie et de Biophysique, 102, 43-49.
FIELD, A.P. (2001). Meta-analysis of correlation
coefficients : A Monte Carlo comparison of fixed- and
random-effects methods. Psychological Methods, 6 (2),
161-180.
ALLAIRE, D. & LAURENCELLE, L. (1998). Comparaison
Monte Carlo de la précision de six estimateurs de la
variance d'erreur d'un instrument de mesure. Lettres
Statistiques, 10, 27-50.
DIACONIS, P.Y., CHEN, S., HOLMES, S. & LIU, J.S.
(2005). Sequential Monte Carlo methods for statistical
analysis of tables. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 100, 109-120.
SERLIN, R.C. (2000). Testing for robustness in Monte Carlo
studies. Psychological Methods, 5 (2), 230-240.
DIACONIS, P. (2009). The Markov chain Monte Carlo
revolution. Bulletin of the American Mathematical
Society, 46, 179-205.
[PDF]
STONE, C.A. (2000). Monte-Carlo based null distribution
for an alternative fit statistic. Journal of
Educational Measurement, 37, 58-75.
BEISBART, C. & NORTON, J. (2012). Why Monte Carlo
simulations are inferences and not experiments. International
Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 26 (4),
403-422.
[PDF]
CALDWELL, W. (1899). Psychological method. Psychological
Review, 6 (2), 191–194.
RICE, S.A. (Ed.) (1931). Methods in social science. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
BRIERE, J. (1992). Methodological issues in the study of
sexual abuse effects. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical, 60, 196-203.
SHERIF, M. (1947). Some methodological remarks related to
experimentation in social psychology. International
Journal of Opinion & Attitude Research, 1,
71-93. [LIRE]
SAYER, A. (1992). Method in social science : A
realist approach. London : Routledge.
BIJOU, S.W. (1957). Methodology for an experimental
analysis of child behavior. Psychology Reports, 3,
243-250.
BAILEY, K.D. (1994). Methods of social research. Simon
and Schuster.
LORENZ, K. (1958). Methods of approach to the problems of
behaviour. In R. Martin (Ed.) (1971), Studies in
animal and human behaviour (pp. 246-280).
Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
GOODWIN, C.J. (1995). Research in psychology :
Methods and design. New York : Wiley & Sons.
BURT, C.L. & GREGORY, W.L. (1958). Scientific method
in psychology : II. British Journal of Statistical
Psychology, 11, 105-128.
FRANKFORT-NACHIMIA, C. & NACHIMIS, D. (1996). Research
methods in the social science. New York : St.
Martin’s Press.
BURT, C.L. (1958). Definition and scientific method in
psychology. British Journal of Statistical
Psychology, 11, 31-69.
TINBERGEN, N. (1963). On the aims and methods of ethology.
Zietschrift fur Tierpsychologie, 20, 410-433.
COLE, S. (1972). The sociological method.
Chicago : Markham Pub. Co.
FEIBLEMAN, J.K. (1972). Scientific method : The
hypothetico-experimental laboratory procedure of the
physical sciences. The Hague : Martinus Nijhoff.
VAN DER MAREN, J.M. (1996). Méthodes de recherche
pour l'éducation. Paris : Bruxelles : De Boeck et
Larcier.
JOHNSTON, J.M. & PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1981). Strategies
and tactics of human behavioral research.
Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
MORAWSKI, J.G. (1997). The science behind feminist
research methods. Journal of Social Issues, 53
(4), 667-681.
KNORR CETINA, K.D. (1981). Social and scientific method or
what do we make of the distinction between the natural and
the social sciences. Philosophy of the Social
Sciences, 11, 335-359.
MOORE, J.C. (2001). On distinguishing methodological from
radical behaviorism. European Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 2 (2), 221-244. [PDF]
KIDDER L.H. & JUDD, C.M. (1986). Research methods
in social relations. New York, NY : Holt,
Rinehart, and Winston.
REUCHLIN, M. (2002). Les méthodes en psychologie.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
ANDERSON, J.R. (1987). Methodologies for studying human
knowledge. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 10, 467-505
MERCER, N. (2010). The analysis of classroom talk :
Methods and methodologies. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 80, 1-14. [PDF]
ROBERT, M. (Dir.) (1988). Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie. St-Hyacinthe
: Édisem.
WALLIMAN, N. (2010), Research methods : The basics, Routledge
: London and New York.
SABOURIN, M. (1988). Méthode d'acquisition des
connaissances. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et
étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie
(p. 37-54). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
KASOMO, D. (2011). Contemporary method to study humanities
and social sciences. International Journal of
Psychology & Behavioral Sciences, 1 (1), 55-62.
[PDF]
MOCCIA, P. (1988). A critique of compromise beyond the
methods debate. Journal of Qualitative Research, 10 (4),
1-9.
GREENWALD, A.G. (2012). There is nothing so theoretical as
a good method. Perspectives on Psychological Science,
7, 99-108. [PDF]
BREWER J. & HUNTER, A. (1989). Multimethod
research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
HYETT, N., KENNY, A. & DICKSON-SWIFT, V. 2014).
(Methodology or method ? A critical review of qualitative
case study reports. International Journal of
Qualitative Studies on Health Well-being, 9, 1-12.
[PDF]
Méthode de travail intellectuel : MTI : Ensemble des
méthodes/techniques qui permettent de rédiger un texte avec clarté et précision, de préparer soigneusement un oral, de passer avec
succès un examen, etc.
DIONNE, B. (2004/08). Pour réussir : guide
méthodologique pour les études et la recherche. Beauchemin.
Méthode des adoptions : Méthode qui consiste à étudier des enfants
abandonnés par des parents de faible quotient
intellectuel, puis adoptés à leur naissance par des parents
de quotient intellectuel élevé. Si, une fois adulte, l'enfant a un
haut quotient intellectuel (QI), on
conclut à l'effet de l'environnement postnatal; s'il est doté d'un
faible QI, on conclut à l'effet des gènes
ou de l'environnement
prénatal. Adoption study.
LOEHLIN, J.C., HORN, J.M. & WILLERMAN, L. (1989).
Modeling IQ Change : Evidence from the Texas Adoption
Project. Child Development, 60 (4), 993-1004.
SCARR, S. & WEINBERG, R.A. (1983). The Minnesota
Adoption Studies : genetic differences and malleability.Child
Development, 54, 260-267. [PDF]
WEINBEWRG, R.A., SCARR, S. & WALDMAN, I.D. (1992). The
Minnesota Transracial Adoption Study : A follow-up of IQ
test performance at adolescence. Intelligence, 16,
117-135. [PDF]
Méthode des moindres carrés : Méthode élaborée par Legendre,
Gauss et Laplace. = Loi des moindres
carrés, approximation linéaire.
Least squares method, least squares, estimation.
ABBE, C. (1871). A historical note on the method of least
squares. American Journal of Science and Arts, 311,
411-415.
MORRIS, J.H., SHERMAN, J.D. & MANSFELD, E.R. (1986).
Failures to detect moderating effects with ordinary least
squares-moderated multiple regression : Some reasons and a
remedy. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 282-288.
EDGEWORTH, F.Y. (1883). The method of least squares.
Philosophical Magazine, 5 (16), 360-375.
SIMON, G.A. & SIMONOFF, J.S. (1986). Diagnostic plots
for missing data in least squares regression. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 81, 501-509.
AITKEN, A.C. (1932-1933). On the graduation of data by the
orthogonal polynomials of least squares. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 53, 54-78.
MARX, B.D. (1996). Iteratively reweighted partial least
squares estimation for generalized linear regression. Technometrics, 38 (4), 374-381.
AITKEN, A.C. (1935). On least squares and linear
combination of observations. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Edinburgh, 55, 42-47.
LENTH, R. V. (2016). Least-squares means : the R package
lsmeans. Journal of Statistical Software, 69,
1–33. [PDF]
Méthode discursive : Méthode philosophique qui s'appuie
davantage sur la logique et la coérence interne du discours, que
sur les faits, pour établir la validité d'un
raisonnement.
Méthode
du cas unique : Méthode
de recherche
expérimentale ou quasi-expérimentale
dont l'échantillon se
réduit à un ou quelques sujets,
mais qui permet néanmoins de vérifier l'effet d'un ou de
plusieurs traitements.
= n=1. * Étude de cas.Single case experimental design,
single-subject research methods, single case, single-case
research, single-subject-design.
JONES, M.C. (1924). A laboratory study of fear : The case
of Peter. Pedagogical Seminary, 31, 308-315.
BUSK, P.L. & SERLIN, R.C. (1992). Meta-analysis for
single-case research. In T.R. Kratochwill & J.R. Levin
(Eds.), Single-case research design and analysis
(pp. 187-212). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
SHAPIRO, M.B. (1961). The single case in fundamental
clinical psychological research. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 34, 255-262.
ÖST, L.-G. (1992). Cognitive therapy in a case of choking
phobia. Behavioural Psychotherapy, 20 (1),
79-84.
EDGINGTON, E.S.N. (1967). Statistical inference from N = 1
experiments. Journal of Psychology, 65, 195-199.
WILSON, S.L. (1995). Single case experimental designs. In
G.M. Breakwell, S. Hammond & C. Fife-Schaw (Eds.),
Research methods in psychology (pp. 69-84). London
: Sage Publications.
EDGINGTON, E.S.N. (1972). N = 1 experiments : Hypothesis
testing. The Canadian Psychologist, 13, 121-135.
BUSSE, R.T., KRATOCHWILL, T.R. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1995).
Meta-analysis for single-case consultation outcomes :
Applications to research and practice. Journal of
School Psychology, 33 (4), 269-285.
HRYCAIKO, D. & MARTIN, G. (1996). Applied research
studies with single-subject designs : Why so few ? Journal
of Applied Sport Psychology, 8, 183-199.
KAZI, M.F. & WILSON, J.T. (1996). Applying single-case
evaluation methodology in a British social work agency. Research on Social Work Practice, 6, 5-26.
LEITENBERG, H. (1973). The use of single case methodology
in psychotherapy research. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 82, 87-101.
RUBIN, A. & KNOX, K.S. (1996). Data analysis problems
in single-case evaluation : Issues for research on social
work practice. Research on Social Work, 6,
40-65.
BARLOW, D.H. & HERSEN, M. (1973). Single case
experimental designs : Uses in applied clinical research.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 29, 319-325.
ARNOLD, B.L. (1997). Single-subject research as an
alternative to group research. Athletic Therapy
Today, 2 (3), 19-20.
BIRNBRAUER, J.S., PETERSON, C.R. & SOLNICK, J.V.
(1974). Design and interpretation of studies of single
subjects. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 79,
191-203.
BACKMAN, C.L., HARRIS, S.R., CHILSPM, J.M. & MONETTE,
A.D. (1997). Single-subject research in rehabilitation : a
review of studies using AB, withdrawal, multiple baseline
and alternating treatments designs. Archives of
Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 78, 1145-1453.
ÖST, L.-G. & KÄLL, L.-G. (1977). Treatment of rat
phobia with reinforced practice and fading : Two case
reports. Scandinavian Journal of Behavior Therapy, 6
(1), 25-38.
FAITH, M.S., ALLISON, D.B. & GORMAN, B.S. (1997).
Meta-analysis of single-case research. In R.D. Franklin,
D.B. Allison & B.S. Gorman (Eds.), Design and
analysis of single-case research (pp. 245-277).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
LINSCHEID, T.R., THOMPSON, R.J., PALMER, S. &
LINSCHEID, T.R. (1977). Single subject design and
interaction analysis in the behavioral treatment of a
child with a feeding problem. Child Psychiatry &
Human Development, 8, 43- 53.
SCRUGGS, T.E. & MASTROPIERI, M.A. (1998). Summarizing
single-subject research : Issues and applications. Behavior
Modification, 22, 221-242.
BACKMAN, C.L. & HARRIS, S.R. (1999). Case studies,
single-subject research, and N of 1 randomized trials :
comparisons and contrasts. American Journal of
Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 78,
170-176.
BARLOW, D.H. & HAYES, S.C. (1979). Alternating
treatments design : One strategy for comparing the effects
of two treatments in a single subject. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (2), 199-210.
[PDF]
HINELINE, P.N. & LATTAL, K.A. (1999). Single-subject
research methods. In A. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
psychology. Oxford : Oxford Press.
WOLERY, M. & HARRIS, S.R. (1982). Interpreting results
of single-subject research designs. Physical Therapy,
4, 445-452. [PDF]
BARON, A. & DERENNE, A. (2000). Quantitative summaries
of single-subject studies : What do group comparisons tell
us about individual performances ? Behavior Analyst,
23 (1), 101-106. [PDF]
JOSHI, A.S. (2000). Single-system design : An effective
strategy for evaluating clinical change. The British
Journal of Occupational Therapy, 63, 283-287.
LUNFERVOLD, D.A. & BELWOOD, M.F. (2000). The best kept
secret in counseling : Single-case (N = 1) experimental
designs. Journal of Counseling & Development, 78,
92-102.
KAZDIN, A.E. (1982). Single-case research designs :
Methods for clinical and applied settings. Oxford :
Oxford University.
SWANSON, H.L. (2000). A meta-analysis of
single-subject-design. Intervention research for students
with LD. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 33, 114-136.
THYER, B.A. & CURTIS, G.C. (1983). The repeated
pretest-posttest single-subject experiment : A new design
for empirical clinical practice. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 14,
311-315.
MORAN, D.J. & TAI, W. (2001). Reducing biaises in
clinical judgement with single subject treatment design. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 2 (3), 196-203. [PDF]
FOSTER, L., WATSON, S. MEEKS, C. & YOUNG, J.S. (2002).
Single-subject research design for school counselors :
Becoming an applied researcher. Professional School
Counseling, 6, 146-154.
LUBINSKI, D., TELLEGEN, A. & BUTCHER, J.N. (1983).
Masculinity, feminity, and androgyny viewed and assessed
as distinct concepts. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 44 (2), 428-439. [PDF]
CAMPBELL, J.M. (2003). Efficacy of behavioral
interventions for reducing problem behavior in persons
with autism : a quantitative synthesis of single-subject
research. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 24,
120-138. [PDF]
TELLEGEN, A. & LUBINSKI, D. (1983). Some
methodological comments on labels, traits, interaction,
and types in the study of "femininity" and "masculinity" :
Reply to Spence. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44 (2), 447-455. [PDF]
CAMPBELL, J.M. (2004). Statistical comparison of four
effect sizes for single-subject designs. Behavior
Modification, 28, 234-246.
McLAUGHLIN, T.F. (1983). An examination and evaluation of
single subject designs used in behavior analysis research.
Educational Research Quarterly, 7, 35-42.
SKINNER, C. (2004). Single-subject designs : Procedures
that allow school psychologists to contribute to the
intervention evaluation and validation process.
Journal of Applied School Psychology, 20 (2), 1-10.
BARLOW, D.H. & HERSEN, M. (1984). Single case
experimental design : Strategies for studying behavior
change in the individual. Elmsford, NY : Pergamon
Press.
HORNER, R.H., CARR, E.G., HALLE, J., McGEE, G., ODOM, S.
& WOLERY, M. (2005). The use of single subject
research to identify evidence-based practice in special
education. Exceptional Children, 71 (2),
165-179.
ÖST, L.-G. (1985). Single-session exposure treatment of
injection phobia : A case study with continuous heart rate
measurement. Scandinavian Journal of Behavior
Therapy, 14 (3), 125-131.
RIVARD, V. et BOUCHARD, S. (2005). Les protocoles à cas
unique : Une façon tout aussi intéressante de faire de la
recherche ! Dans S. Bouchard et C. Cyr (Dirs.), Recherche
psychosociale : Pour harmoniser recherche et pratique
(p. 207-243). Québec, QC : Presses de l'Université du
Québec.
FOSTER, W. (1986). The application of single subject
research methods to the study of exceptional ability and
extraordinary achievement. Gifted Child Quarterly, 30
(1), 33-37.
KENNEDY, C.H. (2005). Single-case designs for
educational research. Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
SCRUGGS, T.E., MASTROPIERI, M.A. & CASTO, G. (1987).
The quantitative synthesis of single-subject research :
Methodology and validation. Remedial & Special
Education, 8 (2), 24-33.
GARON, R. et THÉORÊT, M. (2005). Re-connaître les plans à
cas unique en sciences de l'éducation. Mesure et
Évaluation en Éducation, 26 (1), 41-52.
WHITE, O. (1987). The quantitative synthesis of
single-subject research : Methodology and validation :
Comment. Rase : Remedial & Special Education, 8
(2), 34-39.
HORNER, R.H., CARR, E.G., HALLE, J., McGEE, G., ODOM, S.
& WOLERY, M. (2005). The use of single- subject
research to identify evidence-based practice in special
education. Exceptional Children, 71, 165-179.
MANOLOV, R. & SOLANAS, A. (2008). Comparing N = 1
effect size indices in presence of autocorrelation. Behavior
Modification, 32 (6), 860-875.
EDGINGTON, E.S.N. (1987). Randomized single-subject
experiments and statistical tests. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 34 (4), 437-442.
SHADISH, W.R., RINDSKOPF, D.M. & HEDGES, L.V. (2008).
The state of the science in the meta-analysis of
single-case experimental designs. Evidence-Based
Communication Assessment & Intervention, 2,
188-196.
GAST, D.L. & WOLERY, M. (1988). Parallel treatments
design : A nested single subject design for compar- ing
instructional procedures. Education & Training in
Mental Retardation & Developmental Disabilities, 11,
270-285.
THYER, B.A. & MYERS, L.L. (2009). N = 1 experiments
and evidence-based practice. In A.R. Roberts (Ed.), Social
worker's desk reference (pp. 1176-1184). New York
: Oxford University Press.
BARLOW, D.H., KNOX, M.B. & HERSEN, M. (2009). Single-case
experimental designs : Strategies for studying behavior
change. Boston, MA : Allyn & Bacon.
GONNELLA, C. (1989). Single-subject experimental paradigm
as a clinical decision tool. Physical Therapy, 69,
601-609.
BELL, R.J., SKINNER, C.H. & FISHER, L.A. (2009).
Decreasing putting yips in accomplished golfers via
solution-focused guided imagery : A single-subject
research design. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology,
21, 1-14. [PDF]
PERDICIES, M. & TATE, R.L. (2009). Single-subject
designs as a tool for evidence-based clinical practice :
Are they unrecognised and undervalued ? Neuropsychological
Rehabilitation, 19 (6), 904-927.
WHITE, D.M., RUSCH, F.R., KAZDIN, A.E. & HARTMANN,
D.P. (1989). Applications of meta analysis in
individual-subject research. Behavioral Assessment,
11, 281-296.
HAMMOND, D. & GAST, D.L. (2010). Descriptive analysis
of single subject research designs : 1983-2007. Education
& Training in Autism & Developmental
Disabilities, 45 (2), 187-202. [PDF]
BATES, E., APLLEBAUM, M. & ALLARD, L. (1991).
Statistical constraints on the use of single cases in
neuropsychological research. Brain & Language, 40
(3), 295-329.
HORNER, R.H. & SPAULDING, S. (2010). Single-case
research designs. In N.J. Salkind (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of research design (pp. 1386-1394). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage Publications.
KAZDIN, A.E. (2011). Single-case research designs. New
York, NY : Oxford University Press.
SCRUGGS, T.E. & MASTROPIERI, M.A. (2013). PND at 25:
Past, present, and future trends in summarizing
single-subject research. Remedial & Special
Education, 34 (1), 9-19.
LANOVAZ, M.J. (2013). L'utilisation de devis expérimentaux
à cas unique en psychoéducation. Revue de
Psychoéducation, 42 (1), 161-183.
HINSHELWOOD, R.D. (2013). Single case studies,
subjectivity and scientific knowledge. London :
Routledge.
ABRAMI, P.C. & d'APOLLONIA, S. (1991).
Multidimensional students’ evaluations of teaching
effectiveness - Generalizability of "N = 1" research :
Comment on Marsh (1991). Journal of Educational
Psychology, 30, 221-227.
PERONE, M. & HURSH, D.E. (2013). Single-case
experimental designs. In G. Maddon, W.V. Dube, T.D.
Timothy, G.P. Hanley & K.A. Lattal (Eds.), APA
handbook of behavior analysis (Vol. 1, pp.
107-126). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association.
FRANFLIN, R.D., ALLISON, D.B. & GORMAN, B.S. (2014). Design and analysis of single-case research. New York :
Psychology Press.
COOK,
T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1979). Quasi-experimentation
: Designs and analysis issues for field settings. Boston
: Hougton Mifflin Company.
SWAMINATHAN, H., ROGERS, H.J., HORNER, R.H., SUGAI, G.
& SMOLKOWSKI, K. (2014). Regression models and effect
size measures for single case designs.
Neuropsychological Rehabilitation : An International
Journal, 24 (3-4), 554-571.
SWAMINATHAN, H., ROGERS, H.J. & HORNER, R.H. (2014).
An effect size measure and Bayesian analysis of
single-case designs. Journal of School Psychology, 52
(2), 231-235.
Méthode
du raisonnement : Méthode
non-scientifique qui se fonde sur le principe que des
prémisses logiquement reliées sont nécessairement vraies. NDLR : Ici le terme raisonnement peut porter à confusion, car en science le raisonnement est nécessaire afin de soumettre des propositions logiques à l'épreuve des faits. Mais un raisonnement, même logique, peut ne pas correspondent aux faits. Ce n'est donc pas l'usage du raisonnement qui est non-scientifique, mais le point de vue selon lequel ce qui est logique est forcément vrai.
* Logique.
SABOURIN,
M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition des connaissances. Dans
M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 37-58).
St-Hyacynthe : Edisem.
ROSENTHAL, R. & ROSNOW, R.L. (2008). Essentials
of behavioral research : Methods and data analysis.
McGraw-Hill.
SABOURIN,
M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition des connaissances. Dans
M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 37-58).
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.
Méthode expérimentale : Méthode de
recherche qui a pour but de vérifier une hypothèse
dans le cadre d'une expérience
menée en laboratoire, et
au cours de laquelle le chercheur manipule les caractéristiques
d'une variable indépendante
(provoquée) pour en mesurer l'influence sur la variable
dépendante, tout en maintenant constant les autres facteurs
susceptibles d'influer sur cette variable (variable
parasite). Contrairement à ce que certains chercheurs
prétendent, la présence d'un groupe
contrôle n'est pas une condition nécessaire de la méthode
expérimentale, car pour certains phénomènes étudiés depuis
longtemps on connaît déjà très bien l'effet de l'absence de la
variable x. Cependant, en science, pour montrer l'existence d'un
effet, il est nécessaire de disposer d'un groupe
ou d'une mesure de comparaison. Lorsque certaines de ces
conditions ne sont pas réunies, le chercheur a recours à une
méthode quasi-expérimentale. En science, la méthode
expérimentale est, de toutes les méthodes, celle qui procure au
chercheur le plus haut niveau de contrôle du phénomène étudié et
donc , potentiellement, le plus haut niveau de validité
interne(puissance des
méthodes). Méthode expérimentale, expérimentalismeet expérience.= Expérience, expérimentation,
recherche expérimentale, démarche expérimentale, cadre
expérimental.
Experimental method, experimental methodology, experimental approach, experimental procedure.
Le contrôle
des variables
parasites est élevé et permet de mesure l'effet de X
sur Y avec + de précision/certitude
SHERIF, M. (1947). Some methodological remarks related to
experimentation in social psychology. International Journal
of Opinion & Attitude Research, 1, 71-93.
GRAHE, J.E., WILLIAMS, K.D. & HINSZ, V.B. (2000).
Teaching experimental methods while bringing smiles to
your students' faces. Teaching of Psychology, 27,
108-111.
STEVENS, S.S. (Ed.) (1951). Handbook of experimental
psychology. New York : Wiley.
TOWNSEND, J.C. (1953). Introduction to experimental
method for psychology and the social sciences. APA.
STAM, H.J., RADTKE, H.L. & LUBEK, I. (2000). Strains
in experimental social psychology : A textual analysis of
the development of experimentation in social psychology. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 36 (4),
365-382
COCHRAN, W.G. & COX, G. (1957). Experimental
designs. New York : Wiley.
HASLAM, S. & McGARTY, C. (2001). A 100 years of
certitude : Social psychology, the experimental method and
the management of scientific uncertainty. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 1-21.
KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior : An
ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of
Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46. [PDF]
McDERMOTT, R. (2002). Experimental methodology in
political science. Political Analysis 10 (4),
325-342.
KIRK, R.E. (1968/95). Experimental design :
Procedures for the behavioral sciences. Brooks and
Cole.
McDERMOTT, R. (2002). The experimental method in political
science. Annual Review Political Science, 5,
31-61. [PDF]
OPP, K.-D. (1970). The experimental method in the social
sciences : Some problems and proposals for its more
effective use. Quality & Quantity, 4, 39-54
SOCKEEL, P. & ANCEAUX, F. (2002). La démarche
expérimentale en psychologie. Paris : In Press.
KENNY, D.A. (1976). Data analysis in the social psychology
experiment. Representative Research in Social
Psychology, 7, 120-132.
DINSMOOR, J.A. (2003). Experimental. The Behavior
Analyst, 26, 151-153. [PDF]
MAHONEY, M.J. (1978). Experimental methods and outcome
evaluation. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 46, 660-672.
DAGNELIE, P. (2003). Principes d'expérimentation :
planification des expériences et analyse de leurs
résultats. Gembloux : Presses agronomiques.
MARTIN, M.W. & SELL, J. (1979). The role of the
experiment in the social sciences. The Sociological
Quarterly, 20 (4), 581-590.
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). Abrégé sur les méthodes de
recherche et la recherche expérimentale. Sainte-Foy
: Presses de l'Université du Québec. [LIRE]
BLUMENTHAL, A.L. (1985). Shaping a tradition :
experimentalism begins. In C. Buxton (Ed.), Points of
view in the modern history of psychology (pp.
51-83). New York : Academic Press.
WILSON, T.D. (2005). The message is the method :
Celebrating and exporting the experimental approach. Psychological Inquiry, 16, 185-193.
LEVINE, G. & PARKINSON, S. (1994). Experimental
methods in psychology. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum.
PALMER, D.C. (2010). Behavior under the microscope :
increasing the resolution of our experimental procedures.
Behavior Analysis, 33 (1), 37-45.
[PDF]
SABOURIN,
M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition des connaissances. Dans
M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 37-58).
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.
MEEHL, P.E. (1970). Nuisance variables and the ex post
facto design. In M. Radner & S. Winokur (Eds.), Minnesota
studies in the philosophy of science : Vol. IV. Analyses
of theories and methods of physics and psychology
(pp. 373-402). Minneapolis : University of Minnesota
Press.
Méthode exploratoire : Chez certains auteurs, désigne un
ensemble de méthodes de recherche qui vise
à étudier un phénomène
nouveau ou peu connu. On explore un phénomène dont on ne
connaît pas ou peu les propriétés, la régularité ou les effets.
ANDRÉANI, J.-C., CONCHON, F., MOULIN, J.-L. & DE
VAISSIÈRE, G. (2008). La communication de diversité en
marketing : approche exploratoire. Management &
Avenir, 1 (15), 156-173. [PDF]
Méthode globale (de lecture) : Voir Méthode
d'enseignement par la méthode globale.See
and say, look-say, Look and say, whole language, WL, whole
word approach, sight words, Dolch world, balanced Literacy,
literature-based literacy instruction, language experience
instruction, top-down model of reading.
Méthode intuitive : Méthode
non-scientifique fondée sur la certitude que la plupart des
vérités relèvent de l'évidence.
= Intuition, méthode du bon sens populaire, gros bon sens.
/Méthodes scientifiques.
SABOURIN,
M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition des connaissances. Dans
M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 37-58).
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.
Méthode mixte : Utilisation lors d'une même recherche
des méthodes quantitatives et
qualitatives.= Analyse mixte.
Mixed methods research, mixed
approaches, multimethod research, mixed analysis, mixed
research.
TREND, M.G. (1978). On the reconciliation of qualitative
and quantitative analyses : A case study. Human
Organization, 37, 345-354. /T.D. Cook & C.S.
Reichardt (Eds.), Qualitative and quantitative
methods in evaluation research. Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage.
GIDDINGS, L. (2006). Mixed-methods research, positivism
dressed in drag ? Journal of Research in Nursing, 11
(3), 195-203.
RAGIN, C.C. (1987). The comparative method : Moving
beyond qualitative and quantitative strategies.
Berkeley : University of California Press.
ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J. & JOHNSON, R.B. (2006). The validity
issue in mixed research. Research in the School, 13 (1),
48-63. [PDF]
BREWER, J. & HUNTER, A. (1989). Multimethod
research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
GREENE, J.C. (2006). Toward a methodology of mixed methods
social inquiry. Research in the Schools, 13 (1),
93-99.
YIN, R. (2006). Mixed methods research : Are the methods
genuinely integrated or merely parallel ? Research in
the Schools, 13 (1), 41-47. [PDF]
MORSE, J. (1991). Approaches to qualitative- quantitative
methodological triangulation. Nursing Research, 40,
120-123.
MORSE, J.M., WOLFE, R.R. & NILEHAUS, L. (2006).
Principles and procedures of maintaining validity for
mixed-method design. In L. Curry, R. Shield & T.
Wetle (Eds.), Improving aging and public health
research : Qualitative and mixed methods (pp.
65-78). Washington, DC : American Public Health
Association.
BRANNEN, J. (1992). Combining qualitative and quantitative
approaches : an overview. In J. Brannan (Ed.), Mixing
methods : qualitative and quantitative research
(pp. 153-189). Hants, England : Avebury.
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2006). A general
typology of research designs featuring mixed methods. Research
in the Schools, 13 (1), 12-28. [PDF]
CARACELLI, V.J. & GREENE J.C. (1993). Data analysis
strategies for mixed-method evaluation designs. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 15, 195-207.
DZUREC, L.C. & ABRAHAM, J.L. (1993). The nature of
inquiry : Link-ing quantitative and qualitative research.
Advances in Nursing Science, 16, 73-79.
BAZELEY, P. (2006). The contribution of computer are to
integrating qualitative and quantitative data analyses. Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 64-74.
SECHREST, L. & SIDANA, S. (1995). Quantitative and
qualitative methods : Is there an alternative ? Evaluation
& Program Planning, 18, 77-87.
BRYMAN, A. (2006). Integrating Quantitative and
Qualitative Research : how is it done ? Qualitative
Research, 6, (1), 97-114.
RIGGIN, L.J. (1997). Advances Greene & V.J. Caracelli
(Eds.), Advances in mixed-method evaluation : The
challenges and benefits of integrating diverse paradigms
(pp. 87-94). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
MASON, J. (2006). Mixing methods in a qualitatively-driven
way. Qualitative Research, 6 (1), 9-26
GREENE J.C. & CARACELLI, V.J. (1997). Defining and
describing the paradigm issue in mixed-method evaluation.
New directions for Evaluation, 74, 5-17.
ANDREW, S. & HALCOMB, E.J. (2007). Mixed methods
research is an effective method of enquiry for for
community health research. Contemporary Nursing, 23 (2),
145-153
WAYSMAN, M. & SAVAYA, R. (1997). Mixed method
evaluation : A case study. Evaluation Practice, 18,
227-237.
JOHNSON, R.B., ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. & TURNER, L.A.
(2007). Toward a definition of mixed methods research. Journal
of Mixed Methods Research, 1, (112), DOI:
10.1177/1558689806298224.
[PDF]
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (1998). Mixed
methodology : Combining qualitative and quantitative
approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
DELLINGER, A.B. & LEECH, N.L. (2007). Toward a unified
validation framework in mixed methods research.
Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1, 309-332.
MORGAN, D.L. (1998). Practical strategies for combining
qualitative and quantitative methods : Applications to
health research. Qualitative Health Research, 8
(3), 362-376.
BRYMAN, A.S., BECKER, S. & SEMPIK, J. (2007). Quality
criteria for quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods
research : a view from social policy. International
Journal of Social Research Methodology, 11 (4),
1-16. [PDF]
BARBOUR, R. S. (1998). Mixing qualitative methods :
Quality assurance or qualitative quagmire ? Qualitative
Health Research, 8, 352-361.
CRESWELL, J.W. & PLANO CLARK, V.L. (2007/11).
Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Thousand
Oaks, California, London : Sage.
SALE, J.E.M., LOHFELD, L.H. & BRAZIL, K. (2002).
Revisiting the quantitative-qualitative debate :
Implications for mixed-methods research. Quality
& Quantity, 36, 43-53.
GIDDINGS, L. & GRANT, B. (2007). A Trojan Horse for
positivism ? A critique of mixed methods research. Advances
in Nursing Science, 30 (1), 52-60.
BAZELEY, P. (2002). Issues in mixing qualitative and
quantitative approaches to research. In R. Buber, J.
Gadner & L. Richards (Eds.), Applying qualitative
methods to marketing management research (pp.
141-156). UK : Palgrave Macmillan. [PDF]
GREENE, J.C. (2007). Mixed methods in social inquiry.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
McCONNEY, A., RUDD, A. & AYRES, R. (2002). Getting to
the bottom line : A method for synthesizing findings
within mixed-method program evaluations. American
Journal of Evaluation, 23 (2), 121-140.
ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J. & COLLINS, K.M.T. (2007). A typology
of mixed methods sampling designs in social science
research. The Qualitative Report, 12 (2),
281-316. [PDF]
MORSE J.M. (2003). Principles of mixed methods and
multimethod research design. In A. Tashakkori & C.
Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social
and behavioral research (pp. 189-208). Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage.
TEDDLIE, C. & YU, F. (2007). Mixed methods sampling :
A typology with examples. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 1 (1), 77-100. [PDF]
DÖRNYEI, Z. (2007). Research methods in applied
linguistics : Quantitative, qualitative and mixed
methodologies. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
METOO, D. & TEMPLE, B. (2003). Issues in multi-method
research : Constructing self-care. International
Journal of Qualitative Methods, 2 (3), 1-21.
DELLINGER, A.B. & LEECH, N.L. (2007). Toward a unified
validation framework in mixed methods research.
Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (4), 309-332.
JOHNSON, R.B., ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J. & TURNER, L.A.
(2007). Toward a definition of mixed methods research. Journal
of Mixed Methods Research, 1, 112-133.
BAZELEY, P. (2003). Computerized data analysis for mixed
methods research. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 385-422). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage.
ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J., SLATE, J.R., LEECH, N.L. & COLLINS,
K.M.T. (2007). Conducting mixed analyses : A general
typology. International Journal of Multipe Research
Approaches, 1 (1).
[LIRE]
BRYMAN, A. (2007). Barriers to integrating quantitative
and qualitative research. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 1 (1), 8-22.
CRESWELL, J.W. PLANO CLARK , V. L., GUTMANN, M.L. &
HANSON, W.E. (2003). Advances in mixed methods research
designs. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook
of mixed methods in social & behavioral research
(pp 209-240). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (2008). Introduction to
mixed method and mixed model studies in the social and
behavioral sciences. The Mixed Methods Reader,
7-26
PLANO CLARK, V.L., HUDDLESTON, C.A., CHURCHILL, S.L.,
GREEN, S.O. & GARRETT, A.L. (2008). Mixed methods
approaches in family science research. Journal of
Family Issues, 29, 1543-1566.
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2003). Major issues and
controversies in the use of mixed methods in the social
and behavioral sciences. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 3-50). Thousand Oaks, CA :
Sage.
GREENE, J.C. (2008). Is mixed methods social inquiry a
distinctive methodology ? Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 2 (1), 7-22.
[PDF]
SHULHA, L.M. & WILSON, R.J. (2003). Collaborative
mixed methods research. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 639-670). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage.
TASHAKKORI, A. & CRESWELL, J. (2008). The new era of
mixed methods. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (1),
3-7.
WASZAK, C. & SINES, M. (2003). Mixed methods in
psychological research. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 557-576). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage.
CRESWELL, J. & TASHAKKORI, A. & (2008). Developing
publishable mixed methods manuscripts. Journal of
Mixed Methods Research, 1 (2), 107-111. [PDF]
BAZELEY, P. (2003). Computerized data analysis for mixed
methods research. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 385-422). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage.
TASHAKKORI, A. & CRESWELL, J. (2008). Exploring the
nature of research questions in mixed methods research.Journal
of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (3), 207-211.
ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J. & (2003). A framework for analyzing
data in mixed methods research. Handbook of Mixed
Methods in Social & Behavioral Research 2,
397-430.
O'CATHAIN, A., MURPHY, E. & NICHOLL, J. (2008). The
quality of mixed methods studies in health services
research. Journal of Health Services Research &
Policy, 13, 92-98.
MOGHADDAM, F.M., WALKER, B.R. & HARRE, R. (2003).
Cultural distance, levels of abstraction, and the
advantages of mixed methods. In A. Tashakkori & C.
Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social
& behavioral research (pp. 111-134). Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage.
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2009). Foundations of
mixed methods research C Teddlie, A Tashakkori Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage.
MAXWELL, J.A. & LOOMIS, D.M. (2003). Mixed methods
design : An alternative approach. In A. Tashakkori &
C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in
social and behavioral research (pp. 241-271).
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
BAZELEY, P. (2009). Editorial : Integrating data analyses
in mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 3 (3), 203-207. [PDF]
CRESWELL, J.W. (2003). Research design : Qualitative,
quantitative, and mixed approaches. Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage.
BAZELEY, P. (2009). Analysing qualitative data : More Than
"identifying themes". Malaysian Journal of
Qualitative Research, 2, 6-22.
[PDF]
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (2003). The past and
future of mixed methods research : From data triangulation
to mixed model designs. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 671-701). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage.
BORREGO, M., DOUGLAS, E.P. & AMELINK, C.T. (2009).
Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed research methods in
engineering education. Journal of Engineering
Education, 98 (1), 53-66.
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (Eds.) (2003). Handbook
of mixed methods in social and behavioral research.
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
BAZELEY, P. (2009). Mixed methods data analysis. In S.
Andrew & E.J. Halcomb (Eds.), Mixed methods
research for nursing and the health sciences (pp.
84-118). Chichester, UK : Wiley-Blackwell.
BAZELEY, P. (2003). Teaching mixed methods. Qualitative
Research Journal, 3 (S), 117-126.
GREENE, J.C., SOMMERFELD, P. & HAIGNT, W.L. (2010).
Mixing methods in social work research. In I. Shaw, K.
Briar-Lawson, J. Orme & R. Ruckdeschel (Eds.), The
SAGE handbook of social work research. London :
Sage.
MERTENS, D. (2003). Mixed methods and the politics of
human research : The transformative-emancipatory
perspective. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.) Handbook
of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral Research. Thousand
Oaks CA, Sage Inc.
SIMONS L. & LATHLEAN, J. (2010). Mixed Methods. In K.
Gerrish & A. Lacey (Eds.), The research process
in nursing. London, Wiley-Blackwell.
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2003). Major issues and
controversies in the use of mixed methods in the social
and behavioral sciences. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 3-50). Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage.
CASTRO, F.G., KELLISON, J.G., BOYD, S.J. & KOPAK, A.
(2010). A methodology for conducting integrative mixed
methods research and data analysis. Journal of Mixed
Methods Research, 4 (4), 342-360.
HARWELL, M.R. (2011). Research design in
qualitative/quantitative/mixed methods. In C. Conrad &
R.C. Serlin (Eds.), The Sage handbook for research in
education : Pursuing ideas as the keystone of exemplary
inquiry. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. [PDF]
CRESWELL, J.W. & PLANO CLARK, V.L. (2011).
Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Thousand
Oaks, California, Sage Publicaitons.
CAMERON, R. (2011). Mixed Methods Research : The Five Ps
Framework. Journal of Business Research Methods, 9 (2),
96-10. [PDF]
ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J. (2011). Data analysis in mixed research
: A primer. International Journal of Education, 3
(1), 1-25. [PDF]
UNGAR, M. & LIEBENBERG, L. (2011). Assessing
resilience across cultures using mixed methods :
Construction of the child and youth resilience measure. Journal
of Mixed Methods Research, 5 (2), 126-149.
MIGIRO, S.O. & MAGANGI, S.O. (2011). Mixed methods : A
review of literature and the future of the new research
paradigm. African Journal of Business Management, 5 (10),
3757-3764. [PDF]
JOHNSON, R.B. & CHRISTENSEN, L.B. (2004). Educational
research : Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed
approaches. Boston, MA : Allyn and Bacon.
BAZELEY, P. (2012). Integrative analysis strategies for
mixed data sources. American Behavioral Scientist, 56
(6), 814-828.
TEYE, J.K. (2012). Benefits, challenges, and dynamism of
positionalities associated with mixed methods research in
developing countries : Evidence from Ghana. Journal
of Mixed Methods Research 6 (4) 379-391. [PDF]
ANDREW, S. & HALCOMB, E.J. (2012). Mixed method
research. In S. Borbasi & D. Jackson (Eds.),
Navigating the Maze of Research : Enhancing Nursing and
Midwifery Practice (pp. 147-165). Chatswood, N.S.W :
Elsevier Australia.
WISDOM, J.P., CAVALERI, M A., ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J. &
GREEN, C.A. (2012). Methodological reporting in
qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods health
services research articles. Health Services Research,
47, 721-745.
JOHNSON, R.B. & ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. (2004). Mixed
methods research : A research paradigm whose time has
come. Educational Researcher, 33 (7), 14-26.
HOSSAIN, D.M. (2012). Mixed method research : An overview.
Postmodern Openings, 3 (4), 137-151. [PDF]
ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. & LEECH, N.L. (2004). Enhancing the
interpretation of "significant" findings : The role of
mixed methods research. The Qualitative Report, 9,
770-792.
LAVELLE, E., VUK, J. & BARBER, C. (2013). Twelve tips
for getting started using mixed methods in medical
education research. Medical Teacher, 35,
272-276.
BAZELEY, P. (2004). Issues in mixing qualitative and
quantitative approaches to research. In R. Buber, J.
Gadner & L. Richards (Eds.), Applying qualitative
methods to marketing management research (pp.
141-156). Basingstoke, England : Palgrave Macmillan.
BOWERS, B., COHEN, L.W., ELLIOT, A.E., GRABOWSKI, D.C.,
FISHMAN, N.W., SHARKEY, S.S., ZIMMERMAN, S., HORN, S.D.
& KEMPER, P. (2013). Creating and supporting a mixed
methods health services research team. Health
Services Research, 48, 2157-2180.
ZHANG, W. & CRESWELL, J.W. (2013). The use of "mixing"
procedure of mixed methods in health services research.
Medical Care, 51, 51-57.
SCAMMON, D.L., TOMOAIA-COTISEL, A., DAY, R.L., DAY, J.,
KIM, J., WAITZMAN, N.J., FARRELL, T.W. & MAGILL, M.K.
(2013). Connecting the dots and merging meaning : Using
mixed methods to study primary care delivery
transformation. Health Services Research, 48,
2181-2207.
CRESWELL, J.W. (2013). Research design qualitative,
quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage.
[PDF]
MERTENS, D. (2003). Research methods in education and
psychology : Integrating diversity with quantitative,
qualitative, and mixed methods. Thousand Oaks, CA :
Sage.
HALCOMB, E. & HICKMAN, L. (2015). Mixed methods
research. Nursing standard : promoting excellence in
nursing care, 29 (32), 41-47.
[PDF]
TEDDLIE, C. (2005). Methodological issues related to
causal studies of leadership : A mixed methods perspective
from the USA. Educational Management Administration
& Leadership, 33 (2), 211-217.
COLLINS, H.M., EVANS, R., WEINEL, M., LYTTLETON-SMITH, J.,
BARTLETT, A. & HALL, M. (2017). The imitation game and
the nature of mixed methods. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 11 (4), 510-527.[PDF]
BENGE, C., ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. MALLETTE, M.H. &
BURGESS, M.L. (2010). Doctoral students' perceptions of
barriers to reading empirical literature : A mixed
analysis. International Journal of Doctoral Studies,
5, 55-77.
RICKARD, C.M., WILLIAMS, G., RAY-BARRUEL, G., ARMIT, L.,
PERRY, C.J., LUKE, H., DUFFY, P. & WALLIS, M. (2011).
Towards improved organisational support for nurses working
in research roles in the clinical setting : A mixed method
investigation. Collegian, 18, 165-176.
PFAFF, K.A., BAXTER, P.E., JACK, S.M. & PLOEG, J.
(2014). Exploring new graduate nurse confidence in
interprofessional collaboration : A mixed methods study. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 51 (8), 1142-1152.
MEIXNER, C., O'DONGHUE, C.R. & WITT, M. (2013).
Accessing crisis intervention services after brain injury
: A mixed methods study. Rehabilitation Psychology,
58, 377-385.
Méthode non-scientifique : Ensemble de méthodes plus ou moins formelles qui permettent de trouver des solutions à des problèmes, mais qui ne se fondent pas sur laméthode scientifique. ( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
= Méthode populaire.
SABOURIN, M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition des
connaissances. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et
étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie
(p. 37-58). St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.
BRESSOUX, P. (1990). Méthodes pédagogiques et interactions
verbales dans la classe : Quel impact sur les élèves de CP
? Revue Française de Pédagogie, 93, 17-25. [PDF]
CONDLIFFE-LAGEMANN E.C. (2000). An elusive science :
The troubling history of education research.
Chicago, IL : The University of Chicago Press.
Tout outil qui transforme un phénomène en chiffre
(Test, questionnaire, grille d'observation)
Donnée quanti
La donnée mesurée est notée en chiffre (EX: je fais «102»
degrés de fièvre)
ou
Analyse
quanti
La
donnée «102» est utilisée telle quelle par
un test statistique
donc
Recherche
quanti
Analyse
quali
La donnée «102»
est transformée en classe, ordonnée ou non, avant
d'être analysée par un test statistique
donc
Recherche
quanti
Choix : méthode + outil
Collecte
des données
Analyse des données
si
Méthode
+ outil quali
Tout outil qui transforme un phénomène en mot (entrevue, observation libre, etc.)
Donnée quali
La donnée évaluée est notée en mot (EX: Je fais «beaucoup» de fièvre)
ou
Analyse
quali
La
donnée «beaucoup» est utilisée telle quelle lors de
l'interprétation
donc
Recherche
quali
Analyse
quanti
La donnée «beaucoup» est transformée en chiffre avant d'être analysée par un test
donc
Recherche
quanti
TREND, M.G. (1978). On the reconciliation of qualitative
and quantitative analyses : A case study. Human
Organization, 37, 345-354./T.D. Cook & C.S.
Reichardt (Eds.), Qualitative and quantitative
methods in evaluation research. Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage.
HESS, U., SENÉCAL, S. & VALLERAND, R.J. (2000). Les
méthodes quantitative et qualitative de recherche en
psychologie. In R.J. Vallerand & U. Hess (Eds.), Méthodes de recherche en psychologie. Boucherville :
Gaëtan Morin Editeur.
PIRÈS, A.P. (1982). La méthode qualitative en Amérique du
Nord : un débat manqué (1918-1960). Sociologie et
Sociétés, 14 (1), 15-29
BROWN, C. & LLOYD, K. (2001). Qualitative methods in
psychiatric research. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 7, 350-356.
BENILIEL, J.Q. (1985). Advancing qualitative approaches. Western Journal of Research, 7, 2, 1-8.
MUCCHIELLI, A. (2004). Dictionnaire des méthodes
qualitatives en sciences humaines et sociales.
Paris : Armand Colin.
SMITH, M.L. (1987). Publishing qualitative research. American Educational Research Journal, 24 (2), 173-183.
RAGIN, C.C. (1987). The comparative method : Moving
beyond qualitative and quantitative strategies.
Berkeley : University of California Press.
HOWE, K.R. (1988). Against the quantitative-qualitative
incompatibility thesis or dogmas die dard. Educational
Theory, 17 (8), 10-16. [PDF]
TESCH, R. (1990). Qualitative research. Analysis
types & software tools. New York : Falmer.
MORSE, J. (1991). Approaches to qualitative- quantitative
methodological triangulation. Nursing Research, 40,
120-123.
BRANNEN, J. (1992). Combining qualitative and quantitative
approaches : an overview. In J. Brannan (Ed.), Mixing
methods : qualitative and quantitative research
(pp. 153-189). Hants, England : Avebury.
GUBA, E. (1991). Subjectivity and objectivity. In E.
Eisner & A. Peshkin (Eds.), Qualitative inquiry
in education. New York : Teachers College Press.
WARREN, C.A.B. & KARNER, T.X. (2005). Discovering
qualitative methods. Los Angeles, CA : Roxbury.
HOWE, K.R. (1992). Getting over the
quantitative-qualitative debate. American Journal of
Education, 100, 236-256.
ROYER, C. (2007). Peut-on fixer une typologie des méthodes
qualitatives ? Recherches Qualitatives - Hors-Série,
5, 82-98. [PDF]
SECHREST L. & SIDANA, S. (1995). Quantitative and
qualitative methods : Is there an alternative ? Evaluation
& Program Planning, 18, 77-87.
DÖRNYEI, Z. (2007). Research methods in applied
linguistics : Quantitative, qualitative and mixed
methodologies. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
BAVELAS, J.B. (1995). Quantitative versus qualitative ? In
W. Leeds Hurwitz (Ed.), Social approaches to
communication (pp. 49-62). New York : Guilford
Press.
BIGGERSTAFF, D. & THOMSON, A.R. (2008). Interpretative
phenomenological analysis (IPA) : a qualitative
methodology of choice in healthcare research. Qualitative
Research in Psychology, 5 (3), 214-224. [PDF]
POTTER, W.J. (1996). An analysis of thinking and
research about qualitative methods. Mahwah, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum.
RAPPORT, F. (2010). Summative analysis : A qualitative
method for social science and health research. International
Journal of Qualitative Methods, 9 (3), 270-290. [PDF]
WEGERIF, R. & MERCER, N. (1997). Using computer-based
text analysis to integrate quantitative and qualitative
methods in the investigation of collaborative leaming. Language & Education, 11, 271-286.
KRYMKO-LEBLETON, I. (2016). Recherche psychanalytique à
l'université. Recherches Qualitatives - Hors-Série,
16, 52-60.
[PDF]
COX, D.R. & FAREWELL, V.T. (1997). Qualitative and
quantitative aspects should not be confused. British
Medical Journal, 314, 73-77. [PDF]
MORGAN, D.L. (1998). Practical strategies for combining
qualitative and quantitative methods : Applications to
health research. Qualitative Health Research, 8
(3), 362-376.
CAMPBELL, D.T. & STANLEY, J.C. (1963).
Experimental and quasi-experimental designs for
research. Boston : Houghton Mifflin.
[PDF]
CHACON MOSCOSO, S. & SHADISH, W.R. (2001).
Observational studies and quasi-experimental designs :
Similarities, differences and generalizations. Metodologia
de las Ciencias del Comportamiento Journal, 3,
283-290.
CAMPBELL, D.T. & ROSS, L. (1968). The Connecticut
crackdown on speeding : Time-series data in
quasi-experimental analysis. Law & Society Review,
3 (1), 33-54. [PDF]
KENNY, D.A. (1975). A quasi-experimental approach to
assessing treatment effects in the non-equivalent control
group design. Psychological Bulletin, 82,
345-362.
SHADISH, W.R., COOK, T. & CAMPBELL, D. (2002). Experimental
and quasi-experimental designs for generalized causal
inference. Boston : Houghton Mifflin.
COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1976). The design and
conduct of true experiments and quasi-experiments in field
settings. In M.D. Dunnette (Ed.), Handbook of
industrial and organizational psychology (pp.
223-326). Skokie, IL: Rand McNally
COOK, T.D., COOK, F.L. & MARK, M.M. (1977). Randomized
and quasi-experimental designs in evaluation research : An
introduction. In L. Rutman (Ed.), Evaluation research
methods : A basic guide (pp. 103-130). Beverly
Hills, CA : Sage Publications.
COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1979). Quasi-experimentation
: Designs and analysis issues for field settings. Boston
: Hougton Mifflin Company.
COOK, T.D. (1983). Quasi-experimentation : Its ontology,
epistemology and methodology. In G. Morgan (Ed.),
Beyond method: Strategies for social research (pp.
74-94). Beverly Hills, CA : Sage Publications.
SHADISH, W.R., COOK, T. & HOUTS, A.C. (1986).
Quasi-experimentation in a critical multiplist mode. In
W.M.K. Trochim (Ed.), Advances in quasi-experimental
design and analysis (pp. 29-46). San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass.
GRANT, A.M. & WALL, T.D. (2009). The neglected science
and art of quasi-experimentation : Why-to, when-to, and
how-to advice for organizational researchers. Organizational
Research Methods, 12 (4), 653-686. [PDF]
COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1986). The causal
assumptions of quasi-experimental practice. Synthese,
68, 141-180.
TROCHIM, W. (Ed.) (1986). Advances in
quasi-experimental design and analysis. New directions
for program evaluation series. San Francisco, CA :
Jossey-Bass.
HERMANN, A.D., FOSTER, D.A. & HARDIN, E.E. (2010).
Does the first week of class matter ? A quasi-experimental
investigation of student satisfaction. Teaching of
Psychology, 37 (2), 79-84.
COOK, T.D., CAMPBELL, D.T. & PERRACCHIO, L. (1990).
Quasi-experimentation. In M.D. Dunnette & L.M. Hough
(Eds.), Handbook of industrial and organizational
psychology (pp. 491-576). Consulting Psychologists
Press. [PDF]
COOK, T.D. (1993). Quasi-experimentation : It's ontology,
epistemology, and methodology. In G. Morgan (Ed.), Beyond
method : Strategies for social research (pp.
74-94). Beverly Hills, CA : Sage.
COOK, T.D. (1994). Quasi-Experimentation : Some
Developments Over the Last 25 Years. The Score : APA Convention
Program, 1994 Newsletter of Division 5, American
Psychological Association.
O'BANNON, D.P. & PEARCE, G.L. (1999). A
quasi-experiment of gainsharing in service organizations :
Implications for organizational citizenship behavior and
pay satisfaction. Journal of Managerial Issues, 11 (3),
363-378.
SHADISH, W.R. & COOK, T.D. (1999). Design rules : More
steps towards a complete theory of quasi-experimentation.
Statistical Science, 14, 294-300.
THYER, B.A. (2011). Quasi-experimental designs.
New York : Oxford University Press.
COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1979). Quasi-experimentation
: Designs and analysis issues for field settings. Boston
: Hougton Mifflin Company.
Méthode scientifique
(avec un grand M) : Manière
particulière d'étudier - empiriquement et logiquement - un phénomène.
Cette démarche, utilisée par toutes les
sciences, permet le développement de connaissances
logiquement organisées (en théorie
ou en modèle scientifique), fondées sur des faits (empirisme
scientifique) et le raisonnement
(formalisme
scientifique). Le but de la méthode est de décrire
la réalité (le plus fidèlement possible), de l'expliquer
(en trouver les causes, les déterminants,
etc.) et, au besoin, si cela est possible, de prédire
et de modifier cette réalité (intervention),
tout en tenant compte des particularités de
l'objet d'étude et des principes
éthiques en vigueur dans le domaine de recherche concerné.
L'acquisition de ces nouvelles connaissances permet de résoudre
des problèmes
scientifiques.= Démarche
scientifique, principes scientifiques, logique scientifique,
entreprise scientifique, processus scientifique.
/Mauvaise pratique scientifique.
Scientific principe,
scientific method.
JEVONS, S.W. (1874). Principles of science : A
treatise on logic and scientific method.
BRYMAN, A. (1984). The debate about quantitative and
qualitative research : A question of method or
epistemology ? British Journal of Sociology, 35,
78-92.
VIRCHOW, R. (1849/1958). Scientific method and therapeutic
standpoints. In L.J. Rather (Ed.), Stanford : Disease,
life, and man : Selected essays by Rudolf Virchow. Stanford
University Press.
CHUBIN, D.E. (1985). Research malpractice. BioScience,
35 (2), 80-89.
DURKEIM, E. (1894-5/1986). Les règles de la méthode
sociologique. Paris : Félix Alcan. [PDF]
CALDWELL, W. (1899). Psychological method. Psychological
Review, 6 (2), 191–194.
CATTELL, J.M. (1904). The conceptions and methods of
psychology. Popular Science Monthly, 176-186.
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de la
recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes
de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p.
1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
CATTELL, J.M. (1906). Conceptions and methods of
psychology. In H.J. Rogers (1906), Congress of Arts
and Science, Universal Exposition St. Louis (Vol.
5). Boston : Houghton, Mifflin Co.
FAUST, D. & MEEHL P.E. (1992). Using scientific
methods to resolve enduring questions within the history
and philosophy of science : Some illustrations. Behavior
Therapy, 23, 195-211. [PDF]
COHEN, M.R. & NAGEL, E. (1934). An introduction
to logic and scientific method. New York :
Harcourt Brace.
MORIER, D. & KEEPORTS, D. (1994). Normal science and
the paranormal : The effect of a scientific method course
on students' beliefs in the paranormal. Research in
Higher Education, 35, 443-453.
ELLIS, A. (1948). The application of scientific principles
to scientific publications. Scientific Monthly, 66,
427-430.
SKINNER, B.F. (1956). A case history in scientific method.
American Psychologist, 11, 221-233.
LIPSEY, M.W. (2000). Method and rationality are not social
diseases. American Journal of Evaluation, 21 (2),
221-223.
HARRE, R. (1960). An introduction to the logic of the
sciences. New York : St. Martin's Press.
TINBERGEN, N. (1963). On aims and method of ethology. Zeitschrift
für Tierpsychologie, 20, 410-433. [PDF]
STEELE, K.M. (2001). The "Mozart effect" : An example of
the scientific method in operation. Psychology Teacher
Network, 11, 2-5. [PDF]
BUTTS, R.E. & DAVIS, J.W. (1970). The
methodological heritage of Newton. Oxford:
Blackwell.
ABBOTT, A. (2004). Methods of discovery. Heuristics
for the social sciences. New York and London : W.W.
Norton and Company.
FEIBLEMAN, J.K. (1972). Scientific method. The
Hague : Martinus Nijhoff.
WALDMAN, I.D. & LILIENFIELD, S.O. (2014). Thinking about data, research methods, and statistical analyses : Commentary on Sijtsma's (2014) "Playing with data". Psychometrica, 47, 1173-1181. [PDF]
MacKENZIE, B.D. (1977). Behaviourism and the limits
of scientific method. Atlantic Highlands, N.J. :
Humanities Press.
ZURIFF, G.E. (1979). The demise of behaviorism -
Exaggerated rumor ? A review of Mackenzie's behaviourism
and the limits of scientific method. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 32 (1),
129-136. [PDF]
ANTONIUS, R. (2021). Une question de méthode : Les
carences argumentaires de la culture de l'annulation. Dans
R. Antonius et N. Baillargeon (Dirs.), Identité,
"race", liberté d'expression (p. 103-126). Québec
: Presses de l'Université Laval.
BROWN J.F. (1934). A methodological consideration of the problem of psychometrics. Erkenntnis, 4, 46-61.
WAMPOLD, B.E. (1997). Methodological problems in
identifying efficacious psychotherapies. Psychotherapy
Research, 7, 21-43.
GROOT, A.D. de (1961). Methodologie. Den Haag :
Mouton.
SIDOWSKI, J. B. (1966). Experimental methods and
instrumentation in psychology. New York :
McGraw-Hill.
HASLAM, S.A. & McGARTY, C. (1998). Doing
psychology : An introduction to research methodology and
statistics. London : Sage.
KAZDIN, A.E. (1973). Methodological and assessment
considerations in evaluating reinforcement programs in
applied settings. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 6 (3), 211-214. [PDF]
LEIGLAND, S. (1998). The methodological challenge of the
functional analysis of verbal behavior. The Analysis
of Verbal Behavior, 15, 125-127. [PDF]
ANDERSON, D.R., FIELD, D.E., COLLINS, P.A., LORCH, E.P.
& NATHAN, J.G. (1985). Estimates of young children's
time with television : A methodological comparison of
parent reports with time-lapse video home observation.
Child Development, 56, 1345-1357.
BAN, T.A. (1999). Selective drugs versus heterogeneous
diagnoses : towards a new methodology in
psychopharmacological research. Psiquiatria
Biologica, 7, 177-189.
BAN, T.A. GUY, W. & WILSON, W.H. (1986). Research
methodology and the pharmacology of the chronic
schizophrenias. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 22,
36-41.
SLOAN, R.P., BAGIELLA, E. & POWELL, T. (2001). Without
a prayer: Methodological problems, ethical challenges, and
misrepresentations in the study of religion, spirituality,
and medicine. In T.G. Plante & A.C. Sherman (Eds.), Faith
and health : Psychological perspectives (pp.
339–354). New York : Guilford Press.
KERLINGER, F.N. (1986). Foundations of behavioral
research. New York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
HOYLE, R.H., HARRIS, M.J. & JUDD, C.M. (2002). Research
methods in social relations. Pacific Grove, CA :
Wadsworth Publishing.
HARDING, S. (1987). Is there a feminist method ? In S.
Harding (Ed.), Feminism and methodology : social
science issues (pp. 1-14). Indiana University
Press.
[PDF]
SAVOIE-ZAJC, L. et KARSENTI, T. (2004). La méthodologie.
In T. Karsenti et L. Savoie-Zajc (Dirs.), La recherche
en éducation : étapes et approches (pp. 109-121).
Sherbrooke, QC : Éditions du CRP.
ROBERT, M. (Dir.) (1988). Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie. St-Hyacinthe
: Édisem.
HITLIN, S. & PILIAVIN, J.A. (2004). Current research,
methods, and theory of values. Annual Review of
Sociology, 30, 359-393.
BICCHIERI, C. (1988). Methodological rules as conventions.
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 18, 477-495.
ZENTALL, T.R. (2006). Methodological issues in the study
of imitative learning in animals. In M.J. Anderson (Ed.),
Tasks and techniques : A sampling of methodologies for
the investigation of animal learning, behavior, and
cognition. (pp. 223-232). Hauppauge, NY : Nova
Science Publishers.
SOMERFIELD, M. & CURBOW, B. (1992). Methodological
issues and research strategies in the study of coping with
cancer. Social Science Medicine, 34, 1203-1216.
BOOTZIN, R.R. & McKNIGHT, P.E. (Eds.) (2006). Strengthening
research methodology : Psychological measurement and
evaluation. Washington, D.C.: APA Books.
BRIÈRE, J. (1992). Methodological issues in the study of
sexual abuse effects. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 60 (2), 196-203.
[PDF]
COHEN, L., MANION, L. & MORRISON, K. (2007). Research
methods in education. Oxford : Routledge
Publishers.
HEINZ, W. (1992). The methodology of alienation research.
In F. Geyer and W. Heinz (Eds.), Alienation, society, and
the individual. New Brunswick, NJ : Transaction.
KRATHWOHL, D.R. (2009). Methods of educational and
social science research : The logic of methods.
Long Grove : Waveland Press, Inc.
PLACE, U.T. (1993). A radical behaviorist methodology for
the empirical investigation of private events.
Behaviorism & Philosophy, 20 (2) 25-35.
ANDERSON, D.R. & HANSON, K.G. (2009). Children, media,
and methodology. American Behavioral Scientist, 52, 1204-1219.
VOGT, W.P. (1993). Dictionary of statistics and
methodology : A nontechnical guide for the social
sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
MERCER, N. (2010). The analysis of classroom talk :
Methods and methodologies. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 80, 1-14. [PDF]
LAKATOS, I. (1994). Histoire et méthodologie des
sciences. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
HOWE, K.R. (2010). Epistemology, methodology, and
education sciences positivist dogmas, rhetoric, and the
education science question. Educational Researcher, 38
(6), 428-440. [PDF]
NEEF, N.A. & IWATA, B.A. (1994). Current research on
functional analysis methodologies : An introduction.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27, 211-214.
[PDF]
WILSON, M., BEJAR, I., SCALISE, K., TEMPLIN, J., WILIAM,
D. & IRRIBARRA, D.T. (2012). Perspectives on
methodological issues. In P Griffin, B. McGaw & E.
Care (Eds.), Assessment and teaching of 21st century
skills (pp. 67-141). Dordrecht, Germany : Springer.
SMITH, G.T. & McCARTHY, D.M. (1995). Methodological
considerations in the refinement of clinical assessment
instruments. Psychological Assessment, 7,
300-308.
INGTHORSSON, R.D. (2013). The natural vs. the human
sciences : myth, methodology and ontology. Discusiones
Filosócas, 14 (22), 25-41. [PDF]
BENSON, J.M., BEN-PORATH,
E.N. & CASEY, L.S. (2019). Methodology of the
discrimination in the United States Survey. Health
Services Research Journal, 54, 1389-1398.
Méthodologie
(Formation) :Cours
de niveau collégial et
universitaire qui se consacre uniquement à l'enseignement
de la méthode scientifique.=
Initiation pratique à la méthode des sciences humaines (IPMSH).
MUTHÉN, B. (1989). The future of methodological training
in educational psychology : The problem of teaching
students to use new sophisticated techniques. In M.
Wittrock et F. Farley (Eds.), The future of
educational psychology (pp. 181-189). Hillsdale,
NJ : Erlbaum.
KAZDIN, A.E. (1990). Commentary on "Graduate training in
statistics, methodology, and measurement in psychology : A
survey of PhD programs in North America". American
Psychologist, 45, 729.
AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SECHREST, L. & RENO, R.R.
(1990). Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and
measurement in psychology : A survey of PhD programs in
North America. American Psychologist, 45,
721-734. [PDF]
Methodology
: European Journal of Research Methods for the Behavioral
& Social Sciences :Revue
scientifique de méthodologie.
Éditeur : Heldref Publications.
SILBER, H., ZUELL, C. & KUEHNEL, S.M. (2020). What
can we learn from open questions in surveys ? A case
study on non-voting reported in the 2013 German
longitudinal election study. Methodology, 16 (1),
41–58.
MEIER, J.G., GROSS, F. & TRIPOD, J. (1954). Ritalin :
a new type of synthetic compound with specifie
central-stimulating active components. Klinische
Wochenschrift, 32, 445-450.
BARKLEY, R.A., McMURRAY, M.B., EDELBROCK, C.S. &
ROBBINS, K. (1990). The side effects of Ritalin in ADHD
children : A systematic, placebo controlled evaluation. Pediatrics, 86, 184-192.
SAFER, D.J., ZITO, J.M. & FINE, E.M. (1990). Increased methylphenidate usage for attention deficit disorder in
the 1990s. Pediatrics, 98 (6), 1084-1088.
CARTER, C.H. & MALEY, M. (1957). Parenteral use of
methylphenidate (Ritalin). Diseases of the Nervous
System, 18, 146.
BARKLEY, R.A. DUPAUL, G.J. & McMURRAY, M.B. (1991).
Attention deficit disorder with and without hyperactivity : Clinical response to three doses of methylphenidate. Pediatrics, 87, 519-531.
BINDRA, D. & BARAN, D. (1959). Effects of
methylphenidylacetate and chlorpromazine on certain
components of general activity. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2, 343-350. [PDF]
GAMMON, G.D. & BROWN, T.E. (1991). Fluoxetine and
methylphenidate in combination for treatment of attention deficit disorder and comorbid depressive disorder. Journal of Child & Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 3, 1-10.
BERGMAN, A., WINTERS, L. & CORNBLATT, B. (1991).
Methylphenidate : Effects on sustained attention. In L.L.
Greenhill & B.B. Osman (Eds.), Ritalin : Theory
and patient management (pp. 223-232). New York :
Mary Ann Liebert.
MILICH, R., CARLSON, C.L., PELHAM, W.E. & LICHT, B.G.
(1991). Effects of methylpyhenidate on the persistance of
ADHD boys following failure experiences. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 19, 519-536.
CONNERS, C.K. & EISENBERG, L. (1963). The effects of
methylphenidate on symptomatology and learning in
disturbed children. American Journal of Psychiatry,
120, 458-464.
CUNNINGHAM, C.E., SIEGEL, L.S. & OFFORD, D.R. (1991).
A dose-response analysis of the effects of methylphenidate
on the peer interactions and simulated classroom
performance of ADD children with and without conduct
problems. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 32, 439-452.
CONNERS, C.K., EISENBERG, L. & SHARPE, L. (1964).
Effects of methylphenidate (Ritalin) on paired-associate
learning and Porteus Maze performance in emotionally
disturbed children. Journal of Consulting Psychologv,
28, 14-22.
CARLSON, C., PELHAM, W.E., MILICH, R. & DIXON, M.J.
1992). Single and combined effects of methylphenidate and
behavior therapy on the classroom performance of children
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20, 213-232.
PELHAM, W.E., MURPHY, D.A., VANNATTA, K., MILICH, R.,
LICHT, B.G., GNAGY, E.M., GREENSLADE, K.E., GREINER, A.R.
& VODDE-HAMILTON, M. (1992/93). Methylphenidate and
attributions in boys with attention deficit-hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 60, 282-292. /Annual Progress in
Child Psychiatry & Child Development, 242-265.
STRETCH, R., BLACKMAN, D. & ALEXANDER, D. (1966). Some
effects of methylphenidate on stimulus control of ratio :
avoidance behavior in the rat. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2 (4), 389-398.
[PDF]
GADOW, K.D., NOLAN, E.E. & SVERD, J. (1992).
Methylphenidate in hyperactive boys with comorbid tic
disorder : II. Short-term behavioral effect in school
settings. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 462-471.
STRETCH, R. & SKINNER, N. (1967). Methylphenidate and
stimulus control of avoidance behavior. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (5),
485-493.
[PDF]
PATAKI C. S., CARLSON, G.A., KELLY, K., RAPPAPORT, M.D.
& BIANCANIELLO, T. (1993). Side effects of
methylphenidate and desipramine alone and in combination
in children. American Journal of Psychiatry, 32, 1065-1072.
STRETCH, R. & DALRYMPLE, D. (1968). Effects of
methyphenidate, pentobarbital and reserpine on behavior
controlled by a schedule of inter-response time
reinforcement. Psychopharmacologia, 13, 49-64.
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J. & LOGAN, G.D. (1993). Does
methylphenidate induce overfocusing in hyperactive
children ? Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 22,
28-41.
CREAGER, R.O. & VAN RIPER, C. (1967). The effect of
methylphenidate on the verbal productivity of children
with cerebral dysfunction. Journal of Speech &
Hearing Research, 10, 623-628.
CARLSON, C.L. & BUNNER, M.R. (1993). Effects of
methylphenidate on the academic performance of children
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and learning
disabilities. School Psychology Review, 22 (2),
184-199.
MARRIOTT, A.S. (1968). The effects of amphetamine,
caffeine and methylphenidate on the locomotor activity of
rats in an unfamiliar environment. International
Journal of Neuropharmacology, 7, 487-491.
PELHAM, W.E., CARLSON, C., SAM, S.E., VALLANO, G., DIXON,
M.J. & HOZA, B. (1993). Separate and combined effects
of methylphenidate and behavior modification on boys with
attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder in the classroom.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61
(3), 506-515.
KNIGHTS, R.M. & HINTON, G.G. (1969). The effects of
methylphenidate (Ritalin) on the motor skills and behavior
of children with learning problems. Journal of
Nervous Mental Disease, 148 (6), 643-653.
DUPAUL, G.J., BARKLEY, R.A. & McMURRAY, M.B. (1994).
Response of children with ADHD to methylphenidate :
interaction with internalizing symptoms. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 33 (6), 894-903.
SPRAGUE, R.L., BARNES, K.R. & WEARY, J.S. (1970).
Methylphenidate and thioridazine : learning, reaction
time, activity, and classroom behavior in disturbed
children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 40
(4), 615-628.
WANG, G.J., VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., FERRIERI, R.,
SCHYLER, D.J., ALEXOF, D., PAPPAS, N., LIEBERMAN, J., ING,
P. & WARNER, D. (1994). Methylphenidate decreases
regional cerebral blood flow in normal human subjects. Life
Science, 54 (9), 143-146.
CAMPBELL, S.B., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGENSTERN, G.
(1971). Cognitive styles in hyperactive children and the
effect of methylphenidate. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 12, 55-67.
ARAKAWA, O. (1994). Effects of methamphetamine and
methylphenidate on single and paired rat open-field
behaviors. Physiology & Behavior, 55, 441-446.
SYKES, D.H., DOUGLAS, V.I., WEISS, G. & MINDE, K.
(1971). Attention in hyperactive children and the effect
of methylphenidate (Ritalin). Journal of Child
Psychology and Psychiatry, 12, 129-139.
VOLKOW, N.D. DING, Y.S., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.J., LOGAN,
J., GATLEY, J.S., DEWEY, S., ASHBY, C., LIEBERMANN, J.
& HITZEMANN, R. (1995). Is methylphenidate like
cocaine ? Studies on their pharmacokinetics and
distribution in human brain. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52, 456-463.
VOLKOW, N., DING, Y.S., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.-J., LOGAN,
J., GATLEY, J.S., DEWEY, S., ASHBY, C., LIEBERMANN, J.,
HITZEMANN R. & WOLF, A. (1995). Is methylphenidate
like cocaine ? Studies on their pharmacokinetics and
distribution in the human brain. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52 (6), 456-463.
SYKES, D.H., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGENSTERN, G. (1972).
The effect of methylphenidate (ritalin) on sustained
attention in hyperactive children. Psychopharmacologia,
25 (3), 262-274.
WILKINSON, P.C., KIRSCHER, J.C., MCMAHON, W.M. &
SLOANE, H.N. (1995). Effects of methylphenidate on reward
strength in boys with attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 897-901.
RAPPLEY, M.D., GARDINER, J.C., JETTON, J.R. & HOWANG,
R.T. (1995). The use of methylphenidate in Michigan. Archives
of Pediatric & Adolescent Medicine, 149, 675-679.
CHRISTENSEN, D.E. & SPRAGUE, R. (1973). Reduction of
hyperactive behavior by conditioning procedures alone and
combined with methylphenidate (Ritalin). Behavior
Research & Therapy, 11, 331-334.
BLUM, N.J., MAUK, J.E., McCOMAS, J.J. & MACE, F.C.
(1996). Separate and combined effects of methylphenidate
and a behavioral intervention on disruptive behavior in
children with mental retardation. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 29 (3), 305-319. [PDF]
PEARSON, D.A., SANTOS, C.W., ROACHE, J.D., LOVELAND, K.A.,
CASAT, C.D., FARWELL, E.C., ROEBUCK, T.M. & LACHAR, D.
(1996). Effects of methylphenidate on behavioral
adjustment in children with mental retardation and ADHD :
Preliminary findings from a study in progress. Journal
of Developmental & Physical Disabilities, 8,
313-333.
LEUTWYLER, K. (1996). Paying Attention : The controversy
over ADHD and the drug Ritalin is obscuring a real look at
the disorder and its underpinnings. Scientific
American, 275 (2), 12-14.
RAPOPORT, J.L., QUINN, P.O., BRADBARD, G. & RIDDLE, D.
(1974). Imipramine and methylphenidate treatments of
hyperactive boys. Archives of General Psychiatry, 30
(6), 789-793.
NORTHUP, J., JONES, K., BROUSSARD, C., DIGIOVANNI, G.,
HERRING, M., FUSILIER, I. & HANCHEY, A. (1997). A
preliminary analysis of interactive effects between common
classroom contingencies and methylphenidate. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (1), 121-125. [PDF]
WERRY, J. & SPRAGUE, R. (1974). Methylphenidate in
children and effect of dosage. Australian & New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 8, 9-19.
EFRON, D., JARMAN, F. & BARKER, M. (1997). Side
effects of methylphenidate and dexamphetamine in children
with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder : a
double-blind crossover trial. Pediatrics, 100 (4),
662-666.
JOHANSON, C.E. & SCHUSTER, C.R. (1975). A choice
procedure for drug reinforcers : Cocaine and
methylphenidate in the rhesus monkey. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 193, 676-688.
SCHACHAR, R.J., TANNOCK, R., CUNNINGHAM, C. & CORKUM,
P.V. (1997). Behavioral, situational and temporal effects
of treatment of ADHD with methylphenidate. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 36, 754–763.
CHRISTENSEN, D.E. (1975). Effects of combining
methylphenidate and a classroom token system in modifying
hyperactive behavior. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 80 (3), 266-276.
KUCZENSKI, R. & SEGAL D.S. (1997). Effects of
methylphenidate on extracellular dopamine, serotonin, and
norepinephrine : comparison with amphetamine. Journal
of Neurochemistry, 68, 2032-2037.
WEISS, G., KRUGER, E., DANIELLSON, U. & ELMAN, M.
(1975). Effect of long-term treatment of hyperactive
children with methylphenidate. Canadian Medical
Association Journal, 112 (2), 159-165. [PDF]
KAMINESTER, D.D. (1997). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder and methylphenidate : When society misunderstands
medicine. McGill Journal of Medicine, 3, 105-114.
[PDF]
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1975). Are drugs enough ? To treat or train
the hyperactive child. International Journal of
Mental Health, 5, 199-212.
KLEIN, R.G., ABIKOFF, H., KLASS, E., GANELES, D., SEESE,
L.M. & POLLACK, S. (1997). Clinical efficacy of
methylphenidate in conduct disorder with and without
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 54 (12), 1073-1080.
CONNERS, C.K. (1975). Controlled trial of methylphenidate
in preschool children with minimal brain dysfunction. International
Journal of Mental Health, 4, 61-74.
NORTHUP, J., FUSILIER, I., SWANSON, V., ROANE, H. &
BORRERO, J. (1997). An evaluation of methylphenidate as a
potential establishing operation for some common classroom
reinforcers. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
30 (4), 615-625.
[PDF]
VAIDYA, C.J., AUSTIN, G., KIRKORIAN, G., RIDLEHUBER, H.
W., DESMOND, J.E. & GLOVER, G.H. & GABRIELI,
J.D.E. (1998). Selective effects of methylphenidate in
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: a functional
magnetic resonance study. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 95,
14494-14499. [PDF]
RIE, H.E., RIE, E.D., STEWART, S.S. & AMBUEL, J.P.
(1976). Effects of methylphenidate on underachieving
children. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 44 (2), 250-260.
HONOREZ, J.M. (1998). La transmission des résultats de
recherche, un devoir social : le cas des travaux sur le
Ritalin. Les Recherches Enseignées en Espaces
Francophones, 2 (1), 83-98.
GROSS, M. (1976). Growth of hyperkinetic children taking
methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, or
imipramine/desipramine. Pediatrics, 58, 423-431.
DILLER, L. (1998). Running on Ritalin. New York
: Bantam Books.
SPRAGUE, R.L. & SLEATOR, E.K. (1977). Methylphenidate
in hyperkinetic children : Differences in dose effects on
learning and social behavior. Science, 198, 1274-1276.
SMITH, B.H., PELHMAN, W., EVANS, S., MOLINA, B., GNAGY,
E., GREINER, A., BUKSTEIN, O., MYAK, C., PRESNELL, M.
& WILLOUGHBY, M. (1998). Dosage effects of
methylphenidate on the social behavior of adolescents
diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 6, 187-204.
WULBERT, M. & DRIES, R. (1977). The relative efficacy
of methylphenidate (ritalin) and behavior-modification
techniques in the treatment of a hyperactive child. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 21-31. [PDF]
VOLKOW, N.D., WANG, G.-J., FOWLER, J.S., HITZEMANN, R.,
ANGRIST, B., GATLEY, J., LOGAN, J., DING, Y. & PAPPAS,
N.R. (1999). Methylphenidate induced craving in cocaine
abusers is associated with changes in right
striato-orbitofrontal metabolism : implications in
addiction. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156,
19-26.
ROBBINS, T.W. (1978). The acquisition of responding with
conditioned reinforcement : Effects of pipradol,
methylphenidate, d-amphetamine, and nomifensine. Psychopharmacology,
58, 79-87.
BERMAN, T., DOUGLAS, V.I. & BARR, R.G. (1999). Effects
of Methylphenidate on complex cognitive processing in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 108 (1), 90-105.
NORTHUP, J., FUSILIER, I., SWANSON, V., HUETE, J., BRUCE,
J., FREELAND, J., GULLEY, V. & EDWARDS, S. (1999).
Further analysis of the separate and interactive effects
of methylphenidate and common classroom contingencies.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32 (1),
35-50. [PDF]
CUNNINGHAM, C. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1978). The effects of
Ritalin on the mother-child interactions of hyperkinetic
twin boys. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 20, 634-642.
COHEN, D. & McCUBBIN, M. (1999). Empirical, ethical,
and political perspectives on the use of methylphenidate.
Ethical Human Sciences & Services, 1 (1),
81-101.
SHOUSE, M.N. & LUBAR, J.F. (1979). Sensorimotor rhythm
(SMR) operant conditioning and methylphenidate in the
treatment of hyperkinesis. Biofeedback & Self
regulation, 4, 299-311.
SHADER, R.I., HARMATZ, J.S., OESTERHELD, J.R., PARMELEE,
D.X., SALLEE, F.R. & GREENBLATT, D.J. (1999).
Population pharmacokinetics of methylphenidate in children
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. The
Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 39, 775-785.
BREMNESS, A.B. & SVERD, J. (1979).
Methylphenidate-induced Tourette syndrome : Case report. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 1334-1335.
BERMAN, T., DOUGLAS, V.I. & BARR, R.G. (1999). Effects
of Methylphenidate on complex cognitive processing in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 108 (1), 90-105.
WERRY, S., AMAN, M.G. & DIAMOND, E. (1980). Imipramine
and methylphenidate in hyperactive children. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied
Disciplines, 21 (1), 27-35.
KOLKO, D.J., BUKSTEIN, O.G. & BARRON, J. (1999).
Methylphenidate and behavior modification in children with
ADHD and comorbid ODD and CD : Main and incremental
effects across settings. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38,
578-586.
VOLKOW, N.D., WANG, G.-J., FOWLER, J.S., GATLEY, J.,
LOGAN, J., DING, Y-DEWEY, S.L., HITZEMANN. R., GIFFORD,
A.N. & PAPPAS, N.R. (1999). Blockade of striatal
dopamine transporters by intravenous methylphenidate is
not sufficient to induce self-reports of "High". Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 288
(1), 14–20. [PDF]
PELHAM, W.E., SCHNEDLER, R., BOLOGNA, N. & CONTRERAS,
A. (1980). Behavioral and stimulant treatment of
hyperactive children : A therapy study with methylphen-
idate probes in a within subject design. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (2), 221-236.
[PDF]
DeGRANDPRE, R. (1999). Ritalin nation. New York
: Norton.
BELL, R.D., ALEXANDER, G.M., SCHWERTZMAN, R.J. & YU,
J. (1982). The methylphenidate-induced stereotypy in the
awake rat : local cerebral metabolism. Neurology, 32
(4), 377-381.
NORTHUP, J., FUSILIER, I., SWANSON, V., HUETE, J., BRUCE,
J., FREELAND, J., GULLEY, V. & EDWARDS, S. (1999).
Further analysis of the separate and interactive effects
of methylphenidate and common classroom contingencies.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32 (1),
35-50. [PDF]
RAPPORT, M.D., MURPHY, H.A. & BAILEY, S.J. (1982).
Ritalin vs. response cost in the control of hyperactive
children : a within-subject comparison. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (2), 205-216. [PDF]
LAW, S. & SCHACHAR, R. (1999), Do typical clinical
doses of methylphenidate cause tics in children treated
for ADHD ? Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 944-951.
MATTES, J.A. & GITTELMAN, R. (1983). Growth of
hyperactive children on maintenance regimen of
methylphenidate. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40
(3), 317-321.
CONNER, D.F., BARKLEY, R.A. & DAVIS, H.T. (2000). A
pilot study of methylphenidate, clonidine, or the
combination in ADHD comorbid with aggressive oppositional
defiant or conduct disorder. Clinical Pediatrics, 39
(1), 15-25.
STRINGER, A.Y. & JOSEF, N.C. (1983). Methylphenidate
in the treatment of aggression in two patients with
antisocial personality disorder. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 140 (10), 1365-1366.
SAGVOLDEN, T. (2000). Behavioral validation of the
spontaneously hypertensive rat (SHR) as an animal model of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (AD/HD).
Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 24, 31-39.
VARLEY, C.K. (1983). Effects of methylphenidate in
adolescents with attention deficit disorder. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 22, 351-354.
HINSHAW, S.P. & LEE, S.S. (2000). Ritalin effects on
aggression and antisocial behavior. In L.L. Greenhill
& B.B. Osman (Eds.), Ritalin : Theory and
practice (pp. 237-251). Larchmont, New York : Mary
Ann Liebert.
BROWN, R.T., WYNNE, M.E. & SLIMMER, L.W. (1984).
Attention deficit disorder and the effect of
methylphenidate on attention, behavioral, and
cardiovascular functioning. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 45, 473-476.
MORTON, W.A. & STOCKTON, G.G. (2000). Methylphenidate
Abuse and Psychiatric Side Effects. Primary Care
Companion to The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 2 (5),
159-164. [PDF]
WEBER, K. (1985). Methylphenidate : Rate-dependent drug
effects in hyperactive boys. Psychopharmacology, 85 (2),
231-235.
EVANS, S.W., PELHAM, W.E., SMITH, B.H., BUKSTEIN, O.,
GNAGY, E.M., GREINER, A.R., ALTENDERFER, L. &
BARON-MYAK, C. (2001). Dose-Response Effects of
methylphenidate on ecologically valid measures of academic
performance and classroom behavior in adolescents with
ADHD. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology,
9 (2), 163-175.
[PDF]
SCHACHTER, H., PHAM, B., KING, J., LANGFORD, S. &
MOHER, D. (2001). How efficacious and safe is short-acting
methylphenidate for the treatment of attention-deficit
disorder in children and adolescents ? A meta-analysis. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 165, 1475-1488.
VITIELLO, B., SEVERE, J.B., GREENHILL, L.L., ET GREENHILL,
L.L., ARNOLD, L.E., ABIKOFF, H.B., BUKSTEIN, O.G.,
ELLIOTT, G.R., HECHTMAN, L., JENSEN, P.S., HINSHAW, S.P.,
MARCH, J.S., NEWCORN, J.H., SWANSON, J.M. & CANTWELL,
D.P. (2001). Methylphenidate dosage for children with ADHD
over time under controlled conditions : lessons from the
MTA. Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 188-196.
NORTHUP, J., GULLEY, V., EDWARDS, S. & FOUNTAIN, L.
(2001). The effects of methylphenidate in the classroom :
What dosage, for which children, for what problems ? School
Psychology Quarterly, 16, 303-323.
PELHAM, W.E., BENDER, M.E., CADDELL, J., BOOTH, S. &
MOORER, S.H. (1985). Methylphenidate and children with
attention deficit disorder. Dose effects on classroom
academic and social behavior. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 42 (10), 948-952.
SPRONSON, E.J., CHANTREY J., HOLLIS, C., MARSDEN C.A.
& FONEL, K.C. (2001). Effect of repeated
methylphenidate administration on presynaptic dopamine and
behavior in young adult rats. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 15, 67-75.
MOLL, G., HAUSE, S., RUTHER, E., ROTHENBERGER, A. &
HUETHER, G.L. (2001). Early methylphenidate administration
to young rats causes a persistent reduction in the density
of striatal dopamine transporters. Journal of Child
& Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 11, 15-24.
SPROSON, E.J., CHANTREY, J., HOLLIS, C., MARSDEN, C.A.
& FONEL, K.C. (2001). Effect of repeated
methylphenidate administration on presynaptic dopamine and
behavior in young adult rats. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 15, 67-75.
NORTHUP, J., GULLEY, V., EDWARDS, S. & FOUNTAIN, L.
(2001). The effects of methylphenidate in the classroom :
What dosage, for which children, for what problems ? School
Psychology Quarterly, 16, 303-323.
WENDER, P.H., REIMHERR, F.W., WOOD, D.R. & WARD, M.
(1985). A controlled study of methylphenidate in the
treatment of attention deficit disorder, residual type, in
adults. American Journal of Psychiatry, 142,
547-552.
BREGGIN, P.R. (2001). Talking bach to Ritalin. Cambridge,
MA : Perseus.
CUNNINGHAM, C.E., SIEGEL, L.S. & OFFORD, D.R. (1985).
A developmental dose response analysis of the efforts of
methylphenidate on the peer interactions of attention
deficit disordered boys. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 6, 955-971.
WEBER P. & LUTSCHG, J. (2002). Methylphenidate
treatment. Pediatric Neurology, 26 (4), 261-266.
TENENBAUM, H.A. & PETERSON, S.K. (1985). Celeration
and ritalin. Journal of Precision Teaching, 6
(2), 38, 40-45.
RAPPORT, M.D. & MOFFITT, C. (2002). Attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder and methylphenidate. A
review of height/weight, cardiovascular, and somatic
complaint side effects. Clinical Psychology Review,
22 (8), 1107-1131. [PDF]
BUCK, M.L. (2002). Methylphenidate : New information and
new options. Pediatric Pharmacotherapy, 8 (2),
1-4. [PDF]
BARKLEY, R.A., KARLSSON, J., POLLARD, S. & MURPHY, J.
(1985). Developmental changes in the mother-child
interactions of hyperactive boys : Effects of two dose
levels of Ritalin. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 26, 705-715.
CONNERS, C.K. (2002). Forty years of methylphenidate
treatment in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Attention Deficit Disorders, 6 (S1), 17-30.
PÉLOQUIN, L. & KLORMAN, R. (1986). Effects of
methylphenidate on normal children's moods, event-related
potentials, and performance in memory, scanning and
vigilance. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 95,
88-98.
PELHMAN, W., PILLOW, D.R., KIPP, H.L., GREINER, A.R.,
TRANE, S.T., HOZA, B., GNAGY, E., WASCHBUSCH, D A.,
GREENHOUSE, J., WOLFSON, L. & FITZPATRICK, E. (2002).
Effects of methylphenidate and expectancy on children with
ADHD : Behavior, academic performance, and attributions in
a summer treatment program and regular classroom settings.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (2),
320-335. [PDF]
KOLLINS, S.H. (2003). Comparing the abuse potential of
methylphenidate versus other stimulants : a review of
available evidence and relevance to the ADHD patient. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 64 (S11), 14-8.
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., O'NEIL, M.E. & BRITTON,
B.G. (1986). Short term effects of methylphenidate on the
cognitive, learning and academic performance of children
with attention deficit disorder in the laboratory and the
classroom. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 27 (2), 191-211.
GULLEY, V., NORTHUP, J., HUPP, S., SPERA, S., LEVELLE, J.
& RIDGWAY, A. (2003). Sequential evaluation of
behavioral treatments and methylphenidate dosage for
children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (3),
275-278. [PDF]
BROWN, R.T., BORDEN, K.A., WYNNE, M.E., SCHLESER, R. &
CLINGER, S.R. (1986). Methylphenidate and cognitive
therapy with ADD children : A methodological
reconsideration. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 14, 481-497.
SWANSON, J.M., GRANGER, D. & KLIEWER, W. (1987).
Natural social behaviors in hyperactive children : Dose
effects of methylphenidate. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 55, 187-193.
ABIKOFF, H., HECHTMAN, L., KLEIN, R.G., GALLAGHER, R.,
ETCOVITCH, J., FLEISS, K., COUSINS, L., GREENFIELD, B.,
MARTIN, D. & POLLACK, S. (2004). Social functioning in
children with ADHD treated with long-term methylphenidate
and multimodal psychosocial treatment. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
43, 820-829.
BROWN, R.T. & SEXSON S.B. (1987). A controlled trial
of methylphenidate in black adolescents. Clinical
Pediatrics, 27 (2), 74-81.
KLEIN, R.G., ABIKOFF, H., HECHTMAN, L. & WEISS, G.
(2004). Design and rationale of controlled study of
long-term methylphenidate and multimodal psychosocial
treatment in children with ADHD. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
43 (7), 792-801.
FARAONE, S.V., SPENCER, T., ALEARDI, M., PAGANO, C. &
BIEDERMAN, S.V. (2004). Meta-analysis of the ef cacy of
methylphenidate for treating adult attention de cit
hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 24 (1), 24-29.
PITTS, R. & FEBBO, S.M. (2004). Quantitative analyses
of methamphetamine's effects on self-control choices :
Implications for elucidating behavioral mechanisms of drug
action. Behavioural Processes, 66, 213-233.
PELHAM, W.E., STURGES, J., HOZA, J., SCHMIDT, C., BIJLSMA,
J.J., MILICH, R. & MOORER, S. (1987). Sustained
release and standard methylphenidate effects on cognitive
and social behavior in children with attention deficit
disorder. Pediatrics, 80, 491-501.
HECHTMAN, L., ABIKOFF, H., KLEIN, R.G., GREENFIELD, B.,
ETCOVITCH, J., COUSINS, L., FLEISS, K., WEISS, M. &
SIMCHA POLLACK, S. (2004). Children With ADHD treated with
long-term methylphenidate and multimodal psychosocial
treatment : Impact on parental practices. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 43 (7), 830-838.
[PDF]
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., AMIN, K., O'NEIL, M.E. &
BRITTON, B.G. (1988). Dosage effects and individual
responsivity to Methylphenidate in attention deficit
disorder. Journal of Child Psychiatry, 29 (4),
453-475.
LEO, J. (2005). Methylphenidate-induced neuropathology in
the developing rat brain : Implications for humans.
Ethical Human Psychology & Psychiatry, 7 (2),
1070-110. [PDF]
BARKLEY, R.A. (1988). Ritalin, Russia, and other
ruminations. Clinical Child Psychology Newsletter for
Section 1, Division 12, APA, 3 (2), 1-3.
PELHMAN, W., BURROWS-MACLEAN, L., GNAGY, E.M., FABIANO,
G.A., COLES, E.K., TRESCO, K.E., CHACKO, A., WYMBS, B.,
WEINKE, A.L., WALKER, K. & HOFFMAN, M.T. (2005).
Transdermal methylphenidate, behavioral, and combined
treatment for children with ADHD. Experimental &
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 13 (2), 111-126. [PDF]
LEO, J. (2005). Methylphenidate-induced neuroapthology in
the developing rat brain : Implications for humans. Ethical
Human Psychology & Psychiatry, 7, 107-110.
PITTS, R. & McKINNEY, A.P. (2005). Effects of
methylphenidate and morphine on delay-discount functions
obtained within sessions. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 83, 297-314. [PDF]
GRIZWNKO, N., BHAT, M., SCHAWRTZ, G., TER-STEPANIAN, M.
& JOOBER, R. (2006). Efficacy of methylphenidate in
children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and
learning disabilities : a randomized crossover trial.
Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 31 (1),
46-51. [PDF]
KLEIN, R.G. & MANUZZA, S. (1988). Hyperactive boys
almost grown up. III Methylphenidate effects on ultimate
height. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45,
1131-1134.
KING, S., GRIFFIN, S., HODGES, Z., WEATHERLY, H.,
ASSEBURG, C., RICHARDSON, G., GOLDER, S., TAYLOR, E.,
DRUMMOND, M. & RIEMSMA, R. (2006). A systematic review
and economic model of the effectiveness and
cost-effectiveness of methylphenidate, dexamfetamine and
atomoxetine for the treatment of attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder in children and adolescents. Health
Technology Assessment, 10 (23), 146.
SAGVOLDEN, T., SLATTA, K. & ARNTZEN, E. (1988). Low
doses of methylphenidate (Ritalin) may alter the
delay-of-reinforcement gradient. Psychopharmacology,
95, 303-312.
FABIANO, G.A., PELHAM, W.E., GNAGY, E.M., BURROWS-MACLEAN,
L., COLES, E.K., CHACKO, A., WYMBS, B.T., WALKER, K.S.,
GAREFINO, A., KEENAN, J.K., ONYANGO, A.N., HOFFMAN, M.T.,
MASSETTI, G.M. & ROBB, J.A. (2007). The single and
combined effects of multiple intensities of behavior
modification and multiple intensities of methylphenidate
in a classroom setting. School Psychology Review, 36,
195-216. [PDF]
VAN DER OORD, S., PRINS, P.J.M., OOSTERLAAN, J. &
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2008). Efficacy of methylphenidate,
psychosocial treatments and their combination in
school-aged children with ADHD : A meta-analysis. Clinical
Psychology Review, 28, 783–800. [PDF]
REIMHERR, F. W., WILLIAMS, E.D., STRONG, R. E., MESTAS, R., SONI, P. & MARCHANT, B. (2007). A double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study of osmotic release oral system methylphenidate in adults with ADHD with assessment of oppositional and emotional dimensions of the disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 68 (1), 193-101. [PDF]
ROSINE, B.J., BOLIN, B.L. & AKINS, C.K. (2009).
Chronic methylphenidate cross- sensitizes methamphetamine
in male Japanese quail. Behavioural Pharmacology, 20
(4), 352-355.
SHIELS, K., HAWK, L.W., REYNOLDS, B. MAZZULLO, R.J.,
RHODES, J.D., PELHAM, W.E., WAXMONSKY, J.G. &
GANGLOFF, B.P. (2009). Effects of methylphenidate on
discounting of delayed rewards in attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Experimental &
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 17 (5), 291-301. [PDF]
BODEY, C. (2011). Effectiveness and tolerability of
methylphenidate in children and adolescents with Attention
Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Clinical Medicine
Insights : Therapeutics, 3, 353-363. [PDF]
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P. & LOGAN, G.D.
(1989). Dose-response effects of methylphenidate on
academic performance and overt behavior in hyperactive
children. Pediatric, 84, 648-657. [PDF]
CHELONIS, J.J., JOHNSON, T.A., FERGUSON, S.A., BERRY,
K.J., KUBACAK, B., EDWARDS, M.C. & PAULE, M.G. (2011).
Effect of methylphenidate on motivation in children with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 19 (2), 145-153.
FILES, F.J., BRANCH, M.N. & CLODY, D. (1989). Effects
of methylphenidate on responding under extinction in the
presence and absence of conditioned reinforcement. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 1, 113-121.
MOHAMMADI, M.R., HAFEZI, P., REZA, A.G., HAJIAGHAEE, R.
& AKHONDZADEH, S. (2012). Buspirone methylphenidate in
the treatment of children with attention-
deficit/hyperactivity disorder : randomized, double-blind
study. Acta Medica Iranica, 50 (11), 723-728. [PDF]
PELHMAN, W., WALKER, J.L., STURGIS, J. & HOZA, J.
(1989). Comparative effects of methylphenidate on ADD
girls and ADD boys. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, 773-776.
RAJALA, A.Z., HERIQUES, J.B. & POPULIN, L.C. (2012).
Dissociative effects of methylphenidate in nonhuman
primates : Trade-offs between cognitive and behavioral
performance. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 24 (6),
1371-1381. [PDF]
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P., CHAJCZYK, D.
& LOGAN, G.D. (1989). Effect of mythylphenidate on
inhibititory control in hyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17 (5), 473-491. [PDF]
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., BAACK, J., MALCHEREK, S., ERBE, K.,
MOLL, G.H. & HEINRICH, H. (2012). Differential effects
of methylphenidate and atomoxetine on attentional
processes in children with ADHD : An event-related
potential study using the Attention Network Test. Progress
in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
37 (1), 81-89.
MANEETON, N., MANEETON, B., INTAPRASERT, S. &
WOOTTILUK, P. (2014). A systematic review of randomized
controlled trials of bupropion versus methylphenidate in
the treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
Neuropsychiatric Disease & Treatment, 10, 1439–1449.
[PDF]
TAMMINGA, H.G.H., RENEMAN, L., HUIZENGA, H.M. &
GEURTS, H.M. (2016). Effects of methylphenidate on
executive functioning in attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder across the lifespan : a meta-regression analysis.
Psychological Medicine, 46, 1791-1807. [PDF]
Métier non-traditionnel : Au Québec, un métier est considéré comme "non traditionnel" lorsqu'un des deux groupes(hommes ou femmes)
est représenté à
moins de 33 %. Aux États-Unis, le critère est de 25 %.
= Poste traditionnel, secteur traditionnel.
Non-traditional occupations.
TARDIF, E. (1982). La politique : un monde d'hommes ?
Montréal : Cahiers du Québec, éditions Hurtubise HMH.
STINGER, D.M. & DUNCAN, E. (1985). Non-traditional
occupations : A study of women who have made the choice. Vocational Guidance Quarterly, 9, 241-248.
BEAUREGARD, M. (Dir.) (1994). Le maintien des femmes
dans les secteurs "non traditionnels". Québec :
Université Laval.
Métis : Métissage : Du latin mixticius, qui signifie «mélange, mixte». De manière plus précise, le terme désigne l'un des trois peuples autochtones canadiens dont la descendance est la fois européenne et autochtone. On l'utilise aussi pour désigner la reproduction de deux individus possédant un patrimoine génétique très différent, ce qui donne lieu à un phénotype nouveau et reconnaissable, que l'on nomme «métis». EX: Au Québec, beaucoup d'individus sont métissés, mélange de souche française, anglaise, irlandaise et «indienne». En biologie, on utilise davantage le terme hybride.Metis.
GIRAUD, M. (1945). Le métis canadien : son rôle dans l'histoire des provinces de lOuest. Paris : Institut d'Ethnologie. Ottawa, Carleton University Press.
TRÉMAUDAN, A.-H. (1979). Histoire de la nation métisse dans l'Ouest canadien. Saint-Boniface : Les Éditions du Blé.
Ottawa, Carleton University Press.
MORSE, B. (Dir.) (1991). Aboriginal peoples and the
law : Indian, Métis and Inuit rights in Canada.
Ottawa, Carleton University Press.
HAVARD, G. (2003). Empire et métissages : Indiens et
Français dans le Pays d’En Haut, 1660-1715.
Sillery/Paris, Septentrion/Presses de l’Université de
Paris-Sorbonne.
SCHWENK, G. (2009). Evaluating social influence
relations : An item-response-modeling approach. Metodološki
Zvezki, 6 (1). 27-50. [PDF]
Métrique : Système qui consiste à quantifier les variations d'un phénomène dont les intervalles et les rapports sont constants.
Variations constantes signifie que l'écart entre les mesures est
toujours identique. Rapport constant signifie que les rapports
entre les variations sont également constants. EX:
Le temps. L'écart entre 5 et 10 secondes est identique à l'écart
qui existe entre 15 et 20 secondes. 20 secondes est deux fois plus
long que 10 secondes, et quatre fois plus que 5 secondes. =
quantitatif, mesurable, variation constante. Metric.
STEVENS, S.S. (1966). A metric for the social
consensus. Science, 151, 530-41
MCGAW, B. & GLASS, G.V. (1980). Choice of the metric
for effect size in meta-analysis. American Educational
Research Journal, 17, 325-337.
BLANTON, H. & JACCARD, J. (2006). Arbitrary metrics in
psychology. American Psychologist, 61, 27-41.
Métrologie : Du grec metro qui signifie "mesure" et logos qui signifie "discours ou science". Branche de la méthodologie
qui s'intéresse plus particulièrement à la mesure/l'évaluation
et à ses erreurs.
Metrology.
WILSON, M. & FISHER, W. (2019). Preface of the special
issue, psychometric metrology. Measurement, 145,
190.
METSALA, J.L. (1997). An examination of word frequency and
neighborhood density in the development of spoken word
recognition. Memory & Cognition, 25, 47-56.
METSALA, J.L., STANOVICH, K.E. & BROWN, G.D.A. (1998).
Regularity effects and the phonological deficit model of
reading disabilities : A meta-analytic review. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 90, 279-293.
METSALA, J.L. (1999). Young children’s phonological
awareness and nonword repetition as a function of
vocabulary development. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 91, 3-19.
METSALA, J.L. & CHISHOLM, G. (2010). The influence of
lexical status and neighborhood density on children’s
nonword repetition. Applied Psycholinguistics, 31, 489-506.
METSALA, J.L. (2011). Repetition of less common sound
patterns : A unique relationship to young children’s
phonological awareness and word reading. International
Journal of English Linguistics, 1 (2), 3-7. [PDF]
METZGER, W. (1928). Certain implications in the concept of
gestalt. American Journal of Psychology, 40,
1928, 162-166.
[LIRE]
METZGER, W. & BRANDT, L.W. (1969). Reality - What does
it mean ? Psychological Reports, 25, 127-135.
[LIRE]
METZGER, W. (1972). Committing material to memory and
practising skills - on the psychology of education. Education,
6, 53-71.
METZGER, W. (1974). Consciousness, perception, and action.
In H.C. Carterette & M.P. Friedman (Eds.), Handbook
of perception, historical and philosophical roots of
perception (Vol. 1., pp. 109-122) New York :
Academic Press.
METZGER, W. (1986). Do schools of psychology still
exist ? Gestalt-psychologie. Frankfurt : Kramer.
[LIRE]
ARFELLI-GELLI, A. (2008). The relevance of Metzger's
thought on early childhood development. Gestalt
Theory, 30 (1), 403-407.
MEUNIER, J.-G. (1992). Le problème de la catégorisation
dans la représentation des connaissances.
Intellectica, 13-14, 7-44. [PDF]
MEUNIER, J.-G. (2001). La représentation en sciences
cognitives. Revue Sémiotique/Semiotic Inquiry, 19
(2-3), 83-104. [PDF]
MEUNIER, J.-G. (2002). Trois types de représentations
cognitives. Visio, 6 (2-3), 186-204. [PDF]
MEUNIER, J.-G. (2006). Le concept : De la singularité à la
synthèse. Les Cahiers du Laboratoire d’Analyse
Cognitive de l’Information, 5, 1-30. [PDF]
MEUNIER, J.-G. (2013). Computers as cognitive models of
computors and vice versa. Epistémologia, 36,
18-36.
Meurtre : Meurtrier : Consiste à donner volontairement la mort
à un congénère, de
manière volontaire, directement (en usant soi-même de violence)
ou non (en demandant à un tiers d'user de cette violence). Dans ce
dernier cas, on parle alors d'un assassinat.= Enlever la vie volontairement. * Tuer, tueur.Homicide, murder.
WILLIAMS, H.W. (1960). A psycho-analytic approach to the
treatment of the murdere. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 41, 532-539.
DALY, M. & WILSON, M. (1988). Homicide. New
York : Aldine de Gruyter.
LIEBER, A. & SHERIN, C. (1972). Homicides and the
lunar cycle : Toward a theory of lunar influence on human
emotional disturbance. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 129, 69-73.
STACK, S. (1989). The effect of publicized mass murders
and murder-suicides on lethal violence, 1968-1980 : A
research note. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric
Epidemiology, 24, 202-208.
POKORNY, A. & JACHIMCZYK, J. (1974). The questionable
relationship between homicides and the lunar cycle. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 131, 827-329.
RAINE, A., BUCHSBAUM, M. & LACASSE, L. (1997). Brain
abnormalities in murderers indicated by Positron Emission
Tomography. Biological Psychiatry, 42 (6),
495-508. [PDF]
DALY, M. & WILSON, M. (1982). Homicide and kinship. American Anthropologist, 84, 372-378.
PROULX, J., CUSSON, M., BEAUREGARD, E. & NICOLE, A.
(2005). Les meurtriers sexuels : Analyses comparatives
et nouvelles perspectives. Montreal, Québec : Les
Presses de l’Université de Montréal.
DELISI, M. (2015). Rape, murder! it’s just a shot away.
Journal of Criminal Justice, 43, 152-153.
GARBARINO, J. (2015). Listening to killers : Lessons
learned from My 20 Years as a psychological expert
Witness in murder case. University of California
Press.
DELISI, M., PIQUERO, A.R. & CARDWELL, S.M.
(2016). The unpredictability of murder : Juvenile homicide
in the pathways to desistance study. Youth Violence
& Juvenile Justice, 14 (1), 26-42.
Meurtrier de masse : Meurtre commis par un individu à l'endroit de nombreux autres individus de son groupe
ou d'un sous-groupe particulier. Ces meurtres sont parfois planifiés,
comme dans le cas de Anders Breivik (2011) en Norvège ou Timothy
McVeigh à Oklahoma City (1995), mais souvent ils sont commis de
manère spontanée et sans mobile politique ou
idéologique précis. Contrairement au terroriste,
le meurtrier agit en son propre nom. Meurtrier de masse,
terrorismeetpsychopathe.Mass killer.
FERGUSON, C.J., WHITE, D.E., CHERRY, S., LORENZ, M. &
BHIMANI, Z. (2003). Defining and classifying serial murder
in the context of perpetrator motivation. Journal of
Criminal Justice, 31 (3), 287-292. [PDF]
FERGUSON, C.J. & BEAVER, K.M. (2009). Natural born
killers : The genetic origins of extreme violence. Aggression
& Violent Behavior, 14 (5), 286-294. [PDF]
ZIMEN, E. (1975). Social dynamics of the wolf pack. In
M.W. Fox (Ed.), The wild canids : their systematics,
behavioral ecology and evolution (pp. 336-368).
New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.
HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1983). Wolf pack
spacing : howling as a territory-independent spacing
mechanism in a territorial population. Behavior,
Ecology & Sociobiology, 13, 19-26.
ASA, C.S., MECH, L.D., SEAL, U.S. & PLOTKA, E.D.
(1990). The influence of social and endocrine factors on
urine-marking by captive wolves (Canis lupus). Hormones
& Behavior, 24, 497-509.
DERIX, R. & VANHOOFF, J. (1995). Male and female
partner preferences in a captive wolf pack : specificity
vs. spread of sexual attention. Behavior, 129,
132-149.
FATJO, J., FEDDERSEN-PETERSEN, D., RUIZ DE LA TORREA,
J.L., AMATA, M., METSA, M., BRAUSB, B. & MANTECA, X.
(2007). Ambivalent signals during agonistic interactions
in a captive wolf pack. Applied Animal Behaviour
Science, 105, 274-283.
MEVARECH, Z.R. (1983). A deep structure model of students'
statistical misconceptions. Educational Studies in
Mathematics, 14 (4), 415-429.
MEVARECH, Z.R. (1985). The effects of co-operative mastery
learning strategies on mathematics achievement.
Journal of Educational Research, 78 (3), 372-377.
MEVARECH, Z.R. (1991). Learning mathematics in different
mastery evironments. Journal of Educational Research,
84 (4), 225-231.
MEVARECH, Z.R. & KRAMARSKI, B. (1997). IMPROVE : A
multidimensional method for teaching mathematics in
heterogeneous classrooms. American Educational
Research Journal, 34 (2), 365-394.
MEVARECH, Z.R. & AMRANY, C. (2008). Immediate and
delayed effects of meta-cognitive instruction on
regulation of cognition and mathematics achievement. Metacognition & Learning, 3, 147-157.
MEWHORT, D.J. & MERIKLE, M.P. (1969). On the transfer
from iconic to short-term memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 81, 89-94.
MEWHORT, D.J. & BEAL, A.L. (1977).
Mechanisms of word identification. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 3, 629-640.
MEWHORT, D.J., JOHNS, E.E. & COBLE, S.
(1991). Early and late selection in partial report :
evidence from degraded displays. Perception &
Psychophysics, 50, 258-266.
MEWHORT, D.J. & JOHNS, E.E. (2000). The
extralist-feature effect : evidence against item matching
in short-term recognition memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology. General, 129,
262-284.
MEWHORT, D.J., JOHNS, B.T. & KELLY, M. (2010).
Applying the permutation test to factorial designs. Behavior
Research Methods, 42, 366-372.
GILLY, M.C. (1988). Sex roles in advertising : A
comparison of television advertisements in Australia,
Mexico, and the United States. Journal of Marketing,
52, 75-85.
DAVIS, H. & GERGEN, P.J. (1994). The weights and
heights of Mexican-American adolescents : The accuracy of
self-reports. American Journal of Public Health, 84,
459-462. [PDF]
PARK, C. (2000). Learning style preferences of secondary
english learners : Armenian, Hmong, Korean, Mexican, and
Vietnamese. The CATESOL Journal, 12 (1), 21-35.
[PDF]
TROPP, L.R. & WRIGHT, S.C. (2003). Evaluations and
perceptions of self, in-group, and outgroup : Comparisons
between Mexican American and European American children.
Self & Identity, 2, 203–221.
UMUNA-TAYLOR, A.J. & FINE, M.A. (2004). Examining
ethnic identity among Mexican-origin adolescents living in
the United States. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral
Sciences, 26, 36-59.
ALDRICH, J.H., DEFRANCESCO, SOTOE, V. & PETROW, D.
(2009). The human face of economic globalization : Mexican
migrants and their support for free trade. Journal of
Latino-Latin American Studie, 3 (2), 26-46. [PDF]
CARLO, G., KNIGHT, J.P., McGINLEY, M., ZAMBOAGA, B.L.
& JARVIS, L. (2010). The multidimensionality of
prosocial behaviors : Evidence of measurement invariance
in early Mexican American and European American
adolescents. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 20
(2), 334-358.
Meyer Adolphe (1866-1950) :Psychiatre
américain, d'origine suisse et pionnier de la psychiatrie.
Étudiant de Forel.
MEYER, A. (1951/2). Collected papers (Four volumes).
Baltimore : John Hopkins.
LEYS, R. (1981). Meyer's dealings with Jones : A chapter
in the history of the american response to psychoanalysis.
Journal of the History of Behavioural Sciences, 17,
445-465.
GELDER, M. (1991). Adolf Meyer and his influence on
British psychiatry. In G.E. Berrios & H. Freeman
(Eds.), 150 years of British psychiatry. London
: Gaskell.
DOUBLE, D.B. (1991). What would Adolf Meyer have thought
of the neo-Kraepelinian approach ? Psychiatric
Bulletin, 14, 472-474. [LIRE]
DOUBLE, D.B. (2007). Adolf Meyer's psychobiology and the
challenge for biomedicine. Philosophy, Psychiatry
& Psychology, 14, 331-339. [PDF]
DOUBLE, D.B. (2007). Eclecticism and Adolf Meyer's
functional understanding of mental illness. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 14, 356-358.
[PDF]
MEYER, C. & WALLER, G. & WATERS, A. (1998).
Emotional states and bulimic psychopathology. In H.W.
Hoek, J.L. Treasure & M.A. Katzman (Eds.),
Neurobiology in the treatment of eating disorders (pp.
271-287). Chichester : Wiley.
MEYER, C. & WALLER, G. (1999). The impact of emotion
upon eating behavior : The role of subliminal visual
processing of threat cues. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 25 (3), 319-326. [PDF]
MEYER, C., TARANIS, L., GOODWIN, H. & HAYCRAFT, E.
(2011). Compulsive exercise and eating disorders.
European Eating Disorders Review, 19, 174-189.
MEYER, C. & TARANIS, L. (2011). Exercise in the eating
disorders : Terms and definition. European Eating
Disorders Review, 19 (3), 169-173.
MEYER, C., PLATEAU, C.R., TARANIS, L., BREWIN, N., WALES,
J. & ARCELUS, J. (2016). The Compulsive Exercise Test
: confirmatory factor analysis and links with eating
psychopathology among women with clinical eating
disorders. Journal of Eating Disorders, 4 (1),
1-9. [PDF]
Meyer Max Friederich (1873-1967) : Psychologue américain d'origine allemande.
MEYER, M. (1900). Elements of psychological theory of
melody. Psychological Review, 7, 241-273.
MEYER, M. (1903). Experimental studies in the psychology
of music. American Journal of Psychology, 14,
192-214.
MEYER, M. (1908). The nervous correlate of pleasantness
and unpleasantness. Psychological Review, 15, 201-216,
292-322.
MEYER, M. (1911). The fundamental laws of human
behavior. Boston : R.G. Badger.
MEYER, M. (1912). The present status of the problem of the
relation between mind and body. Journal of
Philosophy, Psychology, & Scientific Methods, 9, 365-371.
ERWIN, A.E. (1967). Max Meyer : The making of a scientific
isolate. Journal of the History of the Behavioral
Sciences 2 (4), 341–356.
ERWIN, A.E. (1967). Max Meyer in America. Journal of
the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 3 (2),
107–131.
WOSNIAK, R.H. (1977). Max Meyer and the fundamental
laws of human behavior. Bryn Mawr College.
MEYER, V. (1966). Modification of expectations in cases
with obsessional rituals. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 4, 273-280.
MEYER, V., LEVY, R. & SCHNURER, A. (1974). A
behavioral treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorders. In
H.R. Beech (Ed.), Obsessional states. London :
Methuen.
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1984). Psychoendocrine research on
sexual orientation. Current status & future options.
Progress in Brain Research, 61, 375-98.
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1990). Will prenatal hormone
treatment prevent homosexuality ? Journal of Child
& Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 1 (4),
279-283.
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. EHRHARDT, A.A., ROSEN, L.R., GRUEN,
R.S., VERIDIANO, N.P., VANN, F.H. & NEUWALDER, H.F.
(1995). Prenatal estrogens and the development of
homosexual orientation. Developmental Psychology, 31
(1) 12-21.
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (2001). Gender and sexuality in
classic congenital adrenal hyperplasia. Endocrinology
Metabolism Clinics of North America, 30 (1),
155-171.
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (2010). From mental disorder to
iatrogenic hypogonadism : Dilemmas in conceptualizing
gender identity variants as psychiatric conditions. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 39 (2), 461-47
MEYERS, R.J. & SMITH, J.E. (1997). Getting off the
fence : Procedures to engage treatment resistant drinkers.
Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 14,
467-472.
MEYERS, R.J., MILLER, W.R., HILL, D.E. & TONIGAN, J.S.
(1999). Community reinforcement and family training
(CRAFT) : Engaging unmotivated drug users in treatment.
Journal of Substance Abuse, 10 (3), 291-308. [PDF]
MEYERS, R.J., MILLER, W.R., SMITH, J.E. & TONIGAN,
J.S. (2002). A randomized trial of two methods for
engaging treatment-refusing drug users through concerned
significant others. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 1182-1185. [PDF]
MEYERS, R.J., VILLANUEVA, M. & SMITH, J.E. (2005). The
community reinforcement approach : History and empirical
validation. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An
International Quarterly, 19 (3), 251-264. [PDF]
MEYERS, R.J., ROOZEN, H.G. & SMITH, J.E. (2011). The
Community reinforcement approach : An update of the
evidence. Alcohol Research & Health, 33 (4),
380-388. [PDF]
MEYERSON, L. (1953). The visually handicapped. Review
of Educational Research, 23, 476-491.
MEYERSON, L. (1955). Somatopsychology of physical
disability. In W.M. Cruickshank (Ed.), Psychology of
exceptional children and youth (pp. 1-60).
Englewood Cliffs, NJ. : Prentice-Hall.
MEYERSON, L., MICHAEL, J., MOWRER, O.H., OSGOOD, C.E.
& STAATS, A.W. (1961). Learning, behavior, and
rehabilitation. In L.H. Lofquist (Ed.), Psychological
research and rehabilitation (pp. 68-111).
Washington : American Psychological Association.
MEYERSON, L., KERR, N. & MICHAEL, J.L. (1967).
Behavior modification in rehabilitation. In S.W. Bijou
& D.M. Baer (Eds.), Child development : Readings
in experimental analysis. Englewood Cliffs, NJ. :
Prentice-Hall.
MEYERSON, L. (1988). The social psychology of physical
disability : 1948 and 1988. Journal of Social Issues,
44, 173-188.
MORRIS, R.J. (2003). Lee Meyerson (1920-2002) : Obituary.
American Psychologist, 58 (10), 812.
MEYNERT, T.H. (1868). The construction of the cerebral
cortex and its local differences, including a
pathological-anatomical Corollary.
MEYNERT, T.H. (1884). Clinical disorders of the
forebrain.
MEYNERT, T.H. (1885). Psychiatry, a clinical treatise
on diseases of the forebrain based upon a study of its
structure, function and nutrition. London :
Puttnam’s Sons.
MEZIROW, J.D. (1975). Education for perspective
transformation : women's reentry programs in community
colleges. New York : Center for Adult Education
Teachers College.
MEZIROW, J.D. (1981). A critical theory of adult learning
and education. Adult Education Quarterly, 32
(1), 3-24.
MEZIROW, J.D. (1991). Transformative dimensions of
adult learning. San Francisco, CA : Jossey-Bass.
MEZIROW, J.D. (1997). Transformative learning : Theory to
practice. New Directions for Adult & Continuing
Education, 74, 5-12.
Miceli Marcia P. ( ) : Spécialiste
américaine de la gestion.
Elle s'intéresse notamment aux lanceurs
d'alerte. Collaboratrice de
Near.
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1984). The relationships
among beliefs, organizational position, and
whistle-blowing status : A discriminant analysis. Academy
of Management Journal, 27 (4), 687-705.
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1988). Individual and
situational correlates of whistle-blowing. Personal
Psychology, 41 (2), 267-281.
MICELI, M.P., NEAR, J.P. & SCHWENK, C.R. (1991). Who
blows the whistle and why. Industrial & Labour
Relations Review, 45 (1), 113-130.
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1994). Relationships among
value congruence, perceived victimization, and retaliation
against whistle-blowers. Journal of Management, 20 (4),
773-794.
MICELI, M.P., NEAR, J.P., REHG, M.T. & VAN SCOTTER,
J.R. (2012). Predicting employee reactions to perceived
organizational wrongdoing : demoralization, justice,
proactive personality, and whistle- blowing. Human
Relations, 65 (8), 923-954.
MICHAEL, J. (1963). Laboratory studies in operant
behavior. New York : McGraw-Hill.
MICHAEL, J. (1982). Distinguishing between discriminative
and motivational functions of stimuli. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (1), 149-155.
[PDF]
MICHAEL, J. (1984). Verbal behavior. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42 (3), 363-376.
[PDF]
MICHAEL, J.L. (1988). The establishing operation and the
mand. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 6, 3-9.
[PDF]
MICHAEL, J. (1993). Establishing operations. The
Behavior Analyst, 16 (2), 191-206. [PDF]
MIGUEL, C.F. (2013). Jack Michael's motivation. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior 29, (1), 3-11. [PDF]
ESCH, B.E. & ESCH, J.W. (2016). A bibliographic
tribute to Jack Michael. Analysis of Verbal Behavior,
32 (2), 275-323.
MIGUEL, C.F. (2019). In defense of Jack Michael's
motivation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 112 (1), 32-36.
MICHAEL, R.P. & BONSALL, R.D. (1977). A 3-year study
of an annual rhythm in plasma androgen levels in male
rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) in a constant laboratory
environment. Journal of Reproduction & Fertility,
49, 129-131.
MICHAEL, R.P. & KEVERNE, E.B. (1971). An annual rhythm
in the sexual activity of the male rhesus monkey, Macaca
mulatta, in the laboratory. Journal of Reproduction
& Fertility, 25, 95-98.
MICHAEL, R.P. & WILSON, M.I. (1975). Mating
seasonality in castrated male rhesus monkeys.
Journal of Reproduction & Fertility, 43,
325-328.
MICHAEL, R.P., ZUMPE, D., PLANT, T.M. & EVANS, R.G.
(1975). Annual changes in the sexual potency of captive
male rhesus monkeys. Journal of Reproduction &
Fertility, 45, 169-172.
MICHAEL, R.P., BONSALL, R.D. & ZUMPE, D. (1984). The
behavioral thresholds of testosterone in castrated male
rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Hormones &
Behavior, 18 (2), 161-176.
MICHINOV, E. & MICHINOV, N. (2001). The
similarity-attraction relationship : A test of the
moderating role of social comparison orientation.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 549-555.
MICHINOV, E. (2001). L'attraction interpersonnelle : Un
concept en évolution. Les Cahiers Internationaux de
Psychologie Sociale, 50, 11-26. [PDF]
MICHINOV, E. & MONTEIL, J.M. (2002). The
Similarity-Attraction Relationship Revisited : Divergence
between the affective and behavioral facets of attraction.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 485-500.
MICHINOV, E. et MONTEIL, J.M. (2003). Attraction
personnelle et Attraction sociale : Lorsque la saillance
catégorielle annule la relation similitude-attraction.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 35, 305-315.
MICHINOV, E. & BLANCHET, C. (2015). When
self-construal priming influences the relationship between
transactive memory and group performance.
International Review of Social Psychology, 28 (3),
97-119.
MICHOTTE, A.E. & PRÜM, E. (1910). Étude expérimentale
sur le choix volontaire et ses antécédents immédiats. Archives
de Psychologie, 12, 1-13.
MICHOTTE, A.E. (1941). La causalité physique est-elle une
donnée phénoménale ? Tijdschrift voor Philosophie, 3,
290-328.
MICHOTTE, A.E. (1946/1963). La perception de la
causalite/The perception of causalitý. Louvain/Londres
: Methuen.
MICHOTTE, A.E. (1950). A propos de la permanence
phénoménale : faits et theories. Acta Psychologica,
7, 298-322.
MICHOTTE, A.E. (1959). Réflexions sur le rôle du language
dans l'analyse des organisations perceptives. Acta
Psychologica, 15, 17-34.
THINÈS, G., COSTALL A. & BUTTERWORTH, G. (Eds.)
(1991). Michotte's experimental phenomenology of
perception. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
HUBBARD, T.L., BLESSUM, J.A. & RUPPEL, S.E. (2001).
Representational momentum and Michotte's (1946/1963)
"Launching effect" paradigm. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 27
(1), 294-301.
[PDF]
WAGEMANS, J., VAN LIER, R. & SCHOLL, B.J. (2006).
Introduction to Michotte’s heritage in perception and
cognition research. Acta Psychologica, 123,
1-19. [PDF]
FORD, B.J. (1992). La naissance de la microscopie. La
Recherche, 23, (249), 1372-1373.
SAVATON, P. (2005). Le microscope dans l'histoire des
sciences de la nature. Dans Histoire des sciences.
Microscope et microscopie (p. 2-12). Académie de
Limoges. [PDF]
LAWSON, I. (2016). Crafting the microworld : how Robert Hooke constructed knowledge about small things. Notes & Records of the Royal Society of London, 70 (1), 23-44. (2), 225-248. [PDF]
POLSTER, M., McCARTHY, R., O'SULLIVAN, G., GRAY, P. &
PARK, G. (1993). Midazolam induced amnesia : Implicatioms
for the implicit/explicit memory distinction. Brain
& Cognition, 22, 244-265.
MALMBERG, K.J., ZEELENBERG, R. & SHIFFRIN, R.M.
(2002). Modeling Midazolam's effect on the hippocampus and
recognition memory. Conference Papers/Vancouver. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
HIRSHMAN, E., PASSANNANTE, A. & ARNDT, J. (2001).
Midazolam amnesia and conceptual processing in implicit
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General,
130 (3), 453.
MERRITT, P., HIRSHMAN, E., ZAMANI, S, HSU, J. &
BERRIGAN, M. (2006). Episodic representations support
early semantic learning : evidence from midazolam induced
amnesia. Brain Cognition, 61 (2), 219-230.
NYHUS, E. & CURRAN, T. (2012). Midazolam-induced
amnesia reduces memory for details and affects the ERP
correlates of recollection and familiarity. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 24 (2), 416-427.
MIDGLEY, C., ANDERMAN, E.M. & HICKS, L. (1995).
Differences between elementary and middle school teachers
and students : A goal theory approach. Journal of
Adolescence, 15, 90-113.
MIDGLEY, C. & URDAN, T. (1995). Predictors of middle
school students' use of self-handicapping strategies. The
Journal of Early Adolescence, 15, 389-411.
MIDGLEY, C., ARONKUMAR, R. & URDAN, T., ANDERMAN, L.H.
& ANDERMAN, E. (1996). "If I don't do well tomorrow,
there's a reason" : Predictors of adolescents' use of
academic self-handicapping strategies. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 88, 423-434.
MIDGLEY, C., KAPLAN, A., MIDDLETON, M., MAEHR, M.L. &
URDAN, T. (1998). The development and validation of scales
assessing students' achievement goal orientations.
Contemporary Educational Psychology, 23, 113-131.
[PDF]
MIDGLEY, C. & URDAN, T. (2001). Academic
self-handicapping and achievement goals : A further
examination. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 26,
61-75. [PDF]
LIPPMAN, C. (1952). Certain hallucinations peculiar to
migraine. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease,
116, 346-351.
SACKS, O. (1995). Migraine. London : Picador.
MONEY-KYRLE, R. (1963). A note on migraine.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44,
490-492.
COTTRELL, C.K., DREW, J.B., WALLER, S., HOLROYD, K.A.,
BROSE, J.A. & O'DONELL, F.J. (2002). Perceptions and
needs of patients with migraine. Journal of Family
Practice, 51 (2), 142-147.
KRYMCHANTOWSKI, A.V., SILVA, M.T., BARBOSA, J.S. &
ALVES, L.A. (2002). Amitriptylineversus amitriptyline
combined with fluoxetine in the preventative treatment of
transformed migraine : a double-blind study. Headache,
42 (6), 510-514.
PRENSKY, A.L. & SOMMER, D. (1979). Diagnosis and
treatment of migraine in children. Neurology, 29,
506-510.
TKACHUK, G.A., COTTRELL, K.C. GIBSON, J.S., O'DONNELL,
J.F. & HOLROYD, K.A. (2003). Factors associated with
migraine-related quality of life and disability in
adolescents : A preliminary investigation. Headache,
43, 950-955.
LYNGBERG, A.C., RASMUSSEN, B.K., JORGENSEN, T. &
JENSEN, R. (2005). Has the prevalence of migraine and
tension-type headache changed over a 12- year period ? European
Journal of Epidemiology, 20 (3), 243-249.
KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1982). Tyramine sensitivity in dietary
migraine : A critical review. Headache, 22, 30-34
HOLROYD, K.A. & DREW, J.B. (2006). Behavioral
approaches to the treatment of migraine. Seminars in
Neurology, 26 (2), 199-207.
KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1983). Migraine relief : A personal
treatment program. New York : Harper & Row.
KOEHLER, P.J. & BOES, C.J. (2010). A history of
non-drug treatment in headache, particularly migraine.
Brain Journal of Neurology, 133, 2489-2500. [PDF]
LABBÉ, E.E. & WILLIAMSON, D. (1983). Temperature
biofeedback in the treatment of children with migraine
headaches. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 8
(4), 317-326.
SENG, E.K. & HOLROYD, K.A. (2010). Dynamics of changes
in self-efficacy and locus of control expectancies in the
behavioral and drug treatment of severe migraine. Annals
of Behavioral Medicine, 40 (3), 235-247.
RICHTER, I.L., McGRATH, P.J., HUMPPHREYS, P.J., GOODMAN,
J.T., FIRESTONE, P. & KEENE, D. (1986). Cognitive and
relaxation treatment of paediatric migraine. Pain,
25, 195-203.
PINKERMAN, B. & HOLROYD, K.A. (2010). Menstrual and
nonmenstrual migraines differ in women with
menstrually-related migraine. Cephalalgia, 30 (10),
1187-1194.
ANDERMANN, F. (1987). Migraine and epilepsy.
Butterworth-Heinemann.
LIGTHART, L., NYHOLT, D.R., PENNINX, B. & BOOMSMA,
D.I. (2010). The shared genetics of migraine and anxious
depression head. Headache, 50 (10), 1549-1560.
[PDF]
BROTMAN, P. (1989). Low-intensity transcranial
electrostimulation improves the efficacy of thermal
biofeedback and quieting reflex training in the treatment
of classical migraine headache. American Journal of
Electromedicine, 6 (5), 120-123.
SILBERSTEIN, S., DODICK, D., LINDBLAD, A., HOLROYD, K.,
HARRINGTON, M., MATHEW, N. & HIRTZ, D. (2012).
Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of
propranolol added to topiramate in chronic migraine.
Neurology, 78, 976-984
SENG, E.K. & HOLROYD, K.A. (2012). Psychiatric
comorbidity and response to preventative therapy in the
treatment of severe migraine trial. Cephalalgia, 40,
235-247
Migration : Migrer : Ce concept a deux significations voisines :
a) Chez les humains,
il renvoie à la décision d'un individu (plus ou moins volontaire
selon le cas) de s'établir dans un nouveau
pays. En ce sens, on utilise davantage le terme immigration.
b) Chez les
animaux, le concept désigne un changement de territoire
qui s'opère chez certaines espèces(oiseaux,poissons)
à la faveur des saisons. EX: La migration des
oies blanches.
Migration, emigration.
a
TERMOTE, M. (1991). Ce que pourrait être une
politique de migration dans La population du Québec
d'hier à demain. Montréal : Les Presses de
l'Université de Montréal.
WOLFSON, A. (1948). Bird migration and the concept of
continental drift. Science, 108, 23-30.
HOAR, W.S. (1951). The behavior of chum, pink and coho
salmon in relation to their seeward migration. Journal
of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 8,
241-243
CHAPMAN, D.W. (1962). Aggressive behavior in juvenile coho
salmon as a cause of emigration. Journal of the
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 19 (6),
1047-1080.
MIKLOSI, A., POLGARDI, R. & TOPÀL, J. (1998). Use of
experimenter-given cues in dogs. Animal Cognition, 1,
113-121. [PDF]
MIKLOSI, A., POLGARDI, R., TOPÀL, J. & CSANYI, V.
(2000). Intentional behaviour in dog and human
communication : an experimental analysis of "showing"
behaviour in the dog. Animal Cognition, 3, 159-166.
[PDF]
MIKLOSI, A., KUBINYI, E., TOPÀL, J., VIRANYI, Z. &
CSANYI, V. (2003). A simple reason for a big difference :
wolves do not look back at humans, but dogs do. Current
Biology, 13, 763-766. [PDF]
MIKLOSI, A., TOPÀL, J. & CSANYI, V. (2004).
Comparative social cognition : what can dogs teach us ? Animal
Behaviour, 67, 995-1004. [PDF]
MIKLOSI, A., TOPÀL, J. & CSANYI, V. (2007). Big
thoughts in small brains ? Dogs as a model for
understanding human social cognition. Cognitive
Neuroscience & Neuropsychology, 18, 467-471.
[PDF]
MIKULINCER, M. (1998). Attachment working models and the
sense of trust : An exploration of interaction goals and
affect regulation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 74, 1209-1224.
MIKULINCER, M., GILATH O. & SHAVER, P.R. (2002).
Activation of the attachment system in adulthood :
Threat-related primes increase the accessibility of mental
representations of attachment figures. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 83, 881-895.
MIKULINCER, M., SHAVER, P.R. & PEREG, D. (2003).
Attachment theory and affect regulation : The dynamics,
development, and cognitive consequences of
attachment-related strategies. Motivation &
Emotion, 27 (2), 77-102. [PDF]
MIKULINCER, M. & SHAVER, P.R. (2005). Attachment
theory and emotions in close relationships : Exploring the
attachment-related dynamics of emotional reactions to
relational events. Personal Relationships, 12, 149-168.
MIKULINCER, M. & SHAVER, P.R., BAR-ON, N. &
EIN-DOR, T. (2010). The pushes and pulls of close
relationships : Attachment insecurities and relational
ambivalence. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98, 450-468. [PDF]
MILAD, M.R. & QUIRK, G.J. (2002). Neurons in medial
prefrontal cortex signal memory for fear extinction. Nature,
420, 70-74.
MILAD, M.R., VIDAL-GONZALEZ, I. & QUIRK, G.J. (2004).
Electrical stimulation of medial prefrontal cortex reduces
conditioned fear in a temporally specific manner.
Behavioral Neuroscience, 118, 389-394
MILAD, M.R., WRIGHT, C.I., ORR, S.P., PITMAN, R.K., QUIRK,
G.J. & RAUCH, S.L. (2007). Recall of fear extinction
in humans activates the ventromedial prefrontal cortex and
hippocampus in concert. Biological Psychiatry, 62, 446-454.
[PDF]
MILAD, M.R., ORR, S.P., LASKO, N.B., CHANG, Y., RAUCH,
S.L. & PITMAN, R.K. (2008). Presence and acquired
origin of reduced recall for fear extinction in PTSD :
results of a twin study. Journal of Psychiatric
Research, 42, 515-520.
[PDF]
MILAD, M. & QUIRK, G.J. (2012). Fear extinction as a
model for translational neuroscience : Ten years of
progress. Annual Review of Psychology, 63, 129-151.
[PDF]
MILAR, K.S. (1987). History of psychology : Cornerstone
instead of capstone. Teaching Psychology, 14 (4),
236-238.
MILAR, K.S. (1999). "A coarse and clumsy tool" : Helen
Thompson Woolley and the Cincinnati Vocation Bureau. History
of Psychology, 2, 219-235.
MILAR, K.S. (2000). The first generation of women
psychologists and the psychology of women. American
Psychologist, 55, 616-619.
FUCHS, A.H. & MILLAR, K.S. (2003). Psychology as a
science. In D.K. Freedheim & I.B. Weiner (Eds.), Handbook
of psychology/History of psychology (Vol 1, pp.
1-26). John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey. [PDF]
MILAR, K.S. (2010). A special relationship : Race, child
study, and Rockefeller. Journal of the History of the
Behavioral Sciences, 46, 1-18.
MILES, W.R. (1927). The two-story duplicate maze. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 10, 365–377.
MILES, W.R. (1928). Studies of physical exertion : I. A
multiple chronograph for measuring groups of men. American
Physical Education Review, 33 (6), 379–387.
MILES, W.R. (1931). Studies in physical exertion :
II. Individual and group reaction time in football
charging". Research Quarterly, 2 (3), 5–13.
MILES, W.R. & GRAVES, B. C. (1931). Studies in
physical exertion : III. Effect of signal variation on
football charging. Research Quarterly, 2
(3), 14–-31.
HILGARD, E.R. (1980). Walter Richard Miles : 1885–1978.
The American Journal of Psychology, (3). 565.
BAUGH, F.T. (2006). Walter Miles, Pop Warner, B. C.
Graves, and the psychology of football. Journal of the
History of the Behavioral Sciences, 42 (1), 3–18.
GOODWIN, C.J. (2003). An insider's look at experimental
psychology in America : The diaries of Walter Miles.
In D.B. Baker (Ed.), Thick description and fine
texture : Studies in the history of psychology (pp.
57–75). Akron, OH : The University of Akron Press.
GOODWIN, C.J. & ROYER, L. (Eds.) (2010). Walter
Miles and his 1920 grand tour of European physiological
and psychological laboratories. Akron, OH : The
University of Akron Press.
LEAHEY,
H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New Jersey
: Prentice-Hall.
MILETSKI, H. (2000). Bestiality/zoophilia : An exploratory
study. Scandinavian Journal of Sexology, 3, 149-150.
MILETSKI, H. (2002). Understanding bestiality and
zoophilia. Bethesda, MD : East West Publishing.
MILETSKI, H. (2005). Is zoophilia a sexual orientation ? A
study. In A.M. Beetz & A.L. Podberscek (Eds.), Bestiality
and zoophilia : Sexual relations with animals
(pp. 82-97). Ashland, IN : Purdue University Press.
MILETSKI, H. (2006). Introduction to bestiality and
zoophilia. Contemporary Sexuality, 40 (12),
8-13.
MILETSKI, H. (2007). Mother-son-incest : The
unthinkable broken taboo : an overview of finding and
revised overview of finding. East West Publishing.
MILGRAM, N., SROLOFF, B. & ROSENBAUM, M. (1988). The
procrastination of everyday life. Journal of Research
in Personality, 22, 197-212.
MILGRAM, N., MARSHEVSKY, S. & SADEH, C. (1995).
Correlates of academic procrastination : Discomfort, task
aversiveness, and task capability. Journal of
Psychology, 129 (2), 145-155.
MILGRAM, N., MEY-TAL, G. & EVINSON, Y. (1998).
Procrastination, generalized or specific, in college
students and their parents. Personality &
Individual Differences, 25, 297-316.
MILGRAM, N. & TOUBIANA, Y. (1999). Academic anxiety,
academic procrastination, and parental involvement in
students and their parents. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 69, 345-361.
MILGRAM, N. & TENNE, R. (2000). Personality correlates
of decisional and task avoidant procrastination. European
Journal of Personality, 14 (2), 141-156.
MILGRAM, S. (1963). Behavioral study of obedience. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 67 (4),
371-378. [PDF]
MILGRAM, S. (1965). Some conditions of obedience and
disobedience to authority. Human Relations, 18,
57-76. [PDF]
MILGRAM, S., BICKMAN, L. & BERKOWITZ, L. (1969). Note
on the drawing power of crowds of different size.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 13,
79-82.
MILGRAM, S. (1970). The experience of living in cities. Science,
13, 1461-1468.
MILGRAM, S. (1974). Obedience to authority. New
York : Harper & Row.
BAUMRIND, D. (1964). Some thoughts on the ethics of
research : After reading Milgram's "behavioral study of
obedience". American Psychologist, 19, 421-423.
RUSSELL, N.J.C. & GREGORY, R.J. (2011). Spinning an
organizational "web of obligation" ? Moral choice in
Stanley Milgram's "Obedience to authority" experiments.
The American Review of Public Administration, 41,
495-518.
ECKMAN, B. (1977). Stanley Milgram's "obedience"studies. Et
cetera, 34, 88-99.
REICHER, S.D. & HASLAM, S.A. (2011). After shock?
Toward a social identity explanation of the Milgram
obedience studies. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 50, 163-169.
MILGRAM, S. (1980). [Interview with] Stanley Milgram. In
R.I. Evans (Ed.), The making of social psychology :
Discussions with creative contributors (pp.
187-198). New York : Gardner Press.
RUSSELL, N.J.C. (2011). Milgram's obedience to authority
experiments : Origins and early evolution. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 50, 140-162. [PDF]
GILBERT, S. (1981). Another look at the Milgram obedience
studies : the role of the gradated series of shocks. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 690-695.
MORELLI, M.F. (1983). Milgram's dilemma of obedience. Metaphilosophy,
14, 183-189.
MILLARD, K. (2011). The window in the laboratory : Stanley
Milgram as filmmaker. The Psychologist, 24, 658-660.
MILLER, A.G. (1986). The obedience experiments : A
case study of controversy in social science. New
York, NY : Praeger.
SABINI, J. (1986). Obituary : Stanley Milgram (1933-1984).
American Psychologist, 41 (12), 1378-1379.
NICHOLSON, I. (2011). "Torture at Yale": Experimental
subjects, laboratory torment and the "rehabilitation" of
Milgram's "Obedience to authority". Theory &
Psychology, 21 (6), 737-761.
NISSANI, M. (1990). A cognitive reinterpretation of
Stanley Milgram's observations to obedience to authority.
American Psychologist 45: 1384-1385.
PERRY, G. (2012). Beyond the shock machine : The
untold story of the Milgram obedience experiments.
Melbourne, Vic.: Scribe.
BLASS, T. (1991). Understanding behavior in the Milgram
obedience experiment : The role of personality,
situations, and their interactions. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 60, 398-413.
BLASS, T. (2012). A Cross-Cultural Comparison of Studies
of Obedience Using the Milgram Paradigm : A Review.
Social Personality Psychology Compass, 6, 196-205
BLASS, T. (1992). The social psychology of Stanley
Milgram. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental
social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 227-329). San Diego
: Academic Press.
ROCHAT, F. & MODLIGIANI, A. (1995). The ordinary
quality of resistance : From Milgram's laboratory to the
village of Le Chambon. Journal of Social Issues, 51,
195-210.
NAVARICK, D.J. (2012). Historical psychology and the
Milgram paradigm: Tests of an experimentally derived model
of defiance using accounts of massacres by Nazi reserve
police Battalion 101. The Psychological Record, 62,
133-154.
BLASS, T. (1996). Attribution of responsibility and trust
in the Milgram obedience experiment. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1529-1535.
ERDOS, E. (2013). The Milgram trap. Theoretical &
Applied Ethics 2: 123-142.
BLASS, T. (1996). The Milgram obedience experiment :
Support for a cognitive view of defensive attribution. Journal
of Social Psychology, 136, 407-410.
GIBSON, S. (2013). Milgram's obedience experiments : A
rhetorical analysis. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 52 (2), 290-309.
STERN, S.E. & FABER, J.E. (1997). The lost e-mail
method : Milgrams lost-letter technique in the age of the
Internet. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments
& Computers, 29, 260-263.
RUSSELL, N.J.C. (2014). Stanley Milgram's obedience to
authority "relationship" condition : Some methodological
and theoretical implications. Social Sciences, 3, 194-214.
BLASS, T. (1999). The Milgram paradigm after 35 years :
Some things we now know about obedience to authority. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 29, 955-978. [PDF]
BLASS, T. (2000). The Milgram paradigm after 35 years :
Some things we now know about obedience to authority. In
T. Blass (Ed.), Obedience to authority : Current
perspectives on the Milgram paradigm (pp. 35-59).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
BURGER, J.M. (2014). Situational features in Milgram's
experiment that kept his participants shocking. Journal
of Social Issues, 70 (3), 489-500. [PDF]
BLASS, T. & SCHMITT, C. (2001). The nature of
perceived authority in the Milgram paradigm : Two
replications. Current Psychology, 20, 115-121.
HASLAM, S.A., REICHER, S.D. & BIRNEY, M.E. (2014).
Nothing by mere authority : Evidence that in an
experimental analogue of the Milgram paradigm participants
are motivated not by orders but by appeals to science.
Journal of Social Issues, 70, 473-488. [PDF]
BURGER, J.M. (2002). Four decades and counting [Review of
the book Obedience to authority : Current perspectives on
the Milgram paradigm]. Contemporary Psychology : APA
Review of Books, 47, 665-667.
ROCHAT, F. & BLASS, T. (2014). Milgram's unpublished
obedience variation and its historical relevance. Journal
of Social Issues, 70, 456-472.
BLASS, T. (2004). The man who shocked the world : The
life and legacy of Stanley Milgram. New York :
Basic Books.
GRIGGS, R.A. (2014). Coverage of the Stanford prison
experiment in introductory psychology textbooks.
Teaching of Psychology, 41, 195-203.
RUSSELL, N.J.C. & GREGORY, R.J. (2005). Making the
undoable doable : Milgram, the Holocaust and modern
government. American Review of Public Administration,
35, 327-349.
RUSSELL, N.J.C. (2014). The emergence of Milgram's
bureaucratic machine. Journal of Social Issues, 70,
409-423.
RICHARDOT, S. (2008). L'apport de la psychologie sociale à
la question de l'obéissance : les travaux de Stanley
Milgram sur la soumission à l'autorité. Dans A. Loez et N.
Mariot (Dirs.), Obéir, désobéir (p. 47-59). La
découverte - Recherches. [PDF]
BENJAMIN, L.T. & SIMPSON, J.A. (2009). The power of
the situation : The impact of Milgram's obedience studies
on personality and social psychology. American
Psychologist, 64 (1), 12-19.
RUSSELL, N.J.C. & GREGORY, R.J. (2015). The
Milgram-Holocaust linkage : Challenging the present
consensus. State Crime Journal, 4, 128-153.
NAVARICK, D.J. (2009). Reviving the Milgram obedience
paradigm in the era of informed consent. The
Psychological Record, 59, 155-170.
HASLAM, S.A., REICHER, S.D., MILLARD, K. & McDONALD,
R. (2015). "Happy to have been of service" : The Yale
archive as window into the engaged followership of
participants in Milgram's "obedience" experiments.
British Journal of Social Psychology, 54, 55-83.
BADHWAR, N.K. (2009). The Milgram experiments, learned
helplessness, and character traits. Journal of
Ethics, 13, 257-289.
HOLLANDER, M.M. (2015). The repertoire of resistance :
Non-compliance with directives in Milgram's "obedience"
experiments. British Journal of Social Psychology, 54
(3), 425-444.
BLASS, T. (2009). From New Haven to Santa Clara : A
historical perspective on the Milgram obedience
experiments. American Psychology, 64 (1),
37-45. [PDF]
GRIGGS, R.A. & WHITEHEAD, G.I. (2015). Coverage of
Milgram's obedience experiments in social psychology
textbooks : Where have all the criticisms gone ? Teaching
of Psychology, 42, 315-322.
SPRINGHALL, N.A. (2009). Milgram, Kohlberg, and
Dostoevsky. American Psychologist, 64, 620-621.
BURGER, J.M. (2009). Replicating Milgram : Would people
still obey today ? American Psychologist, 64 (1),
1-11. [PDF]
GRIGGS, R.A. (2016). Milgram's obedience study : A
contentious classic reinterpreted. Teaching of
Psychology, 44 (1), 1-6. [PDF]
MILLER, A.G. (2009). Reflections on "Replicating Milgram"
(Burger, 2009). American Psychologist, 64 (1),
20-27. [PDF]
HASLAM, S.A., REICHER, S.D. & BIRNEY, M.E. (2016).
Questioning authority : New perspectives on Milgram's
"obedience" research and its implications for intergroup
relations. Current Opinion in Psychology, 11,
6-9.
MILICH, R., PELHAM, W.E. & HINSHAW, S. (1985). Issues
in the diagnosis of attention deficit disorder : A
cautionary note. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 22, 1101-1104.
MILICH, R., PELHAM, W.E. (1986). Effects of sugar
ingestion in the classroom and playground behavior of
attention deficit disordered boys. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 54, 714-718.
MILICH, R., CARLSON, C.L., PELHAM, W.E. & LICHT, B.G.
(1991). Effects of methylpyhenidate on the persistance of
ADHD boys following failure experiences. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 19, 519-536.
MILICH, R., BALENTINE, A.C. & LYNAM, D.R. (2001). ADHD
combined type and ADHD predominantly inattentive type are
distinct and unrelated disorders. Clinical Psychology
: Science & Practice, 8, 463-488.
MILICH, R., BALENTINE, A.C. & LYNAM, D.R. (2002). The
predominantly inattentive subtype : Not a subtype of ADHD.
The ADHD Report, 10, 1-6.
Milieu : Au sens strict, ce qui est extérieur à l'organisme.
Il s'agit en fait de l'ensemble des stimuli
physiques et sociaux de cet organisme. Pour les béhavioristes,
ensemble des stimuli
physiques et sociaux d'un
organisme ou d'une espèce.
Milieu et environnement sont souvent utilisés comme
synonymes; cependant certains auteurs les distinguent de la
manière suivante : le milieu désigne le contexte immédiat et
proximal d'un organisme ou d'une partie de ce dernier (EX
: milieu d'une cellule), alors que l'environnement
renvoie à un contexte plus large, plus distal ou global. Pour les
écologistes, le milieu constitue le microsystème
d'un individu, alors que l'environnement désigne les autres
systèmes.=environnement, Environnement immédiat, entourage.
Setting, area, environment.
Milieu académique : Calque de l'anglais. En français, le mot
académique signifie conventionnel, conforme aux normes et usages.
Remplacer par milieu universitaire ou milieu
scolaire. Academic.
BRAIS, Y. (1998). Le poids de la défavorisation sur
la réussite scolaire des élèves de l’île de Montréal.
Montréal : Conseil scolaire de l’île de Montréal.
ARCHAMBAULT, J., GARON, R. et HARNOIS, L.
(2010). Diriger une école en milieu défavorisé :
observations
des pratiques de directions d’école primaire de la
région de Montréal. Montréal, Canada : Université de
Montréal, département d’Administration et fondements de
l’éducation.
BROSSARD, L. et St-JACQUES, M. (2000). L'école en milieu
urbain défavorisé [au Québec]. Vie Pédagogique, 115, 14-29/32-41.
ARCHAMBAULT, J. & GARON, R.
(2011).Transformative leadership : How do Montréal school
principals ensure social justice in their disadvantaged
school ? Dans C.M. Shields (Dir.), Transformative
leadership : A reader (p. 291-306). Peter Lang.
BERLINER, D.C. (2013). Effects of inequality and poverty
vs. teachers and schooling on America’s youth.
Teachers College Record, 115 (12), 1-26.
BROSSARD, L. (2001). L'école est-elle adaptée aux élèves
des milieux défavorisés. Vie pédagogique, 120,
54-55.
ARCHAMBAULT, J. & GARON, R. (2013). How principals
exercise transformative leadership in urban schools in
disadvantaged areas in Montréal, Canada. International
Studies in Educational Administration, 41 (2),
49-66.
ZAOUCHE-GAUDRON, C. (2005). Les condition de vie
défavorisées influent-elles sur le développement du
jeune enfant ? Ramonville Saint-Agne : Erès.
ARCHAMBAULT, J., POIREL, E. SBALLIL, I., GARON, R. et
RODRIGUE, S. (2017). Le leadership des directions
d’établissement qui priorisent l’apprentissage dans leur
gestion : cadre conceptuel d’une recherche en milieu
défavorisé. Revue Erade, 1 (1),
182-205. [PDF]
ALLEN, R. & SIMS, S. (2018). Do pupils from low-income
families get low-quality teachers ? Indirect evi-
dence from English schools. Oxford Review of
Education, 44 (4), 441-458.
ARCHAMBAULT, J. et HARNOIS, L. (2009). Diriger
une école primaire de milieu urbain défavorisé. Éthique
publique. Justice Scolaire et École Publique, 11
(1), 86-93.
GORE, J., JAREMUS, F. & MILLER, A. (2022). Do
disadvantaged schools have poorer teachers ? Rethinking
assumptions about the relationship between teaching
quality and school-level advantage. Australian
Educational Researche, 49 (4), 635-656. [PDF]
Milieu naturel :Milieu dans lequel a
évolué une espèce et dans
lequel vit un individu de
cette espèce. Sur le plan méthodologie,
ce type milieu se caractérise par une possibilité de contrôle
des variables pararistes/contaminantes fort limitée. En
revanche, ce sont des conditions idéales pour observer un
phénomène.
= Habitat.
/Milieu artificiel,laboratoire.
Natural setting, naturalistic setting,
natural environment, natural life setting, real-world setting.
TIGHE, T.J. & ELLIOTT, R. (1968). A technique for
controlling behavior in natural life settings. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (3), 263-266.
[PDF]
PAGE, T.J., IWATA, B.A. & NEEF, N.A. (1976). Teaching
pedestrian skils to retarded persons : generalization from
the classroom to the natural environment. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 (4), 433-444. [PDF]
THARP, R. & WETZEL, R. (1969). Behavior
modification in the natural environment. New York
: Academic Press.
ABRAMOVITCH, R. & GRUSEC, J. (1978). Peer imitation in
a natural setting. Child Development, 49, 60-65.
NORDQUIST, V.M. & WAHLER, R.G. (1973). Naturalistic
treatment of an autistic child. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 79-87. [PDF]
MACE, F.C., LALLI, J.S., SHEA, M.C., LALLI, E.P., WEST,
B.J. & NEVIN, J.A. (1990). The momentum of human
behavior in a natural setting. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 54 (3),
163-172. [PDF]
POWERS, R.B., OSBORNE, J.G. & ANDERSON, E.G. (1973).
Positive reinforcement of litter removal in the natural
environment. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6
(4), 579-586. [PDF]
BROWN, R., MARAS, P., MASSER, B.,VIVIAN, J. &
HEWSTONE, M. (2001). Life on the ocean wave : Testing some
intergroup hypotheses in a naturalistic setting. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 81-98.
KAZDIN, A.E. (1973). Methodological and assessment
considerations in evaluating reinforcement programs in
applied settings. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 6 (3), 211-214. [PDF]
PHILIP, P., SAGASPE, P. TAILLARD, J., MOORE, N.,
GUILLEMINAULT, C., SANCHEZ-ORTUNO, M., ÄKERSTEDT, T. &
BIOULAC, B. (2002). Fatigue, sleep restriction, and
performance in automobile drivers : A controlled study in
a natural environment. Sleep, 26 (3), 277-280.
[PDF]
JOHNSON, S.M. & LOBITZ, G.K. (1974). Parental
manipulation of child behavior in home observations. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (1), 23-31. [PDF]
ARCHER, J. (2004). Sex differences in aggression in
real-world settings : A meta-analytic review. Review
of General Psychology, 8, 291-322. [PDF|
Milieu semi-naturel/Milieu semi-artificiel : Par opposition au
milieu naturel, que le chercheur ne peut généralement pas
modifier, ce type de milieu peut faire l'objet de manipulation et
de contrôle, mais à un degré inférieur au milieu expérimental
d'un laboratoire.
Milieu semi-naturel, méthode
quasi-expérimentaleetplan
de recherche quasi-expérimental.
= Conditions semi-artificielles ou seminatuelles.
STONE, C.P. (1921). A comparative study of the
intelligence of 399 inmates of the Indiana Reformatory and
653 men of the United States Army. Journal of Criminal
Law & Criminology, 12, 238-257.
LOUGHLIN, C. & ARNOLD, K.A. (2007). Seeking the best :
Leadership lessons from the military. Human Resource
Management, 46, 147-167
LAZARSFELD, P.F. (1949). The American soldier : An
expository review. The Public Opinion Quarterly, 13
(3), 377-404.
GRIFFITH, J. (2009). Being a reserve soldier : A matter of
social identity. Armed Forces & Society, 36 (1),
38–64.
HAGMAN, J.D. & ROSE, A.M. (1983). Retention of
military tasks : A review. Human Factors, 23, 199-213.
HANNAH, S.T., CAMPBELL, D.J. & MATTHEWS, M.D. (2010).
Advancing a research agenda for leadership in dangerous
contexts. Military Psychology, 22 (S), 157-189.
FITZGERALD, L.F., MAGLEY, V.J., DRASGOW, F. & WALDO,
C.R. (1999). Measuring sexual harassment in the military :
the sexual experiences questionnaire (SEQ—DoD). Military
Psychology 11 (3), 243-2632.
JENNINGS, P.L. & HANNAH, S.T. (2011). The moralities
of obligation and aspiration : Towards a concept of
exemplary military ethics and leadership. Military
Psychology, 23, 550-571.
BOWMAN, K.S. (2002). Militarization, democracy, and
development : The perils of praetorianism in Latin
America. University Park : Penn State University
Press.
NOVACO, R.W., SWANSON, R.D., GONZALEZ, O.I., GAHM, G.A.
& REGER, M.D. (2012). Anger and post-combat mental
health : Validation of a brief anger measure with U.S.
soldiers post-deployed from Iraq and Afghanistan.
Psychological Assessment, 24, 661-675.
GUINA, J., WELTON, R. S., BRODERICK, P. J., CORRELL, T.L. & PEIRSON, R.P. (2016). DSM–5 criteria and its implications for diagnosing PTSD in military service
members and veterans. Current Psychiatry Reports, 18
[43].
LEVINGER, G. (2005). Five obstacles facing military
ethics. Peace & Conflict : The Journal of Peace
Psychology, 11 (1), 41-46. [PDF]
GOODWIN, F., BLACKSMITH, N. & COATS, M.R. (2018). The
science of teams in the military : Contributions from over
60 Years of Research. American Psychologist, 73
(4), 322-333. [PDF]
ELLIS, A. & CONRAD, H. (1948). The validity of
personality inventories in military practice. Psychological
Bulletin, 45, 385-426.
HUTCHINS, E. (1995). How a cockpit remembers its speeds. Cognitive
Science, 19, 265-288.
MILLER, N.E. (1954). Fear. In R.H. Williams (Ed.), Human
factors in military operations (pp. 269-281). Chevy
Chase, MD : John Hopkins University Operations Research
Office.
SALAS, E., FOWLKES, J.E., STOUT, R.J., MILANOVICH, D.M.
& PRINCE, C. (1999). Does CRM training improve
teamwork skills in the cockpit ? : Two evaluation studies.
Human Factors, 41, 326-343.
MENGELKOCH, R., ADAMS, J. & GAINER, C. (1971). The
forgetting of instrument flying skills. Human
Factors, 13, 397-405.
BOLDRY, J., WOOD, W. & KASHY, D. (2001). Sex
stereotypes and the evaluation of men and women in
military training. Journal of Social Issues, 57,
689-706. [PDF]
NOVACO, R.W., COOK, T. & SARASON, I. (1983). Military
recruit training : An arena for stress-coping skills. In
D. Meichenbaum & M. Jaremko (Eds.), Stress
prevention and management : A cognitive-behavioral
approach. New York : Plenum Press.
LIEBERMAN, H.R. & THARION, W.J. (2002). Effects of
caffeine, sleep loss, and stress on cognitive performance
and mood during U.S. Navy seal training. Psychopharmacology,
164, 250-261. [PDF]
WOJACK, A. (2002), Integrating women into the
infantry. Military Review, 67-74.
HALFF, H.M., HOLLAND, J.D. & HUTCHINS, E. (1986).
Cognitive science and military training. American
Psychologist, 41 (10), 1131-1139.
SALAS, E., MILHAM, L.M. & BOWERS, C.A. (2003).
Training evaluation in the military : Misconceptions,
opportunities, and challenges. Military Psychology,
15 (1), 3-16. [PDF]
CHILDS, J. & SPEARS, W. (1986). Flight skill decay and
recurrent training. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 62,
235-242.
THARION, W.J., SHUKITT-HALE, B. & LIEBERMAN, H.R.
(2003). Caffeine effects on marksmanship during
high-stress military training with 72 hour sleep
deprivation. Aviation, Space & Environmental
Medicine, 74, 309-314.
MADDI, S.R. (2007). Relevance of hardiness assessment and
training to the military context. Military Psychology,
19 (1), 61-70.
BARTONE, P.T., PICANO, J., ROLAND, R.R. & WILLIAMS,
T.J. (2008). Personality hardiness predicts success in
U.S. Army Special Forces candidates. International
Journal of Selection & Assessment, 16, (1),
78-81.
HARTLEY, T. & RUSSETT, B. (1992). Public opinion and
the common defense : Who governs military spending in the
united states ? American Political Science Review, 86
(4), 905-915.
CACIOPPO, J.T., REIS, H.T. & ZAUTRA, A.J. (2011).
Social resilience : The value of social fitness with an
application to the military. American Psychologist,
66 (1), 43-51. [PDF]
HERRERA, R. (1994). Statistics on military expenditure
in developing countries. Paris : Éditions du Centre
de Développement de l'OCDE.
GOODWIN, F., BLACKSMITH, N. & COATS, M.R. (2018). The
science of teams in the military : Contributions from over
60 Years of Research. American Psychologist, 73
(4), 322-333. [PDF]
DE GROSBOIS, P. (2014). WikiLeaks : Journalisme de
confrontation et militantisme du libre. Nouveaux
Cahier du Socialisme, 11, 151-164.
Militarisation : Accroissement des armes,
militaires et civils, à des fins autres que la chasse ou le tir
«sportif». = Occupation militaire du
territoire, machine de guerre. Militarization.
DUFOUR, J. (1988). La militarisation du Québec. Option
Paix, 6 (2), 17-19.
HERRERA, R. (1994). Statistics on military
expenditure in developing countries. Paris :
Éditions du Centre de Développement de l'OCDE.
LUTZ, C. (2002). Making war at home in the United States :
Militarization and the current crisis. American
Anthropologist, 104 (3), 723-735.
LUTZ, C. (2004). Militarization. In D. Nugent and J.
Vincent (Eds.), A companion to the anthropology of
politics. New York : Blackwell.
SCOTT, P.D. (2012). American war machine : Deep
politics, the CIA global drug connection, and the road
to Afghanistan. / La Machine de guerre américaine : La
politique profonde, la CIA, la drogue, l'Afghanistan. Montréal
: Éditions Demi-Lune
HERRERA, R. & CICCHINI, J. (2013). Notes sur les bases
et les effectifs militaires États-Uniens à l'étranger. Innovations,
42 (3), 147-173. [PDF]
Militarisme :Doctrine qui
milite en faveur de la guerre
comme solution la plus
intéressante ou avantageuse à un conflit.
/Guerre,
belliqueux, va-t-en-guerre, pousse-au-conflit.
Militarism.
ECKHARDT, W. & NEWCOMBE, A.G. (1969). Militarism,
personality, and other social attitudesJournal of
Conflict Resolution 13, 210-219.
RAY, J.J. (1972). Militarism, authoritarianism,
neuroticism and anti-social behavior. Journal of
Conflict Resolution 16, 319-340. [LIRE]
JOHNSON, C. (2004). The sorrows of empire :
Militarism, secrecy, and the end of the republic. New
York : Metropolitan books Henry Holt and co.
COOLIDGE, F.L. & SEGAL, D.L. (2007). Was Saddam
Hussein like Adolf Hitler ? A personality disorder
investigation. Military Psychology, 19 (4),
289-299. [PDF]
MILL, J.S. (1843). A system of logic ratiocinative
and inductive - Being a connected view of the principles
of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation.
MILL, J.S. (1848). Principles of political economy -
With some of their applications to social philosophy.
LEAHEY, H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New Jersey
: Prentice-Hall.
MILLER, A.G. (1976). Constraint and target in the
attribution of attitudes. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 12, 325-339.
MILLER, A.G., JONES, E.E. & HINKLE, S. (1981). A
robust attribution error in the personality domain. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 18, 587-600.
MILLER, A.G. & RORER, L.G. (1982). Toward an
understanding of the functional attribution error : Essay
diagnosticity in the attitude attribution paradigm. Journal
of Research in Personality, 16, 41-59.
MILLER, A.G., GORDON, A.K. & BUDDLE, A.M. (1999).
Accounting for Evil and cruelty : Is to explain to Condone
? Personality & Social Psychology Review, 3 (3),
254-268.
MILLER, A.G. (2009). Reflections on "Replicating Milgram"
(Burger, 2009). American Psychologist, 64 (1),
20-27. [PDF]
MILLER, D.T. & ROSS, M. (1975). Self-serving biases in
the attribution of causality : Fact or fiction ? Psychological
Bulletin, 82, 213-225.
MILLER, D.T. & PORTER, C.A. (1988). Errors and biases
in the attribution process. In L. Abramson (Ed.), Social-personal
inference in clinical psychology (pp. 3-29). New
York : Guilford Press.
MILLER, D.T. & PRENTICE, D.A. (1996). The construction
of social norms and standards. In E.T. Higgins & A.W.
Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology : Handbook of
basic principles (pp. 799-829). New York :
Guilford.
MILLER, D.T. MONIN, B. & PRENTICE, D.A. (2000).
Pluralistic ignorance and inconsistency between private
attitudes and public behaviors. In D.J. Terry & M.A.
Hogg (Eds.), Attitudes, behavor, and social context :
The role of norms and group membership (pp.
95-113). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
MILLER, D.T. (2001). Disrespect and the psychology of
injustice. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 527-553.
[PDF]
MILLER, E.K., LI, L. & DESIMONE, R. (1991). A neural
mechanism for working and recognition memory in inferior
temporal cortex. Science, 254 (5036), 1377-1379.
MILLER, E.K., LI, L. & DESIMONE, R. (1993). Activity
of neurons in anterior inferior temporal cortex during a
short-term memory task. Journal of Neuroscience, 13 (4),
1460-1478.
MILLER, E.K., ERICKSON, C.A. & DESIMONE, R. (1996).
Neural mechanisms of visual. Journal of Neuroscience,
16 (16), 5154-5167.
MILLER, E.K. COHEN, J.D. (2001). An integrative theory of
prefrontal cortex function. Annual Review of
Neuroscience, 24, 167-202.
MILLER, E.K. (2013). The "working" of working memory. Dialogues
in Clinical Neuroscience, 15 (4), 411-418.
MILLER, G.A. (1953). What is information measurement ? American
Psychologist, 8, 3-11.
MILLER, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or
minus two : Some limits on our capacity for processing
information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97. [PDF]
MILLER, G.A., GALANTER, E. & PRIBRAM, K.H. (1960). Plans
and the structure of behavior. New York : Henry
Holt and Company.
MILLER, G.A. & CHOMSKY, N. (1963). Finitary models of
language users. In R.D. Luce, R. Bush & E. Galanter
(Eds.), Handbook of mathematical psychology (pp.
419-491). New York : Wiley.
MILLER, G.A. (2003). The cognitive revolution : A
historical perspective. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
7 (3), 141-144. [PDF]
SHEPARD, R. (1988). George Miller’s data and the
development of methods for representing cognitive
structures. In W. Hirst (Ed.), The making of
cognitive science : Essays in honour of George A.
Miller. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
CROWTHER-HEYCK, H. (1999). George A. Miller, language, and
the computer metaphor of mind. History of Psychology,
2, 37-64.
FUCHS, A.H. (2013). George A. Miller (1920-2012). The
American Journal of Psychology, 126 (2), 245-247.
PINKER, S. (2013). George A. Miller (1920-2012) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 68 (6),
467-468.
Miller James Grier (1916-2002 La Jolla) :
Psychologue américain. Plusieurs historiens affirment qu'on
lui doit l'expression «science du comportement» (Behavioral
science).
= Jim Miller. Collaborateur de Kelly,Marquis et Rapoport.
MILLER, J.G. (1942). Unconsciouness. New York :
John Wiley & Sons.
MILLER, J.G. (1948). Assessment of men : Selection of
personnel for the Office of Strategic Services. New York :
Rinehart & Company.
UHR, L. & MILLER, J.G. (1960). Drugs and
behavior. New York : John Wiley & Sons.
MILLER, J.G. (1978). Living systems. New York : Mc
Graw-Hill.
MILLER, J.G. & SWANSON, G. (1989). Measurement and
interpretation in accounting : A living systems theory
approach.Praeger.
AGRANOFF. B.W. (2003). James Grier Miller, 1916-2002. Neuropsychopharmacoly, 28, 2221-2222.
HAMMOND, D. & WILBY, J. (2006). The life and work of
James Grier Miller. Systems Research & Behavioral
Science, 23 (3), 429-435.
MILLER, J.D. & LYNAM, D.R. (2001). Structural models
of personality and their relation to antisocial behavior :
A meta-analysis. Criminology, 39, 765-798.
MILLER, J.D., PILKONIS, P.A. & MORSE, J.Q. (2004).
Five-Factor Model Prototypes for Personality Disorders :
The utility of self-reports and observer ratings. Assessment,
11 (2), 127-138.
MILLER, J.D., GAUGHAN, E.T., MAPLES, J., GENTILE, B.,
LYNAM, D.R. & WIDIGER, T.A. (2011). Examining the
construct validity of the elemental psychopathy
assessment. Assessment, 18, 106-114.
MILLER, J.D., McCAIN, J., LYNAM, D.R., FEW, L.R., GENTILE,
B., MacKILLOP, J. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2014). A
comparison of the criterion validity of popular measures
of narcissism and narcissistic personality disorder viathe
use of expert ratings. Psychological Assessment, 26,
958-969.
MILLER, J.D., WILSON, L.F., HYATT, C.S. & ZEICHNER, A.
(2015). Psycho-pathic traits and aggression : Which trait
components predict aggressiveresponding in a laboratory
task ? Personality & Individual Differences, 87,
180-184.
MILLER, N.E. (1941). The frustration-aggression
hypothesis. Psychological Review, 48, 337-366.
MILLER, N.E. (1948). Theory and experiment relating
psychoanalytic displacement to stimulus-response
generalization. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 43, 155-178.
MILLER, N.E. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1959). Recency and
primacy in persuasion as a function of the timing of
speeches and measurements. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 59, 1-9.
MILLER, N.E. & EGGER, M.D. (1962). When is a reward
reinforcing ? An experimental study of the information
hypothesis. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 56, 132-137.
MILLER, N.E. & DICARA, L.V. (1967). Instrumental
learning of heart rate changes in curarized rats :
Shaping, and specificity to discriminative stimulus. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 63
(1), 12-19.
COONS, E.E. (2002). Neal Elgar Miller (1909-2002) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 57 (10),
784-786.
MILLER, N. & PEDERSEN, W.C. (1999). Assessing process
distinctiveness. Psychological Inquiry, 10,
150-156. [PDF]
MILLER, N., PEDERSEN, W., EARLEYWINE, M. & POLLOCK,
V.E. (2003). A theoretical model of triggered displaced
aggression. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 7, 75-97. [PDF]
MILLER, N., VASQUEZ, E., DENSON, T., STENSTROM, D. &
PEDERSEN, W.C. (2005). The moderating effect of trigger
intensity on triggered displaced aggression. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 41, 61-67.
MILLER, N. & ENSARI, N. (2008). Prejudice and
intergroup attributions : The role of personalization and
performance feedback. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 8, 391-410.
MILLER, N., PEDERSEN, W., BUSHMAN, B., BONACCI, A. &
VASQUEZ, E. (2008). Chewing on it can chew you up :
Effects of rumination on triggered displaced aggression.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 88,
969-983.
[PDF]
MILLER, R.R. (1967). No play : A means of conflict
resolution. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 6, 150-156.
MILLER, R.R. & HOLZMAN, A.D. (1981). Neophobia :
Generality and function. Behavioral & Neural
Biology, 33, 17-44.
MILLER, R.R., BARNET, R.C. & GRAHAME, N.J. (1992).
Responding to a conditioned stimulus depends on the
current associative status of other cues that were present
during training of that specific stimulus. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 18,
251-264.
MILLER, R.R. & BARNET, R.C. (1993). The role of time
in elementary associations. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 2, 106-111.
MILLER, R.R., BARNET, R.C. & GRAHAME, N.J. (1995).
Assessment of the Rescorla-Wagner model. Psychological
Bulletin, 117 (3), 363-386. [PDF]
BLAISDELL, A.P. (2018). Learning and performance : A
tribute to the contributions of Ralph R Miller
[Editorial]. Behavioural Processes, 154, 1–3.
MILLER, S. & KONORSKI, J. (1928). On a particular form
of the conditioned reflexes. Comptes Rendus des
Séances de la Societé de Biologie et de ses Filiales,
99, 1155-1157.
KONORSKI, J. & MILLER, S. (1937). On two types of
conditioned reflex. Journal of General Psychology,
16, 264-272.
KONORSKI, J. & MILLER, S. (1937). Further remarks on
two types of conditioned reflexes. The Journal of
General Psychology, 17 (2), 405-407.
MILLER, S. & KONORSKI, J. (1969). On a particular type
of conditioned reflex. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 12 (1), 187-189. [PDF]
MILLER, W.R. & MEYERS, R.J. (1995). Beyond generic
criteria : Reflections on life after clinical science
wins. Clinical Science, 4-6.
MILLER, W.R., MEYERS, R.J. & TONIGAN, J.S. (2002).
Engaging the unmotivated in treatment for alcohol problems
: A comparison of three strategies for intervention
through family members. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 67, 688-697. [PDF]
MILLER, W.R., ZWEBEN, J. & JOHNSON, W.R. (2005).
Evidence-based treatment : Why, what, where, when, and how
? Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 29, 267-276.
[PDF]
MILLER, W.R., MEYERS, R.J., SORENSEN, J.L., SELZER, J.A.
& BRIGHAM. G.S. (2006). Disseminating evidence-based
practices in substance abuse treatment : A review with
suggestions. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 31,
25-39.
[PDF]
MILLER, W.R. & ROSE, G.S. (2009). Toward a theory of
motivational interviewing. American Psychologist, 64
(6), 527-537. [PDF]
Millett Kate (St-Paul États 1934-2017 Paris) :Sociologue, écrivaine et
féministe américaine. =
Katherine Murray Millette.
MILLETT, K. (1970/71). Sexual politics / La Politique
du mâle. New York : Doubleday/ Paris : Stock.
MILLETT, K. (1972). La prostitution. Quatuor pour
voix féminines. Denoël/Gonthier.
Mills C. Wright (Waco 1916-1962 Nyack) : Sociologue américain et
spécialiste de l'étude du pouvoir
et des élites.
MILLS, C.W. (1948). The new men of power : America's
labor leaders. Chicago : University of Illinois
Press.
MILLS, C.W. (1951). White collar : The American
middle classes. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
MILLS, C.W. (1956). The power elite. New York :
Oxford University Press.
MILLS, C.W. (1958). The causes of world war three. New
York : Simon & Schuster.
MILLS, C.W. (1962). The marxists. New York :
Penguin Books.
DUMAZEDIER, J. (1960). Mills C.W., The sociological
imagination. Revue Française de Sociologie, 1 (1),
111-112. [PDF]
GILLAM, R. (1975). C. Wright Mills and the politics of
truth : The power elite revisited. American
Quarterly, 28 (4) 461.
GOERTZEL, T.G. (1989). "The Causes of World War III":
Thirty years later. Sociological Forum, 4, (2),
241-246.
Mills Thomas Wesley (Brockville 1947-1915 Londres) : Médecin et physiologiste
canadien, spécialiste de l'étude du chien.
Il est le premier canadien, en 1892, à joindre les rangs de l'Association
américaine de psychologie (APA). Il a enseigné à Montréal au
McGill College et au Montreal Veterinary College.
MILLS, T.W. (1886). Outlines of lectures on
physiology. Montreal : W. Drysdale & Co.
MILLS, T.W. (1889). A textbook of animal physiology.
New York : D. Appleton.
MILLS, T.W. (1892). The dog in health and disease.
New York : D. Appleton.
MILLS, T.W. (1905). The nature of animal intelligence and
the methods of investigating it. Psychological
Review, 6, 262-274.
MILLS, T.W. (1906). Voice production in singing and
speaking. Phladelphia : J.B. Lippincott Company.
[LIRE]
MURRAY, D.J. (1990). A Canadian pioneer of comparative
psychology : T. Wesley Mills (1847-1915). Journal
Issue : International Journal of Comparative Psychology,
3 (3), 205-214. [PDF]
SCOVILLE, W.B. & MILNER, B. (1957). Loss of recent
memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 20, 11-21.
MILNER, B., CORKIN, S. & TEUBER, H.-L. (1968).
Further analysis of the hippocampal amnesiac syndrome :
14-year follow-up study of H.M. Neuropsychologia, 6,
215–234.
MILNER, B. (1971). Interhemispheric differences in the
localization of psychological processes in man. British
Medical Bulletin, 27, 272-277.
MILNER, B., PETRIDES, M. & SMITH, M.L. (1985). Frontal
lobes and the temporal organization of memory. Human
Neurobiology, 4, 137-142.
KLEIN, D., ZATORRE, R.J., MILNER, B. & ZHAO, V.
(2001). A cross-linguistic study of tone perception in
Mandarin Chinese and English speakers. Neuroimage,
13, 646-653.
OLDS, J. & MILNER, P.M. (1954). Positive reinforcement
produced by electrical stimulation of the septal area and
other regions of the rat brain. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 47, 419-427.
MILNER, P.M. (1974). A model for visual shape recognition.
Psychological Review, 81, 521-535.
MILNER, P.M. (1986). The mind and Donald O. Hebb. Scientific
American, 268, 124-129.
MILNER, P.M. (1989). The discovery of self-stimulation and
other stories. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 13 (2-3), 61-67.
MILNER, P.M. (1991). Brain stimulation reward : a review.
Canadian Journal of Psychology, 45 (1), 1–36.
MILROD, B. & SHEAR, M.K. (1991). Dynamic treatment of
panic disorder : a review. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 179, 741-743.
MILROD, B. & BUSCH, F. (1996). The long-term outcome
of treatments for panic disorder : a review of the
literature. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 184, 723-730.
MILROD, B. (1998). Unconscious pregnancy fantasies in
patients with panic disorder. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 146, 673-690.
MILROD, B., BUSCH, F., LEON, A.C., SHAPIRO, T. &
ARONSON A. (2000). Open trial of psychodynamic
psychotherapy for panic disorder : a pilot study. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1878-1880. [PDF]
MILROD, B., BUSCH, F., LEON, A.C., ARONSON A., ROIPHE, J.,
RUDDEN, SINGER, M., SHAPIRO, T., GOLDMAN, H., RICHTER, D.
& SHEAR, M.K. (2001). A pilot open trial of brief
psychodynamic psychotherapy for panic disorder. The
Journal of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 10, 239-245.
[PDF]
MILTENBERGER, R.G. & FUQUA, W. (1981). Overcorrection
: Review and critical analysis. The Behavior Analyst,
4, 123-141. [PDF]
MILTENBERGER, R.G. & FUQUA, W. & McKINLEY, T.
(1985). Habit reversal with muscle tics : Replication and
component analysis. Behavior Therapy, 16, 39-50.
MILTENBERGER, R.G. (1997). Behavior modification :
Principles and procedures. Pacific Grove, CA :
Brooks/Cole.
MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2000). Behavioral skills training to
remediate deviant social behavior of an adolescent in
residential treatment. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 7, 236-238.
MILTENBERGER, R.G., FLESSNER, C.A., GATHERIDGE, B.J.,
JOHNSON, B.M., SATTERLUND, M.J. & EGEMO-HELM, K.
(2004). Evaluation of behavioral skills training
procedures to prevent gun play in children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37 (4), 513-516. [PDF]
MILTON, M. (1993). Existential thought and client centred
therapy. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 6
(3), 239-248.
MILTON, M. (1994). The case for existential therapy in HIV
related psychotherapy. Counselling Psychology
Quarterly, 7 (4), 367-374.
MILTON, M. (1997). An existential approach to HIV related
psychotherapy. Journal of the Society for Existential
Analysis, 8 (1), 115-129.
MILTON, M. (2010). Therapy and beyond : Counselling
psychology contributions to therapeutic and social
issues. Wiley-Blackwell
CORBETT, L. & MILTON, M. (2011). Existential therapy :
A useful approach to trauma ? British Psychological
Society Counselling Psychology Review, 26 (1),
66-78.
Mimétisme : Concept développé par Bates pour décrire la capacité de certains organismes
à copier un ou plusieurs comportement/caractéristique de leur
espèce ou d'une autre espèce, dans le but de se camoufler,
d'effrayer un prédateur, de capturer une proie ou de se
reproduire. Cette stratégie
évolutive implique toujours trois éléments : un modèle
(imiter par le mime), un mime (qui copie le modèle) et un dupe
(organisme trompé par le mime). Mimétisme etculte
du cargo.
Mimicry.
BATES, H.W. (1862). Contributions to an insect fauna of
the Amazon valley. Lepidoptera : Heliconida. of the
Linnean Society.
FISHER-LOKOU, J., MARTIN, A., GUÉGUEN, N. & LAMY, L.
(2011). Mimicry and propagation of prosocial behavior in a
natural setting. Psychological Reports, 108 (2),
599-605.
BAVELAS, J.B., BLACK, A., LEMERY, C.R. & MULLETT, J.
(1986). "I SHOW HOW YOU FEEL" : Motor mimicry as a
communication ct. Journal of Personality & Social
Physiology, 59, 322-329.
HESS, U., PHILIPPOT, P. & BLAIRY, S. (1999). Mimicry :
Facts and fiction. In P. Phillippot, R.S. Feldman &
E.J. Coats (Eds.), The social context of
nononverbal behavior : Studies in emotion and social
interaction (pp. 213-241). Cambridge
University Press : Éditions de la Maison des Sciences de
l'Homme.
JACOB, C., BOULBRY, G. et GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). L’'effet du
mimétisme d’un vendeur sur le comportement d’achat d’un
client et son jugement du personnel et du lieu de vente. Recherche et Applications Marketing, 26 (1),
1-22.
BLAIRY, S., HERRERA, P. & HESS, U. (2001). Mimicry and
the judgement of emotional facial expressions. Journal
of Nonverbal Behavior, 23, 6-41.
HESS, U. & BLAIRY, S. (2001). Facial mimicry and
emotional contagion to dynamic emotional facial
expressions and their influence on decoding accuracy. International
Journal of Psychophysiolgy, 40, 129-141.
GUÉGUEN, N., MARTIN, A. & MEINERI, S. (2011). Mimicry
and altruism : An evaluation of mimicry on explicit
helping request. The Journal of Social Psychology, 151
(1), 1-4. [PDF]
LAKIN, J.L., JEFFERIS, V.E., CHENG, C.M. & CHARTRAND,
T.L. (2003).The chameleon effect as social glue : Evidence
for the evolutionary significance of nonconsius mimicrt,Journal
of Nonverbal Behavior, 27, 145-162.
LAKIN, J.L. & CHARTRAND, T.L. (2003). Using
nonconscious behavioral mimicry to create affiliation and
rapport. Psychlogical Science, 14, 334-339.
MINAMI, T., WAMPOLD, B.E., SERLIN, R.C., HAMILTON, E.G.,
BROWN, G.S. & KIRCHER, J.C. (2007). Benchmarks for
psychotherapy efficacy in adult major depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75 (2),
232-243. [PDF]
MINAMI, T., SERLIN, R.C., WAMPOLD, B.E., KIRCHER, J.C.
& BROWN, G.S. (2008). Using clinical trials to
benchmark effects produced in clinical practice.
Quality & Quantity, 42, 513-525. [PDF]
MINAMI, T. (2008). On the "snapshot" of
telephone-administered psychological therapy : Back to
science for a clearer picture. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 15, 254-258.
MINAMI, T., DAVIES, D.R., TIERNEY, S.C., BETTMANN, J.E.,
MCAWARD, S.M., AVERILL, L.A., HUEBNER, L.A., WEITZMAN,
L.M., BENBROOK, A.R., SERLIN, R.C. & WAMPOLD, B.E.
(2009). Preliminary evidence on the effectiveness of
psychological treatments delivered at a university
counseling center. Journal of Counseling Psychology,
56, 309-320.
MINAMI, T. BROWN, G.S., McCULLOCH, J. & BOLSTROM, B J.
(2012). Benchmarking therapists : Furthering the
benchmarking method in its application to clinical
practice. Quality & Quantity, 46, 1699-1708.
Minarchisme : Doctrine
politique qui soutient un modèle d'état
minimaliste, réduit à ses plus simples fonctions (armée, police,
justice, contrôle de la masse monétaire, etc.). Minarchisme,
droite radicale etfonction
régalienne. Minarchism, minarchy.
NOZICK, R. (1970/2008). Anarchy, state and
utopia/Anarchie, État et utopie. New York : Basic
Books/Paris : PUF Quadrige.
CLARK, A. & KARMILOFF-SMITH, A. (1993). The
cognizer's innards : A psychological and philosophical
perspective on the development of thought. Mind
& Language, 8 (4), 487-519. [PDF]
MINEKA, S. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1975). Conditioned
drinking as avoidance learning. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 88, 69-80
MINEKA, S. (1985). Animal models of anxiety-based
disorders : Their usefulness and limitations. In A.H. Tuma
& J. Maser (Eds.), Anxiety and the anxiety
disorders (pp. 199-244). Hillsdale : Lawrence
Erlbaum.
MINEKA, S. & ÖHMAN, A. (2002). Born to fear :
Non-associative vs associative factors in the etiology of
phobias. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 40,
173-184.
MINEKA, S. & ZINBARG, R. (2008). A contemporary
learning theory perspective on the etiology of anxiety
disorders : It's not what you thought It was. American
Psychologist, 61 (1), 10-26. [PDF]
MINEKA, S. & OEHLBERG, K. (2008). The relevance of
recent developments in classical conditioning to
understanding the etiology and maintenance of anxiety
disorders. Acta Psychologica, 127 (3), 567-580.
Ministère de l'Éducation : Ministère responsable de la gestion de
l'éducation. Au Québec,
pour une raison que j'ignore, ce ministère s'occupe également des
sports et des
loisirs. Comprenne qui pourra...
ALLAIRE, L. (2001). Où est passé l'argent du ministère de
l'éducation ? Nouvelles CSQ. Janvier-février
MINKOWSKI, E. (1990). Traité de psychopathologie.
Les Empêcheurs de Penser en Rond.
MINKOWSKI, E. (1995). Le temps vécu :
Études phénoménologiques et psychopathologiques. Presses
Universitaires de France.
MINKOWSKI, E. (1997). La schizophrénie. Paris :
Petite Bilbiothèque Payot.
MINKOWSKI, E. (1997). Au-delà du rationalisme
morbide. Paris : L’Harmattan.
MINKOWSKI, E. (2007). Écrits cliniques. Érès.
PÉLICIER, Y. (2013). Vivre le temps : Eugène
Minkowski. Dans E. Le temps vécu :
Études phénoménologiques et psychopathologiques
(pp. 5-11). Paris cedex : Presses Universitaires de
France.
D'AGOSTINO, A. (2015). Eugène Minkowski (1885-1972) : The
phenomenological approach to schizophrenia. Psychopathology,
48 (6), 421-422.
KUMRA, S. (2007). Schizophrenia and cannabis use. Minnesota
Medicine, 90 (1), 36-38.
Minorité : Minoritaire : Dans un groupe,
sous-groupe d'individus inférieur en nombre par rapport à
un autre sous-groupe (donc majoritaire).Minority, minority group.
FAUCHEUX, C. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1967). Le style de
comportement d'une minorité et son influence sur les
réponses d'une majorité. Bulletin du C.E.R.P., 16 (4),
337-360.
CHULVI, B. et PÉREZ, J.A. (2003). Ontologisation vs.
discrimination d'une minorité ethnique (les gitans).
Nouvelle Revue de Psychologie Sociale, 2 (1),
6-15. [PDF]
MOSCOVICI S. & FAUCHEUX C. (1969). Social
influence, conformity bias and the study of active
minorities. Mimeo. Stanford : Center of Advanced
Study in Behavioral Sciences.
TOLSMA, J., DE GRAAF, N.D. & QUILLIAN, L. (2009). Does
intergenerational social mobility affect antagonistic
attitudes toward ethnic minorities ? British
Journal of Sociology, 60 (2), 257-277.
REX, J. (1981). Relations raciales et groupes minoritaires
: Quelques convergences. Revue Internationale des
Sciences Sociales, 33 (2), 384-407.
THIJS, J., KEIM, A. & GEERLINGS, J. (2019). Classroom
identification in ethnic minority and majority students :
Effects of relationships and ethnic composition. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 89, 707-725.
ARTILES, A.J. & TRENT, S.C. (1994). Overrepresentation
of minority students in special education : A continuing
debate. The Journal of Special Education, 27
(4), 410-437.
VERKUYTEN, M., THIJS, J. & GHARAEI, N. (2019).
Discrimination and academic (dis)engagement of ethnic-
racial minority students : a social identity threat
perspective. Social Psychology of Education, 22,
267-290.
HARBER, K. (1998). Feedback to minorities : Evidence of a
positive bias. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 74, 622–628.
DIJKER, A.J.M. (1987). Emotional reactions to ethnic
minorities. European Journal of Social Psychology,
17, 305-325.
DRIEDGER, L. & HALLI, S. (Eds.) (2000). Visible
minorities : Race and racism in Canada. Ottawa :
Carelton University Press.
MASTRO, D.E. & GREENBERG, B.S. (2000). The portrayal
of racial minorities on prime time television. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 44 (4),
690-703. [PDF]
HALL, G.C.N. (2001). Psychotherapy research with ethnic
minorities : Empirical, ethical, and conceptual issues.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69,
502-510. [PDF]
CHULVI, B. et PÉREZ, J.A. (2003). Ontologisation vs.
discrimination d'une minorité ethnique (les gitans).
Nouvelle Revue de Psychologie Sociale, 2 (1),
6-15. [PDF]
MONK-TURNER, E., HEISERMAN, M., JOHNSON, C., COTTON, V.
& JACKSON, M. (2010). The portrayal of racial
minorities on prime time television. Studies in
Popular Culture, 32 (2), 101-113. [PDF]
MINTZ, A. & GEVA, M. (1993). Why don't democracies
fight each other ? An experimental study. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 37, 484-503.
MINTZ, A. (1993). The decision to attack Iraq : A
noncompensatory theory of decision making. Journal of
Conflict Resolution 37 (4), 595-618. [PDF]
MINTZ, A. (1995). The "noncompensatory principle" of
coalition formation. Journal of Theoretical Politics,
7 (3), 335-349.
MINTZ, A. (2004). How do leaders make decisions ? A
poliheuristic perspective. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 48 (1), 3-13. [PDF]
MINTZ, A., REDD, S.B. & VEDITZ, A. (2006). Can we
generalize from student experiments to the real world in
political science, military affairs, and international
relations ? Journal of Conflict Resolution, 50
(5), 757-776.
MINTZBERG, H. (1973). The nature of managerial work.
New York : Harper & Row.
MINTZBERG, H. (1978). Patterns in strategy formation. Management
Science, 24, 934-949.
MINTZBERG, H. (1979). The structure of organizations.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall.
MINTZBERG, H. (1989/1999). Mintzberg on management : Inside our strange world of organizations. Free Press. / Le management : Voyage au centre des organisations. Éditions d’'Organisation.
MINTZBERG, H. (2017). Managing the myths of health care.
World Hospitals & Health Services, 48 (3),
4-7. [PDF]
Minutie : Qui s'intéresse ou se soucie des détails. En science, il s'agit d'une vertu
épistémique. Voir aussi Obsessif.Meticulousness.
Miracle : Le terme a deux acceptions voisines : a)
En science, on utilise
souvent le mot miracle de manière péjorative pour désigner une "découverte"
en apparence extraordinaire mais qui tout compte fait - à la
lumière des connaissances
scientifiques actuelles - s'avère plutôt être une fraude
ou un canular. b) Dans de nombreuses religions,
on utilise également le terme pour désigner un phénomène dont la
réalisation échappe à toute explication scientifique et que l'on
attribue, en conséquence, à une intervention divine (plutôt qu'à notre ignorance).
Miracle, croyance etfraude. Miracle.
a
MULICK, J.A., JACOBSON, J.W. & KOBE, R.H. (1992).
Anguished silence and helping hands : Miracles in autism
with facilitated communication. Skeptical Inquirer,
17, 270-280.
MIRSKY, A.F. & ROSVOLD, H.E. (1960). The use of
psychoactive drugs as a neuro-psychological tool in
studies of attention in man. In L. Uhr & J.G. Miller
(Eds.), Drugs and behavior (pp. 375-392). New
York : Wiley.
MIRSKY, A.F. & VAN BUREN, J.M. (1965). On the nature
of the "absence" in centrencephalic epilesy : a study of
sorne behavioral, electro-encephalographic and autonomic
factors. Electroencephalography & Clinical
Neurophsiology, 18, 348.
MIRSKY, A.F. (1973). Behavioral and psychophysiological
effects of petit mal epilepsy in the light of a
neuropsychologically based theory of attention. In M.S.
Myslobodsky & A.F. Mirsk (Eds.), Elements of
petit mal epilepsy. New York : Peter Lang.
MIRSKY, A.F. (1987). Behavioral and psychophysiological
markers of disordered attention. Environmental Health
Perspectives, 74, 191-199. [PDF]
MIRSKY, A.F. & DUNCAN, C.C. (2001). A nosology of
disorders of attention. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 931, 17-32.
KOZIOL, L.F., JOYCE, A.W. & WURGLITZ, G. (2014). The
neuropsychology of attention : Revisiting the "Mirsky
model". Applied Neuropsychology Child, 23 (4),
297-307. [PDF]
DE BOER, T. (1995). The effects of mirtazapine on central
noradrenergic and serotonergic neurotransmission. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 10, 19-23.
BORGHI, J. & GUEST, J.F. (2000). Economic impact of
using mirtazapine compared to amitriptyline and fluoxetine
in the treatment of moderate and severe depression in the
UK. European Psychiatry, 15 (6), 378-387.
MONTGOMEREY, S.A. (1995). Safety of mirtazapine : a
review.International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 10,
37-45.
BENKERT, O., SZEGEDI, A. & KOHNEN, R. (2000).
Mirtazapine compared with paroxetine in major depression.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61 (9), 656-663.
HOES, M.J. & ZEIJPVELD, J.H. (1996). First report of
mirtazapine overdose. International Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 11, 147.
ANTITILA, S.A. & LEINONEN, E.V. (2001). A review of
the pharmacological and clinical profile of mirtazapine. CNS
Drug Review, 7 (3), 249-264. [PDF]
DAVIS, R. & WILDE, M. (1996). Mirtazapine. A review of
its pharmacology and therapeutic potential in the
management of major depression. CNS Drugs, 5, 389-402.
VALAZQUEZ, C., CARLSON, A, STOKES, K.A., LEIKIN, J.B.
(2001). Relative safety of Mirtazapine overdose. Veterinary
& Human Toxicology, 43 (6), 342-344.
DE BOER, T. (1996). The pharmacologic profile of
mirtazapine. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 57,
19-25.
RAJA, M. & AZZONI, A. (2002). Mirtazapine overdose
with benign outcome. European Psychiatry, 17,
107.
FAWCETT, J. & BARKIN, R.L. (1998). Review of the
results from clinical studies on the efficacy, safety and
tolerability of Mirtazapine for the treatment of patients
with major depression. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 51 (3), 267-285.
NUTT, D.J. (2002). Tolerability and safety aspects of
Mirtazapine. Human Psychopharmacology : Clinical
& Experimental, 17 (1), 537-541.
RETZ, W., MAIER, S., MARIS, F. & RÖSLER, M. (1998).
Non-fatal mirtazapine overdose. International Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 13 (6), 277-279.
HERNANDEZ, J.L., RAMOS, F.J., INFANTE, J, REBOLLO, M.
& GONZÀLEZ-MACIAS, J. (2002). Severe serotonin
syndrome induced by mirtazapine monotherapy. Annals of
Pharmacotherapy, 36, 641-643.
HOLZBACH, R., JAHN, H., PAJONK, F.G., MÄHNE, C. (1998).
Suicide attempts with mirtazapine overdose without
complications. Biological Psychiatry, 44 (9),
925-926.
MARTIN-ARAGUZ, A., BUSTAMANTE-MARTINEZ, C., DE &
PEDRO-PIJOAN, J.M. (2003). Treatment of chronic
tension-type headache with mirtazapine andamitriptyline. Revista
De Neurologia, 37 (2), 101-105.
CONNOR, K.M., DAVIDSON, J.R.T., WEISLER, R.H., AHEARN, E.
(1999). A pilot study of mirtazapine in post-traumatic
stress disorder. nternational Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 14, 29–31.
BRANNON, G.E., ROLLAND, P.D., GARY, J.M. (2000). Use of
mirtazapine as prophylactic treatment for migraine
headache. Psychosomatics, 41, 153-154.
SAUVAGEAU, A.A. (2006). Suspicious bathtub death in a
suicidal patient on mirtazapine. Clinical Toxicology,
44 (1), 91.
[PDF]
ABED, R.T. & COOPER, M. (1999). Mirtazapine causing
hyperphagia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 174,
181.
BENDTSEN, L., BUCHGREITZ, L., ASHINA, S. & JENSEN, R.
(2007). Combination of low-dose mirtazapine and ibuprofen
for prophylaxis of chronic tension-type headache. Europe
Journal of Neurology, 14 (2), 187-193.
LACASSE, J.R. (2011). Reanalyzing a randomized controlled
trial of combination antidepressant treatment with
mirtazapine : Confidence intervals suggest substantial
uncertainty. Ethical Human Psychology &
Psychiatry, 13 (2), 149-154.
CARPENTER, L.L., LEON, ZM, YASMIN, S. & PRICE, L.H.
(1999). Clinical experience with mirtazapine in the
treatment of panic disorder. Annals of Clinical
Psychiatry, 11, 81-86.
BERLING, I. & ISBISTER, G.K. (2014). Mirtazapine
overdose is unlikely to cause major toxicity. Clinical
Toxicology, 52, 20-24. [PDF]
FERGURSON, F. & BLOCH, R.H. (1989). Misogyny,
misandry, and misanthropy. Berkeley : University of
California Press
SMITH, W., YOSSO, T.J. & SOLORZANO, D.G. (2007).
Racial primes and Black misandry on historically White
campuses : Toward critical race accountability in
educational administration. Educational
Administration Quarterly, 43 (5), 559-585.
NATHANSON, P. & YOUNG, K.K. (2012). Misandry and
emptiness : Masculine identity in a toxic cultural
environment. New Male Studies : An International
Journal, 1 (1), 4–18.
Misanthropie : Misanthrope : Du grec "miso" qui signifie "haine" et "anthropo" qui veut dire "humain", donc aversion des humains,quelque soit leur origine ethnique./Philanthropie, avare.
Misanthropic person.
YBARRA, O. (1999). Misanthropic person memory when the
need to self-enhance is absent. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 261-269.
MISCHEL, W. (1958). Preference for delayed and immediate
reinforcement : An experimental study of a cultural
observation. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 56, 57-61.
MISCHEL, W. (1968). Personality & assessment.
New York : John Wiley & Sons.
MISCHEL, W. (1973). Toward a cognitive social learning
reconceptualisation of personality. Psychological
Review, 80, 252-253.
MISCHEL, W., SHODA, Y. & ROGRIGUEZ, M.I. (1989). Delay
of gratification in children. Science, 244
(4907), 933-938. [PDF]
MISCHEL, W. (1998). Introduction to personality. Fort
Worth, TX : Harcourt Brace.
GROSCH, J. & NEURINGER, A. (1981). Self-control in
pigeons under the Mischel paradigm. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 35 (1), 3-21.
[PDF]
AYDUK, O. & MEMDOZA-DENTON, R. (2019). Walter Mischel
(1930-2018). American Psychologist, 74 (6),
740-741.
Mise : Action de mettre quelque chose en branle, en marche,
d'enclencher un processus, une activité.
= Faire.
TOMBAUGN, J.R. & WHITE, L. P. (1990). Downsizing : An
empirical assessment of survivors' perceptions in a
post-layoff environment. Organizational Development
Journal, 8, 32-43.
MONE, M.A. (1994). Relationships between self-concepts,
aspirations, emotional responses, and intent to leave a
downsizing organization. Human Resource Management,
33 (2), 281-298.
CAMERON, K.S., FREEMAN, S.J. & MISHRA, A.K. (1991).
Best practices in white-collar downsizing : Managing
contradictions. Academy of Management Executive, 5, 57-73.
WONG, L. & McNALLY, J. (1994). Downsizing the Army :
Some policy implications affecting the survivors. Armed
Forces & Society, 20, 199-216.
FREEMAN, S.J. & CAMERON, K. (1993). Organizational
downsizing - A convergence and reorientation frame- work.
Organization Science, 4, 10-29.
CARGILLE, K. (1995). The up side of downsizing. Library
acquisitions. Practice & Theory, 19, 53-57.
MARKS, M.L. (1993). Restructuring and downsizing. In P. H.
Mirvis (Ed.), Building the competitive workforee :
Invest- ing in human capital for corporate success
(pp. 60-95). Chichester, England : Wiley.
PARKER, S.K., CHMIEL, N. & WALL, T. (1997). Work
characteristics and employee well-being within a context
of strategic downsizing. Journal of Occupational
Health Psychology, 3 (4), 289-303. [PDF]
Mise en évidence : Consiste à montrer l'existence de quelque chose. En science, ce quelque chose peut-être un phénomène,
la relation mathématique entre deux phénomènes (corrélation)
ou l'existence d'une relation physique (de causalité) entre deux phénomènes.
= Révéler, montrer la relation, découvrir.
Mise
en marché : Ensemble des techniques de vente et de
promotion des biens et services.
Ces techniques vise à convaincre un consommateur
d'acheter
un bien ou un service.
= Commercialisation.
( ): Emballage,
empaquetage, rabais, deux pour un, placement des produits au
cinéma/TV, publicité, utilisation des médias sociaux.Marketing.
KOTLER, P. & LEVY, S.J. (1969). Broadening the concept
of marketing. Journal of Marketing, 33, 10-15.
BRUNER, G.C. (1990). Music, mood, and marketing.
Journal of Marketing, 54 (4), 94-104.
KOTLER, P. (1972). A generic concept of marketing. Journal
of Marketing, 36, 46-54.
LUSCH, R.F. & SERPKENCI, R.R. (1990). Personal
differences, job tension, job outcomes, and store
performance : A study of retail managers. Journal of
Marketing, 54 (1), 85-101.
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1974). Marketing as an organized behavioral
system of exchange. Journal of Marketing, 38,
77-81.
BAILEY, J.S. (1991). Marketing behavior analysis requires
different talk. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
24 (3), 445-448. [PDF]
BARTELS, R. (1974). The identity crisis in marketing. Journal
of Marketing, 38, 75-77.
MAHAJAN, J. (1992). The overconfidence effect in marketing
management predictions. Journal of Marketing
Research, 29 (3), 329-342.
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1975). Marketing as exchange. Journal
of Marketing, 39, 32-39. [PDF]
HEIDE, J.B. & JOHN, G. (1992). Do norms matter in
marketing relationship ? Journal of Marketing, 56
(1), 32-44.
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1977). Is all social echange marketing ? A
reply. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science,
5, 315-326.
WERNEFELT, B. (1994). An efficiency criterion for
marketing design. Journal of Marketing Research, 31 (4),
462-470. [PDF]
NANTEL, J. & WEEKS, W.A. (1996). Marketing ethics : is
there more to it than the utilitarian approach ? European
Journal of Marketing, 30 (5), 9-19.
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1978). Marketing as exchange : A theory of
transactions in the market place. American Behavioral
Scientist, 21, 535-556.
ZEITHAML, V.A. & BITNER, M.J. (1996). Services
marketing. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill.
MARKIN, R. (1979). Marketing. New York : John
Wiley.
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1997). Goal-directed behaviors in marketing
: The role of emotion, volition, and motivation. Psychology
& Marketing, 14, 309-313.
NORD, W.R. & PETER, J.P. (1980). A behavior
modification perspective on marketing. Journal of
Marketing, 44 (2), 36-47.
RAWWAS, M.Y.A. & SINGHAPAKDI, A. (1998). Do consumers'
ethical beliefs vary with age ? : A substantiation of
Kohlberg's typology in marketing. Journal of
Marketing Theory & Practice, 6, 26-38.
ROTHSCHILD, M.L. & GAIDIS W.C. (1981). Behavioral
learning theory : Its relevance to marketing and
promotions. Journal of Marketing, 45, 70-78.
BAGOZZI, R.P., GOPINATH, M. & NYER, P.U. (1999). The
role of emotions in marketing. Journal of the Academy
of Marketing Science, 27 (2), 184-206.
BAGOZZI, R.P., YI, Y. & NASSEN, K.D. (1999).
Representation of measurement error in marketing variables
: Review of approaches and extension to three facet
designs. Journal of Econometrics, 89, 1999,
393-421.
FIRSTENBERG, I. & BJORK, R.A. (1983). Memory dynamics
and marketing. In J.C. Anderson (Ed.), Proceedings of
the division of consumer psychology. Washington,
D.C. : American Psychological Association.
EVERARD, Y., PRAS, B. et ROUX, E. (2000). Market :
Études et recherches en marketing. Paris : Dunod.
SAWYER, A.G. & PETER, J.P. (1983). The significance of
statistical significance tests in marketing research.
Journal of Marketing Research, 20 (2), 122-133.
BAUMGARTNER, H. & STEENKAMP, J.B.E.M. (2001). Response
styles in marketing research : A cross-national
investigation. Journal of Marketing Research, 38,
143-156.
KIMMEL, A.J. (2001). Ethical trends in marketing and
psychological research. Ethics & Behavior, 11, 131-149.
KIMMEL, A.J. (Ed.) (2005). Marketing communication :
New approaches, technologies, and styles. Oxford, UK
: Oxford University Press.
STEWART, D.W. & ZINKHAN, G.M. (2006). Enhancing
marketing theory in academic research. Journal of the
Academy of Marketing Science, 34 (4), 477-480.
KOTLER, P., McDOUGALL, G.H.G. et PICARD, J.L. (1985).
Principes de marketing. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin
éditeur.
JOHNSON, J. & MYATT, D. (2006). On the simple
economics of advertising, marketing, and product design.
American Economic Review, 93, 756-784.
KOTLER, P. (1989). From mass marketing to mass
customization. Planning Review, 17 (5), 10-47.
HESSE-BIBER, S., LEAVY, P., QUINN, C.E. & ZOINO, J.
(2006). The mass marketing of disordered eating and eating
disorders : The social psychology of women, thinness and
culture. Women's Studies International Forum, 29 (2),
208-224.
EISEND, M. (2006). Source credibility : Dimensions in
marketing communication - A generalized solution.
Journal of Empirical Generalizations in Marketing
Science, 10, 1-33.
ZIKMUND, W.G. & BABIN, B. (2007). Essentials of
marketing research. Australia : Thomson
South-Western.
KIMMEL, A.J. (2015). Psychological foundations of
marketing. New York/London : Routledge.
KIMMEL, A.J. (2016). The psychological basis of marketing.
In M.J. Baker & M. Saren (Eds.), Marketing theory
(pp. 137-159). Thomson Learning.
FARHADI, S., SLAMBOLCHI, A. & ALHOSSEINI, E.S. (2017).
Sensory marketing : A review and introduction. Scinzer
Journal of Accounting & Management, 3 (3)
103-107.
BIGLAN, A., VAN RYZIN, M. & WESTLING E. (2019). A
public health framework for the regulation of marketing. Journal
of Public Health Policy, 40 (1), 66-75.
SUBRAMANI, M.R. & RAJAGOPALAN, B. (2003).
Knowledge-sharing and influence in online social networks
via viral marketing. Communications of the ACM, 46,
12, 300-307.
LESKOVEK, J.L., ADAMIC, L. & HUBERMAN, B.A. (2007).
The dynamics of viral marketing. ACM Transactions on
the Web, 1 (1), 1-39.
Mise en relief : Technique de modification du comportement visant à accentuer la taille ou l'intensité d'un stimulus discriminatif afin
de permettre au sujet humain ou animal de le reconnaître plus
rapidement (moins de temps) ou plus facilement (moins d'erreur).
Mise en relief etestompage.= Contrôle du stimulus discriminatif, mise en évidence, exagérer.
Prompting.
KALL, R.J., KAYE, J.H., WHELAN, A.P. & HOPKINS, B.K.
(1968). The effects of prompts and reinforcement on the
modification, maintenance, and generalization of social
responses. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1
(3), 307-314. [PDF]
PARROTT, K.A., SCHUSTER, J.W., COLLINS, B.C. &
Gassaway, L.J. (2000). Simultaneous prompting and
instructive feedback when teaching chained tasks.
Journal of Behavioral Education, 10, 3-19.
GELLER, E.S., WYLIE, R.G. & FARIS, J.C. (1971). An
attempt to apply prompting and reinforcement toward
pollution control. Proceedings of the 79th Annual
Convention of the American Psychological Association, 6,
701-702.
MACIAG, K.G., SCHUSTER, J.W., COLLINS, B.C. & COOPER,
J.T. (2000). Training adults with moderate and severe
mental retardation in a voca- tional skill using
simultaneous prompting procedure. Education &
Training in Mental Retardation & Developmental
Disabilities, 35, 306-316.
GELLER, E.S., FARRIS, J.C. & POST, D.S. (1973).
Prompting a consumer behavior for pollution control. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (3), 367-376. [PDF]
KNAPCZYK, D.R. & LIVINGSTON, G. (1974). The effects of
prompting question-asking upon on-task behavior and
reading comprehension. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 7 (1), 115-120. [PDF]
PARKER, M.A. & SCHUSTER, J.W. (2002). Effectiveness of
simultaneous prompting on the acquisition of observational
and instructive feedback stimuli when teaching a
heterogeneous group of high school students. Education
& Training in Mental Retardation & Developmental
Disabilities, 37, 89-104.
CARR, E.G., NEWSON, C.D. & BINKOFF, J.A. (1976).
Stimulus control of self-destructive behavior in a
psychotic. child. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 4 (2), 139-153.
DOGAN, O.S. & TEKIN-IFTAR, E. (2002). The effects of
simultaneous prompting on teaching receptively identifying
occupations from picture cards. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 23, 237–252.
WINETT, R.A. (1978). Prompting tuming-out lights in
unoccupied rooms. Journal of Environmental Systems,
6, 237-241.
WOLFE, V.F. & CUVO, A.J. (1978). Effects of
within-stimulus and extra-stimulus prompting on leter
discrimination by mentally retarded persons. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 83, 297-303.
TEKIN, E. & KIRCAALI-IFTAR, G. (2002). Comparison of
the effectiveness and efficiency of two response prompting
procedures delivered by sibling tutors. Education
& Training in Mental Retardation & Developmental
Disabilities, 37, 283-299.
GRANT, L., McAVOY, R. & KEENAN, J.B. (1982). Prompting
and feedback variables in concept programming. Teaching
of Psychology, 9, 173-177.
VANDERHEYDEN, A.M., SNYDER, P., DICARLO, C.F., STRICKLIN,
S.B. & VAGIANOS, L.A. (2002). Comparison of
within-stimulus and extra-stimulus prompts to increase
targeted play behaviors in an inclusive early intervention
program. The Behavior Analyst Today, 3 (2),
188-197.
GELLER, E.S., KOLTUNIAK, T.A. & SHILLING, J.S. (1983).
Response avoidance prompting : A cost-effective strategy
for theft deterrence. Behavioral Counseling &
Community Interventions, 3, 28-42.
SHABANI, D.B., KATZ, R.C., WILDER, D.A., BEAUCHAMP, K.,
TAYLOR, C.R. & FISCHER, K.J. (2002). Increasing social
initiations in children with autism : Effects of a tactile
prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35
(1), 79-83. [PDF]
WACKER, D.P. & BERG, W.K. (1983). Effects of picture
prompts on the acquisition of complex vocational tasks by
mentally retarded adolescents. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 16 (4), 417-433. [PDF]
BILLINGSLEY, F.F. & ROMER, L.T. (1983). Response
prompting and the transfer of stimulus control : Methods,
research and a conceptual framework. Journal of the
Association for the Severely Handicapped, 8, 3–12.
TEKIN-IFTAR, E., ACAR, G. & KURT, O. (2003). The
effects of simultaneous prompting on teaching expressive
identification of objects : An instructive feedback study.
International Journal of Developmental Disability
& Education, 50, 149-167.
BRADLEY-JOHNSON, S., JOHNSON, C. & SUNDERMAN, P.
(1983). Comparison of delayed prompting and fading for
teaching preschoolers easily confused letters and nombers.
Journnal of School Psychology, 21, 327-335.
NASAR, J.L. (2003). Prompting drivers to stop for crossing
pedestrians. Transportation Research, 6, 175-182.
[PDF]
MOSK, M.D. & BUCHNER, B. (1984). Prompting and
stimulus shaping procedures for teaching visual-moto
rskils to retarded children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 17 (1), 23-34. [PDF]
MORSE. T.E. & SCHUSTER, J.W. (2004). Simultaneous
prompting : A review of the literature. Education
& Training in Developmental Disabilities, 39,
153-168.
[PDF]
WACKER, D.P. & BERG, W. (1984). Training adolescents
with severe handicaps to set up job tasks independently
with picture prompts. Analysis and Intervention in
Developmental Disabilities, 4, 353-365.
TAYLOR, B.A., HUGHES, C.E., RICHARD, E., HOCH, H. &
RODRIGUEZ-COELLO, A. (2004). Teaching teenagers
with autism to seek assistance when lost. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 37 (1), 79–82. [PDF]
TOUCHETTE, P.E. & HOWARD, J.S. (1984). Errorless
learning : reinforcement contingencies and stimulus
control transfer in delayed prompting. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Analysis, 17 (2), 175-188. [PDF]
VAN HOUTEN, R., MALENFANT, J.E.L., AUSTIN, J. &
LEBBON, A. (2005). The effects of a seat belt-gearshift
delay prompt on the seatbelt use of motorists who do not
regularly wear seatbelts. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 38 (2), 195-203. [PDF]
WACKER, D.P., BERG, W.K., BERRIE, P. & SWATTA, P.
(1985). Generalization and maintenance of complex skills
by severely handicapped adolescents following picture
prompt training. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 18 (4), 329-336.
[PDF]
JAMES, S. & EGEL, A.L. (1986). A direct prompting
strategy for increasing reciprocal interactions between
handicapped and nonhandicapped siblings. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Analysis, 19 (2), 173-186.
[PDF]
BIRKA, B. (2005). Using simultaneous prompting for
teaching various discrete tasks to students with mental
retardation. Education & Training in
Developmental Disabilities, 40, 68-79.
VAN HOUTEN, R. & VAN HOUTEN, F. (1987). The effects of
a specific prompting sign on speed reduction. Accident
Analysis & Prevention, 19, 115-117.
GURSEL, O., TEKIN-IFTAR, E. & BOZKURT, F. (2006).
Effectiveness of simultaneous prompting in small group :
The opportunity of acquiring nontarget skills through
observational learning and instructive feedback.
Education & Training in Developmental Disabilities,
41, 225-243.
STAHL, S.A. & MILLER, P.D. (1989). Whole language and
language experiences for beginning reading : A
quantitative research synthesis. Review of Educational
Research, 59 (1), 87-116.
GIBSON, A.N. & SCHUSTER, J.W. (1992). The use of
simultaneous prompting for teaching expressive word
recognition to preschool children. Topics in Early
Childhood Special Education, 12, 247–267.
TARBOX, R., WALLACE, M.D., PENROD, B. & TARBOX, J.
(2007). Effects of three-step prompting on compliance with
caregiver requests. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 40 (4), 239-244. [PDF]
SCHUSTER, J.W., GRIFFEN, A.K. & WOLERY, M. (1992).
Comparison of simultaneous prompting and constant time
delay procedures in teaching sight words to elementary
students with moderate mental retardation. Journal of
Behavioral Education, 2, 305-325.
COLOZZI, G.A., WARD, L.W. & ROTTY, K.E. (2008).
Comparison of simultaneous prompting procedure in 1:1 and
small group instruction to teach play skills to preschool
students with pervasive developmental disorder and
developmental disabilities. Education & Training
in Developmental Disabilities, 43, 226–248.
BARBETTA, P.M., HEWARD, W.L. & BRADLEY. D.M. (1993).
Relative effects of whole-word and phonetic-prompt error
correction on the acquisition and maintenance of sight
words by students with developmental disabilities. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 26 (1), 99-110. [PDF]
OPPENHEIMER, M., SAUNDERS, R.R. & SPRADLIN, J.E.
(1993). Investigating the generality of the deayed-prompt
effect. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 14,
425-444.
MacFARLAND-SMITH, J., SCHUSTER, J.W. & STEVENS, K.B.
(1993). Using simultaneous prompting to teach expressive
object identification to pre-schoolers with developmental
delays. Journal of Early Intervention, 17,
50–60.
TEKIN-IFTAR, E. (2008). Parent-delivered community-based
instruction with simultaneous prompting for teaching
community skills to children with developmental
disabilities. Education & Training in
Developmental Disabilities, 43, 249-265.
WOLERY, M., HOLCOMBE, A., WERTS, M.G. & CIPOLLONI,
R.M. (1993). Effects of simultaneous prompting and
instructive feedback. Early Education &
Development, 4, 20-31.
WAUGH, R.E., ALBERTO, P.A. & FREDRICK, L.D. (2009).
Using simultaneous prompting to teach sounds and blending
skills to students with moderate intellectual
disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities,
30, 1435-1447.
JOHNSON, P., SCHUSTER, J. & BELLE, J.K. (1996).
Comparison of simultaneous prompting with and without
error correction in teaching science vocabulary words to
high school students with mild disabilities. Journal
of Behavioral Education, 6 (4), 437-458.
REICHOW, B. & WOLERY, M. (2009). Comparison of
everyday and every-fourth-day probe sessions with the
simultaneous prompting procedure. Topics in Early
Childhood Special Education, 29 (2), 79-89.
HECKAMAN, K.A., ALBER, S., HOOPER, S. & HEWARD, W.L.
(1998). A comparison of least-to-most prompts and
progressive time delay on the disruptive behavior of
students with autism. Journal of Behavioral Education,
8 (2), 171-201.
SMITH, B.R., SCHUSTER, J.W., COLLINS, B. & KLEINERT,
H. (2011). Using simultaneous prompting to teach
restaurant words and classifications as non-target
information to secondary students with moderate to severe
disabilities. Education & Training in Autism &
Developmental Disabilities, 46 (2), 251-266.
[PDF]
TAYLOR B.A. & LEVIN, L. (1998). Teaching a student
with autism to make verbal initiations : Effects of a
tactile prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
31 (4), 651-654. [PDF]
PALMER, T., COLLINS, B.C. & SCHUSTER, J.W. (1999). The
use of simultaneous prompting procedure to teach receptive
manual sign identification to adults with disabilities. Journal
of Developmental & Physical Disabilities, 11, 179–191.
SINGLETON, D.K., SCHUSTER, J.W., MORSE, T.E. &
COLLINS, B.C. (1999). A comparison of antecedent prompt
and test and simultaneous prompting procedures in teaching
grocery words to adolescents with mental retardation.
Education & Training in Mental Retardation &
Developmental Disabilities, 34, 182-199.
FETKO, K.S., SCHUSTER, J.W., HARLEY, D.A. & COLLINS,
B.C. (1999). Using simultaneous prompting to teach a
chained vocational task to young adults with severe
intellectual disabilities. Education & Training
in Mental Retardation & Developmental Disabilities,
34, 318-329.
WAUGH, R.E., ALBERTO, P.A. & FREDRICK, L.D. (2011).
Simultaneous prompting : An instructional strategy for
skill acquisition. Education & Training in Autism
& Developmental Disabilities, 46 (4), 528-543.
[PDF]
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.
Mise en retrait (Enfant) :
Technique de modification de comportement inventée par Staats
et Wolf, qui consiste à
retirer à un individu, généralement un enfant,
l'accès à un lieu ou une situation agréable (= appétitif) pendant un temps limité (d'où l'expression time-out qui signifie arrêt), en contingence à un comportement que l'on souhaite faire diminuer. Il s'agit donc d'une punition négative. EX: Lorsqu'on joue avec un enfant (stimulus appétitif), s'il se met à hurler (comportement indésirable), on l'envoie dans sa chambre (retrait de la situation sociale), et on lui permet de revenir jouer avec nous seulement après qu'il se soit calmé.
= Retrait, privation, mise à l'écart.
Timeout, timeout contingency, procedural time-out.
WOLF, M.M., RISLEY, T.R. & MEES, H. (1964).
Application of operant conditioning procedures to the
behavioural problems of an autistic child. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 1, 305-312.
PLUMMER, S., BAER, D.M. & LEBLANC, J.M. (1977).
Functional considerations in the use of procedural timeout
and in effective alternative. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Analysis, 10 (4), 689-705.
[PDF]
LEITENBERG, H. (1965). Is time-out from positive
reinforcement an aversive event ? Psychological
Bulletin, 64, 428-441.
POLING, A. & RYAN, C. (1977). The use of brief timeout
to control physical assaults : A case study. Mental
Retardation Bulletin, 5, 136-142.
KAUFMAN, A. & BARON, A. (1968). Suppression of
behavior by timeout punishment when suppression results in
loss of positive reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11 (5),
595-607. [PDF]
HOBBS, S.A., FOREHAND, R. & MURRAY, R.G. (1978).
Effects of various durations of timeout on noncompliant
behavior o fchildren. Behavior Therapy, 9,
652-656.
SCHROEDER, S.R., ROJAHN, J. & MULICK, J.A. (1978). On
the ethical and unethical use of time-out : Appearances
can be deceiving. Behavioral Analysis &
Modification, 2, 200–202.
McREYNOLDS, L.V. (1969). Application of timeout from
positive reinforcement for increasing the efficiency of
speech training. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 2 (3), 199-205. [PDF]
FOXX, R.M. & SHAPIRO, S.T. (1978). The timeout ribbon
: a nonexclusionary timeout procedure. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Analysis, 11 (1), 125-136.
[PDF]
BOSTOW, D.E. & BAILEY, J.B. (1969). Modification of
severe disruptive and aggressive behavior using brief
timeout and reinforcement procedures. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Analysis, 2 (1), 31-37.
[PDF]
NAU, P.A., VAN HOUTEN, R. & O'NEIL, A. (1981). The
effects of feedback and a principal mediated timeout
procedure on the disruptive behavior of junior high school
students. Education & Treatment of Children, 4, 101-113.
HUGUENIN, N.H. & MULICK, J.A. (1981). Noneclusionary
timeout : Maintenance of appropriate behavior across
setting. Applied Research in Mental Retardation, 2, 55-67.
BARTON, E., GUESS, D., GARCIA, E. & BAER, D.M. (1970).
Improvement of retardates' mealtime behaviors by timeout
procedures using multiple baseline techniques. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (2), 77-84. [PDF]
JAMES, J.E. (1981). Behavioral self-control of stuttering
using time-out from speaking. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 14 (1), 25-37. [PDF]
PENDERGRASS, V.E. (1972). Timeout from positive
reinforcement following persistent, high-rate behavior in
retardates. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (1),
85-91. [PDF]
NELSON, C.M. & RUTHERFORD, R.B. (1983). Timeout
revisited : Guidelines for its usein special education. Exceptional
Education Quarterly, 3, 56-67.
WHITE, G.D., NIELSEN G. & JOHNSON, S.M. (1972).
Time-out duration and the suppression of deviant behavior
in children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (2),
111-120. [PDF]
RUTHERFORD, R.B. & NELSON, C.M. (1982). Analysis of
the response-contingent timeout literature with
behaviorally disordered students in classroom settings. In
R.B. Rutherford (Ed.), Severe behavior disorders of
children and youth (Vol. 5). Reston, Virginia :
Council for Children with Behavioral Disorders.
CARLSON, J.G. (1972). Time out punishment : rate of
reinforcement and delay of timeout. Learning &
Motivation, 3,31-43.
FOXX, R.M. & DUFRESNE, D. (1984). "Harry" The use of
physical restraint as a reinforcer, timeout from
restraint, and fading restraint in treating a
self-injurious man. Analysis and Intervention in
Developmental Disabilities, 4, 1-13.
HAYNES, S. & GEDDY, P. (1973). Suppression of
psychotic hallucinations through time-out. Behavior
Therapy, 4, 123-127.
ROLIDER, A. & VAN HOUTEN, R. (1985). Movement
suppression timeout and undesirable behavior in psychotic
and severely developmentally delayed children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (4), 275-288. [PDF]
DARDANO, J.F. (1973). Self-imposed timeouts under
increasing response requirements. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 6 (2), 269-287.
[PDF]
MACE, F.C., PAGE, T.J., IVANCIC, M.T. & O'Brien, S.
(1986). Effectiveness of brief time-out with and without
contingent delay : A comparative analysis. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 19 (1), 79-86.
[PDF]
CLARK, H.W. ROWBURY, T. BAER, A.M. & BAER, D.M.
(1973). Timeout as a punishing stimulus in continuous and
intermittent schedules. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 6 (3), 443-455. [PDF]
WERNEFELT, B. (1994). An efficiency criterion for
marketing design. Journal of Marketing Research, 462-470.
HOBBS, S.A., FOREHAND, R. & MURRAY, R.G. (1975).
Effects of differential release from timeout on children's
deviant behavior. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 6, 256-257.
DUKER, P. (1975). Intra-subject controlled time-out
(social isolation) in the modification of self-injurious
behaviour. Journal of Mental Deficience Research, 19
(2), 107-112.
TWYMAN, J.S., JOHNSON, H. BUIE, J.D. & NELSON, C.M.
(1994). The use of a warning procedure to signal a more
intrusive timeout contingency. Behavioral Disorders,
19, 243-253.
EUBANKS, J.L., KILLEEN, P.R., HAMILTON, B. & WALD,
B.A. (1975). The effect of timeout on performance on a
variable-interval schedule of electric-shock presentation.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 23
(3), 457-463. [PDF]
GALIZIO, M. & LIBORIO, M.O. (1995). Effects of cocaine
on behavior maintained by timeout from avoidance. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 63, 19-32.
[PDF]
DOLEYS, D.M., WELLS, K.C., HOBBS, S.A., ROBERTS, M.W.
& CARTELI, L.M. (1976). The effects of social
punishment on noncompliance : A comparison with time out
and positive practice. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 9 (4), 471- 482. [PDF]
DERENNE, A. & BARON, A. (2000). Timeout punishment of
long pauses on fixed-ratio schedules of reinforcement. The
Psychological Record, 51, 39-51.
FIRESTONE, P. (1976). The effects and side effects of
timeout on an aggressive nursery school child. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 7 (1),
79-81. [PDF]
GRSKOVIC, J., HALL, A.M., MONTGOMERY, D.J., VARGAS, A.U.,
ZENTALL, S.S. & BELFIORE, P.J. (2004). Reducing
time-out assignments for students with
emotional/behavioral disorders in a self-contained
classroom. Journal of Behavioral Education, 13
(1), 25-36.
GAST, D.L. & NELSON, C.M. (1977). Legal and ethical
considerations for the use oftimeout in special education
settings. Journal of Special Education, 11,
457-467.
WOLF, T.L., McLAUGHLIN, T.F. & WILLIAMS, R.L. (2006).
Time-out interventions and strategies : A brief review and
recommendations. International Journal of Special
Education, 21 (3), 22-28.
SOLNICK, J.V., RINCOVER, A. & PETERSON, C.R. (1977).
Some determinants of the reinforcing and punishing effects
of timeout. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis,
10 (3), 415-424. [PDF]
HENDERSON, H.L., FRENCH, R., FRITSCH, R. & LERNER, B.
(2013). Time-out and overcorrection : A comparison of
their application in physical education. Journal of
Physical Education, Recreation & Dance, 71 (3),
31-35.
MISHARA, B.L. et RIEDEL, R.G. (1994). Le
vieillissement. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France.
MISHARA, B.L. (1999). Synthesis of research and evidence
on factors affecting the desire of terminally ill or
seriously chronically ill persons to hasten death. Omega
: Journal of Death & Dying, 39 (1), 1-70.
MISHARA, B.L. (2003). Succès, échecs en prévention du
suicide au Québec. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie,
24 (1), 125-134.
TOUSIGNANT, M. et MISHARA, B. (2004). Comprendre le
suicide. Montréal : Presses de l'Université de
Montréal.
CHAGNON, F. et MISHARA, B. (2004). L’évaluation de
programmes en prévention du suicide. Les Éditions
EDK.
MISLEVY, R. (1986). Recent developments in the factor
analysis of categorical variables. Journal of
Educational Statistics, 11, 3-31.
MISLEVY, R. (1987). Recent developments in item response
theory with implications for teacher certification. Review
of Research in Education, 14, 239-275.
MISLEVY, R. & VERHEIST, N. (1990). Modeling item
responses when different subjects employ different
solution strategies. Psychometrika, 55, 195-215
MISLEVY, R. (1995). Evidence and inference in educational
assessment. Psychometrika, 59, 439-483.
MISLEVY, R. (2010). Some implications of cognitive
psychology for educational assessment. Research
Papers in Education, 25, 253-270.
Misogynie : Misogyne : Du grec "miso" qui signifie "haine" et "gyne" qui
veut dire "femme", donc aversion
et mépris envers les femmes.
Mysogynie, féminismeetsexisme.Misogyny.
USHER, J. (1991). Women's madness : Misogyny or
mental illness ? University of Massachusetts Press.
CRENSHAW, K. (1997). Beyond racism and misogyny : Black
feminism and 2 live crew. In D. Tiejens-Meyers (Ed.),
Feminist social thought : A reader (pp. 247-263).
New York : Routledge. [PDF]
BARONGAN, C. & HALL, G.C.N. (1995). The influence of
misogynous rap music on sexual aggression against women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 19, 195-207. [PDF]
RUSSELL, D.E.H. (1998). Dangerous relationships :
Pornography, misogyny, and rape. Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage.
SCHACHT, S.P. (1996). Misogyny on and off the "pitch": The
gendered world of male rugby players. Gender &
Society, 10, 550-565.
JEFFREYS, S. (2005). Beauty and misogyny : Harmful
cultural practices in the West. New York :
Routledge.
McLEOD, D.M., EVELAND, W.P. & NATHANSON, A.I. (1997).
Support for censorship of violent and misogynic rap lyrics
: An analysis of the third-person effect. Communication
Research, 24 (2), 153-174.
KUBRIN, C. & WEITZER, R. (2009). Misogyny in rap music
: A content analysis of prevalence and meanings. Men
& Masculinities, 12, 3-29.
Misophonie :Aversion pour certains bruits,
notamment ceux provoqués par la mastication d'autrui (bruits de
bouche).
Misophonia, selective sound intolerance.
HADJIPAVLOU, G., BAER, S., LAU, A. & HOWARD, A.
(2008). Selective sound intolerance and emotional distress
: what every clinician should hear. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 70, 739-740.
SCHWARTZ, P., LEYENDECKER, J. & CONLON, M. (2011).
Hyperacusis and misophonia : The lesser-known siblings of
tinnitus. Minnesota Medical Solutions, 94,
42-43.
EDELSTEIN, M., BRANG, D., ROUW, R. & RAMACHADRAN, V.S.
(2013). Misophonia : Physiological investigations and case
descriptions. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 7, 296.
[PDF]
KUMAR, S., HANCOCK, O., COPE, T., SEDLEY, W., WINSTON, J.
& GRIFFITHS, T.D. (2014). Misophonia : A disorder of
emotion processing of sounds. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 85 (8),
SCHRÖDER, A., VULINK, N. & DENYS, D. (2013).
Misophonia : Diagnostic criteria for a new psychiatric
disorder. PLOS One, 8 (1) 1-5. [PDF]
JACOT, C.-R., ERIC, T. & OTMAN, S. (2015). Misophonia
or aversion to human sound : A clinical illustration. Revue
Médicale Suisse, 11 (462), 466-469. [PDF]
FERREIRA, G.M., HARSION, B.J. & FONTENELLE, L.F.
(2013). Hatred of sounds : Misophonic disorder or just an
underreported psychiatric symptom ? Annals of
Clinical Psychiatry, 25 (4), 271-274.
MISSOTTEN, P., YLIEFF M., DI NOTTE, D., PAQUAY L., DE
LEPELEIRE, J., BUNTINX F. &a FONTAINE, O. (2007).
Quality of life in dementia : a two year follow-up study.
International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 22
(12), 1201-1207.
MISSOTTEN, P., SQUELARD G., YLIEFF, M., DI NOTTE, D.,
PAQUAY, L., DE LEPELEIRE, J. & FONTAINE O. (2008).
Quality of life in older Belgian people : comparison
between people with dementia, mild cognitive impairment
and controls. International Journal of Geriatric
Psychiatry, 23 (11), 1103-1109.
MISSOTTEN, P., THOMAS P., SQUELARD, G., DI NOTTE, D.,
FONTAINE, O., PAQUAY, L., DE LEPELEIRE J., BUNTINX F.
& YLIEFF M. (2009). Impact of place of residence on
relationship between quality of life and cognitive decline
in dementia. Alzheimer Disease & Associated
Disorders, 23 (4), 395-400.
MISSOTTEN, P., SQUELARD, G. et YLIEFF, M. (2010).
Évaluation de la qualité de vie dans la maladie
d'Alzheimer et les troubles apparentés. Gérontologie
et Société, 33 (133), 115-131.
MISSOTTEN, P., DUPUIS, G. & ADAM, S. (2016).
Dementia-specific quality of life instruments : a
conceptual analysis. International Psychogeriatrics,
28 (8), 1245-1262.
MITCHELL, D.E. & KERCHNER, C.T. (1983). Labor
relations and teaching polic. In L. Shulman & G. Sykes
(Eds.), Handbook of teaching & policy (pp.
214-238). New York : Longman.
MITCHELL, D.E. & KERCHNER, C.T. (1986). Teaching
reform and union reform. The Elementary School
Journal, 4 (4), 449-470.
MITCHELL, D.E., BEACH, S.A. & BADARAK, G. (1989).
Modeling the relationship between achievement and class
size : a re-analysis of the Tennesse Project STAR data. Peabody
Journal of Education, 67 (1), 34-74.
MITCHELL, D.E. & MITCHELL, R.E. (1999). The impact
of California's class size reduction initiative on
student achievement : Detailed findings from eight
school districts, California Educational Research
Cooperative, University of California, Riverside : CA.
MITCHELL, D.E. & MITCHELL, R.E. (2003). The political
economy of education : The case of class size reduction. Peabody
Journal of Education, 78 (4), 120-152.
MITCHELL, J. (1966). Women, the longest revolution. New
Left Review, 40, November/December.
MITCHELL, J. & OAKLEY, A. (1971). What is
feminism ? Basil Blackwell.
MITCHELL, J. (1974/75). Psychanalyse et
féminisme / Psychoanalysis and feminism : A radical
reassessment of Freudian psychoanalysis.
Penguin/Éditions des femmes.
MITCHELL, J. (1984). Women; The longest revolution.
Virago Press.
MITCHELL, J. (2006). Utiliser Winnicott pour comprendre le
genre (sexe social). Figures de la Psychanalyse, 14,
119-131.
MITCHELL, R.W. (1993). Mental models of
mirror-self-recognition : Two theories. New Ideas in
Psychology, 11, 295-325.
MITCHELL, R.W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1993). Discrimination
learning of scratching, but failure to obtain imitation
and self-recognition in a long-tailed macaque. Primates,
34, 301-309.
MITCHELL, R.W. (1995). Evidence of dolphin
self-recognition and the difficulties of interpretation.
Consciousness & Cognition, 4, 229-234.
MITCHELL, R.W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1998). Primate theory
of mind is a Turing test. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 21, 127-128. [PDF]
MITCHELL, R.W. (2002). Imitation as a perceptual process.
In K. Dautenhahn & C.L. Nehaniv (Eds.), Imitation
in animals and artifacts (pp. 441-469). Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press.
CRONIN, M.A., McNEIL, M.C. & PATTON, J.C. (2005).
Variation in mitochondrial DNA and microsatellite DNA in
caribou (Rangifer tarandus) in North America. Journal
of Mammalogy, 86 (3), 495-505.
FAGUNDES, N.J.R. et al. (2008). Mitochondrial
population genomics supports a single pre-Clovis origin
with a coastal route for the peopling of the Americas. American
Journal of Human Genetics, 82, 583–592.
[PDF]
YANG, L., TAN, Z., WANG, D., XUE, L., MIN-XIN GUAN, M.-X.,
HUANG, T. & LI, R. (2014). Species identification
through mitochondrial rRNA genetic analysis. Scientific
Reports, 4 [4089], 1-11. [PDF]
Mitose
: Du grec mitos qui signifie «filament». Dans
un organisme, forme de
division cellulaire qui, à
partir d'une cellule-mère, crée deux cellules-filles dont le
nombre de chromosones
est exactement identique au nombre contenu dans le noyau de la
cellule-mère. La mitose est une reproduction de cellule-filles à
l'identique de la cellule-mère, elle ne crée donc pas de variation
systématique (diversité).
= Division cellulaire, duplication non sexuée/asexuée, reproduction asexuée. Mitose etméiose.Mitosis.
WILKINS, A.S. & HOLLIDAY, R. (2009). The evolution of
meiosis from mitosis. Genetics, 181, 3-12. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
MIYAKE, A. (1994). Toward a unified theory of capacity
constraints : The role of working memory in complex
cognition. Cognitive Studies : Bulletin of the
Japanese Cognitive Science Society, 1, 43-62.
MIYAKE, A., JUST, M.A. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1994).
Working memory constraints on the resolution of lexical
ambiguity : Maintaining multiple interpretations in
neutral contexts. Journal of Memory & Language,
33 (2), 175-202.
MIYAKE, A., FRIEDMAN, N.P., EMERSON, M.J., WITZKI, A.H.,
HOWERTER, A. & WAGER, T. (2000). The unity and
diversity of executive functions and their contributions
to complex "frontal lobe" tasks : A latent variable
analysis. Cognitive Psychology, 41, 49-100.
MIYAKE, A. EMERSON, M.J., PADILLA, F. & AHN, J.
(2004). Inner speech as a retrieval aid for task goals :
The effects of cue type and articulatory suppression. Acta
Psychologia, 115 (2), 123-142.
MIYAKE A. & FRIEDMAN, N.P. (2012). The nature and
organization of individual differences in executive
functions : Four general conclusions. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 21 (1), 8-14.
[PDF]
ERDELYI, M.H. & BECKER, J. (1974). Hypermnesia for
pictures. Incremental memory for pictures but not words in
multiple recall trials. Cognitive Psychology, 6, 159-171.
PAYNE, D.G. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (1987). Hypermnesia
occurs in recall but not in recognition. American
Journal of Psychology, 100, 145-165.
ERDELYI, M.H., BUSCKE, H. & FINKELSTEIN, S. (1977).
Hypermnesia for Socratic stimuli : The growth of recall
for an internally generated memory list abstracted from a
series of riddles. Memory & Cognition, 5,
283-286.
KLEIN, S.B., LOFTUS, J., KIHLSTROM, J.F. & ASERON, R.
(1989). Effects of item-specific and relational
information on hypermnesic recall. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 15, 1192-1197.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & THORPE, L.A. (1978). The role of
recall time in producing hypermnesia. Memory &
Cognition, 6, 296-305. [PDF]
OTANI, H. & HODGE, M.H. (1991). Does hypermnesia occur
in recognition and cued recall ? American Journal of
Psychology, 104, 101-116.
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1982). Hypermnesia : The importance of
recall time and asymptotic recall level. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 21, 662-665.
PAYNE, D.G., HEMBROOKE, H.A. & ANASTASI, J.S. (1993).
Hypermnesia in free and cued recall. Memory &
Cognition, 21, 48-62.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & PAYNE, D.G. (1982). Hypermnesia : The
role of repeated testing. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 8,
66-72.
[PDF]
BURNS, D.J. (1993). Item gains and losses during
hypermnesic recall : Implications for the
item-specific-relational information distinction. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 19, 163-173.
ROEDIGER, H.L., PAYNE, D.G., GILLEPSIE, G.L. & LEAN,
D.S. (1982). Hypermnesia as determined by level of recall.
Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 21,
635-665.
[PDF]
PAYNE, D.G. ANASTASI, J.S., BLACKWELL, J.M. & WENGER,
M.J. (1994). Selective disruption of hypermnesia for
pictures and words. Memory & Cognition, 22
(5), 542-551.
ROEDIGER, H.L. & PAYNE, D.G. (1985). Recall criterion
does not affect recall level or hypermnesia : A puzzle for
generate/recognize theories. Memory & Cognition,
13, 1-7. [PDF]
OTANI, H. & STIMSON, M.J. (1994). A further attempt to
demonstrate hypermnesia in recognition. The
Psychological Record, 44, 25-34.
PAYNE, D.G. (1986). Hypermnesia for pictures and words :
Testing the recall level hypothesis. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 12, 16-29.
BLUCK, S., LEVINE, L.J. & LAULHERE, T. (1999).
Autobiographical remembering and hypermnesia : A
comparison of older and younger adults. Psychology
& Aging, 14 (4), 671-682. [PDF]
WINDER, R.L. & OTANI, H. & SMITH, A.D. (2000).
Hypermnesia : Age-related differences between young and
older adults. Memory & Cognition, 28 (4),
556-564. [PDF]
PAYNE, D.G. (1987). Hypermnesia and reminiscence in recall
: A historical and empirical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 101, 5-27.
KELLEY, M.R. & NAIRNE, J.S. (2003). Remembering the
forgotten : Reminiscence, hypermnesia, and memory for
order. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
56 (4), 577-599.
[PDF]
OTANI, H., KATO, K., VON GLAHN, N.R., NELSON, M.E.,
WIDNER, R.L. & GOERNERT, P.N. (2008). Hypermnesia : A
further examination of age differences between young and
older adults. British Journal of Psychology, 99, 265-278.
[PDF]
Mobiliser : Mobilisation
: Capacité à regrouper les
ressources et les individus (les troupes) dans le but
d'agir, de réaliser ou de contrer un projet. Mobilization.
TILLY, C. (1978). From mobilization to revolution. Reading,
MA : Addison-Wesley.
Mobilité sociale : Concept
développé par Sorokin pour
désigner chez un individu le
passage d'une classe
sociale à l'autre, vers le haut ou le bas. Social
mobility.
SOROKIN, P.A. (1959). Social and cultural mobility.
New York, NY : The Free Press.
BREEN, R. (1994). Individual level models for mobility
tables and other cross-classifications. Sociological
Methods & Research, 23, 147-173.
LIPSET, S.M. & BENDIX, R. (1959). Social mobility
in industrial society. Berkeley, CA : University of
California Press,
BREEN, R. & ONSSON, J.O. (1997). How reliable are
studies of social mobility ? Research in Social
Stratification & Mobility, 15, 91-112.
WALLER, J.H. (1971). Achievement and social mobility :
Relationships among IQ score, education, and occupation in
two generations. Social Biology, 18, 252-259.
BREEN, R. & GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2001). Class, mobility
and merit : the experience of two British birth cohorts. European
Sociological Review, 17, 81-101.
BOUDON, R. (1973/79). L'inégalité des chances. La
mobilité sociale dans les sociétés industrielles.
Paris : Armand Colin.
BREEN, R. (2004). Social mobility in Europe. Oxford
: Oxford University Press.
PATERSON, L. & IANELLI, C. (2007). Patterns of
absolute and relative social mobility : A comparative
study of England, Wales and Scotland. Sociological
Research Online 12, 1-33.
TOLSMA, J., DE GRAAF, N.D. & QUILLIAN, L. 2009). Does
intergenerational social mobility affect antagonistic
attitudes toward ethnic minorities ? British
Journal of Sociology, 60 (2), 257-277.
TEPPERMAN, L. (1975). Social mobility in Canada.
Toronto : McGraw-Hill Ryerson.
BREEN, R. (2010). Social mobility and equality of
opportunity. The Economic & Social Review, 41
(4), 413-428.
ERIKSON, R. & GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (2010). Has social
mobility in Britain dcreased ? Reconciling divergent
findings on income and class mobility. British
Journal of Sociology, 61, 211-30.
GOLDTHORPE, J.H. (1987). Social mobility and class
structure in modern Britain. Oxford : Clarendon
Press.
BREEN, R. & KARLSON, K.B. (2014). Education and social
mobility : New analytical approaches. European
Sociological Review, 30 (1), 107-118.
GOLDTHORPE, J.H., LLEWELLYN, C. & PAYNE, C. (1987).
Social nobility and class structure in modern Britain.
Oxford : Clarendon Press.
BUKODI, E. & GOLDTHORPE, J.H. WALLER, L. & KUHA,
J. (2015). The mobility problem in Britain : New findings
from the analysis of birth cohort data. British
Journal of Sociology, 66 (1), 93-117. [PDF]
THÉVENOT, L. (1990). La politique des statistiques : les
origines sociales des enquêtes de mobilité sociale. Annales.
Économie, Sociétés, Civilisations, 45 (6),
1275-1300.
BUKODI, E., PASKOV, M. & NOLAN, B. (2020).
Intergenerational class mobility in Europe : A new
account. Social Forces, 98 (3), 941-972.
Mode : Ce qui est populaire à une époque,
dans une société donnée.
Mode, vêtementet
apparence. = tendance, populaire, saveur du mois. Clothing fashion, fashion.
MORRIS, T.L., GORHAM, J., COHEN, S.H. & HUFFMAN, D.
(1996). Fashion in the classroom : Effects of attire on
student perceptions of instructors in college classes. Communication Education, 45 (2), 135-148.
JULIEN, M. (2010). La quête d'authenticité : fondement
éthique de la mode féminine contemporaine. Dans M. Dion et
M. Julien (Dirs.), Éthique de la mode féminine
(p. 41-64). Paris : Presses Universitaires de Franc.
McDERMOTT, L.A. & PETTIJOHN, T.F. (2011). The
influence of clothing fashion and race on the perceived
socioeconomic status and person perception of college
students. Psychology & Society, 4 (2),
64-75. [PDF]
Modèle : En science, ce concept a de multiples usages : a)
Dans la théorie de Bandura,
le modèle désigne l'individu ou l'objet qui est observé par
l'individu qui apprend. EX: Imiter un train
(objet), sa grande-soeur (individu).
= Modèle social.Model, social modeling, modeling.b) En
science, le terme est également utilisé comme synonyme
d'explication ou théorie. EX: le modèle
de Rescorla-Wagner.= Modèle
scientifique.c) On s'en sert également
pour désigner les animaux qui sont étudiés pour mieux comprendre
le fonctionnement psychologiques ou biologiques de l'humain.
EX: Le rat est un modèle pour mieux comprendre
l'apprentissage.
= Modèle animal.d) On utilise aussi ce mot pour
désigner une façon particulière d'analyser un phénomène ou un
problème.
= Approche, perspective,
point de vue théorique, angle d'analyse.
Model.
e) Le mot sert aussi à désigner le
modèle de formation des psychologues qui prone une double
formation scientifique et clinique.
= Modèle de Boulder.Boulder model.f) Finalement, ce terme
est utilisé en statistiques pour désigner les équations
mathématiques qui permettent de décrire la distribution
d'une variable
aléatoire.Statistic modeling.
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1961). Transmission
of agression through imitation of aggressive models.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63,
575-582. [LIRE]
Modèle (social) : Dans la théorie de Bandura, le modèle désigne l'individu ou l'objet observé par
l'individu qui apprend par
observation ou par modèle. EX: Bruny Surin
est un modèle pour un enfant qui apprend à courir le 100 mètres.
Modèle etapprentissage
par observation.( ): Modèle positif, modèle négatif.Model, social modeling, modeling.
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1961). Transmission of agression through imitation of aggressive models.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63,
575-582. [LIRE]
CHOMBART DE LAUWE, M.-J. (1980). Intégration et
intériorisation des modèles sociaux par les enfants. Enfance,
33 (4), 161-166. [PDF]
BANDURA, A. & McDONALD, F.J. (1963). Influence of
social reinforcement and the behavior of models in shaping
children's moral judgment. The Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 67 (3), 274-281. [PDF]
STOKES, T.F. & KENNEDY, S.H. (1980). Reducing child
uncooperative behavior during dental treatment through
modeling and reinforcement. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 13 (1), 41-49. [PDF]
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1963). Imitation
of film-mediated aggressive models. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 66 (1), 3-11. [PDF]
SONNENSCHEIN, S. & WHITEHURST, G.J. (1980). The
development of communication : when a bad model makes a
good teacher. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 29 (3), 371-390. [PDF]
BANDURA, A. (1965). Influence of models' reinforcement
contingencies on the acquisition of imitative responses.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 1
(6), 589-595. [PDF]
WHITEHURST, G.J., SONNENSCHEIN, S. & INFOLLA, B.J.
(1981). Learning to communicate from models : Children
confuse length with information. Child Development,
52, 507-520.
BANDURA, A. (1965). Behavioral modification through
modeling procedures. In L. Krasner & L.P. Ullman
(Eds.), Research in behavior modification. New
York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
HANSON, S.J. & KILLEEN, P.R. (1981). Measurement and
modeling of behavior under fixed-interval schedules of
reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 7, 129-139.
BANDURA, A. & WHALEN, C.K. (1966). The influence of
antecedent reinforcement and divergent modeling cues on
patterns of self-reward. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 3 (4), 373-382. [PDF]
WINETT, R.A., HATCHER, J.W., FORT, T.R., LECKLITER, I.N.
LOVE, S.Q., RILEY, A.W. & FISHBACK, J.F. (1982). The
effects of videotape modeling and daily feedback on
residential electricity conservation, home temperature and
humidity, perceived comfort, and clothing worn : Winter
and summer. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15
(3), 381-402. [PDF]
BANDURA, A., BLANCHARD, E.B. & RITTER, B. (1969).
Relative efficacy of desensitization and modeling
approaches for inducing behavioral, affective, and
attitudinal changes. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 13, 173-199. [PDF]
WINETT, R.A., LECKLITER, I.N., CHINN, D.E., STAHL, B.
& LOVE, S.Q. (1985). Effects of television modeling on
residential energy conservation. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 33-44. [PDF]
WOLFE, B. & BARON, R.A. (1971). Laboratory aggression
related to aggression in naturalistic social situations :
Effects of an aggressive model on the behavior of college
student and prisoner observers. Psychonomic Science,
24 (4), 193-194. [PDF]
BARON, R.A. (1971). Exposure to an aggressive model and
apparent probability of retaliation from the victim as
determinants of adult aggressive behavior. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 7, 343-355.
O'CONNOR, D. (1972). Relative efficacy of modeling,
shaping and the combined procedures for modification of
social withdrawal. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
79, 327-334.
ESPIN, C.A. & DENO, S.L. (1989). The effects of
modeling and prompting feedback strategies on sight word
reading of students labeled learning disabled.
Education & Treatment of Children, 12, 219-231.
GARCIA, E., GUESS, D. & BYRNES, J. (1973). Development
of syntax in a retarded girl using procedures of
imitation, reinforcement, and modelling. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (2), 299-310. [PDF]
SYMBALUK, D., HETH, D., CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D.
(1997). Social modeling, monetary incentives, and pain
endurance : The role of self-efficacy and pain perception.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 258-269.
SARASON, I.G. (1973). Test anxiety and cognitive modeling.Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 28 (1),
58-61.
McCULLAGH, P., WEISS, M.R. & ROSS, D. (1989). Modeling
considerations in motor skill acquisition and performance
: an integrated approach. Exercise & Sport
Sciences Reviews, 17, 475-513.
WILSON, J.P. (1976). Motivation, modeling and altruism : A
person X situation analysis. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 34, 1078-1086.
ANDREW J.A., HOPS, H. & DUNCAN, S.C. (1997).
Adolescent modeling of parent substance use : The
moderating effect of the relationship with the parent.
Journal of Family Psychology, 11 (3), 259-270.
STONE, G. & VANCE, A. (1976). Instructions, modeling
and rehearsal : Implications for training. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 23, 272-279.
ZETOU, E., TZETZIS, G., VERNADAKIS, N. &
KIOURMOURTZOGLOU, E. (2002). Modeling in learning two
volleyball skills. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 94,
1131-1142. [PDF]
IRONSMITH, E.M. & WHITEHURST, G.J. (1977) How children
learn to listen : The effect of modeling feedback styles
on children's performance in referential communication. Developmental
Psychology, 14, 546-554.
REHFELDT, R.A., DAHMAN, D., YOUNG, A., CHERRY, H. &
DAVIS, P. (2003). Using video modeling to teach simple
meal preparation skills in adults with moderate and severe
mental retardation. Behavioral Interventions, 18,
209-218.
GARLINGTON, W.K. & DERICCO, D.A. (1977). The effect of
modelling on drinking rate. Journal of Apply Behavior
Analysis, 10 (2), 207-211. [PDF]
CAMPOS-PÉREZ, G. (2004). What are cultural models for ?
Child-rearing practices in historical perspective. Culture Psychology, 10, 279-291.
IRONSMITH, E.M. & WHITEHURST, G.J. (1978). How
children learn to listen : The effect of modeling feedback
styles on children's performance in referential
communication. Developmental Psychology, 14,
546-554.
FISAK, B. & GRILLS-TAQUECHEL, A.E. (2007). Parental
modeling, reinforcement, and information transfer : Risk
factors in the development of child anxiety ? Clinical
Child & Family Psychology Review, 10, 213-231.
ROSENTHAL, T.L. & BANDURA, A. (1978). Psychological
modeling : Theory and practice. In S.L. Garfield &
A.E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change : An empirical analysis (pp.
621-658). New York : Wiley. [PDF]
FALCONE, R., BRUNAMONTO, E. & GENOVESIO, A
(2012). Vicarious learning from human models in monkeys. PLOS
One, 7 (7), 1-4. [PDF]
BANDURA,
A. (1980). L'apprentissage social. Bruxelles :
Mardaga.
Modèle (scientifique) : Terme générique qui
désigne soit : a) une explication
déduite d'une théorie générale (modèle théorique); b)
une explication induite par l'observation de phénomènes qui se
produisent de façon régulière (modèle empirique ou expérimentale);
c) une explication qui se fonde sur le
fonctionnement d'un objet simple pour illustrer le fonctionnement
d'un objet plus complexe (modèle analogique ou métaphorique).EX: Dans le cas du modèle du traitement
de l'information, l'ordinateur
(objet simple) permet d'illustrer le fonctionnement d'un objet
plus complexe, le cerveau. Modèle etsimulation.= Explication, théorie, modèle scientifique.
Model, integrative model.
ROSENBLUETH, A. & WIENER, N. (1945). The role of
models in science. Philosophy of Science, 12,
316-321.
LUNDH, L.G. (2000). An integrative model for the analysis
and treatment of insomnia. Scandinavian Journal of
Behaviour Therapy, 29, 118-126.
WICKELGREN, W.A. & NORMAN, D.A. (1966). Strength
models and serial position in short-term recognition
memory. Journal of Mathemaical Psychology, 3,
316-347. [PDF]
CATANIA, A.C. (2000). Metaphors, models, and mathematics
in the science of behavior. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 23 (1), 94-95.
VROOM, V.H. & JAGO, A.G. (1978). On the validity of
the Vroom-Yetton model. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 63, 151-162.
GREEN, C.D. (2001). Scientific models, connectionist networks, and cognitive science. Theory & Psychology, 11, 97-117.
DAMASIO, A.R. & MAURER, R.G. (1978). A neurological
model for childhood autism. Archives of Neurology,
35, 777-786.
SWANN, A.C., BJORK, J.M., MOELLER, F.G. & DOUGHERTY,
D.M. (2002). Two models of impulsivity : Relationship to
personality traits and psychopathology. Biological
Psychiatry, 51, 988-994. [PDF]
PEARCE, M. & HALL, G. (1980). A model for Pavlovian
conditioning : Variations in the effectiveness of
conditioned but not unconditioned stimuli. Psychological
Review, 87, 332-352.
LOCKWOOD, P., JORDAN, C.H. & KUNDA, K. (2002).
Motivation by positive or negative role models :
Regulatory focus determines who will best inspire us. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 83 (4),
854-864. [PDF]
BECKER, W.C., ENGELMANN, S., CARNINE, D.W. & RHINE,
R. (1981). Direct instruction model. In R. Rhine
(Ed.), Encouraging change in Americ's schools : A
decade of experimentation. New York : Academic
Press.
ANDERSON, J.R. (2002). Spanning seven orders of magnitude
: A challenge for cognitive modeling. Cognitive
Science, 26, 85-112.
SPETCH, M.L. & WILKIE, D.M. (1983). Subjective
shortening : A model of pigeons' memory for event
duration. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal
Behavior Processes, 9, 4-30.
SEXTON, K.A., NORTON P.J., WALKER, J.R. & NORTON, G.R.
(2003). A hierarchical model of generalized and specific
vulnerabilities in anxiety. Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 32, 82-94.
NORMAN, D.A. (1984). Theories and models in cognitive
psychology. In E. Donchin (Ed.), Cognitive
psychophysiology : Event-related potentials and the
study of cognition. The Carmel conferences (Vol.
1). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
GARCELÀN-PERONA, S. (2004). A psychological model for
verbal auditory hallucinations. International Journal
of Psychology and Psychological Therapy, 4 (1),
129-153. [PDF]
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental
model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri
(Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10,
1-52.
[PDF]
McCROSKEY, J.C., VALENCIC, K.M. & RICHMOND, V.P.
(2004). Toward a general model of instructional
communication. Communication Quarterly, 5, (3),
197-210.
[PDF]
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1987). A formal model for associative
memory. In E. Roskam & R. Suck (Eds.), Progress in
mathematical psychology - I (pp. 85-116). Amsterdam :
North-Holland. [PDF]
ELMAN, J.L. (2005). Connectionist models of cognitive
development : where next ? Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9 (3), 111-117. [PDF]
GLUCK, M.A. & BOWER, G.H. (1988). Evaluating an
adaptive network model of human learning. Journal of
Memory & Language, 27, 166-195.
NORTON, P.J., SEXTON, K.A., WALKER, J.R. & NORTON,
G.R. (2005). Hierarchical model of vulnerabilities for
anxiety : Replication and extension with a clinical
sample. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 34 (1),
50-63.
MENSIK, G.J.M. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1988). A model
for interference and forgetting. Psychological
Review, 95, 434-455. [PDF]
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2005). Connectionist models of reading.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14,
238-242. [PDF]
MENSIK, G.J.M. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1989). A model
for contextual fluctuation. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 33, 172-186. [PDF]
BRONFENBRENNER, U. & MORRIS, P.A. (2006). The
bioecological model of human development. In R.M. Lerner
& W. Damon (Eds.), Theoretical models of human
development (Vol. 1, pp. 793-828). New York :
Wiley. [PDF]
DOVIDIO, J.F., PILIAVIN, J.A, GAERTNER, S.L., SCHROEDER,
D.A & CLARK, R.D. (1991). The arousal : cost-reward
model and the process of intervention In M. S. Clark
(Ed.), Prosocial behavior (pp. 86-118). Newbury
Park, Ca : Sage Publications.
STERRETT, S.G. (2006). Models of machines and models of
phenomena. International Studies in the Philosophy of
Science, 20, 69-80. [PDF]
COMPTON, B.J. & LOGAN, G.D. (1993). Evaluating a
computational model of perceptual grouping by proximity. Perception
& Psychophysics, 53, 403-421.
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2006). Theories and models in
metaphysics. Harvard Review of Philosophy, 14,
4-19.
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1993). The story of the two-store
model : Past criticisms, current status, and future
directions. In Meyer, D.E. & Kornblum, S. (Eds.),
Attention and performance XIV : Synergies in
experimental psychology, artifical intelligence, and
cognitive neuroscience (pp. 467-488). Cambridge,
M.A.: MIT Press.
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2006). The strategy of model-based
science. Biology & Philosophy, 21, 725-740.
[PDF]
BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1994). Ecological models of human
development. In M. Gauvain & M. Cole (Eds.), Readings
on the development of children (pp. 37-43). new
York : Freeman. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
REDISH, A.V., JENSEN, S., JOHNSON, A. & KURT-NELSON,
Z. (2007). Reconciling reinforcement learning models with
behavioral extinction and renewal : Implications for
addiction, relapse, and problem gambling. Psychological
Review, 114 (3), 784-805. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
CLARK, D.M. & WELLS, A. (1995). A cognitive model of
social phobia. In R.G. Heimberg, M. Liebowitz, D. Hope
& F. Scheier (Eds.), Social phobia : Diagnosis,
assessment, and treatment (pp 69-93). Guilford :
New York.
MILLER, R.R., BARNET, R.C. & GRAHAME, N.J. (1995).
Assessment of the Rescorla-Wagner model. Psychological
Bulletin, 117 (3), 363-386.
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2008). Mathematical models of human
memory. In H.L. Roediger (Ed.), Cognitive psychology
of memory (Vol. 2, pp. 445-466). Oxford : Elsevier.
[PDF]
NESTLER, E.J. & AGHAJANIAN, G.K. (1997). Molecular and
cellular basis of addiction. Science, 278, 58-63.
SCHNEIDER, S.M. (2008). A two-stage model for concurrent
sequences. Behavioural Processes, 78, 429-441.
SHIFFRIN, R.M. & STEYVER, M. (1997). A model for
recognition memory : REM : Retrieving effectively from
memory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4 (2),
145-166.
BROWN, S.D., MARLEY, A.A.J., DONKIN, C. & HEATCOTE, A.
(2008). An integrated model of choices and response times
in absolute identification. Psychological Review, 115
(2), 396-425. [PDF]
BELL, V. & JOHNSON-LAIRD, P. (1998). A model theory of
modal reasoning. Cognitive Science, 22, 25-51.
CAMPBELL, W.K. & CAMPBELL, S.M. (2009). On the
self-regulatory dynamics created by the peculiar benefits
and costs of narcissism : A contextual reinforcement model
and examination of leadership. Self & Identity,
8, 214-232. [PDF]
MIYAKE, A. & SHAH, P. (1999). Models of working
memory : Mechanisms of active maintenance and executive
control. New York, NY : Cambridge University
Press.
KAUFMAN, J.C. & BEGHETTO, R.A. (2009). Beyond big and
little : The four c model of creativity. Review of
General Psychology, 13 (1), 1-12. [PDF]
BEGLIETER, H. & PORJESZ, B. (1999). What is inherited
in the predisposition toward alcoholism ? A proposed
model. Alcoholism : Clinical & Experimental
Research, 23, 1125-1135. [PDF]
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2009). Models and fictions in science.
Philosophical Studies, 143, 101-116. [PDF]
JOANISSE, M.F. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1999).
Impairments in verb morphology following brain injury :
A connectionist model. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, USA.
[PDF]
OLLENDICK, T.H., ALLEN, B. BENOIT K. & COWART, M.J.
(2011). The tripartite model of fear in children with
specific phobia : Assessing concordance and discordance
using the Behavioral Approach Test. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 49, 459-465. [PDF]
KILLEEN, P.R. (1999). Modeling modeling. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 71, 275-280.
[PDF]
ANDERSON, M.C. & HUDDLESTON, E. (2012). Towards a
cognitive and neurobiological model of motivated
forgetting. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 58,
53-120. [PDF]
YOUSSEF-MORGAN, C.M. & LUTHANS, F. (2015).
Psychological capital theory : Toward a positive holistic
model. In A.B. Bakker (Ed.), Advances in Positive
Organizational Psychology (Vol. 19, pp. 145-166).
Bingley, UK : Emerald
Modèle animal : Ensemble des espèces
utilisées afin d'étudier des problèmes psychologiques bien précis
et pour fins de comparaison avec les humains (EX: le
rat pour l'apprentissage, le Xiphophorus helleri pour la
dominance, la drosophile pour l'hérédité et les mutations, etc.).
L'utilisation de ces modèles suppose qu'il existe de grandes
ressemblances entre l'humain et certains animaux,
notamment les mammifères
(mais également des différences).
= Comparaison humain-animal.
Animal model, inference from animals to humans, extrapolation from animal to human, animal analogue.
JENSEN, G.D. & BOBBITT R.A. (1967). Implications of
primate research for understanding infant development. In
J. Hellmouth (Ed.), The exceptional infant : The
normal infant (Vol. 1.pp. 351-413). Seattle, WA :
Special Child Publications.
SAGVOLDEN, T. (2000). Behavioral validation of the
spontaneously hypertensive rat (SHR) as an animal model of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (AD/HD).
Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 24, 31-39.
BECKER, H.C. (2000). Animal models of alcohol withdrawal.
Alcohol Research & Health, 24, 105-113. [PDF]
McKINNEY, W.T. & BUNNEY, W.E. (1969). Animal model of
depression. I. Review of evidence : implications for
research. Archives of General Psychiatry, (2),
240-248.
STEINMETZ, J.E. & WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2000). Animal
models in eyeblink classical conditioning : From mice to
non-human primates. In D.S. Woodruff-Pak & J.E.
Steinmetz (Eds.), Eyeblink classical conditioning :
Animal models (Vol. 2, pp. 1-15). Boston : Kluwer.
GOY, R.W. & GOLDFOOT, D.A. (1975).
Neuroendocrinology : animal models and problems of human
sexuality. Archives of Sex Behavior, 4, 405-420.
ZENTALL, T.R. (2001). What can animal models tell us about
human behavior ? Contemporary Psychology, 46,
172-173.
PORSOLT, R.D., ANTON, G., BLAVET, N. & JALFRE, M.
(1978). Behavioural despair in rats : A new model
sensitive to antidepressant treatments. European
Journal of Pharmacology, 47 (4), 379-391.
BORSINI, F., PODHORNA, J. & MARAZZITI, D. (2002). Do
animal models of anxiety predict anxiolytic-like effects
of antidepressants ? Psychopharmacology, 163,
121-131.
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1978). Inference from animals to humans :
A discouraging word ? Contemporary Psychology, 12,
487-488.
SARTER, M. & BRUNO, J.P. (2002). Animal models in
biological psychiatry. In H. D’haenen, J.A. Den Boer &
P. Willner (Eds.), Biological Psychiatry (pp.
47-79). New York John Willey and Sons.
DAVIDS, E., ZHANG, K., TARAZI, F.I. & BALDESSARINI,
R.J. (2002). Animal models of attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Brain Research Reviews, 42,
1-21.
MASORO, E.J. (1980). Rats as models for the study of
obesity. Experimental Aging Research, 6 (3),
261-270.
DORÉ, F.Y. et GOULET, S. (2002). Modèles animaux en
neuroscience comportementale. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 23 (2), 111-129.
OVERMIER, J.B. (1981). Interference with coping : An
animal model. Academic Psychology Bulletin, 3,
105-118.
KALUEFF, A.V. & TUOHIMAA, P. (2004). Experimental
modeling of anxiety and depression. Acta
Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, 64, 439-448. [PDF]
KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal models and human depressive
disorders. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 5
(2), 231-246.
KÖKSAL, F., DOMJAN, M., KURT, A., SERTEL, Ö., SABIHA, Ö.,
BOWERS, R. & KUMRU, G. (2004). An animal model of
fetishism. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 42,
1421-1434.
KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal model of depression : Tests of
three structurally and pharmacologically novel
antidepressant compounds. Pharmacology, Biochemistry
& Behavior, 16, 973-977. [PDF]
GOTTLIEB, G. & LICKLITER, R. (2004). The various roles
of animal models in understanding human development. Social
Development, 13, 311-325.
KATZ, R.J. & SIBEL, M. (1982). Animal model of
depression : Tests of three structurally and
pharmacologically novel antidepressant compounds. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 16, 973-977.
CRYAN, J.F. & MOMBEREAU, C. (2004). In search of a
depressed mouse : utility of models for studying
depression-related behavior in genetically modified mice.
Molecular Psychiatry, 9, 326-357.
BERKOWITZ, L. (1983). Aversively stimulated aggresion :
Some paralels and difference in research with animals and
humans. American Psychologist, 38 (1),135-1144.
RUSSELL, V.A., SAGVOLDEN, T. & JOHANSEN, E.B. (2005).
Animal models of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Behavioral & Brain Functions, 15, 1-9.
GREEN, S. (1983). Animal models in schizophrenia research.
In G. Davey (Ed.), Animal models of human behavior
(pp. 315-338). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
PHELPS, E.A. & LEDOUX, J.E. (2005). Contributions of
the amygdala to emotion processing : from animal models to
human behavior. Neuron, 48 (2), 175-187. [PDF]
CATANIA, A.C. (1983). Behavior analysis and behavior
synthesis in the extrapolation from animal to human
behavior. In G. Davey (Ed.), Animal models of human
behavior (pp. 51-69). Wiley.
HEINEMANN, E.G. (1983). A memory model for decision
pocesses in pigeons. In E.G. Heinemann, M.L. Commons, R.J.
Herrnstein & A.R. Wagner (Eds.), Quantitative
analyses of behavior : Discrimination processes
(Vol. IV, pp. 3-19). Cambridge, MA : Ballinger. [PDF]
FAUSTO-STERLING, A. (2005). Animal models for the
development of human sexuality : a critical evaluation. The
Journal of Homosexuality, 28, 217-235.
McKINNEY, W.T. (1984). Animal models of depression : an
overview. Psychiatric Developments, 2 (2),
77-96.
TOPAL, J., MIKLOSI, A., GASCI, M., DOKA, A., ONGRACZ, P.,
KUBINYI, E., VIRANYI, Z. & CSANYI, V. (2009). The dog
as a model for understanding human social behavior. Advances
in the Study of Behavior, 39, 71-116. [PDF]
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental
model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri
(Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10, 1-52.
BERRIDGE, K.C., ALDRIDGE, J.W., HOUCHARD, K.R. &
ZHUANG, X. (2005). Sequential super-stereotypy of an
instinctive fixed action pattern in hyper-dopaminergic
mutant mice : a model of obsessive compulsive disorder and
Tourette's. BMC Biology, 3 (4), 1-16. [PDF]
MINEKA, S. (1985). Animal models of anxiety-based
disorders : Their usefulness and limitations. In A.H. Tuma
& J.D. Maser (Eds.), Anxiety and the anxiety
disorders (pp. 199-244). Hillsdale : Lawrence
Erlbaum.
HOFFMAN, L.J. & WEISS, J.M. (1986). Behavioral
depression following clonidine withdrawal : A new animal
model of long-lasting depression ? Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 22, 943-949.
SCHMAJUK, N.A. (1987). Animal models for schizophrenia :
The hippocampally lesioned animal. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 13, 317-327.
PHELPS, E.A. & BANAJI, M.R. (2006). Animal models of
human attitudes : Integrations across behavioral,
cognitive, and social neuroscience. In J.T. Cacioppo, P.S.
Visser & C.L. Pickett (Eds.), Social neuroscience
: People thinking about thinking people (pp.
229-243). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF]
KENDALL, S.B. (1987). An animal analogue of gambling. Psychological
Record, 37, 247-256.
GAMZU, E. (1988). Animal model studies of
benzodiazepine-induced amnesia. Psychopharmacology
Service, 6, 218-229.
KAUFMAN, S.R., REINES, B.P., CASELE, H., LAWSON, L. &
LURIE J. (1989). An evaluation of ten randomly chosen
animal models of human diseases. Perspectives on
Animal Research, 1 (S), 1-128.
DELGADO, M.R., OLSSON, A. & PHELPS, E.A. (2006).
Extending animal models of fear conditioning to humans. Biological
Psychology, 73 (1), 39-48. [PDF]
RICHELLE, M. (1989). Critique méthodologique des modèles
animaux en psychopharmacologie. Confrontations
Psychiatriques, 30, 145-153.
MIKLOSI, A., TOPAL, J. & CSANYI, V. (2007). Big
thoughts in small brains ? Dogs as a model for
understanding human social cognition. Cognitive
Neuroscience & Neuropsychology, 18, 467-471.
[PDF]
MURISON, B. & OVERMIER, J.B. (1989). Animal models :
Promises and pitfalls. Biological Psychiatry, 26, 431-432.
SAGVOLDEN, T. (2007). Validation of animal models of ADH.
[PDF]
ZINBARG, R.E. (1990). Animal models of psychopathology :
I. Psychopathy. The Behavior Therapist, 13,
235-239.
MADDEN, G.J., EWAN, E.E. & LAGORIO, C.H. (2007).
Toward an animal model of gambling : Delay discounting and
the allure of unpredictable outcomes. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 23, 63-83.
MARKOU, A. & KOOB, G.F. (1991). Postcocaine anhedonia
: An animal model of cocaine withdrawal. Neuropsychopharmacology,
4, 17–26.
HIGLEY, j. D., HASERT, M.F., SUOMI, S.J. & LINNOILA,
M. (1991). Nonhuman primate model of alcohol abuse :
Effects of early experience, personality, and stress on
alcohol consumption. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 88
(16), 7261-7265.
LICKLITER, R. & BAHRICK, L.E. (2007). Thinking about
development : The value of animal-based research for the
study of human development. European Journal of
Developmental Science, 1, 173-183.
[PDF]
MEADOWS, E. & ZINBARG, R.E. (1991). Animal models of
psychopathology : III. Treatment and prevention. The
Behavior Therapist, 14, 225-230.
VAN DER KOOIJA, M.A. & GLENNON, J.C. (2007). Animal
models concerning the role of dopamine in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 31, 597-618. [PDF]
MINEKA, S. & ZINBARG, R.E. (1991). Animal models of
psychopathology. In C.E. Walker (Ed.), Clinical
psychology : historical and research foundations. New
York : Plenum Press.
TOPAL, J. MIKLOSI, A., GASCI, M., DOKA, A., ONGRACZ, P.,
KUBINYI, E., VIRANYI, Z. & CSANYI, V. (2009). The dog
as a model for understanding human social behavior. Advances
in the Study of Behavior, 39, 71-116. [PDF]
DAWSON, G.R., HEYES, C.M. & IVERSEN, S. (1992).
Pharmacological mechanisms and animal models of cognition.
Behavioural Pharmacology, 3, 285-297. [PDF]
EICHENBAUM, H., FORTIN, N., SAUVAGE, M., ROBITSEK, R.J.
& FAVORIK, A. (2010). An animal model of amnesia that
uses Receiver Operating Characteristics (ROC) analysis to
distinguish recollection from familiarity deficits in
recognition memory. Neuropsychologia, 48 (8),
2281-2289. [PDF]
FOA, E. ZINBARG, R. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (1992).
Uncontrollability and unpredictability in post-traumatic
stress disorder : An animal model. Psychological
Bulletin, 112 (2), 218-238.
DEDIC, N., WALSER, S.M. & DEUSSING, J.M. (2011).
Mouse models of depression. In T. Uehara (Ed.), Psychiatric
disorders - Trends and Developments (pp. 185-222).
Intech. [PDF]
MARKOU, A., WEISS, F., GOLD, L.H., CAINE, S.B., SHULTEIS,
G., SCHULTEIS, G. & KOOB, G.F. (1993). Animal models
of drug craving. Psychopharmacology, 112,
163-182.
LUYTEN, L., VANSTEENWEGEN, D., VAN KUYCK, K., GABRIELS, L.
& NUTTIN, B. (2011). Contextual conditioning in rats
as an animal model for generalized anxiety disorder. Cognitive,
Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 11, 228-244.
[PDF]
KOOB, G.F. (1995). Animal models of drug addiction. In
F.E. Bloom & D.J. Kupfer (Eds.),
Psychopharmacology : The fourth generation of progress
(pp. 759-777). New York : Raven Press.
CRYAN, J.F. & SWEENEY, F.F. (2011). The age of anxiety
: role of animal models of anxiolytic action in drug
discovery. British Journal of Pharmacolology, 164
(4), 1129-1161.
SIEGEL, S. & ALLAN, L.G. (1996). The widespread
influence of the Rescorla-Wagner model. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 3, 314-321. [PDF]
BELZUNG, C. & LEMOINE, M. (2011). Criteria of validity
for animal models of psychiatric disorders : focus on
anxiety disorders and depression. Biology of Mood
& Anxiety Disorders, 1 (9), 1-14. [PDF]
PUUMALA, T., RUOTSALAINEN, S., JÄKÄlÄ, P., KOIVISTO, E.,
RIEKKINEN, P. & SIRVIÖ, J. (1997). Behavioral and
pharmacological studies on the validation of a new animal
model for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 66 (2), 198-211.
LAFERLA, F.M. & GREEN, K.N. (2012). Animal models of
alzheimer disease. Cold Spring Harbor Perspectives in
Medicine, 2 (11), 1-13. [PDF]
GALLAGHER, M. & RAPP, P.R. (1997). The use of animal
models to study the effects of aging on cognition. Annual
Review of Psychology, 48, 339-70.
OVERSTREET, D.H. (2012). Modeling depression in animal
models. Methods in Molecular Biology, 829,
125-144.
LUPIEN, S.J. & McEWEN, B.S. (1997). The acute effects
of corticosteroids on cognition : Integration of animal
and human model studies. Brain Research Reviews, 24,
1-27.
TRIPP, G. & WICKENS J.R. (2012). Reinforcement,
dopamine and rodent models in drug. Development
for ADHD Neurotherapeutics, 9 (3), 622-634. [PDF]
WEISS, J.M. & KILTS, C.D. (1998). Animals models of
depression and schizophrenia. In A.F. Schatzberg &
C.B. Nemeroff (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Press
Textbook of Psychopharmacology (pp. 89-131).
Washington DC-London : American Psychiatric Press.
ISHII, H., SHI, Q., FUMINO, S., KONNO, S., KINOSHIT, S.,
OKABAYASHI, S., IIDA, N., KIMURA, H., TAHAR, Y., SHIBAT,
S. & TAKANISHI, A. (2014). A novel method to develop
an animal model of depression using a small mobile robot.
Advanced Robotics, 27 (1), 61-69. [PDF]
LAYNG, T. V.J., ANDRONIS, P.T. & GOLDIAMOND, I.
(1999). Animal models of psychopathology : The
establishment, maintenance, attenuation, and persistence
of head-banging by pigeons. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 30, 45-61.
SULLIVAN, R.M. & PERRY, R.S. (2015). Mechanisms and
functional implications of social buffering in infants :
Lessons from animal models. Society for Neuroscience,
10 (5), 500-511. [PDF]
EDWARDS, W. (1998). Hailfinder : Tools for and experiences
with bayesian normative modeling. American
Psychologist, 53, 416-428.
STEYVERS, M., WAGENMAKERS, E.J., SHIFFRIN, R.M.,
ZEELENBERG, R. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2001). A
bayesian model for the time-course of lexical processing.
In E.M. Altmann & A. Cleeremans (Eds.), Proceedings
of the 2001 Fourth International Conference on Cognitive
Modeling (pp. 205-209). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
KERSTEN, D. & YUILLE, A. (2003). Bayesian models of
object perception. Current Opinion in Neurobiology,
13, 150-158.
ROUDER, J.N. & LU, J. (2005). An introduction to
bayesian hierarchical models with an application in the
theory of signal detection. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 12, 573-604. [PDF]
WETZELS, R. & WAGENMAKERS, E.-J. (2010).
Exemplary introduction to bayesian statistical inference.
Book review of "Bayesian modeling using Win- BUGS. Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 54, 466-469.
LEE, M.D. & WAGENMAKERS, E.-J. (2013). Bayesian
modeling for cognitive science : A practical course. Cambridge
University Press.
ENGEL, G.L. (1980). The clinical application of the
biopsychosocial model. The American Journal of
Psychiatry, 137 (5), 535-544.
Modèle CHC : Modèle Cattell-Horn-Carroll :Modèle
de Cattell-Horn-Carroll est un modèle de
l'intelligence développé tour à tour par Cattell,Horn et Carroll.
Cattell-Horn-Carroll model of intelligence, CHC theory.
CARROLL, J.B. (1993). Human cognitive abilities : A
survey of factor-analytical studies. New York :
Cambridge University Press.
KEITH, T.Z. & REYNOLDS, M.R. (2010).
Cattell-Horn-Carroll abilities and cognitive tests : What
we've learned from 20 years of research. Psychology
in the Schools, 47 (7), 635-650.
EVANS, J.J., FLOYD, R.G., McGREW, K.S. & LEGORGEE, M.
H. (2002). The relations between measures of
Cattell-Horn-Carroll (CHC) cognitive abilities and reading
achievement during childhood and adolescence. School
Psychology Review, 31, 246-262.
MCGREW, K.S. & WENDLING, B.J. (2010).
Cattell-Horn-Carroll Cognitive-Achievement relations :
What we have learned from the past 20 years of research. Psychology
In The Schools, 47, 651-675.
FLOYD, R.G., EVANS, J.J. & McGREW, K.S. (2003).
Relations between measures of Cattell-Horn-Carroll (CHC)
cognitive abilities and mathematics achievement across the
school-age years. Psychology in the Schools, 40, 155-
177.
NEWTON, J.H. & MCGREW, K.S. (2010). Introduction to
the special issue : Current research in
Cattell-Horn-Carroll-based assessment. Psychology in
the Schools, 47 (7), 621-634.
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2004). A confirmatory
factor analysis of CHC theory and cross-age invariance of
the Woodcock-Johnson Tests of cognitive abilities III. School
Psychology Quarterly, 19, 72-87.
SCHNEIDER, W.J. & MCGREW, K.S. (2012). The
Cattell-Horn-Carroll model of intelligence. In D. Flanagan
& P. Harrison (Eds.), Contemporary intellectual
assessment : Theories, tests, and issues (pp.
99-144). New York : Guilford. [PDF]
GORDON, E.T. & KEVIN, S.M. (2004). A confirmatory
factor analysis of Cattell-Horn-Carroll theory and
cross-age invariance of the Woodcock-Johnson Tests of
cognitive abilities III. School Psychology Quarterly,
19, 72-87.
REYNOLDS, M.R., KEITH, T.Z., FLANAGAN, D.P. & ALFONSO,
V.C. (2013). A cross-battery, reference variable,
confirmatory factor analytic investigation of the CHC
taxonomy. Journal of School Psychology, 51,
535-555.
FLOYD, R.G., KEITH, T.Z., TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S.
(2007). Cattell-Horn-Carroll cognitive abilities and their
effects on reading decoding skills : g has indirect
effects, more specific abilities have direct effects.
School Psychology Quarterly, 22 (2), 200-233.
TAUB, G.E. & BENSON, N. (2013). Identifying the
effects of specific CHC factors on college students'
reading comprehension. International Journal of the
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 7 (2),
1-13. [PDF]
McGREW, K.S. (2009). CHC theory and the human cognitive
abilities project : Standing on the shoulders of the
giants of psychometric intelligence research.
Intelligence, 37 (1), 1-10.
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2014). The Woodcock-Johnson
Tests of Cognitive Abilities III's cognitive performance
model : Empirical support for intermediate factors within
CHC Theory. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment,
32 (3), 187-201.
OLSON-REITMAN, J. & OLSON, G.M. (1990). The growth of
cognitive modeling in human-computer interaction since
GOMS. human-computer interaction, 5, 221-265. [PDF]
EHLERS, A & CLARK, D.M. (2000). A cognitive model of
posttraumatic stress disorder. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 38 (4), 319-345.
[PDF]
MATTHEWS, A. & MacINTOSH, B. (1999). A cognitive model
of selective processing in anxiety. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 22 (6), 539-560. [PDF]
GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D., FREEMAN, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2001). A cognitive model of the positive
symptoms of psychosis. Psycological Medicine, 31,
189-195. [PDF]
FUNGE, J., TU, X. & TERZOPOULOS, D. (1999). Cognitive
modeling : knowledge, reasoning and planning for
intelligent characters. Proceedings of the 26th
annual conference on Computer graphics and interactive
techniques, 29-38. [PDF]
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2001). A cognitive model of persecutory
delusions. British Journal of Clinical Psychology,
41, 331-347. [PDF]
WELLS, A. (1999). A cognitive model of generalized anxiety
disorder. Behavior Modification, 23, 526-555.
HARVEY, A.G. (2002). A cognitive model of insomnia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 40 (8), 869-893.
RITTER, F.E., BAXTER G.D., JONES, G. & YOUNG, R.M.
(2000). Supporting cognitive models as users. ACM
Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 7 (2),
141-173. [PDF]
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2002). A cognitive model of persecutory
delusions. British Journal of Clinical Psychology,
41, 331-347. [PDF]
ASHBY, F.G., ELL, S.W., VALENTIN, V.V. & CASALE, M.B.
(2005). FROST : A distributed neurocomputational model of
working memory maintenance. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 17, 1728-1743.
ANDERSON, M.C. & HUDDLESTON, E. (2012). Towards a
cognitive and neurobiological model of motivated
forgetting. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 58,
53-120. [PDF]
PRICE, C.J. (2018). The evolution of cognitive models :
from neuropsychology to neuroimaging and back. Cortex
107, 37–49.
Modèle computationel :Modèle
qui tente de reproduire la relation entre le traitement
de l'information dans
le cerveau virtuel
ou cognitif et les structures neronales dans lesquelles se déoule
ce traitement. Computational model.
TOWNSEND, J.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1978). Methods of
modeling capacity in simple processing systems. In N.J.
Castellan & F. Restle (Eds.), Cognitive theory
(Vol. 3, pp. 199-239). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF]
ZIPSER, D. (1985). A computational model of hippocampal
place fields. Behavioral Neuroscience, 99,
1006-1018.
FARAH, M.J. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1991). A computational
model of semantic memory impairment : Modality-specificity
and emergent category-specificity. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 120 (4),
339-357. [PDF]
O'REILLY, R.C. & FRANK, M.J. (2006). Making working
memory work : A computational model of learning in the
prefrontal cortex and basal ganglia. Neural
Computation, 18, 283-328. [PDF]
COMPTON, B.J. & LOGAN, G.D. (1993). Evaluating a
computational model of perceptual grouping by proximity. Perception
& Psychophysics, 53, 403-421.
HAZY, T.E., FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2007).
Toward an executive without a homunculus : Computational
models of the prefrontal cortex/basal ganglia system.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, Series
B, 362, 1601-1613. [PDF]
O'REILLY, R.C. (1998). Six principles for
biologically-based computational models of cortical
cognition. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2,
455-462. [PDF]
FRANK, M.J., SANTAMARIA, A., O'REILLY, R.C. &
WILLCUTT, E. (2007). Testing computational models of
dopamine and noradrenaline dysfunction in attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology,
32, 1583-1599. [PDF]
O'LAUGHLIN, C. & THAGARD, P. (2000). Autism and
coherence : A computational model. Mind &
Language, 15, 375-392. [PDF]
REDISH, A.D. & JOHNSON, A. (2007). A computational
model of craving and obsession. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 1104, 324-339. [PDF]
FRANK, M.J., LOUGHRY, F. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2001).
Interactions between the frontal cortex and basal ganglia
in working memory : A computational model. Cognitive,
Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 1 (2),
137-160. [PDF]
O'REILLY, R.C., HERD, S.A. & PAULI, W.M. (2010).
Computational models of cognitive control. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 20, 257-261. [PDF]
ATALLAH, H.E., FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2004).
Hippocampus, cortex and basal ganglia : Insights from
computational models of complementary learning systems. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 82, 253-267. [PDF]
CHATHAM, C.H., HERD, S.A., BRANT, A.M., HAZY, T.E.,
MIYAKE, A., O'REILLY, R.C. & FRIEDMAN, N.P. (2011).
From an executive network to executive control : A
computational model of the n-back task. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 23, 3598-3619.
[PDF]
HELFER, P. & SHULTZ, T.R. (2020). A computational
model of systems memory reconsolidation and extinction. Hippocampus, 30, 659-677.
SHULTZ, T.R. & NOBANDEGANI, A.S. (2022). A
computational model of infant learning and reasoning with
probabilities. Psychological Review, 129 (6),
1281-1295. [PDF]
KEHOE, E.J. (1989). Connectionist models of conditioning :
A tutorial. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 52 (3), 427-440. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, J.L. (2000). Connectionist models of memory.
In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford
handbook of memory (pp. 583-596). New York : Oxford
University Press.
PHAF, R.H.V.D., HEIJDEN, A.H.C. & HUDSON, P.T.W.
(1990). SLAM : A connectionist model for attention in
visual selection tasks. Cognitive Psychology, 22,
273-341.
RATCLIFF, R. (1990). Connectionist models of recognition
memory : Constraints imposed by learning and forgetting
functions. Psychological Review, 97, 285-308.
MOZER, M.C. & BEHRMANN, M. (1990). On the interaction
of selective attention and lexical knowledge : A
connectionist account of neglect dyslexia. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 2, 96-123.
[PDF]
CHURCH, R.M. & BROADBENT, H.A. (1991). A connectionist
model of timing. In M.L. Commons, S. Grossberg, and J.E.
R. Staddon (Eds.), Quantitative models of behavior :
Neural networks and conditioning (pp 225-240).
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
GREEN, C.D. (2001). Scientific models, connectionist
networks, and cognitive science. Theory &
Psychology 11, 97-117.
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1991). A connectionist
model of choice and reaction time in absolute
identification. Connection Science, 3, 401-433.
PEARCE, J.M. (2002). Evaluation and development of a
connectionist theory of configural learning. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 30, 73-95.
KRUSCHKE, J.K. (1992). ALCOVE : An exemplar-based
connectionist model of category learning. Psychological
Review, 99, 22-44.
MUNAKATA, Y. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2003). Connectionist
models of development. Developmental Science, 6,
413-429.
CULLINAN, V., BARNES, D., HAMPSON, P.J. & LYDDY F.
(1994). A transfer of explicitly and nonexplicitly trained
sequence responses through equivalence relations : An
experimental demonstration and connectionistmodel. The
Psychological Record, 44, 559-585.
PEARCE, J.M. (1994). Similarity and discrimination : A
selective review and a connectionist model.
Psychological Review, 101, 587-607.
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2005). Connectionist models of reading.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14,
238-242. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, J.L., McNAUGHTON, B.L. & O'REILLY, R.C.
(1995). Why there are complementary learning systems in
the hippocampus and neocortex : Insights from the
successes and failures of connectionist models of learning
and memory. Psychological Review, 102 (3),
419-457. [PDF]
BÉGIN, J. & PROULX, R. (1996). Categorization in
unsupervised neural networks : The Eidos model. IEEE Transactions
on Neural Networks, 7, 147-154.
SEIDENBERG, M.S. & ZEVIN, J.D. (2006). Connectionist
models in developmental cognitive neuroscience : Critical
periods and the paradox of success. In Y. Munakata &
M. Johnson (Eds.), Attention & Performance XXI :
Processes of change in brain and cognitive development
(pp. 585-612). Oxford University Press.
BJAALID, I.K., HOIEN, T. & LUNDBERG, I. (1997).
Dual-route and connectionist models : A step towards a
combined model. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology,
38 (1), 73-82.
HÉLIE, S. & SUN, R. (2010). Incubation, insight, and
creative problem solving : A unified theory and a
connectionist model. Psychological Review, 117,
994-1024.
CHRISTIANSEN, M.H., ALLEN, J. & SEIDENBERG, M.S.
(1998). Learning to segment speech using multiple cues : A
connectionist model. Language & Cognitive
Processes, 13, 221-268.
ROBINSON, J.L., LAIRD, A.R., GLAHN, D.C., BLANGERO, J.,
SANGHERA, M.K., PESSOA, L., FOX, M., UECKER, A., FRIEHS,
G., YOUNG, K.A., GRIFFIN, J.L., LOVALLO, W.R. & FOX,
P.T. (2012). The functional connectivity of the human
caudate : An application of meta-analytic connectivity
modeling with behavioral filtering. NeuroImage, 60, 117-129.
[PDF]
RATCLIFF, R., VAN ZANDT, T. & McKOON, G. (1999).
Connectionist and diffusion models of reaction time. Psychological
Review, 106, 261-300.
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1974). Working memory.
In G.A. Bower (Ed.), Recent advances in learning
& motivation (Vol. 8, pp. 47-90). New York :
Academic Press.
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & HITCH, G.J. (1993). Developmental
changes in short-term memory : A revised working memory
perspective. In A. Collins, S.E. Gathercole, M.A. Conway
& P.E. Morris (Eds.), Theories of memory
(pp. 189-210). Hove, U.K. : Erlbaum.
MIYAKE, A. & SHAH, R. (1999). Toward unified theorys
of working memory : Emerging general consensus, unresolved
theoretical issues and future directions. In A. Miyakeand
& P. Shah (Eds.), Models of working memory :
Mechanisms of active maintenance and executive control.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. [PDF]
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental
model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri
(Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10,
1-52.
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1986). Outline of an
experimental model on aggressive dominance in green
swortail fishes (Xiphophorus helleri). In R. Zayan &
P.W. Colgan (Eds.), Quantitative models in ethology
(pp. 9-23). Toulouse : Privat.
Modèle de Boulder : Modèle développé en
1949 pour former les
psychologues cliniciens américains, et qui repose sur l'idée
qu'un bon thérapeure
doit possèder en plus de sa formation
profesionnelle en clinique, une solide formation en
psychologie scientifique (mais pas nécessairement l'inverse).
Modèle de Boulder, psychologie scientifique etpsychologie
clinique. = Double-formation,
modèle clinicien-scientifique. Boulder
model's, scientist-practitioner model.
RAIMY, V.C. (Ed.) (1950). Training in clinical
psychology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall.
ALBEE, G.W. (2000). The Boulder model's fatal flaw.
American Psychologist, 55 (2), 247-248.
[PDF]
PINARD, A. (1980). Le modèle scientifique-professionnel :
synthèse ou prothèse ? Seize ans plus tard. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 1 (3), 58-87.
ADDIS, M.E. (2000). Graduate training in Boulder model
clinical psychology programs : The evolving tension
between science and art. In S. Soldz & L. McCullough
(Eds.), Reconciling empirical knowledge and clinical
practice (pp. 51-66). Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association.
FRANK, G. (1984). The Boulder model : History, rationale,
and critique. Professional Psychology : Research
& Practice, 15 (3), 417-435.
[PDF]
NATHAN, P.E. (2000). The Boulder model : A dream deferre
or lost ? American Psychologist, 55 (2),
250-252.
BARLOW, D.H., HAYES, S.C. & NELSON, R.O. (1984). The
scientist practitioner : Research and accountability in
clinical and educational settings. New York :
Pergamon Press.
BELAR, C.D. (2000). Scientist-practitioner ? science +
practice : Boulder is bolder. American Psychologist,
55, 249-250.
BOURG, E.R., BENT, R.J., CALLAN, J.E., JONES, N.E,
McHOLLAND, J. & STRICKER, G. (1987). Standards and
evaluation in the education and training of professional
psychologists : Knowledge, attitudes, and skills.
Norman, OK : Transcript Press.
STRICKER, G. (2000). The scientist-practitioner model :
Ghandi was right again. American Psychologist, 55 (2),
253-254.
IRWIN, J. (1990). The science and the art of psychology. New
Zealand Journal of Psychology, 19, 85-86.
CORRIE, S. & CALLAHAN, M.M. (2000). A review of the
scientist-practitioner model : Reflections on its
potential contribution to counselling psychology within
the context of current health care trends. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 73, 413-427.
CORBALLIS, M. (1990). The two profiles of psychology.
New Zealand Journal of Psychology, 19, 2-8.
GAUDIANO, B.A. & STATLER, M.A. (2001). The
scientist-practitioner gap and graduate education
integrating perspectives and looking forward. The
Clinical Psychologist, 54 (4), 12-18. [PDF]
BEALE, I. (1990). The two jaws of psychology. New
Zealand Journal of Psychology, 19, 79-80.
SHAPIRO, D. (2002). Renewing the scientist- practitioner
model. The Psychologist, 15 (5), 221-226. [PDF]
KANFER, F.H. (1990). The scientist-practitioner connection
: A bridge in need of constant attention. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 21, 264-270.
STRICKER, G. (2003). Evidence-based practice : The wave of
the past. The Counseling Psychologist, 31 (5),
546-554.
O'SULLIVAN, J.J. & QUEVILLON, R. (1992). 40 years
later : Is the Boulder model still alive ? American
Psychologist, 47 (1), 67-70.
PETERSON, C. & PARK, N. (2005). The enduring value of
the Boulder model : Upon this rock we will build.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61 (9), 1147-1150.
[PDF]
BEUTLER, L.E., WILLIAMS, R.E., WAKEFIELD, P.J. &
ENTWISTLE, S.R. (1995). Bridging scientist and
practitioner perspectives in clinical psychology.
American Psychologist, 50, 984-994.
SHEDLER, J. (2006). Why the scientist-practitioner schism
won't go away. The General Psychologist, 41 (2),
9-10.
THURNBULL, J.E. & DIETZ-UHLER, B. (1995). The Boulder
model : Lessons from clinical psychology for social work
training. Research on Social Work Practice, 5
(4), 411-429.
RUPP, D.E. & BEAL, D. (2007). Checking in with the
scientist-practitioner model : How are we doing ? The
Industrial-Organizational Psychologist, 45 (1),
35-40. [PDF]
STRICKER, G. (1997). Are science and practice
Commensurable ? American Psychologist, 52 (4),
442-448.
JOHN, I. (1998). The scientist practitioner model : A
critical examination. Australian Psychologist, 33
(1), 24-30.
PETERSON, C. (2007). A historical look at psychology and
the scientist-practitioner model. American Behavioral
Scientist, 50 (6), 758-765.
DAVISON, G.C. (1998). Being Bolder with the Boulder model
: The challenge of education and training in empirically
supported treatments. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (1), 163-167.
[PDF]
OVERHOLSER, J.C. (2007). The Boulder model in academia :
Struggling to integrate the science and practice of
psychology. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 37
(4), 205-211.
TRIERWEILER, S.J. & STRICKER, G. (1998). The
scientific practice of professional psychology. New
York : Plenum.
Modèle de Broadbent : Modèle du traitement de l'information et de de l'attention sélective
du cerveau virtuel
proposé par Broadbent. Ce modèle suggère que l'attention fonctionne comme un goulot d'étranglement, certains stimuli sont traitées plus avant par le cerveau, alors que d'autres sont bloquées et oubliés.
Mechanical model for human attention.
ROGERS, S.J. & DAWSON, G. (2009). Play and
engagement in early autism : The Early Start Denver Model
Volume II : The Treatment. New York : Guilford
Press.
ROGERS, S.J. & DAWSON, G. (2010). The Early Start
Denver Model for young children with autism : Promoting
language, learning, and engagement. New York :
Guilford Press.
DAWSON, G., ROGERS, S., MUNSON, J., SMITH, M., WINTER, J.,
GREENSON, J., DONALDSON, A. & VARLEY, J. (2010).
Randomized, controlled trial of an intervention for
toddlers with autism : The Early Start Denver Model. Pediatrics,
125 (1), 17-23.
ROGERS, S.J., ESTES, A., LORD, C., VISMARA, L., WINTER,
J., FITZPATRICK, A., GUO, M. & DAWSON, G. (2012).
Effects of a Brief Early Start Denver Model (ESDM)–Based
Parent Intervention on toddlers at risk for autism
spectrum disorders : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 51 (10), 1052-1065. [PDF]
Modèle
de fonctionnement des équipes de Tuckman : Modèle en
cinq étapes proposé par Tuckman
pour décrire le fonctionnement des équipes de travail.
Tuckman's stage model.
TUCKMAN, B.W. (1965). Developmental sequence in small
groups. Psychological Bulletin, 63, 384-399. [PDF]
TUCKMAN, B.W. & JENSEN, M.A.C. (1977). Stages of
small-group development revisited. Group &
Organization Studies, 2 (4), 419-427. [PDF]
RICKARDS, T. & MOGER, S. (2000). Creative leadership
processes in project team development : An alternative to
Tuckman's stage model. British Journal of Management,
11 (4), 273-283. [PDF]
Modèle
de Rasch : Modèle proposé par Rasch
pour établir une relation entre les caractéristiques
psychologiques d'un sujet (Habileté, connaissance, etc.) et ses
réponses à un test. Selon ce modèle, la probabilité de répondre
correctement à une question résulte de la différence entre le
niveau d'habileté et la difficulté objective d'une question. Rasch
model.
RASCH, G. (1960/1980). Probabilistic models for some
intelligence and attainment tests. (Copenhagen, Danish
Institute for Educational Research)
LINACRE, J.M. (1989). Rasch model estimation : further
topics. Journal of Applied Measurement, 5 (1),
95-110.
ENGELHARD, G. (1994). Examining rater errors in the
assessment of written composition with a many-faceted
Rasch model. Journal of Educational Measurement, 31
(2), 93-112.
RASCH, G. (1961). On general laws and the meaning of
measurement in psychology. Proceedings of the Fourth
Berkeley Symposium on Mathematical Statistics &
Probability, 4, 321-334.
ERLING, B.A. (1973). A goodness of fit test for the Rasch
model. Psychometrika, 38 (1), 123-140.
SHENG, S. & CARRIERE, K.C. (2002). An improved CML
estimation procedure fort he Rasch model with item
response data. Statistics in Medicine, 21,
407-416.
ANDERSEN, E.B. (1973). A goodness of fit for the Rasch
model. Psychometrika, 38, 123-140.
WANG, W.-H., WILSON, M. & ADAMS, R. (1997). Rasch
models for multidimensionality between items and within
items. In M. Wilson, G. Engelhard and K. Draney (Eds.), Objective
measurement. Theory into practice (pp. 139-155).
Greenwich : Ablex Publishing.
WRIGHT, B.D. (1977). Solving measurement problems with the
Rasch model. Journal of Educational Measurement, 14, 97-116.
BOND, T.G. & FOX, C.M. (2001). Applying the Rasch
model : fundamental measurement in the human sciences. Mahwah,
N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
RENTZ, R.R. & BARSHAW, W.L. (1977). the national
reference scale for reading : an application of the Rasch
model. Journal of Educational Measurement, 14, 161-180.
VERHELST, N. (2001). Testing unidimensionality of the
Rasch model. Methods of Psychological Research
Online, 6 (3), 231-271.
COHEN, L. (1979). Approximate expressions for parameter
estimates in the Rasch model. British Journal of
Mathematical & Statistical Psychology, 32 (1),
13-120.
KARABATSOS, G. (2001). The Rasch model, additive conjoint
measurement, and new models of probabilistic measurement
theory. Journal of Applied Measurement, 2,
389-423.
PERLINE, R., WRIGHT, B.D. & WAINER, H. (1980). The
Rasch model as additive conjoint measurement. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 13, 237-255.
SHENG, S. & CARRIÈRE, K.C. (2002). An improved CML
estimation procedure for the Rasch model with item
response data. Statistics in Medicine, 21,
407-416.
WAINER, H. & WRIGHT, B.D. (1980). Robust estimation of
ability in the Rasch model. Psychometrika, 45, 373-391.
GARNER, M. & ENGELHARD, G. (2002). An eigenvector
method for estimating item parameters of the dichotomous
and polytomous Rasch models. Journal of Applied
Measurement, 3 (2), 107-128
FORSYTH, R., SAISANGJAN, U. & GILMER, J. (1981). Some
empirical results related to the robustness of the Rasch
model. Applied Psychological Measurement, 5 (2),
175-186.
WOLLENBERG, A.L. (1982). A simple and effective method to
test the dimensionnality axiom of the Rasch model. Applied
psychological measurement, 6 (1), 83-91.
WRIGHT, B.D. & MOK, M.M.C. (2004). An overview of the
family of Rasch measurement models. In E.V. Smith &
R.M. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to Rasch measurement :
theory, models and applications (pp. 1-24). Maple
Grove, MN : JAM Press.
ANDRICH, D. (2004). Controversy and the Rasch model : A
characteristic of incompatible paradigms ? Medical
Care, 42 (1), 1-7. [PDF]
WRIGHT, B.D. (1984). Rasch measurement models.
International Encyclopedia of Education. Oxford :
Pergamon.
LINACRE, J.M. (2004). Rasch model estimation : Further
topics. Journal of applied measurement, 5 (1),
95-110. [PDF]
FONS, J. (1986). The robustness of Rasch estimates. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 10 (1), 45-57. [PDF]
LINACRE, J.M. (2006). Rasch analysis of rank-ordered data.
Journal of Applied Measurement, 7 (1), 129-139.
SMITH, R.M. (1986). Person fit in the Rasch Model.
Educational & Psychological Measurement, 46,
359-372.
BRINTARI, E. & GOLIA, S. (2007). Unidimensionality in
the rasch model : how to detect and interpret. Statistica,
67 (3), 253-261. [PDF]
JANSEN, P.G., VAN DEN WOLLENBERG, A.L. & WIERDA, F.W.
(1988). Correcting unconditional parameter estimates in
the Rasch model for inconsistency. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 12, 297-306.
LINACRE, J.M. (2010). Two perspectives on the application
of Rasch models. European Journal of Physical &
Rehabilitation Medicine, 46 (2), 309-310.
MISLEVY, R. (1988). Exploiting auxiliary information about
items in the estimation of Rasch item parameters.
Applied Psychological Measurement, 12, 281-296.
BLAIS, J.-G. et GRONDIN, J. (2010). L'impact de la
formulation des items dans les questionnaires d'enquête :
une étude avec le modèle de Rasch pour les données
polytomiques. Mesure et Évaluation en Éducation, 33
(2), 95-126. [PDF]
WRIGHT, B.D. (1995). Rasch model from Campbell
concatenation for mental testing. In J.M. Linacre (Ed.), Rasch
measurement transactions. Chicago : MESA Press.
ANDRICH, S. & PEDLER, P. (2019). A law of ordinal
random error: The Rasch measurement model and random error
distributions of ordinal assessments. Measurment, 131,
771-781. 771-781
RESCORLA, R.A. & WAGNER, A.R. (1972). A theory of
Pavlovian conditioning : Variations in the effectiveness
of reinforcement and nonreinforcement. In A.H. Black &
W.F. Prokasy (Eds.), Classical conditioning II :
Current theory and research (pp. 64-99). New York :
Appleton-Century-Crofts. [PDF]
WAGNER, A.R. & RESCORLA, R.A. (1972). Inhibition in
Pavlovian conditioning : Application of a theory. In R.A.
Boakes & M.S. Halliday (Eds.), Inhibition and
learning (pp. 301-336). London : Academic Press.
FREY, P.W. & SEARS, R.J. (1978). Model of conditioning
incorporating the Rescorla-Wagner associative axiom, a
dynamic attention process, and a catastrophe rule. Psychological
Review, 85 (4), 321–340.
WALKENBACH, J. & HADDAD, N.F. (1980). The
Rescorla-Wagner theory of conditioning : A review of the
literature. Psychological Record, 30, 497-509.
MILLER, R.R., BARNET, R.C. & GRAHAME, N.J. (1995).
Assessment of the Rescorla-Wagner model. Psychological
Bulletin, 117 (3), 363-386. [PDF]
SIEGEL, S. & ALLAN, L.G. (1996). The widespread
influence of the Rescorla-Wagner model. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 3, 314-321. [PDF]
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory :
A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W.
Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The Psychology of
learning & motivation : Advances in research and
theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic
Press. [PDF]
IZAWA, C. (1999). On human memory : Evolution,
progress, and reflections on the 30th anniversary of the
Atkinson-Shiffrin model. New Jersey : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah.
GELKOPF, M. & DAN, Z. (2012). One more criticism of
the multistore model of memory : An Experiment on the
First-In-First-Out (FIFO) Principle. The Journal of
Psychology Interdisciplinary & Applied, 125
(4), 497-499.
Modèle
des deux facteurs : Modèle
développé par Mowrer.Two
factor model.
MOWRER, O.H. (1947). On the dual nature of learning : A
re-interpretation of "conditioning" and "problem-solving."
Harvard Educational Review, 17, 102-148.
Modèle du traitement de l'information : Traitement de l'information.Information processing, information processing system, information-processing account, mental processes. information processing perspective.
Modèle hydraulique de Lorenz :Modèle
analogique de la motivation
(drive = réservoir) proposé par Lorenz,
qui tente d'expliquer le
comportement. (=
graduation de 1 à 6) en tenant compte notamment de la valeur des
stimuli (la balance = 1 Kg) et des mécanisme de déclenchement
spécifique de l'espèce (valve)).
Lorenz model.
Figure tirée de Beaugrand (1993)
avec l'autorisation de l'auteur.
LORENZ, K.Z. (1950). The comparative method in studying
innate behaviour patterns. Symposia of the Society
for Experimental Biology, 4, 221-268.
BEAUGRAND, J.P. (1993). Une perspective éthologique de la
motivation. In R.J. Vallerand & E.E. Thill (Dirs), Introduction
à la psychologie de la motivation (pp. 85-137).
Éditions Études Vivantes.
Modèle Iowa : Modèle qui présente en sept étape comment
utiliser les connaissances scientifiques et cliniques pour améliorer la qualité des soins offerts aux patients.
Iowa model.
JOHNSON, M., GARDNER, D., KELLY, K., MAAS, M. &
MCCLOSKEY, J.C. (1991). The Iowa model : a proposed model
for nursing administration. Nursering Economics, 9
(4), 255-262.
TITLER, M.G., KLEIBER, C., STEELMAN, V.J., RAKEL, B.A.
BUDREAU, G., EVERETT, L.Q., BUCKWALTER, K.C.,
TRIPP-REIMER, T & GOODE, C.J. (2001). The Iowa model
of evidence-based practice to promote quality care. Critical
Care Nursing Clinics of North America - Journal, 13
(4), 497-509. [PDF]
KOWAI, C. (2010). Implementing the Critical Care Pain
Observation Tool using the Iowa Model. The Journal of
the New York State Nurses' Association, 41 (1),
4-10.
DOODY, C.M. & DOODY, O. (2011). Introducing evidence
into nursing practice : Using the IOWA model . British
Journal of Nursing, 20 (11), 661-664
BROWN, C.O. (2014). The Iowa Model of evidence-based
practice to promote quality care : An illustrated example
in oncology nursing. Clinical Journal of Oncology
Nursing, 18 (2), 157-159.
IOWA MODEL COLLABORATIVE (2017). Iowa model of
evidence-based practice : Revisions and validation. Worldviews
on Evidence-Based Nursing, 14 (3), 175-182.
CULLEN, L., HANRAHZN, K., EDMONDS, S.W., SCHACHT REISINER,
H. & WAGNER, M. (2022). Iowa implementation for
sustainability framework. Implementation Science, 17,
1-20. [PDF]
CRIZZLE, J.E., STARMER, C.F. & KOCH, G.G. (1969).
Analysis of categorical data by linear models.
Biometrics, 25, 489-504.
RAUDENBUSH, S.W. & BRYK, A.S. (2002). Hierarchical
linear models : Applications and data analysis methods.
Thousands Oaks, CA : Sage.
Modèle logico-mathématique :Modèle scientifique dont les principaux concepts sont définis et reliés logiquement et/ou mathématiquement.
Mathematical model, formal model.
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1943). Logical calculus
of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. Bulletin
of Mathematical Biophysics, 5, 115-153. [PDF]
PASCUAL-LEONE, J.A. (1970). A mathematical model for the
transition rule in Piaget’s developmental stages. Acta
Psychologica, 32, 301-345.
BONABEAU, E., THERAULAZ, G. & DENEUBOURG, J.-L.
(1996). Mathematical model of self-organizing hierarchies
in animal societies. Bulletin of Mathematical
Biophysics, 58, 661-717. [PDF]
NOSOFSKY, R.M. & PALMERI, T.J. (1997). An
exemplar-based random walk model of speeded
classification. Psychological Review, 104, 266-300.
[PDF]
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1970). On the law of effect. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13,
243-266. [PDF]
LUCE, D. (1999). Where is mathematical modeling in
psychology headed ? Theory & Psychology, 9, 723-737.
TOWNSEND, J.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1982). An experimental
test of contemporary mathematical models of visual letter
recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 8, 834-864.
GREENO, J.G. & BJORK, R.A. (2003). Mathematical
learning theory and the new "mental forestry". Annual
Review of Psychology, 24 (1), 81-116. [PDF]
NORMAN, D.A. (1984). Theories and models in cognitive
psychology. In E. Donchin (Ed.), Cognitive
psychophysiology : Event-related potentials and the
study of cognition. The Carmel conferences (Vol
1.) Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
MAZUR, J.E. (2006). Mathematical models and the
experimental analysis of behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 85 (2),
275-291. [PDF]
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1987). A formal model for associative
memory. In E. Roskam & R. Suck (Eds.), Progress in
mathematical psychology - I (pp. 85-116). Amsterdam :
North-Holland. [PDF]
ERIKSSON, K. & COULTAS, J.C. (2007). Are people really
conformist-biased ? An empirical test and a new
mathematical model. Journal of Evolutionary
Psychology, 7 (1), 5-21. [PDF]
SHULL, R.L. (1991). Mathematical description of operant
behavior: an introduction. In I.H. Iversen & K.A.
Lattal (Eds.), Experimental analysis of behavior
(Vol. 2, pp. 243-282). New York : Elsevier.
[PDF]
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2008). Mathematical models of human
memory. In H.L. Roediger (Ed.), Cognitive psychology
of memory (Vol. 2, pp. 445-466). Oxford : Elsevier.
[PDF]
RODGERS, J.L. (2010). The epistemology of mathematical and
statistical modeling : A quiet methodological revolution.
American Psychologist, 65, 1-12. [PDF]
Modèle médico-psychiatrique : Ensemble de principes qui
attribue essentiellement les maladies physiques et mentales
à des causes biologiques, plus précisément à un gène défectueux ou à un déséquilibre
chimique (plutôt qu'à des causes sociales ou
psychologiques). Il convient de préciser que, contrairement aux
maladies biologiques comme le cancer
ou les maladies cardio-vasculaires, les maladies mentales ne
peuvent être détectées à la suite d'un examen post-mortem du
cerveau (autopsie). Ce
modèle est en vigueur dans la plupart des instituts
psychiatriques et promu par la vaste majorité des médecins,
des psychiatres et par
un nombre croissant de psychologues
(parfois avec quelques nuances quant au traitement). Il existe
néanmoins de nombreux critiques/sceptiques
de ce modèle.= Modèle médical, modèle
bio-médical, modèle bio-psychiatrique,
industrie pharmaceutique et déséquilibre
chimique. Medical model, biomedical approach.
ENGEL, G.L. (1977). The need for a new medical model : A
challenge for biomedicine. Science, 196,
129-136. [PDF]
EVANS, J. & BENEFIELD, P. (2001). Systematic reviews
of educational research : does the medical model fit ? British
Educational Research Journal, 27, 527-542.
DOUBLE, D.B. (2002). Can a biomedical approach to
psychiatric practice be justified ? Journal of Child
& Family Studies, 12, 379-384.
[LIRE]
CARR, E.G. & HERBERT, M. (2008). Integrating
behavioral and biomedical approaches : A marriage made in
heaven. Autism Advocate, 50 (1), 46-52. [PDF]
MILNER, P.M. (1957). The cell assembly : Mark II.
Psychological Review, 64 (4), 242-252.
ASHBY, F.G., ELL, S.W., VALENTIN, V.V. & CASALE, M.B.
(2005). FROST : A distributed neurocomputational model of
working memory maintenance. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 17, 1728-1743.
DAMASIO, A.R. & MAURER, R.G. (1978). A neurological
model for childhood autism. Archives of Neurology,
35, 777-786.
D'ESPOSITIO, M. (2007). From cognitive to neural models of
working memory. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society B : Biologica, 362, 761-772. [PDF]
GROSSBERG, S. (1978). Do all neural models really look
alike ? Psychological Review, 85, 592-596.
GROSSBERG, S. & MERRILL, J.W.L. (1992). A neural
network model of adaptively timed reinforcement learning
and hippocampal dynamics. Cognitive Brain Research,
1, 3-38.
CORR, P.J. (2010). The psychoticism-psychopathy continuum
: A neuropsychological model of core deficits. Personality
& Individual Differences, 48, 695-703. [PDF]
BÉGIN, J. & PROULX, R. (1996). Categorization in
unsupervised neural networks : The Eidos model. IEEE Transactions
on Neural Networks, 7, 147-154.
ANDERSON, M.C. & HUDDLESTON, E. (2012). Towards a
cognitive and neurobiological model of motivated
forgetting. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 58,
53-120. [PDF]
MIGNAULT, A. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). A real-time
neuronal model of classical conditioning. Adaptive
Behavior, 6 (1), 3-61.
Modèle positif/négatif : Modèle
que la société considère comme valable ou digne d'être
imité, reproduit. EX: Pour les
catholiques, le pape est un modèle positif (intégrité morale et
intellectuelle, vertueux, etc.). C-EX: Pour
une jeune politicien, Jean Chrétien n'est pas un modèle positif
(rapatriement unilatéral de la constitution, Shawinigan gate,
scandale des commandites, Option Canada, etc.).
= Modèle facilitateur, parangon.
/Modèle négatif.
Positive or negative role models
LOCKWOOD, P. & KUNDA, K. (1997). Superstars and me :
Predicting the impact of role models on the self.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 73,
91-103.
RUBINSTEIN, S. & CABALLERO, B. (2000). Is Miss America
an undernourished role model ? Journal of the
American Medical Association, 283 (12), 1569.
LOCKWOOD, P., JORDAN, C.H. & KUNDA, K. (2002).
Motivation by positive or negative role models :
Regulatory focus determines who will best inspire us. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 83 (4),
854-864. [PDF]
LOCKWOOD, P., MARSHALL, T.C. & SADLER, P. (2005).
Promoting success or preventing failure : Cultural
differences in motivation by positive and negative role
models. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
31 (3), 379-392. [PDF]
Modèle RIASEC :Modèle
proposé en 1959 par Holland
pour expliquer les
choix de carrière, lesquels choix reposent selon lui sur six
types ou dimensions de la personalité
: Réaliste/(R), Investigateur/(I), Artistique/(A), Social/(S)
Entreprenant/(E), Conventionnel/(C). Theory of
vocational choice.
HOLLAND, J.L. (1959). A theory of vocational choice. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 6, 35-45.
HOLLAND, J.L. (1997). Making vocational choices : A theory
of vocational personalities and work environments. Odessa,
FL : Psychological Assessment Resources, Inc.
HOLLAND, J.L. (1966). The psychology of vocational
choice : A theory of personality type and model
environments. Waltham, MA : Blaisdell.
DE FRUYT., F. & MERVIELDE, I. (1997). The five-factor
model of personality and Holland's RIASEC interest types.
Personality & individual differences, 23 (1),
87-103.
WEINRACH, S. (1980). Have hexagon will travel : An
interview with John Holland. Personnel & Guidance
Journal, 58, 406-414.
SAVICKAS, M. & GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (Eds.) (1999).
Holland's theory (1959-1999) : Forty years of research and
application. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 55
(S), 1-160.
HOLLAND, J.L. (1987). Current status of Holland's theory
of careers : Another perspective. Career Development
Quarterly, 36, 24-30.
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. & RICHARDS, J.M. (1999). The meaning
and measurement of environments in Holland's theory.
Journal of Vocational Behavior, 55 (1), 57-73.
TINSLEY, H. (Ed.) (1992). Special issue on Holland's
theory. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 40, 109-267.
NAUTA, M.M. (2010). The development, evolution, and status
of Holland's theory of vocational personalities :
Reflections and future directions for counseling
psychology. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 57 (1),
11-22.
Modèle scientifique standard : MSS :
Ensemble de postulats qui fonde la science,
sa pratique, son activité, et auquel souscrit la vaste
majorité des scientifiques,
à part les
socioonstructivistes, les
postmodernistes, de nombreux humanistes (mais pas tous), qui contestent ouvertement en tout ou en
partie la pertinence de ces principes. Modèle scientifique
standard etscientificité.Standard model of science.
1
Tous les phénomènes
de l'univers peuvent être étudiés
scientifiquement, incluant la science elle-même (Épistémologie)
Ces phénomènes possèdent des niveaux d'organisation
qui leur sont propres (physique, chimique, biologique,
psychologique, social)
4
Tous les phénomènes - peu importe leur niveau
d'organisation - sont déterminés, généralement par un
ensemble de causes*, même les phénomènes humains les
plus complexes (Principe
du détermininsme/multidéterminisme)
5
Ces causes peuvent être déterminées au moyen de
méthodes que l'on qualifie de scientifiques (Principe
méthodologique)
6
Ces méthodes n'ont pas toute la même capacité de
décrire et de mettre en évidence les causes d'un
phénomène (Puissance
explicative des méthodes)
Les connaissances produites par la science et ses
méthodes peuvent permettre de prédire et de modifier ces phénomènes (Science appliquée et
technologie)
*
Certains phénomènes subatomiques échapperaient à la causalité (EX: le mouvement brownien)
ZUBROWSKI, B. (2002). Integrating science into design
technology projects : Using a standard model in the design
process. Journal of Technology Education, 13 (2),
48-67.
[PDF]
TOWNSEND J.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1983). Stochastic
modeling of elementary psychological processes. New
York : Cambridge University Press.
Modéliser : Modélisation
: Consiste à transformer une idée ou une théorie en un
modèle. En science,
il existe au moins deux sortes de modèle : 1)
les modèles logico-mathématiques (formalisme).EX: Le modèle de Hull; 2) les
modèles analogiques ou métaphoriques. EX: Le
modèle du traitement de l'information de Shiffrin et
Atkinson. Modélisation etmodèle.
Modeling.
HULL, C.L., HOVLAND, C.I., ROSS, R.T., HALL, M., PERKINS,
D.T. & FITCH, F.B. (1940). Mathematico-deductive
theory of rote learning : A study in scientific
methodology. New Haven : Yale University Press.
SHIFFRIN, R.M. & STEYVER, M. (1997). A model for
recognition memory : REM : Retrieving effectively from
memory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4 (2),
145-166. [PDF]
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1943). Logical calculus
of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. Bulletin
of Mathematical Biophysics, 5, 115-153. [PDF]
RATCLIFF, R. & ROUDER, J.N. (1998). Modeling response
times for two-choice decisions. Psychological
Science, 9, 347-356.
LANDAU, H.G. (1968). Models of social structure. Bulletin
of Mathematical Biophysics, 30, 215-224.
RATCLIFF, R. (1998). The role of mathematical
psychology in experimental psychology. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 50, 129-130.
RATCLIFF, R., VAN ZANDT, T. & McKOON, G. (1999).
Connectionist and diffusion models of reaction time. Psychological
Review, 106, 261-300. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, J.L. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1981). An
interactive activation model of context-effects in letter
perception : An account of basic findings. Psychological
Review, 88, 375-407.
McCLELLAND, J.L. (2000). Connectionist models of memory.
In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford
handbook of memory (pp. 583-596). New York, NY :
Oxford University Press.
FELDMAN, J.A. & BALLARD, D.H. (1982). Connectionist
models and their properties. Cognitive Science, 6,
205-254.
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2005). Connectionist models of reading.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14,
238-242. [PDF]
GILLUND, G. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1984). A retrieval model
for both recognition and recall. Psychological
Review, 91, 1-67.
SEIDENBERG, M.S. & ZEVIN, J.D. (2006). Connectionist
models in developmental cognitive neuroscience : Critical
periods and the paradox of success. In Y. Munakata &
M. Johnson (Eds.), Attention & performance XXI :
Processes of change in brain and cognitive development
(pp. 585-612). Oxford University Press.
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1991). A connectionist
model of choice and reaction time in absolute
identification. Connection Science, 3, 401-433.
KENDLER, K.S. (2008). Explanatory models for psychiatric
illness. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165,
695-702. [PDF]
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2008). Mathematical models of human
memory. In H.L. Roediger (Ed.), Cognitive psychology
of memory (Vol. 2, pp. 445-466). Oxford : Elsevier.
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1993). Questions de modélisation et de
simulation cognitives. In J-F. Le Ny (Ed.), Intelligence
naturelle et intelligence artificielle (pp. 43-69).
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
RODGERS, J.L. (2010). The epistemology of mathematical and
statistical modeling : A quiet methodological revolution.
American Psychologist, 65, 1-12. [PDF]
Modernisme (Post-) : Au sens strict, mouvement artistique qui rompt avec les conventions et les principes du
modernisme en architecture. En science, le terme désigne une
doctrine philosophique qui soutient que la réalité est
"construite" à travers les diverses formes du langage (théorie
scientifique, littérature, récit, mythe, légende, ressenti),
lesquelles constructions (ou connaissances) ne sont pas
rationnelles, c-à-d qu'elles sont influencées aussi bien par les
idéologies (religieuses, politique et artistiques, etc) que par
les règles de la méthode scientifique (objectivité, rigueur
scientifique, logique, etc.). Pour la plupart des
socioconstructivismes, la science n'est qu'un mode de connaissance
parmi d'autres, qui ne peut prétendre saisir le réel plus
précisément que les autres systèmes de connaissance (savoir
traditionnel, ressenti individuel, conviction religieuse,
intuition artistique, etc.). En ce sens, toutes les méthodes pour
appréhender le réel ont la même valeur; la méthode expérimentale
ne produit donc pas un savoir plus valide ou une connaissance de
meilleure qualité qu'une simple entrevue. Postmodernisme etsocioconstructivisme.
= Philosophie postmoderne, néo-philosophie française, relativisme scientifique. /Réalisme.( ): Althusser,Barthes,Baudrillard,Butler,Deleuze,
Derrida,Foucault,Guattari,Iragaray,Kristeva,Lacan,Latour,Lemke,
Lyotard,Serres. Postmodernism, postmodernity.
LYOTARD J.-F. (1979). La condition post-moderne.
Paris : Minuit. (1984). The postmodernism condition.
Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press.
TEO, T. (1996). Practical reason in psychology :
Postmodern discourse and a neo-modern alternative. In C.W.
Tolman, E. Cherry, R.V. Hezewijk & I. Lubek (Eds.), Problems
of theoretical psychology (pp. 280-290). Toronto,
Ontario, Canada : Captus.
HUTCHEON, L. (1984). A poetics of postmodernism. New
York : Routledge.
ANNELLS, M. (1996). Grounded theory method : Philosophical
perspectives, paradigm of inquiry, and postmodernism. Qualitative
Health Research, 6, 379-393.
HARVEY, D. (1984). The condition of post modernity :
an enquiry into the origins of culture change. Cambridge
: Basil Blackwell.
KILDUFF M. & MEHRA, A. (1997). Postmodernism and
organizational research. Academy of Management
Review, 22, 453-481.
ARAC, J. (Ed.) (1986). Postmodernism and politics. Minneapolis
: University of Minnesota Press.
INGLEHART, R. (1997). Modernization and postmodernization
: Cultural, economic, and political change in 43
societies. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. & MARECEK, J. (1988). The meaning of
difference : Gender theory, postmodernism, and psychology.
American Psychologist, 43, 455-464.
MATTHEWS, W.J. (1998). Let's get real : The fallacy of
post-modernism. Journal of Theoretical &
Philosophical Psychology, 18, 16-32
MURPHY, J. (1988). Computrization, postmodern
epistemology, and reading in the postmodern era. Educational
Theory, 38 (2), 175-182.
BOISVERT, R. (1988). Walker Percy's postmodern
existentialism. Sounding : An interdisciplinary
Journal, 71, 639-655.
PARKER, I. (1998). Against postmodernism : Psychology in
cultural context. Theory & Psychology, 8
(5), 601-627.
CADY, L. (1988). Royce and postmodern theology. Amercan Journal
of Theology & Philosophy, 9 (3), 149-164.
RICHARDSON, F.C. (1998). Beyond scientism and
postmodernism ? Journal of Theoretical &
Philosophical Psychology, 18, 33-45.
GIROUX, H.A. (1988). Border pedagogy in the age of
postmodernism. Journal of Education, 170 (3),
162-181.
SOKAL, A. (1998). What the social text affair does and
does not prove. In N. Koertge (Ed.), A house built on
sand : Exposing postmodemist myths about science
(pp. 9-22). Oxford : Oxford University Press.
CONNOR, S. (1989). Postmodernist culture : An
introduction to theories of the contemporary.
Oxford : Basil Black.
LATOUR, B. (1990). Postmodern ? No, simply a modern !
Steps towards an anthropology of science. Studies in
the History & Philosophy of Science 21, 145-171.
COBB, J. (1990). Two types of postmodernism :
Deconstruction and process. Theology Today, 47
(2),
BEST, S. & KELLNER, D. (1991). Postmodern theory.
Critical interrogations. New York : The Guilford
Press.
JAMESON, F. (1991). Postmodernism or the Cultural
Logic of Late Capitalism, London : Verso.
RYAN, B.A. (1999). Does postmodernism mean the end of
science in the behavioral sciences, and does it matter
anyway ? Theory & Psychology 9, 483-502.
ROSE, M. (1991). The post-modern and the post
industrial : A critical analysis. New York :
Cambridge University Press.
SLIFE, B.D. & FISCHER, A.M. (2000). Modern and
postmodern approaches to the free will/determinism dilemma
in psychotherapy. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 40
(1), 80-107. [PDF]
KVALE, S. (Ed.) (1992). Psychology and postmodernism.
London : Sage.
MARTIN, J. & SUGARMAN, J. (2000). Between the modern
and postmodern : The possibility of self and progressive
understanding in psychology. American Psychologist,
55 (4), 397-406. [PDF]
ROSENEAU, P. (1992). Post-modernism and the social
sciences : A critical analysis. New York :
Cambridge University Press.
LEWIS, B. (2000). Psychiatry and postmodern theory. Journal
of Medical Humanities, 21 (2), 71-84.
[PDF]
STEENBARGER, B.N. (1993). On the role of theory in
postmodern integration of science and practice. American
Psychologist, 48, 56-57.
GERGEN, K.J. (2001). Psychological science in a postmodern
context. American Psychologist, 56, 803-813. [PDF]
PARPART, J.L. (1993). Who is the "other" ? : A postmodern
feminist critique of women and development theory and
practice. Development & Change, 24 (3),
439-464.
TIERNY, W.G. & RHOADS, R.A. (1993). Postmodernism and
critical theory in higher education : Implications for
research In J.C. Smart (Ed.), Higher education :
Handbook of theory and research. New York :
Agathon.
MacDONALD, M. & SCHREIBER, R. (2001). Constructing and
deconstructing : Grounded theory in a postmodern world. In
R. Schreiber and P.N. Stern (Eds.), Using grounded
theory in nursing (pp. 35-54). New York : Springer.
LATOUR, B. (1993) We have never been Modern. New
York : Harvester.
LAU, M.Y. (2002). Postmodernism and the values of science.
American Psychologist, 57, 1126-1127.
ELLIOTT, R. (1994). Addictive consumption : Function and
fragmentation in postmodernity. Journal of Consumer
Policy, 17, 159-179.
STRICKLAND, S. (1994). Feminism, postmodernism and
difference. In K. Whitford & M. Lennon (Eds.), Knowing
the difference : Feminist perspectives in epistemology (pp.
265-274). New York : Routledge.
LOCKE, E.A. (2002). The dead end of postmodernism. American
Psychologist, 57, 458.
BEREITER, C. (1994). Implications of postmodernism for
science, or science as progressive discourse. Educational
Psychologist, 29, 3-12.
RAMAEKERS, S. (2002). Postmodernism : a "Sceptical’
challenge in educational theory". Journal of
Philosophy of Education, 36 (4), 629-651.
GERBER, M.M. (1994). Postmodernism in special education.
The Journal of Special Education, 28 é(3),
368-378.
LOPICOLLO, J. (2002). Postmodern sex therapy. In F.W.
Kaslow (Ed.), Comprehensive handbook of psychotherapy
: Integrative/eclectic (Vol. 4, pp. 411-435).
Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley & Sons Inc.
USHER, R. & EDWARDS, R. (1994). Postmodernism and
education : Different voices, different world.
London : Routledge.
BRACKEN, P. (2003). Postmodernism and psychiatry. Current
Opinions in Psychiatry, 16, 673-677.
KNORR CETINA, K.D. (1994). Primitive classifications and
postmodernity. Theory Culture & Society, 11,
1-22.
MAXWELL, J.A. (2004). Reemergent scientism, postmodernism,
and dialogue across differences. Qualitative Inquiry,
10, 35-41.
BOISVERT, Y. (1995). Le postmodernimsme. Boréal.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (2004). Can we demystify theory ?
Examining masculinity discourses and feminist postmodern
theory. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical
Psychology, 24, 14-29.
McHUGH, M.C., LIVINGSTON, N.A. & FORD, A.
(2005). A postmodern approach to women's use of violence :
Developing multiple and complex conceptualizations. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 29, 323–336.
WHITE, D. & WANG, A. (1995). Universalism, humanism,
and postmodernism. American Psychologist, 50,
39-393.
SOKAL, A. (2005). Pseudosciences et postmodernisme :
Adversaires ou compagnons de route ? Paris :
Odile Jacob. [PDF]
CHARMAZ, K. (1995). Between positivism and postmodernism :
Implications for methods. Studies in Symbolic
Interaction, 17, 43-72.
GOVRIN. A. (2006). The dilemma of contemporary
psychoanalysis : toward a “knowing” post-postmodernism. Journal
of American Psychoanalysis Association, 54, 507–535.
HOLBROOK, M.B. (1995). The three faces of elitism :
Postmodernism, political correctness, and popular culture.
Journal of Macromarketing, 15 (2), 128-165.
BARIL, A. (2007). De la construction du genre à la
construction du "sexe" : les thèses féministes
postmodernes dans l'oeuvre de Judith Butler. Recherches
Féministes, 20 (2), 61-90.
[PDF]
BOTELLA, L. (1995). Personal construct theory,
constructivism, and postmodern thought. In R.A. Neimeyer
& G.J. Neimeyer (Eds.), Advances in personal
construct psychology (Vol. 3, pp. 3-35). Greenwich,
CT : JAI Press.
TARPLEY W.G. (2008). Obama : The postmodern coup :
Making of a manchurian candidate. Progressive
Press.
KATA, A. (2010). A postmodern Pandora’s box :
anti-vaccination misinformation on the internet. Vaccine,
28, 1709–1716.
Modernité
: Vision du monde qui s'oppose aux traditions,
valorise la nouveauté,
le changement. Le terme
est un peu galvaudé; parfois il désigne rien de plus que les
conditions du temps présent ou, pire, de vieilles idées remises au
goût du jour. Modernité et
postmodernisme.Modernity.
GIDDENS, A. (1990). The consequences of modernity.
Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press.
HABERMAS, J. (1995). The philosophical discourse of
modernity. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
BECK, U. (1998). Le conflit des deux modernités et la
question de la disparition des solidarités : Liens
personnels, liens collectifs. Lien social et
politiques. Revue Internationale d'Action Communautaire,
39, 15-25.
BECK, U. (2001). La société du risque. Sur la voie
d'une autre modernité. Paris : Éditions Aubier.
BAUMAN, Z. (2004/06). Wasted Lives. Modernity and its
outcasts / Vies perdues : La modernité et ses exclus.
Cambridge : Polity/Paris : Payot.
Modernité (Post) : Vision du monde qui remets en question les éléments fondamentaux de la modernité comme la
prédominance du savoir scientifique, les scénario de croissance
économique continue, la binarité sexuelle, etc.
LYOTARD J.-F. (1979). La condition post-moderne.
Paris : Minuit. (1984). The postmodernism condition.
Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press.
HARVEY, D. (1984). The condition of post modernity :
an enquiry into the origins of culture change. Cambridge
: Basil Blackwell.
LATOUR, B. (1990). Postmodern ? No, simply a modern !
Steps towards an anthropology of science. Studies in
the History & Philosophy of Science 21, 145-171.
TARPLEY W.G. (2008). Obama : The postmodern coup :
Making of a manchurian candidate. Progressive
Press.
KATA, A. (2010). A postmodern Pandora’s box :
anti-vaccination misinformation on the internet. Vaccine,
28, 1709–1716.
Modestie : Modeste :Attitude
d'un individu qui minimise systématiquement sa contribution, son influence,
son importance, tout en accordant aux autres leur juste
part.
Modesty.
STEPHENS, W.N. (1972). A cross-cultural study of modesty.
Behavior Science Notes, 7 (1), 1–28.
BERG, J.R., STEPHAN, W.G. & DODSON, M. (1981).
Attributional modesty in women. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 5, 711-727.
HARELI, S. & WEINER, B. (2000). Accounts for success
as determinants of perceived arrogance and modesty.
Motivation & Emotion, 24, 215-236.
SEDIKIDES, C., GREGG, A.P. & HART, C.M. (2007). The
importance of being modest. In C. Sedikides & S.
Spencer (Eds.), The self : Frontiers in social
psychology (pp. 163-184). New York, NY : Psychology
Press. [PDF]
Modestie scientifique :Attitude vertueuse de celui ou celle qui apprend à faire de la science et admet ses erreurs, ainsi que les limites du savoir scientifique. Cette démarche permet de réaliser qu'en ce domaine - la science - presque tout a déjà été dit ou découvert, qui plus est par des gens plus intelligents et
perspicaces que soi. En conséquence, le devoir du scientifique
modeste consiste non seulement à citer les sources de «ses
soi-disantes idées», mais également à s'émerveiller de sa propre
ignorance et de notre profonde amnésie collective. Toutefois,
cette vertu manque à certains scientifiques incapables de résister
aux sirènes des nouveaux médias, à la marchandisation des savoirs,
à la compétition malsaine entre laboratoire et au «publie ou meurt»» en vigueur au sein de la communauté scientifique. Modestie scientifique etvertu épistémique.= Humilité scientifique ou intellectuelle.
Intellectual humility, scientific modesty.
LEARY, M.R., DIEBELS, K.J., DAVISSONS, E.K., JONGMAN-SERENO, K.P., ISHERWOOD, J.C., RAIMI, K.T., DEFFLER, S.A. & HOYLE, R.H. (2017). Cognitive and interpersonal features of intellectual humility. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 43 (6), 793-813.
Modieux : Modieuse : Qualifie toute personne qui est à la fois modeste
et prétentieuse. EX: Je suis peut-être pas intelligent,
mais je suis pas mal moins con que les autres EX: 500
millions de Chinois, et moi, et moi, et moi. Le modieux est assez
intelligent pour chasser le naturel, en jouant la carte de la
modestie, mais il est trop indolent pour empêcher ce dernier de
revenir au galop (et l'encorner).
= Dutronisme, personnalité paradoxale. La phrase préférée du modieux est : «Moi, moi, moi, je suis le roi des modestes».
FODOR, J.A. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press.
BRISCOE, T. (2000). Grammatical acquisition : Inductive
bias and coevolution of language and the Language
Acquisition Device. Language, 76 (2), 245-296.
SCHLOTTMANN, A. (2000). Is perception of causality
modular ? Trends in Cognitive Science, 4, 441-442.
SHALLICE, T. (1984). More functionally isolable subsystems
but fewer "modules" ? Cognition, 17 (3), 243-252
DEMETRIOU, A. & KAZI, S. (2001). Unity and
modularity in the mind and the self : Studies on the
relationships between self-awareness, personality, and
intellectual development from childhood to adolescence.
London : routledge.
FODOR, J.A. (1985). Precis of the modularity of mind. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 8, 1-42.
OHMAN, A. & MINEKA, S. (2001). Fears, phobias, and
preparedness : Toward an evolved module of fear and fear
learning. Psychological Review, 108, 483-522.
CHENG, K. (1986). A purely geometric module in the rat's
spatial representation. Cognition, 23, 149-178.
CARRUTHERS, P. (2002). Modularity, language, and the
flexibility of thought. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 25 (6), 705-719. [PDF]
WINOGRAD, T. (1987). Cognition, attunement and modularity.
Mind & Language, 2, 97-103.
LEARMOTH, A.E., NADEL, L. & NEWCOMBE, N.S. (2002).
Children’s use of landmarks : Implications for modularity
theory. Psychological Science, 13, 337-341.
WAGEMANS, J. (1988). Modules in vision : A case study of
interdisciplinarity in cognitive science. Acta
Psychologica, 67 (1), 59-93.
ÖHMAN, A. & MINEKA, S. (2003). The malicious serpent :
snakes as a prototypical stimulus for an evolved module of
fear. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12
(1), 5-9. [PDF]
RENDALL, D. (2004)."Recognizing" kin : Mechanisms, media,
minds, modules, and muddles. In B. Chapais & C.M.
Berman (Eds.), Kinship and behavior in primates
(pp. 295-316). Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press.
SWINNEY, D.E., ZURIF, B. & NICOL, J. (1989). The
effects of focal brain damage on sentence processing : An
examination of the neurological organization of a mental
module. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 1,
25-37. [PDF]
WALL, P.L., BOTLY, L.C.P, BLACK, C.K. & SHETTLEWORTH,
S.J. (2004). The geometric module in the rat :
Independence of shape and feature learning in a food
finding task. Learning & Behavior, 32,
289-298.
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (1990). Modularity, and the
psychoevolutionary theory of emotion. Biology &
Philosophy, 5, 175-196. [PDF]
ÖHMAN, A. & WIENS, S. (2004). The concept of an
evolved fear module and cognitive theories of anxiety. In
A.S.R. Manstead, N.H. Frijda & A.H. Fischer (Eds.),
Feelings and emotions : The Amsterdam symposium (pp.
55-80). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press.
LESLIE, A.M. (1992). Autism and the "theory of mind"
module. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
1, 18-20.
CARRUTHERS, P. (2004). Practical reasoning in a modular
mind. Mind & Language, 19, 259-278. [PDF]
SPERBER, D. (1994). The modularity of thought and the
epidemiology of representations. In L.A. Hirschfield and
S.A. Gelman (Eds.), Mapping the mind : Domain
specificity in cognition and culture (pp. 39-67).
Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press.
HERNANDEZ, A.E., LI, P. & MacWHINNEY, B. (2005). The
emergence of competing modules in bilingualism. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 220-225. [PDF]
KENRICK, D.T. & KEEFE, R.C., BRYAN, A., BARR, A. &
ROWN, S. (1995). Age preferences and mate choice among
homosexuals and heterosexuals : A case for modular
psychological mechanisms. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 69 (6), 1166-1172.
CHENG, K. & NEWCOMBE, N.S. (2005). Is there a
geometric module for spatial orientation ? Squaring theory
and evidence. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12,
1-23.
HERMER, L. & SPELKE, E. (1996). Modularity and
development : The case of spatial reorientation. Cognition
61, 195-232.
BARRETT, H.C. (2005). Enzymatic computation and cognitive
modularity. Mind & Language, 20, 259-287. [PDF]
ZEKI, S.M. & BARTELS, A. (1998). The autonomy of the
visual systems and the modularity of conscious vision. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological
Sciences, 353, 1911-1914.
BARRETT, H.C. & KURZBAN, R. (2006). Modularity in
cognition : Framing the debate. Psychological Review,
113 (3), 628-647. [PDF]
SAMUELS, R. (1998). Evolutionary psychology and the
massive modularity hypothesis. British Journal for the
Philosophy of Science, 49, 575–602.
PRINZ, J. (2006). Is the mind really modular ? in R.
Stainton (Ed.), Contemporary debates in cognitive
science (pp. 22-36). Oxford : Blackwell.
COLHEART, M. (1999). Modularity and cognition. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 3, 115–120. [PDF]
BARRETT, H.C. & KURZBAN, R. (2006). Modularity in
cognition : Framing the debate. Psychological Review,
113 (3), 628-647. [PDF]
SCHOLL, B.J. & LESLIE, A.M. (1999). Modularity,
development, and "theory of mind". Mind &
Language, 14, 131-153.
NEWMAN, R.L. & JOANISSE, M.F. (2011). Modulation of
brain regions involved in word recognition by homophonous
stimuli : An fMRI study. Brain Research, 1387, 250-264.
[PDF]
SAMUELS, R. STRICH, S. & TREMOULET, P.D. (1999).
Rethinking rationality : From bleak implications to
Darwinian modules. In E. LePore and Z. Pylyshyn (Eds.),
Rutgers University invitation to cognitive science.
New York : Blackwell.
ADAMS, E.J., NGUYEN, A.T. & COWAN, N. (2018).
Theories of working memory : Differences in
definition, degree of modularity, role of attention, and
purpose. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services in
Schools , 49, 340–355. [PDF]
Modus operandi : Manière particulière d'agir, de faire les choses.
Modus operandi.
Modus ponens : En logique, raisonnement
hypothético-déductif valide dont la forme est : si P alors
N, P donc N. EX: S'il pleut, il y a des nuages
(P alors N). Il y a de la pluie (P), donc il y a forcément des
nuages (N). De la vérité d'un énoncé conditionnel (s'il pleut donc
il y a des nuages) et de la vérité de son antécédent (il pleut),
on peut inférer la vérité de son conséquent (il y a donc des
nuages). Modus ponens etmodus
tollens.= Implication logique,
raisonnement conditionné, raisonnement par détachement.
Modus ponens.
Modus ponens
Implication
Si P
donc N
Exemple
S'il
pleut
il y
a des nuages
Affirmation
P
alors
N
Exemple
Il
pleut
donc
il y a des nuages
SCHECTER, J. & ENOCH, D. (2006). Meaning and
justification : The case of modus ponens. Noûs, 40
(4), 687-715. [PDF]
KNEALE, W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development
of logic. Oxford : Oxford Press.
Modus tollens : En logique, raisonnement hypothético-déductif valide dont la forme est : si P alors
N, non-N donc non-P. EX: S'il pleut, il y a
des nuage (P alors N). Mais s'il n'y a pas de nuages (non-N), il
ne pleut pas (non-P). De la vérité d'un énoncé conditionnel (s'il
pleut donc il y a des nuages) et de la fausseté de son conséquent
(il n'y a pas de nuages), on peut inférer la fausseté de son
antécédent (donc il ne pleut pas). Modus tollens et modus ponens.= Implication logique,
raisonnement conditionnel, raisonnement par contraposition, modus
tollendo tollens.
Modus tolens.
Modus tollens
Raisonnement
Si P
donc N
Exemple
S'il pleut
il y a des nuages
Infirmation/Contraposition
Non-N
alors Non-P
Exemple
Il
n'y a pas de nuages
donc
il ne pleut pas
WAGNER, C.G. (2004). Modus tollens probabilized. British
Journal of Philosophical Science, 55, 747-753.
[PDF]
KNEALE, W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development
of logic. Oxford : Oxford Press.
FREUD, S. (1877). Sur les origines des racines
postérieures de la moelle épinière des Ammocoetes.
SHERRINGTON, C.S. (1932). The reflex activity of the
spinal cord. Oxford.
TASAKI, I. (1952). Properties of myelinated fibers in frog
sciatic nerve and in spinal cord as examined with
micro-electrodes. Japanese Journal of Physiology, 3, 73-94.
FRANK, K. & FOURTES, M.G.F. (1955). Potentials
recorded from the spinal cord with micro-electrodes. Journal
of Physiology, 130, 625-654.
PROVINE, R.R. (1971). Embryonic spinal cord : Synchrony
and spatial distribution of polyneuronal burst discharges.
Brain Research, 29 155-158.
COGHILL, R.C., MAYER, D.J., PRICE, D.D. (1993). The roles
of spatial recruitment and discharge frequency in spinal
cord coding of pain : a combined electrophysiological and
imaging investigation. Pain, 53 (3), 295–309.
BOSCHEN, K. (1996). Correlates of life satisfaction,
residential satisfaction, and locus of control among
adults with spinal cord injuries. Rehabilitation
Counseling Bulletin, 39 (4), 230-243.
MOELLER, F.G., BARRATT, E.S., DOUGHERTY, D.M., SCHMITZ,
J.M. & SWANN, A.C. (2001). Psychiatric aspects of
impulsivity. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1783-1793.
MOELLER, F.G., DOUGHERTY, D.M., BARRATT, E.S., SCHMITZ,.
M., SWANN, A.C. & GRABOWSKI, J. (2001). The impact of
impulsivity on cocaine use and retention in treatment. Journal
of Substance Abuse Treatment, 21, 193-198.
MOELLER, F.G., DOUGHERTY, D.M. (2002). Impulsivity and
substance abuse : What is the connection ? Addictive
Disorders & Their Treatment, 1 (1), 3-10.
MOELLER, F.G., BARRATT, E.S., FISHER, C.J., DOUGHERTY,
D.M., REILLY, E.L., MATHIAS, C.W. & SWANN, A.C.
(2004). P300 event-related potential amplitude and
impulsivity in cocaine-dependent subjects. Neuropsychobiology,
50, 167-173.
MOELLER, F.G., HASAN, K.M., STEINBERG, J.L., KRAMER, L.A.,
DOUGHERTY, D.M., SANTOS, R.M., VALDES, I., SWANN, A.C.,
BARRATT, E.S. & NARAYANA, P.A. (2005). Reduced
anterior corpus callosum white matter integrity is related
to increased impulsivity and reduced discriminability in
cocaine-dependent subjects : Diffusion tensor imaging. Neuropsychopharmacology,
30, 610-617.
MOFFITT, T.E. (1990). Juvenile delinquency and attention
deficit disorder : Developmental trajectories from age 3
to 15. Child Development, 61, 893-910.
MOFFITT, T.E. & CASPI, A. (1998). Violence between
intimate partners : Implications for child psychologists
and psychiatrists. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 137-144.
MOFFITT, T.E. CASPI, A., RUTTER, M. & SILVA, P.A.
(2001). Sex differences in antisocial behavior :
Conduct disorder, delinquency, and violence in the
Dunedin longitudinal study. Cambridge, UK :
Cambridge University Press.
MOFFITT, T.E. (2005). Genetic and environmental influences
on antisocial behaviors : Evidence from behavioral-genetic
research. Advances in Genetics, 55, 41-104. [PDF]
MOFFITT, T.E. (2005). The new look of behavioral genetics
in developmental psychopathology : Gene - Environment
interplay in antisocial behaviors. Psychological
Bulletin, 131 (4), 522-554. [PDF]
MOGG, K., MATHEWS, A. & WEINMAN, J. (1987). Memory
bias in clinical anxiety. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 96, 94-98.
MOGG, K., BRADLEY, B., WILLIAMS R. & MATHEWS, A.
(1993). Subliminal processing of emotional information in
anxiety and depression. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 102 (2), 304-311. [PDF]
MOGG, K., MILLAR, N. & BRADLEY, B.P. (2000). Biases in
eye movements to threatening facial expressions in
generalised anxiety disorder and depressive disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 109 (4), 695-704.
MOGG, K. & BRADLEY, B.P. (2005). Attentional bias in
generalized anxiety disorder versus depressive disorder. Cognitive
Therapy and Research, 29 (1), 29-45.
MOGG, K. & BRADLEY, B.P. (2016). Anxiety and attention
to threat : cognitive mechanisms and treatment with
attention bias modification. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 87, 76-108.
MOGHADDAM, F.M. & HARRE, R. (2010). Words of
conflict, words of war : How the language we use in
political processes sparks fighting. Santa Barbara,
CA. : Praeger.
MOHR, D.C., LIKOSKY, W., BERTAGNOLLI, A., GOODKIN, D., VAN
DER WENDE, J., DWYER, P. & DICK, L. (2000).
Telephone-administered cognitive-behavioural therapy for
the treatment of depressive symptoms in multiple
sclerosis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 68, 356-361.
MOHR, D.C., HART, S., JULIAN, L., CATLEDGE, C.,
HONOS-WEBB, L., VELLA, L. & TASCH, E.T. (2005).
Telephone-administered psychotherapy for depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 1007-1014. [PDF]
MOHR, D.C., VELLA, L, HART, S., HECKMAN, T. & SIMON,
G. (2008). The effect of telephone-administered
psychotherapy on symptoms of depression and attrition : a
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology, 15 (3),
243-253.
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., BARON, K.G., LEHMAN,
K.A., JIN, L. & REIFLER, D. (2010). Perceived barriers
to psychological treatments and their relationship to
depression. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 66
(4), 394-409. [PDF]
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., REIFLER, D., SOKOL, L.,
BURNS, M.N., JIN, L. & SIDDIQUE, J. (2012). Effect of
telephone-administered vs face-to-face cognitive
behavioral therapy on adherence to therapy and depression
outcomes among primary care patients : A randomized trial.
Journal of American Medical Association, 307 (21),
2278-2285. [PDF]
Moi
: Du latin ego qui signifie soi-même. Terme
utilisé par Freud pour
désigner la partie du psychisme
qui représente la raison, la sagesse et la maîtrise rationnelle de
soi. Le moi joue le rôle de médiateur entre le ça
et le surmoi en
résolvant les conflits intrapsychiques au moyen
des mécanismes de défense. Le moi a la propriété d'être objectif,acquis,rationnel
et en grande partie conscient.
Moi, çaetsurmoi.
Ego, self.
FREUD, S. (1921). Group psychology and the analysis of
ego.
[LIRE]
ISHAM, A.C. (1956). Ego movement and identification. Psychoanalytic
Review, 43, 1-17.
FREUD, S. (1927). The Ego and the Id. London :
Institute of Psychoanalysis, and Hogarth Press.
ROSENFELD, H. (1958). Discussion on ego distortion. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39, 274-275.
KLEIN, M. (1930). The importance of symbol-formation in
the development of the ego. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 11, 24-39.
FENCHEL, G.H. (1958). The role of the Ego concept in
modern psychoanalytic thought. Psychoanalytic Review,
45B, 92-101.
BRENNER, C. (1968). Archaic features of ego functioning. The
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 49, 426-430.
SEARL N.M. (1930). The role of ego and libido in
development. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 11, 125-149.
HARTMANN, H. (1968). La psychologie du moi et le
problème de l'adaptation. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France.
FREUD, A. (1937). The Ego and the mechanisms of
defence. London : Hogarth Press.
LOEWENSTEIN, R. (1972). Ego autonomy and psychoanalytic
technique. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 41, 1-22
FENICHEL, O. (1941). The Ego and the affects. Psychoanalytic
Review, 28, 47-60.
KOHUT, H. (1977). The restoration of the self. New
York : International Universities Press, Inc.
KLEIN, M. (1952/95). Les influences mutuelles dans le
développement du moi et du ça. Le transfert et autres
écrits. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
GREENWALD, A.G. (1980). The totalitarian ego : Fabrication
and revision of personal history. American
Psychologist, 35, 603-618. [PDF]
PINE, F. (1990). Drive, ego, object, and self : A
synthesis for clinical work. NY : Basic Books.
CARROLL, E.J. (1954). Acting out and ego development.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 23, 521-528.
BRENNER, C. (2002). Beyond the ego and the id revisited.
Journal of Clinical Psychoanalysis, 7, 165-180.
SOLMS, M. & PANKSEPP, J. (2012). The "Id" knows more
than the "Ego" admits : Neuropsychoanalytic and primal
consciousness perspectives on the interface between
affective and cognitive neuroscience. Brain Sciences,
2 (2), 147-175. [PDF]
HALL,
C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie freudienne.
Paris : Montaigne.
ROHWER, S. (1977). Status signaling in Harris sparrows :
some experiments in deception. Behaviour, 61,
106-112.
WINGFIELD, J.C. & FARNER, D.S. (1978). The annual
cycle of plasma irLH and steroid hormones in feral
populations of white-crowned sparrow, Zonotrichia
leucophrys gambelii. Biology of Reproduction, 19,
1046-1056.
JOHNSON, C.A., GRANT, J.W.A. & GIRALDEAU, L.-A.
(2004). The effect of patch size and competitor number on
aggression among foraging house sparrows. Behavioral
Ecology, 15, 412-418. [PDF]
Molaire
: Le mot désigne deux réalités : a) Qualifie
la description d'un phénomène,
souvent un comportement,
qui fait appel à la plus grande partie ou expression de ce
phénomène. EX: Description molaire d'un
comportement en terme de mouvements ou d'habileté sociales.
/Moléculaire.Molar structure of behavior, molar
view.b) Grosse
dent située dans la partie postérieure de la cavité buccale
d'un animal et qui sert à
broyer la nourriture.Molar.
a
GALBICKA, G., KAUTZ, M. & JAGERS, T. (1993). Response
acquisition under targeted percentile schedules : A
continuing quandary for molar models of operant behavior.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60,
171-184. [PDF]
TONNEAU, F. (1995). Further choices for molar theory. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 18, 145.
BAUM, W.N. (2003). From molecular to molar : A paradigm
shift in behavior analysis. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 78 (1), 95-116.
[PDF]
BAUM, W.N. (2003). The molar view of behavior and its
usefulness in behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 4 (1), 78-81. [PDF]
BAUM, W.N. (2004). Molar and molecular views of choice. Behavioural Processes, 66, 349-359.
BAUM, W.M. (2011). Behaviorism, private events, and the
molar view of behavior. Behavior Analysis, 31
(2), 185-200. [PDF]
Moléculaire : Molécule
: Qualifie la description d'un phénomène,
souvent un comportement,
qui fait appel à la plus petite partie de ce phénomène, la
molécule, cette dernière étant la plus petite partie d'un corps
qui possède toutes les propriétés de ce corps. Dans le faits, la
molécule est un ensemble d'atomes unis les uns aux autres par des
liaisons chimiques (ioniques, covalences). EX:
Description moléculaire d'un comportement en terme musculaire ou
biochimique.
/Molaire.Molecular structure of behavior.
DINGMAN, W. & SPORN, M.B. (1964). Molecular theories
of memory. Science, 144, 26-29.
LATTAL, K.A. & ARBUCKLE, J.L. (1992). Molecular
contingencies in schedules of intermittent punishment. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 58 (2),
361-375. [PDF]
SHIMP, C.P., FREMOUW, T., INGEBRITSEN, L.M. & LONG,
K.A. (1994). Molar function depends on molecular structure
of behavior. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 20, 96-107.
BAUM, W.N. (2003). From molecular to molar : A paradigm
shift in behavior analysis. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 78, 95-116. [PDF]
BAUM, W.N. (2004). Molar and molecular views of choice. Behavioural
Processes, 66, 349–359.
SCHNEIDER, S.M. & DAVISON, M. (2006). Molecular order
in concurrent response sequences. Behavioural
Processes, 73, 187-198.
Möller
Hans-Jürgen (Goldenstedt 1945-) : Psychiatre
allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression,
notamment de sa mesure.
Il s'intéresse également aux conditions de la rémission.
MÖLLER, H.J. (2001). Methodological aspects in the
assessment of severity of depression by the Hamilton
Depression Scale. European Archives of Psychiatry
& Clinical Neuroscience, 251 (S2), 1113–1120.
MÖLLER, H.J. & SCHNITKER, J. (2007). Prospective study
using a modified Montgomery-Äsberg Depression Scale. Nervenarzt,
78, 685-690.
MÖLLER, H.J., SEEMÜLLER, F.H. & RIEDEL, M. (2009).
Time course of response and remission during
antidepressant treatment. Medicographia, 31 (2),
118-125. [PDF]
MÖLLER, H.J. JAGER, M., RIEDEL, M., OBERMEIER, M.,
STRAUSS, A. & BOTTLENDER, R. (2010). The Munich
15-year follow-up study (MUFUSSAD) on first-hospitalized
patients with schizophrenic or affective disorders :
comparison of psychopathological and psychosocial course
and outcome and prediction of chronicity. European
Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences,
260, 367-384.
MOLNAR, A., SMITH, P. & ZAHORIK, J. (2000). 1999-2000
Evaluation results of the Student Achievement Guarantee
in Education (SAGE) Program. Milwaukee, WI : Centre
for Urban Initiatives and Research, University of
Wisconsin.
MOLNAR, A. (2000). Class size and voucher research : Not
in the same league.” Education Week, 20, 48-49.
MOLNAR, A., HALBACH, A., EHRLE, K. & ZAHORIK, J.
(2001). Class size reduction : From promise to practice. Educational
Leadership, 58 (6), 32-35.
MOLNAR, A. (2005). School Commercialism and Adolescent
Health. Adolescent Medicine Clinics, 16,
447-461.
MOLNAR, A. & GARCIA, D. (2006). The battle over
commercialized schools. Educational Leadership, 63
(7), 78-82.
Momentum
(Théorie) : Théorie
proposée par Nevin pour
expliquer le taux de
réponse d'un comportement,
qui s'appuie sur une analogie empruntée à la physique (physical
momentum). Behavioral momentum.
NEVIN, J.A., MANDELL, C. & ATAK, J.R. (1983). The
analysis of behavioral momentum. Journal of
Experimental Analysis Behavior, 39 (1), 49-59. [PDF]
MACE, F.C., LALLI, J.S., SHEA, M.C. & NEVIN, J.A.
(1992). Behavioral momentum in college basketball. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 25 (3), 657-663. [PDF]
NEVIN, J.A. (1992). An integrative model for the study of
behavioral momentum. Journal of Experimental Analysis
Behavior, 57 (3), 301-316. [PDF]
SHIMP, C.P. (2000). Toward a deconstruction of the
metaphor of behavioral momentum. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 23, 111-112.
NEVIN, J.A. & GRACE, R.C. (2000). Behavioral momentum
and the law of Effect. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 23, 73-130. [PDF]
NEVIN, J.A. (2002). Measuring behavioral momentum. Behavioural
Processes, 57, 187-198.
MONAHAN, J. (1981). The clinical prediction of
violent behavior. Rockville, MD : National
Institute of Mental Health.
MONAHAN, J. (1984). The prediction of violent behavior :
Toward a second generation of theory and policy.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 10-15.
MONAHAN, J. (1992). Mental disorder and violent behavior.
American Psychologist, 47, 511-521.
MONAHAN, J. (1994). The causes of violence. FBI Law
Enforcement Bulletin, 1, 11-15.
MONAHAN, J. & WALKER, L. (2006). An introduction
to social science in law. Foundation Press.
Monarchie/Monarque :
Régime politique dont tous les
pouvoirs sont concentrés entre les mains d'une seule
personne, un roi ou une reine (le monarque).
Monarcy.
MONCRIEFF, J. (2002). The antidepressant debate.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 193-194. [PDF]
MONCRIEFF, J. & KIRSCH, I. (2005). Debating
antidepressant efficacy in adults. British Medical
Journal, 331, 155-157. [PDF]
MONCRIEFF, J. & KIRSCH, I. (2005). Efficacy of
antidepressants in adults. British Medical Journal,
331, 155-157.
[PDF]
MONCRIEFF, J. (2007). Are antidepressants as effective as
claimed ? No, they are not effective at all. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 52 (2), 96-97. [PDF]
MONCRIEFF, J. & TIMIMI, S. (2011). Critical analysis
of the concept of adult attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. The Psychiatrist Online, 35, 334-338.
[PDF]
MOND, J.M., HAY, P.J., RODGERS, B., OWEN, C. &
BEUMONT, P.J. (2004). Relationships between exercise
behaviour, eating disordered behaviour and quality of life
in a community sample of women : When is exercise
excessive ? European Eating Disorders Review, 12,
265-272.
MOND, J.M., HAY, P.J., RODGERS, B. & OWEN, C. (2006).
An update on the definition of "excessive exercise" in
eating disorders research. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 39, 147-153.
MOND, J.M., MYERS T.C., CROSBY, R., HAY P. & MITCHELL,
J. (2008). Excessive exercise and eating-disordered
behaviour in young adult women : Further evidence from a
primary care sample. European Eating Disorders
Review, 16, 215-221.
MOND, J.M. & CALOGERO, R.M. (2009). Excessive exercise
in eating disorder patients and healthy women. The
Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 49,
227-234.
MOND, J.M., HAY, P.J., PAXTON, S.J., RODGERS, B., SARBY,
A., NILLSON, J., QUIRK, F. & OWEN, C. (2010). Eatin
disorders "mental health literacy" in low risk, high risk
and symptomatic women : Implications for health promotion
programs. Eating Disorders, 18, 267-285. [PDF]
Monde des jeunes (Merveilleux) : Concept
proposé par Goulet pour
désigner l'ensemble de stratégies commerciales et publicitaires
visant à créer pour les jeunes, et uniquement pour les jeunes, un
monde artificiel de consommation et de jouissance (vêtements,
voitures, musiques, alcool, téléphone, etc.), fondé sur la gratification
immédiate et la quasi absence d'obligations et de responsabilités
sociales et morales.
ROBERTSON, R. (1992). Globalization : Social theory
and global culture. Sage Publications.
TIMIMI, S. (2005). Effect of globalisation on children's
mental health. British Medical Journal, 331,
37-39.
ALDERSON, A.S. (1997). Globalization and
deindustrialization : Direct investment and the decline of
manufacturing employment in 17 OECD Nations. Journal
of World Systems Research, 3, 1-34.
AHMED, N.M. (2005). The globalization of insecurity : How
the international economic order undermines human and
national security on a world scale. Historia Actual,
5, 113-126. [PDF]
ALDERSON, A.S. (1999). Explaining deindustrialization :
Globalization, failure, or success ? American
Sociological Review, 64,701-721.
BONEFELD, W. (2006). Anti-globalisation and the question
of socialism. Critique : Journal of Socialist Theory,
34 (1), 39-59. [PDF]
ELBAZ, M. et HELLEY, D. (Dirs.) (2001). Mondialisation,
citoyenneté et multiculturalisme. Laval :
L'Harmattan, Les Presses de L'Université Laval.
LEE, C.-S., NIELSEN, F. & ALDERSON, A.S. (2007).
Income inequality, global economy, and the state. Social
Forces, 86, 77-111.
GOPINATH, C. (2008). Globalization : A
multidimensional system, Thousand Oaks : Sage
Publications.
WOODWARD, D., DRAGER, N., BEAGLEHOLE, R. & LIPSON, D.
(2001). Globalization and health : a framework for
analysis and action. Bulletin of the World Health
Organization, 79, 875-881. [PDF]
ALDRICH, J.H., DEFRANCESCO, SOTOE, V. & PETROW, D
(2009). The human face of economic globalization : Mexican
migrants and their support for free trade. Journal of
Latino-Latin American Studie, 3 (2), 26-46. [PDF]
ALDERSON, A.S. & NIELSEN, F. (2002). Globalization and
the great U-turn : Income inequality Trends in 16 OECD
countries. American Journal of Sociology, 107,
1244-1299.
ALDERSON, A.S., BECKFIELD, J. & SPRAGUE-JONES, J.
(2010). Inter-city relations and globalization : The
evolution of the global urban hierarchy, 1981-2007. Urban
Studies, 47,1899-1923.
LEUNG, S.A. (2003). A journey worth traveling :
Globalisation of counseling psychology. The Counseling
Psychologist, 31, 412-419.
BADIE, B. (2010). Chez nous, c'est aussi chez eux :
Migrations dans la mondialisation. Revue Projet, 7
(1), 5-13. [PDF]
BLACK, S.E. & BRAINERD, E. (2004). Importing equality
? The impact of globalization on gender discrimination. Industrial
& Labor Relations Review, 57 (4), 540-559. [PDF]
DEI JNR, L.A. & FABYAN, M. (2016). The threats of
globalization on global public health with specific
reference to tobacco control. Public Health Research,
6 (5), 132-142. [PDF]
Mondino
de' Liuzzi (Bologne 1270-1326 Bologne) : Médecin
et anatomiste italien. On
lui doit le premier témoignagne écrit d'une dissection
humaine. = Mondinus.
MONESTES, J.L., SERRA, E. & DARCHEVILLE, J.C. (1999).
Prise en charge cognitivo-comportementale d'un syndrome
douloureux chronique suite à un accident du travail. Douleur
et Analgésie, 12 (1), 10-11.
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M., MOORE, A., YON, V. &
LOAS, G. (2007). Decisions in conditional situation and
theory of mind in schizotypy. L'Encéphale, 34,
116-122.
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M. & LOAS, G. (2008).
Cognitive and behavioral therapy for population at high
risk of schizophrenia. Journal de Thérapie Cognitive
et Comportementale, 18, 11.
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M. & LOAS, G. (2009).
Introduction à la thérapie d'acceptation et d'engagement
(ACT). Journal de Thérapie Comportementale et
Cognitive, 19, 30-34.
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M., STEWART, I. & LOAS, G.
(2014). Insensitivity and delusion maintenance in
schizophrenia. Psychological Record, 64 (2),
329-333.
HERBERT, J.D.& PADOVANI, F. (2015). Breaking the
ontology taboo : Reply to Monestès and Villatte.
Journal of Contextual Behavioral Science, 4,
235-236.
MONETTE, L. (1977). Le processus contre-transférentiel
comme travail de deuil. Philosophiques, 4 (2),
305-312.
MONETTE, L. (1987). L'assomption subjective de l'ordre
symbolique. Cahiers Recherches et Théories, 58,
253-261.
MONETTE, L. (1989). The Nietzschean interpretation of
Freud as thought on the fragmentary, as fragmentary
thought. In T. Darby, B. Egyed and B. Jones (Eds.), Nietzsche
and the rhetoric of nihilism (pp. 71-80). Ottawa :
Carleton University Press.
MONETTE, L. (1990). Les fidèles de la mort. Santé
Mentale au Québec, 15 (2), 212-220.
MONETTE, L. (1993). Syncope du discours, figures de la
négativité. In M. Nevert (Ed.), Les accros du langage
(p. 61-71). Montréal : Balzac.
CORIN, E. (2004). Lise Monette : une pensée en élan. Filigrane,
13 (1), 83-127. [PDF]
MONEY, J. (1955). Hermaphroditism, gender and precocity in
hyper-adrenocorticism : psychologic findings.
Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 96,
253-264.
MONEY, J, HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1955). An
examination of some basic sexual concepts : the evidence
of human hermaphroditism. Bulletin of the Johns
Hopkins Hospital, 97, 301-319.
MONEY, J. (1973). Gender role, gender identity, core
gender identity : Usage and definition of terms. Journal
of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 1, 397–403.
MONEY, J. (1980). Love and love sickness : the
science of sex, gender difference and pair-bonding.
Baltimore : Johns Hopkins University Press.
MONEY, J. (1994). Sex errors of the body and related
syndromes. Baltimore : P.H. Brooks Publishing
Company.
CAREY, B. (2006). John William Money, 84, sexual identity
researcher, dies. New York Times.
EHRHARDT, A.A. (2007). John Money, Ph.D. Journal of
Sex Research, 44, 223-224.
GOLDIE, T. (2014). The man who invented gender:
Engaging the ideas of John Money. UBC Press.
Mongolisme
: Nom anciennenent donné au Syndrome
de Down ou trisomie 21, en référence aux traits mongoloïdes
de certains enfants atteints de cette maladie.
Mongolism, infant monogloid.
LENNEBERG, E.H., NICHOLS, I.A. & ROSENBERGER, E.F.
(1964). Primitive stages of language development in
mongolism. In Disorders of communication (Vol.
62). Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins.
BALL, T.S. (1971). Toilet training an infant monogloid at
the breast. California Mental Health Research Digest,
9, 80-85.
Monière
Denis (Saint-Jean-sur-le-Richelieu 1947-) :
Politologue
québécois. Collaborateur de Guay
et Labbé.
MONIÈRE, D. (1977). Le développement des idéologies au
Québec : des origines à nos jours. Montréal :
Éditions Québec/Amérique. [PDF]
MONIÈRE, D. et GUAY, J.H. (1987). Introduction aux
théories politiques. Montréal : Québec/Amérique.
MONIÈRE, D. (2000). Les mots du pouvoir : analyse
lexicographique des discours du trône au Québec :
1944-1997. Revue Mots, 62, 48-65.
MONIÈRE, D. (2004). Les tiraillements d’une mutation
identitaire au pays du fédéralisme utopique. Dans Ruptures
et continuités de la société québécoise (p.
80-90). Montréal : Presses de l’Université de Montréal.
MONIÈRE, D. (2006). Histoire de la république du
Québec. Québec : Le Québécois.
Monisme
: Du grec monos qui signifie «un seul». Doctrine
philosophique qui postule que l'individu est constitué d'une seule
substance, le corps, qui est
de nature biologique ou chimique. Le monisme nie l'existence de
l'esprit, qui est par définition immatériel. Pour les monistes, le
rôle jadis dévolu à l'esprit (penser, analyser, réfléchir,
compter, etc) est en fait tenu par le cerveau.
= Monisme matérialisme ou matérialisme.
/Dualisme.Monism.
NATSOULAS, T. (1987). Roger W. Sperry’s monist
interactionism. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 8 (1),
1-21
TOLMAN, C.W. (1989). Pluralistic monism : William James as
closet heraclitean. Psychological Record, 39, 177-194.
GREGORY, R.L. (1995). On physical model explanations in
psychology. British Journal of Philosophy of Science,
4, 192.
STRAWSON, G. (2006). Realistic monism : Why physicalism
entails panpsychism. Journal of Consciousness
Studies, 13, (10),
BLOOR D. (2007). Ideals and monisms : Recent criticisms of
the strong programme in the sociology of knowledge. Studies
in History & Philosophy of Science Part A. 38
(1), 210–234.
DAVIDSON, D. (1970/91). Mental events In L. Forster &
J.L. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theories. Amherst
: University of Massachusetts Press/ Théorie de
l'action : textes majeurs de la philosophie analytique
de l'action (pp. 79-191). Liège : Mardaga.
STERNBERG, R.J. & LYON, G.R. (2002). Making a
difference to education : Will psychology pass up the
chance ? Monitor on Psychology, 33, 76-78.
Monitorat : Monitorat et
tutorat. Tutoring, instructorship.
BRUNEAU, M. (1997). Le tutorat et le monitorat : Faits et
questions. Dans L. Langevin et L. Villeneuve (Dirs.), L'encadrement
des étudiants. Un défi du XX1e siècle (p.
280-300). Montréal : Les Éditions Logiques.
Monitoring : Monitorage :Anglicisme
très populaire en psychologie
qui renvoie à l'idée d'observer attentivement un comportement ou
un processus et d'en corriger les erreurs au besoin, au fur et à
mesure qu'elles se produisent (pendant l'exécution donc en temps
réel). Ce concept se décompose donc en deux opérations :
observer et corriger. En quoi le mot monitoring ou monitorage
est-il plus adéquat que surveillance ? Lorsqu'on demande à son
plus grand de surveiller les enfants, on comprend très bien qu'il
doit non seulement les observer attentivement, mais aussi, au
besoin, intervenir pour résoudre un conflit ou faire respecter une
règle. Si cette surveillance est planifiée, on peut utiliser le
mot encadrement, ou encadrement serré si on
veut insister sur la fréquence élevée des observations et des
corrections. De même, la signification du mot auto-monitorage
- qui désigne l'observation de soi et la correction des propres
erreurs, peut être correctement rendue par
auto-surveillance. Monitoring.
MONIZ, E. (1936). Essai d’un traitement chirurgical de
certaines psychoses. Bulletin de l’Académie de
Médecine (Paris) 115, 385–392.
MONIZ, E. (1936). Tentatives opératoires dans le
traitement de certaines psychoses. Paris : Masson.
MONIZ, E. (1949). How I came to perform prefrontal
leucotomy. In 1st International Conference on
Psychosurgery (pp 15–22). Lisbon : Livraria
Luso-Espanhola.
BERRIOS, G. (1997). The origins of psychosurgery : Shaw,
Burckhardt and Moniz. History of Psychiatry, 8, 61–81.
TIERNY, A.J. (2000). Egas Moniz and the origins of
psychosurgery : a review commemorating the 50th
anniversary of Moniz’s Nobel prize. Journal of
the History Neuroscience, 9, 22-36.
FORTNER, R. & GROSS, D. (2002). Egas Moniz and the
leukotomy debate with special reference to Portuguese
literature. Sudhoffs Archives, 86, 138–170.
KOTOWICZ, Z. (2005). Gottlieb Burckhardt and Egas
Moniz—two beginnings of psychosurgery. Gesnerus, 6,
77–101.
MANJILA, S., RENGACHARY, S., XAVIER, A.R., PARKER, B.
& GUTHIKONDA, M, (2008). Modern psychosurgery before
Egas Moniz : a tribute to Gottlieb Burckhardt. Neurosurgery
Focus, 25 (1), 1-4. [PDF]
GROSS, D. & SCHÄFFER, G. (2011). Egas Moniz
(1874–1955) and the “invention” of modern psychosurgery :
a historical and ethical reanalysis under special
consideration of Portuguese original sources. Journal
of Neurosurgery, 30 (2), 1-8. [PDF]
Monoamine
oxydase : MAO : Du grec monos
qui signifie un seul. Classe d'antidépresseurs
qui a pour effet d'augmenter la concentration de sérotonine
dans le cerveau en
inhibant les enzymes responsables de la dégradation naturelle de
la sérotonine.
Monoamine oxydase, monoamine connection.
DOMINO, E.F. & KHANNA, S.S. (1976). Decreased blood
platelet MAO activity in unmedicated chronic schizophrenic
patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 323-326.
FOLEY, D.L., EAVES, L.J, WORMLEY B., SILBERG, J.L., MALS,
H.H., KUHN, J. & RILEY, B. (2004). Childhood
adversity, monoamine oxidase A genotype, and risk for
conduct disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61,
738-744.
SCHILDKRAUT, J.J., HERZOG, J.M., ORSULAK, P.J., EDELMAN,
S.E., SHEIN, H.M. & FRAZIER, S.H. (1976). Reduced
platelet monoamine oxidase activity in a subgroup of
schizophrenic patients. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 133, 438-440.
HABERSTICK, B.C., LESSEN, J.M., HOPFER, C.J., SMOLEN, A.,
EHRINGER M.A., TIMBERLAKE, D. & HEWITT, J.K. (2005).
Momoamine oxidase A (MAOA) and antisocial behaviors in the
presence of childhood and adolescent maltreatment. American
Journal of Medical Genetics, Part B (Neuropsychiatric
Genetics), 135B, 59-64.
ASBERG, M., RINGBERGER, V.A., SJOQVIST, F., THORN, P.,
TRASKMAN, L. & TUCK, J.R. (1977). Monoamine
metabolites in the cerebrospinal fluid and serotonin
uptake inhibition during treatment with clomipramine.
Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 21, 201-207.
MEYER J.H., GINOVART, N., BOOVARIWALA, A., SAGRATI, S.,
HUSSEY, D., GARCIA, A., YOUNG, L.T., PRASCHSK-RIEDER, N.,
WILSON, A.A. & HOULE, S. (2006). Elevated monoamine
oxidase A levels in the brain : An explanation for the
monoamine imbalance of major depression. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 63, 1209-1216.
FALLON, J.H. & LOUGHLIN, S.E. (1987). Monoamine
innervation of cerebral cortex and a theory of the role of
monoamines in cerebral cortex and basal ganglia. In E.G.
Jones & A. Peters (Eds.), Cerebral cortex
(Vol. 6., pp. 41-127). New York : Plenum.
CORNIL, C.A., DALLA, C. PAPADOPOULOU-DAIFOTI, M.,
BAILLIEN, J.M. & BALTHAZART, J. (2006). Estradiol
rapidly activates male sexual behavior and affects brain
monoamine levels in the quail brain. Behavioral Brain
Research, 166, 110-123.
HIGLEY, J.D., SUOMI, S.J. & LINNOILA, M. (1992). A
longitudinal assessment of CSF monoamine metabolite and
plasma cortisol concentrations in young rhesus monkeys. Biological Psychiatry, 32, 127-145.
HENINGER, G., DELGADO, P. & CHARNEY, D. (1996). The
revised monoamine theory of depression : A modulatory role
for monoamines, based on new findings from monoamine
depletion experiments in humans. Pharmacopsychiatry,
29, 2-11.
LIN, T.-W. & KUO, Y.-M. (2013). Exercise benefits
brain fonction : The monoamine connection. Brain
science, 3, 39-53. [PDF]
Monod
Jacques (Paris 1910-1976 Cannes) : Biologiste
français et lauréat du prix
Nobel de physiologie et de médecine en 1965 pour ses
travaux concernant le contrôle génétique des synthèse enzymatiques
et virales (avec Lwoff et Jacob).
Il est considéré par les historiens
des sciences comme l'un des pères de la biologie
moléculaire.
MONOD, J. (1940). Recherche sur la croissance des cultures
bactériennes. Paris : Hermann.
MONOD, J. (1965). From enzymatic adaptation to
allesteric transitions. Nobel Lecture. [PDF]
MONOD, J. (1969). From biology to ethics. San
Diego : Salk Institue for biological Studies.
MONOD, J. (1970). Le hasard et la nécessité : essai
sur la philosophie naturelle de la biologie moderne.
Paris : Seuil.
MONOD, J., CAVEING, M., HALBWACHS, F. & ROGER, J.
(1972). Épistémologie et marxisme. Paris : Union
Générale d'Éditions.
KLEIMAN, D.G. (1977). Monogamy in mammals. The
Quarterly Review of Biology, 52, 39-69.
MATHEWS, L.M. (2002). Tests of the mate-guarding
hypothesis for social monogamy : does population density,
sex ratio, or female synchrony a ect behavior of male
snapping shrimp (Alpheus angulatus) ? Behavioral
Ecology & Sociobiology, 51, 426-432.
BENSHOOF, L. & THORNHILL, R. (1979). The evolution of
monogamy and loss of estrus in humans. Journal of
Social & Biological Structures, 2, 95-106.
CHAPAIS, B. (2013). Monogamy, strongly bonded groups, and
the evolution of human social structure. Evolutionary
Anthropology : Issues, News, & Reviews, 22,
52-65.
WIITTENBERGER, J.F. & TILSON, R.L. (1980). Evolution
of Monogamy : Hypotheses and evidence. Annual Review
of Ecology & Systematics, 11, 197-232.
LUKAS, D. & CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H. (2013). The evolution
of social monogamy in mammals. Science, 341,
526-530.
RUTBERG, A.T. (1983). The evolution of monogamy in
primates. Journal of Biology, 104, 93-112.
KAPPELER, P.M. (2014). Lemur behaviour informs the
evolution of social monogamy. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution 29, 591-593.
VAN SCHAIK, C.P. & DUNBAR, R.I.M. (1990). The
evolution of monogamy in large primates : a new hypothesis
and some crucial tests. Behaviour, 115, 30-61.
KRAMER, K.L. & RUSSELL, A.F. (2014). Kin-selected
cooperation without lifetime monogamy : human insights and
animal implications. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 29, 600-606.
KOMERS, P.E. & BROTHERTON, P.N. (1997). Female space
use is the best predictor of monogamy in mammals. Proceedings
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 264,
1261-1270.
SCHACHT, R. & BELL, A.V. (2016). The evolution of
monogamy in response to partner scarcity. Scientific
Reports, 6 (1), 1-9. [PDF]
Monopole :Entreprise,
privée ou publique, qui contrôle
la production ou la vente
(parfois les deux) d'un bien
ou d'un service.EX:
La SAQ est un monopole d'état qui contrôle la vente
d'un bien, les vins d'origine et autres spiritueux.
= Main mise.
Monopoly.
VAN DEN BERG, G.J. (2007). On the uniqueness of optimal
prices set by monopolistic sellers. Journal of
Econometrics 141, 482-491.
MADDI S.R., CHARLENS, A.M., MADDI, D. & SMITH, A.J.
(1962). Effects of monotony and novelty on imaginative
productions. Journal of Personality, 30,
513-527.
MONSELL, S. (1978). Recency, immediate recognition memory,
and reaction time. Cognitive Psychology, 10 (4),
465-501.
MONSELL, S., YEUNG, N. & AZUMA, R. (2000).
Reconfiguration of task-set : is it easier to switch to
the weaker task ? Psychological Research, 63 (3-4),
250-264.
MONSELL, S., SUMNER, P. & WATERS, H. (2003). Task-set
reconfiguration with predictable and unpredictable task
switches. Memory & Cognition, 31, 327-342.
MONSELL, S. (2003). Task switching. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 134-140. [PDF]
MONSELL, S. & MIZON, G.A. (2006). Can the task-cueing
paradigm measure an endogenous task-set reconfiguration
process ? Journal of Experimental Psychology Human
Perception & Performance, 32 (3), 493-516.
HARRIS, P.L., BROWN, E., MARRIOT, C., WHITHALL, S. &
HARMER, S. (1991). Monsters, ghosts and witches : Testing
the limits of the fantasy-reality distinction in young
children. British Journal of Developmental Psychology,
9, 105-123.
RADFORD, B. & NICKELL, J. (2006). Lake monster
mysteries : Investigating the world's most elusive
creatures. Lexington, Kentucky : University Press
of Kentucky.
RADFORD, B. (2011). Tracking the Chupacabra : The
vampire beast in fact, fiction, and folklore.
Mexico : University of New Mexico Press.
RADFORD, B. (2014). Mysterious New Mexico : Miracles,
magic, and monsters in the Land of Enchantment.
University of New Mexico Press.
MONTAG, C., HARTMANN, P., MERZ, M., BURK, C. & REUTER,
M. (2008). D2 receptor density and prepulse inhibition in
humans : Negative findings from a molecular genetic
approach. Behavioural Brain Research, 187, 428-432.
MONTAG, C., SCHÖNE-BAKE, J. C., WAGNER, J., REUTER, M.,
MARKETT, S., WEBER, B. & QUESADA, C. (2013).
Volumetric hemispheric ratio as a useful tool in
personality psychology. Neuroscience Research, 75,
157-159.
MONTAG, C., BLASKIEWICZ, K., LACHMANN, B., SARIYSKA, R.,
ANDONE, I., TRENDAFILOV, B. & MARKOWETZ, A. (2015).
Recorded behavior as a valuable resource for
psychodiagnostics in mobile phone addiction : evidence
from psychoinformatics. Behavioral Sciences, 5
(4), 434-442.
[PDF]
MONTAG, C. & PANKSEPP, J. (2016). Primal
Emotional-Affective Expressive Foundations of Human Facial
Expression. Motivation & Emotion, 40 (5),
760-766.
MONTAG, C., WEGMANN, E., SARIYSKA, R., DEMETROVICS, Z.
& BRAND, M. (2020). How to overcome taxonomical
problems in the study of technology related use disorders
and what to do with "smartphone addiction" ? Journal
of Behavioral Addictions, 9 (4), 908-914.
MONTAGNER, H., HENRY, J.C., LOMBARDOT, M., BENEDINI, M.,
BURNOD, J. & NICOLAS, R.M. (1978). Behavioural
profiles and corticosteroid excretion rhythms in young
children. Part 1 : Non-verbal communication and setting up
of behavioural profiles in children aged from 1 to 6
years. In V. Reynolds & N.G. Blurton Jones (Eds.), Human
behaviour and adaptation (pp. 207-228). London :
Francis and Taylor.
MONTAGNER, H. (1983). Les rythmes biologiques de
l’enfant et de l’adolescent. Paris : Stock.
MONTAGNER, H. (2002). L’enfant : la vraie question de
l’école. Paris : Odile Jacob.
MONTAGNER, H. (2002). L'enfant et l'animal.
Paris : Odile Jacob.
MONTAGNER, H. (2006). L’arbre enfant. Une nouvelle
approche du développement de l’enfant. Paris :
Odile Jacob.
Montaigne Michel Eyquem de (1533-1592) : Philosophe
et écrivain français. Montaigne
a dit : «La vraie science est une ignorance qui se sait».
MONTAIGNE, M. (2001). Les essais. J. Céard, D. Bjaï, B. Boudou et I. Pantin (Dirs.). Paris : Pochothèque.
BOUDOU, B. et CERNOGORA, N. (2013). Montaigne et la
curiosité nonchalante. Camanae, 15, 1-15. [PDF]
BOURHIS, R.Y., MONTARULI, E. & AMIOT, C.E. (2007).
Language planning and French-English bilingual
communication : Montreal field studies from 1977 to 1997.
International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 185,
187-224.
BOURHIS, R.Y., MONTREUIL, A., BARRETTE, G. &
MONTARULI, E. (2009). Acculturation and immigrant/host
community relations in multicultural settings. In S.
Demoulin, J.-P. Leyens & J. Dovidio (Eds.), Intergroup
misunderstanding : Impact of divergent social realities
(pp. 39-61). New York & London : Psychology Press.
Montesquieu Charles-Louis de Secondat dit... (Brède Guyenne
1689-1755 Paris) : Moraliste français et politologue
avant la lettre. Il a proposé une théorie de la séparation des pouvoirs
formels (législatif, exécutif et judiciaire).
Montessori Maria (Chiaravalle Italie 1870-1952) :Médecin italien
spécialisée en éducation,
notamment dans l'étude du développement
des enfants. En italie,
Elle est la première femme à être admise dans une faculté de
médecine (1896).
MONTESSORI, M. (1964). The advanced Montessori
method. Cambridge, MA : R. Bentley.
MONTESSORI, M. (1988). Pédagogie scientifique : La
maison des enfants. Paris : Éditions Desclée de
Brouwer.
MONTESSORI, M. (1988). Pédagogie scientifique :
Éducation élémentaire. Paris : Éditions Desclée de
Brouwer.
MONTESSORI, M. (1992). L'enfant. Paris :
Éditions Desclée de Brouwer.
MONTESSORI, M. (1996). L'éducation et la paix.
Paris : Éditions Desclée de Brouwer.
ELKIND, D. (1967). Piaget and Montessori. Harvard
Educational Review, (Fall), 535-545.
RATHUNDE, K. (2011). Montessori education and optimal
experience : a framework for new research. NAMTA
Journal, 26 (1), 11-43.
Montgomery Thomas Harrison (New York 1873-1912 Philadelphie) :Biologiste américain,
zoologiste et généticien
avant la lettre. Il a contribué à montrer que les chromosomes
déterminent le sexe, notamment chez les
insectes.
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1898). The spermatogenesis in Pentatoma
up to the formation of the Spermatid. Zoologische
Jahrbücher. Abteilung für Anatomie und Ontogenie der
Tiere Abteilung für Anatomie und Ontogenie der Tiere,
12, 1-88.
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1901). A study of the chromosomes of the
germ cells of Metozoa.Transactions of the American
Philosophical Society 20, (2), 154-236. [PDF]
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1905). The spermatogenesis of Syrbula
and Lycosa, with general considerations upon chromosome
reduction and the heterochromosomes. Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 57 (1),
162-205. [PDF]
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1906). Chromosomes in the
spermatogenesis of the Hemiptera Heteroptera.
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, 21 (3),
97-173.
MONTGOMERY, T.H. (1910). Are particular chromosomes sex
determinants ? Biological Bulletin, 19 (1),
1-17. [PDF]
CURTIS, W. C. (1913). Thomas Harrison Montgomery. Science,
37 (944), 171.
MONTGOMERY, S.A. & ÄSBERG, M. (1979). A new depression
scale designed to be sensitive to change. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 134, 382-389. [PDF]
MONTGOMERY, S.A., KENNEDY, S.H., BURROWS, G.D., LEJOYEUX,
M. & HINDMARCH, I. (2004). Absence of discontinuation
symptoms with agomelatine and occurrence of
discontinuation symptoms with paroxetine : a randomized,
double-blind, placebo-controlled discontinuation study. International
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 19, 271-280.
MONTGOMERY, S.A. & KASPER, S. (2007). Severe
depression and antidepressants : focus on a pooled
analysis of placebo-controlled studies on agomelatine.
International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 22, 283-291.
MONTGOMERY, S.A. & MÖLLER, H.J. (2009). Is the
significant superiority of escitalopram compared with
other antidepressants clinically relevant ?
International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 24,
111-118.
MONTGOMERY, S.A., NIELSEN, R.Z., POULSEN, L.H. &
HÄGGSTRÖM, L. (2014). A randomised, double-blind study in
adults with major depressive disorder with an inadequate
response to a single course of selective serotonin
reuptake inhibitor or serotonin-noradrenaline reuptake
inhibitor treatment switched to vortioxetine or
agomelatine. Human Psychopharmacology : Clinical
& Experimental, 29, 470-482. [PDF]
MONTMARQUETTE, C. (1977). Le contrôle et le décontrôle des
prix et des revenus : un commentaire. Industrial
Relations Industrielles, 32 (4), 628-633,
MONTMARQUETTE, C. (2002). Pour un régime d'assurance
médicaments équitable et viable. Gestion : Revue
Internationale de Gestion, 27 (1), 10-11.
MONTMARQUETTE, C., CANNING, K. & S. MAHSEREDJIAN, S.
(2002). How do young people choose college majors ? Economics
of Education Review, 21 (6), 543-556.
MONTMARQUETTE, C.N. VIENNOT-BRIOT & DAGENAIS, M.G.
(2007). Dropout, school performance and working while in
school : An econometric model with heterogenous
preferences. The Review of Economics & Statistics,
289 (4), 752-760.
MONTMARQUETTE, C. (2008). L'économétrie des données
expérimentales : Défis et opportunités. Économie et
Prévision, 182 (1), 7-17.
BÉDARD, M.A., MONTPLAISIR, J., RICHER, F., MALO, J. &
ROULEAU, I. (1993). Persistent neuropsychological deficits
and vigilance impairment in sleep apnea syndrome after
treatment with continuous positive airway pressure. Journal
of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology, 15, 330–341.
DÉCARY, A., ROULEAU, I. & MONTPLAISIR, J. (2000).
Cognitive deficits associated with sleep apnea syndrome :
a proposed neuropsychological test battery. Sleep, 23
(3), 369-381.
LABERGE, L., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F. & MONTPLAISIR,
J. (2000). Development of parasomnias from childhood to
early adolescence. Pediatrics, 106, 67-74.
MOON, Y. (1998). Impression management in computer-based
interviews : The effects of input modality, output
modality, and distance. Public Opinion Quarterly, 62 (4),
610-622.
MOON, Y. & NASS, C. (1996). How "real" are computer
personalities ? Psychological responses to personality
types in human-computer interaction. Communication
Research, 23 (6), 651-674.
MOON, Y. & NASS, C. (1998). Are computers scapegoats ?
Attributions of responsibility in human-computer
interaction. International Journal of Human-Computer
Interaction, 49 (1), 79-94.
MOON, Y. (2002). Personalization and personality : Some
effects of customizing message style based on consumer
personality. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 12
(4), 313–326.
MOON, Y. (2003). Don't blame the computer : When
self-disclosure moderates the self-serving bias. Journal
of Consumer Psychology, 13 (1-2), 125-137.
MOORE, J.C. & FANTINO, E. (1975). Choice and response
contingencies. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 23 (3), 339-347. [PDF]
MOORE, J.C. (1980). On behaviorism and private events. Psychological
Record, 30, 459-475. [PDF]
MOORE, J.C. (1985). Some historical and conceptual
relations among logical positivism, operationism, and
behaviorism. The Behavior Analyst, 8, 53-63. [PDF]
MOORE, J.C. (2000). Thinking about thinking and feeling
about feeling. The Behavior Analyst, 23 (1),
45-56. [PDF]
MOORE, J.C. (2001). On distinguishing methodological from
radical behaviorism. European Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 2 (2), 221-244. [PDF]
LEIGLAND, S. (2009). A comprehensive science : A review of
Moore's conceptual foundations of radical behaviorism. The
Behavior Analyst, 32 (1), 243-253. [PDF]
BAUM, W.M. (2011). What is radical behaviorism ? A review
of Jay Moore's conceptual foundations of radical
behaviorism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 95 (1), 119-126. [PDF]
MOORE, J.W., DESMOND, J.E., BERTHIER, N.E., BLAZIS, D.E.,
SUTTON, R.S. & BARTO, A.G. (1986). Simulation of the
classically conditioned nictitating membrane response by a
neuron-like adaptive element : response topography,
neuronal firing, and interstimulus intervals. Behavioural
Brain Research, 21, 143-154. [PDF]
MOORE, J.W., DESMOND, J.E. & BERTHIER, N.E. (1989).
Adaptively timed conditioned responses and the cerebellum
: A neural network approach. Society for Neuroscience
Abstracts, 15, 506.
MOORE, J.W. & CHOI, J.S. (1997). Conditioned response
timing and integration in the cerebellum. Learning
& Memory, 4, 116-129.
MOORE, J.W., CHOI, J.S. & BRUNZELL, D.H. (1998).
Predictive timing under temporal uncertainty : the td
model of the conditioned response. In D.A. Rosenbaum and
C.E. Collyer (Eds.), Timing of behavior : neural,
computational, and psychological perspectives (pp
3-34). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF]
MOORS, G. (2003). Diagnosing response style behaviour by
means of a latent class factor approach. Socio-demographic
correlates of gender role attitudes and perceptions of
ethnic discrimination re-examined. Quality &
Quantity, 37, 277-302.
MOORS, G. (2004). Facts and artifacts in the comparison of
attitudes among ethnic minorities. A multigroup latent
class structure model with adjustment for response style
behavior. European Sociological Review, 20,
303-320.
MOORS, G. (2008). Exploring the effect of a middle
response category on response style in attitude
measurement. Quality & Quantity, 42 (6),
779-794. [PDF]
MOORS, G., VRIENS, I. & GALLISEN, J. (2016). Two of a
kind. Similarities between ranking and rating data in
measuring work values. Survey Research Methods 10 (1),
15-33.
MOORS, G., VRIENS, I., GALLISEN, J. & VERMUNT, J.K.
(2018). Similarities Between Ranking and Rating Measures
of Values Preferences : Evidence From a Latent Class
Segmentation Approach. Methodology European Journal
of Research Methods for the Behavioral & Social
Sciences, 13 (3), 113-122.
MORAIS, J., CARY, L., ALEGRIA, J. & BERTHELSON, P.
(1979). Does awareness of speech as a sequence of phones
arise spontaneously ? Cognition, 7, 323-331. [PDF]
MORAIS, J., CONTENT, A., BERTELSON, P., CARY, L. &
KOLINSKY, R. (1988). Is there a critical period for
the acquisition of segmental analysis ? Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 5 (3), 347-352.
MORAIS, J., CONTENT, A., CARY, L., MEHLER, J. & SEGUI,
J. (1989). Syllabic segmentation and literacy. Language
& Cognitive Processes, 4, 57-67.
MORAIS, J. & KOLINSKY, R. (1994). Perception and
awareness in phonological processing : The case of the
phoneme. Cognition, 50, 287-297.
MORAIS, J. (2003). Levels of phonological representation
in learning to read and in skilled reading. Reading
& Writing, special issue, 16, 123-151.
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1964). Development of moral character and
moral ideology. In M. Hoffman & L.W. Hoffman (Eds.), Review
of child development research. New York : Russell
Sage Foundation.
SANDERSON, C.A. & DARLEY, J.M. (2002). I am moral but
you are deterred : Differential attributions about why
people obey the law. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 32, 375-405.
NARVAEZ D. & BOCK, T. (2002). Moral schemas and tacit
judgment or how the Defining Issues Test is supported by
cognitive science. Journal of Moral Educational, 31
(3), 297-314.
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1968). Moral behavior : a functional
analysis. Psychology Today, 2 (9), 31-34/69-70.
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1976). Moral development and behavior. In
T. Likona (Ed.), Moral stages and moralization.
Holt, Rinehart and Winston, CBS College Publishing.
KELTNER, D. & HAIDT, J. (2003). Approaching awe, a
moral, spiritual, and aesthetic emotion. Cognition
& Emotion, 17 (2), 297-314.
[PDF]
MAGUIRE, D.C. (1978). The moral choice. New York
: Doubleday.
LILLEHAMMER, H. (2003). Debunking morality : Evolutionary
naturalism and moral error theory. Biology &
Philosophy, 18, 567-581. [PDF]
BRAUN, C.M.J. & BARIBEAU, J. (1978). Subjective
idealism in Kohlberg's theory of moral development. Human
Development, 21, 289-301.
LILLEHAMMER, H. (2004). Moral error theory. Proceedings
of the Aristotelian Society, 104, 93-109.
KARNNIOL, R. & MILLER, D.T. (1981). Morality and the
development of conceptions of justice. In M.J. Lerner
& S.C. Lerner (Eds.), The justice motive in
social behavior : Adapting to times of scarcity and
change (pp. 73-89). New York : Plenum.
KALDERON, M. (2005). Moral fictionalism. Oxford
: Oxford University Press.
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1981). The meaning and measurement of
moral development. Clarck University Press.
WOJCISZKE, B. (2005). Morality and competence in person
and self-perception. European Review of Social
Psychology, 16, 155-188. [PDF]
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1981). The philosophy of moral
development : Essays on moral development. San
Francisco : Harper and Row.
KREBS, D.L. & DENTON, K. (2006). Explanatory
limitations of cognitive-developmental approaches to
morality. Psychological Review, 113 (3),
672-675. [PDF]
NARVAEZ, D., LAPSLEY, D.K., HAGELE, S. & LASKY, B.
(2006). Moral chronicity and social information processing
: Tests of a social cognitive approach to the moral
personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 40,
966-985.
REST, J.R. (1983). Morality. In P.H. Mussen, J. Flavell
and E. Markman (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology :
Cognitive Development (Vol. 3, pp. 556-629). New
York : Wiley.
HAIDT, J. (2007). The new synthesis in moral psychology. Science,
316, 998-1002. [PDF]
HOFFMAN, M.L. (1984). Empathy, its limitations, and its
role in a comprehensive moral theory. In J. Gewirtz and W.
Kurtines (Eds.), Morality, moral development, and
moral behavior (pp. 2893-302). New York : Wiley
KREBS, D.L. (2008). Morality : An evolutionary account. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 3, 149-172.
NARVAEZ, D. & LAPSLEY, D.K. (2008). Teaching moral
character : Two alternatives for teacher educators.
Teacher Educator, 43 (2), 156-172. [PDF]
GILLIGAN, C. & WIGGINS, G. (1987). The origins of
morality in early childhood relationships. In J. Kagan and
S. Lamb (Eds.), The emergence of morality in young
children. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
DE SOUSA, R. (2008). Really, what else is there ?
Emotions, value and morality. Critical Quarterly, 50
(4), 12-23. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J. DESHAIES, P. CUERRIER, J.-.P. &
PELLETIER, L.G. (1992). Ajzen and Fishbein's theory of
reasoned action as applied to moral behavior : A
confirmatory analysis. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 62, 98-109.
HOCUTT, M. (2009). Naturalist moral theory : a reply to
Staddon. Behavior & Philosophy, 37, 165-180.
[PDF]
GREEN, A.W. (1993). The nature of morality. Lanham,
MD : University Press of America, Inc.
BILZ, K. & NADLER, J. (2009). Law, psychology, and
morality. Psychology of Learning & Motivation,
50, 102-124. [PDF]
HAIDT, J., KOLLER, S. & DIAS, M. (1993). Affect,
culture, and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 65,
613-628. [PDF]
BLOOM, P. (2010). How do morals change ? Nature, 464,
490. [PDF]
NARVAEZ, D., GLEASON, T. & MITCHELL, C. (2010). Moral
virtue and practical wisdom : Theme comprehension in
children, youth and adults. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 171 (4), 1-26. [PDF]
NARVAEZ, D. (2010). Moral complexity : The fatal
attraction of truthiness and the importance of mature
moral functioning. Perspectives on Psychological
Science, 5 (2), 163-181. [PDF]
DARLEY, J.M. (1993). Research on morality : possible
approaches, actual approaches. Psychological Science,
4, 353-357.
OLSON, J. (2010). In defence of moral error theory. In
BRADY, M. (Ed.), New waves in metaethics. New
York : Palgrave MacMillan.
[PDF]
WRIGHT, R. (1995). The moral animal. Why we are the
way we are. The new science of evolutionary psychology.
Vintage.
YOUNG, L. & SAXE, R. (2011). Moral universals and
individual differences. Emotion Review, 3 (3),
323-324. [PDF]
HARDY, S.A. & CARLO, G. (2011). Moral identity : What
is it, how does it develop, and is it linked to moral
action ? Child Development Perspectives, 5 (3),
212-218. [PDF]
BATSON, C.D. & THOMPSON, E.R. (2001). Why don’t moral
people act morally ? Motivational considerations.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 54-57.
SKITKA, L.J. (2011). Moral convictions and moral courage :
Common denominators of good and evil. In M. Mikulincer
& P. Shaver (Eds.), Social psychology of morality
: Exploring the causes of good and evil. Washington
DC : American Psychological Association.
McCULLOUGH, M.E., KILPATRICK, S.D., EMMONS, R.A. &
LARSON, D.B. (2001). Is gratitude a moral affect ? Psychological
Bulletin, 127 (2), 249-266. [PDF]
BLOOM, P. (2012). Religion, morality, evolution.
Annual Review of Psychology, 63, 179-199. [PDF]
HAIDT, J. & HERSH, M. (2001). Sexual morality : The
cultures and emotions of conservatives and liberals. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 31, 191-221.
GAO, M. (2012). Elements affecting children’s moral
judgment of lying : A review. International Journal of
Humanities & Social Science, 2 (1), 30-38. [PDF]
HAIDT, J. (2013). Moral psychology and the law : how
intuitions drive reasoning, judgment, and the search for
evidence. Alabama Law Review, 64 (4), 867-880.
[PDF]
BEKOFF, M. (2001). Social play behaviour cooperation,
fairness, trust, and the evolution of morality.
Journal of Consciousness Studies, 8 (2), 81-90. [PDF]
AVRAMOVA, Y.R. & INBAR, Y. (2013). Emotion and moral
judgment. WIREs Cognitive Science, 4, 169-178.
[PDF]
NARVAEZ, D. (2014). Neurobiology and the development
of human morality : Evolution, culture and wisdom.
New York, W.W. Norton.
NARVAEZ, D. (2016). Embodied morality :
Protectionism, engagement and imagination. New
York, NY : Palgrave- Macmillan.
NARVAEZ, D., WANG, L. & CHENG, A. (2016). Evolved
Developmental niche history : Relation to adult
psychopathology and morality. Applied Developmental
Science, 20 (4), 294-309.
CHRISTEN, M., NARVAEZ, D. & GUTZWILLER, E. (2017).
Comparing and integrating biological and cultural moral
progress. Ethical Theory & Moral Practice, 20
(1), 55-73.
MORAND-FERRON, J., LEFEBVRE, L., READER, S.M., SOL, D.
& ELVON, S. (2004). Dunking behaviour in Carib
grackles. Animal Behaviour 68, 1267-1274.
MORAND-FERRON, J., GIRALDEAU, L.-A. & LEFEBVRE, L. (2007). Wild Carib grackles play a producer-scrounger game. Behavioral Ecology,
18, 916-921.
MORAND-FERRON, J. & SHELDON, B.C. (2012). Social
networks predict patch discovery in a wild population of
songbirds. Proceedings of the Royal Society B :
Biological Sciences, 279 (1745), 4199-4205.
MORAND-FERRON, J. & QUINN, J.L. (2015). The evolution
of cognition in natural populations. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 19, 235-237.
MORAND-FERRON, J. (2017). Why learn ? The adaptive value
of associative learning in wild populations. Current
Opinion in Behavioral Sciences, 16, 73-79.
MORAWSKI, J.G. (1997). The science behind feminist
research methods. Journal of Social Issues, 53 (4),
667-681.
MORAWSKI, J.G. (2000). Social psychology a century ago. American
Psychologist, 55 (4), 427-430. [PDF]
MORAWSKI, J.G. (2001). The dynamics of uncertainty. History
& Theory, 40, 401-418.
MORAWSKI, J.G. & BAYER, B.M. (2003). Social
Psychology. In D.K. Freedheim & I.B. Weiner (Eds.), Handbook
of psychology/History of psychology (Vol 1, pp.
223-248). New Jersey : John Wiley & Sons. [PDF]
MORAWSKI, J.G. (2005). Reflexivity and the psychologist. History
of the Human Sciences, 18 (4), 77-105.
MORAY, N. (1958). The effect of the relative intensities
of dichotic messages in speech shadowing. Language
& Speech, 1 (2), 110-113.
MORAY, N. (1959). Attention in dichotic listening :
Affective cues and the influence of instructions. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 11 (1), 56-60.
MORAY, N. & INAGAKI, T. (1999). Laboratory studies of
trust between humans and machines in automated systems.
Transactions of the Institute of Measurement &
Control, 21 (4/5), 203-211.
MORAY, N., RODRIGUEZ, D. & CLEGG, B. (2000). Levels of
automation in process control. Proceedings of the
Human Factors & Ergonomics Society Annual Meeting,
44 (1), 933-96. [PDF]
MORAY, N., INAGAKI, T. & ITOH, M. (2000). Adaptive
automation, trust, and self-confidence in fault management
of time-critical tasks. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Applied, 6 (1), 44-58.
MORDKOFF, J.T., YANTIS, S. & EGETH, H.E. (1990).
Detecting conjunctions of color and form in parallel. Perception
& Psychophysics, 48, 157-168. [PDF]
MORDKOFF, J.T., YANTIS, S. & EGETH, H.E. (1991). An
interactive race model of divided attention. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 17, 520-538. [PDF]
MORDKOFF, J.T. & GIANAROS, P.J. (2000). Detecting the
onset of the lateralized readiness potential : A
comparison of available methods and procedures. Psychophysiology,
37, 347-360. [PDF]
MORDKOFF, J.T. & HALTERMAN, R. (2008). Feature
integration without visual attention : Evidence from the
correlated flankers task. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 15, 385-389. [PDF]
MORDKOFF, J.T. & DANEK, R.H. (2011). Dividing
attention between color and shape revisited: Redundant
targets coactivate only when parts of the same perceptual
object. Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics,
73, 103-112. [PDF]
AZRIN, N.H., RUBIN, H.B. & HUTCHISON, R.R. (1968).
Biting attack by rats in response to aversive shock.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11
(5), 633-639. [PDF]
WRIGHT, J.C. (1985). Severe dog attacks : Characteristics
of the dogs, the victims, and the attack settings.
Public Health Reports, 100 (1), 55-61. [PDF]
MOSS, M.P. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1987). The effects of dog
ownership on judgements of dog bite likelihood. Anthrozoos,
1, (2), 95-99.
WRIGHT, J.C. (1990). Reported cat bites : Characteristics
of the cats, the victims, and the attack settings. Public
Health Reports, 105 (4), 420-424. [PDF]
WRIGHT, J.C. (1990). Reported dog bites : Are owned and
stray dogs different ? Anthrozoos, 4 (2),
113-119. [PDF]
GERSHMAN, K.A., SACKS, J.J. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1994).
Which dogs bite ? A case-control study of risk factors. Pediatrics,
93 (6), 913-917. [PDF]
WRIGHT, J.C. (1996). Canine aggression : Dog bites to
people. In V.L. Voith & P.L. Borchelt (Eds.),
Readings in companion animal behavior (pp.
240-246). New Jersey : Veterinary Learning System. [PDF]
MORELAND, R.L. & ZAJONC, R.B. (1976). A strong test of
exposure effects. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 12, 170-179.
MORELAND, R.L. & LEVINE, J.M. (1992). Problem
identification by groups. In S. Worchel, W. Wood & J.
Simpson (Eds.), Group process and productivity
(pp. 17-48). Newbury Park, CA. : Sage.
MORELAND, R.L., HOGG, M.A. & HAINS, S.C. (1994). Back
to the future : Social psychological research on groups. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 527–555.
MORELAND, R.L. & McMINN, J.G. (1999). Gone, but not
forgotten : Loyalty and betrayal among ex-members of small
groups. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
25, 1484-1494.
MORELAND, R.L. & LEVINE, J.M. (2002). Socialization
and trust in work groups. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 5, 185-201.
HINSZ, V. B., KERR, N.L. & TINDALE, R.S. (2018).
Richard L. Moreland (1951–-2017). Group Dynamics :
Theory, Research, & Practice, 22 (1), 61–62.
Moreno Jacob Levy (Bucarest 1889-1974 Beacon États-Unis) :Psychosociologue
américain d'origine roumaine. Il a développé le concept de sociogramme
et la technique thérapeutique de groupe (psychodrames).
MORENO, J.L. (1947/1984). Théâtre de la spontanéité.
Paris : E.P.I.
MORENO, J.L. (1965/1987). Psychothérapie de groupe et
psychodrame. Introduction théorique et clinique à la
socio-analyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France.
MORENO, M.A., JALENCHIK, EGAN, K.G., COX, E. YOUNG, H.,
GANNON, K.E. & BECKER, T. (2011). Feeling bad on
Facebook : Depression disclosures by college students on a
social networking site. Depression & Anxiety, 28
(6), 447-455. [PDF]
MORENO, M.A., JELENCHICK, L.A., KOFF, R., EIKOFF, J.,
DIERMYER, C. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2012). Internet use
and multitasking among older adolescents : An experience
sampling approach. Computers in Human Behavior, 28, 1097-1102.
JELENCHICK, L.A., EICKHOFF, J.C. & MORENO, M.A.
(2013). "Facebook depression ?" Social networking site use
and depression in older adolescents. Journal of
Adolescence Health, 52 (1), 128-130. [PDF]
MORENO, M.A., STANDIFORD, M. & CODY, P. (2018). social
media and adolescent health. Current Pediatrics
Reports, 6 (5), 132-138. [PDF]
MORENO, M.A., BUSHMAN, M.E., HYZER, R.H., GOWER, A.D.
& PLETTA, K.H. (2021). Adolescent and parent emotions
and perceptions regarding news media stories about
bullying : a qualitative study. International Journal
of Bullying Prevention, 3 (4), 270-277.
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1954). Note sur l'illusion des
droites inclinées. Archives de Psychologie, 35
(137), 65-76.
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1956). Les comparaisons verticales
à faible intervalle. Archives de Psychologie, 35
(140), 289-319.
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1956). Note sur la comparaison de
lignes perpendiculaires égales. Archives de
Psychologie, 35 (139), 233-255.
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1961). La comparaison des
verticales et des horizontales dans la figure en équerre.
Archives de Psychologie, 38 (149), 69-88.
MORF, A. (1994). Une épistémologie pour la didactique :
spéculations autour d'un aménagement conceptuel. Revue
des Sciences de l'Éducation, 20 (1), 29–40. [PDF]
MORF, C.C. & RHODEWALT, F. (1993). Narcissism and
self-evaluation maintenance : Explorations in object
relations. Personality & Psychology Bulletin, 19,
668- 676.
MORF, C.C., WEIR, C.R. & DAVIDOV, M. (2000).
Narcissism and intrinsic motivation : The role of goal
congruence. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
36, 424-438.
MORF, C.C. & RHODEWALT, F. (2001). Unraveling the
paradoxes of narcissism : A dynamic self-regulatory
processing model. Psychological Inquiry, 12 (4),
177-196. [PDF]
MORF, C.C. & MISCHEL, W. (2002). (1) Introduction to
special issue : Self-concept, self- regulation, and
psychological vulnerability; & (2) Epilogue :
Self-regulation, vulnerability, and implications for
mental health. Self & Identity, 1,
103-104/191-199.
MORF, C.C. (2006). Personality reflected in a coherent
idiosyncratic interplay of intra- and interpersonal
self-regulatory processes. Journal of Personality,
74, 1527-1556.
Morgan Jamie (1902-1976) :Économiste
britannique. Collaborateur de
Archer.
MORGAN, J. (2004). Distinguishing truth, knowledge, and
belief. Modern China, 30 (3), 398-427.
MORGAN, J. (2014). What is progress in realism ? An issue
illustrated using norm circles. Journal of Critical
Realism, 13 (2), 115-138.
MORGAN, J. (2015). Realists divided by realism ? Wright on
triune christianity. Journal of Critical Realism, 14 (4),
397-415.
MORGAN, J. (2016). Change and a changing world ?
Theorizing Morphogenic Society. Journal of Critical
Realism, 15 (3), 277-295.
MORGAN, J. (2019). Will we work in twenty-first century
capitalism : A critique of the fourth industrial
revolution literature. Economy & Society, 48 (3),
371-398.
Morgan Lloyd Conwy (1852-1936) :Biologiste,zoologiste et philosophe
anglais. Il a proposé un principe épistémologique pour baliser
l'analyse scientifique - les
canons de Morgan - qui soutient qu'à valeur égale, l'explication
scientifique d'un phénomène qui se fonde sur des concepts
élémentaires est préférable à l'explication qui s'appuie sur des
concepts plus complexes (faculté mentale de haut-niveau). Morgan etRomanes.
MORGAN, C.L. (1885). The springs of conduct : An
essay in evolution. London : Kegan Paul.
MORGAN, C.L. (1894). An introduction to comparative
psychology. London : W. Scott.
MORGAN, C.L. (1900). Animal behavior. London :
Arnold.
MORGAN, C.L. (1909). The natural history of experience. British
Journal of Psychology, 3, 1-20.
MORGAN, C.L. (1923/31). Emergent evolution. New
York : Holt.
COSTALL, A. CLARK, J.F.M. & WOZNIAK, R.H. (1997).
Conwy Lloyd Morgan (1852-1936): An introduction to his
work and a bibliography of his writings. Teorie &
Modelli, 2, 65-92.
COSTALL, A. (1998). Lloyd Morgan, and the rise and fall of
"animal psychology". Society & Animals, 6,
13-29.
FITZPATRICK, S. & GOODRICH, G. (2017). Building a
science of animal minds : Lloyd Morgan, experimentation,
and Morgan's Canon. Journal of the History of
Biology, 50, 525-569.
Morgan (Canons) : Principe
épistémologique de
parcimonie formulé par Morgan
en 1894, qui stipule qu'il faut éviter de recourir à une faculté
mentale ou à un mécanisme
de haut niveau pour expliquer un comportement qui peut être
expliqué plus simplement. Autrement dit, en science, il faut
privilégier les explications simples. Canon de Morgan et
Rasoir d'Ockham. Morgan's canon.
MORGAN, C.L. (1894). An introduction to comparative
psychology. London : W. Scott.
border="0"
style="vertical-align: middle;"
height="13"
width="13">
THOMAS, R.K. (2001). Lloyd Morgan's canon : A history of
Its misrepresentation. History & Theory in
Psychology [PDF]
YONAS, A. (2001). Reflections on the study of infant
perception and cognition : What does Morgan's canon really
tell us to do ? Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 78, 50-54.
NEWBURY, E. (1954). Current interpretations and
significance of Lloyd Morgan's Canon. Psychological
Bulletin, 51, 70-74.
KARIN-D'ARCY, M.R. (2005). The modern role of Morgan's
canon in comparative psychology. Internaltional
Journal of Comparative Pasychology, 18 (2),
179-201. [PDF]
GHISELIN, M. (1983). Lloyd Morgan's canon in evolutionary
context. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6 (3),
362-363.
ALLEN-HERMANSON, S. (2005). Morgan's Canon revisited. Philosophy
of Science, 72 (4), 608-631.
HEYES, C.M. (1988). The distant blast of Lloyd Morgan's
Canon. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11,
256-257.
SOBER, E. (2005). Comparative psychology meets
evolutionary biology : Morgan's canon and cladistic
parsimony. In L. Daston & G. Dittman (Eds.), Thinking
with animals : New perspectives on anthropomorphism
(pp. 85-99). New York : Columbia University Press.
FITZPATRICK, S. (2008). Doing away with Morgan's Canon. Mind
& Language, 23, 224-246.
COSTALL, A. (1993). How Lloyd Morgan's canon backfired. The
History of the Behavioral Sciences, 29 (2),
113-122.
BUCKNER, C. (2013). Morgan's Canon, meet Hume's Dictum :
avoiding anthropofabulation in cross-species comparisons.
Biology & Philosophy 28, 853-871.
STARZAK, T. (2016). Interpretations without justification
: a general argument against Morgan's Canon. Synthese,
194 (45),
SOBER, E. (1998). Morgan's Cannon. in D. Cummins and C.
Allen (Eds.), The evolution of mind. Oxford :
Oxford University Press.
FITZPATRICK, S. & GOODRICH, G. (2017). Building a
science of animal minds : Lloyd Morgan, experimentation,
and Morgan's Canon. Journal of the History of
Biology, 50, 525-569.
THOMAS, R.K. (1998). Lloyd Morgan's Canon. In G. Greenberg
& M.M. Haraway (Eds.), Comparative psychology : A
handbook (pp. 156-163). New York : Garland Press.
[PDF]
FITZPATRICK, S. (2018). Against Morgan's canon. in K.
Andrews and J. Beck (Eds.), The Routledge handbook of
philosophy of animal minds (Routledge). [PDF]
Morgan Thomas Hunt (Lexington 1866-1945 Pasedena) :Biologiste américain et
père de la théorie chromosomique
de l'hérédité. Il
s'appuie sur les travaux de Castle
et ses propres observations sur la mouche à vinaigre (drosophile),
pour postuler que les chromosomes
sont les supports biologiques des gènes.
Lauréat du prix
Nobel de médecine et de physiologie en 1933. Professeur de
Muller et
Stevens.
MORGAN, T.H. (1909). MORGAN, T.H. (1909). What are
"factors" in mendelian explanations ? American
Breeders Association Reports, 5 (1), 365-368. [PDF].
MORGAN, T.H. (1909). A biological and cytological study of
sex determination in Phylloxerans and Aphids. Journal
of Experimental Zoology, 7 (2), 239-351.
MORGAN, T.H. (1909). Sex-limited inheritance in
drosophila. Science, 32, 120-122.
MORGAN, T.H. (1913). Heredity and sex. New York
: Columbia University Press. [LIRE]
MORGAN, T.H. (1917). The theory of the gene.The
American Naturalist, 51 (609), 513-544.
STRUTEVANT, A.H. (1959). Thomas Hunt Morgan. Biographical
Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences, 33,
283–325.
ALLEN, G.E. (1966). Thomas Hunt Morgan and the problem of
sex detrmination. Proceeding of the American
Philosophical Society, 110, 48-57.
BOWLER, J.P. (1978). Hugo De Vries and Thomas Hunt Morgan
: The mutation theory and the spirit of Darwinism. Annals
of Science, 35 (1), 53-73.
HOROWITZ, N.H. (1998). T.H. Morgan at Caltech : A
reminiscence. Genetics. 149 (4), 1629-1632.
BENSON, K.R.T.H. (2001). Morgan's resistance to the
chromosome theory. Nature Reviews Genetics, 2, 469-474.
BRUSH, S.G. (2002). How theories became knowledge :
Morgan's chromosome theory of heredity in America and
Britain. Journal of History Biology, 35 (3),
471-535.
Morgenstern Oskar (1902-1976) :Économiste
américain d'origine autrichienne et père de la théorie
des jeux (en collaboration avec Von Neumann). Collaborateur
de Von neumann.
VON NEUMANN, J. & MORGENSTERN, O. (1944). Theory
of games and economic behavior. Princeton :
Princeton Univ. Press.
MORGENSTERN, O. (1950). On the accuracy of economic
observations. Princeton, NJ : Princeton University
Press.
MORGENSTERN, O. (1951). Prolegomena to a theory of
organization. Santa Monica, CA : Rand Corp. [PDF]
MORGENSTERN, O. (1959). The question of national
defense and international transactions and business
cycles. New York : Random House.
MORGENSTERN, O. & KNORR, K.E. (1968). Political
conjecture in military planning. Princeton : Center
of International Studies, Princeton University.
MORI, K. (2003). Surreptitiously projecting different
movies to two subsets of viewers. Behavior Research
Methods, Instruments, & Computers, 35, 599-604.
[PDF]
MORI, K. (2005). Elicitation of spontaneous mirror
reversal drawing on the forehead. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 101, 898-900. [PDF]
MORI, K. & MORI, H. (2008). Conformity among
cowitnesses sharing same or different information about an
event in experimental collaborative eyewitness testimony.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 106, 275-290. [PDF]
MORI, K. & ARAI, M. (2010). No need to fake it :
Reproduction of the Asch experiment without confederates.
International Journal of Psychology, 45, 390-397.
[PDF]
MORI, K. & MORI, H. (2013). Japanese are modest even
when they are winners : Competence ratings of self and
others in social comparison. Psychology, 4 (11),
827-830. [PDF]
MORIN, A. & EVERETT, J. (1990). Conscience de soi et
langage intérieur : Quelques spéculations.
Philosophiques, 17 (2), 169-188. [PDF]
MORIN, A. (1993). Self-talk and self-awareness : On the
nature of the relation. The Journal of Mind &
Behaviour, 14 (3), 223-234. [PDF]
MORIN, A. (2002). Right hemispheric self-awareness : A
critical assessment. Consciousness & Cognition,
11 (3), 396-401. [PDF]
MORIN, A. (2006). Levels of consciousness and
self-awareness : A comparison and integration of various
neurocognitive views. Consciousness & Cognition,
15 (2), 358- 371. [PDF]
MORIN, A. (2011). Self-recognition, theory-of-mind, and
self-awareness : What side are you on ? Laterality,
16 (3), 367-83. [PDF]
MORIN, C.M. & AZRIN, N.H. (1987). Stimulus control and
imagery training in treating sleep-maintenance insomnia. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 55,
260-262.
MORIN, C.M., KOWATCH, R. A., BARRY T. & WALTON, E.
(1993). Cognitive-behavior therapy for late-life insomnia.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 137-146.
MORIN, C.M., COLECCHI, C., STONE, J., SOOD, R. &
BRINK, D. (1999). Behavioural and pharmacological
therapies for late life insomnia. Journal of American
of Medical Association, 281, 991-999.
MORIN, C.M. (2004). Traitement de l’insomnie et autres
troubles du sommeil. Psychologie Québec, 21 (1),
18-22.
MORIN, C.M., BOOTZIN, R.R., BUYSSE, D.J., EDINGER, R,
J.D., ESPIE, C.A. & LICHSTEIN, K.L. (2006).
Psychological and behavioural treatment of insomnia.
Update of the recent evidence (1998–-2004) prepared by y
Task Force of the American Academy of Sleep Medicine.
Sleep, 29, 1398–4014.
[PDF]
MORIN, E. (1982). Science avec conscience. Paris
: Fayard.
MORIN, E. (1984). Sociologie. Paris : Fayard.
MORIN, E. (1994). La complexité humaine. Paris :
Éditions Flammarion.
MORIN, E. (1984). La connaissance de la connaissance
: la méthode. Paris : Seuil.
MORIN, E. (1995). Une année Sisyphe. Paris :
Seuil.
Morine-Dershimer
Greta ( ) : Spécialiste américaine
de l'éducation.
MORINE-DERSHIMER, G. (1978). How teachers "see" their
pupils. Educational Research Quarterly, 3 (4),
43-52.
MORINE-DERSHIMER, G. (1982). Pupil perceptions of teacher
praise. Elementary School Journal, 82, 421-434.
MORINE-DERSHIMER, G. (1987). Informal theory and
instructional practice : Sensemaking makes sense. Theory
Into Practice, 26 (1), 59-66.
MORINE-DERSHIMER, G. (2006). Using the Nuthall lens on
learning to sharpen perceptions of teacher education
practice. Teaching & Teacher Education, 22 (5),
563-579.
MORINE-DERSHIMER,
G. (2015). The implications of teacher education research
for early childhood teacher education. Journal of
Early Childhood Teacher Education, 12 (2), 3-10.
MORITZ, S., HEEREN, D., ANDRESEN, B. & KRAUSZ, M.
(2001). An analysis of the specificity and the syndromal
correlates of verbal memory impairments in schizophrenia.
Psychiatry Research, 101 (1), 23-31.
[PDF]
MORITZ, S. & WOODWARD, T.S. (2002). Memory confidence
and false memories in schizophrenia. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 190 (9), 641-643. [PDF]
MORITZ, S. & WOODWARD, T. (2005). Jumping to
conclusions in delusional and non-delusional schizophrenic
patients. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 44 (2),
193-207. [PDF]
MORITZ, S. & WOODWARD, T. & HAUSMANN, D. (2006).
Incautious reasoning as a vulnerability factor for the
development of psychotic symptoms in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 32 (2), 327-331. [PDF]
MORITZ, S., ANDREOU, C., SCHNEIDER, B.C., WITTEKIND, C.E.,
MENON, M., BALZAN, R.P. & WOODWARD, T.S. (2014).
Sowing the seeds of doubt : a narrative review on
metacognitive training in schizophrenia. Clinical
Psychology Review, 34, 358-366. [PDF]
Morphème
:En linguistique,
plus petite unité significative du langage.
Il y a deux types de morphème : les morhèmes lexicaux (EX:
chien, maison, soleil, etc), chien, et les morphèmes
grammaticaux (EX: à, et ou, etc).
Morphème etphonème. Morpheme.
HARRIS, Z. (1955). From phoneme to morpheme. Language,
31 (2), 190-222. [PDF]
HARRIS, Z. (1967). Morpheme boundaries within words :
report on a computer test. Transformations &
Discourse Analysis Papers, 73.
GUESS, D., SAILOR, W., RUTHERFORD, G. & BAER, D.M.
(1968). An experimental analysis of linguistic development
: the productive use of the plural morpheme. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (4),
297-306. [PDF]
GUESS, D. (1969). A functional analysis of receptive
language and productive speech : acquisition of the plural
morpheme. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2
(1), 55-64. [PDF]
Morphine
: Drogue de la
famille des narcotiques, notamment
utilisée en médecine pour soulager la douleur
des patients en phase terminale. Morphine etendorphine.Morphine.
WIKLER, A. & MASSERMAN, J.H. (1943). Effects of
morphine on learned adaptive responses and experimental
neuroses in cats. Archives of Neurology &
Psychiatry, 50, 401-404
PALLETA, M.S. & WAGNER, A.R. (1986). Development of
context-specific tolerance to morphine : support for a
dual-process interpretation. Behavioral Neuroscience,
100, 611-623.
CAHEN, R.L. & WIKLER, A. (1944). Effects of morphine
on cortical electrical activity of the rat. The Yale
Journal of Biology & Medicine, 16, 239-244.
SIEGEL, S. & ELLSWORTH, D.W. (1986). Pavlovian
conditioning and death from apparent overdose of medically
prescribed morphine : A case report. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 24, 278-280.
[PDF]
WIKLER, A. (1955). Rationale of the diagnosis and
treatment of addictions. Connecticut state medical
journal, 19, (7), 560-568.
FEINBERG, G. & RICCIO, D.C. (1990). Changes in memory
for stimulus attributes : Implications for tests of
morphine tolerance. Psychological Science, 1,
265-267.
BOSHKA, S.C., WEISMAN, H.M. & THOR, D.H. (1966). A
technique for inducing aggression in rat utilizing
morphine withdrawal. The Psychological Record, 16, 541-543.
VATHY, I. (2001). Prenatal morphine exposure induces age-
and sex- dependent changes in seizure susceptibility. Progress
in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
25, 1203-1226.
WOODS J.H. & SCHUSTER, C.R. (1968). Reinforcement
properties of morphine, cocaine and SPA as a function of
unit dose. International Journal of the Addictions,
3, 231-237.
KIERES, A.K., HAUSKNECHT, K.A., FARRAR, A.M., ACHESON, A.,
DE WIT, H. & RICHARDS, J.B. (2004). Effects of
morphine and naltrexone on impulsive decision making in
rats. Psychopharmacology, 173, 167-174.
ESPOSITO, R.U. & KORNETSKY, C. (1977). Morphine
lowering of self-stimulation thresholds : Lack of
tolerance with long-term administration. Science, 195,
189-191.
PATTIJ, T., SCHETTERS, D., JANSSEN, M.C., WISKERKE, J.
& SCHOFFELMEER, A.N. (2009). Acute effects of morphine
on distinct forms of impulsive behavior in rats. Psychopharmacology,
205, 489-502.
LEVITT, R.A., STILWELL, D.J., EVERS, T.M. (1978).
Morphine and shuttlebox self-stimulation in the rat :
Tolerance studies. Pharmacology, Biochemistry &
Behavior, 9 (4), 567-569.
MORRIS, D. (1979). Some aspects of the instructional
environment and learning to read. Language Arts, 56
(5), 497-502.
MORRIS, D. & PERNEY, J. (1984). Developmental spelling
as a predictor of first-grade reading achievement.
Elementary School Journal, 84, 441-457.
MORRIS D. (1999). Preventing reading failure in the
primary grades : Annual review of research. National
Reading Conference Yearbook, 48, 17-38. [PDF]
MORRIS, D., PERNEY, J. & TYNER, B. (2000). Early steps
: Replicating the effects of a first-grade reading
intervention program. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 92 (4), 681-693. [PDF]
MORRIS, D., BLOODGOOD, J. & PERNEY, J. (2003).
Kindergarten predictors of first- and second-grade reading
achievement. Elementary School Journal, 104 (2),
93-109.
MORRIS, P.A. & GENNETIAN, L. (2003). Identifying the
effects of income on children : Integrating an
instrumental variables estimation method with an
experimental design. Journal of Marriage & Family,
65, 716-729.
MORRIS, P.A. & MICHALOPOULOS, C. (2003). Findings from
the self sufficiency project : Effects on children and
adolescents of a program that increased employment and
income. Applied Developmental Psychology, 24,
201-239.
MORRIS, P.A., DUNCAN, G. & CLARK-KAUFFMAN, E. (2005).
Child well-being in an era of welfare-reform : The
sensitivity of transitions in development to policy
change. Developmental Psychology, 41 (6),
919-932.
MORRIS, P.A. (2008). Welfare program implementation and
parents’ and depression. Social Service Review, 82
(4), 579-614.
MORRIS, P.A. & HENDRA. R. (2009). Losing the safety
net : How a time limited welfare policy affects families
at risk of reaching time limits. Developmental
Psychology, 45 (2), 383-400.
[PDF]
MORRIS, R.G.M. (1981). Spatial localisation does not
depend on the presence of local cues. Learning &
Motivation, 12, 239-260. [PDF]
MORRIS, R.G.M., GARRUD, J.N., RAWLINS, J.N.P. &
O'KEEFE, J. (1982). Place navigation impaired in rats with
hippocampal lesions. Nature, 297 (5868),
681-683.
MORRIS, R.G.M. (1984). Developments of a water-maze
procedure for studying spatial learning in the rat.
Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 11, 47-60.
MORRIS, R.G.M., ANDERSON, E., BAUDRY, M. & LYNCH, G.S.
(1986). Selective impairment of learning and blockade of
long-term potentiation in vivo by AP5, an NMDA antagonist.
Nature, 319, 774-776.
MORRIS, R.G.M., SCHENK, F., TWEEDIE, F. & JARRARD,
L.E. (1990). Ibotenate Lesions of Hippocampus and/or
subiculum : Dissociating components of allocentric spatial
learning. European Journal of Neuroscience, 2
(12), 1016-1028.
MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J. & BURGER, G.K. (1991). A
comparison of taxonomic systems for classifying homeless
men. The International Journal of Social Psychiatry,
37 (2), 90-98.
MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J., ALLEN, G., TEMPELHOFF, B. &
SMITH, R. (1992). Experimental comparison of the effects
of three treatment programs for homeless mentally ill
people. Hospital & Community Psychiatry, 43
(10), 1005-1010.
MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J., ALLEN, G. & KENNY, D.A.
(1994). Helping homeless mentally ill people : what
variables mediate and moderate program effects ? American
Journal of Community Psychology, 22 (5), 661-683.
MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J., KLINKENBERG, W.D., TRUSTY,
M.L., GERBER, F., SMITH, R., TEMPELHOFF, B. & AHMAD,
L. (1997). An experimental comparison of three types of
case management for homeless mentally ill persons.
Psychiatric Services, 48 (4), 497-503.
MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J., KLINKENBERG, W.D. HELMINIAK,
T.W., WOLFF, N., DRAKE, R.E., YONKER, R.D., LAMA, G.,
LEMMING, M.R. & MCCUDDEN, S. (2006). Treating homeless
clients with severe mental illness and substance use
disorders : costs and outcomes. Community Mental
Health Journal, 42 (4), 377-404.
MORSE, W.H. & SKINNER, B.F. (1957). A second type of
superstition in the pigeon. American Journal of
Psychology, 70, 308-311.
MORSE, W.H. & SKINNER, B.F. (1957). Concurrent
activity under fixed-interval reinforcement. Journal
of Comparative and Psychological Psychology, 50 (3),
279-281.
MORSE, W.H. & SKINNER, B.F. (1958). Some factors
involved in the stimulus control of operant behavior. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (1),
103-107. [PDF]
MORSE, W.H. (1964). Effect of amobarbital and
chlorpromazine on punished behavior in the pigeon. Psychopharmacologia,
6, 286-294.
MORSE, W.H. & KELLEHER, R.T. (1977). Determinants of
reinforcement and punishment. In W.K Honig & J.E.R
Staddon (Eds.), Handbook of operant behavior
(pp. 174-200). Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall.
MARR, M.J. (2006). A major trio. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86 (3), 355-357.
[PDF]
ZEILER, M.D. (2006). An architect of the golden years. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86 (3),
385-391. [PDF]
Mort : Mortalité : Fin de la vie.
Mort etexpérience
de mort imminente.NDLR : La mort, on
ignore ce que c'est, tant qu'on l'a pas vécue.
= Décès.
Death, dying, mortality.
KÜBLER-ROSS, E. (1969). On death and dying. Simon
& Schuster/Touchstone.
WAAS, H. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (Eds.) (1995). Dying.
Washington, DC : Taylor & Francis
DICKSTEIN, L.S. (1972). Death concern : measurement and
correlates. Psychological Reports, 30 (2),
563-571.
BACKLUND, E., SORLIE, P.D. & JOHNSON, N.J. (1996). The
shape of the relationship between income and mortality in
the United States. Evidence from the National Longitudinal
Mortality Study. Annals of Epidemiology, 6, 12-20.
CAMERON, P., STEWART L. & BIBER, H. (1973).
Consciousness of death across the life span. Journal
of Gerontology, 28, 92-95
ZHANG, L.X., XING, G.Q., LEVINE, S., POST, R.M. &
SMITH, M.A. (1997). Maternal deprivation induces neuronal
death. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 23,
1113.
KÜBLER-ROSS, E. (1972). Questions & answers on
death & dying. Simon & Schuster/Touchstone
WORTMAN, C.B., BATTLE, E.S. & LEMKAU, J.P. (1997).
Coming to terms with sudden, traumatic death of a spouse
or child. In R.C. Davis & A.J. Lurigio (Eds.), Victims
of crime (pp. 108-133). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
BECKER, E. (1973). The denial of death. New York
: Free Press.
MURRAY, C.J. & LOPEZ, A.D. (1997). Global mortality,
disability, and the contribution of risk factors : Global
burden of disease study. Lancet, 349 (9063),
1436-1442.
MURRAY, C.J. & LOPEZ, A.D. (1997). Mortality by cause
for eight regions of the world : Global burden of Disease
Study. Lancet, 349 (9061), 1269-1276.
WHOOLEY, M.A., BROWNER, W.S. (1998). Association between
depressive symptoms and mortality in older women. Archives
of Internal Medicine, 58 (19), 2129-2135.
MADDI S.R. (1976). Learning from the fear of dying.
University of Chicago Magazine, 63, 20-23.
HUMMER, R.A., ROGERS, R.G., NAM, C.B. & ELLISON, C.G. (1999). Religious involvement and U.S. adult mortality Demography, 36 . (2), 273-285.
COMBS, B. & SLOVIC, P. (1979). Newspaper coverage of
causes of death. Journalism Quarterly, 56,
837-843.
HEWITT, P.L., COREN, S. & STEEL, D.G. (2001). Death
from anorexia nervosa : Age span and gender differences. Aging
& Mental Health, 5, 41-46.
SCHREINER, R.L., GRESHAM, E.L. & GREEN, M. (1979).
Physician's responsibility to parents after death of an
infant : Beneficial outcome of a telephone call. American
Journal of Diseases of Children, 133, 723-726.
HILL, K., BOESCH, C., GOODALL, J., PUSEY, A., WILLIAM, J.
& WRANGHAM, R.W. (2001). Mortality rates among wild
chimpanzees. Journal of Human Evolution, 40,
437-450. [PDF]
MADDI. R. (1980). Developmental value of fear of death. Journal
of Mind & Behavior, 1, 85-92.
SING, G.K. & SIAHPSUH, M. (2002). Increasing
rural-urban gradients in US suicide mortality, 1970-1997.
American Journal of Public Health, 92, 1161-1167.
[PDF]
KÜBLER-ROSS, E. (1981). Living with death &
dying. Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
CICIRELLI, V.G. (2002). Fear of death in older adults :
Predictions from terror management theory. Journals
of Gerontology. Series B : Psychological Sciences &
Social Sciences, 57B, 358-366.
ROBSON, J.G. (1981). Brain death. British Medical
Journal, 283 (6289), 505.
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFERTH, R.M. FISCHER, J., BEEHNER,
J., BERGMAN, T., JOHNSON, S.E., KITCHEN, D.M., PALOMBIT,
R.A. & SILK, J.B. (2004). Factors affecting
reproduction and mortality among baboons in the Okavango
Delta, Botswana. International Journal of
Primatology, 25, 401-428. [PDF]
SABOM, M.B. (1982). Recollections of death.
London : Corgi.
GARDNER, J. & OSWALD, A. (2004). How is mortality
affected by money, marriage, and stress ? Journal of
Health Economics, 23 (6), 1181-1207.
[PDF]
MARMOT, M.G., SHIPLEY, M.J. & ROSE, G. (1984).
Inequalities in death-specific explanations of a general
pattern ? Lancet, 1, 1003-1006.
CASTANO, E. (2004). In case of death, cling to the
ingroup. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 1-10.
KÜBLER-ROSS, E. (1985). On children & death. Simon
& Schuster.
BENORE, E.R. & PARK, C.L. (2004). Religiousness and
beliefs in continued attachment after death. International
Journal of the Psychology of Religion, 14, 1-22.
WOOD, J.B., EVENSON, R.C, CHO, D.W, HAGAN, B.J. (1985).
Mortality variations among public mental health patients.
Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 72 (3), 218-229.
CLONINGER, C.R. (2005). How does personality influence
mortality in the elderly ? Psychosomatic Medicine,
67, 839–840.
BLAIR, S.N., KOHL, H.W., BARLOW, C.E., PAFFENBARGER, R.S.,
GIBBONS, L.W. & MACERA, C.A. (1989). Physical fitness
and all-cause mortality. A prospective study of healthy
men and women. Journal of American Medical
Association, 26 (2), 2395-2401. [PDF]
SAHA, S., CHANT, D. & McGRATH, J. (2007). A systematic
review of mortality in schizophrenia : Is the differential
mortality gap worsening over time ? Archives of
General Psychiatry, 64, 1123-1131. [PDF]
BATTY, G.D., DEARY, I.J. & GOTTFREDSON, L.S.
(2007). Premorbid (early life) IQ and later mortality risk
: Systematic review. Annals of Epidemiology, 17, 278–288.
BLACKMORE, S.J. (1990). Minds, brains and death. In A.
Scott (Ed.), Frontiers in science (pp. 36-49).
Oxford : Blackwell.
CLAXTON-OLDFIELD, S., CRAIN, M. & CLAXTON-OLDFIELD, J.
(2007). Death anxiety and death competency : The impact of
a palliative care volunteer training program. American
Journal of Hospice & Palliative Medicine, 23,
464-478.
BATTY, G.D., GALE, C.R., MORTENSEN, L.H., LANGENBERG, C.,
SHIPLEY, M.J. & DEARY, I.J. (2008). Pre-morbid
intelligence, the metabolic syndrome and mortality : The
Vietnam Experience Study. Diabetologia, 51,
436–443.
[PDF]
SCHWAB, R. (1992). Effects of a child's death on the
marital relationship : A preliminary study. Death
Studies, 16, 141-154.
BOESCH, C. (2008). Why do chimpanzees die in the forest ?
The challenges of understanding and controlling for wild
ape health. American Journal of Primatology, 70, 722-726.
[PDF]
IDLER, E.L. & KASL, S.V. (1992). Religion, disability,
depression, and the timing of death. American Journal
of Sociology, 97, 1052-1079.
GRANT, A.M. & WADE-BENZONI, K. (2009). The hot and
cool of death awareness at work : Mortality cues, aging,
and self-protective and prosocial motivations. Academy
of Management Review, 34 (4), 600-622.
[PDF]
WOLFSON, M., ROWE, G., GENTLEMAN, J.F. & TOMIAK, M.
(1993). Career earnings and death : a longitudinal
analysis of older Canadian men. Journal of
Gerontology, 48, 167-179.
GILLBERG, C., BILLSTEDT, E., SUNDH, V. & GILLBERG, C.
(2010). Mortality in autism : a prospective longitudinal
community-based study. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 40 (3), 352-357.
DEARY, I.J., WEISS, A. & BATTY, G.D. (2010).
Intelligence and personality as predictors of illness and
death : how researchers in differential psychology and
chronic disease epidemiology are collaborating to
understand and address health inequalities. Science in
the Public Interest, 11 (2), 53-79. [PDF]
PARK, C.L. & COHEN, L.H. (1993). Religious and
nonreligious coping with the death of a friend. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 17, 561-577.
FISCHHOFF, B., BRUINE DE BRUIN, W., PARKER, A.M.,
MILLSTEIN, S.G. & HALPERN-FELSHER, B.L. (2010).
Adolescents' perceived risk of dying. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 46 (3), 265-269. [PDF]
McGINNIS, J.M. & FOEGE, W.H. (1993). Actual causes of
death in the United States. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 270 (18), 57-62.
BUSCHE, C.J., TAYLOR, M. & HAUKKA, J. (2010).
Mortality in schizophrenia : a measurable clinical
endpoint. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 24 (11-S4),
17-25. [PDF]
STERLING T.D., ROSENBAUM, W.L. & WEINKAM, J.J. (1993).
Income race, and mortality. Journal of the National
Medical Association, 85 (12), 906-911.
TRÉMOLIÈRE, B., DE NEYS, W. & BONNEFON, J.F. (2012).
Mortality salience and morality : Thinking about death
makes people less utilitarian. Cognition, 124, 379-384.
LINDSAY, J. (2015). Life in light of death.
Pitchstone Publishing.
MACY, J.T., O'ROUKE, H.P., SEO, D.-C-, PRESSON, C.C. &
CHASSIN, L. (2019). Adolescent tolerance for deviance,
cigarette smoking trajectories, and ppremature mortality :
A longitudinal study. Preventive Medicine, 119, 118–123.
[PDF]
Mort
subite du nourrisson (MSN) : Mort
soudaine et imprévisible du nourrisson.
= Syndrome de mort subite.
SIDS,
Sudden Infant Death
Syndrome, cot death, crib death.
ARIAGNO, R.L GUILLEMINAULT C., KOROBKIN R.,
OWEN-BOEDDIKER, M. & BALDWIN, R. (1983). "Near-miss'
for sudden infant death syndrome infants : a clinical
problem. Pediatrics, 71 (5), 726-30
ADLER, S.R. (1991). Sudden unexpected nocturnal death
syndrome among Hmong immigrants : Examining the role of
the 'nightmare. Journal of American Folklore, 104,
54-71.
ADLER, S.R. (1994). Ethnomedical pathogenesis and Hmong
immigrants' sudden nocturnal deaths. Culture, Medicine
& Psychiatry, 18, 23-59.
VANCE, J.C., BOYLE, F.M., NAJMAN, J.M. & THEARLE,
M.J. (1995). Gender differences in parental psychological
distress following perinatal death or sudden infant death
syndrome. British Journal of Psychiatry, 167,
806-811.
LIPSITT, L.P. (2003). Behavioral aspects of crib death :
The rise and fall of alternative hypotheses. Current
Directions in Psychological Science,[PDF]
HAUCK, F.R., HERMAN, S.M., DONOVAN, M., IYASU, S.,
MERRICK-MOORE, C., DONOGUE, E., KIRSCHNER, R.H. &
WILLINGER, R.M. (2003). Sleep environment and the risk of
sudden infant death syndrome in an urban population : the
Chicago Infant Mortality Study. Pediatrics, 111, 1207-1214.
SLOTKIN, T.A., LAPPI, S.E., McCOOK, E. C., LORBER, B.A.
& SIEDLER, F.J. (1995). Loss of neonatal hypoxia
tolerance after prenatal nicotine exposure : Implications
for Sudden Infant Death Syndrome. Brain Research
Bulletin, 38, 69-75.
ADRIAN, E.D. & MORUZZI G. (1939). Impulses in the
pyramidal tract. The Journal of Physiology, 97,
153-199.
MORUZZI, G. & MAGOUN, H.W. (1949). Brain stem
reticular formation and activation of the EEG. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 1 (4), 455-473. [PDF]
MORUZZI, G. (1958). The functional significance of the
ascending reticular system. Archives Italiennes de
Biologie, 96, 17-28
MORUZZI, G. (1963). Active processes in the brain stem
during sleep. Harvey Lectures, 58, 233-297.
MORUZZI, G. (1975). Le développement des connaissances sur
l'organisation et les fonctions de la substance
réticulaire. Journal de Physiologie, 78,
681-693.
ZERNICKI, B. (1986). Giuseppe Moruzzi - My teacher. Acta
Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, 46, 223-228.
MORWOOD, M.J., O'SULLIVAN, P., AZIZ, F. & RAZA, A.
(1998). Fission track age of stone tools and fossils on
the east Indonesian island of Flores. Nature, 392, 173-176.
MORWOOD, M.J., BROWN, P., SUTKINA, T., JATKIMO SAPTOMO,
E.W., WESTAWAY, K.E., ROBERTS, R.G., ROKUS AWE DUE, MAEDA,
T., WASISTO, S., DJUBIANTONO, T. (2005). Further evidence
for small-bodied hominins from the Late Pleistocene of
Flores, Indonesia. Nature, 437, 1012-1017.
MORWOOD, M.J., SOEJONO, R.P., ROBERTS, R.G., SUTKINA, T.,
TURNEY, S.M., WESTAWAY, K.E., RINK, W.J., ZHAO, J.-X., VAN
DEN BERGH, G.D., ROKUS AWE DUE, HOBBS, D.R., MOORE, M.W.,
BIRD, M.I. & FIFIELD, L.K. (2004). Archaeology and age
of a new hominin from Flores in eastern Indonesia.
Nature, 431, 1087-1091.
MORWOOD, M.J. & VAN OOSTERZEE, P. (2007). The
discovery of the Hobbit : The scientific breakthrough
that changed the face of human hstory. Sydney,
Australia : Random House.
MORWOOD, M.J.,SUTIKNA, T., SAPTOMO, E.W., JATKIMO, HOBBS,
D.R., WESTAWAY, K.E., 2009. Preface : research at Liang
Bua, Flores, Indonesia. Journal of Human Evolution,
57, 437-449.
MOSCOVICI, S. (1953). Remarques sur les problèmes
structuraux dans l'étude des opinions, Bulletin de
Psychologie, 6 (190), 420-428.
MOSCOVICI, S. (1958). Étude sur la créativité des groupes.
I- Tâche, situation individuelle et groupe. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 11 (15), 863-874.
MOSCOVICI, S. & PERSONNAZ, B. (1980). Minority
influence and conversion behavior in a perceptual task. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 270-282. [PDF]
MOSCOVICI, S. (1981). L'âge des foules : Un traité
historique de psychologie des masses. Paris :
Fayard.
MOSCOVICI, S. & PERSONNAZ, B. (1991). Studies in
social influence VI : Is Lenin orange or red ? Imagery and
social influence. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 21, 101-118. [PDF]
BRAY, R.M., JOHNSON, D. & CHILSTROM, J.T. (1982).
Social influence by group members with minority opinions :
A comparison of Hollander and Moscovici. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 43 (1),
78-88.
MOSCOVITCH, M. & CATLIN, J. (1970). Interhemispheric
transmission of information : measurement in normal man. Psychonomic
Science, 18 (4), 211-212. [PDF]
MOSCOVITCH, M. & OLDS, J. (1982). Asymmetries in
spontaneous facial expressions and their possible relation
to hemispheric specialization. Neuropsychologia, 20 (1),
71-81. [PDF]
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2008). The hippocampus as a "stupid"
domain-specific module : implications for theories of
recent and remote memory. Canadian Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 62 (1), 62-79.
MOSCOVITCH, M., NADEL, L., WINOCUR, G., GILBOA, A. &
ROSENBAUM, S.R. (2006). The cognitive neuroscience of
remote episodic, semantic and spatial memory. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 16, 179-190. [PDF]
MOSCOVITCH, M. CABEZA, R., WINOCUR, G. & NADEL, L.
(2016). Episodic memory and beyond : The hippocampus and
neocortex in transformation. Annual Review of
Psychology, 67, 105-134. [PDF]
MOSER, C.A. & LEVITT, E.E. (1987). An
exploratory-descriptive study of a sadomasochistically
oriented sample. Journal of Sex Research, 23 (3),
322-337.
MOSER, C.A. (2001). Paraphilia : Another confused
sexological concept In P.J. Kleinplatz (Ed.) New
directions in sex therapy-innovations and alternatives.
Brunner-Routledge.
MOSER, C.A. & KLEINPLATZ, P.J. (2005). DSM-IV-TR and
the paraphilis : An argument for removal. Journal of
Psychology & Human Sexuality, 17 (3/4),
91-109.
MOSHER, L.R., MENN, A. Z. & MATTHEWS, S.M. (1975).
Soteria : Evaluation of a home-based treatment for
schizophrenia. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
45 (3), 455-467.
MOSHER, L.R. & MENN, A.Z. (1978). Community
residential treatment for schizophrenia : Two-year
follow-up data. Hospital & Community Psychiatry,
29, 715-723.
MOSHER, L.R. (1991). Soteria : A therapeutic community for
psychotic persons. International Journal of
Therapeutic Communities, 12, 53-67.
MOSHER, L.R., VALLONE, R. & MENN, A. (1995). The
treatment of acute psychosis without neuroleptics :
six-week psychopathology outcome data from the soteria
project. International Journal of Social Psychiatry,
41 (3), 157-167. [PDF]
MOSHER, L.R. (1999). Soteria and other alternatives to
acute psychiatric hospitalization : A personal and
professional review. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 187, 142-149. [PDF]
LENZER, J. (2004). Obituary : Loren Mosher. British
Medical Journal, 329, 463.
CALTON, J., FERRITER, M., HUBAND, N. & SPANDLER, H.
(2008). A systematic review of the Soteria paradigm for
the treatment of people diagnosed with schizophrenia. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 34 (1), 181-192. [PDF]
Moskovitz Herbert (1925-2012) : Psychologue spécialisé dans l'étude des effets psychologiques de
l'alcool.
MOSKOWITZ, H. & DEPRY, D. (1968). Differential effect
of alcohol on auditory vigilance and divided-attention
tasks. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 29,
54-63.
MOSKOWITZ, H. & ROTH, S. (1971). Effect of alcohol on
response latency in object naming. Quarterly Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 32, 969-975.
MOSKOWITZ, H. & BURNS, M. (1976). Effects of rate of
drinking on human performance. Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, 37, 598-605.
MOSKOVITZ, H., BURNS, M. & WILLIAMS, A.F. (1985).
Skills performance at low blood alcohol levels. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 46, 482-485.
MOSKOVITZ, H. & BURNS, M. (1990). Effects of alcohol
on driving performance. Alcohol Health & Research
World, 14, 12-14.
MOSS, D. (1989). Psychotherapy and human experience. In R.
Valle & S. Halling (Eds.), Existential-phenomenological
perspectives in psychology. New York : Plenum.
MOSS, D. (1998). Humanistic and transpersonal
psychology : An historical and biographical sourcebook.
Westport, CT : Greenwood.
MOSS, D. (1998). The humanistic psychology of
self-disclosure, relationship, and community. In D. Moss
(Ed.), Humanistic and transpersonal psychology : An
historical and biographical sourcebook (pp. 66-84).
Westport, CT : Greenwood.
MOSS, D. (2001). The roots and geneology of humanistic
psychology. In K. Schneider, J. Bugental & J. Pierson
(Ed.), Handbook of humanistic psychology.
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
MOSS, D. (2020). Physiological monitoring to enhance
clinical hypnosis and psychotherapy. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 68, 466-474.
MOSS, E., STRAYER, F.F., COURNOYER, M. & TRUDEL, M.
(1987). Social precursors of metacognition and
self-regulation. Canadian Journal of Research in
Early Childhood Education, 2 (1), 4-10.
MOSS, E., GOSSELIN, C. & PARENT, S. (1992).
Intégration sociale dans la garderie des enfants
socioculturellement déficients : Le rôle des habiletés
cognitives de l'attachement mère-enfant. McGill
Journal of Education, 27 (3), 355-377.
MOSS, E., ST-LAURENT, D., ROUSSEAU, D., GOSSELIN, C.,
PARENT, S. & SAINTONGE, J. (1999). L'attachement à
l'âge scolaire et le développement des troubles de
comportement. Revue Canadienne des Sciences de
Comportement, 31 (2), 107-118.
MOSS, E., BUREAU, J.-F., BÉLIVEAU, M.-J., ZDEBIK, M. &
LÉPINE, S. (2009). Links between children's attachment
behavior at early school-age, their attachment-related
representations, and behavior problems in middle
childhood. International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 33, 155-166.
MOSS, E., LECOMPTE, V., PASCUZZO, K., DUBOIS-COMTOIS, K.,
CYR, C., ST-LAURENT, D. & BERNIER, A. (2012). Evidence
for the efficacy of attachment-based interventions for
maltreating parents and their children. Integrating
Science & Practice, 2 (1), 5-8. [PDF]
MOSTELLER, F. & TUKEY, J.W. (1977). Data analysis
and regression : a second course in statistics. Addison-Wesley.
KRUSKAL, W. & MOSTELLER, F. (1979). Representative
sampling I. Non-scientific literature. International
Statistical Review, 47, 13-24.
KRUSKAL, W. & MOSTELLER, F. (1979). Representative
sampling II. Scientific literature, excluding statistics.
International Statistical Review, 47, 111-122.
KRUSKAL, W. & MOSTELLER, F. (1979). Representative
sampling III. The current statistical literature. International
Statistical Review, 47, 245-265.
DIACONIS, P. & MOSTELLER, F. (1989). Methods for
studying coincidences. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 84 (408), 853-861.
[PDF]
FIENBERG, S.E., HOAGLIN, D.C. & TANUR, J.M. (2013). Frederick
Mosteller 1916-2006 : Biographical Memories.
National Academy of Sciences. [PDF]
CARROLL, J.B. (1938). Diversity of vocabulary and the
harmonic series law of word-frequency distribution. The
Psychological Record, 2, 379-386. [PDF]
OETTING, J.B., RICE M.L. & SWANK, L.K. (1995). Quick
incidental learning (QUIL) of words by school-age children
with and without SLI. Journal of Speech & Hearing
Research, 38, 434-445.
CHASE, S. (1938). The Tyranny of words. London :
Methuen & Co. Ltd.
COOK, S.W. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). Some factors
influencing the distribution of associated words. Psychological
Record, 3, 178-184.
RUSSELL, J.A. & SATO, K. (1995). Comparing emotion
words between languages. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 26, 384-391.
GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1948). Studies in word fluency I : Its
relation to eleven items of child behavior. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 72, 165-176.
GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1948). Studies in word fluency II :
Its relation to vocabulary and mental age in young
children. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
72, 177-184.
BROWN, R. (1958). Words and things : An introduction
to language. Glencoe, IL: The Free Press.
GOLDFINGER, S.D. (1996). Words and voices : Episodic
traces in spoken word identification and recognition
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 22, 1166-1183. [PDF]
QUINE, W.V.O. (1960). Word and object. Cambridge
: MIT Press.
BALDWIN, D.A., MARKMAN, E.M., BILL, B., DESJARDINS, R.N.
& IRWIN, J.M. (1996). Infants’ reliance on a social
criterion for establishing word-object relations. Child
Development, 67, 3135-3153.
MUEHL, S. (1962). The effects of letter-name knowledge on
learning to read a word list in kindergarten children. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 53, 181-186.
AUSTIN, J.L. (1962). How to do things with words.
Oxford.
HARNAD, S. (1996). The origin of words : A psychophysical
hypothesis. In B. Velichkovsky & D. Rumbaugh (Eds.), Communicating
meaning : Evolution and development of language
(pp. 27-44). NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF]
BRAINE, M.D.S. (1963). On learning the grammatical order
of words. Psychological Review, 70, 323–348.
BLOOM, P. & WYNN, K. (1997). Linguistic cues in the
acquisition of number words. Journal of Child
Language, 24, 511-533. [PDF]
BISHOP, C.H. (1964). Transfer effects of word and letter
training in reading. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 3 (3), 215-222.
LUCK, S.J., VOGEL, E.K. & SHAPIRO, K.L. (1996). Word
meanings can be accessed but not reported during the
attentional blink. Nature, 383, 616-618. [PDF]
OLSON, R.K. (1965). Generalization to similar and opposite
words. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70,
328 331.
METSALA, J.L. (1997). An examination of word frequency and
neighborhood density in the development of spoken-word
recognition. Memory & Cognition, 25, 47-56.
OLDFIELD, R.C. (1966). Things, words, and the brain. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18, 340-353.
BODNER, G.E. & MASSON, M.E.J. (1997). Masked
repetition priming for words and nonwords : Evidence for a
nonlexical basis for priming. Journal of Memory &
Language, 37, 268-293. [PDF]
BRAINE, M.D.S. (1966). Learning the position of words
relative to a marker element. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 72 (4), 532-540. [PDF]
BLOOM, P. & WYNN, K. (1997). Linguistic cues in the
acquisition of number words. Journal of Child
Language, 24, 511-533. [PDF]
TULVING, E. & PEARSTONE, Z. (1966). Availability
versus accessibility of information in memory for words.
Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 5, 381-391.
[PDF]
GASKINS, I.W., EHRI, L.C., CRESS C., O’HARA, C. &
DONNELLY, K. (1997). Procedures for word learning : Making
discoveries about words. The Reading Teacher, 50,
312-327.
PERFETTI, C.A. (1967). A study of denotative similarity
with restricted word associations. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 6, 788-795.
[PDF]
BLOOM, P. (1997). Intentionality and word learning. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 1 (1), 9-12.
[PDF]
MORTON, J. (1969). Interaction of information in word
recognition. Psychological Review, 76, 165-178.
MARKSON, L. & BLOOM, P. (1997). Evidence against a
dedicated system for word learning in children. Nature,
385, 813-815. [PDF]
LOESS, H. & BROWN, A. (1969). Word fragments as aids
to recall a whole word. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 80, 384-386.
LUCE, P.A. & PISONI, D.B. (1998). Recognizing spoken
words : The neighborhood activation model. Ear &
Hearing, 19, 1-36. [PDF]
JACOBY, L.L. (1972). Context effects on frequency
judgments of words and sentences. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 94, 255-260. [PDF]
EHRI L.C. & McCORMICK, S. (1998). Phases of word
learning : Implications for instruction with delayed and
disabled readers. Reading & Writing Quarterly :
Overcoming Learning Difficulties, 14 (2), 135-163.
MULLER, D. (1972-73). Phonic blending and transfer of
letter training to word reading in children. Journal
of Literacy Research, 5 (3), 212-217. [PDF]
ANS, B., CARBONNEL, S. & VALDOIS, S. (1998). A
connectionist multiple-trace memory model for polysyllabic
word reading. Psychological Review, 105,
678-723.
GOODMAN, N. (1972). The way the world is. Problems
and projects. Indianapolis : Hackett Publishing Co.
COMBLAIN, A. (1999). The relevance of a nonword repetition
task to assess phonological short-term memory in
individuals with Down syndrome. Down Syndrome
Research & Practice, 6 (2), 76-84.
BLOOM, L. (1973). One word at a time : the use of
single word utterances before syntax. The Hague :
Mouton.
SALZINGER, K. (1999). Words, words, words : The
psychologist's dilemma. The General Psychologist, 34,
17-21.
BRAINE, M.D.S. (1974). Length constraints, reduction
rules, and holophrastic processes in children's word
combinations. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verba
lBehavior, 13, 448-456.
TREIMAN, R. & RODRIGUEZ, K. (1999). Young children use
letter names in learning to read words. Psychological
Science, 10, 334-338.
WITTROCK, M.C. & CARTER, J. (1975). Generative
processing of hierarchically organized words. American
Journal of Psychology, 88, 489-501.
SHANKWEILER, D. (1999). Words to meanings. Scientific
Studies of Reading, 3 (2), 113-127. [PDF]
BADDELEY, A.D., THOMPSON, N. & BUCHANAN. M. (1975).
Word length and the structure of short-term memory. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14,
575-589.
[PDF]
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. &
HODGES, J.R. (1999). Is a picture worth a thousand words ?
Evidence from concept definitions by patients with
semantic dementia. Brain & Language, 70,309-35.
GROFF, P. (1975). Long versus short words in beginning
reading. Reading World, 14, 277-289.
FEDERMEIER, K.D. & KUTAS, M. (1999). Right words and
left words : Electrophysiological evidence for hemispheric
differences in meaning processing. Cognitive Brain
Research, 8, 373-392. [PDF]
HALFF, H.M., ORTONY, A. & ANDERSON, R.C. (1976). A
context-sensitive representation of word meanings.
Memory & Cogntion, 4 (4}, 378-383. [PDF]
WAXMAN, S.R. & BOOTH, A.E. (2000). Principles that are
invoked in the acquisition of words, but not facts. Cognition,
77, B33-B43. [PDF]
CRAIN, S., GULAMINI, A. & MERONI, L. (2000). The
acquisition of logical words. LOGOS & Language 1,
49-59.
HENRY, L.A., TURNER, J.E., SMITH, P.T. & LEATHER, C.
(2000). Modality effects and the development of the word
length effect in children. Memory, 8, 1-17.
BRAINE, M.D.S. & BOWERMAN, M. (1976). Children's first
word combinations. Monographs of the Societyfor
Research in Child Development, 41, (1) 1-104. [PDF]
SÉNÉCHAL, M. (2000). Morphological effects in children’s
spelling of French words. Canadian Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 54, 76-86.
GREGG, V. (1976). Word frequency, recognition, and recall.
In J. Brown (Ed.), Recall and recognition (pp.
183-216). London : Wiley.
BLOOM, P. (2000). How children learn the meanings of
words. MIT Press.
CAREY S. & BARTLETT, E. (1978). Acquiring a single new
word. Proceeding Child Language Developing, 15,
17-29.
STORKEL, H.L. (2001). Learning new words : Phonotactic
probability in language development. Journal of
Speech, Language & Hearing Research, 4,
1321-1337. [PDF]
ABRAMS, R.L. & GREENWALD, A.G. (2000). Parts outweigh
the whole (word) in unconscious analysis of meaning. Psychological
Science, 11, 118-124.
CARNINE, L. & CARNINE, D. (1978). Determining the
relative decoding difficulty of three types of simple
regular words. Journal of Reading Behavior, 10 (4),
440-441.
BEHREND, D.A., SCOFIELD, J. & KLEINKNECHT, E.E.
(2001). Beyond fast mapping : Young children’s extensions
of novel words and novel facts. Developmental
Psychology, 37, 698-705.
NELSON. D.L. (1979). Remembering pictures and words :
Appearance, significance and name. In L.S. Cermak &
F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), Levels of processing in human
memory (pp. 45-76). Hillside, NJ : Erlbau.
KLEIN, D.E. & MURPHY, G.L. (2001). The representation
of polysemous words. Journal of Memory &
Language, 45, 259-282. [PDF]
ZURIF, E.B., CARAMAZZA, A., FOLDI, N. & GARDNER, H.
(1979). Lexical semantics and memory for words in aphasia.
Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 22,
456-467.
EHRI, L.C. (2002). Phases of acquisition in learning to
read words and implications for teaching. British
Journal of Educational Psychology : Monograph Series, 1,
7-28.
ABRAMS R. L., KLINGER M.R. & GREENWALD, A.G. (2002).
Subliminal words activate semantic categories (not
automated motor responses). Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 9, 100-106.
WNEK, I. & READ, J.D. (1980). Recall and recognition
encoding differences for low- and high-frequency words. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 50, 391-394.
BOOTH, A.E. & WAXMAN, S. (2002). Object names and
object functions serve as cues to categorize for infants.
Developmental Psychology, 38, 948-957.
AKHTAR, N. (2002). Relevance and early word learning. Journal
of Child Language, 29, 677-686.
KAMEENUI, E., STEIN, M., CARNINE, D. & MAGGS, A.
(1981). Primary level word-attack skills based on isolated
word discrimination list and rule application training. Reading
Education, 6 (2), 46-55.
ESTES, W.K. & MADDOX, W.T. (2002). On the processes
underlying stimulus-familiarity effects on recognition of
words and nonwords. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning Memory & Cognition, 28,
1003-1018.
LESGOLD, A.M. & CURTIS, M.E. (1981). Learning to read
words efficiently. In A.M. Lesgold & C.A. Perfetti
(Eds.), Interactive processes in reading.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
RUSSO, R. & GRAMMATOPOULU, N. (2003). On the effect of
word length and articulatory suppression in short- and
long-term memory tasks. Memory & Cognition, 31,
728-737.
HALBERDA, J. (2003). The development of a word-learning
strategy. Cognition, 87, B23-B34. [PDF]
GROFF, P. (1983). The significance of word lengh.
Visible Language, 17, 396-398.
BESNER, D. & ROBERTS, M.A. (2003). Reading nonwords
aloud : Results requiring change in the dual route
cascaded model. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
10, 398–404.
McNAMARA, T.P. & STERNBERG, R. (1983). Mental models
of word meaning. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 22, 449-474.
PEREA, M., CARREIRAS, M. & GRAINGER, J. (2004).
Blocking by word frequency and neighborhood density in
visual word recognition : A task-specific response
criteria account. Memory & Cognition, 32, 1090-1102.
[PDF]
DAVIES, R.R., GRAHAM, K.S., XUEREB, J.H., WILLIAMS, G.B.,
HODGES, J.R. (2004). The human perirhinal cortex and
semantic memory. European Journal of Neuroscience,
20, 2441-2446.
ZWAAN, R.A., MADDEN, C.J., YAXLEY, R.H. & AVEYARD,
M.E. (2004). Moving words : Dynamic representations in
language comprehension. Cognitive Science, 28 (4),
611-619. [PDF]
DUNBAR, K. & MacLEOD, C.M. (1984). A horse race of a
different color : Stroop interference patterns with
transformed words. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Human Perception & Performance, 10 (5),
622-639. [PDF]
KAMINSKI, J., CALL, J. & FISHER, J. (2004). Word
learning in a domestic dog : evidence for fast mapping. Science,
304, 1682-1683. [PDF]
GOPNIK, A. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1985). Words, plans,
things and locations : Interactions between semantic and
cognitive development in the one-word stage. In S. Kuczaj
& M. Barrett (Eds.), The development of word
meaning. New York : Springer-Verlag.
BLOOM, P. (2004). Can a dog learn a word ? Science,
304, 1605-1606. [PDF]
STERN, D. (1985). The interpersonal world of the
infant : A view from psychoanalysis and developmental
psychology. NY : Basic Books.
CLARK, K.M. & GREEN, G. (2004). Comparison of two
procedures for teaching dictated-word/symbol relations to
learners with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37, (4), 503-507. [PDF]
DEHAENE, S., COHEN, L., SIGMAN, M. & VINCKIER, F.
(2005). The neural code for written words : A proposal. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 9 (7), 335-341.
[PDF]
EHRI, L.C. (2005). Learning to read words : Theory,
findings, and issues. Scientific Studies of Reading, 9
(2), 167-188. [PDF]
GOPNIK, A. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1985). From people to
plans to objects : Changes in the meaning of early words
and their relation to cognitive development. Journal
of Pragmatics, 9, 495-512.
BLOOM, P. (2005). Word learning, intentions and discourse.
Journal of the Learning Sciences, 14, 311-314. [PDF]
KORIAT, A. & NORMAN, J. (1985). Reading rotated words.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception
& Performance, 11 (4), 490-508.
EHRI, L.C. (2005). Learning to read words : Theory,
findings, and issues. Scientific Studies of Reading, 9
(2), 167-188. [PDF]
EHRI, L.C. & WILCE, L.S. (1985). Movement into reading
: Is the first stage of printed word reading visual or
phonetic ? Reading Research Quarterly, 20,
163-179.
TAN, L.H., LAIRD, A.R., LI, K. & FOX, P.T. (2005).
Neuroanatomical correlates of phonological processing of
Chinese characters and alphabetic words : A meta-analysis.
Human Brain Mapping, 25 (1), 83-91. [PDF]
PRING, L. & SNOWLING, M. (1986). Developmental changes
in word recognition : An information- processing account.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Experimental Psychology, 38, 395-418.
CLARK, A. (2005). Word, niche and super-niche : how
language makes 37 minds matter more. Theoria, 20,
255-268
TARABAN, R. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1987). Conspiracy
effects in word pronunciation. Journal of Memory &
Language, 26, 608-631.
JUSTICE, L.M., MEIER, J. & WALPOLE, S. (2005).
Learning new words from storybooks : An efficacy study
with at-risk kindergartners. Language, Speech, &
Hearing Services in Schools, 36, 17–32. [PDF]
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1987). The mental representation of
the meaning of words. Cognition, 25, 189-211.
[PDF]
ARDITI, A. & CHO, J. (2005). Serifs and font
legibility. Vision Research, 45, 2926-2933.
MILLER, G.A. & GILDEA, P.M. (1987). How children learn
words. Scientific American, 257 (3), 94-99.
CATANIA, A.C. (2006). Words as behavior. The Analysis
of Verbal Behavior, 22, 87-88. [PDF]
EHRI, L.C. & WILCE, L.S. (1987). Does learning to
spell help beginners learn to read words ? Reading
Research Quarterly, 22, 47-65.
GOSWANI, U. & ZIEGLER, J.C. (2006). A developmental
perspective on the neural code for written words. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (4), 142-143.
GOPNIK, A. (1988). Three types of early word : Social
words, cognitive-relational words and names and their
relation to cognitive development. First Language, 8,
49-70.
HUGHES, J.C., BEVERLEY, M. & WHITEHEAD, J. (2007).
Using precision teaching to increase the fluency of word
reading with problem readers. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 8 (2), 221-238. [PDF]
VAN ORDEN, G.C., JOHNSTON, J.C. & HALE, B.L. (1988).
Word identification in reading proceeds from spelling to
sound to meaning. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 14, 371-386.
CLAY, F., BOWERS, J.S., DAVIS, C.J. & HANLEY, D.A.
(2007). Teaching adults new words : The role of practice
and consolidation. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Learning, Memory & Cognition, 33 (5),
970-976. [PDF]
RUGG, M.D. & NAGY, M.E. (1989). Event-related
potentials and recognition memory for words. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 72 (5), 395-406.
JONES. M.N. & MEWHORT, D.J.K. (2007). Representing
word meaning and order information in a composite
holographic lexicon. Psychological Review, 114 (1),
1-37. [PDF]
GRAINGER, J. (1990). Word frequency and neighborhood
frequency effects in lexical decision and naming. Journal
of Memory & Language, 29, 228-244. [PDF]
CAMPOY, G. (2008). The effect of word length in short-term
memory : Is rehearsal necessary ? The Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61 (5),
724-734. [PDF]
SEGUI, J. & GRAINGER, J. (1990). Masquage et effet de
repetition du mot : Sa nature et sa localisation
fonctionnelle. L'Année Psychologique, 90,
345-357. [PDF]
EHRI, L.C. (2008). Development of sight word reading :
Phases and findings. In M.J. Snowling & C. Hulme
(Eds.), The science of reading : A handbook (pp.
135-154). Blackwell Publishing. [PDF]
AU, T.K. & GLUSMAN, M. (1990). The principle of mutual
exclusivity in word learning : To honor or not to honor ?
Child Development, 61, 1474-1490.
STORKEL, H.L. & ADLOF, S.M. (2009). The effect of
semantic set size on word learning by preschool children.
Journal of Speech, Language & Hearing Research,
52, 306-320. [PDF]
RICE, M.L. (1990). Preschoolers' QUIL : Quick incidental
learning of words. In G. Conti-Ramden & C.E. Snow
(Eds.), Children's language (Vol. 7 pp. 171-195).
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum.
LICHTENFELD, S, MAIER, M.A., ELLIOT, A.J. & PEKRUN, R
(2009). The semantic red effect : Processing the word red
undermines intellectual performance. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 1273-1276. [PDF]
HENRY, L.A. (1991). The effects of word length and
phonemic similarity in young children's short-term memory.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43A,
35-52.
NUNES, T., BRYANT, P. & EVANS, D. (2010).
Morphological knowledge and learning new words.
Revista Portuguesa de Pedagogia & Psychologica, 30
(S), 67-74. [PDF]
SASISEKARAN, J., SMITH, A. & SADAGOPAN, N. (2010).
Nonword repetition in children and adults : Effects on
movement coordination. Developmental Science, 13
(3), 521-532. [PDF]
MILLER, G.A. (1991). The science of words. New
York : Freeman.
METSALA, J.L. & CHISHLOM, G.M. (2010). The influence
of lexical status and neighborhood density on children's
non-word repetition. Applied Psycholinguistics, 31,
489-506.
BEN-DROR, I., POLLATSEK, A. & SCARPATI, S. (1991).
Word identification in isolation and in context by college
dyslexic students. Brain & Language, 40, 471-490.
STORKEL, H.L. & HOOVER, J.R. (2010). Word learning by
children with phonological delays : Differentiating
effects of phonotactic probability and neighborhood
density. Journal of Communication Disorders, 43, 105-119.
[PDF]
BEGG, I., VINSKI, E., FRANKOVITCH, L. & HOLGATE, B.
(1991). Generating makes words memorable, but so does
effective reading. Memory & Cognition, 19,
487-497.
DEHAENE, S. (2011). The unique role of the visual word
form area in reading. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
15 (6), 254-262. [PDF]
EHRI, L.C. & ROBBINS, C. (1992). Beginners need some
decoding skill to read words by analogy. Reading
Research Quarterly, 27, 12-26.
RICKETTS, J., BISHOP, D.V M., PIMPERTON, H. & NATION,
K. (2011). The role of self-teaching in learning
orthographic and semantic aspects of new words. Scientific
Studies of Reading, 15, 47-70.
BESNER, D. & SMITH, M.C. (1992). Models of visual word
recognition : When obscuring the stimulus yields a clearer
view. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning,
Memory, & Cognition, 18, 468-482.
MORET-TATAY, C. & PEREA, M. (2011). Do serifs provide
an advantage in the recognition of written words ? Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 23 (5), 619-624. [PDF]
GOPNIK, A. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1993). Words and thoughts
in infancy : The specificity hypothesis and categorization
and naming. In C. Rovee-Collier & L. Lipsitt (Eds.),
Advances in infancy research. New Jersey : Ablex.
LUPYAN, G. & THOMPSON-SCHILL, S.L. (2012). The
evocative power of words : Activation of concepts by
verbal and nonverbal means. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 141 (1), 170-186. [PDF]
CAHILL, C.S. & GREER, R.D. (2014). Actions vs. words :
How we can learn both. Acta Investigacion Psichologia,
4, 1716-1745.
BARTON, J.J.S., HANIF, H.M., BJÖRNSTRÖM, L.E. & HILLS,
C. (2014). The word length effect in reading : A review. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 31, 378-412.
Mot (liste) : Il existe plusieurs listes de mots en anglais : celle de Dolch et de Fry est souvent citée. a)Liste de 220 mots anglais et fréquents constituée par Dolch en 1936. b) Liste de 1000 mots les plus fréquents
de la langue anglaise, constituée par Fry en 1957. Word list.
FRY, E.B. (1980).The new instant word list.The Reading
Teacher, 34, 284-289.
Mot-étiquette : Terme utilisée en
enseignement par la méthode globale qui désigne une image
(EX: d'un chien) que l'on associe à un mot
(chien) que l'on prononce "en entier" plutôt que de le
décomposer en unités plus petites, les syllabes.
Ces mots, souvent utilisés dans le quotidien, car ils sont
courts et concrets ou utiles. Sight word,
whole word approach, Fry word, Dolch word.
DOLCH, E.W. (1936). A basic sight word vocabulary. The
Elementary School Journal, 36 (6), 456-460.
FRY, E. (1980). The new instant word list. The Reading
Teacher, 34, 284-289.
CAROL, J.B., DAVIES, P. & RICHMOND, P . (1971).
The American Heritage word frequency book. Boston,
MA : Houghton Mifflin.
BROWDER, D.M., HINES, C., MCCARTHY, L.J. & FEES, J.
(1984). A treatment package for increasing sight word
recognition for use in daily living skills. Education
& Training of the Mentally Retarded, 19,
191-200.
OTTO, W. & CESTER, R. (1972). Sight words for
beginning readers. The Journal of Educational
Research, 65 (10), 435-443.
ESPIN, C.A. & DENO, S.L. (1989). The effects of
modeling and prompting feedback strategies on sight word
reading of students labeled learning disabled.
Education & Treatment of Children, 12, 219-231.
GROFF, P. (1975). The mythology of reading : I--Sight
Words. Reading Horizons, 15 (4), 208-211. [PDF]
BARBETTA, P.M., HEWARD, W.L. & BRADLEY, D.M. (1993).
Relative effects of whole-word and phonetic- prompt error
correction on the acquisition and maintenance of sight
words by students with developmental disabilities. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (1), 99-110.
[PDF]
NEEF, N.A., IWATA, B.A. & PAGE, T.J. (1977). The
effects of known-item interspersal on acquisition and
retention of spelling and sightreading words. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (4), 738. [PDF]
MURRAY, B. & McLLWAIN, J. (2019). How do beginners
learn to read irregular words as sight words.
Journal of Research in Reading, 42 (1), 123-136.
Mot sur le bout de la langue :
Désigne les tentatives et les hésitation à se rappeller
un mot, tentatives
parfois couronner de succès. Ce phénomène illustre les efforts
pour récupérer des informations
stockées en mémoire à long terme, notamment
en mémoire sémantique.Tip-of-the-tongue phenomenon, tip of the tongue
state (TOT).
BROWN, R. & McNEIL, D. (1966). The tip-of-the-tongue
phenomenon. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 5, 325-337.
SCHWARTZ, B.L., TRAVIS, D.M., CASTRO, A.M. & SMITH,
S.M. (2000). The phenomenology of real and illusory
tip-of-the-tongue states. Memory & Cognition, 28,
18-27.
MARIL, A., WAGNER, A.D. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2001). On
the tip of the tongue : An event-related fMRI study of
semantic retrieval failure and cognitive conflict. Neuron,
31, 653-660.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (2001). The relation of tip-of-the-tongue
states and retrieval time. Memory & Cognition,
29, 117-126.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (2002). Tip-of-the-tongue states :
Phenomenology, mechanism, and lexical retrieval.
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
KORIAT, A. & LIEBLICH, I. (1974). What does a person
in a "TOT" state know that a person in a "don't know"
state doesn't know. Memory & Cognition, 2, 647-655.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. & FRAZIER, L.D. (2005).
Tip-of-the-tongue states and aging : Contrasting
psycholinguistic and metacognitive perspectives. The
Journal of General Psychology, 132, 377-391.
BROWN, A.S. (1991). A review of the tip of the tongue
experience. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 204-223.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (2006). Tip-of-the-tongue states as
metacognition. Metacognition & Learning, 1
(2), 149-158. [PDF]
PERFECT, T.J. & HANLEY, J.R. (1992). The
tip-of-the-tongue phenomenon : Do experimenter-presented
interlopers have any effect ? Cognition, 45,
55-75.
SIMMER, J. & WARD, J. (2006). The taste of words on
the tip of the tongue. Nature, 444, 438-438.
GOLLAN, T.H. & BROWN, A.S. (2006). From
tip-of-the-tongue (TOT) data to theoretical implications :
When more TOTs means better retrieval. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 135, 462-483.
BURKE, D.M., MacKAY, D.G., WORTHLEY, J.S. & WADE, E.
(1991). On the tip of the tongue : What causes word
finding failures in young and older adults ? Journal
of Memory & Language, 30, 542-579.
BRENNEN, T., VIKAN, R. & DYBDAHL, R. (2007). Are
tip-of-the-tongue states universal ? Evidence from an
unwritten language. Memory, 15, 167-176. [PDF]
SMITH, S.M. (1994). Frustrated feelings of imminent recall
: On the tip-of-the tongue. In J. Metcalfe & A.P.
Shimamura (Eds.), Metacognition : Knowing about
knowing (pp. 27-46). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
BACON, E., SCHWARTZ, B.L., PAIRE-FICOUT, L. & IZAUTE,
M. (2007). Dissociation between the cognitive process and
the phenomenological experience of the TOT : Effect of the
anxiolytic drug lorazepam on TOT states. Cognition
& Consciousness, 16, 360-373.
BROWN A.S. & NIX, L. A. (1996). Age-related changes in
tip-of-the-tongue experience. American Journal of
Psychology, 109 (1), 79-91.
WARRINER, A.B. & HUMPHREYS, K.R. (2008). Learning to
fail : Reoccurring tip-of-the-tongue states. The
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61,
535-542.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (2008). Working memory load differentially
affects tip-of-the-tongue states and feeling-of-knowing
judgment. Memory & Cognition, 36, 9-19.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. & SMITH, S.M. (1997). The retrieval of
related information influences tip-of-the tongue states.
Journal of Memory & Language, 36, 68-86. [PDF]
BIEDERMANN, B., RUH, N., NICKELS, L. & COLTHEART, M.
(2008). Information retrieval in tip of the tongue states
: New data and methodological advances. Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 37, 171-198.
GALDO-ALVAREZ, S., LINDIN, M. & DIAZ, F. (2009). The
effEct of age on event-related potentials (ERP) associated
with face naming and the tip-of-the-tongue (TOT) state. Biological
Psychology, 81, 14-23.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (2010). The effects of emotion on
tip-of-the-tongue states. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 17, 82-87.
DAHLGREN, D.J. (1998). Impact of knowledge and age on
tip-of-the- tongue rates. Experimental Aging Research,
24, 139-153.
BROWN, A.S. (2011). Tip of the tongue state. Hove,
U.K. : Psychology Press.
SUN, Y., VINSON, D.P. & VIGLIOCCO, G. (1998).
Tip-of-the-tongue and tip- of-the-pen in Chinese.
Abstracts of the Psychonomic Society, 3, 32.
SCHWARTZ, B.L. & METCALFE, J. (2011).
Tip-of-the-tongue (TOT) states : Retrieval, behavior, and
experience. Memory & Cognition, 39, 737-749.
[PDF]
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (1999). Sparkling at the end of the tongue
: The etiology of tip-of-the-tongue phenomenology. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 6, 379-393.
Motivation : Motiver :Processus
inféré, donc non-directement observable, qui pousse ou
incite un individu à émettre un comportement,
à poursuivre un but. Pour
d'autres théoriciens, la motivation serait une énergie
psychique, au même titre que la pulsion
ou la drive. Il s'agit
également de l'un des quatre processus de la théorie de l'apprentissage
par observation de
Bandura. ( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous. Motivation, motivational
processes, motivational state.
WARDEN, C.J. (1931). Animal motivation : Experimental
studies on the albino rat. New York : Colombia
University Press.
[LIRE]
HALL, C., TOEWS, J. & RODGERS, W. (1990). Les aspects
motivationnels de l'imagerie en activités motrices.
STAPS : Sciences et Techniques des Activités Physiques
et Sportives, 22, 27-32. [PDF]
FRANZOI, S.L. & DAVIS, M.H. & MARKWIESER, B.
(1990). A motivational explanation for the existence of
private self-consciousness differences. Journal of
Personality, 58, 641-659.
YOUNG, P. (1936). Motivation of behavior : The
fundamental determinants of human and animal activity. New
York : Wiley.
PETRI, H. (1991). Motivation : Theory, research and
application. Belmont, CA : Wadsworth.
SYMONDS, P.M. (1937). Motivation of behavior : The
fundamental determinants of human and animal activity. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 1 (4), 71-72.
DECI, E.L., VALLERAND, R.J., PELLETIER, L.G. & RYAN,
R.M. (1991). Motivation and education : The
self-determination perspective. The Educational
Psychologist, 26, 325-346. [PDF]
BLAIS, M.R., SABOURIN, S., BOUCHER, C. & VALLERAND,
R.J. (1990). Toward a motivational model of couple
happiness. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 59 (5), 1021-1031. [PDF]
KOCH, S. (1941). The logical character of the motivation
concept. I. Psychological Review, 48, 15-38.
HECKHAUSEN, H. (1991). Motivation and action.
Berlin : Springer-Verlag.
WONG, M.M. & CSIKSZENTHIHALYI, M. (1991). Motivation
and academic achievement : The effects of personality
traits and the quality of experience. Journal of
Personality, 59, 539-574.
YOUNG, P. (1943). Emotion in man and animal : Its
nature and relation to attitude and motive. Oxford,
England : Wiley.
BOAS, S. (1991). Meaning, self, and motivation in
organizations. Organizational Studies, 12, 405-424.
MASLOW, A.H. (1943). A theory of human motivation. Psychological
Review, 50, 370-396.
GEEN, R.G. (1991). Social motivation. Annual Review of
Psychology, 42, 377-399.
MASLOW, A.H. (1943). A preface to motivation theory. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 5, 85-92.
WEINER, B. (1992). Human motivation : Metaphors,
theories, and research. Nebury Park, CA : Sage.
SENECAL, C., VALLERAND, R.J. & PELLETIER, L.G. (1992).
Type de programme universitaire et sexe de l'étudiant :
effets sur la perception du climat et sur la motivation.
Revue des Sciences de l'Éducation, 18 (3), 375-388.
[PDF]
BIRCH, H.G. (1945). The role of motivational factors in
insightful problem-solving. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 38, 295-317.
SMITH, C.P. (Ed.) (1992). Motivation and personality
: Handbook of thematic content analysis. New York :
Cambridge University Press
REEVE, J. (1992). Understanding motivation and
emotion. Orlando : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich
College Publishers.
KOCH, S. (1951). The current status of motivational
psychology. Psychological Review, 58, 147-154.
LANG, P., BRADLEY, M. & CUTHBERT, B. (1992). A
motivational analysis of emotion : Reflex- cortex
connections (1992). American Psychological Society,
3, 44-49.
BAHRICK, H.P., RANKIN, R.E. & FITTS, P.M. (1952).
The effect of motivation upon peripheral perception
during, the performance of a central psychomotor task. Human
Resources Research Center, Research Bulletin.
MOWRER, O.H. (1952). Motivation. Annual Review of
Psychology, 3, 419-438.
VALLERAND, R.J. et SENÉCAL, C. (1992). Une analyse
motivationnelle de l'abandon des études. Apprentissage
et Socialisation, 15, 49-62. [PDF]
McCLELLAND, D.C., ATKINSON, J.W., CLARK, R.A. &
LOWELL, E.L. (1953). The achievement motive. Princeton
: Van Nostrand.
VALLERAND, R.J. et THILL, E. (Dirs.) (1993). Introduction
à la psychologie de la motivation. Laval, QC. :
Études Vivantes.
MASLOW, A.H. (1954/1970). Motivation and personality.
New York : Harper & Row. [PDF]
MICHAEL, J. (1993). Establishing operations. The
Behavior Analyst, 16 (2), 191-206. [PDF]
STELLAR, E. (1954). The physiology of motivation. Psychological
Review, 61, 5-22.
PINTRICH, P.R. & ZUSHO, A. (1993). The development of
academic self-regulation : The role of cognitive and
motivational factors. In A. Wigfield & J.S. Eccles
(Eds.), Development of achievement motivation
(pp. 249-284). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.
MASLOW, A.H. (1955). Deficiency motivation and growth
motivation. In Jones, M. (Ed.), Nebraska symposium on
motivation. Lincoln : University of Nebraska
Press.
BEAUGRAND, J.P. (1993). Une perspective éthologique de la
motivation. In R.J. Vallerand & E.E. Thill (Dirs.), Introduction à la psychologie de la motivation (pp. 85-137).
Éditions Études Vivantes.
STIPEK, D.J. (1993). Motivation to learn : From
theory to practice. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. :
Prentice-Hall.
GRAHAM, S. (1994). Motivation in American Americans. Review
of Educational Research, 64, 55-117.
ROSENBAUM, G., MacKAVEY, W.R. & GRISELL, J.L. (1957).
Effects of biological and social motivation on
schizophrenic reaction time. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 54 (3), 364-368.
ELLIOT, A.J. & DEVINE, P.G. (1994). On the
motivational nature of cognitive dissonance : Dissonance
as psychological discomfort. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 67 (3), 382-394. [PDF]
MILLER, N.E. (1957). Experiments on motivation; studies
combining psychological, physiological, and
pharmacological techniques. Science, 126,
1271-1278.
LOUCHE, C. (1994). Les théories de la motivation :
diversité et intégration. In C. Louche (Dir), Individu
et organisations. Neuchâtel : Delachaux et Niestlé.
MILLER, N.E. (1958). Central stimulation and other new
approaches to motivation and reward. American
Psychologist, 13, 100-108.
VALLERAND, R.J., GAGNÉ, F., SÉNÉCHAL. C. & PELLETIER,
L.G. (1994). A comparison of the school intrinsic
motivation and perceived competence of gifted and regular
students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 38 (4),
172-175.
WHITE, R.W. (1959). Motivation reconsidered : the concept
of competence. Psychological Review, 66, 297-333.
FRANKEN, R.E. (1994). Human motivation.
California : Brooks/Cole.
BINDRA, D. (1959). Motivation : a systematic
reinterpretation. New York : Ronald Press Co.
BAUMEISTER, R.F. & LEARY, M.R. (1995). The need to
belong : Desire for interpersonal attachments as a
fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin,
117, 497-529. [PDF]
YOUNG, P. (1959). The role of affective processes in
learning and motivation. Psychological Review, 66 (2),
104-125.
LANG, P. (1995). Studies of motivation and attention. American
Psychology, 50, 372-385.
GARDNER, R.C. & LAMBERT, W.E. (1959). Motivational
variables in second language acquisition. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 13, 266-272.
SCHUNK, D.H. (1995). Self-efficacy, motivation, and
performance. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 7
(2), 112-137. [PDF]
HINDE, R.A. (1960). Energy models of motivation. Symposia
of the Society for Experimental Biology, 14,
199-213.
URDAN, T. & MAEHR, M.L. (1995). Beyond a two-goal
theory of motivation : A case for social goals. Review
of Educational Research, 65, 213-244.
YOUNG, P. (1961). Motivation and emotion : a survey
of the determinants of human and animal activity. Oxford,
England : Wiley.
SPITZER, D. (1995). Supermotivation. New York,
NY : Amacom Books.
GRAHAM, S. & WEINER, B. (1996). Theories and priciples
of motivation. In R. Berliner & R.C. Clafee (Eds.), Handbook
of educational psychology. New York : Macmillan. [PDF]
SALAMONE, J.D. (1996). The behavioral neurochemistry of
motivation : methodological and conceptual issues in
studies of the dynamic activity of nucleus accumbens
dopamine. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 64
(2), 137-149.
KARNIOL, R. & ROSS, M. (1996). The motivational impact
of temporal focus : Thinking about the future and the
past. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 593- 620.
ZAGZEBSKI, L. (1997). Perfect goodness and divine
motivation theory. Midwest Studies in Philosophy 21,
296-310.
MILLER, N.E. (1964). Some psychophysiological studies of
motivation and of the behavioural effects of illness. Bulletin
of the British Psychological Society, 17, 1-20.
FREY, B. (1997). Not just for the money : An economic
rheory of personal motivation. Cheltenham, U.K. :
Edward Elgar.
COFER, C. & APPLEY, M. (1964). Motivation :
Theory and research. New York : John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.
JACKSON, T. & BAK, M. (1998). Foreign companies and
Chinese workers : employee motivation in the people's
Republic of China. Journal of Organizational Change
Management, 11 (4), 282-300. [PDF]
ATKINSON, J. (1964). An introduction to motivation.
Princeton, NJ : Van Nostrand.
VROOM, V.H. (1964). Work and motivation. New
York : Wiley.
DÖRNYEI, Z. & OTTO, I. (1998). Motivation in action :
A process model of L2 motivation. Applied Linguistics,
4, 43-69. [PDF]
MASLOW, A.H. (1967). A theory of metamotivation : The
biological rooting of the value-life. Journal of
Humanistic Psychology, 7 (2), 93-127.
ECCLES, J.S., WIGFIELD, A. & SCHIEFELE, U. (1998).
Motivation to succeed. Dans W. Damon (Dir.), Handbook
of child psychology (vol. 3, p. 1017-1095). New
York : J. Wiley.
BINDRA, D. & CAMPBELL, J.F. (1967). Motivational
effects of rewarding intracranial stimulation. Nature,
215, 375-376.
MOGG, K. & BRADLEY, B.P. (1998). A
cognitive-motivational analysis of anxiety. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 36 (9), 809-848.
PEPITONE, A. (1967). Motivations in decision making. Transactions
of the New York Academy of Sciences 29 (7),
920-934.
JURKIEWICZ, C.E. & BROWN, R.G. (1998). GenXers vs.
boomers vs. matures : Generational comparisons of public
employee motivation. Review of Public Personnel
Administration, 18, 18-37. [PDF]
BOLLES, R.C. (1967). Theory of motivation. New
York : Harper & Row.
ANDERMAN, E.M., GRIESINGER, T. & WESTERFIELD, G.
(1998). Motivation and cheating during early adolescence.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 90, 1-9.
HECKHAUSEN, J. & DWECK, C.S. (Eds.) (1998). Motivation
and self-regulation across the life span. New York,
NY : Cambridge University Press.
GHISELLI, E.E. (1968). Interaction of traits and
motivational factors in the determination of the success
of managers. Journal of Applied Psychology, 52
(6), 480-483.
CLARY, E.G., SNYDER, M., RIDGE, R.D., COPELAND, J.,
STUKAS, A.A., HAUGEN, J. & MIENE, P. (1998).
Understanding and assessing the motivations of volunteers
: A functional approach. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 74 (6), 1516-1530. [PDF]
KELLEY, A.E. (1999). Neural integrative activities of
nucleus accumbens subregions in relation to motivation and
learning. Psychobiology, 27, 198-213.
ZUCKERMAN, M., JOIREMAN, J.A., KRAFT, M. & KULHMAN,
D.M. (1999). Where do motivational and mood traits fit
within three factor models of personality. Personality
& Individual Differences, 26, 487-504.
LOEWALD, H. (1971). On motivation and instinct theory.
The Psychology Notes Headquarter, 26, 91-128.
DEPUE, R. & COLLINS, P.F. (1999). Neurobiology of the
structure of personality : Dopamine, facilitation of
incentive motivation, and extraversion. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 22, 491-569.
HUNT, J. McV. (1971). Towards a history of intrinsic
motivation. In H.I. Day, D.E. Berlyne & D.E. Hunt
(Eds.), Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in
education. Toronto : Holt, Rinehart and Winston of
Canada.
AMBROSE, M. & KULIK, C. (1999). Old friends, new faces
: Motivation research in the 1990s. Journal of
management, 25, (3), 231-292.
DAY, H.I., D.E. BERLYNE, D.E. & HUNT, D.E. (Eds.)
(1971). Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in
education. Toronto : Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
VOLLMEYER, R. & RHEINBERG, F. (2000). Does motivation
affect performance via persistence ? Learning &
Instruction, 10 (4), 293-309.
KAZANTZIS, N. & SUTTON, R. (2000). Examining the
motivations for generosity. Science, 290,
454-455
WEINER, B. (2000). Intrapersonal and interpersonal
theories of motivation from an attributional perspective.
Educational Psychology Review, 12, 1-14.
[PDF]
SOLOMON, R.L. & CORBIT, J.D. (1973). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. II. Cigarette
addiction. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 81 (2),
158-171.
RYAN, R.M. & PATRICK, H. (2001). The social
environment and changes in adolescents’ motivation and
engagement during middle school. American Educational
Research Journal. 38 (2), 437-460.
SOLOMON, R.L. & HOFFMAN, H.S. (1974). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. III. Some affective
dynamics in imprinting. Learning & Motivation, 5,
149-64.
LOCKE, E.A. (2000). Motivation, cognition, and action : An
analysis of studies of task goals and knowledge. Applied
Psychology : An International Review, 49, 408-429.
WEINER, B. (1974). Achievement motivation and
attribution theory. Morristown, N.J. : General
Learning Press.
BRADLEY, M M., CODISPOTI, M., CUTHBERT, B.N. & LANG,
P.J. (2001). Emotion and motivation I : Defensive and
appetitive reactions in picture processing. Emotion,
1, 276-298.
SOLOMON, R.L. & CORBIT, J.D. (1974). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. I. Temporal
dynamics of affect. Psychological Review, 81,
119-45.
PINTRICH, P.R. & SCHUNK, D. (2001). Motivation in
education : Theory, research and applications. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ : Merrill.
SALKOVSKIS, P.M. (2001). Obsessions, compulsions,
motivation, and responsibility for harm. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 53 (1), 1-6.
FERGUSON, E. D. (1976). Motivation : A experimental
approach. New York : Holt, Rinehart, &
Winston.
GAGNÉ, F. & ST-PÈRE, F. (2002). When IQ is controlled
QI, does motivation still predic achievement ? Intelligence,
30, 71-100.
[PDF]
WILSON, J.P. (1976). Motivation, modeling and altruism : A
person X situation analysis. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 34, 1078-1086.
MANER, J.K., LUCE, C.L., NEUBERG, S.L. & SAGARIN, B.J.
(2002). The effects of perspective taking on motivations
for helping : Still no evidence for altruism. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 28 (11),
1601-1610. [PDF]
COOPER, J. & COOPER, G. (2002). Subliminal
motivation : A story revisited. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 32, 2213-2277.
SOLOMON, R.L. (1977). An opponent-process theory of
motivation. V. Affective dynamics of eating. In L.M.
Barker, M.R. Best & M. Domjan (Eds.), Learning
mechanisms in food selection (pp. 255-293). Waco,
Texas : Baylor University Press.
REYNOLDS, S.M. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2002). Positive and
negative motivation in nucleus accumbens shell. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 22, 7308-7320. [PDF]
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2002). Building a
practically useful theory of goal setting and task
motivation. American Psychologist, 57, 705–717.
LEPPER, M.R. & DAFOE, J.L. (1979). Incentives,
constraints, and motivation in the classroom. In I.H.
Frieze, D. Bar-Tal & J.S. Carroll (Eds.), New
approaches to social problems : Applications of
attribution theory (pp. 309-326). San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass.
BÉNABOU, R. & TIROLE, J. (2002). Self-confidence and
personal motivation. Quarterly Journal of Economics,
117 (3), 871-915.
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1979). Quality and equality in
intellectual development : The role of motivation in
education. American Psychologist, 34 (11),
1071-1084.
BOEKAERTS, M. (2003). Towards a model that integrates
motivation, affect and learning. British Journal of
Educational Psychology Monograph Series II, No. 2:
Development & Motivation : Joint Perspectives, 1,
173-189.
BAARD, P., DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2004). Intrinsic
need satisfaction : A motivational basis of performance
and well-being in two work settings. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 34, 2045-2068. [PDF]
ZAGZEBSKI, L. (2004). Divine motivation theory.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
SOLOMON, R.L. (1980). The opponent-process theory of
acquired motivation : The costs of pleasure and the
benefits of pain. American Psychologist, 35,
691-712.
BANDURA, A. & BUSSEY, K. (2004). On broadening the
cognitive, motivational, and sociostructural scope of
theorizing about gender development. Psychological
Bulletin, 130, 691-701. [PDF]
KORNADT, H.-J., ECKENSBERGER, L.H. & EMMINGHAUS, W.B.
(1980). Cross-cultural research on motivation and its
contribution to a general theory of motivation. In H.C.
Triandis & W. Lonner (Eds.), Handbook of
cross-cultural psychology : Basic processes (Vol.
3, pp. 223-321). Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
BRUNEL P., VALLERAND, R.J. & CHANTAL, Y. (2004). Une
approche sociocognitive de la motivation. In J. LaRue
& H. Rippoll (Eds.), Manuel de psychologie du
sport (pp. 429-474). Paris : Éditions Revue EP.S. [PDF]
WEINER, B. (1980). Human motivation. New York :
Holt-Rinehart & Winston.
NUTTIN, J. (1980). Théorie de la motivation humaine.
Paris : PUF.
MARKLAND, D., RYAN, R.M., TOBIN, V.J. & ROLLNICK, S.
(2005). Motivational interviewing and self-determination
theory. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology,
24 (6), 811-831. [PDF]
LATHAM, G.P. & PINDER, C.C. (2005). Work motivation
theory and research at the dawn of the twenty-first
century. Annual Review of Psychology, 56,
485-516. [PDF]
PALMER, D. (2005). A motivational view of
constructivist-informed teaching. International
Journal of Science Education, 27 (15), 1853-1881. [PDF]
KUHL, J. (1981). Motivational and functional helplessness
: The moderating effect of state versus action
orientation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 40, 155-170.
ELLIOT, A.J. & DWECK, C.S. (Eds.) (2005). Handbook
of competence and motivation. New York : Guilford.
BOWMAN, R.F. (1982). A Pac-Man theory of motivation.
Tactical implications for classroom instruction.
Educational Technology 22 (9), 14-17.
HABIB, M. (2006). Neurologie de l'action et de la
motivation : de l'athymhormie à l'hyperactivité. L'Encéphale,
32, 10-24. [PDF]
GROSSBERG, S. (1982). A psychophysiological theory of
reinforcement, drive, motivation, and attention. Journal
of Theoretical Neurobiology, 1, 286-369.
VOLLMEYER, R. & RHEINBERG, F. (2006). Motivational
effects on self-regulated learning with different tasks. Educational
Psychology Review, 18 (3), 239-253.
BATSON, C.D., DUNCAN, B.D., ACKERMAN, P., BUCKLEY, T.
& BIRCH, K. (1981). Is empathic emotion a source of
altruistic motivation ? Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 40 (2), 290-302.
[PDF] + [PDF]
STEEL, P. & KÖNIG, C.J. (2006). Integrating theories
of motivation. Academy of Management Review, 31
(4), 889–913.
ADCOCK, R. A., THANGAVEL, A., WHITFIELD-GABRIELI, S.,
KNUTSON, B. & GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2006).
Reward-motivated learning : Mesolimbic activation precedes
memory formation. Neuron, 50 (3), 507–517.
MILLER, N.E. (1982). Motivation and psychological stress.
In D.W. Pfaff (Ed.), The physiological mechanisms of
motivation (pp. 409-432). New York : Springer
Verlag.
YEE, N. (2006). Motivations for play in online games.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 772-775. [PDF]
PEARLMAN, C. (1982). The measurement of effectance
motivation. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 42 (1), 49-56.
LINNENBRINK, E.A. (2006). Emotion research in education :
Theoretical and methodological perspectives on the
integration of affect, motivation, and cognition.
Educational Psychology Review, 18, 307-314.
KERR, N.L. & BRUUN, S.E. (1983). Dispensability of
member effort and group motivation losses : Free-rider
effects. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44, 78-94.
HECKHAUSEN, J. (2007). The motivation-volition divide and
Its resolution in action-phase models of developmental
regulation. Research in Human Development, 4
(3-4), 163-180. [PDF]
KERR, N.L. (1983). Motivation losses in small groups : A
social dilemma analysis. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 45 (4), 819-828.
BAUMEISTER, R.F. & VOHS, K.D. (2007). Self-regulation,
ego depletion, and motivation. Social &
Personality Psychology Compass, 1, 1-14.
ADELMAN, H.S. & TAYLOR, L. (1983). Enhancing
motivation for overcoming learning and behavior problems.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 7, 384-392.
KATZ, I. & ASSOR, A. (2007). When choice motivates and
when it does not. Educational Psychology Review, 19,
429-442. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
WEINER, B. (1984). Principles for a theory of student
motivation and their application within an attributional
framework. In R. Ames & C. Ames (Eds.), Research
on motivation in education : Student motivation
(Vol. 1, pp. 15-38). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.
LEARY, R.M. (2007). Motivational and emotional aspects of
the self. Annual Review of Psychology, 58,
317-344. [PDF]
KUHL, J. (1984). Motivational aspects of achievement
motivation and learned helplessness : Toward a
comprehensive theory of action control. In B.A. Maher
& W.B. Maher (Eds.), Progress in experimental
personality research (Vol. 13, pp. 99-171). New
York : Academic.
BLANCHARD, C., MASK, L., VALLERAND, R.J., DE LA
SABLONIÈRE, R. & PROVENCHER, P. (2007). Reciprocal
relationships between contextual and situational
motivation in a sport setting. Psychology of Sport
& Exercise, 8, 854-873. [PDF]
LEPPER, M.R. (1985). Microcomputers in education.
Motivational and social issue. American
Psychologist, 40, 1-18.
DAW, N.D. & SHOHAMY, D. (2008). The cognitive
neuroscience of motivation and learning. Social
Cognition, 26 (5), 593-620. [PDF]
REEVE, J., OLSON, B.C. & COLE, S.G. (1985). Motivation
and performance : Two consequences of winning and losing
in competition. Motivation & Emotion, 9 (3),
291-298. [PDF]
WONG, M., GARDINER, E., LANG, W. & COULON, L. (2008).
Generational differences in personality and motivation :
Do they exist and what are the implications for the
workplace ? Journal of Managerial Psychology, 23 (8),
878-890.
WEINER, B. (1986). An attributional theory of
motivation and emotion. New York :
Springer-Verlag.
CURHAN, J.R. & OVERBACK, J.R. (2008). Making a
positive impression in a negotiation : Gender differences
in response to impression motivation. Negotiation
& Conflict Management Research, 1 (2), 179-193.
[PDF]
SONG, H. & SCHWARZ, N. (2008). If it's hard to read,
it's hard to do : Processing fluency affects effort
prediction and motivation. Psychological Science, 19,
986-988.
KUHL, J. (1987). Action control : The maintenance of
motivational states. In F. Halish & J. Kuhl (Eds.), Motivation,
intention, and volition (pp. 279-291). Berlin :
Springer.
LEVY, B., ARIELY, D., MAZAR, N., CHIA, W., LUKA, S. &
ELMAN, I. (2008). Gender differences in the motivational
processing of facial beauty. Learning &
Motivation, 39 (2), 136-145. [PDF]
MUCCHIELLI, A. (1987). Les motivations. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France.
MILLER, W.R. & ROSE, G.S. (2009). Toward a theory of
motivational interviewing. American Psychologist, 64
(6), 527-537.
TURNER, J.H. (1987). Toward a sociological theory of
motivation. American Sociological Review, 52 (1),
15-27.
HECKAUSEN, J., WROSCH, C. & SCHULZ, R. (2010). A
motivational theory of life-span development. Psychological
Review, 117 (1), 32-60. [PDF]
HERZBERG, F. (1987). One more time : How do you motivate
employees ? Harvard Business Review, 65 (5),
109-120. [PDF]
NOWER, L. & BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2010). Gambling
motivations, money-limiting strategies, and precommitment
preferences of problem versus non-problem gamblers. Journal
of Gambling Studies, 26 (3), 361-372. [PDF]
REVELLE, W. (1987). Personality and motivation : Sources
of inefficiency in cognitive performance. Journal of
Research in Personality, 21, 436-453.
PENKO, A.L. & BARKLEY, J.E. (2010). Motivation and
physiologic responses of playing a physically interactive
video game relative to a sedentary alternative in
children. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 39 (2),
162-169. [PDF]
WISE, R.A. (1987). Sensorimotor modulation and the
variable action pattern (VAP) : Toward a noncircular
definition of drive and motivation. Psychobiology,
15, 7-20.
BARIC, R. (2011). Psychological pressure and athletes;
perception of motivational climate in team sports. Review
of Psychology, 18 (1), 45-49. [PDF]
HECKHAUSEN, H. & GOLLWITZER, P.M. (1987). Thought
contents and cognitive functioning in motivational versus
volitional stales of mind. Motivation & Emotion,
11, 101-120.
RYAN, R.M., LYNCH, M.F., VANSTEENKISTE, M. & DECI,
E.L. (2011). Motivation and autonomy in counseling,
psychotherapy, and behavior change : A look at theory and
practice. The Counseling Psychologist, 39 (2),
193-260. [PDF]
PETTIT, P. (1987). Humeans, anti-humeans and motivation. Mind,
96, 530-533. [PDF]
USHER, A. (2012). What is motivation and why does it
matter ? Washington, D.C. : Center on Education
Policy.
ELLIOT, E.S. & DWECK, C.S. (1988). Goals : An approach
to motivation and achievement. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 54, 5-12.
MILLER, W.R. & ROLLNICK, S. (2012). Motivational
interviewing, : Helping people change. NY :
Guilford Press.
NOLEN, S.B. (1988). Reasons for studying : Motivational
orientations and study strategies. Cognition &
Instruction, 5, 269-287.
EDER, A.B., ELLIOT, A.J. & HARMON-JONES, E. (2013).
Approach and avoidance motivation and emotion :
Convergence and divergence. Emotion Review, 5,
308-311. [PDF]
HUGHES, B.O. & DUNCAN, I.J.H. (1988). The notion of
ethological "need", models of motivation and animal
welfare. Animal Behaviour 36, 1696-1707.
CORR, P.J., DEYOUNG, C G. & McNAUGTON, N. (2013).
Motivation and personality : A neuropsychological
perspective. Social & Personality Psychology
Compass, 7, 158-175.
[PDF]
DWECK, C.S. & LEGGETT, E.L. (1988). A social-cognitive
approach to motivation and personality. Psychological
Review, 95, 256-273. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
MIGUEL, C.F. (2013). Jack Michael's Motivation. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior 29, (1), 3-11. [PDF]
GOLLWITZER, P.M. & OETTINGEN, G. (2015). Motivation,
history of the concept. In J. Wright (Ed.),
International encyclopedia of social and behavioral
sciences (pp. 936-939). Oxford, UK : Elsevier.
VALLERAND, R.J., BLAIS, M.R., BRIÈRE, N.M. &
PELLETIER, L.G. (1989). Construction et validation de
l'Échelle de Motivation en Éducation (ÉMÉ) [Construcation
and Validation of the Academic Motivation Scale]. Canadian
Journal of Behavioral Science, 21, 323-349.
KANFER, R. & ACKERMAN, P. L. (1989). Motivation and
cognitive abilities : An integrative aptitude treatment
interaction approach to skill acquisition. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 74, 657-690.
REEVE, J. (2016). A grand theory of motivation : Why not ?
Motivation & Emotion, 40, 31-35. [PDF]
MAEHR. M.L. (1989). Thoughts about motivation. In C. Ames
& R. Ames (Eds.), Research on motivation in
education : Goals and cognitions (Vol. 3, pp.
299-315). New York : Academic Press.
DUNNING, D. (2016). Systems approaches to the treatment of
motivation in human action : Three notes. Motivation
& Emotion, 40 (1), 27-30.
EPSTEIN, J.L. (1989). Family structures and student
motivation : A developmental perspective. Dans C. Ames et
R. Ames (Dirs.), Research on motivation in education
: Goals and cognitions (Vol. 3., pp. 259-295). New
York : Academic Press.
RENNINGER, K.A. & HIDI, S. (2016). The power of
interest for motivation and engagement. New York :
Routledge.
Motivation (A-) : Manque ou absence demotivation. qui se traduit pas une incapacité d'accomplir
des tâches avec constance ou de manière soutenue.
Amotivation, amotivational syndrome.
MELLINGER, G.D., SEMERS, R.H., DAVIDSON, S.T. &
MANHEIMER, D.I. (1976). The amotivational syndrome and the
college student. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 282, 37-55.
PAGE, J.B. (1983). The amotivational syndrome hypothesis
and the Costa Rica study : Relationships between methods
and results. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 15,
261-267.
RYAN, R.M. & CONNELL, J.P. (1989). Perceived locus of
causality and internalization : Examining reasons for
acting in two domains. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 57, 749-761.
VALLERAND, R.J. & BISSONNETTE, R. (1992). Intrinsic,
extrinsic and amotivational styles as predictors of
behavior : A prospective study. Journal of
Personality, 60, 599-620.
LEGAULT, L., GREEN-DEMERS, I. & PELLETIER, L.G.
(2006). Why do high school students lack motivation in the
classroom ? Toward an understanding of academic
amotivation and the role of social support. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 98, 567-582.
VALLERAND, R.J., PELLETIER, L.G., BLAIS, M.R., BRIÈRE,
N.M., SENÉCAL, C.B. & VALIÈRES, E.F. (1993). On the
assessment of intrinsic, extrinsic, and amotivation in
education : Evidence on the concurrent and construct
validity of the Academic Motivation Scale. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 53, 159-172.
[PDF]
RATELLE, C.F., GUAY, F., VALLERAND, R.J., LAROSE, S. &
SENÉCAL, C.B. (2007). Autonomous, controlled, and
amotivated types of academic motivation : A
person-oriented analysis. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 99 (4), 734-746. [PDF]
LOSIER, G.F., BOURQUE, P.E. & VALLERAND, R.J. (1993).
A motivational model of leisure participation in the
elderly. Journal of Psychology, 127, 153-170.
RYAN, R.M., RIBGY, S. & KING, K. (1993). Two types of
religious internalization and their relations to religious
orientations and mental health. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 586-596.
VALLERAND, R.J. & LOSIER, G.F. (1994). Self-determined
motivation and sportsmanship orientations : An assessment
of their temporal relationship. Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 16, 229-245.
VLACHOPOULOS, S.P. & GIGOUDI, M.A. (2008). Why don't
you exercise ? Development of the amotivation toward
exercise scale among older inactive individuals. Journal
of Aging & Physical Activity, 16, 316-341.
PELLETIER, L.G., TUSON, K.M., FORTIER, M.S., VALLERAND,
R.J., BRIÈRE, N.M. & BLAIS, M.R. (1995). Sport
psychology toward a new measure of intrinsic motivation,
extrinsic motivation, and amotivation in sports : The
Sport Motivation Scale (SMS). Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 17 (1), 35-53. [PDF]
+
[PDF]
VLACHOPOULOS, S.P., LETSIOU, M., PALAIOLOGOU, A.,
LEPTOKARIDOU, E.T. & GIGOUDI, M.A. (2010). Assessing
multidimensional exercise amotivation among adults and
older individuals. The Amotivation Toward Exercise
Scale-2. European Journal of Psychological, 26 (4),
248-255. [PDF]
PELLETIER, L.G., DION, S., TUSON, K. & GREEN-DEMERS,
I. (1999). Why do people fail to adopt environmental
protective behaviors ? Toward a taxonomy of environmental
amotivation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 29,
2481-2504.
HARPER, F. (1975). The validity of some alternative
measurements of achievement motivation. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 35, 905-909.
PELLETIER, L.G., TUSON, K.M., FORTIER, M.S., VALLERAND,
R.J., BRIÈRE, N.M. & BLAIS, M.R. (1995). Sport
psychology toward a new measure of intrinsic motivation,
extrinsic motivation, and amotivation in sports : The
Sport Motivation Scale (SMS). Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 17 (1), 35-53. [PDF]
+
[PDF]
HARTER, S. (1981). A new self-report scale of intrinsic
versus extrinsic orientation in the classroom :
Motivational and informational components. Developmental Psychology, 17, 300-312.
MARKLAND, M. & HARDY, L. (1997). On the factorial and
construct validity of the Intrinsic Motivation Inventory :
Conceptual and operational concerns. Research
Quarterly for Exercise & Sport, 69, 20–32.
VALLERAND, R.J., BLAIS, M.R., BRIÈRE, N.M. et PELLETIER,
L.G. (1989). Construction et validation de l'Échelle de
Motivation en Éducation (ÉME) [Construcation and
Validation of the Academic Motivation Scale]. Canadian
Journal of Behavioral Science, 21, 323-349.
VALLERAND, R.J. & FORTIER, M.S. (1998). Measures of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivation in sport and physical
activity : A review and critique. In J. Duda (Ed.),
Advancements in sport and exercise psychology
measurement (pp. 81–101). Morgantown. Fitness
information technology, Inc.
ZARCONE, J.R., RODGERS, T.A., IWATA, B.A., ROURKE, D.A.
& DORSEY, M.F. (1991). Reliability analysis of the
Motivation Assessment Scale : a failure to replicate. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 12 (4), 349-360.
GUAY, F., VALLERAND, R.J. & BLANCHARD, C. (2000). On
the assessment of situational intrinsic and extrinsic
motivation : The Situational Motivation Scale (SIMS). Motivation
& Emotion, 24 (3), 175-213. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J., PELLETIER, L.G., BLAIS, M.R., BRIÈRE,
N.M., SENÉCAL, C.B. & VALIÈRES, E.F. (1993). On the
assessment of intrinsic, extrinsic, and amotivation in
education : Evidence on the concurrent and construct
validity of the Academic Motivation Scale. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 53, 159-172.
[PDF]
PITCHER, S. M., ALBRIGHT, C.J., WALKER, N.T.,
SEUNARINESINGH, K., MOGGE, S., HEADLEY, K.N., RIDGEWAY,
V.G., PECK, S., HUNT, R. & DUNSTON, P.J. (2007).
Assessing adolescents' motivation to read. Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 378-396. [PDF]
PINTRICH, P.R., SMITH, D.A.F., GARCIA, T. & MCKEACHIE,
W.J. (1993). Reliability and predictive validity of the
motivated strategies for learning questionnaire (Mslq). Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 53 (3), 801-813.
VLACHOPOULOS, S.P., LETSIOU, M., PALAIOLOGOU, A.,
LEPTOKARIDOU, E.T. & GIGOUDI, M.A. (2010). Assessing
multidimensional exercise amotivation among adults and
older individuals. The Amotivation Toward Exercise
Scale-2. European Journal of Psychological, 26 (4),
248-255. [PDF]
Motivation à l'accomplisement :Motivation
qui pousse l'individu à réussir
ce qu'il entreprend à atteindre ses objectifs. Achievement motivation, achieving self-fulfillment.
McCLELLAND, D.C., ATKINSON, J.W., CLARK, R.A. &
LOWELL, E.L. (1953). The achievement motive.
Princeton : Van Nostrand.
GOUGH, H.G. (1964). A cross-cultural study of achievement
motivation. Journal of Applied Psychology, 48
(3), 191-196.
STEIN, A.H. (1971). The effects of sex role standards for
achievement and sex role preference on three determinants
of achievement motivation. Developmental Psychology, 4
(2), 219-231.
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1992). The general and the specific in the
development and expression of achievement motivation. In
G.C. Roberts (Ed.), Motivation in sport and exercice
(pp. 31-37). Champaign IL : Human Kinetics.
WEINER, B. (1972). Theory, achievement motivation, and the
educational process. Review of Educational Research,
42 (2), 203-215.
DUDA, J.L. & NICHOLLS, J.G. (1992). Dimensions of
achievement motivation in schoolwork and sport. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 84 (3), 290-299.
WEINER, B. (1974). Achievement motivation and
attribution theory. Morristown, N.J. : General
Learning Press.
HARPER, F. (1975). The validity of some alternative
measurements of achievement motivation. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 35, 905-909.
ELLIOT, A.J. & CHURCH, M. (1997). A hierarchical model
of approach and avoidance achievement motivation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 72,
218-232.
HECKHAUSEN, H. (1977). Achievement motivation and its
constructs : A cognitive model. Motivation &
Emotion, 1, 283-329.
ELLIOT, A.J. (1997). Integrating the "classic" and
"contemporary" approaches to achievement motivation : A
hierarchical model of approach and avoidance achievement
motivation. In M. Maehr & P. Pintrich (Eds.), Advances
in motivation and achievement (Vol. 10, pp.
243-279). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
KUHL, J. & BLANKENSHIP, V. (1979). The dynamic theory
of achievement motivation : From episodic to dynamic
thinking. Psychological Review, 85, 239-248.
ZIMMERMAN, B.J. (1998). Developing self-fulfilling cycles
of academic regulation : An analysis of exemplary
instructional models. In D.H. Schunk & B.J. Zimmerman
(Eds.), Self-regulated learning : From teaching to
self-reflective practice (pp. 1-19). New York :
Guilford.
MAEHR, M.L. & NICHOLLS, J.G. (1980). Culture and
achievement motivation : A second look. In N. Warren
(Ed.), Studies in cross- culturalpsychology
(Vol. 3, pp. 221-267). New York : Academic Press.
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1965). Grades as motivants. Psychology
in the Schools, 2, 17-24.
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A. & VONSECKER, C. (2000).
Effects of integrated instruction on motivation and
strategy use in reading. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 92 (2), 331-341. [PDF]
COVINGTON, M.V. & OMELICH, C.L. (1979). Effort : The
double-edged sword in school achievement. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 71 (2), 169-82.
TOLLEFSON, N. (2000). Classroom applications of cognitive
theories of motivation. Educational Psychology
Review, 12 (1), 63-83. [PDF]
WEINER, B. (1979). A theory of motivation for some
classroom experiences. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 71, 3-25.
VIAU, R. & BOUCHARD, J. (2000). Validation d'un modèle
de dynamique motivationnelle auprès d'élèves du
secondaire. Revue Canadienne de l'Éducation, 25 (1),
16-26. [PDF]
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1979). Quality and equality in
intellectual development : The role of motivation in
education. American Psychologist, 34 (11),
1071-1084.
GUTHRIE, J.T. & WIGFIELD, A. (2000). Engagement and
motivation in reading. In M.L. Kamil, P.B. Mosenthal, P.D.
Pearson, & R. Barr (Eds.), Reading research
handbook (Vol. III, pp. 403-424). Mahwah, NJ :
Erlbaum.
DAVIS, B.D., TRIMBLR, C.S. & VINCENT, D.R. (1980).
Does age of entrance affect school achievement ? The
Elementary School Journal, 80, 133-143.
COVINGTON, M.V. (2000). Intrinsic versus extrinsic
motivation in schools : A reconciliation. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 9 (1), 22-25.
[PDF]
HARTER, S. (1981). A new self-report scale of intrinsic
versus extrinsic orientation in the classroom :
Motivational and informational components.
Developmental Psychology, 17, 300–312.
COVINGTON, M.V. (2000). Goal theory, motivation, and
school achievement : An integrative review. Annual
Review of Psychology, 51, 171-200. [PDF]
AMES, C. & AMES, P. (1984). System of student and
teacher motivation towards a qualitative definition. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 76 (4), 535-556.
MAEHRS, M.L. (1984). Meaning and motivation : Toward a
theory of personal iinvestment. In R. Ames & C. Ames
(Eds.) (1989), Research on motivation in education :
Student Motivation (Vol. 1). New York : Academic
Press,
MORGAN, C. (2001). The effects of negative managerial
feedback o student motivation : Implications for gender
differences in teacher-student relations. Sex roles,
44 (9/10), 513-535.
COVINGTON, M.V. (1984). The self-worth theory of
achievement motivation : Findings and implications. The
Elementary School Journal, 85 (S1), 4-20.
ECCLES, J.S., WIGFIELD, A., MIDGLEY, C. & ADLER, T.F.
(1984). Grade-related changes in the school environment :
Effects on achievement motivation. In J.G. Nicholls (Ed.),
Advances in motivation and achievement. (Vol. 3,
pp. 283-331). Greenwich : JAI Press.
MOISAN, R. (2001). Favoriser la motivation scolaire, toute
une mise en scène. Pédagogie Collègiale, 14 (4),
40-46.
LEPPER, M.R. (1985). Microcomputers in education.
Motivational and social issue. American
Psychologist, 40, 1-18.
BARBEAU, D., MONTINI, A. et ROY, C. (2001). Sur les
chemins de la connaissance : La motivation scolaire.
Association québécoise de pédagogie collégiale.
BROPHY, J. (1987). Synthesis of research on strategies for
motivating students to learn. Educational Leadership,
45, 40-48.
COKLEY, K.O., BERNARD, N., CUNNINGHAM, D. & MOTOIKE,
J. (2001). A psychometric investigation of the academic
motivation scale using a united states sample.
Measurement & Evaluation in Counseling &
Development, 34, 109-119
KUHL, J. (1987). Action control : The maintenance of
motivational states. In F. Halish & J. Kuhl (Eds.),
Motivation, intention, and volition (pp. 279-291).
Berlin : Springer.
BARBEAU, D., MONTINI, A. et ROY, C. (2001). Tracer
les chemins de la connaissance : La motivation scolaire.
Association québécoise de pédagogie collégiale.
NOLEN, S.B. (1988). Reasons for studying : Motivational
orientations and study strategies. Cognition &
Instruction, 5, 269-287.
AMES, C. & ARCHER, J. (1988). Achievement goals in the
classroom : students' learning strategies and motivation
processes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80,
260-267.
MARTIN, A.J. (2001). The Student Motivation Scale : A tool
for measuring and enhancing motivation. Australian
Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 11, 1-20.
VALLERAND, R.J., BLAIS, M.R., BRIÈRE, N.M. et PELLETIER,
L.G. (1989). Construction et validation de l'Échelle de
Motivation en Éducation (ÉMÉ) [Construcation and
Validation of the Academic Motivation Scale]. Canadian
Journal of Behavioral Science, 21, 323-349.
BARRON, K.E. & HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. (2001). Achievement
goals and optimal motivation : Testing multiple goal
models. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 80, 706-722.
MAEHR. M.L. (1989). Thoughts about motivation. In C. Ames
& R. Ames (Eds.), Research on motivation in
education : Goals and cognitions (Vol. 3, pp.
299-315). New York : Academic Press.
PINTRICH, P.R. & ZUSHO, A. (2002). The development of
academic self- regulation : The role of cognitive and
motivational factors. In A. Wigfield and J. Eccles (Eds.),
Development of achievement motivation (pp.
249-284). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.
NICHOLLS, J.G., CHEUNG, P.C., LAUER, J. & PATASHNICK,
M. (1989). Individual differences in academic motivation :
Perceived ability, goals, beliefs, and values. Leaning
& Individual Differences, 1, 63-84.
BAKER, L. & SCHER, D. (2002). Beginning readers'
motivation for reading in relation to parental beliefs and
home reading experiences. Reading Psychology, 23 (4),
239-269.
KANFER, R. (1990). Motivation theory and industrial and
organizational psychology. In M. Dunnette & L. Hough
(Eds.), Handbook of industrial and organizational
psychology (pp. 76-170). Palo Alto, Consulting
psychologists press.
MARTIN, A.J. (2002). Motivation and academic resilience :
Developing a model for student enhancement. Australian
Journal of Education, 46 (1), 34–49.
PINTRICH, P.R. & DEGROOT, E.V. (1990). Motivational
and self-regulated learning components of classroom
academic performance. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 82, 33-40.
PINTRICH, P.R. & SCHUNK, D.H. (2002). Motivation
in education theory, research, and applications.
New Jersey : Upper Saddle River.
NOLEN, S.B. & HALADYNA, T. M. (1990). Motivation and
studying in high school science. Journal of Research
in Science Education, 27, 115-126.
SCHULZE, S. & STEYN, T. (2003). Educators' motivation
: Differences related to gender, age and experience.
Acta Academica, 35 (3), 138–160.
AMES, C. (1990). Motivation : What teachers need to know.
Teachers College Record, 91 (3), 410-420. [PDF]
BAKER, L. (2003). The role of parents in motivating
struggling readers. Reading & Writing Quarterly,
19 (1), 87-106.
DONALD, J.G. (2002). Motivation for higher-order learning.
New Directions for Teaching & Learnimg, 78,
27-35.
MAEHR. M.L. & MIDGLEY, C. (1991). Enhancing student
motivation : A school-wide approach. Educational
Psycholo- gist, 26, 399-427.
ECCLES, J.S. & WIGFIELD, A. (2002). Motivational
beliefs, values, and goals. Annual Review of
Psychology, 53, 109-32.
[PDF]
LOCKE, E.A. (1991). The motivation sequence, the
motivation hub and the motivation core. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 50,
288-299.
LINNENBRINK, E.A. & PINTRICH, P.R. (2002). Motivation
as an enabler for academic success. School Psychology
Review, 31, 313-327.
PINTRICH, P.R. & DEGROOT, E.V. (2002). Motivational
and self-regulated learning components of classroom
academic performance. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 82, 33-40.
PINTRICH, P.R. & SCHRAUBEN, B. (1992). Students'
motivational beliefs and their cognitive engagement in
classroom academic tasks. Dans D.H. Schunk et J.L. Meece
(Dirs), Student perceptions in the classroom
(pp. 149-183). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates.
PINTRICH, P.R. (2003). A motivational science perspective
on the role of student motivation in learning and teaching
contexts. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95
(4), 667-686. [PDF]
HARTER, S. (1992). The relationship between perceived
competence, affect, and motivational orientation within
the classroom : Processes and patterns of change. In R.K.
Boggiano & T.S. Pittman (Eds.), Achievement and
motivation (pp. 77-114). New York : Cambridge
University Press.
KARSENTI, T. (2003). Favoriser la motivation et la
réussite en contexte scolaire : les TIC feront-elles
mouche ? Vie Pédagogique, 127, 27-31.
SENÉCAL, C., VALLERAND, R.J. & PELLETIER, L.G. (1992).
Type de programme universitaire et sexe del'étudiant :
effets sur la perception du climat et sur la motivation.
Revue des Sciences de l'Éducation, 18 (3), 375-388.
[PDF]
COVINGTON, M.V. (1992). Making the grade : A
self-worth perspective on motivation and school reform.
New York : Cambridge University Press.
BOUFFARD, T., MARCOUX, M.-F., VEZEAU, C. & BORDELEAU,
L. (2003). Changes in self-perceptions of competence and
intrinsic motivation among elementary school children. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 73, 171-186.
DUDA, J.L. & NICHOLLS, J.G. (1992). Dimensions of
achievement motivation in schoolwork and sport.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 84, 1-10.
WIGFIELD, A. & GUTHRIE, J.T., TONKS, S. &
PERENCEVICH, K.C. (2004). Children's motivation for
reading : Domain specificity and instructional influences.
The Journal of Educational Research, 97 (6),
299-309. [PDF]
AMES, C. (1992). Classrooms : Goals, structures, and
student motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology,
84, 261-271.
REEVE, J. (1992). Understanding motivation and
emotion.Orlando. : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich
College Publishers.
PINTRICH, P.R. (2004). A conceptual framework for
assessing motivation and self-regulated learning in
college students. Educational Psychology Review, 16 (4),
385-407. [PDF]
GORHAM, J. & CHRISTOPHEL, D. (1992). Student's
perceptions of teacher behaviors as motivating and
demotivating factors in college classes. Communication
Ouarterly, 40, 239-252.
WENTZEL, K.R., McNAMARA, C. & CALDWELL, K. (2004).
Friendships in middle school : Influences on motivation
and school adjustment. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 96 (2), 195-203.
AMES, C. (1992). Classrooms : goals structures, and
student motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology,
84 (3), 261-274. [PDF]
BROPHY, J.E. (2004). Motivating students to learn.
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
AMES, C. (1992). Achievement goals and the classroom
motivational climate. In D.H. Schunk & J.L. Meece
(Eds.), Student perceptions in the classroom
(pp. 327-347). NJ : Erlbaum.
WANG J. H.-Y. & GUTHRIE, J.T. (2004). Modeling the
effects of intrinsic motivation, extrinsic motivation,
amount of reading, and past reading achievement on text
comprehension between U.S. and Chinese students. Reading
Research Quarterly, 39, 162-186.
WILD, T.C., ENZLE, M.E. & HAWKINS, W.L. (1992).
Effects of perceived extrinsic versus intrinsic teacher
motivation on student reactions to skillacquisition. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 245- 251.
UNRAU, N. & SCHLACKMAN, J. (2006). Motivation and its
relationship with reading achievement in an urban middle
school. Journal of Educational Research, 100,
81-101.
SKINNER, E.A. & BELMONT, M.J. (1993). Motivation in
the classroom : Reciprocal effects of teacher behavior and
student engagement across the school year. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 85 (4), 571-581. [PDF]
VOLLMEYER, R. & RHEINBERG, F. (2006). Motivational
effects on self-regulated learning with different tasks.
Educational Psychology Review, 18 (3), 239-253.
MIDGLEY, C. (1993). Motivation and middle level schools.
In M.L. Maehr & P.R. Pintrich (Eds.), Advances in
motivation and achievement, motivation in the adolescent
years (Vol. 8, pp. 217-274) Greenwich, CT : JAI.
BOUFFARD, T., VEZEAU, C., CHOUINARD, R. et SIMARD, G.
(2006). Les déterminants motivationnels du rendement
d'élèves du primaire selon leur genre et la matière
scolaire. Enfance, 4, 395-409.
BARBEAU, D. (1993). La motivation scolaire. Pédagogie
Collégiale, 7 (1), 20-27. [PDF]
STEEL, P. & KÖNIG, C.J. (2006). Integrating theories
of motivation. Academy of Management Review, 31,
889-913.
ECCLES, J.S., WIGFIELD, A., MIDGLEY, C., MACIVER, D. &
FELDLAUFER, H. (1993). Negative effects of traditional
middle schools on students motivation. The Elementary
School Journal, 93, 553-574.
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A., HUMENICK, N.M., PERENCEVICH,
K.C., TABOADA, A. & BARBOSA, P. (2006). Influences of
stimulating tasks on reading motivation and comprehension.
Journal of Educational Research, 99 (4), 232-246.
[PDF]
PINTRICH, P.R. & ZUSHO, A. (1993). The development of
academic self-regulation : The role of cognitive and
motivational factors. In A. Wigfield, & J.S. Eccles
(Eds.), Development of achievement motivation
(pp. 249-284). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.
MEYER, D.K. & TURNER, J.C. (2006). Re-conceptualizing
emotion and motivation to learn in classroom contexts. Educational
Psychology Review, 18, 377-390. [PDF]
RAFFINI, J.P. (1993). Winners without losers :
Structures and strategies for increasing student
motivation to learn. Needham Heights, MA : Allyn
and Bacon.
UNRAU, N. & SCHLACKMAN, J. (2006). Motivation and its
relationship with reading achievement in an urban middle
school. Journal of Educational Research, 100,
81-101.
WENTZEL, K.R. (1993). Social and academic goals at school
: Motivation and achievement in early adolescence. Journal
of Early Adolescence, 13, 4-20.
VANSTEENKISTE, M., LENS, W. & DECI, E.L. (2006).
Intrinsic versus extrinsic goal contents in
self-determination theory : Another look at the quality of
academic motivation. Educational Psychologist, 41
(1), 19 -31.
ANDERMAN, E.M. & MAEHR, M.L. (1994). Motivation and
schooling in the middle grades. Review of Educational
Research, 64, 287-309.
NOLEN, S.B. & NICHOLS, J.G. (1994). A place to begin
(again) in research on student motivation : Teachers'
beliefs. Teaching & Teacher Education, 10,
57-69.
RATELLE, C.F., GUAY, F., VALLERAND, R.J., LAROSE, S. &
SENÉCAL, C.B. (2007). Autonomous, controlled, and
amotivated types of academic motivation : A
person-oriented analysis. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 99, 734-746. [PDF]
VIAU, R. (1994). La motivation en contexte scolaire.
Saint-Laurent, QC : Éditions du Renouveau Pédagogique.
MARTIN, A.J. (2007). Examining a multidimensional model of
student motvation and engagement using a construct
validation approach. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 77, 413-440.
ANDERMAN, E.M. & YOUNG, A.J. (1994). Motivation and
strategy use in science : Individual differences and
classroom effects. Journal of Research in Science
Teaching, 31, 811-831.
VALLERAND, R.J., GAGNÉ, F., SÉNÉCHAL, C. & PELLETIER,
L.G. (1994). A comparison of the school intrinsic
motivation and perceived competence of gifted and regular
students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 38 (4),
172-175.
[PDF]
MARTIN, A.J. (2007). The relationship between teachers'
prceptions of student motivation and engagement and
teachers' Eejoyment of and confidence in teaching. Journal
Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 34 (1),
73-93.
RYAN, R.M., STILLER, J. & LYNCH, J.H. (1994).
Representations of relationships to teachers, parents, and
friends as predictors of academic motivation and
self-esteem. Journal of Early Adolescence, 14,
226-249.
LONG, J.F., MONOI, S. HARPER, B., KNOBLAUCH, D. &
MURPHY, P.K. (2007). Academic Motivation and Achievement
Among Urban Adolescents. Urban Education, 42
(3), 196-222. [PDF]
KARSENTI, T. & THIBERT, G. (1994). The influence
of gender differences on within-term changes in
junior-college student motivation. Paper presented
at the Annual Meeting and Exhibit of the American
Educational Research Association New Orleans, LA.
BARBEAU, D. (1995). Analyse de déterminants et des
indicateurs de la motivation scolaire d'élèves au
collégial. Montréal : Association québécoise de
pédagogie collégiale. [PDF]
BAUMEISTER, R.F. & VOHS, K.D. (2007). Self-regulation,
ego depletion, and motivation. Social &
Personality Psychology Compass, 1, 115-128.
COVINGTON, M.V. & ROBERTS, B. (1995). Self-worth and
college achievement : Motivational and personality
correlates. In Pintrich, P., Brown, D. & Weinstein, C.
(Eds.), Student motivation, cognition, and learning
(pp. 157-187). LEA, Hillsdale, NJ.
SCHAFFNER, E. & SCHIEFELE, U. (2007). The effect of
experimental manipulation of student motivation on the
situational representation of text. Learning &
Instruction, 17, 755-772.
HOOTSTEIN, H. (1995). Motivational strategies of middle
school social studies teachers. Social Education, 59,
23-26.
GROLNICK, W.S., FARKAS, M.S., SOHMER, R., MICHAELS, J.
& VALSINER, J. (2007). Facilitating motivation in
young adolescents : Effects of an after-school program.
Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 28,
332-334.
ANDERMAN, E.M. & URDAN, T. (1995). Enhancing
motivation in middle level schools : A multilevel
approach. Principal Magazine, 74 (3), 26-28.
PITCHER, S.M., ALBRIGHT, C.J., WALKER, N.T.,
SEUNARINESINGH, K., MOGGE, S., HEADLEY, K.N., RIDGEWAY,
V.G., PECK, S., HUNT, R. & DUNSTON, P.J. (2007).
Assessing adolescents' motivation to read. Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 50 (5), 378-396. [PDF]
GAMBRELL, L.B., PALMER, B.M., CODLING, R.M. & MAZZONI,
S.A. (1996). Assessing motivation to read. The Reading
Teacher, 49, (7), 518-533.
ANDERMAN, L.H. & KAPLAN, A. (2008). The role of
interpersonal relationships in student motivation :
Introduction to the special issu. The Journal of
Experimental Education 76 (2), 115-119. [PDF]
RAFFINI, J.P. (1996). 150 ways to increase intrinsic
motivation in the classroom. Needham Heights, MA :
Allyn and Bacon.
MARTIN, A.J. (2008). Enhancing student motivation and
engagement : The effects of a multidimensional
intervention. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 33
(2), 239-269
COVINGTON, M.V. & TEEL, K.M. (1996). Overcoming
student failure : Changing motives and incentives for
learning. Washington, DC : Amercian Psychological
Association.
BOISVERT, J. (2008). La motivation chez les garçons et
les filles en Sciences humaines au collégial (rapport de
recherche PAREA). St- Jean : Cégep St-Jean surr le
Richelieu.
[PDF]
PINTRICH, P.R. & SCHUNK, D. (1996). Motivation in
Education : Theory, research, and applications.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ. : Prentice Hall.
VELEZ, J.J. & CANO, J. (2008). The relationship
between teacher immediacy and student motivation.
Journal of Agricultural Education, 49 (3), 76-86.
[PDF]
MITCHELL, S.A. (1996). Relationships between perceived
learning environment and intrinsic motivation in middle
school physical education. Journal of Teaching in
Physical Education, 15, 369-383. [PDF]
WENTZEL, K.R. & WIGFIELD, A. (2009). Handbook of
motivation at school. New York, NY : Taylor
Francis.
WENTZEL, K.R. (1996). Motivation in context : Social
relationships and achievement in middle school. In J.
Juvonen & K.R. Wentzel (Eds.), Social motivation :
Understanding children's school adjustment (pp.
226-247). New York : Cambridge University Press.
KOMARRAJU, M., KARAU, S.J. & SCHMECK, R.R. (2009).
Role of the big five personality traits in predicting
college students' academic motivation and achievement. Learning
& Individual Differences, 19, 47-52. [PDF]
PARENT, G., BELLEMARE, J.-F., JULIEN, R. LAFLAMME, J. et
LARIVIÈRE. J. (1996). Comment la "bonne enseignante" et le
"bon enseignant" s'y prennent-ils pour motiver les élèves
au primaire ? Vie pédagogique, 97,46-49.[PDF]
BECKER, M., MCELVANY, N. & KORTENBRUCK, M. (2010).
Intrinsic and extrinsic reading motivation as predictors
of reading literacy : A longitudinal study. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 102 (4), 773-785.
CABRAL, A., VIAU, R., BÉDARD, D., BOUCHARD, J. et DUBREAU,
A. (1997). Stratégies de contextualisation et de
motivation à l'apprentissage cognitif dans le cadre du
cours GCI Mécanique des sols. (Rapport de
recherche). Université de Sherbrooke
MARTIN, A.J. (2008). Examining a multidimensional model of
student motivation and engagement using a construct
validation approach. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 77 (2), 413-440
WIGFIELD, A. & GUTHRIE, J.T. (1997). Relations of
children's motivation for reading to the amount and
breadth of their reading. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 89, 420-432.
ANDERMAN, E.M., ANDERMAN, L.H., YOUGH, M.S. & GIMBERT,
B.G. (2010). Value added models of assessment :
Implications for motivation and accountability.
Educational Psychologist, 45 (2), 123-137.
WIGFIELD, A. (1997). Reading motivation : A
domain-specific approach to motivation. Educational
Psychologist, 32 (2), 59-68.
ANDERMAN, L.H., ANDRZEJEWSKI, C.E. & ALLEN, J. (2011).
How do teachers support students' motivation and learning
in their classrooms ? Teachers College Record, 113 (5),
969-1003.
WEN, X. (1997). Motivation and language learning with
students of Chinese. Foreign Language Annals, 30 (2),
235-251.
NOLEN, S.B., HORN, I.S., WARD, C.J. & CHILDERS, S.
(2011). Novice teacher learning and motivation across
con.texts : Assessment tools as boundary objects. Cognition
& Instruction, 27 (1), 88-122.
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1997). Goal-directed behaviors in marketing
: The role of emotion, volition, and motivation. Psychology
& Marketing, 14, 309-313.
DÖRNYEI, Z. (2011). Teaching and researching
motivation. Harlow : Longman.
BARBEAU, D., MONTINI, A. et ROY, C. (1997). Comment
favoriser la motivation scolaire. Pédagogie
Collégiale, 11 (1), 9-13. [PDF]
HABGOOD, M.P.J. & AINSWORTH, S.E. (2011). Motivating
children to learn effectively : exploring the value of
intrinsic integration in educational games. Journal
of the Learning Sciences, 20 (2), 169-206. [PDF]
WOLTERS, C. (1998). Self-regulated learning and college
students' regulation of motivation. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 90 (2), 224-235.
SCHIEFELE, U., SCHAFFNER, E., MÜLLER, J. & WIGFIELD,
A. (2012). Dimensions of reading motivation and their
relation to reading behavior and competence. Reading
Research Quarterly, 47, 427-463.
COVINGTON, M.V. (1998). The will to learn : A guide
for motivating young people. New York : Cambridge
University Press.
GILLET, N., VALLERAND, R.J. & LAFRENIÈRE, M.-A.K.
(2012). Intrinsic and extrinsic school motivation as a
function of age : the mediating role of autonomy support.
Social Psychology of Education, 15, 77-95. [PDF]
WENTZEL, K.R. (1998). Social relationships and motivation
in middle school : The role of parents, teachers, and
peers. Journal of Educational Psychology, 90 (2),
202-209. [PDF]
SCHAFFNER, E., SCHIEFELE, U. & ULFERTS, H. (2013).
Reading amount as a mediator of the effects of intrinsic
and extrinsic reading motivation on reading comprehension.
Reading Research Quarterly, 48 (4), 369-385.
ECCLES, J.S., WIGFIELD, A. & SCHIEFELE, U. (1998).
Motivation to succeed. In W. Damon et N. Eisenberger
(Ed.), Handbook of child Psychology (Vol. 3, pp.
1017-1095). NJ : John Willey
MEGA, C., RONCONI, L. & DE BENI, R. (2014). What makes
a good student ? How emotions, self-regulated learning,
and motivation contribute to academic achievement. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 106 (1), 121-131. [PDF]
FAN, W. & WOLTERS C.A. (2014). School motivation and
high school dropout : The mediating role of educational
expectation. British Journal of Educational Psychology,
84 (1), 22-39.
BAKER, L. & WIGFIELD, A. (1999). Dimensions of
children's motivation for reading and their relations to
reading activity and reading achievement. Reading
Research Quarterly, 34, 452-477. [PDF]
MARTIN, A.J., PAPWORTH, B., GINNS, P. & LIEM, G.A.D.
(2014). Boarding school, academic motivation and
engagement, and psychological well-being. American
Educational Research Journal, 51, 1007-1049.
VIAU, R. (1999). La motivation dans l'apprentissage
du français. St-Laurent : Éditions du Renouveau
Pédagogique.
CETIN, B. (2015). Academic motivation and self-regulated
learning in predicting academic achievement in college.
Journal of International Education Research & Second
Quarter, 11 (2), 95-106.
[PDF]
HAGGER, M.S. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2016). The
trans-contextual model of autonomous motivation in
education : Conceptual and empirical issues and
meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 86 (2),
360-407. [PDF]
HIDI, S. (2016). Revisiting the role of rewards in
motivation and learning : Implications of neuroscientific
findings. Educational Psychology Review, 28 (1),
61-93.
BROOKHART, S.M. & DEVOGE, J.G. (1999). Testing a
theory about the role of classroom assessment in student
motivation and achievement. Applied Measurement in
Education, 12 (4), 409-425.
SCHAFFNER, E., SCHIEFELE, U. & ULFERTS, H. (2016). The
contributions of intrinsic and extrinsic reading
motivation to the development of reading competence over
summer vacation. Reading Psychology 37, 917-941.
[PDF]
ANDERMAN, E.M. & GRAY, D.L. (2017). The roles of
schools and teachers in fostering competence motivation.
In A.J. Elliot, C.S. Dweck, D.S. Yeager, A.J. (Eds.), Handbook
of competence and motivation : Theory and application (pp.
604-619). New York, NY, US : Guilford Press.
ANDERMAN, E.M., KOENKA, A.C., ANDERMAN, L.H. & WON, S.
(2018). Math and science motivation in internationally
adopted adolescents. School Psychology Quarterly, 33
(3), 469-481.
GAGNÉ, M. & DECI, E. (2005). Self-determination theory
and work motivation. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 26, 331-362. [PDF]
RUSSELL, J.A. & MEHRABIAN, A. (1974). Task, setting,
and personality variables affecting the desire to work. Journal of Applied Psychology, 60, 518-520.
HACKMAN, J.R. & OLDHAM, G.R. (1976). Motivation
through the design of work : Test of a theory.
Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 16, 250-279.
LATHAM, G.P. & PINDER, C.C. (2005). Work motivation
theory and research at the dawn of the twenty-first
century. Annual Review of Psychology, 56,
485-516. [PDF]
HERZBERG, F. (1987). One more time : How do you motivate
employees ? Harvard Business Review, 65 (5),
109-120. [PDF]
PINDER, C.C. (2008). Work motivation in
organizational behavior. New York : Psychology
Press.
LOCKE, E.A. (1991). The motivation sequence, the
motivation hub and the motivation core. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50, 288-299.
DAVIS, F.D., BAGOZZI, R.P. & WARSHAW, P.R. (1992).
Extrinsic and intrinsic motivation to use computers in the
workplace. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 22,
1111- 1132.
KASSER, T., DAVEY, J. & RYAN, R.M. (1992). Motivation
and employee- supervisor discrepancies in a psychiatric
vocational rehabilitation setting. Rehabilitation
Psychology, 37, 175-187.
KLONOSKI, R. (2011). Work motivation, culture, and
economic development : Is work motivation shaped by its
socio-economic context ? International Journal of
Management & Information Systems, 15 (4),
91-97.
SHAMIR, B., HOUSE, R.J. & ARTHUR, M.B. (1993). The
motivational effects of charismatic leadership : A
self-concept based theory. Organization Science, 4 (4),
577-594. [PDF]
GRANT, A.M. & SKIN, J. (2012). Work motivation :
Directing, energizing, and maintaining effort (and
Research). In R.M. Ryan (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of
Human Motivation. New York : Oxford University
Press. [PDF]
KAO, H.S.R. & SEK-HONG, N. (1997). Work motivation and
culture. In D. Munro, J.F. Schumaker & S.C. Carr
(Eds.), Motivation and culture (pp. 119-132).
New York : Routledge.
NYAMEH, J., DOUGLAS, H., TERU, S. & TITUS, A. (2013).
Do motivation drive employees performance in public sector
organization ? European Journal of Business &
Management, 5 (17), 92-97. [PDF]
LU, L. (1999). Work motivation, job stress and employees'
well being. Journal of applied Management Studies, 8
(1), 61-72. [PDF]
MORADI, M., SHEKARCHIZADEH, A.R. & NILI, M. (2015).
Determination of factors that affecting on motivation and
assessing their impact on employee performance. Research
Journal of Recent Sciences, 4 (6), 26-31. [PDF]
WILSON, P.M., RODGERS, W.M., BLANCHARD, C.M. &
GESSELL, J. (2003). The relationship between psychological
needs, self-determined motivation, exercise attitudes, and
physical fitness. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 33, 2373-2392.
BOICHÉ, J. et SARRAZIN, P. (2007). Motivation
autodéterminée, perceptions de conflit et
d’instrumentalité et assiduité envers la pratique d’une
activité physique : une étude prospective sur six mois. Psychologie
Française, 52, 417-430. [PDF]
OSIURAK, F., FAURE, J., RABEYRON, T., MORANGE, D., DUMET,
N., TAPIERO, I., POUSSIN, M., NAVARRO, J., REYNAUD, E.
& FINKEL, A. (2015). Déterminants de la
procrastination académique : motivation autodéterminée,
estime de soi et degré de maximation. Pratiques
Psychologiques, 21 (1), 1 15. [PDF]
ROBERTS, G.C., KLEIBERT, D.A. & DUDA, J.L. (1981). An
analysis of motivation in children's sport : The role of
perceived competence in participation. Journal of
Sport Psychology, 3, 206-216.
FREDERICKS, J.A. & ECCLES, J.S. (2005). Family
socialization, gender, and sport motivation and
involvement. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 27, 3-31. [PDF]
ROBERTS, G.C. (1993). Motivation in sport : Understanding
and enhancing the motivation and achievement of children.
In R.N. Singer, M. Murphey & L.K. Tennant (Eds.), Handbook
of research in sport psychology (pp. 405- 420).
New York : Macmillan.
TROUILLOD, D.O., BOIS, J. et SARRAZIN, P.G. (2005).
Croyances interpersonnelles des autrui significatifs :
quelles conséquences sur la motivation et les performances
du pratiquant sportif ? In O. Rascle et P. Sarrazin
(Eds.), Croyances et performance sportive. Processus
socio-cognitifs associés aux comportements sportifs
(p. 189-206). Paris : Edition Revue EPS.
MARSH, H. (1994). Sport motivation orientations : Beware
of jingle-jangle fallacies. Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 16,365-380.
CHALABAEV, A. et SARRAZIN, P. (2006). Relation entre les
stéréotypes sexués associés aux pratiques sportives et la
motivation autodéterminée des élèves en éducation physique
et sportive. Science & Motricité, 66, 61-66.
[PDF]
SARRAZIN, P., FAMOSE, J.P. et CURY, F. (1995). But
motivationnel, habileté perçue et sélection d'un niveau de
difficulté d'une voie en escalade. STAPS, 38,
49-61. [PDF]
REINBOTH, M. & DUDA, J.L. (2006). Perceived
motivational climate, need satisfaction and indices of
well-being in team sports : A longitudinal perspective.
Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 7, 269-286. [PDF]
ROBERTS, G.C., TREASURE, D.C. & KAVUSSANU, M. (1997).
Motivation in physical activity contexts : An achievement
goal perspective. In M. Maehr & P. Pintrich (Eds.), Advances in motivation and achievement (Vol. 10 p. 413-447).
Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
VALLERAND, R.J. & FORTIER, M.S. (1998). Measures of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivation in sport and physical
activity : A review and critique. In J. Duda (Ed.), Advances
in sport and exercise psychology measurement (pp.
81-101). Champaign, IL : Human Kinetics.
BLANCHARD, C., MASK, L., VALLERAND, R.J., DE LA
SABLONIÈRE, R. & PROVENCHER, P. (2007). Reciprocal
relationships between contextual and situational
motivation in a sport setting. Psychology of Sport
& Exercise, 8, 854-873. [PDF]
BARBER, H., SUKHI, H. & WHITE, S.A. (1999). The
influence of parent-coaches on participant motivation and
competitive anxiety in youth sport participants.
Journal of Sport Behavior, 22 (12), 162-172. [PDF]
GILET, N., VALLERAND, R.J., AMOURA, S. & BALDES, B.
(2010). Influence of coaches' autonomy support on
athletes' motivation and sport performance : A test of the
hierarchical model of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation.
Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 11 (2),
155-161. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J. (2001). A hierarchical model of intrinsic
and extrinsic motivation in sport and exercise. In G.
Roberts (Ed.), Advances in motivation in sport and
exercise. Champaign : Human Kinetics.
BARIC, R. (2011). Psychological pressure and athletes'
perception of motivational climate in team sports. Review
of Psychology, 18 (1), 45-49. [PDF]
DUDA, J.L. & BRAWLEY, E.R. (2002). Our self-regulation
of sport and exercise motivation research : Moving toward
some new goals and motivating challenges - Symposium
introduction. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 24, 11-11
DUDA, J.L. (2002). Social cognitive theories of sport
motivation : Where have we pressed and how far can we push
? Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 24,
12-12.
TROUILLOD, D. et SARRAZIN, P. (2002). L'effet Pygmalion
existe-t-il en education physique et sportive ? Influence
des attentes des enseignants sur la motivation et la
performance des élèves. Science & Motricité, 46,
69-94. [PDF]
ARTHUR, C.A., WOODMAN, T., ONG, C.W., HARDY, L. &
NTOUMANI, N. (2011). The role of athlete narcissism in
moderating the relationship between coaches'
transformational leader behaviors and athlete motivation.
Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 33,
3-19. [PDF]
SARRAZIN, P.G., VALLERAND, R., GUILLET, E., PELLETIER, L.
& CURY, F. (2002). Motivation and dropout in female
handballers : A 21-month prospective study. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 32 (3), 395-418. [PDF]
AHMADI, M., NAMAZIZADEH, M. & MOKHTARI, P. (2012).
Perceived motivational climate, basic psychological needs
and self determined motivation in youth male athletes. World
Applied Sciences Journal, 16 (9), 1189-1195. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J. (2004). Intrinsic motivation in sport. In
C. Spielberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia of applied
psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 427-436). San Diego :
Academic Press. [PDF]
STEIN, J., BLOOM, G.A. & SABISTON, C.M. (2012).
Influence of perceived and preferred coach feedback on
youth athletes' perceptions of team motivational climate.
Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 13, 484-490. [PDF]
Motivation extrinsèque : Forme de motivation
dont la source réside dans l'environnement
du sujet (source externe), généralement sous forme de récompense.EX: Recevoir un encouragement ou de l'argent
motive un individu à travailler.
= Renforcement extrinsèque, renforcement positif.
Extrinsic motivation.
CENTERS, R. & BUGENTAL, D.E. (1966). Intrinsic and
extrinsic job motivations among different segments of
the working population. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 50 (3), 193-197.
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2000). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations : Classic definitions and new
directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology,
25, 54-67. [PDF]
CALDER, B.J. & STAW, B.M. (1975). Self-perception of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31 (4),
599-605.
COVINGTON, M.V. (2000). Intrinsic versus extrinsic
motivation in schools : A reconciliation. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 9 (1),
22-25. [PDF]
HARTER, S. (1981). A new self-report scale of intrinsic
versus extrinsic orientation in the classroom :
Motivational and informational components.
Developmental Psychology, 17, 300-312.
GUAY, F., VALLERAND, R.J. & BLANCHARD, C. (2000). On
the assessment of situational intrinsic and extrinsic
motivation : The Situational Motivation Scale (SIMS). Motivation & Emotion, 24 (3), 175-213. [PDF]
LEPPER, M.R. (1983). Extrinsic reward and intrinsic
motivation : Implications for the classroom. In J.M.
Levine & M.C. Wang (Eds.), Teacher and student
perceptions : Implications for learning (pp.
281-317). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
VALLERAND, R.J. (2001). A hierarchical model of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivation in sport and
exercise. In G. Roberts (Ed.), Advances in
motivation in sport and exercise. Champaign :
Human Kinetics.
CHANDLER, C.L. & CONNELL, J.P. (1987). Children's
intrinsic, extrinsic and internalized motivation : A
developmental study of children's reasons for liked and
disliked behaviours. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 5, 357-365.
DICKINSON, A.M. (1989). The detrimental effects of
extrinsic reinforcement on "intrinsic motivation". The
Behavior Analyst, 12 (1), 1-15. [PDF]
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (1990). Decreasing intrinsic
"motivation" with extrinsic rewards easier said than
done. Journal of Organizational Behavior
Management, 11 (1), 175-191.
WANG, J.H.-Y. & GUTHTIE, J.T. (2004). Modeling the
effects of intrinsic motivation, extrinsic motivation,
amount of reading, and past reading achievement on text
comprehension between U.S. and Chinese students. Reading
Research Quarterly, 39, 162-186.
BOGGIANO, A. (1991). Mastery motivation in boys and
girls : The role of intrinsic versus extrinsic
motivation. Sex Roles : A Journal of Research, 25,
511–520.
LEPPER, M.R., CORPUS, J.H. & IYENGAR, S.S. (2005).
Intrinsic and extrinsic motivational orientations in the
classroom : age differences and academic correlates.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 97 (2),
184-196.
DAVIS, F.D., BAGOZZI, R.P. & WARSHAW, P.R. (1992).
Extrinsic and intrinsic motivation to use computers in
the workplace. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 22, 1111- 1132.
ISEN, A.M. & REEVE, J. (2005). The influence of
positive affect on intrinsic and extrinsic motivation :
Facilitating enjoyment of play, responsible work
behavior, and self-control. Motivation &
Emotion, 29 (4), 297-325. [PDF]
WILD, T.C., ENZLE, M.E. & HAWKINS, W.L. (1992).
Effects of perceived extrinsic versus intrinsic teacher
motivation on student reactions to skillacquisition. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 245- 251.
BÉNABOU, R. & TIROLEW, J. (2006). Intrinsic and
extrinsic motivation. Review of Economic Studies,
70, 489-520.
PELLETIER, L.G., TUSON, K.M., FORTIER, M.S., VALLERAND,
R.J., BRIÈRE, N.M. & BLAIS, M.R. (1995). Sport
psychology toward a new measure of intrinsic motivation,
extrinsic motivation, and amotivation in sports : The
Sport Motivation Scale (SMS). Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 17 (1), 35-53. [PDF]
+
[PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J. et MIQUELON, P. (2008). Le modèle
hiérarchique : Une analyse integrative des determinants
et conséquences de la motivation intrinsèque et
extrinsèque. In R-V Joule & P. Huguet (Eds.),
Bilans et perspectives en Psychologie Sociale (p.
163-203). Grenoble, France : University of Grenoble
Press. [PDF]
KOHN, A. (1996). By all available means : Cameron and
Pierce's defense of extrinsic motivators. Review of
Educational Research, 66, 1-4.
CORPUS, J.H., McCLINTIC-GILBERT, M.S. & HAYENGA, A.
(2009). Within-year changes in children's intrinsic and
extrinsic motivational orientations : Contextual
predictors and academic outcomes. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 34, 154-166.
BECKER, M., MCELVANY, N. & KORTENBRUCK, M. (2010).
Intrinsic and extrinsic reading motivation as predictors
of reading literacy : A longitudinal study. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 102 (4), 773-785.
HAYAMIZU, T. (1997). Between intrinsic and extrinsic
motivation. Japanese Psychological Research, 39, 98-108.
GILET, N., VALLERAND, R.J., AMOURA, S. & BALDES, B.
(2010). Influence of coaches' autonomy support on
athletes' motivation and sport performance : A test of
the hierarchical model of intrinsic and extrinsic
motivation. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 11
(2), 155-161. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J. (1997). Toward a hierarchical model of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.),
Advances in experimental social psychology
(Vol. 29). New York : Academic Press.
GILLET, N., VALLERAND, R.J. & LAFRENÈRE, M.-A.K.
(2012). Intrinsic and extrinsic school motivation as a
function of age : the mediating role of autonomy
support. Social Psychology of Education, 15,
77-95. [PDF]
CORPUS, J.H. & WORMINGTON, S.V. (2014). Profiles of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivations in elementary school
: A longitudinal analysis. The Journal of
Experimental Education, 82 (4), 480-501. [PDF]
NOELS, K.A., CLEMENT, R. & PELLETIER, G.L. (1999).
Perceptions of teachers' communicative style and
students' intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Modern
Language Journal, 83, 23-34.
SCHAFFNER, E., SCHIEFELE, U. & ULFERTS, H. (2016).
The contributions of intrinsic and extrinsic reading
motivation to the development of reading competence over
summer vacation. Reading Psychology, 37, 917-941.
[PDF]
Motivation intrinsèque :Motivation qui découle de la satisfaction
de soi (source interne). EX: L'individu
qui se félicite de son bon travail, d'être aussi bon que les
meilleurs de sa classe se motive ainsi à poursuivre ses études.
= Renforcement intrinsèque, auto-renforcement.
Intrinsic motivation.
HUNT, J. McV. (1963). Motivation inherent in information
processing and action. In O.J. Harvey (Ed.), Motivation
and social interaction : The cognitive determinants.
New York : Ronald Press.
DUDA, J.L., CHI, L., NEWTON, M., WALLING, M. & CATLEY,
D. (1995). Task and ego orientation and intrinsic
motivation in sport. International Journal of Sport
Psychology, 26, 40–63.
HUNT, J. McV. (1965). Intrinsic motivation and its
role in psychological development. Proceedings of
the Nebraska Symposium on Motivation. Lincoln : University
of Nebraska.
PELLETIER, L.G., TUSON, K.M., FORTIER, M.S., VALLERAND,
R.J., BRIÈRE, N.M. & BLAIS, M.R. (1995). Sport
psychology toward a new measure of intrinsic motivation,
extrinsic motivation, and amotivation in sports : The
Sport Motivation Scale (SMS). Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 17 (1), 35-53. [PDF]
+
[PDF]
ELLIOT, A.J. & HARACKIEWICZ, J. (1996). Approach and
avoidance : Achievement goals and intrinsic motivation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 70 (3),
451-475.
CENTERS, R. & BUGENTAL, D.E. (1966). Intrinsic and
extrinsic job motivations among different segments of the
working population. Journal of Applied Psychology, 50
(3), 193-197.
CORDOVA, D.I. & LEPPER, M.R. (1996). Intrinsic
motivation and the process of learning : Beneficial
effects of contextualization, personalization, and choice.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 88 (4),
715-730. [PDF]
RAFFINI, J.P. (1996). 150 ways to increase intrinsic
motivation in the classroom. Needham Heights, MA :
Allyn and Bacon.
HUNT, J. McV. (1966). The epigenesis of intrinsic
motivation and early cognitive learning. In R.N. Haber
(Ed.), Current research in motivation. New York
: Holt, Rinehart .
REEVE, J. & DECI, E.L. (1996). Elements of the
competitive situation that affect intrinsic motivation.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 22,
24-33.
DAY, H.I. & BERLYNE, D.E. & HUNT, D.E. (Eds.)
(1971). Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in
education. Toronto : Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
ELLIOT, S.J. & HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. (1996). Approach and
avoidance achievement goals and intrinsic motivation : A
mediational analysis. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 70 (3), 461-475. [PDF]
DAY, H.I. & BERLYNE, D.E. (1971). Intrinsic
motivation. In G.S. Lesser (Ed.), Psychology and
educational practice. (pp. 294-335). Glenview,
Illinois : Scott Foresman.
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (1996). When paradigms clash :
comments on Cameron and Pierce's claim that rewards do not
undermine intrinsic motivation. Review of Educational
Research, 66, 33-38.
HUNT, J. McV. (1971). Intrinsic motivation and
psychological development . In H.M. Schroder & P.
Suedfeld (Eds.), Personality theory and information
processing. New York : Ronald.
CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (1996). The debate about
rewards and intrinsic motivation : Protests and
accusations do not alter the results. Review of
Educational Research, 66 (1), 39-51. [PDF]
MITCHELL, S.A. (1996). Relationships between perceived
learning environment and intrinsic motivation in middle
school physical education. Journal of Teaching in
Physical Education, 15, 369-383. [PDF]
PELLETIER, L.G. & VALLERAND, R.J. (1996). Supervisors'
beliefs and subordinates' intrinsic motivation : a
behavioral confirmation analysis, Journal of
Personnality & Social Psychology, 71, 331-340.
HUNT, J. McV. (1971). Toward an history of intrinsic
motivation. In H.I. Day, D.E. Berlyne & D.E. Hunt
(Eds.), Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in
education. Toronto : Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
CORDOVA, D.I. & LEPPER, M.R. (1996). Intrinsic
motivation and the process of learning : Beneficial
effects of contextualization, personalization, and choice.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 88, 715-730. [PDF]
DECI, E.L. (1971). Effects of externally mediated rewards
on intrinsic motivation. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 18, 105-115.
LEPPER, M.R., KEAVNEY, M. & DRAKE, M. (1996).
Intrinsic motivation and extrinsic reward : a commentary
on Cameron and Pierce's meta-analysis. Review of
Educational Research, 66, 5-32.
LEPPER, M.R., GREENE, D. & NISBETT, R.E. (1973).
Undermining children's intrinsic interest with extrinsic
reward : A test of the "overjustification" hypothesis. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 28 (1),
129-137. [PDF]
HAYAMIZU, T. (1997). Between intrinsic and extrinsic
motivation. Japanese Psychological Research, 39, 98-108.
GAGNÉ, M., SENECAL, C.B. & KOESTNER, R. (1997).
Proximal job characteristics, feelings of empowerment, and
intrinsic motivation : A multidimensional model.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 27,
1222-1240.
ROSS, M. (1975). Salience of reward and intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 32, 245-254.
VALLERAND, R.J. (1997). Toward a hierarchical model of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 29). New
York : Academic Press
GAMBRELL, B. & MARINAK, B.A. (1997). Incentives and
intrinsic motivation to read. In J.T. Guthrie & A.
Wigfield (Eds.), Reading engagement : Motivating
readers through integrated instruction (pp.
205-217). Newark, DE : International Reading Association.
LEPPER, M.R. & GREENE, D. (1975). Turning play into
work : Effects of adult surveillance and extrinsic rewards
on children's intrinsic motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31 (3),
479-486.
MARKLAND, M. & HARDY, L. (1997). On the factorial and
construct validity of the Intrinsic Motivation Inventory :
Conceptual and operational concerns. Research
Quarterly for Exercise & Sport, 69, 20-32.
LEPPER, M.R. & GREENE, D. (1975). When two rewards are
worse than one : Effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic
motivation. Phi Delta Kappan, 56 (8), 565-566.
CARLTON, M.P. & WINSLER, A. (1998). Fostering
intrinsic motivation in early childhood classrooms. Early
Childhood Education Journal, 5 (3), 159-166. [PDF]
DECI, E.L. (1975). Intrinsic motivation. New York
: Plenum.
RAWSTHORNE, L.J. & ELLIOT, A.J. (1999). Achievement
goals and intrinsic motivation : A meta-analytic review. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 3 (4), 326-344. [PDF]
FALK, A., GAECHTER, S. & KOVACS, J. (1999). Intrinsic
motivation and extrinsic incentives in a repeated game
with incomplete contracts. Journal of Economic
Psychology, 20 (3), 251-284.
CALDER, B.J. & STAW, B.M. (1975). Self-perception of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31 (4),
599-605.
DECI, E.L., KOESTNER, R. & RYAN, R.M. (1999). A
meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects
of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological
Bulletin, 125 (6), 627-668. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
AMABILE, T.N., DEJONG, H.W. & LEPPER, M.R. (1976).
Effects of extrinsic deadlines on subsequent intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 34, 92-98.
IYENGAR, S.S. & LEPPER, M. (1999). Rethinking the
value of choice : A cultural perspective on intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 76 (3), 349-366. [PDF]
ANDERSON, R., MANOOGIAN, S.T. & REZNICK, J.S. (1976).
The undermining and enhancing of intrinsic motivation in
preschool children. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 34, 915-922.
NOELS, K.A., CLEMENT, R. & PELLETIER, G.L. (1999).
Perceptions of teachers' communicative style and students'
intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Modern Language
Journal, 83, 23-34.
FISHER, C.D. (1978). The effects of personal control,
competence, and extrinsic reward systems on intrinsic
motivation. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 21, 273-288.
EISENBERGER, R., PIERCE, W.D. & CAMERON, J. (1999).
Effects of reward on intrinsic motivation : Negative,
neutral, and positive. Psychological Bulletin, 125,
677-691. [PDF]
HARCKIEWICZ, J.M. (1979). The effects of reward
contingency and performance feedback on intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 37 (8), 352–1363.
DECI, E.L., KOESTNER, R. & RYAN, R.M. (1999). A
meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects
of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation.
Psychological Bulletin, 125 (6), 627-668. [PDF]
CONDRY, J. & KOSLOWSKI, B. (1979). Can education be
made "intrinsically interessing" to children ? In D. Katz
(Ed.), Curent topics in early childhood education (Vol. 2,
pp. 227-260). Norwood, NJ : Ablex.
EISENBERGER, R., RHOADES, L. & CAMERON, J. (1999).
Does pay for performance increase or decrease perceived
self-determination and intrinsic motivation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 77 (5),
1026-1040. [PDF]
McLOYD, V.C. (1979). The effects of extrinsic rewards of
differential value on high low intrinsic interest.
Child Development, 50, 1010-1019.
EISENBERGER, R., PIERCE, W.D. & CAMERON, J. (1999).
Effects of reward on intrinsic motivation : Negative,
neutral, and positive. Psychological Bulletin, 125,
677-691. [PDF]
LOVELAND, K.K. & OLLEY, J.G. (1979). The effect of
external reward on interest and quality of task
performance in children of high and low intrinsic
motivation. Child Development, 50, 1207-1210.
RENNINGER, K.A. (2000). Individual interest and its
implications for understanding intrinsic motivation. In C.
Sansone & J.M. Harackiewicz (Eds.), Intrinsic and
extrinsic motivation : The search for optimal motivation
and performance (pp. 373-404). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press.
HARTER, S. (1981). A new self-report scale of intrinsic
versus extrinsic orientation in the classroom :
Motivational and informational components.
Developmental Psychology, 17, 300–312.
THOMAS, K.W. (2000). Intrinsic motivation at work.
Berrett-Koehler Publishers : San Francisco, CA.
MALONE, T.W. (1980). What makes things fun to learn ? A
study of intrinsically motivating computer games. (Report
CIS-7). Palo Altao, CA : Xerox Palo Alto Research Center.
DANIEL, T.L. & ESSER, J.K. (1980). Intrinsic
motivation as influenced by rewards, task interest, and
task structure. Journal of Applied Psychology, 65
(5), 566-573.
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2000). Intrinsic and
extrinsic motivations : Classic definitions and new
directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology 25, 54-67.
[PDF]
LEPPER, M.R. (1981). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation in
children : Detrimental effects of superfluous social
controls. In W.A. Collins (Ed.), Aspects of the
development of competence : The Minnesota Symposium on
Child Psychology (Vol. 14, pp. 155-214).
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
DECI, E.L., NEZLECK, J. & SHEINMAN, L. (1981).
Characteristics of the rewarder and intrinsic motivation
of the rewardee. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 40, 1-10.
GUAY, F., VALLERAND, R.J. & BLANCHARD, C. (2000). On
the assessment of situational intrinsic and extrinsic
motivation : The Situational Motivation Scale (SIMS). Motivation
& Emotion, 24 (3), 175-213. [PDF]
RYAN, R.M., MIMS, V. & KOESTNER, R. (1983). Relation
of reward contingency and interpersonal context to
intrinsic motivation : A review and test using cognitive
evaluation theory. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 45, 736–-750.
MORF, C.C., WEIR, C.R. & DAVIDOV, M. (2000).
Narcissism and intrinsic motivation : The role of goal
congruence. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
36, 424-438.
LEPPER, M.R. (1983). Extrinsic reward and intrinsic
motivation : Implications for the classroom. In J.M.
Levine & M.C. Wang (Eds.), Teacher and student
perceptions : Implications for learning (pp.
281-317). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2000). Self-determination
theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation,
social development, and well-being. American
Psychologist, 55, 68-78.
[PDF]
MALONE, T.W. & LEPPER, M.R. (1987). Making learning
fun : A taxonomic model of intrinsic motivations for
learning. In R.E. Snow & M.J. Farr (Eds.), Aptitude,
learning, and instruction : III. Conative and affective
process analysis (pp. 223-253). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum.
KUNDA, Z. & SCHWARTZ, S. (1983). Undermining intrinsic
moral motivation : External reward and self-presentation.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 45, 763-771.
COVINGTON, M.V. (2000). Intrinsic versus extrinsic
motivation in schools : A reconciliation. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 9 (1), 22-25.
[PDF]
ECCLES, J.S., WIGFIELD, A., MIDGLEY, C. & ADLER, T.F.
(1984). Grade-related changes in the school environment :
Effects on achievement motivation. In J.G. Nicholls (Ed.),
Advances in motivation and achievement (Vol. 3,
pp. 283-331). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
GOTTFRIED, A.E., FLEMING, J.S. & GOTTFRIED, A.W.
(2001). Continuity of academic intrinsic motivation from
childhood through late adolescence : A longitudinal study.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 93 (1), 3-13.
[PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J. & REID, G. (1984). On the causal
effects of perceived competence on intrinsic motivation :
A test of cognitive evaluation theory. Journal of
Sport Psychology, 6, 94-102. [PDF]
CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (2002). Rewards and
intrinsic motivation : Resolving the controversy. Westport,
CT : Bergin and Garvey.
LEPPER, M.R. & CHABAY, R.W. (1985). Intrinsic
motivation and instruction : Conflicting views on the role
of motivational processes in computer-based education. Educational Psychologist, 20, 217-231.
HENDERLONG, J. & LEPPER, M.R. (2002). The effects of
praise on children's intrinsic motivation : A review and
synthesis. Psychological Bulletin, 128 (5),
774-795. [PDF]
DWECK, C.S. (1985). Intrinsic motivation, perceived
control, and self-evaluation maintenance : An achievement
goal analysis. In C. Ames & R. Ames (Eds.),
Research on motivation in education : The classroom
milieu (pp. 289-305). New York : Academic Press.
CURY, F., ELLIOT, A., SARRAZIN, P., DA FONSÉCA, D. &
RUFO, M. (2002). The trichotomous achievement goal model
and intrinsic motivation : A sequential mediational
analysis. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
38, 473-481.
CORNO L. & ROHRKEMPER, M.M. (1985). The intrinsic
motivation to learn in the classroom. Dans C. Ames et R.
E. Ames (Eds.), Research on motivation in education :
The classroom milieu (Vol. 2, pp. 53-90). New York
: Academic Press.
EISENBERGER, R. & SHANOCK, L. (2003). Rewards,
intrinsic motivation, and creativity : A case study of
conceptual and methodological isolation. Creativity
Research Journal, 15, 121-130. [PDF]
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M., SANSONE, C. & MANDERLINK, G. (1985).
Competence, achievement orientation, and intrinsic
motivation : A process analysis. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 493-508.
DEYOUNG, R. (1985-86). Encouraging environmentally
appropriate behavior : The role of intrinsic motivation. Journal of Environmental Systems, 15, 281-291.
BOUFFARD, T., MARCOUX, M.-F., VEZEAU, C. & BORDELEAU,
L. (2003). Changes in self-perceptions of competence and
intrinsic motivation among elementary schoolchildren. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 73, 171-186.
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1985). Intrinsic
motivation and self-determination in human behavior.
New York/London : Plenum Press.
PIERCE, W.D., CAMERON, J., BANKO, K.M. & SO, S.
(2003). Positived effects of rewards and performance
standards, and intrinsic motivation. The
Psychological Record, 53, 561-579.
[PDF] + [PDF]
BUTLER, R. & NISSAN, M. (1986). Effects of no
feedback, task-related comments, and grades on intrinsic
motivation and performance. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 78, 210-216.
REEVE, J., OLSON, B.C. & COLE, S.G. (1986). Adding
excitement to intrinsic motivation research. Journal
of Social Behavior & Personality, 1, 349-363.
BÉNABOU, R. & TIROLEW, J. (2006). Intrinsic and
extrinsic motivation. Review of Economic Studies, 70,
489-520.
REEVE, J., COLE, S.G. & OLSON, B.C. (1986). The
Zeigarnik effect and intrinsic motivation : Are they the
same ? Motivation & Emotion, 10, 231-243. [PDF]
MARTENS, R.L., GULIKERS, J. & BASTIAENS, T. (2004).
The impact of intrinsic motivation on e-learning in
authentic computer tasks. Journal of Computer
Assisted Learning, 20 (5), 368-376. [PDF]
DECI, E.L. (1987). Theories and paradigms, constructs and
operations : Intrinsic motivation research is already
exciting. Journal of Social Behavior &
Personality, 2, 177–185.
WANG J.H.-Y. & GUTHRIE, J.T. (2004). Modeling the
effects of intrinsic motivation, extrinsic motivation,
amount of reading, and past reading achievement on text
comprehension between U.S. and Chinese students. Reading
Research Quarterly, 39, 162-186.
LEPPER, M.R. & MALONE, T.W. (1987). Intrinsic
motivation and instructional effectiveness in
computer-based education. In R.E. Snow & M.J. Farr
(Eds.), Aptitude, Learning and Instruction : III.
Conative and affective process analyses (pp.
255-286). Hilsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
VALLERAND, R.J. (2004). Intrinsic motivation in sport. In
C. Spielberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
appliedpsychology (Vol.2, pp. 427-436). San Diego
: Academic Press. [PDF]
KOESTNER, R., ZUCKERMAN, M. & KOESTNER, J. (1987).
Praise, involvement, and intrinsic motivation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 53,
383-390.
MALONE, T.W. & LEPPER, M.R. (1987). Making learning
fun : A taxonomy of intrinsic motivations for learning. In
R.E. Snow & M.J. Farr (Eds.), Aptitude, learning
and instruction : III. Conative and affective process
analyses (pp. 223-253). Hilsdale, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
KRAPP, A. (2005). Basic needs and the development of
interest and intrinsic motivational orientations.
Leaming & Instruction, 15 (5), 381-395.
CHANDLER, C.L. & CONNELL, J.P. (1987). Children's
intrinsic, extrinsic and internalized motivation : A
developmental study of children's reasons for liked and
disliked behaviours. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 5, 357-365.
ISEN, A.M. & REEVE, J. (2005). The influence of
positive affect on intrinsic and extrinsic motivation :
Facilitating enjoyment of play, responsible work behavior,
and self-control. Motivation & Emotion, 29
(4), 297-325. [PDF]
BUTLER, R. (1988). Enhancing and undermining intrinsic
motivation : The effects of task-involving and
ego-involving evaluation on interest and performance. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 58 (1), 1-14.
LEPPER, M.R., CORPUS, J.H. & IYENGAR, S.S. (2005).
Intrinsic and extrinsic motivational orientations in the
classroom : age differences and academic correlates.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 97 (2),
184-196.
HENNESSEY B.A. & AMABILE, T.N. (1988). Reward,
intrinsic motivation, and creativity. American
Psychologist, 53 (6), 674-675.
LOUCHE, C., BARTOLOTTI, C. & PAPET, J. (2006).
Motivation intrinsèque et présentation de soi à
différentes instances dans une organisation. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 59 (4), 351-357. [PDF]
McAULEY, E., DUNCAN, T. & TAMMEN, V.V. (1989).
Psychometric properties of the intrinsic motivation
inventory in a competitive sport setting : A confirmatory
factor analysis. Research Quarterly of Exercise &
Sport, 60, 48-58.
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., HAGGER, M.S., SMITH, B. &
SAGE, L.D. (2006). The influences of intrinsic motivation
on execution of social behaviour within the theory of
planned behaviour. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 36, 229-237.
LEPPER, M.R. & HODELL, M. (1989). Intrinsic motivation
in the classroom. In C. Ames & R.E. Ames (Eds.), Research
on motivation in education (Vol. 3, pp. 73-105).
New York : Academic Press.
VALLERAND, R.J. (2007). A hierarchical model of intrinsic
and extrinsic motivation for sport and physical activity.
In M.S. Hagger & N.L.D. Chatzisarantis (Eds.),
Self-determination theory in exercise and sport
(pp. 255-279). Champaign, IL : Human Kinetics.
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. (1989). Performance evaluation and
intrinsic motivation processes : The effects of
achievement orientation and rewards. In D. Buss & N.
Cantor (Eds.), Personality psychology : Recent trends
and emerging directions (pp. 128-137). NewYork :
Springer-Verlag.
DICKINSON, A.M. (1989). The detrimental effects of
extrinsic reinforcement on "intrinsic motivation". The
Behavior Analyst, 12 (1), 1-15. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J. (2007). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation
in sport and physical activity : a review and a look at
the future. In G. Tenenbaum & R.E. Eklund (Eds.), Handbook
of sport psychology (pp. 49-83). New York : John
Wiley.
MAWHINNEY, T.C., DICKINSON, A.M. & TAYLOR, T.A.
(1989). The use of concurrent schedules to evaluate the
effects of extrinsic rewards on "intrinsic motivation".
Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 10
(1), 109-129.
CASSIGNOL-BERTRAND, F. & CONSTANT, É. (2007). La norme
de motivation intrinsèque : valorisation, utilité et
désirabilité sociales. Bulletin de Psychologie, 488,
121-133.
[PDF]
THOMAS, K.W. & VELTHOUSE, B.A. (1990). Cognitive
elements of empowerment : an "interpretive" model of
intrinsic task motivation. Academy of Management
Review, 15, 666-681.
GRANT, A.M. (2008). Does intrinsic motivation fuel the
prosocial fire ? Motivational synergy in predicting
persistence, performance, and productivity. Journal of
Applied Psychology , 93, 48-58.
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (1990). Decreasing intrinsic "motivation"
with extrinsic rewards easier said than done. Journal
Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 11
(1), 175-191.
CORPUS, J.H., McCLINTIC-GILBERT, M.S. & HAYENGA, A.
(2009). Within-year changes in children's intrinsic and
extrinsic motivational orientations : Contextual
predictors and academic outcomes. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 34, 154-166.
BERNSTEIN, D.J. (1990). Of carrots and sticks : A review
of Deci and Ryan's intrinsic motivation and
self-determination in human behavior. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 54 (3), 323-332.
[PDF]
TIMIMI, S., GARDINER, N. & McCABE, B. (2010). The myth
of autism : Medicalising men's and boys' social and
emotional competence. Basingstoke : Palgrave MacMillan.
BOGGIANO, A. (1991). Mastery motivation in boys and girls
: The role of intrinsic versus extrinsic motivation. Sex
Roles : A Journal of Research, 25, 511-520.
HITT, D.D., MARRIOTT, R.G. & ESSER, J.K. (2010).
Effects of delayed rewards and task interest on intrinsic
motivation. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 13
(4), 405-414.
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. & SANSONE, C. (1991). Goals and
intrinsic motivation : You can get there from here. In
M.L. Maehr & P. R. Pintrich (Eds.), Advances in
motivation and achievement ( Vol. 7, pp. 21-49).
Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
BECKER, M., MCELVANY, N. & KORTENBRUCK, M. (2010).
Intrinsic and extrinsic reading motivation as predictors
of reading literacy : A longitudinal study. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 102 (4), 773-785. [PDF]
LEPPER, M.R. & CORDOVA, D.I. (1992). A desire to be
taught : Instructional consequences of intrinsic
motivation. Motivation & Emotion, 16 (3),
187-208.
GILET, N., VALLERAND, R.J., AMOURA, S. & BALDES, B.
(2010). Influence of coaches' autonomy support on
athletes' motivation and sport performance : A test of the
hierarchical model of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation.
Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 11 (2),
155-161. [PDF]
SEIFRITZ, J.J., DUDA, J.L. & CHI, L. (1992). The
relationship of perceived motivational climate to
intrinsic motivation and beliefs about success in
basketball. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 14, 375-391.
GRANT, A.M. & BERRY, J. (2011). The necessity of
others is the mother of invention : Intrinsic and
prosocial motivations, perspective-taking, and creativity.
Management Journal , 54 (1), 73-96. [PDF]
HEYMAN, G.D. & DWECK, C. S. (1992). Achievement goals
and intrinsic motivation : Their relation and their role
in adaptive motivation. Motivation & Emotion, 16,
231-247.
DAVIS, F.D., BAGOZZI, R.P. & WARSHAW, P.R. (1992).
Extrinsic and intrinsic motivation to use computers in the
workplace. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 22,
1111- 1132.
BOLKAN, S., GOODBOY, A.K. & GRIFFIN, D.J. (2011).
Teacher leadership and intellectual stimulation :
Improving students' approaches to studying through
intrinsic motivation. Communication Research Reports,
28 (4), 337-346. [PDF]
WIERSMA, U.J. (1992). The effects of extrinsic rewardsin
intrinsic motivation : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 65,
101-114.
WILD, T.C., ENZLE, M.E. & HAWKINS, W.L. (1992).
Effects of perceived extrinsic versus intrinsic teacher
motivation on student reactions to skillacquisition. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 245- 251.
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (1992). Agency and
organization : Intrinsic motivation, autonomy, and the
self in psychological development. In J. Jacobs (Ed.),
Nebraska Symposium on Motivation (pp. 1-56).
Lincoln : Universityof Nebraska Press.
GILLET, N., VALLERAND, R.J. & LAFRENIÈRE, M.-A.K.
(2012). Intrinsic and extrinsic school motivation as a
function of age : the mediating role of autonomy support.
Social Psychology of Education, 15, 77-95. [PDF]
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. & ELLIOT, A.J. (1993). Achievement
goals and intrinsic motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 904-915.
CARBONNEAU, N., VALLERAND, R.J. & LAFRENIÈRE, M.-A. K.
(2012). Toward a tripartite model of intrinsic motivation.
Journal of Personality, 80 (5), 1148-1178. [PDF]
GOTTFRIED, A.E., FLEMING, J.S. & GOTTFRIED, A.W.
(1994). Role of parental motivation practices in
children's academic intrinsic motivation and achievement.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 86, 104-113.
SCHAFFNER, E., SCHIEFELE, U. & ULFERTS, H. (2013).
Reading amount as a mediator of the effects of intrinsic
and extrinsic reading motivation on reading comprehension.
Reading Research Quarterly, 48 (4), 369-385.
VALLERAND, R.J., GAGNÉ, F., SÉNÉCHAL. C. & PELLETIER,
L.G. (1994). A comparison of the school intrinsic
motivation and perceived competence of gifted and regular
students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 38 (4),
172-175.
[PDF]
CORPUS, J.H. & WORMINGTON, S.V. (2014). Profiles of
intrinsic and extrinsic motivations in elementary school :
A longitudinal analysis. The Journal of Experimental
Education, 82 (4), 480-501. [PDF]
OLDFATHER, P. & DAHL, K. (1994). Toward a social
constructivist reconceptualization of intrinsic motivation
for liiteracy learning. Journal of Reading Behavior,
26 (2), 139-158. [PDF]
HAGGER, M.S., RENTZELAS, P. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D.
(2014). Effects of individualist and collectivist group
norms and choice on intrinsic motivation. Motivation
& Emotion, 38, 215-223.
CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (1994). Reinforcement,
reward, and intrinsic motivation : A meta-analysis. Review
of Educational Research, 64, 363-423.
SCHAFFNER, E., SCHIEFELE, U. & ULFERTS, H. (2016). The
contributions of intrinsic and extrinsic reading
motivation to the development of reading competence over
summer vacation. Reading Psychology, 37, 917-941.
[PDF]
ASSOR, A., VANSTEENKISTE, M. & KAPLAN, A. (2009).
Identified and introjection approach and introjection
avoidance motivations in school and in sport : The limited
benefits of self-worth strivings. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 101, 482–497.
WEINSTEIN, N., DEHAAN, C.R. & RYAN, R.M. (2010).
Attributing autonomous versus introjected motivation to
helpers and the recipient experience : Effects on
gratitude, attitudes, and well-being. Motivation
& Emotion, 34 (4), 418-431.
Motivation vicariante :Motivation
produite par l'observation
des autres et surtout par les conséquences de leurs comportements.EX: Voir une personne qui a fait ceci ou cela
recevoir de l'argent ou s'encourager et, de ce fait, reproduire
son comportement afin d'obtenir les mêmes conséquences (argent ou
satisfaction de soi).
= Renforcement vicariant. Motivation etrenforcement vicariant.Vicarous motivation, renforcement vicariant.
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1963). Vicarious
reinforcement and imitative learning. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 67, 601-607.
MOTLEY, M.T. (1974). Verbal conditioning-generalizationin
encoding : A hint at the structure of the lexicon. Speech
Monographs, 41, 152-162.
MOTLEY, M.T. (1979). Effects of cognitive set upon
laboratory-induced verbal (Freudian) slips. Journal
of Speech & Hearing Research, 22, 421-432.
MOTLEY, M.T., CAMDEN, C.T. & BAARS, B.J. (1981).
Toward verifying the assumptions of laboratory-induced
slips of the tongue : The output-error and editing issues.
Human Communication Research, 8, 3-15.
MOTLEY, M.T., CAMDEN, C.T. & BAARS, B.J. (1982).
Covert formulation and editing of anomalies in speech
production : Evidence from experimentally elicited slips
of the tongue. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 21, 578-594.
MOTLEY, M.T., BAARS, B.J. & CAMDEM, C.T. (1983).
Experimental verbal slip studies : A review and an editing
model of language encoding. Communication Monographs,
50, 79-101.
MOTTRON, L., PERETZ, I. & MÉNARD, E. (2000). Local and
global processing of music in high-functioning persons
with autism : Beyond cerebral coherence ? Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 41, 1057-1065.
[PDF]
MOTTRON, L., MÉNARD, É., SOULIÈRES, I. et DAWSON, M.
(2005). L'évaluation cognitive dans les troubles
envahissants du développement. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 26, 1-20.
MOTTRON, DAWSON, M., SOULIÈRES, I., HUBERT, B. &
BURACK, J.A. (2006). Enhanced perceptual functioning in
autism : An update, and eight principles of autistic
perception. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 36, 27-43.
MOTTRON, L., DAWSON, M. & SOULIÈRES, I. (2009).
Enhanced perception in savant syndrome : Patterns,
structure and creativity. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 364, 1385-1391.
MOTTRON, L. (2011). Changing perceptions : The power of
autism. Nature, 479 (7371), 33-35.
HAILMAN, J.P. (1961). Why do gull chicks peck at visually
contrasting spots ? A suggestion concerning social
learning of food-discrimination. American Naturalist,
95, 245-247.
HAILMAN, J.P. (1962). Pecking of laughing gull chicks to
models of the parental head. Auk, 79, 89-98.
HAILMAN, J.P. (1963). Why is the Galapagos lava gull the
color of lava ? Condor, 65, 528.
HAILMAN, J.P. (1964). Breeding synchrony in the equatorial
swallow-tailed gull. American Naturalist, 98,
79-83. [PDF]
HAILMAN, J.P. (1968). Behavioral studies of the
swallow-tailed gull. Noticias de Galapagos, 11,
9-12.
HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Spectral pecking preference in gull
chicks : Possible resolution of a species difference.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
67 (4), 465-467.
MOUTIER, S. (1997). Biais de raisonnement déductif et
inhibition chez l'enfant d'âge scolaire. Archives de
Psychologie, 65, 279-292.
MOUTIER, S. (2000). Deductive reasoning and experimental
matching-bias inhibition training in school children. Current
Psychology of Cognition, 19, 429-452.
MOUTIER, S. & HOUDÉ, O. (2003). Judgment under
uncertainty and conjunction-fallacy inhibition training. Thinking
& Reasoning, 9, 185-201.
MOUTIER, S., PlAGNE-CAYEUX, S., MELOT, A.-M. & HOUDÉ,
O. (2006). Syllogistic reasoning and belief-bias
inhibition in school children : Evidence from a negative
priming paradigm. Developmental Science, 9, 166-172.
MOUTIER, S. (2015). Le rôle des émotions dans les jeux de
hasard et d'argent. Développement typique et atypique des
capacités de prise de décision. Psychotropes, 21 (2),
9-21.
GRANDIN, T. (1989). Voluntary acceptance of restraint by
sheep. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 23,
257.
GEIST, V. (1991). On the taxonomy of giant sheep (Ovis
ammon Linnaeus 1766). Canadian Journal of Zoology, 69,
706-723.
SIBBALD, A.M., SHELLARD, L.J.F. & SMART, T.S. (2000).
Effects of space allowance on the grazing behaviour and
spacing of sheep. Applied Animal Behaviour Science,
70, 49-62. [PDF]
Mouton
Jane Srygley (1930-1987) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du leadership
et des styles de
gestion au sein des organisations.
En collaboration avec Blake, elle a développé une grille d'analyse
du leadership. Collaboratrice de Blake.
BLAKE, R.R. et MOUTON. J.S. (1969). Les deux
dimensions du management. Paris : Éditions
d'organisation.
MOUTON J.S. & BLAKE, R.R. (1984). Synergogy : A
new strategy for education training and development.
USA : Jossey-Bass Inc publisher.
BLAKE, R.R., MOUTON, J.S. et ALLEN, R.L. (1987). Team
building./Culture d'équipe. Paris.
Mouvement : Mouvoir : Le terme a plusieurs acceptions : a) Modification de l'état musculaire produite
volontairement ou non par le cerveau.b) Pours certains auteurs, synonyme de comportement
moteur, d'habileté
motrice ou de comportement tout court.
= Se mouvoir. c) Parfois utilisé comme unité de
base du comportement, lequel serait alors considéré comme une
suite plus ou moins bien coordonnés de mouvements (chaîne de comportement). Mouvement etmuscle.= Bouger, déplacer, microcomportement.
Movement, motion. d) Renvoie en opposition ou en rupture avec la pensée
dominante de la société
(ou de l'une de ses parties) et qui milite pour modifier cet état
de fait. Social movement, cooperatives
movement.
SPERRY, R.W. (1939). Action current study in movement
coordination. The Journal of General Psychology 20,
295-313.
GREENFIELD, P.M., BRANNON, C. & LOHR, D. (1994).
Two-dimensional representation of movement through
three-dimensional space : The role of video game
expertise. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 15, 87-103.
[PDF]
PIAGET, J. (1941). Les notions de mouvement et de
vitesse chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses université
de France.
THELEN, E. (1995). The improvising infant : Learning about
learning to move. In M.R. Merrens & G.G. Brannigan
(Eds.), The developmental psychologists : Research
adventures across the lifespan (pp. 21-36). New
York : McGraw-Hill.
GIBSON, J.J. (1954). The visual perception of objective
motion and subjective movement. Psychological Review,
61, 304-314.
NEWELL, K.M., LIU, Y.-H. & MAYER-KRESS, G. (1997). The
sequential structure of movement outcome in learning a
discrete timing task. Journal of Motor Behavior, 29,
366-382.
SCHMIDT, R.A. & WRISBERG, C.A. (1971). The
activity-set hypothesis for warm-up decrement in a
movement' speed task. Journal of Motor Behavior, 3,
318-325.
NEWELL, K.M. & SIFKIN, A.B. (1998). The nature of
movement variability. In J. Piek (Ed.), Motor control
and human skill: A multidisciplinary perspective
(pp. 143-160). Champaign, IL : Human Kinetics.
BEST, D. (1978). Philosophy and human movement.
London :Allen & Unwin.
VOLPE, B.T., LEDOUX, J.E. & GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1979).
Spatially oriented movements in the absence of
proprioception. Neurology, 29, 1309-1313.
TODOROV, E. (2000). Direct cortical control of muscle
activation in voluntary arm movements : a mode.
Nature Neuroscience, 3 (4), 391-398.
SCHMIDT, R.A., ZELAZNICK, H.N., HAWKINS, B., FRANK, J.S.
& QUINN J.T. (1979). Motor-output variability : A
theory for the accuracy of rapid motor acts.
Psychological Review, 86, 415-451.
VALDOVINOS, M.G., ROBERTS, C. & KENNEDY, C.H. (2004).
Analogue functional analysis of movements associated with
tardive dyskinesia. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (3), 391-393. [PDF]
GAFFAN, D. (1985). Hippocampus : memory, habit and
voluntary movement. In L. Wieskrantz (Ed.), Animal
intelligence (pp. 87-99). Oxford : Clarendon.
BOCK, O. & DAUNICHT, W.J. (1987). Information
processing in goal-directed movements. Behavior &
Brain Research, 23, 23-28.
FALMIER, O. & YOUNG, M.E. (2008). The impact of object
animacy on the appraisal of causality. American
Journal of Psychology, 121 (3), 475-500. [PDF]
KUGLER, P.N. & TURVEY, M.T. (1987). Information,
natural law, and the self-assembly of rhythmic movement. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
TOOLEY, M. (1988). In defense of the existence of states
of motion. Philosophical Topics, 16 (1),
225-254.
ADOLPH, K.E. (2008). Learning to move. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 213- 218.
[PDF]
NEWELL, K.M., VAN EMMERICK, R.E.A. & McDONALD, P.V.
(1989). On simple movements and complex theories (and
vice-versa). Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 12,
229-230.
KURZMAN, C. (1979). Structural opportunity and perceived
opportunity in social-movement theory : the Iranian
revolution of 1979. American Sociological Review,
61 (1), 153-170. [PDF]
BIN HARUN, M.Z.M. & BIN MAHMOOD, R.B. (2012). The
relationship between group cohesiveness and performance :
An empirical study of cooperatives movement in Malaysia.
International Journal of Cooperative Studies, 1 (1),
15-20. [PDF]
Movement Disorders : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude du mouvement et à ses déficiences. Éditeur : Wiley.
VAN DER LINDEN, C., BRUGGEMAN, R. & VAN WOERKOM,
T.C. (1994). Serotonin-dopamine antagonist and Gilles de
la Tourette's syndrome : an open pilot dose-titration
study with risperidone. Movement Disorders, 9, 687-688.
Mouvement social et politique : Groupe d'individus (les militants) en opposition ou en rupture avec la pensée
dominante de la société
(ou de l'une de ses parties) et qui milite pour modifier cet état,
sans par ailleurs se constituer en parti politique. Ce militantisme peut prendre de multiples formes "démocratiques" (manifestation, manifeste, tract, assemblée de
citoyens, sitting, occupation de lieux, article dans les journaux,
blogue sur les réseaux
sociaux, grève, etc) ou violente (Enlèvement/kidnaping,
assasinat politique, embuscade, détournement d'avion, bombe, complot,guerre civile,
guerrila, terrorisme,
etc). Mouvement, parti
politiqueet
engagement politique. Social movement.
KURZMAN, C. (1979). Structural opportunity and perceived
opportunity in social-movement theory : the Iranian
revolution of 1979. American Sociological Review,
61 (1), 153-170. [PDF]
GUIMOND S. & DUBÉ-SIMARD, L. (1983). Relative
deprivation theory and the Quebec nationalist movement :
The cognition-emotion distinction and the person-group
deprivation issue. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44, 526-535.
WILDE, L. (1990). Class analysis and the politics of new
social movements. Capital & Class, 14,
55-78.
KURZMAN, C. (2003). Social movement theory :
Rethinking social movements : Structure, meaning, and
emotion. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers111
LIPIETZ, A. (2007). Écologie politique et mondialisation.
L'Économie Politique, 34, 1-8. [PDF]
KURZMAN, C. (2008). Introduction : Meaning-making in
social movements. Anthropological Quarterly, 81
(1), 5-15
LEBLANC, J. et MAHEU, A. (2014). La place du discours
critique du Réseau québécois des groupes écologistes et de
ses membres dans les médias. Nouveaux Cahier du
Socialisme, 11, 114-128.
MOWRER, O.H. (1938). Apparatus for the study and treatment
of enuresis. American Journal of Psychology, 51,
163-166.
MOWRER, O.H. & JONES, H. (1945). Habit strength as a
function of the pattern of reinforcement. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 35, 293-311.
MOWRER, O.H. (1947). On the dual nature of learning : A
re-interpretation of "conditioning" and "problem-solving".Harvard
Educational Review, 17, 102-148.
MOWRER, O.H. (Ed.) (1950). Identification : A link between
learning theory and psychotherapy. In Learning theory
and personality dynamics (pp. 69-94). New York :
Ronald.
MOWRER, O.H. (1960). Learning theory and behavior.
New York : John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
TRYON, W.W. (1978). An operant explanation of Mowrer's
neurotic paradox. Behaviorism, 6, 203- 211.
MOXLEY, R.A. (1989). Some historical relationships between
science and technology with implications for behavior
analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 12, 45-57. [PDF]
MOXLEY, R.A. (1995). Myths of meaning : Response to Reese
(1994). The Behavior Analyst, 18, 363-365. [PDF]
MOXLEY, R.A. (1997). Skinner : From determinism to random
variation. Behavior & Philosophy, 25, 3-28.
MOXLEY, R.A. (2001). The modern/postmodern context of
skinner’s selectionist turn in 1945. Behavior &
Philosophy, 29, 121-153.
[PDF]
MOXLEY, R.A. (2005). Ernst Mach and B.F. Skinner : Their
similarities with two traditions for verbal behavior. The
Behavior Analyst, 28, 29-48. [PDF]
Moyen : Le mot a deux significations complémentaires : a) Comme substantif, il désigne tout objet qui permet d'atteindre un objectif. EX: Le train est un moyen de transport pour se rendre à destination. Le vélo est aussi un moyen de transport. b) Comme qualificatif, le moyen renvoie à tout ce qui ce situe entre deux choses, deux lieux, deux périodes de temps, etc.
= Intermédiaire, état intermédiaire.
Moyen-âge : Période de l'histoire qui s'étend de...
LAURIN, C. (1953). L'apport du Moyen-âge à la médecine. L'Union
Médicale du Canada, 86 (3), 293-297.
DUBY, G. (1955). Le moyen âge. L'expansion de
l'Orient et la naissance de la civilisation occidentale.
Presses Universitaires de France.
DUBY, G. (1978). Les trois ordres ou l'imaginaire du
féodalisme. Paris : Gallimard.
TREAGOLD, W.T. (1984). Introduction : Renaissances and
dark ages. In W.T. Treadgold (Ed.), Renaissances
before the Renaissance : Cultural revivals of late
Antiquity and the Middle Ages (pp. 1-22). Stanford,
CA : Stanford University Press.
HÉBERT, R. (1996). Le Moyen âge. Montréal :
Boréal.
HÉBERT, R. (2005). Médiévistes canadiens et archives
provençales : trente ans de recherches. Histoire et
Archives, 18, 9-22.
HÉBERT, R. (2008). Les cartulaires municipaux de Provence
à la fin du Moyen âge. Jalons pour une enquête. L'écrit et
la ville, Memini. Travaux et Documents, 12,
43-83.
Moyen-Orient :Territoire principalement situé en Asie du Sud-Ouest, qui englobe des pays comme l'Arabie saoudite, le Bahreïn, les Émirats arabes unis, l'Iran,l'Irak,Israël, la Jordanie, le Koweït,le Liban, Oman, la Palestine, le Qatar, la Syrie, la Turquie et le Yémen.
= Proche-Orient.
Middle East.
ZONIS, M. & JOSEPH, C.M. (1994). Conspiracy thinking in the Middle East. Political psychology, 15 (3), 443-459.
LEWIS, B. (2002). What went wrong ? : The clash between Islam and modernity in the Middle East. New York./ Que s'est-il passé ? L'Islam, l'Occident et la modernité. Paris : Gallimard.
FISK, R. (2005). The great war for civilisation : The conquest of the Middle East. Harper Perennial./La grande guerre pour la civilisation : La conquête du Moyen-Orient (1979-2005). La découverte.
LEWIS, B. (2010/11). Faith and power : Religion and politics in the Middle East. New York-Oxford : Oxford University Press. / Le pouvoir et la foi. Paris : Odile Jacob.
FISK, R. (2024). Night of power : The betrayal of the Middle East. Fourth Estate.
Moyen de production : Ensemble des machines, des ordinateurs et des robots qui permettent
de produire des biens et
des services, et ainsi de
dégager une plus-value
(profits), aux bénéfices de la petite et grande bourgeoisies et des détenteurs de titres.
MARX, K. (1865/1969). Value, price and profit.
New York : International Co.
Moyenne (arithmétique) : En statistique,
mesure de tendance centrale d'une série de données
obtenu en faisant la sommation des n donnée - on dit aussi
sommation des x comme dans l'équation ci-dessous - puis en
divisant le résultat de cette première opération par le nombre (n)
de données. EX: Si la série de données est
4,5,6, la moyenne est 5. Généralement dans une recherche, la
sommation des n données correspond à la variable observée ou
mesurée (Y) et N au nombre de sujets/participants
de l'échantillon, d'un groupe ou d'un sous-groupe.
= X-barre, moyenne ordinaire, moyenne arithmétique.
Mean, average.
STUDENT (1908). The probable error of a mean.
Biometrika, 6, 1-25.
YUAN, K.H. & BENTLER, P.M. (1997). Mean and covariance
structure analysis : Theoretical and practical
improvements. Journal of the American Statistical
Association 92, 767-774.
TUKEY, J.W. (1949). Comparing individual means in the
analysis of variance. Biometrics, 4, 6.
WILCOX, R.R. (2010). Inferences about the population mean
: Empirical likelihood versus bootstrap-t. Journal of
Modern & Applied Statistics, 9, 9-14.
TEMPLETON, A.R. & LAWLOR, L. (1981). The fallacy of
the averages in ecological optimization theory. The
American Naturalist, 117, 390-393.
TURELLI, M., GILLEPSIE, J.H. & SHOENER, T.W.
(1982). The fallacy of the fallacy of the averages
in ecological optimization theory. The American
Naturalist, 117, 390-393.
WELSH, A.H., TOWNSEMD, A. & ALTMANN, S.A. (1988). The
fallacy averages. The American Naturalist, 119,
879-884.
WILCOX, R.R. (1990). Comparing the means of two
independent groups. Biometrical Journal, 32, 771-780.
BORNEMAN, M.J. (2010). Mean comparisons. In N.J. Salkind,
B. Frey & D.M. Dougherty (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
research design (pp. 785-790). Thousand Oaks, CA :
Sage.
WILCOX, R.R. (1990). Comparing variances and means when
distributions have non-identical shapes. Communications
in Statistics – Simulation & Computation, 19, 155-173.
WATIER, N.N., LAMONTAGNE, C. & CHARTIER, S. (2011).
What does the mean mean ? Journal of Statistics
Education, 19, 2.
[PDF]
SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin.
MUEHLENKAMP, J.J. & GUTIERREZ, P.M. (2004). An
investigation of differences between self-injurious
behavior and suicide attempts in a sample of adolescents.
Suicide & Life-Threatening Behavior, 34, 12-22.
MUEHLENKAMP, J.J. (2006). Empirically supported treatments
and general therapy guidelines for non-suicidal
self-injury. Journal of Mental Health Counseling, 28
(2), 166-185. [PDF]
MUEHLENKAMP, J.J., WILLIAMS, K.L., GUTIERREZ, P.M. &
CLAES, L. (2009). Rates of non-suicidal self-injury in
high school students across five years. Archives of
Suicide Research, 13 (4), 317-329.
MUEHLENKAMP, J.J., ERTELT, T., CLAES, L. & MILLER,
A.L. (2011). Borderline symptoms differentiate
non-suicidal and suicidal self-injury in ethnically
diverse adolescent outpatients. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 52, 148-155. [PDF]
MUEHLENKAMP, J.J. & BRAUSCH, A.M. (2012). Body image
as a mediator of non-suicidal self-injury in adolescents.
Journal of Adolescence, 35, 1–9. [PDF]
MUGNY, G., DOISE, W. & PERRET-CLERMONT, A.-N.
(1975-1976). Conflit de centrations et progrès cognitif. Bulletin de psychologie, 29, 199-204.
MUGNY, G., LÉVY, M. & DOISE, W. (1978). Conflit
socio-cognitif et développement cognitif. Revue
Suisse de Psychologie, 37, 22-43.
MUGNY, G. & DOISE, W. (1978). Socio-cognitive conflict
and structure of individual and collective performances.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 8, 181-192.
MUGNY, G. & BUTERA, F. (1995). Influences majoritaire
et minoritaire : vers une intégration. Psychologie
française, 40, 339-346.
MUGNY, G. TAFANI, E., FALOMIR, J.-M. & LAYAT, C.
(2000). Source credibility, social comparison and social
influence. International Review of Social Psychology,
3, 151-175
Muir Bonnie M. ( ) : Spécialiste
canadienne de l'étude des effets psychologiques de
l'automatisation. Collaboratrice de Moray.
MUIR, B.M. (1987). Trust between humans and machines and
the design of decision aids. International Journal of
Man-Machine Studies, 27, 527-539.
MUIR, B.M. (1994). Trust in automation : Part I.
Theoretical issues in the study of trust and human
intervention in automated systems. Ergonomics, 37,
1905-1922.
MUIR, B.M. & MORAY, N. (1996). Trust in automation :
Part II. Experimental studies of trust and human
intervention in a process control simulation.
Ergonomics, 39, 429–460.
MULICK, J.A., LEITENBERG, H. & RAWSON, R.A. (1976).
Alternative response training, differential reinforcement
of other behavior, and extinction in squirrel monkeys
(Saimiri sciureus). Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 25 (3), 311-320. [PDF]
MULICK, J.A. & SCHROEDER, S.R. (1980). Research
relating to management of antisocial behavior in mentally
retarded persons. The Psychological Record, 30, 397-417.
MULICK, J.A. (1990). Ideology and punishment reconsidered.
American Journal on Mental Retardation, 95,
173-181.
MULICK, J.A. (2001). ABA and the computer : A review of
discrete trial trainer. Behavioral Interventions, 16,
287-291.
MULICK, J.A. & BUTTER, E.M. (2002). Educational
advocacy for children with autism. Behavioral
Interventions, 17, 57-74. [PDF]
Müller Georg Elias Nathanael (Grimma Allemagne 1850-1934 Göttingen) :Physiologiste
et psychologuegestaltiste
allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire.
Il a fondé l'Institut de psychologie de Göttingen en 1887.
Étudiant de Fechner et Lotze.
Professeur de Rubin.
MÜLLER, G.E. & SCHUMANN, F. (1894). Experimental
contributions on the investigation of memory. Zeitschrift
fur Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane, 6
(2), 81-190/257-339.
MÜLLER, G.E. & PILZECKER, A. (1900). Experimental
contributions on the theory of memory. Leipzig :
J.A. Barth.
MÜLLER, G.E. (1903). Viewpoints and the facts of
psychophysical methodology. In L. Asher & K. Spiro
(Eds.), Ergebnisse der Physiologie, Jahrgang II, 2
(pp. 267-516). Abtheilung, Wiesbaden : J.F. Bergmann.
MÜLLER, G.E. (1923). The theory of complexes and the
theory of Gestalts; a contribution toward a psychology
of perception. Gottingen : Vandenhoeck &
Ruprecht.
MÜLLER, G.E. (1930). On the sensations of color.Psychophysical inquiries. Leipzig : J.A. Barth.
LECHNER, H, SQUIRE, L. & BYRNE, J. (1999). 100 years
of consolidation-remembering Müller and Pilzecker. Learning
& Memory, 6, 77-88.
Muller Hermann Joseph (New York 1890-1967) : Biologiste
et généticien
américain, spécialiste des mutations,
notamment chez la
drosophile. Lauréat du prix
Nobel de médecine et de physiologie en 1946. Il a crée un
procédé pour créer artificiellement des mutations (par
irridiation). Étudiant de Morgan.
MÜLLER, H. (1973). Modern concept of nature.
SUNY Press.
ALPERN, M. & ELLEN, P. (1956). A quantitative analysis
of the horizontal movement of the eyes in the experiment
of Johannes Mueller. I. Method and results. American
Journal of Ophthalmology, 42 (4), 289.
WOODWARD, W.R. (1975). Hermann Lotze's critique of
Johannes Müller's doctrine of specific sense energies.
Medical History, 19 (2), 147-157. [PDF]
FINGER, S. & WADE, N.J. (2002). The neuroscience of
Helmholtz and the theories of Johannes Müller. Part 1.
Nerve cell structure, vitalism, and the nerve impulse.
Journal of the History of the Neurosciences, 11
(2), 136-155.
RACHLIN, H. (2005). What Müller’s law of specific nerve
energies says about the mind. Behavior &
Philosophy, 33, 41-54. [PDF]
MÜLLER, U. & OVERTON, W.F. (1998). Action theory of
mind and representational theory of mind : Is dialogue
possible ? Human Development, 41, 127-133.
MÜLLER, U., SOKOL, B. & OVERTON, W.F. (1999).
Developmental sequences in class reasoning and
propositional reasoning. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 74, 69-106.
MÜLLER, U., DICK A.S., GELA, K., OVERTON, W.F. &
ZELAZO, P.D. (2006). The role of negative priming in
preschoolers' flexible rule use on the Dimensional Change
Card Sort Task. Child Development, 77, 395-412.
MÜLLER, U. & OVERTON, W.F. (2010). Thinking about
thinking and thinking about measurement : A Rasch analysis
of recursive thinking. Journal of Applied
Measurement, 11, 78-90.
MÜLLER, U. & GARCIA-BARRERA, M. (2018). Developmental
g : Lost in the construct jungle.
Human Development, 61, 49-53.
Muller-Lyer Franz Carl (Baden-Baden 1857-1916) : Physiologiste
allemand. En 1889, il a découvert une illusion
qui porte aujourd'hui son nom.
DECASTRO-AMBROSSETTI, D. & CHO, G. (2005). Do
parents value education ? Teachers' perceptions of
minority parents. Multicultural Education, 13, 44-46.
[PDF]
GUNDERSON, A.G. (1955). Thought-patterns of young children
in learning multiplication and division. Elementary
School Journal, 55, 453-461.
LEMAIRE, P. & SIEGLER, R.S. (1995). Four aspects of
strategic change : Contributions to children's learning of
multiplication. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 124, 83-97.
[PDF]
DANSEREAU, D. & GREGG, L.W. (1966). An information
processing analysis of mental multiplication. Psychonomic
Science, 6, 71-72.
STADING, M., WILLIAMS, R.L. & McLAUGLIN, T.F. (1996).
Effects of a copy, cover, and compare procedure on
multiplication facts mastery with a third grad girl with
learning disabilities in a home setting. Education
& Treatment of Children, 19, 425-434.
PARKMAN, J.M. (1972). Temporal aspects of simple
multiplication and comparison. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 95, 437-444.
WILSON, R. & MAJSTEREK, D. (1996). The effects of
computer-assisted versus teacher directed instruction on
the multiplication performance of elementary students with
learning disabilities. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 29, 382-390.
FELTON, S. (1974). A multiplication process. Academic
Therapy, 9 (3), 249-251.
VERGNAUD, G. & DURAND C. (1976). Structures additives
et complexité psychogénétique. Revue Française de
Pédagogie, 36, 28-43.
CARNINE, D.W. (1980). Preteaching versus concurrent
teaching of the component skills of a multiplication
algorithm. Journal of Research in Mathematics
Education, 11 (5), 375-378.
WOOD, D.K., FRANK, A.R. & WACKER, D.P. (1998).
Teaching multiplication facts to students with learning
disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
31, 323-338. [PDF]
STAZYK, E.H., ASHCRAFT, M.H. & HAMANN, M.S. (1982). A
network approach to simple multiplication. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 8, 320-335.
VERGNAUD, G. (1983). Multiplicative structures. In R.
Lesh, M. Landau (Eds.), Acquisition of mathematics
concepts and processes (pp. 127-174). Orlando, Fla.
: Academic Press.
ATANABE, A., NUNES, T., BRYANT, P. & V.D.
HEUVEL-PANHUIZEN, M. (2000). Assessing young children's
understanding of multiplicative reasoning. BPS
Developmental Psychology Section News Letter, 55,
7-15.
LAMPERT, M. (1986). Knowing, doing, and teaching
multiplication. Cognition and Instruction, 3 (4),
305-342.
VAN HOUTEN, R. & ROLIDER, A. (1990). The use of color
mediation techniques to teach number identification and
single digit multiplication problems to children with
learning problems. Education & Treatment of
Children, 13, 216-225.
PARK, J. & NUNES, T. (2001). The development of the
concept of multiplication. Cognitive Development, 16,
1-11.
CAMPBELL, J.I. & GRAHAM, D.J. (1985). Mental
multiplication skill : Structure, process, and
acquisition. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 39,
338-366.
THOMPSON, P.W. & SALDANHA, L.A. (2003). Fractions and
multiplicative reasoning. In J. Kilpatrick, W.G. Martin
& D. Schifter (Eds.), A research companion to
Principles and standards for school mathematics
(pp. 95-113). Reston, VA : National Council of Teachers of
Mathematics.
FISCHBEIN, E., DEIR, M., NELLO, M.S. & MARINO, M.S.
(1985). The role of implicit models in solving verbal
problems in multiplication and division. Journal for
Research in Mathematics Education, 16 (1), 3-17
AMBROSE, R., BAEK, J.-M. & CARPENTER, T.P. (2003).
Children's invention of multidigit multiplication and
division algorithms. In A.J. Baroody & A. Dowker
(Eds.), The development of arithmetic concepts and
skills : Constructing adaptive expertise (pp.
305-336). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum.
CHIANG, B. (1986). Initial learning and transfer effects
of microcomputer drills an LD students' multiplication
skills. Learning Disability Quarterly, 19, 118-123.
SQUIRE, S., DAVIES, C. & BRYANT, P.E. (2004). Does the
cue help ? Children's understanding of multiplicative
concepts in different problem contexts. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 74 (4), 515-532.
LAMPERT, M. (1986). Knowing, doing, and teaching
multiplication. Cognition & Instruction, 3,
305-342.
YOUNG-LOVERIDGE, J. (2005). Fostering multiplicative
thinking us- ing array-based materials. Australian
Mathematics Teacher, 61 (3), 34-40.
KASHIGAWI, A., KASHIGAWI, T. & HASEGAWA, T. (1987).
Improvement of deficits in mnemonic rhyme for
multiplication in Japanese aphasics. Neuropsychologia,
25, 443-447.
BECKER, A., McLAUGHLIN, T.F., WEBER, K.P. & GOWER, J.
(2008). The effects of copy, cover, and compare with and
without error drill on multiplication fact fluency and
accuracy. Electronic Journal of Research in
Educational Psychology, 18, 747-760.
VERGNAUD, G. (1988). Multiplicative structures. in H.
Hiebert & M. Behr (Eds.), Research agenda in
mathematics education : Number concepts and operations
in the middle grades (pp. 141-161). Hillsdale :
Lawrence Erlbaum.
STEFFE, L. (1988). Children's construction of number
sequences and multiplying schemes. In J. Hiebert & M.
Behr (Eds.), Number concepts and operations in the
middle grades (Vol 2, pp.119-140). Reston,
Virginia : ErlbaumlNCTM.
IMBO, I. & VANDIERENDONCK, A. (2008). Practice effects
on strategy selection and strategy efficiency in simple
mental arithmetic. Psychological Research, 72,
528-541. [PDF]
SKINNER, C.H., BEATTY, K.L., TURCO, T.L. & RASAVAGE,
C. (1989). Cover, copy & compare : a method for
increasing multiplication performance. School
Psychology Review, 18, 412-420.
LO, J.-J., GRANT, T.J. & FLOWERS, J. (2008).
Challenges in deepening prospective teachers'
understanding of multiplication through justication.
Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 11 (1),
5-22
MULLIGAN, J. (1992). Children's solutions to
multiplication and division word problems : a longitudinal
study. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 4 (4),
24-41.
BRASCH, T.L., WILLIAMS, R.L. & McLAUGHLIN, T.F.
(2008). The effects of a direct instruction flashcard
system on multiplication fact mastery by two high school
students with ADHD and ODD. Child & Family
Behavior Therapy, 30 (1), 51-59.
SKINNER, C.H., SHAPIRO, E.S., TURCO, T.L. & COLE, C.L.
(1992). A comparison of self and peer-delivered immediate
corrective feedback on multiplication performance. Journal
of School Psychology, 30, 101-116.
PIERCE, K., McLAUGHLIN, T.F., NEYMAN, J. & KING, K.
(2012). The gradual and differential effects of direct
instruction flashcards with and without a DRH contingency
on basic multiplication facts for two students with severe
behaviors disorders. I-manager's. Journal on
Educational Psychology, 6 (2), 35-44.
GREENE, G. (1992). Multiplication facts : Memorization
made easy. Intervention in School & Clinic, 27 (3),
150-154.
BAKKER, M., VAN DEN HEUVEL-PANHUIZEN, M. & ROBITZSCH,
A. (2014). First-graders' knowledge of multiplicative
reasoning before formal instruction in this domain.
Contemporary Educational Psychology, 39 (1), 59-73.
GREER, B. (1992). Multiplication and division as models of
situations. In D.A. Grouws (Ed.), Handbook of
research on mathematics teaching and learning (pp.
276-295). New York : Macmillan.
LARSSON, K. (2015). Connections for learning
multiplication. Conference : International
Symposium for Elementary Mathematics Teaching, At Prague.
[PDF]
STEFFE, L.P. (1994). Children's multiplying schemes. In G.
Harel & J. Confrey (Eds.), The development of
multiplicative reasoning in the learning of mathematics
(pp. 3-39). New York : SUNY.
HARRIS, M., HELLING, J., THOMPSON, L., NEYMAN, J.,
McLAUGHLIN, T.F., HATCH, K. & JACK, M. (2015). The
effects of a direct instruction flashcard system to teach
two students with disabilities multiplication facts. International
Journal of Applied Research, 1 (3), 66-70. [PDF]
VERGNAUD, G. (1994). Multiplicative conceptual field: What
and why ? In G. Harel & J. Confrey (Eds.), The
development of multiplicative reasoning in the learning
of mathematics (pp. 41-59). Albany : State
University of New York.
DIGMAN, J.M. & TAKEMOTO-CHOCK, N.K. (1981). Factors
in the natural language of personality : Re-analysis,
comparison, and interpretation of six major studies.
Multivariate Behavioral Research, 16, 149-170.
MUNAKATA, Y., McCLELLAND, J.L., JOHNSON, M.H. &
SIEGLER, R.S. (1997). Rethinking infant knowledge : Toward
an adaptive process account of successes and failures in
object permanence tasks. Psychological Review, 104, 686-713.
MUNAKATA, Y. (1998). Infant perseveration and implications
for object permanence theories : A PDP model of the AB
task. Developmental Science, 1, 161-184.
MUNAKATA, Y., SANTOS, L.R., SPELKE, E.S., HAUSER, M.D.
& O'REILLY, R.C. (2001). Visual representation in the
wild : How rhesus monkeys parse objects. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 13 (1), 44-58. [PDF]
MUNAKATA, Y. (2001). Graded representations in behavioral
dissociations. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5
(7), 309-315.
MUNAKATA, Y., HERD, S.A., CHATHAM, C.H., DEPUE, B.E.,
BANICH, M.T. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2011). A unified
framework for inhibitory control. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 15 (10), 453-459. [PDF]
MUNDER, T., WILMERS, F., LEONHART, R., LINSTER, H.W. &
BARTH, J. (2010). Working Alliance Inventory-Short Revised
(WAI-SR) : Psychometric properties in outpatients and
inpatients. Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 17,231-239.
MUNDER, T., GERGER, H., TRELLE, S. & BARTH, J. (2011).
Testing the allegiance bias hypothesis : A
meta-analysis. Psychotherapy Research, 21, 670-684.
MUNDER, T., BRÜTSCH, O., LEONHART, R., GERGER, H. &
BARTH, J. (2013). Researcher allegiance in psychotherapy
outcome research : An overview of reviews. Clinical
Psychology Review, 33, 501-515.
MUNDER, T., BRÜTSCH, O., LEONHART, R., GERGER, H. &
BARTH, J. (2013). Researcher allegiance in psychotherapy
outcome research : An overview of reviews. Clinical
Psychology Review, 33, 501-515.
MUNDER, T., FLÜCKIGER, C., LEICHSENRING, F., ABBASS, A.A.,
HILSENROTH, M.J., LUYTEN, P., RABUNG, S., STEINERT, C. & WAMPOLD, B.E.
(2019). Is psychotherapy effective ? A re-analysis of
treatments for depression. Epidemiology &
Psychiatric Sciences, 28 (3), 268-274. [PDF]
MUNDY, P. (1995). Joint attention and social-emotional
approach behavior in children with autism. Development
& Psychopathology, 7, 63-82.
MUNDY, P., CARD, J. & FOX, N. (2000). Fourteen-month
cortical activity and different infant joint attention
skills. Developmental Psychobiology, 36, 325-338.
MUNDY, P. (2003). The neural basis of social impairments
in autism : The role of the dorsal medial-frontal cortex
and anterior cingulate system. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 44, 793-809.
MUNDY, P., BLOCK, J., VAUGHAN VAN HECKE, A., DELGADO, C.,
PARLADE, M. & POMERAS, Y. (2007). Individual
differences in the development of joint attention in
infancy. Child Development, 78, 938-954.
MUNDY, P. & NEWELL, L. (2007). Attention, joint
attention, and social cognition. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 16 (5), 269-274. [PDF]
MUNN, N.L. (1933). An introduction to animal
psychology : The behavior of the rat. Boston :
Houghton Mifflin.
MUNN, N.L. (1950). Handbook of psychological research
on the rat. Boston : Houghton Mifflin.
MUNN, N.L. (1955). The evolution and growth of human
behavior. Boston : Houghton Mifflin.
MUNN, N.L. (1971). The evolution of the human mind.
New York : Houghton Mifflin.
MUNN, N.L. (1940). The effect of knowledge of the
situation upon judgment of emotion from facial
expressions. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 35, 324-338.
MUNSCH, S., BECKER, E., MEYER, A.H., SCHEIDER, S. &
MARGRAF, J. (2003). Recurrent binge eating (RBE) and its
characteristics in a sample of young women in Germany.
European Eating Disorders Review, 15, 385-399.
MUNSCH, S., BIEDERT, E., MEYER, A., MICHAEL, T., SCHLUP,
B., TUCH, A. & MARGRAF, J. (2007). A randomized
comparison of cognitive behavioral therapy and behavioral
weight loss treatment for overweight individuals with
binge eating disorder. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 40 (2), 102-113.
MUNSCH, S., MEYER, A.H., MILENKOVIC, N., SCHLUP, B.,
MARGRAF, J. & WILHELM, F.H. (2009). Ecological
momentary assessment to evaluate cognitive-behavioral
treatment for binge eating disorder. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 42 (7), 648-657. [PDF]
MUNSCH, S., MEYER, A.H. & BIEDERT, E. (2012). Efficacy
and predictors of long-term treatment success for
cognitive-behavioral treatment and behavioral weight-
loss-treatment in overweight individuals with binge eating
disorder. Behaviour Research & Theraphy, 50
(12), 775-785.
MUNSCH, S., DREMMEL, D., KURZ, S., DE ALBUQUERQUE, J.,
MEYER, A.H. & HILBERT, A. (2017). Influence of
parental expressed emotions on children's emotional eating
via children's negative urgency. European Eating
Disorders Review, 25 (1), 36-43.
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1899). Psychology and history. Psychological
Review, 6, 1-31.
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1907). On the witness stand. New
York : Doubleday, Page & Company.
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1908). Psychology and crime.
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1909). Psychotherapy. Moffat,
Yard and Company.
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1913). Psychology and industrial
efficiency. Boston & New York : Houghton
Mifflin Company.
SCHILLER, F.C.S. (1899). Psychology and psychical research
: a Reply to Professor Münsterberg. Proceedings of
the Society for Psychical Research, 14, 348-365.
HYSLOP, J.H. (1899). Professor Munsterberg on mysticism. Psychological
Review, 6 (3), 292-298.
CARRINGTON, H. (1910). Reply to Professor Münsterberg. In
G. Myers (Ed.), Beyond the borderline of life
(pp. 138-148). Boston, MA : Ball.
SPILLMANN, J. & SPILLMANN, L. (1993). The rise and
fall of Hugo Münsterberg. Journal of the History of
the Behavioral Sciences, 29, 322-338.
SOMMER, A. (2012). Psychical research and the origins of
American psychology Hugo Münsterberg, William James and
Eusapia Palladino. History Human Sciences, 25 (2),
23-44. [PDF]
MURAN, J.C., SEGAL, Z.V. & SAMSTAG, L.W. (1994).
Patient pretreatment interpersonal problems and
therapeutic alliance in short-term cognitive therapy. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Pschology, 62,
185–190.
MURAN, J.C., SEGAL, Z.V., SAMSTAG, L.W. Self-scenarios as
a repeated measures outcome measurement of self-schemas in
short-term cognitive therapy. Behavior Therapy, 25 (2),
255-274.
MURAN, J.C. (2002). A relational approach to understanding
change : Plurality and contextualism in a psychotherapy
research program. Psychotherapy Research, 12,
113-138.
MURAN, J.C., SAFRAN, J.D., SAMSTAG, L.W. & WINSTON, A.
(2005). Evaluating an alliance-focused treatment for
personality disorders. Psychotherapy, 42 (4),
532-454. [PDF]
MURAN, J.C., SAFRAN, J.D., SAMSTAG, L.W., EUBANK-CARTER,
C. & WINSTON, A. (2009). The relationship of early
alliance ruptures and their resolution to process and
outcomee en three time-limites psychotherpies for
personality desorders. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research, Practice, Training, 46, 233-248.
MURAYANA, K. (1994). Patient pretreatment interpersonal
problems and therapeutic alliance in short-term cognitive
therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Pschology, 62, 185-190.
MURAYANA, K. & ELLIOT, A.J. (2011). Achievement
motivation and memory : Achievement goals differentially
influence immediate and delayed remember-know recognition
memory. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
37, 1339-1348.
MURAYANA, K., MATSUMOTO, M., IZUMA, K., SUGIURA, A., RYAN,
R.M., DECI, E.L. & MATSUMOTO, K. (2015). How
self-determined choice facilitates performance : A key
role of the ventromedial prefrontal cortex. Cerebral
Cortex, 25 (5), 1241-1251.
MURAYANA, K., PEKRUN, R., SUZUKI, M., MARSH, H.W. &
LICHTENFELD, S. (2016). Don't aim too high for your kids :
Parental over-aspiration undermines students' learning in
mathematics. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 111, 766-779.
MURAYANA, K., KITAGAMI, S., TANAKA, A. & RAW, J.A.
(2016). People's naiveté about how extrinsic rewards
influence intrinsic motivation. Motivation Science,
2, 138-142.
Murchison Carl Allanmore (Hickory 1881-1961) :Psychosociologue
et historien des
sciences américain. Il est le fondateur de nombreux
journaux scientifiques, notamment Journal of Psychology,
Journal of Social Psychology, Genetic psychology Monographs et
Journal of Genetic Psychology. Étudiant de Dunlap.
MURCHISON, C. (1926). Criminal Intelligence. Worcester,
MA, US : Clark University Press.
MURCHISON, C. & LANGER, S. (1927). Tiedemann's
observations on the development of the mental faculties of
children. The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 34 (2), 205-230.
MURCHISON, C. (1930). Social psychology : The
psychology of political domination. Worcester, MA,
US : Clark University Press.
MURCHISON, C. (Ed.) (1930). A history of psychology
in autobiography. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. :
Prentice-Hall.
MURCHISON, C. & ANDERSON, J.E. (1933). A handbook
of child psychology. Worcester, MA, US : Clark
University Press.
MURDOCK, B.B. (1962). The serial position effect in free
recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 64,
482-488. [PDF]
MURDOCK, B.B. (1965). Effects of a subsidiary task on
short-term memory. British Journal of Psychology, 56
(4), 413-419.
MURDOCK, B.B. & METCALFE, J. (1978). Controlled
rehearsal in single trial free recall. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 17, 309-324.
[PDF]
MURDOCK, B.B. (1982). A theory for the storage and
retrieval of item and associative information. Psychological
Review, 89 (6), 609-626. [PDF]
MURDOCK, B.B. (1999). Item and associative interactions in
short-term memory : Multiple memory systems ? International
Journal of Psychology, 34, 427-433.
HOCKLEY, W. (2014). Relating theory and data : Essays
on human memory in honor of Bennet B. Murdock. Psychology
Press.
MURNEN, S.K., PEROT, A. & BYRNE, D. (1989). Coping
with unwanted sexual activity : Normative responses,
situational determinants, and individual differences. Journal
of Sex Research, 26, 85-106.
MURNEN, S.K. & BYRNE, D. (1991). Hyperfemininity :
Measurement and initial validation of the construct.
Journal of Sex Research, 28 (3), 479-489.
MURNEN, S.K., SMOLAK, L., MILLS, J.A. & GOOD, L.
(2003). Thin, sexy women and strong, muscular men :
Grade-school children's responses to objectified images of
women and men. Sex Roles, 49, 427-437.
MURNEN, S.K. & SMOLAK, L. (2009). Are feminist women
protected from body image problems ? A meta-analytic
review of relevant research. Sex Roles, 60,
186–197.
MURNEN, S.K. & SMOLAK, L. (2012). Social
considerations related to adolescent girls' sexual
empowerment : A response to Lamb and Peterson. Sex
Roles, 66, 725-735.
MURPHY, K. (2008). Enforcing tax compliance : To punish or
persuade. Economic Analysis & Policy, 38 (1),
113-135.
MURPHY, K., MAZEROLLE, L. & BENNET, S. (2014).
Promoting trust in police : Findings from a randomized
experimental field trial of procedural justice policing. Policing
& Society, 24 (4), 405-424.
MURPHY, K. (2016). Turning defiance into compliance with
procedural justice : Understanding reactions to regulatory
encounters through motivational posturing. Regulation
& Governance, 10, 93-109.
MURPHY, K., BRADFORD, B. & JACKSON, J. (2016).
Motivating compliance behavior among tax offenders :
Procedural justice or deterrence ? Criminal Justice
& Behavior, 43 (1), 102-118.
MURPHY, K., WILLIAMSON, H., SARGEANT, E. & McCARTHY,
M. (2020). Why people comply with COVID-19 social
distancing restrictions : Self-interest or duty ?
Australian & New Zealand Journal of Criminology 53
(4) 1-20. [PDF]
MURRAY, H.A. (1938). Explorations in personality.
New York : Oxford University Press.
MURRAY, H.A. (1940). What should psychologists do about
psychoanalysis ? Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 35, 150-175
MURRAY, H.A. (1943). Thematic Apperception Test
Manual. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press.
MURRAY, H.A. & KLUCKHOHN, C. (1953). Personality
in nature, society, and culture. New York : Knopf.
MURRAY, H.A. (Ed.) (1960). Myth and mythmaking.
New York : G. Braziller.
ANDERSON, J.W. (1999). Henry A. Murray and the creation of
the Thematic Apperception Test. In L. Gieser & M. I.
Stein (Eds.), Evocative Images : The Thematic
Apperception Test. Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association.
MURRAY, H.G. (1984). Impact of formative and summative
evaluation of teaching in North American universities. Assessment
and Evaluation in Higher Education, 9, 117-132.
MURRAY, H.G. (1985). Classroom teaching behaviors related
to college teaching effectiveness. New Directions
for Teaching & Learnimg, 23, 21-34.
MURRAY, H.G. (1985). Classroom teaching behaviors related
to college teaching effectiveness. In J.G. Donald and A.M.
Sullivan (Eds.), Using research to improve university
teaching. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
MURRAY, H.G. & RENAUD, R.D. (1995). Disciplinary
differences in classroom teaching behaviors. New
Directions for Teaching & Learnimg, 64,
31-39.
MURRAY, H.G. (1997). Does evaluation of teaching lead to
improvement of teaching ? International Journal of
Academic Development, 2, 8-23.
Muscle : Musculation
: Ensemble d'organes
dont les tissus se contractent, permettant ainsi aux organismes
de se mouvoir, d'émettre des comportements
moteurs volontaires ou réflexes. Il existe deux types de
muscles : les muscles striés (EX: muscles
squelettiques ou cardiaque) et les muscles lisses (EX: muscles du
tube digestif ou des bronches). Les muscles striés
contiennent deux types de fibre : 1) les fibres
efférentes en provenance du système nerveux qui stimulent
le muscle pour qu'il se contracte; 2) les fibres
afférentes en provenance des muscles qui informent le
système nerveux sur l'état de contraction et de fatigue du muscle
(neurone sensoriel). Ces muscles ont quatre propriétés : Ils sont
excitables, contractiles, élastiques (retrouvent sa forme initiale
lorsque s'arrête la contraction) et toniques. Les muscles
lisses ou non-striées se contractent lentement et
involontairement. Ils sont régis par le
système nerveux parasympathique. Muscle etmotricité. Muscle.
KUTFFLER, S.W. (1949). Transmitter mechanism at the nerve
muscle junction. Archives des Sciences
Physiologiques, 3, 585-601.
GALLISTEL, C.R. (1980). From muscles to motivation. American
Scientist, 68, 398-409.
NEUMARK-SZTAINER, D., STORY, M., FALKNER, N.H., BEHURING,
T. & RESNICK M.D. (1999). Sociodemographic and
personal characteristics of adolescents engaged in weight
loss and weight/muscle gain behaviors : who is doing what
? Preventive Medicine, 28 (1), 4-5.
McCEARY, D.R. & SASSE, D.K. (2000). An exploration of
the drive for muscularity in adolescent boys and girls.
The Journal of American College Health, 48 (6),
297-304.
Musée : Lieu où on conserve et expose les éléments de l'histoire qu'une société considère comme important et, dans
certain cas, révélateur de son identité.
Museum.
WRIGHT, E.L. (1980). Analysis of the effects of a museum
experience on the biology achievement of sixth graders. Journal
of Research in Science Teaching, 17, 99-104.
SOUQUE, J.-P. (1986). Le renouveau de l'enseignement des
sciences : l'école et les musées. Dans G. Racette (Dir.),
Musée et éducation : modèles didactiques d'utilisation
des musées (pp. 44-49). Montréal : Société des
musées québécois.
LINN, M. (1983). Evaluation in the museum setting : Focus
on expectations. Educational Evaluation & Policy
Analysis, 5 (1), 119-127.
DONALD, J.G. (1986). L'évaluation des programmes éducatifs
au musée. À quel type d'apprentissage faut-il s'attendre ?
Dans G. Racette (Dir.), Musée et éducation : modèles
didactiques d'utilisation des musées (pp. 73-76).
Montréal : Société des musées québécois.
STRONK, D.R. (1983). The comparative effects of different
museum tours on children's attitudes and learning.
Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 20, 283-290.
LENOIR, Y. et LAFOREST, M. (1986). Le musée, un apport
didactique au milieu scolaire... s'il facilite les
apprentissages prescrits! Dans G. Racette (Dir.), Musée
et éducation : modèles didactiques d'utilisation des
musées (pp. 20-23). Montréal: Société des musées
québécois.
KOOL, R. (1986). Behavioral or cognitive effectiveness :
Which will it be ? Dans G. Racette (Dir.), Musée et
éducation : modèles didactiques d'utilisation des musées
(pp. 80-84). Montréal : Société des musées québécois.
BOUCHER, S. & ALLARD, M. (1987). Influence de deux
types de visite au musée sur les apprentissages et les
attitudes d'élèves du primaire. Canadian Journal of
Education, 12, 316-329.
LAMARCHE, H. (1986). Le potentiel éducatif des musées :
détermination d'un modèle approprié aux musées d'art. In
G. Racette (Ed.), Musée et éducation : modèles
didactiques d'utilisation des musées (pp. 64-67).
Montréal : Société des musées québécois.
DUFRESNE-TASSÉ, C. (1988). L'approfondissement de certains
processus comme celui que vit le visiteur de musée
échappe-t-il à la recherche qualitative ? Canadian
Journal of Education, 13, 100-110.
VADEBONCOEUR, G. (1986). La mise en place de modèles
didactiques d'utilisation des musées : implications pour
le monde des musées. Dans G. Racette (Dir.), Musée et
éducation : modèles didactiques d'utilisation des musées
(pp. 50-51). Montréal : Société des musées québécois.
DONALD, J.G. (1991). The measurement of learning in the
museum. Canadian Journal of Education, 16 (3),
371-382.
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (1974). Logical versus historical theories
of confirmation. British Journal for the Philosophy
of Science, 25, 1-23.
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (1974). The objectivism of Popper's
epistemology. In A. Schilpp (Ed.), The philosophy of
Karl Popper (pp. 560-589). La Salle III, The Open
Court.
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (1999). Essays on realism and
rationalism. Amsterdam/Atlanta : Rodopi.
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (1999). How to do without inductive logic.
Science & Education, 8, 395-412.
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (2004). How Popper [might have] solved the
problem of induction. Philosophy, 79, 19-31.
Music Perception : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la
perception de la musique. Éditeur :
University of California Press.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. (2011). Music lessons, emotional
intelligence, and IQ. Music Perception, 29,
185-194. [PDF]
Musique : Ensemble de sons organisés autour d'une structure
rythmique (variations + récurrence) qui permet de distinguer ces
sons d'un simple bruit.
Musique, agnosie
musicaleetpsychologie
de la musique. Music.
LIPPS, T. (1905). Consonance and dissonance. In W. Thomson
(Ed. 1995), Music. San Marino, California :
Everett Books.
SLOBODA, J.A. (2000). Individual differences in music
performance. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4 (10),
397-403. [PDF]
RIGG, M.G. (1937). Musical expression : an investigation
of the theories of Erich Sorantin. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 21 (4), 442.
WATSON, K.B. (1942). The nature and measurement of musical
meanings. Psychological Monographs, 54, 1-43.
RIGG, M.G. (1948). Favorable versus unfavorable propaganda
in the enjoyment of music. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 38 (1), 78-81.
SLOBODA, J.A. & JUSLIN, P.N. (2001). Psychological
perspectives on music and emotion. In P.N. Juslin &
J.A. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion : Theory and
research (pp. 71-104). London : Oxford University
Press.
MEYER, L.B. (1967). Music, the arts, and ideas.
Chicago, IL : University of Chicago Press.
BROWN, S. (2001). Are music and language homologues ? Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 930, 372-374.
SHAPIRO, A. (1969). Apilotprograminmusictherapywith
residents of a home for the aged. The Gerontologist,
9, 128-133.
GREER, R.D., DOROW, L.G., WACHHAUSE, G. & WHITE, E.R.
(1973). Adult approval and students' music selection
behavior. Journal of Research in Music Education, 21,
345-354.
SHUTER-DYSON, R. & GABRIEL, C. (1981). The
psychology of musical ability. New York, NY :
Methuen.
DEUTSCH, D. (Ed.) (1982). The Psychology of music. New
York : Academic Press.
WALLIN, N.L., MERKER, B. & BROWN, S. (2001). The
origins of music. Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press.
LARSON, R.W. & KUBEY, R.W. (1983). Television and
music : Contrasting media in adolescent life. Youth
& Society, 15, 13-31.
BESSON, M. & SCHÖN, D. (2003). Comparison between
language and music. In I. Peretz & R. Zatorre (Eds.),
Neurosciences and music (pp. 269-293). Oxford :
Oxford University Press.
SLOBODA, J.A. (1985). The musical mind. London :
Clarendon Press.
JAN, S. (2007). The memetics of music : A
neo-darwinian view of musical structure and culture. Burlington, VT : Ashgate.
GABRIELSSON, A. & LINDSTRÖM, E. (2001). The influence
of musical structure on emotional expression. In P.N.
Juslin & J.A. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion :
Theory and research (pp. 223-248). London : Oxford
University Press.
KRUMHANSL, C.L. (1990). Cognitive foundation of
musical pitch. New York : Oxford University Press.
GABRIELSSON, A. & WIK, S.L. (2003). Strong experiences
related tomusic : A descriptive system. Musicae
Scientiae, 7, 157-217.
THOMPSON, W.F. & ROBITAILLE, B. (1992). Can composers
express emotions through music ? Empirical Studies of
the Arts, 10, 79-89.
GABRIELSSON, A. & JUSLIN, P.N. (2003). Emotional
expression in music. In R.J. Davidson, K.R. Scherer &
H.H. Goldsmith (Eds.), Handbook of affective sciences
(pp. 503-534). New York : Oxford University Press.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G., (2006). Exposure to music : The truth
about the consequences. In G.E. McPherson (Ed.), The
child as musician : A handbook of musical development (pp.
111–134). Oxford : Oxford University Press.
CHRISTENSON, P. (1992). The effects of parental advisory
labels on adolescent music preferences. Journal of
Communication, 42, 106-113.
PERLOVSKY, L.I. (2008). Music and consciousness. Leonardo,
Journal of Arts, Sciences & Technology, 41 (4),
420-421.
SLOBODA, J.A., DAVIDSON, J.W. & HOWE, M.J.A. (1994).
Is everyone musical ? The Psychologist, 7,
349-354.
HABIB, M. & BESSON, M. (2009). What do music training
and musical experience teach us about brain plasticity ?
Journal s of the University of California Press, 26,
279-285. [PDF]
SCHUBERT, E. (2009-2010). The fundamental function of
music. Music Science, 13, 63-81.
HODGES, D.A. (1996). Handbook of music psychology. IMR
Press.
ZENTNER, M.R. & EEROLA, T. (2010). Rhythmic engagement
with music in infancy. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 107, 5568-5573.
PALMER, C. (1997). Music performance. Annual Review
of Psychology, 48, 115-138. [PDF]
NUSBAUM, E.C. & SILVIA, P.J. (2011). (2011). Shivers
and timbres : Personality and the experience of chills
from music. Social Psychological and Personality
Science, 2, 199-204.
REPP, B.H. (1997). The aesthetic quality of a
quantitatively average music performance : Two preliminary
experiments. Music Perception, 14, 419-444.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G., CORRIGALL, K.A., LADINIG, O. &
HURON, D. (2012). Changing the tune : Listeners like music
that expresses a contrasting emotion. Frontiers in
Psychology, 3, 574.
RADOCY, R.E. & BOYLE, J.D. (Eds.) (1997). Psychological
foundations of musical behavior. Charles C. Thomas
Publishers.
MARCUS G.F. (2012). Musicality : Instinct or acquired
skill ? Topics in Cognitive Science, 4 (4) ,
498-512. [PDF]
FORSYTH, A.J.M., BARNARD, M. & McKEGANEY, N.P. (1997).
Music preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction,
92, 1317-1325. [PDF]
FRIELER, K. & MULLENSIEFEN, D. (2013). Replication in
music psychology. Musicae Scientiae, 17 (3),
265-276. [PDF]
EEROLA, T. (2013). Review of strong experiences with music
: Music is much more than just music. Psychomusicology,
23 (1), 49-51.
SWAIN, J. (1997). Musical languages. New York :
W.W. Norton.
JUSLIN, P.N. & ISAKSSON, S. (2014). Subjective
criteria for choice and aesthetic judgment of music : A
comparison of psychology and music students. Research
Studies in Music Education, 36, 179-198.
HALLAM, S. (2015). The power of music. International Music
Education Research Centre (iMerc). London.
Effets
de la musique
HALL, J. (1952). The effect of background music on the
reading comprehension of 278 eighth and ninth grade
students. Journal of Educational Research, 45,
451-458.
POTTEIGER, J., SCHROEDER, J. & GOFF, K. (2000).
Influence of music on ratings of perceived exertion during
20 minutes of moderate intensity exercise. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 91, 848-854.
STEELE, K.M. (2000). Arousal and mood factors in the
"Mozart effect". Perceptual & Motor Skills, 91, 188-190.
[PDF]
SCOTT, T. (1970). The use of music to reduce hyperactivity
in children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 4,
677-680.
VAUGHN, K. (2000). Music and mathematics : Modest support
for the oft-claimed relationship. Journal of
Aesthetic Education, 34 (3/4), 149-166.
GALIZIO, M. & HENDRICK, C. (1972). Effect of musical
accompaniment on attitude : The guitar as a prop for
persuasion. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 2,
350-359.
HETLAND, L. (2000). Listening to music enhances
spatial-temporal reasoning : Evidence for the "Mozart
effect". Journal of Aesthetic Education, 34
(3-4), 105-148.
BRIDGETT, D. & CUEVAS, J. (2000). Effects of listening
to Mozart and Bach on the performance of a mathematical
test. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 90 (3),
1171-1175.
WILSON, C.W. & HOPKINS, B.L. (1973). The effects of
music on the intensity of noise in junior high home
economics classes. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 6, 269-275. [PDF]
GUÉGUEN, N. et LÉPY, N. (2001). L'influence d'une musique
d'attente téléphonique sur la perception temporelle. Dans
Congrès National de Recherce des Instituts
Universitaires de Technologies (pp. 273-282).
Saint-Etienne, Publications de l'Université de
Saint-Etienne. [PDF]
FOGELSON, S. (1973). Music as a distracter on reading-test
performance of eighth grade students. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 36, 1265-1266.
MATTILA, A.S. & WIRTZ, J. (2001). Congruency of scent
and music as a driver of in-store evaluations and
behaviour. Journal of Retailing, 77 (2),
273-289. [PDF]
McDONALD, D. (1975). Music and reading readiness. Language
Arts, 52 (6), 872-876.
HALLAM, S., PRICE, J. & KATSAROU, G. (2002). The
effects of background music on primary school pupils' task
performance. Educational Studies, 28 (2),
111-122.
WAGNER, M. & MENZEL, M. (1977). The effect of music
listening and artentiveness training on the EEGs of
musicians and nonmusicians. Journal of Music Therapy,
14, 151-164.
JACOB, C. et GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Variations du volume
d'une musique de fond et effets sur le comportement de
consommation : Une évaluation dans des bars. Recherche
et Applications Marketing, 4, 1-9. [PDF]
MILLIMAN, R.E. (1982). Using background music to affect
the behavior of supermarket shoppers. Journal of
Marketing, 46 (3), 86-91. [PDF]
GUÉGUEN, N., JACOB, C. et LEGOHÉREL, P. (2002). L'effet
d'une musique d'ambiance sur le comportement du
consommateur : Une illustration en extérieur. Décisions
Marketing, 25, 53-59. [PDF]
MILLIMAN, R.E. (1986). The influence of background music
on the behavior of restaurant patrons. Joumal of
Consumer Research, 13, 286-289.
WILSON, S. (2003). The effect of music on perceived
atmosphere and purchase intentions in a restaurant. Psychology
of Music, 31 (1), 93-112. [PDF]
SCHREIBER, E.H. (1988). Influence of music on college
student' achievement. Perceptual & Motor Skills,
66, 338.
KOTSOPOLOU, A. & HALLAM, S. (2004). Cross cultural
differences in listening to music while studying. In S.D.
Lipscomb, R. Ashley, R.O. Gjerdingen & P. Webster
(Eds.), Cross cultural differences in listening to
music while studying. Adelaide, Australia : Causal
Production. [PDF]
WANAMAKER, C.E. & REZNICOFF, M. (1989). The effects of
aggressive and nonaggressive rock songs on projective and
structured tests. The Journal of Psychology, 123, 561-570.
NORTH, A.C., SHILCOCK, A. & HARGREAVES, D.J. (2005).
The effect of musical style on restaurant customers'
spending. Environment & Behavior, 35 (5),
712-718.
CARSTENS, C.B., HUSKINS, E. & HOUNSHELL, G.W. (1995).
Listening to Mozart may not enhance performance on the
revised Minnesota Paper Form board Test. Psychology
Reports, 77, 111-114.
HÉBERT, S., BÉLAND, R., DIONNE-FOURNELLE, O., CRÊTE, M.
& LUPIEN, S.J. (2005). Physiological stress response
to video-game playing : the contribution of built-in
music. Life Sciences, 76, 2371-2380. [PDF]
HALLAM, S. & PRICE, J. (1998). Can the use of
background music improve the behavior and academic
performance of children with emotional and behavioral
difficulties ? British Journal of Special Education,
25 (2), 87-90. [PDF]
SLEVC, L.R. & MIYAKE, A. (2006). Individual
differences in second language proficiency : Does music
ability matter ? Psychological Science, 17, 675-681.
YALCH, R.F. & SPANGERBERG, E.R. (1990). Effects of
store music on shopping behaviour. Journal of
Services Marketing, 4 (1), 31-39.
NATER, U., ABBRUZZESE, E., KREBS, M. & EHLERT, U.
(2006). Sex differences in emotional and
psychophysiological responses to musical stimuli. International
Journal of Psychophysiology, 62, 300-308.
SLOBODA, J.A. & HOWE, M.J.A. (1991). Biographical
precursors of musical excellence : an interview study. Psychology
of Music, 19, 3-21.
DALTON, B.H. & BEHM, D.G. (2007). Effects of noise and
music on human and task performance : A systematic review.
Occupational Ergonomics, 7, 143-152. [PDF]
ARENI, C. & KIM, D. (1993). The influence of
background music on shopping behavior : Classical versus
top-forty music in a wine store. Advances in Consumer
Research, 20, 336-340.
MARTIN, A.J. (2008). Motivation and engagement in music
and sport : Testing a multidimensional framework in
diverse performance settings. Journal of Personality,
76 (1), 135–170.
DOUGLAS, S. & WILLATS, P. (1994). The relationship
between musical ability and literacy skills. Journal
of Research in Reading, 17 (2), 99-107.
HALLAM, S., PRICE, J. & KATSARO, G. (2008). The
effects of background music on primary school pupils' task
performance. Educational Studies, 28 (2),
11-122. [PDF]
NEWMAN, J., ROSENBACH, J.H., BURNS, K.L., LATIMER, B.C.,
MATOCHA, H.R. & VOGT, E.R. (1995). An experimental
test of "the mozart effect". Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 81, 1379-1387.
LARSON, R. (1995). Secrets in the bedroom : Adolescents'
private use of media. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 24, 535-550.
RICHARD, D., FASSBENDER, E., BILGIN, A. & FORD, W.
(2008). An investigation of the role of background music
in IVWs for learning. ALT-J, Research in Learning
Technology, 16 (3), 231-244. [PDF]
JOHNSON, J.D., JACKSON, L.A. & GATTO, L. (1995).
Violent attitudes and deferred academic aspirations :
Deleterious effects of exposure to rap music. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 16, 27-41.
TIERNEY A.T., BERGESON, T.R. & PISONI, D.B. (2008).
Effects of early musical experience on auditory sequence
memory. Empirical Musicology Review, 3, 178-186.
[PDF]
JOHNSON, J.D., ADAMS, M.S., ASHBURN, L. & REED, W.
(1995). Differential gender effects of exposure to rap
music on African American adolescents' acceptance of teen
dating violence. Sex Roles, 33, 597-605.
BANGERTER, A. (2008). La diffusion des croyances
populaires : Le cas de l'effet de Mozart. PUG.
NORTH, A.C. & HARGREAVES, D.J. (1996). Responses to
music in a dining area. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 26, 491-501.
WETTER, O.E., KOERNER, F. & SCWANINGER, A. (2009).
Does musical training improve school performance ? Journal
of Instructional Science, 37, 365-374. [PDF]
NORTH, A.C. & HARGREAVES, D.J. (1997). Liking, arousal
potential, and the emotions expressed by music. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 38, 45-53.
GRAHAM, R., ROBINSON, J. & MULHALL, P. (2009). Effects
of concurrent music listening on emotional processing. Psychology
of Music, 37 (4), 485-493.
WESTER, S.R., CROWN, C.L., QUATMAN, G.L. & HEESACKER,
M. (1997). The influence of sexually violent rap music on
attitudes of men with little prior ex-posure. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 21, 497-508.
BOLDUC, J. (2009). Effects of a music programme on
kindergartners’ phonological awareness skills. International
Journal of Music Education, 27 (1), 37-47. [PDF]
WILSON, T.L. & BROWN, T.L. (1997). Reexamination of
the effect of Mozart's music on spatial-task performance.
The Journal of Psychology, 131 (4), 365-370. [PDF]
GREITMEYER, T. (2009). Effects of songs with prosocial
lyrics on prosocial thoughts, affect, and behavior.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 186-190.
[PDF]
CAMPBELL, D. (1997). The Mozart effect. New
York : Avar Book.
RAUSHER, F.H. & SHAW, G.L. (1998). Key components of
the Mozart effect. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 86,
835-841. [PDF]
JACOB, C., GUÉGUEN, N. & BOULBRY, G. (2010). Effects
of songs with prosocial lyrics on tipping behavior in a
restaurant. International Journal of Hospitality
Management, 29, 761-763.
[PDF]
RICH, M., WOODS, E.R., GOODMAN, E., EMANS, S.J. &
DURANT, R.H. (1998). Aggressors or victims : Gender and
race in music video violence. Pediatrics, 101,
669-674.
LANOVAZ, M.J. & SLADECZEK, I.E. (2011). Effects of
music on vocal stereotypy in children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (3), 647-651. [PDF]
HALLAM, S. & PRICE, J. (1998). Can the use of
background music improve the behavior and academic
performance of children with emotional and behavioral
difficulties ? British Journal of Special Education,
25 (2), 32-35.
HILE, K., GUST, K., BITZ, U. & KAMMER, T. (2011).
Associations between music education, intelligence, and
spelling ability in elementary school. Advances in
Cognitive Psychology, 7, 1-6. [PDF]
CHEEK, J.M. & SMITH, L.R. (1999). Music training and
mathematics achievement. Adolescence, 34, 759-761.
KÄMPFE, J., SEDLMEIER, P. & RENKEWITZ, F. (2011). The
impact of background music on adult listeners : A
meta-analysis. Psychology of Music, 39 (4),
424-448.
ALLARD, M.E. & DODSON, A.R. (1999). Genre of music and
lyrical content : Expectation effects. Journal of
Genetical Psychology, 160, 476-487.
JIANG, X. & SENGUPTA, A.K. (2011). Effect of music and
induced mental load in word processing task. Systems,
Man & Cybernetics, 3261-3266. [PDF]
RAUSHER, F.H. (1999). Rauscher replies : Prelude or requiem
for the "Mozart effect"? Nature, 400 (26),
826-827.
SAVAN, A. (1999). The effect f background music on
learning. Psychology of Music, 27 (2), 138-146.
CHABRIS, C.F. (1999). Prelude or requiem for the "Mozart
effect" ? Nature, 400, 826-827.
NANTAIS, K.M. & SCHELLENBERG, E.G. (1999). The Mozart
effect : an artifact of preference. Psychological
Science, 10, 370-373.
STEELE, K.M., BROWN, J.D. & STOEKER, J.A. (1999).
Failure to confirm the Raushcer and Shaw description of
recovery of the Mozart effect. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 88, 843-848. [PDF]
STEELE, K.M., DALLA BELLA, S., PERETZ, I., DUNLOP, T.,
DAWE, L.A., HUMPHREY, G.K., SHANNON, R.A., KIRBY, J.L.
& OLMSTEAD, C.G. (1999). Prelude or requiem for the
"Mozart effect" ? Nature, 400, 827.
SAPON-SHEVIN, M. (1999). Using music to teach homophobia.
In W.J. Letts & J.T. (Eds.), Queering elementary
education : Advancing the dialogue about sexualities and
schooling. New York : Rowman & Littlefield
Publishers.
ANDERSSON, P.K., KRISTENSSON, P., WÄSTLUND, E. &
GUSTAFSSON, A. (2012). Let the music play or not : The
influence of background music on consumer behavior. Journal
of Retailing & Consumer Services, 19 (6),
553-560.
MORGAN, B.J. & LINDSLEY, O.R. (1966). Operant
preference for stereophonic over monophonic music. Journal
of Music Therapy, 3 (4), 135-143. [PDF]
DEUTSCH, D. (1970). Tones and numbers : Specificity of
interference in immediate memory. Science, 168, 1604-1605.
SNYDER, R. (2001). Music and memory : An
introduction. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
WILSON, C.W. & HOPKINS, B.L. (1973). The effects of
contingent music on the intensity of noise in junior high
home economics classes. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 6 (2), 269-275. [PDF]
WETTER, O.E., KOERNER, F. & SCWANINGER, A. (2009).
Does musical training improve school performance ? Journal
of Instructional Science, 37, 365-374. [PDF]
GREER, R.D., DOROW, L.G. & HANSER, S. (1973). Music
discrimination training and the music selection behavior
of nursery and primary level children. Bulletin of
the Council for Research in Music Education, 35, 30-43.
DIENES, Z. & LONGUET-HIGGINS, C. (2004). Can musical
transformations be implicitly learned ? Cognitive
Science, 28, 531-558.
GREER, R.D., DOROW, L. G. & RANDALL, A. (1974). Music
listening preferences of elementary school children.
Journal of Research in Music Education, 21, 345-354.
COHEN, A.J. (2000). Development of tonality induction :
Plasticity, exposure and training. Music Perception,
17, 437-459.
DEUTSCH, D. (1977). Memory and attention to music. In M.
Critchley & R.A. Henson (Eds.), Music and the
brain, (pp. 95-130). London : Heinemann Medical
Books. [PDF]
SLOBODA, J.A. (2000). Individual differences in music
performance. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4 (10),
397-403. [PDF]
PERETZ, I. & MORAIS, J. (1980). Modes of processing
melodies and ear-asymmetry in nonmusicians. Neuropsychologia,
20, 447-489. [PDF]
REIS, S.M. SCHADER, R., MILNE, H. & STEPHENS, R.
(2003). Music and minds : Using a talent development
approach for young adults with Williams syndrome.
Exceptional Children, 69, 293-314.
PORTER, D. & NEURINGER, A. (1984). Music
discrimination by pigeons. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 10, 138-148.
CRASKE, M.G. & CRAIG, K.D. (1984). Musical performance
anxiety : The three-systems model and self-efficacy
theory. Behavioural Research Therapy, 22 (3),
267-280.
STEELE, K.M. (2005). Do music lessons enhance IQ ? A
reanalysis of Schellenberg (2004). The Scientific
Review of Mental Health Practice, 4 (2), 6-9. [PDF]
BEAL, A.L. (1985). The skill of recognizing musical
structures. Memory & Cognition, 13, 405-412.
BURLAND, K. & DAVIDSON, J. (2004). Rôle des parents
dans le développement du musicien classique professionnel.
Revue STAPS, 64, 89-108.
GREENE, R.L. & SAMUEL, A.G. (1986). Recency and suffix
effects in serial recall of musical stimuli. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 12, 517-524.
SZPUNAR, K.K., SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & PLINER, P. (2004).
Liking and memory for musical stimuli as a function of
exposure. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 30, 370-381.
MARSDEN, A.A. (1987). A study of cognitive demands in
listening to Mozart's quintet for piano and wind
instruments, K.452. Psychology of Music, 15, 30-57.
KUHN, G. & DIENES, Z. (2005). Implicit learning of
nonlocal musical rules : Implicitly learning more than
chunks. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning,
Memory, & Cognition, 31, 1417-1432.
KELLARIS, J. et ALTSECH, M. (1992). The experience of time
as a function of musical loudness and gender of listener.
Advances in Consumer Research, 19, 725-729.
GAGNON, L., PERETZ, I. & FULOP, T. (2009). Musical
structural determinants of emotional judgments in dementia
of the Alzheimer type. Neuropsychology, 23 (1),
90-97.
KONECNI, V.J., HERSH, L. & KENYON, A. (1992). The
effects of early training in music and dance on the
socio-emotional, scholastic, and aesthetic development of
pre-teenage and teenage girls. In R. Spintge & R. Droh
(Eds.), Music medicine (pp. 155-175). St.
Louis, Missouri : MMB Music. [PDF]
BARR, R., SHUK, L., SALERNO, K., ATKINSON, E. &
LINEGARGAR, D.L. (2010). Music interferes with learning
from television during infancy. Infant & Child
Development, 19 (3), 313-331.
RAUSHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L. & KY, K.N. (1993). Music and
spatial task performance. Nature, 365, 611.
LOUI, P., WESSEL, D.L. & HUDSON KAM, C.L. (2010).
Humans rapidly learn grammatical structure in a new
musical scale. Music Perception, 27, 377-388.
ALTMAN, G.T.M., DIENES, Z. & GOODE, A. (1995).
Modality independence of implicitly learned grammatical
knowledge. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 21, 899-912.
BROOKS, D.I. & COOK, R.G. (2010). Chord discrimination
by pigeons. Music Perception, 27, 183-196. [PDF]
SLOBODA, J.A., DAVIDSON, J.W., HOWE, M.J.A. & MOORE,
D.G. (1996). The role of practice in the development of
performing musicians. British Journal of Psychology,
87, 399-412.
DUKE, R.A., CASH, C.D. & ALLEN, S.E. (2011). Focus of
attention affects performance of motor skills in music. Journal
of Research in Music Education, 59 (1) 1-12. [PDF]
KRAMPE, R. & ERICSSON, K.A. (1996). Maintaining
excellence : Deliberate practice and elite performance in
young and older pianists. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 125, 331-359.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & WINNER, E. (2011). Music training
and nonmusical abilities : Introduction. Music
Perception, 29, 129-132.
[PDF]
RAUSHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L, LEVINE, L.J., WRIGHT, E.L.,
DENNIS, W.R. & NEWCOMB, R.L. (1997). Music training
causes long term enhancement of preschool children’s
spatial-temporal reasoning. Neurological Research, 19
(1), 2-8. [PDF]
MARCUS, G.F. (2012). Musicality : Instinct or acquired
skill ? Topics in Cognitive Science, 4 (4),
498-512. [PDF]
LEHMANN, A.C. & ERICSSON, K.A. (1999). Research on
expert performance and deliberate practice : Some
implications for the education of amateur musicians and
music students. Psychomusicology, 16, 40-58.
SCHUBERT, E., HARGREAVES, D.J. & NORTH, A.C. (2014). A
dynamically minimalist cognitive explanation of musical
preference : Is familiarity everything ? Frontiers in
Psychology, 5 [38], 1-8. [PDF]
SCHUBERT, E. (2016). Does recall of a past music event
invoke a reminiscence bump in young adults ? Memory,
24, 1007-1014.
ZENTNER, M.R. & STRAUSS, H. (2017). Assessing musical
ability quickly and objectively : Development and
validation of the Short-Proms and the Mini-PROMS.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1400
(1), 33-45.
THAYER, J.F. & LEVENSON, R.W. (1983). Effects of music
on psychophysiological responses to a stressful film. Psychomusicology,
3 (1), 44-52.
BOLIVAR, V.J., COHEN, A.J. & FENTRESS, J.C. (1994).
Semantic and formal congruency in music and motion
pictures : Effect on the interpretation of visual action.
Psychomusicology, 13, 28-59. [PDF]
LARSON, R.W. & KUBEY, R. (1983). Television and music
: Contrasting media in adolescent life. Youth &
Society, 15, 13-31.
LIPSCOMB, S.D. & KENDALL, R.A. (1994). Perceptual
judgment of the relationship between musical and visual
components in film. Psychomusicology, 13, 60-98.
LARSON, R.D. (1985). Musique fantastique : a survey
of film music in the fantastic cinema. Metuchen :
Scarecrow.
COHEN, A.J. (1994). Introduction to psychology of film
music. Psychomusicology, 13, 2-8.
MARSHALL, S.K. & COHEN, A.J. (1988). Effects of
musical soundtracks on attitudes toward animated figures.
Music Perception, 6 (1), 95-112. [PDF]
BULLERJAM, C.G. & DENRING, M. (1994). An empirical
investigation of effects of film music using qualitative
content analysis. Psychomusicology, 13, 99-118.
COHEN, A.J. (1990). Understanding musical soundtracks. Empirical
Studies of the Arts, 8 (2), 111-124.
GORBMAN, C. (1995). The state of contemporary film music
expression. Cineaste, 21, 72-75.
BOLTZ, M., SHULKIND, M. & KANTRA, S. (1991). Effects
of background music on the remembering of filmed events. Memory
& Cognition, 19 (6), 593-606.
COHEN, A.J. (2005). How music influences the
interpretation of film and video : Approaches from
experimental psychology. Selected Reports in
Ethnomusicology : Special Issue in Systematic
Musicology, 12, 15-36. [PDF]
PARKE, R., CHEW, E. & KYRIAKAKIS, C. (2007).
Quantitative and visual analysis of the impact of music on
perceived emotion of film. ACM Computer in
Entertainment, 5 (3), 1-21. [PDF]
COHEN, A.J. (2000). Development of tonality induction :
Plasticity, exposure and training. Music Perception,
17, 437-459.
PERETZ, I. (2001). Listen to the brain : A biological
perspective on musical emotions. In P.N. Juslin & J.A.
Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion : Theory and
research (pp. 105-134). Oxford, UK : Oxford
University Press.
MAESS, B., KOELSCH, S., GUNTER, T.C. & FRIEDERICI,
A.D. (2001). Musical syntax is processed in Broca's area :
An MEG study. Nature Neuroscience, 4, 540–545.
KUBOVY, M., CUTTING, J.E. & McGUIRE, R.M. (1974).
Hearing with the third ear : dichotic perception of a
melody without monaural familiarity cues. Science,
186, 272-274. [PDF]
GASER, C. & SCHLAUG, G. (2003). Brain structures
differ between musicians and non-musicians. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 23 (27), 9240-9245. [PDF]
PATEL, A.D. (2003). Language, music, syntax and the brain.
Nature Neuroscience, 6, 674-681. [PDF]
PERETZ, I. (1985). Asymétrie hémisphérique dans les
amusies. Revue Neurologique, 141, 169-183. [PDF]
ZATORRE, R.J. (2005). Music, the food of neuroscience ? Nature,
434, 312-315. [PDF]
LENG, X. & SHAW, G.L. (1991). Toward a neural theory
of higher brain function using music as a window.
Concepts in Neuroscience, 2 (2), 229-258.
PERETZ, I. (2006). The nature of music from a biological
perspective. Cognition, 100 (1), 1-32. [PDF]
FITCH, W.T. (2006). The biology and evolution of music : a
comparative perspective. Cognition, 100 (1),
173-215.
TRAINOR, L.J., SHAHIN, A.J. & ROBERTS, L.E. (2009).
Understanding the benefits of musical training : Effects
on oscillatory brain activity. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 1169, 133-142. [PDF]
SCHLAUG, G., JÄNCKE, L., HUANG, Y., STAIGER, J.F. &
STEINMETZ, H. (1995). Increased corpus callosum size in
musicians. Neuropsychologia, 33 (8), 1047-1055.
[PDF]
HABIB, M. & BESSON, M. (2009). What do music training
and musical experience teach us about brain plasticity ?
Journal of the University of California Press, 26,
279-285. [PDF]
PERETZ, I., GOSSELIN, N., BELIN, P., ZATTORE, R., PLAILLY,
J. & TILLMANN, B. (2009). Music Lexical networks : The
cortical organization of music recognition. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 1169, 256-265. [PDF]
KALINOWSKA, A., KULAKOWSKA, A., KULAK, W. &
OKUROWSKA-ZAWADA, B. (2013). Effects of classical and
heavy metal music on the cardiovascular system and brain
activity in healthy students. Preliminary report. Neurologia
Dziecieca, 22 (44), 17-25. [PDF]
HAMANN, D., BOURASSA, R. & ADERMAN, M. (1990).
Creativity and the arts. Dialogue in Instrumental
Music Education, 14, 59-68.
HAMANN, D., BOURASSA, R. & ADERMAN, M. (1991). Arts
experiences and creativity scores of high school students.
Contribution to Music Education, 14, 35-47.
BERGER, J. (2004). Who cares if it listens ? An essay on
creativity, expectations, and computational modeling of
listening to music. In D. Cope (Ed.), Virtual music :
Computer synthesis of musical style. Cambridge, MA
: MIT Press.
WOLF, J. (1992). Let's sing it again : Creating music with
young children. Young children, 47 (2), 56-61.
KOUTSOPIDOU, T. & HARGREAVES, D. (2009). An
experimental study of the effects of improvisation on the
development of children's creative thinking in music. Psychology
of Music, 37 (3), 251-278.
SCHERER, K.R. & WALLBOTT, H.G. (1994). Evidence for
universality and cultural variation of differential
emotion response patterning. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 66, 310-28.
COHEN, A.J. (2009). A protocol for cross-cultural research
on acquisition of singing. Neurosciences and Music
III-Disorders and plasticity : Annals of the New York
Academy of Science, 1169, 112-115.
GATEWOOD, E. (1927). An experimental study of the nature
of musical enjoyment. In M. Schoen (Ed.), The effects
of music (pp. 78-120). Freeport, New York : Books
for Libraries Press.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G., KRYSCIAK, A.M. & CAMPBELL, R.J.
(2000). Perceiving emotion in melody : Interactive effects
of pitch and rhythm. Music Perception, 18,
155-171.
HEINLEIN, C.P. (1928). The affective characters of the
major and minor modes in music. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 8, 101-142
JUSLIN, P.N. (2000). Cue utilization in communication of
emotion in music performance : Relating performance to
perception. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 26, 1797-1813.
LAUKKA, P. & GABRIELSSON, A. (2000). Emotional
expression in drumming performance. Psychology of
Music, 28, 181-189.
SCHERER, K.R. (2001). Emotional effects of music :
production rules. In P.N. Juslin & J.A. Sloboda
(Eds.), Music and emotion : theory and research. Oxford/New
York : Oxford University Press.
COHEN, A.J. (2001). Music as a source of emotion in film
(pp. 250-272). [PDF]
HEVNER, K. (1935). The affective character of the major
and minor modes in music. American Journal of
Psychology, 47, 103-118.
SCHUBERT, E. (2001). Continuous measurement of self-report
emotional response to music. In P.N. Juslin & J.A.
Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion : Theory and
research (pp. 393-414). Oxford : Oxford University
Press.
BLOOD, A.J. & ZATORRE, R.J. (2001). Intensely
pleasurable responses to music correlate with activity in
brain regions implicated in reward and emotion. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 98,
11818-11823.
SLOBODA, J.A. & JUSLIN, P.N. (2001). Psychological
perspectives on music and emotion. In P.N. Juslin &
J.A. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion : Theory and
research (pp. 71-104). London : Oxford University
Press.
DALLA BELLA, S., PERETZ, I., ROUSSEAU, L. & GOSSELIN,
N. (2001). A developmental study of the affective value of
tempo and mode in music. Cognition, 80, 1-10. [PDF]
RIGG, M.G. (1937). Musical expression : an investigation
of the theories of Erich Sorantin. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 21 (4), 442 (1937)
SCHERER, K.R. (2001). Emotional effects of music :
production rules. In P.N. Juslin & J.A. Sloboda
(Eds.), Music and emotion : theory and research.
Oxford/New York : Oxford University Press. [PDF]
RIGG, M.G. (1939). What features of a musical phrase have
emotional suggestiveness ? Bulletin of the Oklahoma
Agricultural & Mechanical College, 36, 1-3.
VÄSTFJÄLL, D. (2001). Emotion induction through music : A
review of the musical mood induction procedure. Musicae
Scientiae, 5 (S), 173-209.
GABRIELSSON, A. & JUSLIN, P.N. (2003). Emotional
expression in music. In H.H. Goldsmith, R.J. Davidson
& K.R. Scherer (Eds.), Handbook of affective
sciences (pp. 503-534). New York : Oxford
University Press.
GAGNON, L. & PERETZ, I. (2003). Mode and tempo
relative contributions to "happy-sad" judgements in
equitone melodies. Cognition & Emotion, 17
(1), 25-40. [PDF]
RIGG, M.G. (1940). The effect of register and tonality
upon musical mood. Journal of Musicology, 2, 49-61.
JUSLIN, P.N. & LAUKKA, P. (2004). Expression,
perception, and induction of musical emotions : A review
and a questionnaire study of everyday listening.
Journal of New Music Research, 33 (3), 217–238.
GOMEZ, P. & DANUSER, B. (2004). Relationships between
musical structure and physiological measures of emotion.
Emotion, 7 (2), 377-387.
BALKWILL, L.L., THOMPSON, W.F. & MATSUNAGA, R. (2004).
Recognition of emotion in Japanese, Western, and
Hindustani music by Japanese listeners. Japanese
Psychological Research, 46, 337-349.
RIGG, M.G. (1940). Speed as a determiner of musical mood.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27, 566-571.
SCHERER, K.R. (2004). Which emotions can be induced by
music ? What are the underlying mechanisms ? And how can
we measure them ? Journal of New Music Research, 33,
239-251.
RIGG, M.G. (1948). Favorable versus unfavorable propaganda
in the enjoyment of music. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 38 (1), 78–81.
RESNICOW, J.E., SALOVEY, P. & REPP, B.H. (2004). Is
recognition of emotion in musical performance an aspect of
emotional intelligence ? Music Perception, 22,
145-158. [PDF]
MEYER, L.B. (1956). Emotion and meaning in music. Chicago
IL : University of Chicago Press.
WEBSTER, G.D. & WEIR, C.G. (2005). Perceptions of
emotion in music : Interactive effects of mode, texture,
and tempo. Motivation & Emotion, 29 (1),
19-39.
SCHUBERT, E. (2005). Differences in emotion observed and
emotion felt in response to music. Australian Journal
of Psychology, 57, 71-71.
RIGG, M.G. (1964). The mood effects of music : A
comparaison of data from earlier investigations. Journal
of Psychology, 58, 427-438.
WITHVLIET, C.V. & VRANA, S.R. (2006). Play it again
Sam : repeated exposure to emotionally evocative music
polarizes liking and smiling responses and influences the
affective reports, facial EMG and heart rate. Cognition
& Emotion 21 (1), 1-23.
JUSLIN, P.N., KARLSSON, J., LINDSTRÖM, E., FRIBERG, A.
& SCHOONDERWALDT, E. (2006). Play it again with
feeling : Computer feedback in musical communication of
emotions. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Applied, 12, 79-95.
HARRER, G. & HARRER, H. (1968). Musik, emotion und
vegetativum [Music, emotion, and the autonomic nervous
system]. Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift, 118, 966-971.
NATER, U., ABBRUZZESE, E., KREBS, M. & EHLERT, U.
(2006). Sex differences in emotional and
psychophysiological responses to musical stimuli. International
Journal of Psychophysiology, 62, 300-308.
WEDIN, L. (1972). A multidimensional study of
perceptual-emotional qualities in music. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 13 (4), 241-25
KOELSCH, S., FRITZ, T., VON CRAMON, D.Y., MULLER, K. &
FRIEDERICI, A.D. (2006). Investigation of emotion with
music : An fMRI study. Human Brain Mapping, 27
(3), 239-250.
[PDF]
SCHUBERT, E. (2007). The influence of emotion, locus of
emotion and familiarity upon preference in music. Psychology
of Music, 35, 499-515.
BOWER, G.H. (1981). Mood and memory. American
Psychologist, 36, 129-148.
GOMEZ, P. & DANUSER, P. (2007). Relationships between
musical structure and psychophysiological measures of
emotion. Emotion, 7 (2), 377-387. [PDF]
KONECNI, V.J., WANIC, R.A. & BROWN, A. (2007).
Emotional and aesthetic antecedents and consequences of
music-induced thrills. American Journal of Psychology,
120, 619-643. [PDF]
SCHERER, K.R. (1986). Vocal affect expression : A review
and a model for future research. Psychological
Bulletin, 99, 143-165.
SCHUBERT, E. (2007). Locus of emotion : the effect of task
order and age on emotion perceived and emotion felt in
response to music. Journal of Music Therapy, 44,
344-368.
LEVINSON, J. (1990). Music and negative emotions. In J.
Levinson (Ed.), Music, art, and metaphysics : Essays
in philosophical aesthetics (pp. 306-335). Ithaca
: Cornell University Press.
GAGNON, L., PERETZ, I. & FULOP, T. (2009). Musical
structural determinants of emotional judgments in dementia
of the Alzheimer type. Neuropsychology, 23 (1),
90-97.
BRUNER, G.C. (1990). Music, mood, and marketing.
Journal of Marketing, 54 (4), 94-104.
SAARIKALLIO, S. & ERKKILÀ, J. (2007). The role of
music in adolescents' mood regulation. Psychology of
Music, 35, 88-109.
TERWOGT, M.M. & VAN GRINSVEN, F. (1991). Musical
expression of mood-states. Psychology of Music, 19, 99-109.
KONECNI, V.J., BROWN, A. & WANIC, R.A. (2008).
Comparative effects of music and recalled life-events on
emotional state. Psychology of Music, 36,
289-308. [PDF]
ZENTNER, M., GRANDJEAN, D. & SCHERER, K.R. (2008).
Emotions evoked by the sound of music : Characterization,
classification, and measurement. Emotion, 8,
494-521.
STRATTON, A.H. & ZALANOWSKI, A.H. (1991). The effects
of music and cognition on mood. Psychology of Music,
19 (2), 121-127.
JUSLIN, P.N., LILJESTÖM, S., VÄSTFJÄLL, D., BARRADAS, G.
& SILVA, A. (2008). An experience sampling study of
emotional reactions to music : Listener, music, and
situation. Emotion, 8, 668-683.
SLOBODA, J. (1991). Music structure and emotional response
: Some empirical findings. Psychology of Music, 19,
110-120.
HUNTER, P.G., SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & SCHIMMACK, U.
(2008). Mixed affective responses to music with
conflicting cues. Cognition & Emotion, 22, 327-352.
[PDF]
BAUMGARTNER, H. (1992). Remembrance of things past :
music, autobiographical memory, and emotion. Advances
in Consumer Research, 19, 613-620.
VIEILLARD, S., PERETZ, I., GOSSELIN, N., KHALFA, S.,
GAGNON, L. & BOUCHARD, B. (2008). Happy, sad, scary
and peaceful musical excerpts for research on emotions. Cognition
& Emotion, 22, 750-752. [PDF]
KONECNI, V.J. (2008). A skeptical position on "musical
emotions" and an alternative proposal. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 31, 582-584.[PDF]
KREUTZ, G., OTT, U., TEICHMANN, D., OSAWA, P. & VAITL,
D. (2008). Using music to induce emotions : Influences of
musical preference and absorption. Psychology of
Music, 36, 101-126.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G., PERETZ, I. & VIEILLARD, S. (2008).
Liking for happy-and sad-sounding music : Effects of
exposure. Cognition & Emotion, 22, 218-237.
KHALFA, S., ROY, M., RAINVILLE, P., DALLA BELLA, S. &
PERETZ, I. (2008). Role of tempo entrainment in
psychophysiological differentiation of happy and sad music
? International Journal of Psychophysiology, 68,
17-26.
SCHERER, K.R. (1993). Neuroscience projections to current
debates in emotion psychology. Cognition &
Emotion, 7, 1-41.
JUSLIN, P.N. & VÄSTFJÄLL, D. (2008). Emotional
responses to music : The need to consider underlying
mechanisms. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 31
(5), 559-575. [PDF]
KONECNI, V.J. (2008). Does music induce emotion ? A
theoretical and methodological analysis. Psychology
of Aesthetics, Creativity & the Arts, 2, 115-129.
[PDF]
ROBINSON, J. (1994). The expression and arousal of emotion
in music. The Journal of Aesthetics & Art
Criticism, 52, 13-22.
POST, O. & HURON, D. (2009). Western classical music
in the minor mode is slower (except in the Romantic
period). Empirical Musicology Review, 4, 2-10.
SCHERER, K.R. (2009). The dynamic architecture of emotion
: Evidence for the component process model. Cognition
& Emotion, 23 (7), 1307-1351.
SCHERER, K.R. (1995). Expression of emotion in voice and
music. Journal of Voice, 9, 235-248.
GRAHAM, R., ROBINSON, J. & MULHALL, P. (2009). Effects
of concurrent music listening on emotional processing. Psychology
of Music, 37 (4), 485-493.
PANKSEPP, J. (1995). The emotional source of "chills"
induced by music. Music Perception, 13, 171-207.
GABRIELSSON, A. & LINDSTRÖM, E. (2010). The role of
structure in the musical expression of emotions. In P.N.
Juslin & J.A. Sloboda, J.A. (Eds.), Music and
emotion : Theory, research, applications. Oxford :
Oxford University Press.
KRUMHANSL, C.L. (1995). Music psychology and music theory
: Problems and prospects. Music Theory Spectrum, 17, 53-90.
JUSLIN, P.N. & LINDSTRÖM, E. (2010). Musical
expression of emotions : Modelling listeners' judgements
of composed and performed features. Music Analysis,
29, 334-364.
SCHUBERT, E. (1996). Enjoyment of negative emotions in
music : An associative network explanation. Psychology
of Music, 24, 18-28.
RIGANELLO, F., CANDELIERI, A., QUIINTIERI, M. & DOLCE,
G. (2010). Heart rate variability, emotions, and music. Journal
of Psychophysiology, 24, 112-119.
GABRIELSSON, A. & JUSLIN, P.N. (1996). Emotional
expression in music performance : Between the performer's
intention and the listener's experience. Psychology of
Music, 24,
GARRIDO, S. & SCHUBERT, E. (2011). Negative emotion in
music : What is the attraction ? A qualitative study.
Empirical Musicology Review, 6 (4), 214-230. [PDF]
BRATTICO, E., ALLURI, V., BOGERT, B., JACOBSEN, T.,
VARTIAINEN, N., NIEMINEN, S. & TERVANIEMI, M. (2011).
A functional MRI study of happy and sad emotions in music
with and without lyrics. Frontiers in Psychology, 2,
[308]. 1-16. [PDF]
KRUMHANSL, C.L. (1997). An exploratory study of musical
emotions and psychophysiology. Canadian Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 51, 336-352. [PDF]
VAN DER ZWAAG, M.D. & WESTERINK, J.H.D.M. (2011).
Emotional and psychophysiological responses to tempo,
mode, and percussiveness. Musicae Scientiae, 15
(2), 250-269. [PDF]
LEVINSON, J. (1997). Music and negative emotion. In J.
Robinson (Ed.), Music and meaning (pp.
215-241). Ithaca, NY : Cornell University Press.
NUSBAUM, E.C. & SILVIA, P.J. (2011). Shivers and
timbres : Personality and the experience of chills from
music. Social Psychological & Personality Science,
2 (2), 199-204. [PDF]
JUSLIN, P.N., LILJESSTRÖM, E. LAUKKA, P., VÄSTFJÄLL, D.
& LUNDQVIST, L.O. (2011). Emotional reactions to music
in a nationally representative sample of Swedish adults :
Prevalence and causal influences. Musicae Scientiae,
15, 174-207.
VUOSKOSKI, J.K. & EEROLA, T. (2011). Measuring
music-induced emotion : A comparison of emotion models,
personality biases, and intensity of experiences. Musicae
Scientiae, 15 (2), 159-173.
GARRIDO, S. & SCHUBERT, E. (2011). Individual
differences in the enjoyment of negative emotion in music
: A literature review and experiment. Music
Perception, 28, 279-295.
NYKLICEK, I., THAYER, J. & VAN DOORNEN, L. (1997).
Cardiorespiratory differentiation of musically- induced
emotion. Journal of Psychophysiology 11, 304-321.
RAMOS, D., BUENO, J.L.O. & BIGAND, E. (2011).
Manipulating Greek musical modes and tempo affects
perceived musical emotion in musicians and nonmusicians. Brazilian
Journal of Medical & Biological Research, 44
(2), 165-172. [PDF]
PERETZ, I., GAGNON, L. & BOUCHARD, B. (1998). Music
and emotion : Perceptual determinants, immediacy, and
isolation after brain damage. Cognition, 68,
111-141. [PDF]
VUOSKOSKI, J.K., THOMPSON, W.F., McILWIN, D. & ERROLA,
T. (2012). Who enjoys listening to sad music and why ?
Music Perception, 29 (3), 311-318. [PDF]
HALLAM, S. & PRICE, J. (1998). Can the use of
background music improve the behavior and academic
performance of children with emotional and behavioral
difficulties ? British Journal of Special Education,
25 (2), 87-90. [PDF]
BOWLING, D.L., SUNDARARAJAN, J., HAN, S. & PURVES, D.
(2012). Expression of emotion in eastern and western music
mirrors vocalization. PLOS One, 7 (3),
VUOSKOSKI, J.K. & ERROLA, T. (2012). Can sad music
really make you sad ? Indirect measures of affective
states induced by music and autobiographical memories. Psychology
of Aesthetics, Creativity, & the Arts, 6 (3),
204-213.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & VON SCHEVE, C. (2012). Emotional
cues in American popular music : Five decades of the Top
40. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, & the
Arts, 6 (3), 196-203. [PDF]
ADACHI, M. & TREHUB, S.E. (1998). Children's
expression of emotion in song. Psychology of Music,
26, 133-153.
HANSER, W.E. (2013). Music Influences Ratings of the
Affect of Visual Stimuli. Psychological Topics 22
(2), 305-324. [PDF]
BLOOD, A.J., ZATORRE, R.J., BERMUDEZ P. & EVANS, A.C.
(1999). Emotional responses to pleasant and unpleasant
music correlate with activity in paralimbic brain regions.
Nature Neuroscience, 2, 382-387.
EEROLA, T., FRIBERG, A. & BRESIN, R. (2013). Emotional
expression in music : contribution, linearity, and
additivity of primary musical cues. Frontiers in
Psychology, 4 (487), 1-12. [PDF]
BALKWILL, L.L. & THOMPSON, W.F. (1999). A
cross-cultural investigation of the perception of emotion
in music : Psychophysical and cultural cues. Music
Perception, 17, 43-64.
SWAMINATHAN, S. & SCHELLENBERG, E.G. (2015). Current
emotion research in music psychology. Emotion Review,
7 (2) 189-197. [PDF]
JUSLIN, P.N., BARRADAS, G. & EEROLA, T. (2015). From
Sound to significance : Exploring the mechanisms
underlying emotional reactions to music. American
Journal of Psychology, 128 (3), 281-304.
SCHUBERT, E. (2016). Enjoying sad music : Paradox or
parallel processes ? Frontiers in Human Neuroscience,
10 [312], 1-8. [PDF]
VUOSKOSKI, J.K. & ERROLA, T. (2017). The pleasure
evoked by sad music is mediated by feelings of being
moved. Frontiers in Psychology, 8 [439].
[PDF]
ZENTNER, M.R. (2018). A sadness-independent account of the
enjoyment of music-evoked sadness. Physics of Life
Reviews, 25, 144-146.
KÜSNER, M., EEROLA, T. & FUJIOKA, T. (2019). Music,
emotion, and visual imagery : Where are we now ? Psychomusicology
: Music, Mind, & Brain, 29 (2-3), 59-61.
ZHANG J.D., SUSINO, M., McPHERSON, G.E. & SCHUBERT, E.
(2020). The definition of a musician in music psychology :
A literature review and the six-year rule. Psychology
of Music, 48 (3), 389-409.
GOMEZ-CANÔN, J.S., CANO, E., EEROLA, T., HERRERA, P., HU,
X., YANG, Y. & GOMEZ, E. (2021). Music emotion
recognition : Toward new, robust standards in personalized
and context-sensitive applications. IEEE Signal
Processing Magazine, 38 (6), 106-114.
GRIMAUD, A.M. & EEROLA, T. (2022). An interactive
approach to emotional expression through musical cues. Music
& Science, 5, 1-23.
HODEIR, A. (1956). Jazz : Its evolution and essence.
New York : Grove Press.
LOPES, P. (2002). The rise of a jazz art world. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press.
GABRIELSSON, A. (2003). Music performance research at the
Millennium. Psychology of Music, 31 (3),
221-272.
SCHULLER, G. (1968). Early jazz : Its roots and
musical development. Oxford : Oxford University
Press.
BARBER, G. (2004). 1959 : A great year in jazz. All About
Jazz. [LIRE]
GRANT, R.B. (1972). The black man comes to the city : A
documentary account from the great migration to the great
depression : 1915 to 1930. Chicago, IL : Nelson-Hall.
VAUBEL, R. (2005). The Role of Competition in the Rise of
Baroque and Renaissance Music. Journal of Cultural
Economics, 29, 277-297.
TIRRO, F. (1977). Jazz : A history. New York :
Norton.
BARRETT, S. (2006). "Kind of Blue" and the economy of
modal jazz. Popular Music, 25, 185-200.
GRIDLEY, M. & RAVE, W. (1984). Towards identification
of African traits in early jazz. The Black Perspective
in Music, 12, 45–56.
MAGEE, J. (2007). Kinds of blue : Miles Davis,
afro-modernism, and the blues. Jazz Perspectives, 1,
5-27.
PORTER, L. (1985). John Coltrane’s : "A Love Supreme":
Jazz improvisation as composition. Journal of the
American Musicological Society, 38 (3), 593-621.
GRIDLEY, M. (2007). Misconceptions in linking free jazz
with the civil rights movement. College Music
Symposium, 47, 139-155.
WOIDECK, C. (2008). John Coltrane : Development of a tenor
saxophonist, 1950-1954. Jazz Perspectives, 2, 165-213.
PORTER, L. (1985). John Coltrane’s : "A Love Supreme" :
Jazz improvisation as composition. Journal of the
American Musicological Society, 38 (3), 593-621.
HARKER, B. (2008). Louis Armstrong, eccentric dance, and
the evolution of jazz on the eve of swing. Journal of
the American Musicological Society, 61 (1),
67-121.
PETTIJOHN, T. F. & SACCO, D.F. (2009). The language of
lyrics : An analysis of popular Billboard songs across
conditions of social and economic threat. Journal of
Language and Social Psychology, 28 (3), 297-311.
MACCALLUM, R., MAUCH, M., BURT, A. & LEROI, A. (2012).
Evolution of music by public choice. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 109 (30),
12081-12086. [PDF]
PALMER, C. (1989). Mapping musical thought to musical
performance. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 15, 331-346.
REPP, B.H. (1994). Relational invariance of expressive
microstructure across global tempo changes in music
performance : an exploratory study. Psychological
Research, 56, 269-284.
REPP, B.H. (1992). A constraint on the expressive timing
of a melodic gesture : evidence from performance and
aesthetic judgment. Music Perception, 10,
221-242.
REPP, B.H. (1995). Detectability of duration and intensity
increments in melody tones : a partial connection between
music perception and performance. Perception &
Psychophysics, 57, 1217-1232.
REPP, B.H. (1995). Quantitative effects of global tempo on
expressive timing in music performance : some perceptual
evidence. Music Perception, 13, 39-57.
PALMER, C. (1996). Anatomy of a performance : sources of
musical expression. Music Perception, 13,
433-454.
JUSLIN, P.N. (1997). Emotional communication in music
performance : A functionalist perspective and some data. Music
Perception, 14, 383-418.
REPP, B.H. (1992). Diversity and commonality in music
performance : an analysis of timing microstructure in
Schumann's "Traumerei". Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 92, 2546-2568.
REPP, B.H. (1997). The aesthetic quality of a
quantitatively average music performance : Two preliminary
experiments. Music Perception, 14, 419-444. [PDF]
PALMER, C. (1997). Music performance. Annual Review
of Psychology, 48, 115-138. [PDF]
SLOBODA, J.A. (2000). Individual differences in music
performance. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4 (10),
397-403. [PDF]
JUSLIN, P.N. (2000). Cue utilization in communication of
emotion in music performance : Relating performance to
perception. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 26, 1797-1813.
PALMER, C. & VAN DE SANDE, C. (1993). Units of
knowledge in music performance. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 19, 457-470.
JUSLIN, P.N., FRIBERG, A. & BRESIN, R. (2002). Toward
a computational model of expression in music performance :
The GERM model. Musicae Scientiae, (S), 63-122.
GABRIELSSON, A. (2003). Music performance research at the
Millennium. Psychology of Music, 31 (3),
221-272.
JUSLIN, P.N. & LAUKKA, P. (2003). Communication of
emotions in vocal expression and music performance :
Different channels, same code ? Psychological
Bulletin, 129 (5), 770-814.
RIGG, M. (1937). An experiment to determine how accurately
college students can interpret intended meaning of musical
compositions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 21
(2), 223-229.
ZENTNER, M.R. & KAGAN, J. (1996). Perception of music
by infants. Nature, 383, 29. [PDF]
DEUTSCH, D. (1969). Music recognition. Psychological
Review, 76, 300-307. [PDF]
ZENTNER, M.R. & KAGAN, J. (1998). Infants’ perception
of consonance and dissonance in music. Infant
Behavioral Development, 21, 483-492. [PDF]
DEUTSCH, D. (1972). Effect of repetition of standard and
comparison tones on recognition memorv for pitch. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 93 (1), 156-162. [PDF]
PERETZ, I., GAUDREAU, D. & BONNEL, A.-M. (1998).
Exposure effects on music preference and recognition. Memory
& Cognition, 26, 884-890
DEUTSCH, D. (1974). An auditory illusion. Nature, 251,
307-309. [PDF]
BALKWILL, L.L. & THOMPSON, W.F. (1999). A
cross-cultural investigation of the perception of emotion
in music : Psychophysical & Cultural Cues. Music
Perception, 17 (1), 43-64.
SAMPAT, K.S. (1978). Categoricalperception in music and
music intervals. Journal of the Indian Musicological
Society, 9 (4), 32-35.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & TREHUB, S.E. (1999).
Culture-general and culture-specific factors in the
discrimination of melodies. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 74, 107-127. [PDF]
KRUMHANSL, C.L. (1979). The pychological representation of
musical pitch in a tonal context. Cognitive
Psychology, 11, 346-374.
WRIGHT, A.A., RIVERA, J.J., HULSE, S.H., SHYAN, M. &
EIWORTH, J. (2000). Music perception and octave
generalization in rhesus monkeys. Journal
Experimental Psychology General, 129, 291-307.
ZATORRE, R.J. (1979). Recognition of dichotic melodies by
musicians and nonmusicians. Neuropsychologia, 17, 607-617.
ADACHI, M. & TREHUB, S.E. (2000). Decoding the
expressive intentions in children's songs'. Music
Perception, 18 (2), 213-124.
CUDDY, L.L., COHEN, A.J. & MEWHORT, D.J.K. (1981).
Perception of structure in short meloduc sequences.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception
& Performance, 7 (4), 869-883.
GUÉGUEN, N. et JACOB, C. (2001). L'effet des
caractéristiques d'une musique d'attente téléphonique sur
la perception du délai d'attente des interlocuteurs. Revue
Européenne de Psychologie Appliquée, 51 (1-2),
77-84. [PDF]
KRUMHANSL, C.L. & KESSLER, E.J. (1982). Tracing the
dynamic changes in perceived tonal organization in a
spatial representation of musical keys. Psychological
Review, 89, 334-368.
REPP, B.H., WINDSOR, W.L. & DESAIN, P. (2002). Effects
of tempo on the timing of simple musical rhythms. Music
Perception, 19 (4), 565-593. [PDF]
DEUTSCH, D. (1982). The influence of melodic context on
pitch recognition judgement. Perception &
Psychophysics, 31, 407-410. [PDF]
DEUTSCH, D. (2002). A musical paradox. Music
Perception, 3 (3), 275-280.
[PDF]
THORNE, S.B. & HIMELSTEIN, P. (1984). The role of
suggestion in the perception of Satanic messages on
rock-and-roll recordings. Journal of Psychology, 116,
245-248.
SAMSON, S., ZATORRE, R.J. & RAMSAY, J.O. (2002).
Deficits of musical timbre perception after unilateral
temporal-lobe lesion revealed with multidimensional
scaling. Brain, 125, 511-523. [PDF]
SLOBODA, J.A., HERMELIN, B. & O'CONNOR, N. (1985). An
exceptional musical memory. Music Perception, 3,
155-170.
COHEN, A.J. (2002). Music cognition and the cognitive
psychology of film structure. Canadian Psychology, 43,
215-232.
BARUCHA, J. (1987). Music cognition and perceptual
facilitation : A connectionist framework. Music
Perception, 5, 1-30.
PERETZ, I., RADEAU, M .& M. ARGUIN, M. (2004). Two-way
interactions between music and language : evidence from
priming recognition of tune and lyrics in familiar songs.
Memory & Cognition, 32, 142-152.
COHEN, A.J., THORPE, L.A. & TREHUB, S.E. (1987).
Infants' perception of short transposed melodic sequences.
Canadian Journal of Psychology, 4, 33-47. [PDF]
COHEN, A.J. (2005). How music influences the
interpretation of film and video : Approaches from
experimental psychology. Selected Reports in
Ethnomusicology : Special Issue in Systematic
Musicology, 12, 15-36. [PDF]
MARSHALL, S.K. & COHEN, A.J. (1988). Effects of
musical soundtracks on attitudes toward animated figures.
Music Perception, 6 (1), 95-112. [PDF]
TREHUB, S.E. & HANNON, E.E. (2006). Infant music
perception : Domain-general or domain-specific mechanisms
? Cognition, 100 (1), 73-99.
TERWOGT, M.M. & VAN GRINSVEN, F. (1988). Recognition
of emotions in music by children and adults.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 67, 697-698.
KOELSCH S. & SIEBEL, W. A. (2005). Towards a neural
basis of music perception. Trends in Cognitive
Science, 9, 578–584.
EEROLA, T., HIMBERG, T., TOIVIAINEN, P. & LOUHIVUORI,
J. (2006). Perceived complexity of Western and African
folk melodies by Western and African listeners. Psychology
of Music, 34, 341-375. [PDF]
MEYER, L. (1989). Style and music : Theory, history,
and ideology. Philadelphia, PA : University of
Pennsylvania Press.
RENTFROW, P.J. & GOSLING, S.D. (2006). Message in a
ballad : The role of music preferences in interpersonal
perception. Psychological Science, 17, 236-242.
KRUMHANSL, C.L. (1990). Cognitive foundations of
musical pitch. New York : Oxford University Press.
HURON, D. (2006). Sweet anticipation : Music and the
psychology of expectation. Cambridge, MA : MIT
Press.
O'CONNOR, B.P. & DYCE, J. (1993). Appraisals of
musical ability in bar bands : Identifying the weak link
in the looking-glass self chain. Basic & Applied
Social Psychology, 14, 69-86.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & PERETZ, I. (2008). Music,
language, and cognition : Unresolved issues. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 12, 45-46.
KRUMHANSL, C.L. & JUSCZYK, P.W. (1990). Infants
perception of phrase structure in music. Psychological
Science, 1 (1), 70-73.
BROOKS, D.I. & COOK, R.G. (2010). Chord discrimination
by pigeons. Music Perception, 27, 183-196. [PDF]
THOMPSON, W.F., RUSSO, F.A. & SINCLAIR, D. (1994).
Effects of underscoring on the perception of closure in
filmed events. Psychomusicology, 13, 9-27.
VUOSKOSKI, J.K. & EEROLA, T. (2011). The role of mood
and personality in the perception of emotions represented
by music. Cortex, 47 (9), 1099-1106.
SIRIUS, G. & CLARKE, E.F. (1994). The perception of
audiovisual relationships : A preliminary study. Psychomusicology,
13, 119-132.
SLOBODA, J.A. (2011). Music and its meaning, how has the
last 30 years of music psychology research progressed our
knowledge ? Interdisciplinary Studies in Musicology,
10, 31-46
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & TREHUB, S.E. (1994). Frequency
ratios and the perception of tone patterns. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 1, 191-201. [PDF]
JIANG, X. & SENGUPTA, A. (2011). Effect of music and
induced mental load in word processing task. Systems,
Man & Cybernetics, 3261-3266. [PDF]
KONECNI, V.J. (1982). Social interaction and musical
preference. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of
music (pp. 497-516). New York : Academic Press.
BILHATZ, T.D., BRUHN, R.A. & OLSON, J.E. (2000). The
effect of early music training on child cognitive
development. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 20 (4), 615-636.
VAUGHN, K. (2000). Music and mathematics : Modest support
for the oft-claimed relationship. Journal of
Aesthetic Education, 34 (3/4), 149-166.
BERK, R.A. (2001). Using music with demonstrations to
trigger laughter and facilitate learning in multiple
intelligences. Journal on Excellence in College
Teaching, 12 (1), 97-107.
SLOBODA, J.A. (1985). The musical mind: The cognitive
psychology of music. New York : Oxford University
Press.
THOMPSON, W.F., SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & HUSSAIN, G.
(2001). Arousal, mood, and the Mozart effect. Psychological
Science, 12 (3), 248-251. [PDF]
RAUSHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L. & KY, K.N. (1993). Music and
spatial task performance. Nature, 365, 611. [PDF]
TWOMEY, A. & ESGATE, A. (2002). The Mozart effect may
only be demonstrable in nonmusicians. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 95, 1013-1026.
TOOK, K.J. & WEISS, D.S. (1994). The relationship
between heavy metal and rap music and adolescent turmoil :
Real or artifact ? Adolescence, 29, 613-621.
SCHWARTZ, K.D. & FOUTS, G. (2003). Music preferences,
personality style, and developmental issues of
adolescents. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 32
(3), 205-213. [PDF]
SLOBODA, J.A., DAVIDSON, J.W. & HOWE, M.J.A. (1994).
Musicians : experts not geniuses. The Psychologist,
7, 363-364.
RENFROW, P.J. & GOSSLING, S.D. (2003). The do re mi’s
of everyday life : The structure and personality
correlates of music preferences. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 84, 1236-1625
REIS, S.M., SCHADER, R., MILNE, H. & STEPHENS, R.
(2003). Music and minds : Using a talent development
approach for young adults with Williams syndrome.
Exceptional Children, 69, 293-314.
SZPUNAR, K.K., SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & PLINER, P. (2004).
Liking and memory for musical stimuli as a function of
exposure. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 30, 370-381.
NEWMAN, J., ROSENBACK, J.H., BURNS, K.L., LATIMER, B.C.,
MATOCHA, H.R. & VOGT, E.R. (1995). An experimental
test of the mozart effect. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 81, 1379-1387.
BANGERTER, A. & HEATH, C. (2004). The Mozart effect :
Tracking the evolution of a scientific legend. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 43, 1-37.
BOLTZ, M. (2004). The cognitive processing of film and
musical soundtracks. Memory & Cognition, 32
(7), 1194-1205. [PDF]
BERGER, J. (2004). Who cares if it listens ? An essay on
creativity, expectations, and computational modeling of
listening to music. In D. Cope (Ed.), Virtual music :
Computer synthesis of musical style. Cambridge, MA
: MIT Press.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & TREHUB, S.E. (1996). Children's
discrimination of melodic intervals. Developmental
Psychology, 32, 1039-1050.
[PDF]
WATERHOUSE, L. (2006). Multiple Intelligences, the Mozart
effect, and emotional intelligence : A critical review
Educational Psychology 41 (4), 247-255. [PDF]
WILSON, T.L. & BROWN, T.L. (1997). Reexamination of
the effect of Mozart's music on spatial-task performance.
The Journal of Psychology, 131 (4), 365-370. [PDF]
CHAMORRO-PREMUZIC, T. & FURNHAM, A. (2007).
Personality and music : Can traits explain how people use
music in everyday life ? British Journal of
Psychology, 98, 175-185. [PDF]
MAMMARELLA, N., FAIRFIELD, B. & CORNOLDI, C. (2007).
Does music enhance cognitive performance in healthy older
adults ? The Vivaldi effect. Aging Clinical &
Experimental Research, 19 (5), 394-399. [PDF]
STEELE, K.M. BASS, K.E. & RUNK, R. (1997). Listening
to Mozart does not enhance backward digit span
performance. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 84,
1179-1184.
BANGERTER, A. (2008). La diffusion des croyances
populaires : Le cas de l'effet de Mozart. PUG.
McCOWN, W., KEISER, R., MULHEARN, S. & WILLIAMSON, D.
(1997). The role of personality and gender in preferences
for exaggerated bass in personality and gender in
preferences for exaggerated bass in music. Personality
& Individual Differences, 23, 543-547.
FLOM, R.A., GENTILE, D.A. & PICK, A.D. (2008).
Infants’ discrimination of happy and sad music. Infant
Behavior & Development, 31, 716-728.
CAMPBELL, D. (1997). The Mozart effect. New
York : Avar Book.
ZWEIGENHAFT, R.L. (2008). A Do Re Mi encore : A closer
look at the personality correlates of music preferences. Journal
of Individual Differences, 29 (1), 45-55.
RAUSHER, F.H. & SHAW, G.L. (1998). Key components of
the Mozart effect. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 86,
835-841. [PDF]
CONRAD, K., DIXON, T. & ZHANG, Y.T. (2009).
Controversial rap themes, gender portrayals and skin tone
distortion : A content analysis of rap music videos.
Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 53 (1),
134-156. [PDF]
CHABRIS, C.F. (1999). Prelude or requiem for the "Mozart
effect" ? Nature, 400, 826-827.
MORENO, S., BIALYSTOK, E., BARAC, R., SCHELLENBERG, E.G.,
CEPEDA, N.J. & CHAU, T. (2011). Short-term music
training enhances verbal intelligence and executive
function. Psychological Science, 22, 1425-1433.
[PDF]
STEELE, K.M., BROWN, J.D. & STOEKER, J.A. (1999).
Failure to confirm the Raushcer and Shaw description of
recovery of the Mozart effect. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 88, 843-848. [PDF]
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. (2011). Music lessons, emotional
intelligence, and IQ. Music Perception, 29,
185-194.
STEELE, K.M. BASS, K.E. & CROOK, M.D. (1999). The
mystery of the Mozart effect : Failure to replicate. Psychological
Science, 10 (4), 366-369.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. (2011). Examining the association
between music lessons and intelligence. British
Journal of Psychology, 102, 283-302.
[PDF]
NANTAIS, K.M. & SCHELLENBERG, E.G. (1999). The Mozart
effect : an artifact of preference. Psychological
Science, 10 (4), 370-373.
SCHUBERT, E., HARGREAVES, D.J. & NORTH, A.C. (2014). A
dynamically minimalist cognitive explanation of musical
preference : Is familiarity everything ? Frontiers in
Psychology, 5, [38], 1-8. [PDF]
KOLLE, B. (2000). Psychological approach to focal dystonia
in musicians. In R. Tubiana and P. Amadio (Eds.), Medical
problems of the instrumentalist musician. London :
Martin & Dunitz.
LACOURSE, E., CLAES, M. & VILLENEUVE, M. (2001). Heavy
metal music and adolescent suicidal risk. Journal of
Youth Adolescent, 30 (3), 321-332. [PDF]
PETERSON, D.L & PFOST, K.S. (1989). Influence of rock
videos on attitudes of violence against women. Psychological
Reports, 64, 319-322.
RUBIN, A.M., WEST, D.V. & MITCHELL, W.S. (2001).
Differences in aggression, attitudes towards women, and
distrust as reflected in popular music preferences. Media
Psychology, 3, 25-42.
HANSEN, C.H. & HANSEN, R.D. (1990). Rock music videos
and antisocial behavior. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 11, 357-369.
DOAK, B.A. (2003). Relationships between adolescent
psychiatric diagnoses, music preferences, and drug
preferences. Music Therapy Perspectives, 21,
69-73.
MARTIN, G., CLARKE, M. & PEARCE, C. (1993). Adolescent
suicide : music preference as an indicator of
vulnerability. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 32, 530-535.
RUSTAD, R., SMALL, J.E., JOBES, D.A., SAFER, M.A. &
PETERSON, R.J. (2003). The impact of rock videos and music
with suicidal content on thoughts and attitudes about
suicide. Suicide & Life Threatening Behavior, 33,
120 131.
FORSYTH, A.J.M., BARNARD, M. & McKEGANEY, N.P. (1997).
Music preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction,
92, 1317-1325. [PDF]
HERD, D. (2005). Changes in the prevalence of alcohol use
in rap song lyrics, 1979-97. Addiction, 100, 1258-1269.
FISCHOFF, S.P. (1999). Gangsta' rap and a murder in
Bakersfield. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 29
(4), 795-805.
BAKER, F. & BORDOI, W. (2008). Can music preference
indicate mental health status in young people ? Australasian
Psychiatry, 6 (4), 284-288. [PDF]
EKLNCL, Ö., TOPÇUOGLU, V., BILGIN, Ö., TOPÇUOGLU, B.,
SABUNCUOGLU, O. & BERKRM, M.The Association between
Music Preferences and Psychiatric Problems in Adolescents.
Marmara Medical Journal, 25, 47-52. [PDF]
RIESMAN, D. (1950). Listening to popular music. American
Quarterly, 2, 359-371.
LYNXWILLER, J. & GAY, D. (2000). Moral boundaries and
deviant music : Public attitudes toward heavy metal and
rap. Deviant Behavior, 21 (1), 63-85.
KOETTING, J. (1970). Analysis and notation of West African
drum ensemble music. Selected Reports in
Ethnomusicology, 1 (3), 116-146.
WILSON, C.L. & AIKEN, I.S. (1977). The effect of
intensity levels upon physiological and subjective
affective response to rock music. Journal of Music
Therapy, 14, 60-76.
GRIDLEY, M. (1978). Jazz styles. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall.
JOHNSON, J.D., TRAWALTER, S. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (2000).
Converging interracial consequences of exposure to violent
rap music on stereotypical attributions of blacks.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 36 (3),
233-251.
THORNE, S.B. & HIMELSTEIN, P. (1984). The role of
suggestion in the perception of Satanic messages on
rock-and-roll recordings. Journal of Psychology, 116,
245-248.
LACOURSE, E., CLAES, M. & VILLENEUVE, M. (2001). Heavy
metal music and adolescent suicidal risk. Journal of
Youth Adolescent, 30 (3), 321-332. [PDF]
CAPLAN, R.E. (1985). Violent program content in music
video. Journalism Quarterly, 62, 144-147.
FOX, K.J. (1987). Real punks and pretenders : The social
organization of a counterculture. Journal of
Contemporary Ethnography, 16, 344-370.
GOLD, B.D. (1987). Self-image of punk rock and non punk
rock juvenile delinquents. Adolescence, 22, 535-544.
EEROLA, T., JÄRVINEN, T., LOUHIVUORI, J. & TOIVIAINEN,
P. (2001). Statistical features and perceived similarity
of folk melodies. Music Perception, 18 (3),
275-296.
LEMING, J.S. (1987). Rock music and the socialisation of
moral values in early adolescence. Youth &
Society, 18, 363-383.
RUBIN, A.M., WEST, D.V. & MITCHELL, W.S. (2001).
Differences in aggression, attitudes towards women, and
distrust as reflected in popular music preferences. Media
Psychology, 3, 25-42.
KING, P. (1988). Heavy metal music and drug abuse in
adolescents. Drug Abuse, 83, 295 304.
PETERSON, D.L & PFOST, K.S. (1989). Influence of rock
videos on attitudes of violence against women. Psychological
Reports, 64, 319-322.
ORR, M.G. & OHLSSON, S. (2001). The relationship
between musical complexity and liking in jazz and
bluegrass. Psychology of Music, 29, 108-127.
EPSTEIN, J.S., PRATTO, D. & SKIPPER, J. (1990).
Teenagers, behavioral problems, and preferences for heavy
metal and rap music : A case study of a southern middle
school. Deviant Behavior, 11, 381-394.
SNYDER, J.L. (1990). Entropy as a measure of musical style
: The influence of a priori assumptions. Music
Theory Spectrum, 12, 121-160.
COHEN, A.J. (1990). Understanding musical soundtracks. Empirical
Studies of the Arts, 8 (2), 111-124.
HANSEN, C.H. & HANSEN, R.D. (1990). Rock music videos
and antisocial behavior. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 11, 357-369.
ARNETT, J.J. (1991). Heavy metal music and reckless
behavior among adolescents. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 20, 573-592.
DIXON, T.L. (2002). Rap music and rap audiences :
controversial themes, psychological effects and political
resistance. African American Research Perspectives, 8
(2), 106-116. [PDF]
POWELL, C.T. (1991). Rap music : An education with a beat
from the street. Journal of Negro Education, 60
(3), 245-259.
LOPES, P. (2002). The rise of a jazz art world. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press.
ROSE, T. (1991). "Fear of a black planet" : Rap music and
black cultural politics in the 1990s. Journal of Negro
Education, 60 (3), 276-290.
STEPHENS, G. (1991). Rap music's double-voiced discourse :
A crossroads for interracial communication. Journal
of Communication Inquiry, 15 (2), 70-91.
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (2002). How jazz musicians improvise.
Music Perception, 19 (3), 415-442.
[PDF]
ROSENBAUM, J.L. & PRINSKY, L. (1991). The presumption
of influence : Recent responses to popular music
subcultures. Crime & Delinquency, 37,
528-535.
SCHWARTZ, K.D. & FOUTS, G.T. (2003). Music
preferences, personality style, and developmental issues
of adolescents. Journal of Youth & Adolescence,
32, 205-218.
ST. LAWRENCE, J.S. & JOYNER, D.J. (1991). The effects
of sexually violent rock music on males' acceptance of
violence against women. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 15, 49-63.
ARNETT, J.J. (1991). Adolescents and heavy metal music :
From the mouths of metalheads. Youth & Society,
23, 76-98.
WAITE, B.M., HILLBRAND, M. & FOSTER, H.G. (1992).
Reduction of aggressive behavior after removal of music
television. Hospital & Community Psychiatry, 43,
173-175.
DOAK, B.A. (2003). Relationships between adolescent
psychiatric diagnoses, music preferences, and drug
preferences. Music Therapy Perspectives, 21,
69-73.
LULL, J. (1992). Popular music and communication.
Newbury Park, CA : Sage.
RUSTAD, R., SMALL, J.E., JOBES, D.A., SAFER, MA. &
PETERSON, R.J. (2003). The impact of rock videos and music
with suicidal content on thoughts and attitudes about
suicide. Suicide & Life Threatening Behavior, 33,
120 131.
KUWAHARA Y. (1992). Power to the people y'all : Rap music,
resistance, and black college students. Humanity
& Society, 16 (1), 54-73.
SULLIVAN, R.E. (2003). Rap and race : It's got a nice
beat, but what about the message ? Journal of Black
Studies, 33 (5), 605-622. [PDF]
PRESSLEY, A. (1992). Rap music by black male artists : A
psychotheological interpretation. Western Journal of
Black Studies, 16 (2), 92-97.
WINGOOD, G.M., DICLEMENTE, R., BERNHARDT, J., HARRINGTON,
K., DAVIES, S., ROBILLARD, A. & HOOK, E. (2003). A
prospective study of exposure to rap music videos and
African American female adolescents’ health. American
Journal of Public Health, 93 (3), 437-439. [PDF]
MARTINEZ, T. (1993). Recognizing the enemy : Rap music in
the wake of the Los Angeles riots. Explorations in
Ethnic Studies, 16, 115-127.
BINDER, A. (1993). Constructing racial rhetoric : Media
depictions of harmin heavy metal and rapmusic.
American Sociological Review, 58, 753-767.
ARNETT, J.J. (1993). Three profiles of heavy metal fans :
A taste for sensation and a subculture of alienation. Qualitative
Sociology, 16, 423-443.
CLARK, D. (2003). The death and life of punk, The last
subculture. In D. Muggleton and R. Weinzierl (Eds.), The
post-subcultures reader (pp. 223-236). Oxford :
Berg. [PDF]
BERRY, V. (1994). Redeeming the rap music experience. In
J.Epstein (Ed.), Adolescents and their music : If
it's too loud you're too old. New York : Garland.
MIRANDA, D. & CLAES, M. (2004). Rap music genres and
deviant behaviours in French-Canadian adolescents. Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 3, 3113-3322.
COHEN, A.J. (1994). Introduction to psychology of film
music. Psychomusicology, 13, 2-8.
HERD, D. (2005). Changes in the prevalence of alcohol use
in rap song lyrics, 1979-97. Addiction, 100, 1258-1269.
ROSE, T. (1994). Black noise : Rap music and black
culture in contemporary America. Hanover, NH :
University Press of New England.
TYSON, E.H. (2005). The rap music attitude and Perception
(RAP) Scale : Scale development and preliminary analysis
of psychometric properties. Journal of Human Behavior
in the Social Environment, 11 (3-4), 59-82. [PDF]
TOOK, K.J. & WEISS, D.S. (1994). The relationship
between heavy metal and rap music and adolescent turmoil :
Real or artifact. Adolescence, 29, 613-621.
NORTH, A.C., SHILCOCK, A. & HARGREAVES, D.J. (2005).
The effect of musical style on restaurant customers'
spending. Environment & Behavior, 35 (5),
712-718.
STACK, S., GUNDLACH, J. & REEVES, J. (1994). The heavy
metal subculture and suicide. Suicide & Life
Threatening Behavior, 24, 15-23.
JÄRVINEN, T. (1995). Tonal hierarchies in jazz
improvisation. Music Perception, 12, 415-437.
ALLAN, D. (2006). Effects of popular music in advertising
on attention and memory. Journal of Advertising
Research, 46 (4), 434-444. [PDF]
AGAWU, V.K. (1995). African rhythm. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press.
BARONGAN, C. & HALL, G.C.N. (1995). The influence of
misogynous rap music on sexual aggression against women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 19, 195-207. [PDF]
EEROLA, T., HIMBERG, T., TOIVIAINEN, P. & LOUHIVUORI,
J. (2006). Perceived complexity of Western and African
folk melodies by Western and African listeners. Psychology
of Music, 34, 341-375. [PDF]
JOHNSON, J.D., ADAMS, M.S., ASBURN, L. & REED, W.
(1995). Differential gender effects of exposure to rap
music on African American adolescents' acceptance of teen
dating violence. Sex Roles, 33 (7-8), 597-605.
GLADNEY, M.J. (1995). The black arts movement and hip-hop.
African American Review, 29 (2), 291-301.
BALLARD, ME.E & COATES, S. (1995). The immediate
effects of homicidal, suicidal, and nonviolent heavy metal
and rap songs on the moods of college students. Youth
& Society, 27, 148-168.
JOHNSON, J.D., JACKSON, L.A. & GATTO, L. (1995).
Violent attitudes and deferred academic aspirations :
Deleterious effects of exposure to rap music. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 16 (1-2), 27-41.
BARONGAN, C. & HALL, G.C.N. (1995). The influence of
misogynous rap music on sexual aggression against women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 19, 195-207.
HAKANEN, E.A. (1995). Emotional use of music by African
American adolescents. Howard Journal of
Communications, 5 (3), 214-222.
HANSEN, C.H. (1995). Predicting cognitive and behavioral
effects of gangsta rap. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 16 (1-2), 43-52.
FENSTER, M. (1995). Understanding and incorporating rap :
The articulation of alternative popular musical practices
within dominant cultural practices and institutions. Howard
Journal of Communications, 5 (3), 223-244.
BERK, R.A. (2008). Music and music technology in college
teaching : Classical to hip hop across the curriculum. International
Journal of Technology in Teaching & Learning, 4 (1),
45-67. [PDF]
LEVINE, M. (1995). The jazz theory book. Petaluma,
CA : Sher Music Co.
BAKER, F. & BOR, W. (2008). Can music preference
indicate mental health status in young people ? Australasian
Psychiatry, 6 (4), 284-288. [PDF]
SPIEGLER, M. (1996). Marketing street culture : Bringing
hip-hop style to the mainstream. American
Demographics, 28-34.
KREUTZ, G., SCHUBERT, E. & MITCHELL, L.A. (2008).
Cognitive styles of music listening. Music
Perception, 26, 57-73.
HENDERSON, E.A. (1996). Black nationalism and rap music. Journal
of Black Studies, 26 (3), 308-339.
HERD, D. (2009). Changing images of violence in rap music
lyrics : 1979-1997. Journal of Public Health Policy,
30 (4), 395-406. [PDF]
DYSON, M.E. (1996). Between God and gangsta rap :
Bearing witness to black culture. New York : Oxford
University Press.
RECOURS R., AUSSAGUEL, F. & TRUJILLO N. (2009). Metal
music and mental health in France. Culture, Medicine
& Psychiatry, 33, 473-488.
PINN, A.B. (1996)."Gettin" grown" : Notes on gansta rap
music and notions of manhood. Journal of
African-American Men, 2 (1), 61-73.
KUBRIN, C. & WEITZER, R. (2009). Misogyny in rap music
: A content analysis of prevalence and meanings. Men
& Masculinities, 12, 3-29.
ARNETT, J. (1996). Metalheads : Heavy metal music and
adolescent alienation. Boulder : Westview Press.
SEELOW, D. (1996). Listening to youth : Woodstock, music,
America, and Kurt Cobain's suicide. Child & Youth
Care Forum, 25, 49-60.
McLEOD, D.M., EVELAND, W.P. & NATHANSON, A.I. (1997).
Support for censorship of violent and misogynic rap lyrics
: An analysis of the third-person effect. Communication
Research, 24 (2), 153-174.
GAN, S.-L., ZILLMANN, D. & MITROOK, M. (1997).
Stereotyping effect of black women's sexual rap on white
audiences. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 19
(3), 381-399.
FORSYTH, A.J.M., BARNARD, M. & McKEGANEY, N.P. (1997).
Music preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction,
92, 1317-1325. [PDF]
DIXON, T.L. & LINZ. D. (1997). Obscenity law and
sexually explicit rap music : Understanding the effects of
sex, attitudes, and beliefs. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 25 (3), 217-241. [PDF
JONES, K. (1997). Are rap videos more violent ? Style
differences and the prevalence of sex and violence in the
age of MTV. Howard Journal of Communications, 8
(4), 343-356.
WATTS, E.K. (1997). An exploration of spectacular
consumption : Gangsta rap as cultural commodity. Communication
Studies, 48 (1), 42-58.
RAMOS, D., BUENO, J.L.O. & BIGAND, E. (2011).
Manipulating Greek musical modes and tempo affects
perceived musical emotion in musicians and nonmusicians. Brazilian
Journal of Medical & Biological Research, 44
(2), 165-172. [PDF]
MARTINEZ, T. (1997). Popular culture : Rap as resistance.
Sociological Perspectives, 40, 265-286.
VUOSKOSKI, J.K., THOMPSON, W.F., McILWIN, D. & ERROLA,
T. (2012). Who enjoys listening to sad music and why ?
Music Perception, 29 (3), 311-318. [PDF]
WESTER, R.C., CROWN, C.L., QUATMAN, G.L. & HEESACKER,
M. (1997). The influence of sexually violent rap music on
attitudes of men with little prior exposure. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 21 (4), 497-508.
NORTH, A.C. & HARGREAVE, D.J. (1998). Affective and
evaluative responses to pop music. Current
Psychology, 17 (1), 102-10.
SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & VON SCHEVE, C. (2012). Emotional
cues in American popular music : Five decades of the Top
40. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, & the
Arts, 6 (3), 196-203. [PDF]
HUTCHISON, J.F. (1999). The hip hop generation : African
American male-female relationships in a nightclub setting.
Journal of Black Studies, 30 (1), 62-84.
OGBAR, J. (1999). Slouching toward Bork : The culture wars
and self-criticism in hip-hop music. Journal of Black
Studies, 30 (2), 164-183.
SERRA, J., CORRAL, A., BOGUNA, M, HARO, M. & ARCOS,
J.L. (2012). Measuring the evolution of contemporary
western popular music. Scientific Reports, 2 (521),
1-6. [PDF]
LONG, J. (1999). The real book of blues. New
York : Music Sales Corporation.
KALINOWSKA, A., KULAKOWSKA, A., KULAK, W. &
OKUROWSKA-ZAWADA, B. (2013). Effects of classical and
heavy metal music on the cardiovascular system and brain
activity in healthy students. Preliminary report. Neurologia
Dziecieca, 22 (44), 17-25. [PDF]
FRIED, C.B. (1999). Who's afraid of rap : Differential
reactions to music lyrics. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 29 (4), 705-721.
BROZE, Y. & SHANAHAN, D. (2013). Diachronic changes in
jazz harmony : A cognitive perspective. Music
Perception, 31 (1), 32-45. [PDF]
FISCHOFF, S.P. (1999). Gangsta' rap and a murder in
Bakersfield. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 29
(4), 795-805.
SCHUBERT, E., HARGREAVES, D.J. & NORTH, A.C. (2014). A
dynamically minimalist cognitive explanation of musical
preference : Is familiarity everything ? Frontiers in
Psychology, 5, [38], 1-8. [PDF]
NEGUS, K. (1999). The music business and rap : Between the
street and the executive suite. Cultural Studies, 13
(3), 488-508.
SCHEEL, K.R. & WESTEFELD, J.S. (1999). Heavy metal
music and adolescent suicidality : an empirical
investigation. Adolescence, 34, 253-273.
PINN, A.B. (1999). "How ya livin'? " : Notes on rap music
and social transformation. Western Journal of Black
Studies, 23 (1), 10-21.
KRUMHANSL, C.L. LOUHIVUORI, J., TOIVIAINEN, P., JÄRVINEN,
T. & EEROLA, T. (1999). Melodic expectation in Finnish
spiritual folk hymns : Convergence of statistical,
behavioral, and computational approaches. Music
Perception, 17 (2), 151-196.
SANTUCCI, R. (1982). Le réformisme musulman et son
évolution historique. Tiers-Monde, 23 (92),
819-821.
PEDERSEN, A., ALY, A., HARTLEY, L. & McGARTY, C.
(2009). An intervention to increase positive attitudes and
address misconceptions about Australian Muslims : A call
for education and open mindedness. The Australian
Community Psychologist, 21 (2), 81-93. [PDF]
VERTOVEC, S. & ROGERS, A. (Eds.) (1999). Muslim
European youth : Reproducing ethnicity, religion, and
culture. Aldershot, UK : Ashgate.
GRIFFITHS, B. & PEDERSEN, A. (2009). Prejudice and the
function of attitudes relating to Muslim Australians and
Indigenous Australians. Australian Journal of
Psychology, 61 (4), 228-238.
MANÇO, U. (2000). La présence musulmane en Belgique :
Dimensions historique, démographique et économique [ e
Muslim presence in Belgium: Historical, demographic, and
economic dimensions]. In U. Manço (Ed.), Voix et voies
musulmanes de Belgique [Muslim voices and paths in
Belgium] (pp. 18-39). Bruxelles : Publications des
Facultés universitaires Saint-Louis.
TRIKI-YAMANI, A. et McANDREW, M. (2009). Perceptions du
traitement de l'Islam, du monde musulman et des minorités
musulmanes par de jeunes musulmans(es) du cégep au Québec.
Diversité Urbaine, 9 (1), 73-94. [PDF]
HADDAD, Y.Y. & SMITH, J.I. (2001). Muslim
minorities in the West : Visible and invisible.
Walnut Creek, CA : Altamira Press.
LABELLE, M., ROCHER, F. et ANTONIUS, R. (2009). Immigration,
diversité et sécurité : les associations
arabo-musulmanes face à l'état au Canada et au Québec. Québec
: Les Presses de l'Université du Québec.
PAREKH, B. (2000). Rethinking multiculturalism :
Cultural diversity and political theory. London :
MacMillan.
ALY, A. (2009). Media hegemony, activism and identity :
Muslim women representing Muslim women. In T. Dreher &
C. Ho (Eds.), Beyond the hijab debates : New
conversations on gender , race and religion (pp.
18-31). Newcastle : Cambridge Scholars.
MANÇO, U. & MANÇO, A. (2000). Religiosité et rapport à
l'intégration de jeunes hommes issus de l'immigration
musulmane [Religiosity and integration of joung men born
of Muslim immigration]. In U. Manço (Ed.), Voix et
voies musulmanes de Belgique [Muslim voices and paths in
Belgium] (pp. 167-188). Bruxelles : Publications
des Facultés universitaires Saint-Louis.
KURZMAN C. & NAQVI, I. (2010). Do muslims vote Islamic
? Journal of Democracy, 21 (2), 50-63.
[PDF]
SINGH, A. (2002). "We are not the enemy" : Hate crimes
against Arabs, Muslims, and those perceived to be Arab or
Muslim after September 11. Human Rights Watch Report,
14, 6 (G).
GIELING, M., THIJS, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2010).
Tolerance of practices by Muslim actors : An integrative
social-developmental perspective. Child Development,
81, 1384-1399.
SHERIDAN, L. (2002). Effects of the events of
september 11th 2001 on discrimination and implicit
racism in five religious and seven ethnic groups : A
brief overview. Leicester : University of
Leicester.
PHALET, K., GÜNGOR, G. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2010).
Political mobilization of Dutch Muslims : Religious
identity salience, goal framing and normative constraints.
Journal of Social Issues, 66, 759-779.
STEPAN, A. & ROBERTSON, G.B. (2003). An "Arab" more
than a "Muslim" democracy gap. Journal of Democracy,
14, 30-44.
KHAN, M. & ECKLUND, K. (2011). Attitudes toward Muslim
Americans Post-9/11. Journal of Muslim Mental Health,
7 (1), 1-16. [PDF]
SAROGLOU, V. & GALAND, P. (2004). Identities, values,
and religion : A study among Muslim, other immigrant, and
native Belgian young adults after the 9/11 attacks. Identity,
4 (2), 97-132. [PDF]
SALLEH-HODDIN, A. & PEDERSEN, A. (2012). Being Muslim
in Australia : Experiences of discrimination and
protective factors for integration. The Australian
Community Psychologist, 24 (2), 43-58.
STEPAN, A. & ROBERTSON, G.B. (2004). An "Arab, not
Muslim, exeptionalism". Journal of Democracy, 15
(4), 30-44.
McGARTY, G., THOMAS, E.F. & LOUIS, W.R. (2012). Are
they terrorist sympathizers or do they just disagree with
the war on terror ? A Comment on testing theories of
radicalization in polls of U.S. Muslims. Analyses of
Social Issues & Public Policy, 12 (1), 316-319.
[PDF]
TAYOB, A. (2006). Muslim responses to integration demands
in the Netherlands since 9/11. Human Architecture :
Journal of the Sociology of Self-Knowledge, 5 (1),
73-90.
PEDERSEN, A. & HARTLEY, L. (2012). Prejudice against
Muslim Australians : The role of values, gender and
consensus. Journal of Community & Applied Social
Psychology, 22 (3), 239-255.
KAPLAN, J. (2006). Islamophobia in America ? September 11
and Islamophobic hate crime. Terrorism & Political
Violence, 18, 1-33.
VAN LAAR, C., DERKS, B. & ELLEMERS, N. (2013).
Motivation for education and work in young Muslim women :
The importance of value for ingroup domains. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 35 (1), 64-74. [PDF]
ALY, A. (2006). Australian Muslim responses to the
discourse on terrorism in the Australian popular media. Australian
Journal of Social Issues, 42, 27-40.
HOEKSTRA, R. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2015). To be a true
Muslim : Online discussions on the headscarf among
Moroccan-Dutch women. Gender, Place & Culture,
22, 1236-1251.
PANAGOPOULOS, C. (2006). Arab and Muslim Americans and
Islam in the aftermath of 9/11. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 70, 608-624.
MALIEPAARD, M. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2018). National
disidentification and minority identity : A study among
Muslims in Western Europe. Self & Identity, 17,
75-91.
NOOR, F.A. (2006). How Washington’s "war on terror" became
everyone’s : Islamophobia and the impact of september 11
on the political terrain of south and southeast Asia. Human
Architecture : Journal of the Sociology of
Self-Knowledge, 5 (1), 29-50.
BOT, W. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2018). Evaluating the
political organization of Muslim citizens in the
Netherlands : The role of political orientation, education
and multiculturalism. Journal of Social &
Political Psychology, 6 (2), 364-382.
SAROGLOU, V. & MATHIJSEN, F. (2006). Religion,
multiple identities, and acculturation : A study of Muslim
immigrants in Belgium. Archiv für Religions
psychologie, 29, 177-198. [PDF]
VAN NIEKERK, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2019). Interfaith
marriage attitudes in Muslim majority countries : A
multilevel approach. The International Journal for
the Psychology of Religion, 28 (4), 257-270.
Mutation : Muter :Modification aléatoire,
brusque et irréversible de la séquence des bases azotées
(information) de l'ADN. La
vaste majorité des mutations qui surviennent dans le génome
ne sont pas retenues par la sélection
naturelle. ( ): mutation
ponctuelle ou génique (micro-mutation), mutation chromosomique ou
macro-mutation, méga-mutation.
Mutation.
De VRIES , H. (1901/03). The mutation theory.
Leipzig,Veit & comp.
KIM, Y. & STEPHAN, W. (2000). Joint effects of genetic
hitchhiking and background selection on neutral variation.
Genetics, 155, 1415-1427. [PDF]
CASTLE, W.E. (1916). Is selection or mutation the more
important agencyin evolution ? Scientific Monthly 2,
91-98.
STURTEVANT, A.H. (1937). Essays on evolution. I. On the
effects of selection on mutation rate. The Quarterly
Review of Biology, 12, (4), 464-467
KYRIACOU, C.P. (2002). Single gene mutations in Drosophila
: what can they tell us about the evolution of sexual
behaviour ? Genetica, 116, 197-203.
BASTOCK, M. (1956). A gene mutation which changes a
behavior pattern. Evolution, 10, 421-439.
BARTOSCH-HARLID, A., BERLIN, S., SMITH, N.G.C., MOLLER,
A.P. & ELLEGREN, H. (2003). Life history and the male
mutation bias. Evolution 57, 2398-2406.
KIMURA, M., MARUYAMA, T. & CROW, J.F. (1963). The
mutation load in small populations. Genetics, 48
(10), 1303-1312. [PDF]
CURLEY, J.P., PINNOCK, S., DICKSON, S., THRESHER, R.,
MIYOSHI, N., SURANI, M.A. & KEVERNE, E.B. (2005).
Increased body fat in mice with a targeted mutation of the
paternally expressed imprinted gene Peg3. Federation
of American Societies for Experimental Biology, 19
(10), 1302-1304. [PDF]
KIMURA, M. (1969). The number of heterozygous nucleotide
sites maintained in a finite population due to steady flux
of mutations. Genetics, 61, 893-903.
DENAMUR, E. & MATIC, I. (2006). Evolution of mutation
rates in bacteria. Molecular Microbiology, 60 (4),
820-827.
CROW J.F. & SIMMONS, M.J. (1983). The mutation load in
drosophila. In M. Ashburner, H.L. Carson & J.N.
(Eds.), The genetics and biology of drosophila (pp.
1-35). Thompson. Academic Press, London.
COBB, M. (2007). A gene mutation which changed animal
behaviour : Margaret Bastock and the yellow fly. Animal
Behaviour, 74 (2), 163-169. [PDF]
TAJIMA, F. (1989). Statistical method for testing the
neutral mutation hypothesis by DNA polymorphism. Genetics,
123, 585-595.
EYRE-WALKER, A. & KIEGHTLEY, P. (2007). The
distribution of fitness effects of new mutation. Nature
Reviews Genetics, 8 (8), 610-618. [PDF]
CHARLESWORTH, B., MORGAN, M.T. & CHARLESWORTH, D.
(1993). The effect of deleterious mutations on neutral
molecular variation. Genetics, 134, 1289-1303.
ORR, H.A. (1995). Somatic mutation favors the evolution of
diploidy. Genetics, 139, 1441-1447.
ASAKAWA, J. (2008). Restriction landmark genomescanning
for the detection of mutations. Methods in Molecular
Biology, 410, 153-170
CHAKRABORTYR., R. & NEI, M. (1977). Bottleneck effects
on average heterozygosity and genetic distance with the
stepwise mutation model. Evolution, 31, 347-356.
CARLSON, E.A. (2008). Mutation : The history of an
idea from Darwin to genomics. Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratory.
CROW J.F. (1997). The high spontaneous mutation rate : Is
it a health risk ? Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 94
(16), 8380–-8386. [PDF]
NABHOLZ, B., GLEMIN, S. & GALTIER, N. (2008). Strong
variations of mitochondrial mutation rate across mammals :
the longevity hypothesis. Molecular Biology &
Evolution, 25, 120-130.
CROW J.F. & ABRAHAMSON, S. (1997). Seventy years ago :
mutation becomes experimental. Genetics, 147,
1491-1496.
WOODRUFF, R.C. (1998). Mutation and evolution.
Springer.
KAISER, V.B. & CHARLESWORTH, B. (2009). The effects of
deleterious mutations on evolution in non-recombining
genomes. Trends of Genetics, 25, 9-12.
ANTONARAKIS, S.E. (1998). Recommendations for a
nomenclature system for human gene mutations. Nomenclature
Working Group. Human Mutation, 11, 1-3
DRAKE, J., CHARLESWORTH, B., CHARLESWORTH, D. & CROW,
J. (1998). Rates of spontaneous mutation. Genetics
148, 1667-1686.
SCALLY, A. & DURBIN, R. (2012). Revising the human
mutation rate : implications for understanding human
evolution. Nature Reviews Genetics, 13, 745-753.
KEIGHTLEY, P.D. & EYRE-WALKER, A. (1999). Terumi Mukai
and the riddle of deleterious mutation rates.
Genetics, 153, 515-523.
STANDART, S. & LE COUTEUR, A. (2003). The quiet child
- a literature review of selective mutism. Child
& Adolescent Mental Health, 8 (4), 154-160.
BRAUN, C.M.J., DUMONT, M., DUVAL, J. & HAMEL, I.
(2004). Speech rate as a sticky switch : A multiple lesion
case analysis of mutism and hyperlalia. Brain &
Language, 89, 243-252.
Mutisme électif : Refus de parler ou de communiquer dans de nombreuses situations sociales.
= Mutisme volontaire.
Elective mutism.
BRADLEY, S. & SLOMAN, L. (1975). Elective mutism in
immigrant families. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 14, 510-514.
HAYDEN, T.L. (1980). Classification of elective mutism. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Psychiatry, 19, 118-133.
BLACK, B. & UHDE, T.W. (1992). Elective mutism as a
variant of social phobia. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 1090-1094.
WILKINS, R. (1985). A comparison of elective mutism and
emotional disorders in children. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 146, 198-203.
STEINHAUSEN, H. & JUZI, C. (1996). Elective mutism :
An analysis of 100 cases. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 35 (5),
606-614.
LESSER-KATZ, M. (1988). The treatment of elective mutism
as stranger reaction. Psychotherapy, 25, 305-
313.
ANDERSSON, C.B. & THOMSEN, P.H. (1998). Electively
mute children : An analysis of 37 Danish cases. Nord
Journal of Psychiatry, 52, 231-238.
PAEZ, P. & HIRSCH, M. (1988). Oppositional defiant
disorder and elective mutism. In C.J. Kestenbaum &
D.T. Williams (Eds.), Handbook of clinical assessment
of children and adolescents (pp. 800-811). New York
: University Press.
REMSCMIDT, H., POLLER, M., HERPERTZ-DAHLMANN, B.,
HENNIGHAUSEN, K. & GUTENBRUNNER, C. (2001). A
follow-up study of 45 patients with elective mutism. European
Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience, 251,
284-296.
Mutisme sélectif :Trouble anxieux qui se manifeste par l'incapacité de parler ou de communiquer dans certaines situations sociales jugées anxiogènes.
= Mutisme involontaire.
Selective mutism.
KERR, N., MEYERSON, L. & MICHAEL, J.L. (1965). A
procedure for shaping vocalization in a mute child. In
L.P. Ullman & L. Krasner (Eds.), Case studies in
behavior modification (pp. 366-370). New York :
Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
VECCHIO, J.L. & KEARNY, C.A. (2005). Selective mutism
in children : Comparison to youths with and without
anxiety disorders. Journal of Psychopathology &
Behavioral Assessment, 27 (1), 31-37.
DOW, S.P., SONIES, B.C., SCHEIB, D., MOSS, S.E. &
LEONARD, H.L. (1995). Practical guidelines for the
assessment and treatment of selective mutism. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 34, 836-845.
MOLDAN, M.B. (2005, September). Selective mutism and
self-regulation. Clinical Social Work Journal, 33 (3),
291-307.
TTATEM, D.W. & DELCAMPO, R.L. (1995). Selective mutism
in children : A structural family therapy approach to
treatment. Contemporary Family Therapy, 17,
177-194.
WRIGHT, H.H., CUCCARO, M.L., LEONHARDT, T.V., KENDALL,
D.F. & ANDERSON, J.H. (1995). Case study : Fluoxetine
in the multimodal treatment of a preschool child with
selective mutism. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 34 (7),
857-862.
BLACK, B. & UHDE, T.W. (1995). Psychiatric
characteristics of children with selective mutism : A
pilot study. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 34 (7), 847-856
KEARNY, C.A. & VECCHIO, J. (2006). Functional analysis
and treatment of selective mutism in children. Journal
of Speech & Language Pathology - Applied Behavior
Analysis, 1 (2), 141-148. [PDF]
KOPP, S. & GILLBERG, C. (1997). Selective mutism : A
population-based study : A research note. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 38, 257-262.
SCHUM, R.L. (2006). Clinical perspectives on the treatment
of selective mutism. Journal of Speech and Language
Pathology - Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2),
149-165. [PDF]
DUMMITT, E.S., KLEIN, R.G., TANCER, N.K., ASCHE, B.,
MARTIN, J. & FAIRBANKS, J. (1997). Systematic
assessment of 50 children with selective mutism. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 36, 653-660.
COHEN, S.L., CHAVIRA, D.A. & STEIN, M.B. (2006).
Practitioner review : Psychological interventions for
children with selective mutism : A critical evaluation of
the literature from 1990-2005. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 34, 847-856.
GIDDAN, J.J., ROSS, G.J., SECHLER, L.L. & BECKER, B.R.
(1997). Selective mutism in elementary school :
Multidisciplinary interventions. Language, Speech,
& Hearing in Schools, 28 (2), 127-133.
STEINHAUSEN, H.C., WACHTER, M., LAIMBOCK, K.& METZKE,
C.W. (2006). A long-term outcome study of selective mutism
in childhood. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 47 (7), 751-756.
KEYHOLE, T.J., MADAUS, M.R., BARATTA, V.S. & BRAY,
M.A. (1998). Augmented self-modeling as a treatment for
children with selective mutism. Journal of School
Psychology, 36 (3), 247-260.
MANASSIS, K., TANNOCK, R., GARLAND, E.J., MINDE, K.,
McINNES, A. & CLARK, S. (2007). The sounds of silence
: Language, cognition, and anxiety in selective mutism.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 46, 1, 187-1,195.
KUMPULAINEN, K., RASANEN, E., RAASKA, H. & SOMPPI, V.
(1998). Selective mutism among second-graders in
elementary school. European Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 7, 24-29.
WOODCOCK, E.A., MILIC, M.I. & JOHNSON, S.G. (2007).
Treatment programs for children with selective mutism. In
D. Einstein (Ed.), Innovations and advances in
cognitive behavior therapy (pp. 69-81). Bowen
Hills, Queensland : Australia Academic Press.
VECCHIO, J.L. & KEARNY, C.A. (2007). Assessment and
treatment of a Hispanic youth with selective mutism. Clinical
Case Studies, 6, 34-43.
KRISTENSEN, H. (2000). Selective mutism and comorbidity
with developmental disorder/delay, anxiety disorder, and
elimination disorder. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 249-256.
O'REILLY, M.F., SIGAFOOS, J., LANCIONI, G., GREEN, V.,
EDRISINHA, C., MACHALICEK, W., SORRELLS, A., LANG, R.
& DIDDEN, R. (2008). Examination of a social skills
problem-solving intervention to treat selective mutism. Behavior
Modification, 32, 182-195.
CLEATER, H. & HAND, L. (2001). Selective mutism : How
a successful speech and language Assessment really is
possible. International Journal of Language &
Communication Disorders, 36 (S), 126-131.
KEEN, D.V., FONSECA, S. & WINTGENS, A. (2008).
Selective mutism : a consensus based care pathway of good
practice. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 93
(10), 838-844.
BERGMAN, R.L., PIACENTINI, J. & McCRACKEN, J.T.
(2002). Prevalence and description of selective mutism in
a school-based study. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 41, 938-946.
VIANA, A.G., BEIDEL, D.C. & RABIAN, B. (2009).
Selective mutism : A review and integration of the last 15
years. Clinical Psychology Review, 29 (1),
57-67.
STONE, B.P. & KRATOCHWILL, T.R. (2002). Treatment of
selective mutism : A best-evidence synthesis. School
Psychology Quarterly, 17 (2), 168-190.
MANASSIS, K. (2009). Silent suffering : understanding and
treating children with selective mutism. Expert
Review of Neurotherapeutics, 9 (2), 235-243.
KRISTENSEN, H. (2002). Non-specific markers of
neurodevelopmental disorder/delay in selective mutism. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 11 (2), 71-78.
SHIPON-BLUM, E. (2003). The ideal classroom setting
for the selectively mute child. Philadelphia :
Selective Mutism Anxiety Research and Treatment Center.
MANASSIS, K., FUNG, D., TANNOCK, R., SLOMAN, L.,
FIKSENBAUM, L. & McINNES, A. (2003). Characterizing
selective mutism : Is it more than social anxiety ? Depression
& Anxiety, 18, 153-161.
CAMPOSANO, L. (2011). Silent Suffering : Children with
selective mutism. The Professional Counselor, 1
(1), 46-56. [PDF]
ELIZUR, Y. & PEREDNIK, M. (2003). Prevalence and
description of selective mutism in immigrant and native
families : A controlled study. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
42 (1), 451-459.
STANDART, S. & LE COUTEUR, A. (2003). The quiet child
: A literature review of selective mutism. Child &
Adolescent Mental Health, 8, 154-160.
YEGANEH, R., BEIDEL, D.C., TURNER, S.M., PINA, A. &
SILVERMAN, W. (2003). Clinical distinctions between
selective mutism and social phobia : An investigation of
childhood psychopathology. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 42, 1069-1075.
KRYSANKI, V. (2003). A brief review of selective mutism
literature. Journal of Psychology, 137, 29-40.
MULLIGAN, C.A., HALE, J.B. & SHIPON-BLUM, E. (2015).
Selective mutism : A review and integration of the last 15
years. Journal of Education & Human Development,
4 (1), 79-96. [PDF]
CUNNINGHAM, C.E., MCHOLM, A., BOYLE, M.H. & PATEL, S.
(2004). Behavioral and emotional adjustment, family
functioning, academic performance, and social
relationships in children with selective mutism. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45 (1),
363-372.
McINNES, A., FUNG, D., MANASSIS, K., FIKSENBAUM, L. &
TANNOCK, R. (2004). Narrative skills in children with
selective mutism: An exploratory study. American
Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 13 (4), 304.
BOUCHER, D. (1985). The biology of mutualism. New
York : Oxford University Press.
ZHANG, Z. (2003). Mutualism or cooperation among
competitors promotes coexistence and competitive ability,
Ecological Modelling, 164, 271-282.
BÄCKED, F., LEY, R., SONNENBURG J., PETERSON D. &
GORDON J. (2005). Host-bacterial mutualism in the human
intestine. Science, 307, 1915-1920.
PERRU, O. (2011). Modéliser la croissance des populations
mutualistes : une question scientifique complexe. Philosophia
Scientiae, 15 (3), 223-251.
PERRU. O. (2011). Le mutualisme biologique, concepts et
modèles. History & Philosophy of Life Sciences,
33, 223-248.
PERRU, O. (2011). Coûts et bénéfices dans les modèles
mutualistes : le problème épistémologique des marchés
biologiques. Ludus vitalis, 19 (36), 85-112.
POREAU, B. (2011). Commensalisme, mutualisme, parasitisme,
une preuve de l'évolution pour Etienne Rabaud ? Llull,
Revista de la Sociedad Espanola de Historia de las
Ciencias y de las Técnicas, 34 (74), 355-374.
MUUSS, R.E. (Ed.) (1996). Jean Piaget's cognitive
theory of adolescence. Theories of adolescence. New
York : McGraw-Hill.
MUUSS, R.E. (Ed.) (1996). Lawrence Kohlberg's
cognitive-developmental approach to adolescent morality.
Theories of adolescence. New York : McGraw-Hill.
MUUSS, R.E. (1998). Theories of adolescence.
Random House.
Myéline : Myélinisation : Couche d'isolation
qui entoure certains axones.
Cette couche permet à l'influx
nerveux de se propager de noeud
de ranvier en noeud de ranvier le long de l'axone (mouvement
saltatoire de l'influx), selon la
loi du tout ou rien.= Gaine de myéline.
Myelinated fiber, myelin sheath.
WEISS, P.A. & TAYLOR, A.C. (1944). Impairment of
growth and myelinization in regenerating nerve fibers
subject to constriction. Proceedings of the Society
for Experimental Biology & Medicine, 55, 77-80.
TASAKI, I. (1952). Properties of myelinated fibers in frog
sciatic nerve and in spinal cord as examined with
micro-electrodes. Japanese Journal of Physiology, 3,
73-94.
YEOMANS, J.S. (1989). Two substrates for medial fore brain
bundle self-stimulation : Myelinated axons and
dopamineneurons. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 13, 91-98.
MILLER, E.M. (1994). Intelligence and brain myelination :
A hypothesis. Personality & Individual
Differences, 17, 803–832.
MYERS, D.G. & BACH, P.J. (1974). Discussion effects on
militarism-pacificism : A test of the group polarization
hypothesis. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 30, 741-747.
MYERS, D.G. & LAMM, H. (1976). The group polarization
phenomenon. Psychological Bulletin, 83, 602-627.
MYERS, D.G. & DIENER, E. (1997). Who is happy ?
Psychological Science, 6, 10-19. / La poursuite
scientifique du bonheur. Revue Québecoise de
Psychologie, 18 (2), 13-28.
MYERS, D.G. (2007). Psychology. Worth
Publishers.
MYERS, D.G. (2008). Social psychology.
McGraw-Hill.
Myerson Abraham (1881-1948) : Psychiatre
américain d'origine lituanienne.
MYERSON, A. (1920). The nervous housewife.
Boston : Little, Brown, and company.
[LIRE]
MYERSON, A. (1921). The foundations of personality. Boston,
Little, Brown, and Company.
[LIRE]
MYERSON, A. (1925). The inheritance of mental
diseases. Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins
entreprise.
MYERSON, A. (1925). When life loses its zest.
Little : Brown.
MYERSON, A. (1934). Social psychology. New York
: Prentice-Hall.
MYERSON, J. & HALE, S. (1988). Choice intransition : A
comparison of melioration and the kinetic model.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 49 (2),
291-302. [PDF]
MYERSON, J. & GREEN, L. (1995). Discounting of delayed
rewards : Models of individual choice. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 64 (3), 263-276.
[PDF]
MYERSON, J., GREEN, L. & WARUSAWITHARANA, M. (2001).
Area under the curve as a measure of discounting. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 76 (2),
235-243. [PDF]
MYERSON, J., GREEN, L. HANSON, J.S., HOLT, D.D. &
ESTLE, S.J. (2003). Discounting of delayed and
probabilistic rewards : Processes and traits. Journal
of Economic Psychology, 24, 619-635.
MYERSON, J., BAUMANN, A. & GREEN, L. (2017).
Individual differences in delay discounting : Differences
are quantitative with gains, but qualitative with losses.
Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 30,
359-372.
Myopie : Le mot a deux significations complémentaires :
a) Il s'agit d'abord au sens strict d'un trouble de la vision engendré par une anomalie de l’oeil (convergence excessive du cristallin) qui se traduit par une vision floue des objets éloignés. b)
Par analogie, on utilise le terme pour désigner l'incapacité à prédire les événements lointains ou complexes.
/Prédiction, clairvoyance.
a
MOUNTJOY, E., DAVIES, N.M., PLOTNIKOV, D., DAVEY SMITH,
G., RODRIGUEZ,S., WILLIAMS, C.E., GUGGENHEIM, J. &
ATAN, D. (2018). Education and myopia : assessing the
direction of causality by mendelian randomisation.
British Medical Journal, 361, 1-11. [PDF]
b
LEVINTHAL, D.A. & MARCH, J.G. (1993). The myopia of
learning. Stategic Management Journal, 14 (S2),
95-112.
RUSSEL, B. (1917). Mysticism and logic. London :
Allen & Unwin.
ASRANI, U.A. (1969). The psychology of mysticism. Main
Currents in Modern Thought, 25, 68–73.
Mythe : Mythologie : Construction de l'esprit en laquelle certains individus - parfois des scientifiques - continuent de croire
malgré l'absence de faits ou
de preuves. Il faut distinguer les mythes factuels qui concernent
les phénomènes qui
n'existent tout simplement pas (EX: OVNI,
soucoupes volantes, petits hommes verts, etc.) des mythes
conceptuels qui renvoient à des explications erronées que certains
croient néanmoins fondées (EX: Fausse distinction
entre les auditifs et les visuels en psychologie de
l'apprentissage). On appelle dogme
les mythes qui sont érigés en vérité et célébrés par des groupes.
Mythe, controverseet
pseudo-science.
= cable, chimère, ce que l'on tient pour vrai, mais qui
est faux, fausseté. conception erronée, croyance, illusion
sociale. /connaissance
scientifique, faits, réalité. Myth,
mythology, fable, fiction, faulty notion, misinformation, false
claim.
SAPIR, E. (1907). Preliminary report on the language and
mythology of the Upper Chinook. American
Anthropologist, 9, 533-544.
LANGLOIS, J.H., KALAKANIS, L., RUBENSTEIN, A.J., LARSON,
A., HALLAM, M. & SMOOT, M. (2000). Maxims or myths of
beauty ? A meta-analytic and theoretical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 390-423.
[PDF]
THOBURN, W.M. (1918). The myth of Occam's razor. Mind,
27 (107), 345-353.
KING, K.C. (2000). Culture and medicine : Myths and
medicine. The Western Journal of Medicine, 172
(3), 208-210. [PDF]
LÉVY-BRÜHL, L. (1935). La mythologie primitive. Le
mode mythique des Australiens et des Papous. Paris
: Alcan.
MOON, Y. & FREI, F. (2000). Exploding the self-service
myth. Harvard Business Review, 78 (3), 26-27.
HAYEK, F.V. (1936). The mythology of capital. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 50 (2), 199-228.
HERSKOVITS, M.E. (1941/90). The myth of the negro
past. Beacon Press.
MUNOZ-DELGADO, J., SANTILLÀN-DOHERTY, A.-M.,
MONDRAGON-CEBALLOS, R. & ERKERT, H.S. (2000). Moon
cycle effects on humans : myth or reality ? Salud
Mental, 23 (6), 33-39. [PDF]
FEIBLEMAN, J.K. (1944). The mythology of science.
Philosophy of Science, 11, 117-121.
LANGLOIS, J.H., KALAKANIS, L., RUBENSTEIN, A.J., LARSON,
A., HALLAM, M. & SMOOT, M. (2000). Maxims or myths of
beauty ? A meta-analytic and theoretical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 390-423.
[PDF]
CASSIRER, E. (1946). The myth of the state. New
Haven : Yale University Press.
PARIS, J. (2000). Myths of childhood. New York
: Brunner/Mazel.
SZASZ, T.S. (1960). The myth of mental illness. American
Psychologist, 15, 113-118.
[PDF]
ROBINSON, D.N. (2000). Paradigms and "the myth of
framework" : how science progresses. Theory &
Psychology, 10, 39-47.
MURRAY, H.A. (Ed.) (1960). Myth and mythmaking.
New York : G. Braziller.
LUHMANN, N. (2000). The reality of the mass media. Cambridge : Polity
KERLINGER, F.N. (1960). The mythology of educational
research : The methods approach. School &
Society, 88, 149-151.
PERSSON, R.S. (2000). Survival of the fittest or the most
talented ? : Deconstructing the myth of the musical
maestro. Journal of Advanced Academics, 12 (1),
25-38.
FIRFTH, R. (1960). The plasticity of myth. Ethnologia,
2, 181-188.
MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (2000). Effects of grading
leniency and low workloads on students' evaluations of
teaching : Popular myth, bias, validity or innocent
bystanders ? Journal of Educational Psychology, 92
(1), 202-228. [PDF]
SZASZ, T.S. (1961/72). The myth of mental illness.
London : Paladin.
JUNG, R.E., YEO, R.A., CHIULLI, S.J., SIBBITT, W.L. &
BROOKS, W.M. (2000). Myths of neuropsychology :
Intelligence, neurometabolism, and cognitive ability. The
Clinical Neuropsychologist, 14 (4), 535-545.
MAY, R. (1961). The meaning of the Oedipus myth.
Review of Existential Psychology & Psychiatry, 1, 44-52.
BUNGE, M. (1963). The myth of simplicity; Problems of
Scientific Philosophy. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. :
Prentice-Hall.
BANDURA, A. (1964). The stormy decade : Fact or fiction ?
Psychology in the Schools, 1, 224-231. [PDF]
ABRAHAM, K. (1965/77). Rêve et mythe : Études
cliniques. Essais de psychanalyse appliquée. Oeuvres
complètes 1. Paris : Payot.
CAMERON, J., BANKO, K.M. & PIERCE, W.D. (2001).
Pervasive negative effects of rewards on intrinsic
motivation : The myth continues. The Behavior
Analyst, 24, 1-44. [PDF]
AYLLON, T., HAUGNTON E. & HUGHES, H.B. (1965).
Interpretation of symptoms : Fact or fiction. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 3, 1–7.
RORER, L.G. (1965). The great response-style myth.
Psychological Bulletin, 63 (3), 129-156.
HINES, T.M. (2001). The G-spot : a modern gynecologic
myth. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology,
185 (2), 359-362.
KIESLER, D. (1966). Some myths of psychotherapy research
and the search for paradigm. Psychological Bulletin,
65 (2), 110-136.
PINEL J.P.J., ASSANAND, S. & LEHMAN, D.R. (2001). The
evolution of hunger, its relation to ill health, and the
myth of set-point theory. American Psychologist, 55,
1105-1116.
ECKHARDT, W. (1968). Prejudice : Fear, hate or mythology ?
Journal of Human Relations, 16 (1), 32-41.
SARBIN, T.R. (1968). Ontology recapitulates philology :
The mythic nature of anxiety. American Psychologist,
23, 411-418.
WHITEHOUSE, G.H. (2001). Impact factors : Facts and myths.
European Radiology, 12, 715-717.
BURNS, T. (1968). Models, myths and images. In W. H.
Gruber and D. Marquis (Eds.), Human factors in the
transfer of technology (pp. 11-23). M.I.T. Press.
ESTERSON, A. (2001). The mythologizing of psychoanalytic
history : Deception and self-deception in Freud's account
of the seduction theory episode. History of
Psychiatry, 12, 329-352.
WILKINSON, C.B. (1970). The destructiveness of myths. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 126, 1087-1092.
MALCOM, N. (1971). The myth of cognitive processes and
structures. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive development
and epistemology (pp. 385-392). New York : Academic
Press.
FISH, B. (1971). The "one child, one drug" myth of stimulants in hyperkinesis : importance of diagnostic
categories in evaluating treatment. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 25, 193-203.
TRUDEL, M. (2001/2010). Mythes et réalités dans
l'histoire du Québec - tome 1 à 5. Montréal :
Hurtubise.
ROZEBOOM, W.W. (1972). Scientific inference : The myth and
the reality. In R.S. Brown & D.J. Brenner (Eds.),
Science, psychology, and communication : Essays honoring
William Stephenson. New York : Teachers College
Press.
WERTH, N. (2001). Rumeurs défaitistes et apocalyptiques
dans l’URSS des années 1920 et 1930. Vingtième siècle,
71, 25-35.
SOBELL, L.C. & SOBELL, M.B. & CHRISTELMAN, W.C.
(1972). The myth of "one drink." Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 10, 119-123.
LAZARUS, A.A. (2001). Marital myths revisited : A
fresh look at two dozen mistaken beliefs about marriage.
Atascadero, CA : Impact Publishers.
SAMELSON, F. (1974). History, origin myth and ideology :
Discovery of social psychology. Journal for the
Theory of Social Behavior, 4 (2), 217-231.
APTER, T. (2001). The myth of maturity : What
teenagers need from parents to become adults. London
: W.W. Norton.
SHIELDS, S.A. (1975). Functionalism, darwinism, and the
psychology of women : A study in social myth. American
Psychologist, 30, 739-754.
TYLER, A. (1975). Pueblo animals and myths.
Norman : University of Oklahoma Press.
CATANIA, A.C. (1975). The myth of self-reinforcement. Behaviorism,
3, 192-199. [PDF]
SCHRAG, P. & DIVOKY, D. (1975). The myth of the
hyperactive child. New York : Pantheon.
GROFF, P. (1975). The mythology of reading : I--Sight
Words. Reading Horizons, 15 (4), 208-211. [PDF]
TAJFEL, H. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1976). Renaissance of old
myths in social psychology : peculiar misnomers.
Zeitschrift fur Sozialpsychologie, 7 (3), 292-297.
HORN, J.L. & DONALDSON, G. (1976). On the myth of
intellectual decline in adulthood. American
Psychologist, 31, 701-719.
POPKEWITZ, T.S. (1976). Myths of social science in
Curriculum. The Educational Forum, 40 (3),
317-328.
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1976). Fables, armadyllics, and
self-reinforcement. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 9 (4), 521-525. [PDF]
NAIRNE, J.S. (2002). The myth of the encoding-retrieval
match. Memory, 10, 389-395. [PDF]
CONABLE, C.W. (1977). Women at Cornell, the myth of
equal education. Ithaca, NY : Cornell University
Press.
FENICHEL, M., SULER, J., BARAK, A., ZELVIN, E., JONES, G.,
MUNRO, K., MEUNIER, V. & WALKER-SHCUMUCKER, W. (2002).
Myths and realities of online clinical work. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 5 (5), 481-497. [PDF]
McLEOD, W.R. (1977). Demythologizing the myth of mental
illness. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 11 (3), 169-174.
COTTON, A., FARLEY, M. & BARON, R. (2002). Attitudes
toward prostitution and acceptance of rape myths. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 32 (9), 1790-1796.[PDF]
SROUFE, L.A. (1977). Early experience : Evidence and myth.
(Review of Early experience : Myth and evidence edited by
Ann M. Clarke & A.D.B. Clarke). Contemporary
Psychology, 22, 878-880.
VORONOV, M. & SINGER, J. (2002). The myth of
individualism-collectivism : A critical review. Journal
of Social Psychology, 142 (2), 461-480. [PDF]
ARNOLD, P. (1978). The encyclopedia of gambling : The
game, the odds, the techniques, the people and places
the myths and history. Glasgow : Collins
Publishers.
NUNEZ, S., PEREZ-MENDEZ, L. & AGUIRRE-JAIME, A.
(2002). Moon cycles and violent behaviours : myth or fact
? European Journal of Emergency Medicine, 9 (2),
127-130.
SZASZ, T. (1978). The myth of psychotherapy.
Oxford : Oxford University Press.
WHITE, E. (2002). Fast girls : Teenage tribes and the
myth of the slut. New York : Scribner.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. & BRODERICK, P.C. (1979). The myth
of motherhood : A study of attitudes towards motherhood. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 4, 114-128.
CLARK, D. (2002). Psychological myths in e-learning.
Medical Teacher, 24 (6), 598-604.
ADLER, G. (1979). The myth of the alliance with borderline
patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136,
642-645
KOHN, A. (2002). The dangerous myth of grade inflation. The
Chronicle of Higher Education, 49 (11), 1-7. [LIRE]
COMBS, A.W. (1979). Myths in education : Beliefs that
hinder progress and their alternatives. Boston :
Allyn and Bacon.
MATTHEWS, G., ZEIDNER, M. & ROBERTS, R.D. (2002). Emotional
intelligence : Science and myth. The MIT Press.
MOSHER, D.L. (1979). Sex guilt and sex myths in college
men and women. Journal of Sex Research, 15,
224-234.
HEWLETT, S.A. (2002). Executive women and the myth of
having it all. Harvard Business Review, 80 (4),
66-73.
STONE, W.F. (1980). The myth of left-wing
authoritarianism. Political Psychology, 2, 3-19.
POTTER, W. J. (2002). The eleven myths of media
violence. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
EYSENK. H.J. (1980-81). Left-wing authoritarianism : Myth
or reality ? Political Psychology, 3, 234-239.
GRAFEN, A.S. & WEST, S.A. (2002). Kin selection : fact
and fiction. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 17 (1),
15-21. [PDF]
LEAHEY, T.H. (1980). The myth of operationism. Journal
of Mind & Behavior, 1, 127-143.
BURT, M.R. (1980). Cultural myths and support for rape. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 38,
217-230.
MADDI, S.R. (1981). Myth and personality. Journal of
Mind & Behavior, 2, 145-153.
RADFORD, B. (2003). Media mythmakers : How
journalists, activists, and advertisers mislead us. Amherst,
N.Y. : Prometheus Books.
STEINBERG, S. (1981). The ethnic myth : Race,
ethnicity and class in America. New York : Atheneum.
BARTHOLOMEW, R. & RADFORD, B. (2003). Hoaxes, myths,
and manias : Why we need critical thinking, Amherst, NY :
Prometheus Books.
WIENFIELD, M. (1981). Myth and reality in the Canadian
mosaic : Affective ethnicity. In R. Bienvenue & J.
Goldstein (Eds.), Ethnicity and ethnic relations in
Canada (pp. 65-86). Toronto : Butterworths.
PLOUX, F. (2003). De bouche à oreille. Naissance et
propagation des rumeurs dans la France du 19e
siècle. Paris : Aubier.
BRAMEL, D. & FRIEND, R. (1981). Hawthorne, the myth of
the docile worker, and class bias in psychology.
American Psychologist, 36 (8), 867-878.
HILLS, S. & PROVOST, F. (2003). The myth of the
double-blind review. SIGKDD Explorations, 2 (5),
179-184. [PDF]
COLLINS, B.E. (1981). The myth and entity of
hyperactivity. In M.B. Brewer & B.E. Collins (Eds.),
Knowing and validating : A tribute to Donald T.
Campbell. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
UTTAL, W.R. (2003). Psychomythics : Sources of
artifacts and misconceptions in scientific psychology. Mahwah,
NJ : Erlbaum.
EPSTEIN, R. (1982). Note on the mythological character of
categorization research in psychology. The Journal of
Mind & Behavior, 3, 161-169.
[PDF]
LEBLANC, S. (2003). Constant battles : The myth of
the peaceful, noble savage. New York : St. Martin
Press.
MORIN, E. (1982). La rumeur d’Orléans. Paris
: Seuil.
TZENG, O.C.S. & TZENG, C.H. (1982). Myth or fact of
implicit personality theory ? An illustration of how
empirical research can miss. Journal of Personality,
30 (2), 223-239.
POLLACK, R. (2003). Bruno Bettelheim ou la fabrication
d'un mythe : Une biographie. Empécheurs de penser en rond.
PLATT, J. (1983). The development of the "participant
observation" method in sociology : Origin myth and
history. Journal of the History of the Behavioural
Sciences, 19, 379-393.
HEWARD, W.L. (2003). Ten faulty notions about teaching and
learning that hinder the effectiveness of special
education. Journal of Special Education, 36 (4),
186-205.
LINEHAN, M.M. & SEIFERT, R. (1983). Sex and contextual
differences in the appropriateness of assertive behavior :
Fact or myth ? Psychology of Women Quarterly, 8,
79-88.
PINCUS, F.L. (2003). Reverse discrimination :
Dismantling the myth. Boulder, CO : Lynne
Rienner Publishers.
LOVIE, A.D. (1983). Attention and behaviourism - fact and
fiction. British Journal of Psychology, 74, 301-310.
SCHLINGER, H.D. (2003). The myth of intelligence. The
Psychological Record, 53, 15-32. [PDF]
ZIBERGELD, B. (1983). The shrinking of America :
Myths of psychological change. Boston : Little
Brown.
FLORA, S.R & SELLERS, M. (2003). "Premenstrual
dysphoric disorder" and "premenstrual syndrome" myths. Skeptial
Inquirer, 27, 37-42.
SHARPE, K.J. (1984). From science to an adequate
mythology. Auckland : Interface Press.
PINKNEY, A. (1984). The myth of Black progress.
New York : Cambridge University Press.
KONECNI, V.J. & EBBESEN, E.B. (1984). The mythology of
legal decision-making. International Journal of Law
& Psychiatry, 7, 5-18. [PDF]
MOSCOVICI, S. (1984). The myth of the lonely paradigm: a
rejoinder. Social Research, 51 (4), 939-967.
MATTHEWS, G. & ROBERTS, R.D. & ZEIDNER, M. (2004).
Seven myths about emotional intelligence.
Psychological Inquiry, 15 (3), 179-196. [PDF]
ARCHER, M. 1985). The myth of cultural integration. The
British Journal of Sociology, 36 (3), 333-353.
BODEN, MA. (2004). The creative mind : Myths and
mechanisms. London : Routledge.
ANDERSON, J.F. & ANDERSEN, P.A. (1987). Never smile
until Christmas ? Casting doubt on an old myth.
Journal of Thought, 22 (4), 57-61
FRESE, B., MOYA, M. & MEGIAS, J.L. (2004). Social
perception of rape : How rape myth acceptance modulates
the influence of situational factors. Journal of
Interpersonal Violence, 19, 143-161.
WORTMAN C.B. & SILVER, R.C. (1989). The myths of
coping with loss. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 57, 349-357.
BARNETT, R. & RIVERS, C. (2004). Same difference :
How gender myths are hurting our relationships, our
children, and our jobs. New York : Basic Books.
LOVIE, A. D. (1983). Attention and behaviourism - fact and
fiction. British Journal of Psychology, 74, 301-310.
GALE, E.A.M. (2004). The Hawthorne studies : A fable for
our times ? Quarterly Journal of Medicine, 97
(7), 439-449.
PLATT, J. (1983). The development of the "participant
observation" method in sociology : Origin myth and
history. Journal of the History of the Behavioural
Sciences, 19, 379-393.
KITZINGER, C. (2004). The myth of the two biological
sexes. The Psychologist, 17 (8), 451-454.
VEYNE P. (1983). Les Grecs ont-ils cru à leurs
mythes ? Paris : Seuil.
LINEHAN, M.M. & SEIFERT, R. (1983). Sex and contextual
differences in the appropriateness of assertive behavior :
Fact or myth ? Psychology of Women Quarterly, 8,
79-88.
BENADIS, S.R., CHANG, S., HUNTER, J. & WANG, W.
(2004). The influence of the full moon on seizure
frequency : myth or reality ? Epilepsy &
Behavior, 5, 596-597.
STOCKARD, J. & WOOD, W. (1984). The myth of female
underachievement : A reexamination of sex differences in
academic underachievement. American Educational
Research Journal, 21, 825-838.
BENJAMIN, L.T., CAVELL, T.A. & SHALLENBERGER, W.R.
(1984). Staying with initial answers on objective tests :
Is it a myth ? Teaching of Psychology, 11, 133-141.
RICHARDSON, D.S. (2005). The myth of female passivity :
Thirty years of revelations about female aggression. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29, 238–-247.
PINKEY, A. (1984). The myth of Black progress.
New York : Cambridge University Press.
LIEDERMAN, J., KANTROWITZ, L. & FLANNERY, K. (2005).
Male vulnerability to reading disability is not likely to
be a myth : A call for new data. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 38, 109-129.
CAPLAN, P.J. (1984). The myth of women’s masochism. American
Psychologist, 39, 130-139.
McGRATH, J.J. (2005). Myths and plain truths about
schizophrenia epidemiology : the NAPE lecture 2004. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 111, 4-11.
PEZDEK, K. (1985). Debunking some myths regarding
cognitive processing of television. Television &
Children, 8 (4), 41-46.
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2005). Challenging mind myths in
introductory psychology courses. Psychology Teacher
Network (PTN), 15 (1), 4-6. [PDF]
CORCOS, A.F. (1985). Some myths about Mendel's experiments.
The American Biology Teacher, 47 (4), 233-236.
MALLE, B.F. (2005). Self-other asymmetries in behavior
explanations : Myth and reality. In M.D. Alicke, D.
Dunning & J.I. Krueger (Eds.), The self in social
perception (pp. 155-178). New York : Psychology
Press.
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1985). The myth of alpha consciousness.
The Skeptical Inquirer, 1, 42-59.
SCHLINGER, H.D. (2005). How the human got its mind :
Debunking the last great myth in psychology. Skeptic,
11, 48-53.
WEISEBERG, R.W. (1986). Creativity : Genius and other
myths. Freeman.
BIERMANN, T., ESTEL, D., SPERLING, W., BLEICH, S,
KORNHUBER, J. & REULBACH, U. (2005). Influence of
lunar phases on suicide : The end of a myth ? A population
based study. Chronobiology International, 22
(6), 1137-1143.
McGUIRE, W.J. (1986). The myth of massive media impact :
Savagings and salvagings. In G. Comstock (Ed.), Public
communication and behavior. New York, London :
Academic Press.
McNALLY, R.J. (2005). Debunking myths about trauma and
memory. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 50 (13),
817-822.
ALEAMONI, L. (1987). Student rating : Myths versus
research facts. Journal of Personnel Evaluation in
Education, 1, 111-119.
AYRES, P. (2005). The scaling of HSC english : Myths and
facts. English in Australia, 142, 10-15.
CIALDINI, R.B., SCHALLER, M., HOULIHAN, D., ARPS, K.,
FULTZ, J. & BEAMNAN, A.L. (1987). Empathy-based
helping : Is it selflessly or selfishly motivated ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 52,
749-758.
ELLIS, A. (2005). The myth of self-esteem. Prometheus
Books.
GROFF, P. (1987). Preventing reading failure : An
examination of the myths of reading instruction. Washington, DC. : National Inst. of Education. [PDF]
YABLO, S. (2005). The myth of the seven. In M. Kalderon
(Ed.), Fictionalism in metaphysics (pp. 88-115).
New York : Oxford University Press.
POLIAKOV, L. (1987). Le mythe Aryen. Bruxelles :
Éditions Complexe.
ANDERSON, J.F. & ANDERSEN, P.A. (1987). Never smile
until Christmas ? Casting doubt on an old myth. Journal
of Thought, 22 (4), 57-61.
MOORHEAD, J. (2005). Is dyslexia just a myth ?
London : Guardian Unlimited.
CARLSON, M., CHARLIN, V. & MILLER, N. (1988). Positive
mood and helping behavior : A test of six hypotheses.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 55, 211-229.
BIKLEN, D. (2005). Autism and the myth of the person
alone. New York, NY : New York University Press.
WRIGHT, J.D. (1988). The mentally ill homeless : what is
myth and what is fact ? Social Problems, 35, 182-191.
BIERMANN, T., ESTEL, D., SPERLING, W., BLEICH, S,
KORNHUBER, J. & REULBACH, U. (2005). Influence of
lunar phases on suicide : The end of a myth ? A population
based study. Chronobiology International, 22
(6), 1137-1143.
SABO, D. (1988). Psychosocial impacts of athletic
participation on American women : Facts and fables. Journal
of Sport & Social Issues, 12, 83-96.
LEVINE, M.P. & TROIDEN, R.R. (1988). The myth of
sexual compulsivity. Journal of Sex Research, 25,
347-363.
BAUDRILLARD, J. (1988). La société de consommation,
ses mythes, ses structures. Paris : Gallimard.
KOHN, A. (2006). The homework myth : Why our kids get
to much of a bad thing. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
: Da Capo Press.
DANIELS, M. (1988). The myth of self-actualization.
Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 28 (1), 7–38.
SNIDER, V.E. (2006). Myths and misconceptions about
teaching. Latham, MD : Rowman et Littlefield
education.
DAVIDSON, D. (1989). The myth of the subjective. In M.
Krausz (Ed.), Relativism : Interpretations and
confrontations (pp. 159–172). Bloomington :
Indiana University Press.
LEVINTHAL, A. & MARTELL, C.R. (2006). The myth of
depression as disease : Limitations and alternatives to
drugs. New York : Praeger.
GERGELY, G. (1988). The methodological myth of the
sufficiency of purely clinical evidence in psychoanalytc
theory. In F. Eros and G. Kiss (Eds.), Proceedings of
the 7th European CHEIRON Conference on the History of
Psychology. Budapest, Hungary. Hungarian
Psychological Association.
KOMPIER, M.A.J. (2006). The "Hawthorne effect" is a myth,
but what keeps the story going ? Scandinavian Journal
of Work, Environment & Health, 32 (5), 402-412.
[PDF]
ELLSWORTH, E. (1989). Why doesn't this feel empowering ?
Working through the repressive myths of critical pedagogy.
Harvard Educational Review, 59 (3), 297-324.
GOSWANI, U. (2006). Neuroscience and education : from
research to practice ? Nature Reviews Nueroscience,
7, 406-413.
KIGER, D.M. (1989). Effects of music information load on a
reading comprehension task. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 69 531-534.
McMANUS, I.C. (2006). The modern mythology of the
left-handedness of Alexander the Great. Laterality,
11, 566-572. [PDF]
WORTMAN, C.B. & SILVER, R.C. (1989). The myths of
coping with loss. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 57 (3), 349-357. [PDF]
TARIS, T.W. (2006). Bricks without clay : On urban myths
in occupational health psychology. Work & Stress,
20, 99-104.
AXELROD, S.A. (1990). Myths that (mis)guide our
profession. In A.C. Repp & N.N. Singh (Eds.), Perspectives
on the use of nonaversive and aversive interventions for
persons with developmental disabilities (pp.
59-72). Sycamore, IL: Sycamore.
GAMBLES, R., LEWIS, S. & RAPOPORT, R. (2006). The myth
of work-life balance : The challenge of our time for men,
women and societies. Chichester Wiley.
FISHER, J.A. (1990). The myth of anthropomorphism. In
M. Bekoff & D. Jamieson (Eds.), Interpretation and
explanation in the study of animal behavior (Vol.
1). Boulder : Westview Press.
GODELIER, M. (2006). Mythes et légitimations idéologiques
de la domination masculine. Dans C. Vidal (Dir.), Féminin,
masculin : Mythes et idéologies (p. 25-33). Paris :
Belin.
NEWMAN, I.M. & CHURCH, S.M. (1990). Myths of whole
language. The Reading Teacher, 44 (1), 20-26.
COHEN, S. (1990). Self-quitting myths revisited :
Responses to Schachter and to Rzewnicki and Forgays.
American Psychologist, 45, 1390-1391. [LIRE]
ROLIDER, A. & VAN HOUTEN, R. (1990). The role of
reinforcement in reducing inappropriate behavior : Some
myths and misconceptions. In A.C. Repp & N.N. Singh
(Eds.), Perspectives on the use of nonaversive and
aversive interventions for persons with developmental
disabilities (pp. 119-128). Sycamore, IL :
Sycamore.
ALFERINK, L.A. (2007). Educational practices,
superstitious behavior, and mythed opportunities. Scientific
Review of Mental Health Practices, 5, 21-30.
EYSENK, M. (1990). Happiness : Facts and myths.
Hove : LEA.
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2007). Curing dyslexia and
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder by training motor
co-ordination : Miracle or myth ? Journal of
Paediatrics & Child Health, 43 (10), 653-655.
[PDF]
MANZ, C.C. (1990). Self-leading work teams : moving beyond
self-management myths. Human Relations, 45, 1119-1140.
NORMAND, M.P. & DALLERY, J. (2007). Mercury rising :
Exposing the vaccine-autism myth. Skeptic, 13,
32-36. [PDF]
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1990). Brainscams : neuromythologies of
the New Age. International Journal of Mental Health,
19, 27-36.
ARNETT, J.J. (2007). Suffering, selfish, slackers ? Myths
and reality about emerging adults. Journal of Youth
& Adolescence, 36, 23-29.
HOFMAN, M.A. & SWAAB, D.F. (1991). Sexual dimorphism
of the human brain : myth and reality. Experimental
& Clinical Endocrinology, 98 (2), 161-170. [PDF]
WADE, K.A., SHARMAN, S.J., GARRY, M., MENON, A., MAZZONI,
G. & MERKELBACH, H. & LOFTUS, E.F. (2007). False
claims about false memory research. Consciousness
& Cognition, 16 (1), 18-28.
NEUMAN, S.B. (1991). Literacy in the television age :
The myth of the TV effect. Norwood, NJ : Ablex.
NIELSEN, F. (2007). Income inequality in the global
economy : The myth of rising world inequality. Harvard
College Economics Review, 1 (2), 23-26.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, H.P. (1991). Superleading : Beyond
the myth of heroic leadership. Organizational
Dynamics, 22 (2), 18-35. [PDF]
ABBOTT, A.D. (2007). Myths and misconceptions : About
behavioral genetics and homosexuality. National
Association for Research and Therapy of Homosexuality. [PDF]
WOLF, N. (1991). The beauty myth : How images of
beauty are used against women. New York : Anchor
Books.
CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007). The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala
(Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain :
separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford
University Press.
McPHAIL, C. (1991). The myth of the madding crowd.
New York : Aldine de Gruyter.
STOLLER, R. (1991). Porn : Myths for the twentieth
century. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press.
NEWMAN, J.M. & CHURCH, S.M. (1991). Myths of whole
language. The Reading Teacher, 44, 20-26.
MIDGLEY, M. (1992/2002). Science as salvation. A
Modern myth and its meaning. London/New York :
Routledge.
BICKHARD, M.H. (1992). Myths of science : Misconceptions
of science in contemporary psychology. Theory &
Psychology, 2 (3), 321-337.
GWAKE, J.G. (2008). Neuromythologies in education. Educational
Research, 50, 123-133.
NAMNYAK, M., TUFTON, N., SZELELY, R., TOAL, M., WORBOYS,
S. & SAMPSON, E.L. (2008). "Stockholm syndrome" :
psychiatric diagnosis or urban myth ? Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 117 (1), 4-11. [PDF]
BRUCE, K., MAGLEBY, D., NELSON, C. & ORR, E. (1992). The
myth of the independent voter. Berkeley :
University of California Press.
MONCRIEFF, J. (2008). The myth of the chemical cure :
A critique of psychiatric drug treatment. London :
Palgrave Macmillan.
BRUBAKER, R. (1992). Myths and misconceptions in the study
of nationalism. In J. Hall (Ed.), The state of the
nation : Ernest Gellner and the theory of nationalism.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
LUCAS, R.E., DYRENFORTH, P.S. & DIENER, E. (2008).
Four myths about subjective well-being. Social &
Personality Psychology Compass, 2, 2001-2015.
MIDGLEY, M. (1992/2002). Science as salvation. A
Modern myth and its meaning. London/New York :
Routledge.
PASHLER, H., McDANIEL, M., ROHRER, D. & BJORK, R.
(2008). Learning styles : Concepts and evidence. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 9 (3), 105-119.
LEAHEY, T.H. (1992). The mythical revolutions of American
psychology. American Psychologist, 47, 308-318.
ROSEN, C. (2008). The myth of multitasking. The New
Atlantis, 20, 105-110.
FAUSTO-STERLING, A. (1992). Myths of gender :
biological theories about women and men. New York,
NY : Basic Books.
BAUER, H.H. (1992). Scientific literacy and the myth
of the scientific method. Urbana, Ill: University
of Illinois Press.
ZHENG, A.Y., LAWHORN, J.K., LUMLEY, T. & FREEMAN, S.
(2008). Application of Bloom's taxonomy debunks the "MCAT
myth". Science, 319, 414-415.
SUNNAFRANK, M. (1992). On debunking the attitude
similarity myth. Communication Monographs, 59, 164-179.
GREEN, C.D. (1992). Of immortal mythological beasts :
Operationism in psychology. Theory & Psychology
2, 287-316.
PROKOP, P. & TUNNICLIFFE, S.D. (2008). Disgusting
animals : Primary school children's attitudes and myths of
bats and spiders. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics,
Science & Technology Education, 4 (2), 87-97. [PDF]
BICKHARD, M.H. (1992). Myths of science : Misconceptions
of science in contemporary psychology. Theory &
Psychology, 2 (3), 321-337.
IOANNIDIS, J. (2008). Effectiveness of antidepressants :
an evidence myth constructed from a thousand randomized
trials ? Philosophy, Ethics & Humanities in
Medicine, 3, 14. [PDF]
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1992). Myths and realities of the
menopause. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 1-9.
VREEMAN R.C. & CARROLL, A.E. (2008). Festive medical
myths. British Medical Journal, 337, 1-3. [PDF]
WEISBERG, R.W. (1993). Creativity : Beyond the myth
of genius. New York : Freeman.
THOMAS, C. (2008). Exposing the myths of jury service. Criminal
Law Review, 6, 415-430. [PDF]
INGERSOLL, B. & GOLDSTEIN, S. (1993). Attention
deficit disorder and learning disabilities : Realities,
myths, and controversial treatments. New York :
Doubleday Publishing Group.
HESTERLY, W.S. & ZENGER, T.R. (1993). The myth of a
monolithic economics : Fundamental assumptions and the use
of economic models in policy and strategy research. Organization
Science, 4, 496-510.
MADDUX, J.E. (1993). The mythology of psychopathology : A
social cognitive view of deviance, difference, and
disorder. The General Psychologist, 29, 34-35
LILIENFELD, S.O. LYNN, S.J., RUSCIO, J. & BEYERSTEIN,
B.L. (2009). 50 great myths of popular psychology :
Shattering widespread misconceptions about human
behavior. Wiley-Blackwell.
BODEN, M. (1993). The creative mind : Myths and
mechanisms. New York, NY : Basic Books, Inc.
DILLENBURGER, K. & KEENAN, M. (2009). None of the As
in ABA stand for autism : Dispelling the myths. Journal
of Intellectual & Developmental Disability, 34
(2), 193-195. [PDF]
HUBBARD, R. & WALD, E. (1993). Exploding the gene
myth. Boston : Beacon Press.
CHERNEY, I.D. (2009). Égalité dans le monde des sciences :
réalité ou fiction ? In G. Galli Carminati (Ed.), La
femme guerrière. Le troisième pôle de l'archétype
féminin (p. 101-125). Florence, IT : Maremmi Editore.
CAVENDISH, R. & INNES, B. (Eds.) (1994). Man,
myth & magic. New York : Marshall Cavendish.
SCHRACK-WALTERS, A., O'DONNELL, K.A. & WARDLOW, D.L.
(2009). Deconstructing the myth of the monolithic male
athlete : A qualitative study of men's participation in
athletics. Sex Roles, 60, 81-99.
McCUTCHEON, L.E. & McCUTCHEON, L.E. (1994). Not guilty
by reason of insanity : Getting it right or perpetuating
the myths ? Psychological Reports, 74, 764-766.
KIRSCH, I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs :
Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The
Bodley Head.
WHITE, J.W. & KOWALSKI, R.M. (1994). Deconstructing
the myth of the nonaggressive woman : A feminist analysis.
Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18, 487-508.
SELWYN, N. (2009). The digital native-myth and reality. Perspectives,
61, 364-379.
EBERTS, R. & EBERTS, C. (1994). The myths of
Japanese quality. Upper Saddle, N.J. : Prentice
Hall.
CAMERON, D.G. (1994). ECT : Sham statistics, the myth of
convulsive therapy, and the case for consumer
misinformation. The Journal of Mind & Behavior, 15
(1 & 2), 177-198.
DAWES, R.M. (1994). House of cards : Psychology and
psychotherapy built on myth. New York : Free Press.
TARDIF, É. et DOUDIN, P.-A. (2010). Neurosciences,
neuromythes et sciences de l'éducation. Prisme (revue
pédagogique de la Haute École Pédagogique de Lausanne,
Suisse), 12, 11-14.
CASAS, J.M., WAGENHEIM, B.R., BANCHERO, R. &
MENDOZA-ROMERO, J. (1994). Hispanic masculinity : Myth or
psychological schema meriting clinical consideration. Hispanic
Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 16, 315-331.
RIENER, C. & WILLINGHAM, D. (2010). The myth of
learning styles. Change : The Magazine of Higher
Learning, 42 (5), 32-35.
DAWES, R.M. (1994). Psychotherapy : The myth of expertise.
In House of cards : Psychology and psychotherapy
built on myth (pp. 38-74). New York : Free Press.
TIMIMI, S, GARDINER, N. & McCABE, B. (2010). The
myth of autism : Medicalising men's and boys' social and
emotional competence. Basingstoke : Palgrave
MacMillan.
BAIROCH, P. (1994). Mythes et paradoxe de
l'histoire économique. Paris : La découverte.
NYHAN, B. (2010). Why the "death panel" myth wouldn't die
: misinformation in the health care reform debate. The
Forum, 8 (1), 1-25. [PDF]
KIRK, S.A. & KUTCHINS, H. (1994). The myth of the
reliability of DSM. Journal of Mind & Behavior,
15, (1/2), 71-86.
SULER, J. (2010). Myths about online psychotherapy. Cross
Currents : The Journal of Addiction & Mental Health,
13, 3.
LOFTUS, E.F. & KETCHAM, K. (1994). The myth of
repressed memory. New York : St. Martin's Press.
JACKSON, S.E. (2010). New media : debunking the myths.
Journal of Business Strategy, 31 (1), 56-58.
LONSWAY, K.A. & FITZGERALD, L.F. (1994). Rape myths :
In review. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18 (2),
133-164.
POLIT, D.F. & BECK, C.T. (2010). Generalization in
quantitative and qualitative research : myths and
strategies. International Journal of Nursing Studies,
47 (11), 1451-1458. [PDF]
WHITE, J.W. & KOWALSKI, R.M. (1994). Deconstructing
the myth of the nonaggressive woman : A feminist analysis.
Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18, 487-508.
HARRIS, B. (2011). Letting go of Little Albert :
Disciplinary memory, history, and the uses of myth.
Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 47,
1-17.
ROGOSA, D.R. (1995). Myths and methods : "Myths about
longitudinal research" plus supplemental questions. In
J.M. Gottman (Ed.), The analysis of change (pp.
3–65). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
KANE, J.M. & MERTZ, J.E. (2011). Debunking myths about
gender and mathematics performance. Notices of the
American Mathematical Society.[PDF]
MOXLEY, R.A. (1995). Myths of meaning : Response to Reese
(1994). The Behavior Analyst, 18, 363-365. [PDF]
MILAR, K.S. (2011). The mythbuster. Monitor on
Psychology, 42, 24-26.
EADINGTON, W.R. (1995). Economic development and the
introduction of casinos : Myths and realities.
Economic Development Review, 13 (4), 51-54.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). Mythe et réalité des blondes. Cerveau
& Psycho, 47.[PDF]
TAYLOR, M.C. (1995). White backlash to workplace
affirmative action : Peril or myth ? Social Forces,
73, 1385-1414.
HOBBS, S. & CHIESA, M. (2011). The myth of the
"cognitive revolution". European Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 12 (2), 385-394.
SWEETSER, E. (1995). Metaphor, mythology, and everyday
language. Journal of Pragmatics, 24, 585-593. [PDF]
LINDELL, A.K. & KIDD, E. (2011). Why right-brain
teaching is half- witted : a critique of the
misapplication of neuroscience to education. Mind,
Brain, & Education, 5, 121-127.
CLOUTIER, R. (1995). L'image des adolescents rongée par
les mythes. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 16
(3), 89-107.
ABDEL-BAKI, A., LESAGE, A., NICOLE, L., COSSETTE, M.,
SALVAT, E. & LALONDE, P. (2011). Schizophrenia, an
illness with bad outcome : myth or reality ? The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 56 (2), 92-101. [PDF]
BRACEY, G.W. (1995). Debunking the myths about money for
schools. Educational Leadership, 53 (3), 65-69.
HOBBS, S. & CHIESA, M. (2011). The myth of the
"cognitive revolution". European Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 12 (2), 385-394. [PDF]
NORCROSS, J.C. (1995). Dispelling the dodo bird verdict
and the exclusivity myth in psychotherapy.
Psychotherapy, 32, 500-504.
BENISH, S.G., QUINTANA, S. & WAMPOLD, B.E. (2011).
Culturally adapted psychotherapy and the legitimacy of
myth : a direct-comparison meta-analysis. Journal of
Counsulting Psychology, 58, 279-289.
LANGLOIS, J.H. & MUSSELMAN, L. (1995). The myths and
mysteries of beauty. In D.R. Calhoun (Ed.), 1996
yearbook of science and the future (pp. 40-61).
Chicago : Encyclopedia Britannica, Inc.
DEKKER, S., LEE, N.C., HOWARD-JONES, P. & JOLLES, J.
(2012). Neuromyths in education : Prevalence and
predictors of misconceptions among teachers. Frontiers
in Psychology, 3 [429], 1-9. [PDF]
RIDDICK, B. (1995). Dyslexia : Dispelling the myths. Disability
& Society, 10, 457-473.
WANG, Z. & TCHERNEV, J.M. (2012). The "myth" of media
multitasking : Reciprocal dynamics of media multitasking,
personal needs, and gratifications. Journal of
Communication, 62, 493-513.
[PDF]
BRACEY, G. (1995). Debunking the myths about money for
schools. Educational Leadership, 53 (3), 65-69.
PASQUINELLI, E. (2012). Neuromyths : why do they exist and
persist ? Mind, Brain, & Education, 6,
89-96.
LONSWAY, K.A. & FITZGERALD, L.F. (1995). Attitudinal
antecedents of rape myth acceptance : A theoretical and
empirical reexamination. Journal of personality &
social psychology 68 (4), 704-711.
[PDF]
SHAMOS, M.H. (1995). The myth of scientific literacy.
New Brunswick : Rutgers University Press.
WALLER, G. (2012). The myths of motivation : time for a
fresh look at some received wisdom in the eating disorders
? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 45
(1), 1-16.
KAUFFMAN, J.M. & PULLEN, P.L. (1996). Eight myths
about special education. Focus on Exceptional
Children, 28 (5),
PASQUINELLI, E. (2012). Neuromyths : why do they exist and
persist ? Mind, Brain, & Education, 6,
89-96.
EISENBERGER, R. & CAMERON, J. (1996). The detrimental
effects of reward : Myth or reality ? American
Psychologist, 51, 1153-1166. [PDF]
ADEY, P. & DILLON, J. (Ed.) (2012). Bad education
: Debunking myths in education. Berkshire, UK :
Open University Press.
FISCHER, C.S., HOUT, M., JANKOWSKI-SANCHEZ, M., LUCAS,
S.R., SWIDLER, A. & VOSS, K. (1996). Inequality
by design : Cracking the Bell Curve myth. Princeton
University Press.
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (1996). Whistle-blowing :
Myth and reality. Journal of Management, 22 (3),
507-526.
LEWANDOWSKY, S., ULLRICH K. H. ECKER1, COLLEEN M. SEIFERT,
C.M., SCHWARZ, N. & COOK, J. (2012). Misinformation
and its correction : Continued influence and successful
debiasing. Psychological Science in the Public
Interest, 13 (3) 106-131. [PDF]
BARNES, C. (1996). Disability and the myth of the
independent researcher. Disability & Society, 11
(1), 107-110.
WATRIN, J.P. & DARWICH, R. (2012). On behaviorism in
the cognitive revolution : Myth and reactions. Review
of General Psychology, 16 (3), 269-282. [PDF]
FORTIN, B., GARNEAU, G., LACROIX, T., LEMIEUX et
MONTMARQUETTE, C. (1996). L'économie souterraine au
Québec. Mythes et réalités. Québec : Les Presses
de l'Université Laval.
DRAKULIC, A.M. (2012). A phenomenological perspective on
subjective well-being : From myth to science. Psychiatria
Danubina, 24 (1), 31-37. [PDF]
KEELEY, L.H. (1996). War before civilization : The
myth of the peaceful savage. New York, NY : Oxford
University Press.
LOPEZ-MUNOZ, F., BAUMEISTER, A., HAWKINS, M.F. &
ÀLAMO, C. (2012). The role of serendipity in the discovery
of the clinical effects of psychotropic drugs : beyond of
the myth. Actas Espanolas Psiquiatria, 40 (1),
34-42. [PDF]
WINNER, H. (1996). Gifted children : Myths and
realities. New York : Basic Books.
COLOGON, K. (2013). Debunking myths : Reading development
in children with Down Syndrome. Australian Journal of
Teacher Education, 38 (3), 130-151. [PDF]
MILLER, D.T. & RATNER, R.K. (1996). The power of the
myth of self-interest. In L. Montada & M. Lerner
(Eds.), Current societal concerns about justice
(pp. 25-48). New York : Plenum Press.
PICCOLINO, M. & WADE, N.J. (2013). The frog's dancing
master : science, seances and the transmission of myths. Journal
of the History of the Neurosciences, 22 (1),
79-95.
BISHOP, K.M. & WALHSTEN, D. (1997). Sex difference in
the human corpus callosum : Myth or reality ? Neuroscience
Behavioral Review, 21, 581-601. [PDF]
FIELDLING, C., LOWDERMILK, J., LANIER, L.L., FANNIN, A.G.,
SCHKADE, J.L., ROSE, C.A. & SIMPSON, C.G. (2013).
Applied behavior analysis : Current myths in public
education. Journal of the American Academy of Special
Education, 83-97.
[PDF]
ZIMMER, L. & MORGAN, J.P. (1997). Marijuana myths
and marijuana facts. New York : The Lindesmith
Center.
BELLERT, A. & GRAHAM, L. (2013). Neuromyths and
neurofacts : Information from cognitive neuroscience for
classroom and learning support teachers. Special
Education Perspectives, 22 (2), 7-20.
HERMAN, E. & CHOMSKY, N. (1997). The myth of the
liberal media : The propaganda model of news.
Northampton, MA : Media Education Foundation.
BETSCH, C. & SACHSE, K. (2013). Debunking vaccination
myths : Strong risk negations can increase perceived
vaccination risks. Health Psychology, 32,
146-155.
HUBBARD, R. & WALD, E. (1997). Exploding the gene
myth : How genetic information is produced and
manipulated by scientists, physicians, employers,
insurance companies, educators, and law enforcers.
New York : Beacon Press.
INGTHORSSON, R.D. (2013). The natural vs. the human
sciences : myth, methodology and ontology. Discusiones
Filosócas, 14 (22), 25-41. [PDF]
PLUCKER, J.A. (1997). Debunking the myth of the "highly
significant" result : Effect sizes in gifted education
research. Roeper Review : A Journal on Gifted
Education, 20, 122-126.
WATSON, K., HANDAL, B., MAHER, M. & McGINTY, E.
(2013). Globalising the class size debate : myths and
realities. Journal of International & Comparative
Education, 2 (2), 72-85. [PDF]
RODRIGUES, R.J., ABREU, A.M. & CASTRO-CALDAS, A.
(2013). Neuromyths in education : what is fact and what is
fiction for portuguese teachers ? Educational
Research, 55, 441–453.
JENSEN, R. & BURGESS, H. (1997). Mythmaking : How
introductory textbooks present B.F. skinner’s analysis of
cognition. The Psychological Record, 47,
221-232. [PDF]
LYUBOMIRSKY, S. (2013). The myths of happiness : What
should make you happy, but doesn't, what shouldn't make
you happy, but does. New York : Penguin Press.
SZASZ, T. (1997). Mental illnes is still a myth.
Review of Existential Psychology & Psychiatry, 23,
70-80.
CHRISTODOULOU, D. (2014). Seven myths about education.
Londres : Routledge.
THORWARTH, C. (2014). Debunking the myths of dyslexia. Leadership
& Research in Education, 1, 51-66. [PDF]
BESNER, D., STOLZ, J.A. & BOUTILLIER, C. (1997). The
Stroop effect and the myth of automaticity.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4 (2), 221-225.
[PDF]
HOWARD-JONES, P.A. (2014). Neuroscience and education :
Myths and messages. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 15
(12), 817-824. [PDF]
HARDY, L. (1997). The Coleman Roberts Griffith address :
Three myths about applied con- sultancy work. Journal
of Applied Sport Psychology, 9, 277–294.
HAIER, R.J. (2014). Increased intelligence is a myth (so
far). Frontier in Systems Neuroscience, 8, 1-3.
[PDF]
BISHOP, K.M. & WALHSTEN, D. (1997). Sex difference in
the human corpus callosum : Myth or reality ? Neuroscience
Behavioral Review, 21, 581-601. [PDF]
MASSON, S. (2015). Les apports de la neuroéducation à
l'enseignement : des neuromythes aux découvertes
actuelles. Approche Neuropsychologique des
Apprentissages chez l'Enfant, 134, 11-22.
MARINKER, M. (1997). Myth, paradox and the hidden
curriculum. Medical Education, 31 (4), 293- 298.
DE BRUYCKERE, P., HULSHOF, C. & KIRSCHNER, P. (2015).
Urban myths about learning and education. San
Diego, CA : Academic Press.
BISHOP, K.M. & WAHLSTEN, D. (1997). Sex differences in
the human corpus callosum : myth or reality ? Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 121 (5), 581–601.
[PDF]
GLEICHGERRCHT, E., LUTTGES, B.L., SALVAREZZA, F. &
CAMPOS, A.L. (2015). Educational neuromyths among
teachers in Latin America. Mind, Brain, &
Education, 9 (1), 170–178.
HARDY, L. (1998). Responses to the reactants on three
myths in applied consultancy work. Journal of Applied
Sport Psychology, 10, 212–219.
NEWTON, P.M. (2015). The learning styles myth is thriving
in higher education. Frontiers in Psychology, 6
[1908], 1-5. [PDF]
SCHWAB, R. (1998). A child's death and divorce :
Dispelling the myth. Death Studies, 22, 445-468.
TARDIF, É., DOUDIN P.-A. & MEYLAN, N. (2015).
Neuromyths among teachers and student teachers. Mind,
Brain, & Education, 9 (1), 50-59.
SLOMAN, S.A. (1998). Categorical inference is not a tree :
The myth of inheritance hierarchies. Cognitive
Psychology, 35 (1), 1-33.
NYHAN, B. & REIFLER, J. (2015). Does correcting myths
about the flu vaccine work ? An experimental evaluation of
the effects of corrective information. Vaccine, 33
(3), 459-464.
WILLINGHAM, D.T., HUGHES, E.M. & DOBOLYI, D.G. (2015).
The scientific status of learning styles theories.
Teaching of Psychology, 42 (3), 266-271.
HIGBEE, K.L. & CLAY, S.L. (1998). College students'
beliefs in the ten-percent myth. Journal of
Psychology, 132, 469-476, 471.
MASSON, S. (2015). Neuromythes et enseignement : connaître
les mythes sur le fonctionnement du cerveau pour mieux
enseigner. Éducation Canada, 55 (3), 32-35. [PDF]
DÜNDAR, S. & GÜNDÜZ N. (2016). Misconceptions
regarding the brain : the neuromyths of preservice
teachers. Mind, Brain, & Education, 10,
212–232.
LETHABY, C. & HARRIES, P. (2015). Learning styles and
teacher training : are we perpetuating neuromyths ? ELT
Journal, 70 (1), 16–25.
KOHN, A. (1998). Challenging behaviorist dogma : Myths
about money and motivation. Compensation &
Benefits Review, Mars/Avril.
[LIRE]
SUSSMAN, R.W. (2016). The myth of race : The
troubling persistence of an unscientific idea.
Harvard University Press.
FERRERO, M., GARAIZAR, P. & VADILLO, M.A. (2016).
Neuromyths in education : Prevalence among Spanish
teachers and an exploration of cross-cultural variation. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 10 [496], 1-11. [PDF]
SWAMI, V., TRAN, U.S., STIEGER, S., PIETSCHNIG, J., NADER,
I.W. & VORACEK, M. (2016). Who believes in the giant
skeleton myth ? An examination of individual difference
correlates. SAGE Open 6, 1–7.
BODUSZEK, D., DEBOWSKA, A., DHINGRA, K. & DELISI, M.
(2016). The effect of male incarceration on rape myth
acceptance : Application of propensity score matching
technique. Deviant Behavior, 37 (6), 634-643.
TARVER, SG. (1998). Myths and truths about Direct
Instruction. Effective School Practices, 17 (1),
18-22.
CARD, D. & KRUEGER, A.B. (2016). Myth and
measurement : The new economics of the minimum wage. Princeton University Press.
SOKAL, A. (1998). What the social text affair does and
does not prove. In N. Koertge (Ed.), A house built on
sand : Exposing postmodemist myths about science
(pp. 9-22). Oxford : Oxford University Press.
DOUDIN, P.-A., TARDIF, É. et MEYLAN, N. (2016). De
l'utilité ambiguë des styles d'apprentissage et des
neuromythes. Dans É. Tardif et P.-A. Doudin (Dirs.),
Neurosciences et cognition : perspectives pour les
sciences de l'éducation (p. 81-102). Bruxelles,
Belgique : De Boeck.
CORCOS, A.F. (2016). The myth of human races. Wheatmark.
TURNBULL, H. (2016). The illusion of inclusion :
Global inclusion, unconscious, and the bottom line.
New York : Business Expert Press.
FINE, C. (2017). Testosterone Rex. : Myths of sex,
science and society. W.W. Norton.
BLACHETON, B. (2017). Mythes économiques : En finir
avec les idées reçus en économie. Paris : Ellipse.
KIRSCHNER, P.A. & DE BRUYCKERE, P. (2017). The myths
of the digital native and the multitasker. Teaching
& Teacher Education, 67, 135-142. [PDF]
DAVIDSON, M. (2017). Vaccination as a cause of
autism-myths and controversies. Dialogues in Clinical
Neurosciencee, 9 (4), 403-407. [PDF]
PAYNE, D.L., LONSWAY, K.A. & FITZGERALD, L.F. (1999).
Rape myth acceptance : Exploration of its structure and
its measurement using theIllinois rape myth acceptance
scale. Journal of Research in Personality, 33 (1),
27-68. [PDF]
NEWTON, P.M. & MIAH, M. (2017). Evidence-based higher
education - is the learning styles "myth" important ?Frontiers
in Psychology, 8 [444], 1-9.
[PDF]
McLAUGLIN, N. (1999). Origin myths in the social sciences
: Fromm, the Frankfurt school and the emergency of
critical theory. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 24, 109-139.
MACDONALD, K., GERMINE, L., ANDERSON, A., CHRISTODOULOU,
J. & McGRATH, L.M. (2017). Dispelling the myth :
Training in education or neuroscience decreases but does
not eliminate beliefs in neuromyths. Frontiers of
Psychology, 8 [1314], 1-18. [PDF]
SALAS, E., CANNON-BOWERS, J., RHODENIZER, L. & BOWERS,
C. (1999). Training in organizations : Myths,
misconceptions, and mistaken assumptions. Research in
Personnel & Human Resource Management, 17, 123-161.
MINTZBERG, H. (2017). Managing the myths of health care.
World Hospitals & Health Services, 48 (3),
4-7. [PDF]
DELLA, SALA, S. (Ed.) (1999). Mind myths : Exploring
popular assumptions about the mind and brain. New
York, NY : Wiley.
PAPADATOU-PASTOU, M., GRITZAL, M. & BARRABLE, A. (2018). The learning styles educational neuromyth : Lack of agreement between teachers, judgments, self-assessment, and students' intelligence. Frontiers in Education, 3 [105], 1-5.
BAILEY, R.P., MADIGAN, D.J., COPE, E. & NICHOLLS, A.R. (2018). The prevalence of pseudoscientific ideas and neuromyths among sports coaches. Frontiers in Psychology, 9 [641], 1-11.
[PDF]
CORCOS, A.F. (2018). The myth of races, ancestry,
ethnicity. Wheatmark.
PAPADATOU-PASTOU, M., GRITZAL, M. & BARRABLE, A.
(2018). The learning styles educational neuromyth : Lack
of agreement between teachers, judgments, self-assessment,
and students' intelligence. Frontiers in Education, 3
[105], 1-5. [PDF]
HERMAN, E.S. (1999). The myth of the liberal media :
An Edward Herman Reader. New York : P. Lang.
WESTBY, C. (2019). The myth of learning styles. Word
of Mouth, 31 (2), 4–7. [PDF]
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1999). Whence cometh the myth that we
only use ten percent of our brains ? In, S. Della Sala
(Ed.), Mind myths : Exploring popular assumptions
about the mind and brain (pp. 1-24). Chichester, UK
: John Wiley and Sons., Ltd.
ZHANG, R., JIANG Y., DANG, B. & ZHOU, A. (2019).
Neuromyths in Chinese classrooms : evidence from
headmasters in an underdeveloped region of China. Frontiers
in Education, 4 [8], 1-6.
ALEANOMI, L.M. (1999). Student rating myths versus
research facts from 1924 to 1998. Journal of
Personnel Evaluation in Education, 13 (2), 153-166.
[PDF]
MALHI, G.S., OUTHRED, T. & IRWIN, L. (2019).
Bipolar II disorder is a myth. The Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 64 (8), 531-536.
SARRASIN, J.B., RIOPEL, M. & MASSON, S. (2019). Neuromyths and their origin among teachers in Quebec. Mind, Brain & Education, 13, 100–109
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1999). Pseudoscience and the brain :
tuners and tonics for aspiring superhumans. In S. Della
Sala (Ed.), Mind myths : Exploring popular
assumptions about the mind and brain (pp. 59-82).
John wiley and Sons.
[PDF]
DE BRUYCKERE, P., KIRSCHNER, P.A. & HULSHOF, C.D.
(2020). More urban myths about learning and
education. New York, NY : Routledge.
RADFORD, B. (1999). The ten-percent myth. Skeptical
Inquirer (Committee for the Scientific
Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal).
[LIRE]
MARTIMIANAKIS, M.A., TILBURT, J., MICHALEC, B. &
HAFFERTY, F.W. (2020). Myths and social structure : The
unbearable necessity of mythology in medical education. Medical
Education, 54 (1), 15-21.
HESS, U., PHILIPPOT, P. & BLAIRY, S. (1999). Mimicry :
Facts and fiction. In P. Phillippot, R.S. Feldman &
E.J. Coats (Eds.), The social context of
nononverbal behavior : Studies in emotion and social
interaction (pp. 213-241). Cambridge
University Press : Editions de la Maison des Sciences de
l'Homme.
HEMPENSTALL, K. (2020).Myths and evidence.In
James Murphy (Ed.), The research eductional guide to
literacy : An evidence-informed guide for teachers
(pp. 21-44). Woodbridge, England : John Catt Educational
Limited.
ALEAMONI, L.M. (1999). Student rating myths versus
research facts from 1924 to 1998. Journal of
Personnel Evaluation in Education, 13 (2),
153-166.
NEWTON, P.M. & SALVI, A. (2021). How common is belief
in the learning styles neuromyth, and does it matter ? A
pagmatic systematic review. Frontiers in Education,
5. [PDF]
TORRIJOS-MUELAS, M., GONZALEZ-VILLORA, S. &
BODOQUE-OSMA, A.R. (2021). The persistence of neuromyths
in the educational settings : A systematic review. Frontiers
in Psychology, 11, 1-18.[PDF]
ALEAMONI, L.M. (1999). Student rating myths versus
research facts from 1924 to 1998. Journal of
Personnel Evaluation in Education, 13 (2), 153-166.
[PDF]
PAPADATOU-PASTOU, M., TOULOUMAKOS, A.K., KOUTOUVELI, C.
& BARRABLE, A. (2021). The learning styles neuromyth :
when the same term means different things to different
teachers. European Journal of Psychology of
Education, 36, 511-531. [PDF]
JEAN, R. (2021). Les chimères et les dérives de
l'idéologie de genre. Dans R. Antonius et N. Baillargeon
(Dirs.), Identité, "race", liberté d'expression.
(p. 333-352). Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval.
HUBBARD, R. & WALD, E. (1999). Exploding the gene
myth. Boston, MA : Beacon Press.
BRETTO, A. (2021). Intelligence artificielle : La
réalité et et le mythe. Paris : Éditions Désiris.
GROLNICK, W.S. (2024). Motivation myth busters :
science-based strategies to boost motivation in yourself
and others.APA LifeTools.
Mythomanie : Chez un individu, invention ou version altérée de ses faits et gestes dans le but de se valoriser, de faire illusion, de
meix se présenter. Contrairement au bluff,
la mythomanie est une comportement inconscient.
Mythomanie, mensonge etmythe. *bluff.
Mythomania, pseudologia fantastica,
pathological lying, compulsive lying.
DEUTSCH, H. (1922/82). On the pathological lie
(pseudologia phantastica). Journal of the American
Academy of Psychoanalysis, 10, 369-386.
WESTON, W.A. & DALBY, J.T. (1991). A case of
pseudologia fantastica with antisocial personality
disorder. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 36, 612-614.
WIERSMA, D. (1933). On pathological lying. Character
& Personality, 2, 48-61.
MODELL, J.G., MOUNTZ, J.M. & FORD, C.V. (1992).
Pathological lying associated with thalamic dysfunction
demonstrated by [99mTc] HMPAO SPECT. The Journal of
Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 4, 442-446.
SELLING, L. (1942). The psychiatric aspects of the
pathological liar. Nervous Child, 1, 335-350.
AKIMOTO, H. (1997). Two cases of pseudologia phantastica :
Consideration from the viewpoint of forensic psychiatry. Psychiatry & Clinical Neurociences, 51, 185-195.
DAVIDOFF, E. (1942). The treatment of pathological liars.
Nervous Child, 1, 358-388.
HARDIE, T.J. & REED, A. (1998). Pseudologia
fantastica, factitious disorder and impostership : A
deception syndrome. Medicine, Science & the Law,
38, 198-201.
SNYDER, S. (1986). Pseudologia fantastica in the
borderline patient. American Journal of Psychiatry,
143, 1287-1289.
NEWMARK, N., ADIYANJEE & KAY, J. (1999). Pseudologia
fantastica and factitious disorder : Review of the
literature and a case report. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 40 (2), 89-95.
KING, B.H. & FORD, C.V. (1987). Pseudologica
fantastica. American Journal of Psychiatry, 144,
970.
DEPAULO, B.M. (2004). The many faces of lies. In A.G.
Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of Good and Evil (pp.
303-326). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF]
FORD, C.V., KING, B.H. & HOLLENDER, M.H. (1988). Lies
and liars : Psychiatric aspects of prevarication.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 554-562.
DIKE, C.C., BARANOSK, M. & GRIFFITH, E.E. (2005).
Pathological lying revisited. The Journal of the
American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 33 (3),
342-349.
BIRCH, S., KELIN, B. & AQUINO, E.P.B. (2006). A review
and case report of pseudologia fantastica. The
Journal of Forensic Psychiatry & Psychology, 17
(2), 299-320. [PDF]
SHARROCK, R. & CRESWELL, M. (1989). Pseudologia
fantastica : A case study of a man charged with murder. Medicine, Science & the Law, 29, 323-328.
Claude
Goulet/2003© l Comment citer ce lexique 
l
Notre mission : Explorer la nébuleuse Psy !
:
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionsz&option=invisible)
Voir aussi 
